Loading...
The URL can be used to link to this page
Your browser does not support the video tag.
Home
My WebLink
About
7320 Gall Blvd (8)
T D # 390 TOWN VIEW SQUARE INDEX OF DRAWINGS PLUMBING COVER SHEET P001 SCHEDULES P101 DEMOLITION PLAN N N PROJECT MANUAL P301 FLOOR PLAN VICINITYMAP P601 DETAILS LOCATION MAP PM1 SPECIFICATIONS P602 DETAILS .............. ... PM2 SPECIFICATIONS P701 ENLARGED RESTROOM PLAN AND PLUMBING RISERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PM3 SPECIFICATIONS IPM4 SPECIFICATIONS L MECHANICAL PM6 SPECIFICATIONS ........... M101 DEMOLITION PLAN PM8 SPECIFICATIONS PI A . . . . . . . . . . PM10 SPECIFICATIONS M301 FLOOR [-/-IN PM9 SPECIFICATIONS M001 SCHEDULES PM7 SPECIFICATIONS C PM5 SPECIFICATIONS P1 ................... M601 DETAILS JBLIDXC # 390 C # 390 PuBLDC#390 IARCHITECTURAL . ... .... ELECTRICAL A001 CODE ANALYSIS, ABBREVIATIONS AND GENERAL SYMBOLS A101 DEMOLITION PLAN EOO 1 LEGEND, GENERAL NOTES AND ABBREVIATIONS IE101 SINGLE LINE DIAGRAM A201 FLOOR PLAN 7 E202 POWER DEMOLITION PLAN E201 LIGHTING DEMOLITION PLAN A202 ROOF PLAN A501 REFLECTED CEILING PLAN IIA702 PARTITION TYPES E401 POWER PLAN `0 R E301 LIGHTING PLAN A701 DOOR AND WINDOW SCHEDULE, ELEVATIONS AND DETAILS E402 ROOF POWER PLAN E501 REFRIGERATION PLAN A703 DETAILS A704 DETAILS E601 BUSRUN - LAYOUT PARTIAL PLAN AND DETAILS A705 SECTIONS AND DETAILS E602 MEZZANINE PLAN A801 EQUIPMENT PLAN E701 PANEL SCHEDULES A802 ENLARGED PLANS AND DETAILS E702 PANEL SCHEDULES A9_01 ROOM FINISH SCHEDULE, FINISH KEY, AND DETAILS E703 PANEL SCHEDULES KEYPLAN N A902 FLOOR AND WALL FINISH PLAN A903 INTERIOR ELEVATIONS E801 DETAILS AND SCHEMATICS E802 REFRIGERATION SCHEDULES, DETAILS AND SCHEMATICS S 00" 09'03 44, TELECOMMUNICATIONS S 00' T401 COMMUNICATIONS PLAN S100 GENERAL NOTES B S201 FOUNDATION AND SLAB PLAN T402 ENERGY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM PLAN 0 S202 ROOF FRAMING PLAN . ................. Y401 FIRE/BURGLARY ALARM PLAN ZEPHYRHILLS Y402 FIRE/BURGLARY ALARM RISER AND LEGEND S701 SECTIONS AND DETAILS UTURE' FIRE DEPARTMENT XP FIRE PROTECTION K—MART(*3761) 36.479 SY. PUBLIX / S.F. F301 FIRE PROTECTION PLAN F601 FIRE PROTECTION DETAILS DRUG STORE /2101 SH OP 13400 S.F. SHOPS. 3HOPS Seao S.F. 4200 S.F. 7700 Sir. REVIEWE68Y: REFRIGERATION PPROVED Oct _Qj R-1 REFRIGERATION FLOOR PLAN NOTE: R-2 REFRIGERATION SCHEDULE AND SPECS KEY PLAN PROVIDED FOR REFERENCE PURPOSE ONLY. THIS DRAWING IS AN R-3 REFRIGERATION DETAILS ADAPTATION FROM OWNER -PROVIDED AS -BUILT DRAWINGS PREPARED BY OTHERS. INFORMATION AS PROVIDED BY: BENTLEY ENGINEERS & ARCHITECTS INCORPORATED ALL WORK SHALL CoMpLy WITH ALL PREVARING CODIES, STANDARD BUILDING, PLUMBING, ARCHITECT OF RECORD STRUCTURAL ENGINEER OF RECORD CIVIL ENGINEER OF RECORD FIRE PROTECTION ENGINEER OF RECORD MECHANI . CAL ENGINEER OF RECORD ELECTRICAL ENGINEER OF RECORD LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT OF RECORD MECHANICAL, N.E.C. AND CITY SVERDRUP FACILITIES, INC SVERDRUP FACILITIES, INC NONE STALEY CONSULTING, INC SVERDRUP FACILITIES, INC SVERDRUP FACILITIES, INC NONE OF ZEP HYRHILLS ORDINANCES. 5750 MAJOR BOULEVARD, SUITE 500 5750 MAJOR BOULEVARD, SUITE 500 498 PALM SPRINGS DRIVE, SUITE 370 5750 MAJOR BOULEVARD, SUITE 500 5750 MAJOR BOULEVARD, SUITE 500 ORLANDO, FLORIDA 32819 ORLANDO, FLORIDA 32819 ALTAMONTE SPRINGS, FLORIDA 32701 ORLANDO, FLORIDA 32819 ORLANDO, FLORIDA 32819 PHONE: (407) 903 - 5001 PHONE: (407) 903 - 5001 PHONE: (407) 834 - 9962 PHONE: (407) 903 - 5001 PHONE: (407) 903 - 5001 FAX: (407) 903 - 5150 FAX: (407) 903 - 5150 FAX: (407) 834 - 3370 FAX.- (407) 903 - 5150 FAX: (407) 903 - 5150 APPROVED PRIN'r REQUIRED ON JOB SITE ARCHITECT OF RECORD: FLOYD WILSON MCCOLLUM, JR., AIA STRUCTURAL ENGINEER OF RECORD: ANTHONYF LONG, P.E. FIRE PROTECTION ENGINEER OF RECORD: NEIL E. STALEY, P. E MECHANICAL ENGINEER OF RECORD: STEVEN A DOTY, P.E. ELECTRICAL ENGINEER OF RECORD: DAVID N. RODGERS, P.E. REGISTERED ARCHITECT' FLORIDA REG #AR0016162 REGISTERED STRUCTURAL ENGINEER: FLORIDA REG. #PE0040620 REGISTERED FIRE PROTECTION ENGINEER: FLORIDA REG. #PE0046710 REGISTERED MECHANICAL ENGINEER: FLORIDA REG. #PE0046581 REGISTERED ELECTRICAL ENGINEER., FLORIDA REG. #PE53695 VALID THRU: 02128101 VALID THRU: 02128199 VALID THRU: 02128101 VALID THRU: 02128101 VALID THRU: 02128101 PROFESSIONAL CERTIFICATIONS Sverdrup Project No.: 22196390 raverdrup PUBLIX STORE # 390 S VERDR UP FA CILITIES, INC. TOWN VIEW SQUARE Florida Corporate License #AA COO 1291 ReVIF-WED 7320 GALL BOULEVARD NORTH ZEPHYRHILLS, FLORIDA 33541 MAY 3 1999 ell 5� - -2- 5 750 Major Boulevard, Suite 500, Orlando, Florida 32819- 7946 IF STORE 7320 GALL BOULEVARD NORTH ZEPHYRHILLS FLORIDA 33541 (407) 903-5001 Fax (407) 903-5150 22-MAR-19,�9 15..25 p.-\22701drch\390c�000w.dgn A IL - PROJECT MANUAL Section 00100 Instructions to Bidders I . General 1. 1. The Work: Publix Super Market store building located as indicated on the title block of these Drawings. 1.2. Definitions: Publix Super Markets, Inc., shall be referred to as Owner within Construction Documents unless noted other -wise. Sverdrup Facilities, Inc., and/or their Subconsultants shall be referred to as Architect or Engineer within Construction Documents unless noted otherwise. 1.3. Securing Documents� Invited Bidders may obtain copies of the Proposed Contract Documents as indicated in the Invitation to Bid. 1.4. Bid Fo= Bids will be received at the time and place indicated in the Invitation to Bid, and shall be on the form provided with the Invitation to Bid. 1.5. Bonds 1.5.1 No bid security is required. 1.5.2 A Labor and Materials Payment Bond and a Performance Bond, each in the amount of the Contract Sum, are required as a Deductive Alternate. 1.6. Examination of Documents and Site of Work 1.6.1 Bidders Review of Documents Bidder shall examine entire set of Drawings, all Sections of Specifications, and all Conditions of the Contract. 1.6.2 Bidders review of Co . nstruction Site: Bidder shall visit Project Site to be acquainted with surrounding territory, means of approach to Site, conditions of actual Job Site, and facilities for delivery, storage, handling and placing of materials and equipment. Bidder shall compare Drawings and Specifications with work in place in order to be fully informed of all conditions affecting execution of work. Failure to visit site or failure to examine any and all Contract Documents will not relieve successful Bidder from necessity of furnishing all materials or equipment, or performing all work, that may be required for completion in accordance with Drawings and Specifications without additional cost to Owner. Neglect of above requirements will not be accepted as reason for delay in Work. 1.7. Proof of Competence and Approval of Subcontractors 1.7.1 The successful Bidder will be required to submit to Publix a list of proposed Subcontractors for principal portions of the Work before execution of the Contract. This list must be approved by Publix and will become an Amendment to the Contract. Publix may require evidence that a proposed Subcontractor has sufficient means and experience in the types of work called for to assure completion of the Contract in a satisfactory manner. 1.8. Award and Execution of Contract 1.8.1 The Contract, if awarded, will be awarded to the invited Bidder who has proposed I the lowest Contract Sum, subject to the Owner's right to reject any and all Bids and to waive informality and irregularity in the Bids and in the Bidding. 1.8.2 The Form of Agreement which the successful bidder will be required to execute is AIA A101, 1987, "Form of Agreement Between Owner and Contractor" Publix Super Markets, Inc. is included in the definition of "Owner" and shall be a required Cosignatory of the Owner -Contractor Agreement. � 1.8.3 At or prior to delivery of the Signed Agreement, the Bidder to whom the Contract is awarded shall deliver to the Owner those Certificates of Insurance required by the Contract Documents and such Labor and Materials Payment Bonds and Performance Bonds as may be required by the Owner. 1.8.4 Certificates of Insurance and Bonds shall be approved by the Owner before the Successful Bidder may proceed with the Work. Failure to provide either in a form satisfactory to the Owner shall subject the Contractor to loss of time from the allowable Construction Period equal to the Time of Delay in furnishing the required material, 1 I 1.9. Construction Time 1.9.1 The Agreement will include a requirement that the Work be completed within a Specified Number of Days following the Date of Commencement. The Specified Number of Days will be agreed upon between the Owner and the Successful Bidder. The Date of Commencement will be defined in the Owner -Contractor Agreement (for the purpose of administration of the Owner -Contractor Agreement only) as the later of either 1) the date of the Owner -Contractor Agreement or 2) the Date of Receipt of the Building Permit. I 2. Products Not Used 3. Execution Not Used End of Section 00100 Section 00800 Supplementary Conditions The following supplements modify, change, delete from, or add to the "General Conditions of the Contract for Construction," AIA Document A201, 1987 edition, hereafter referred to as the "General Conditions." Where any article of the General Conditions is modified or any paragraph, subparagraph, or clause thereof is modified or deleted by these supplementary conditions, the unaltered provisions of that article, paragraph, subparagraph, or clause shall remain in effect. The General Conditions also may be supplemented elsewhere in the Contract Documents by provisions usually but not necessarily located in Division I of the Project Manual. ARTICLE 1; GENERAL PROVISIONS 1.2 Execution, Correlation, and Intent 1.2.1 At the end of subparagraph 1.2.1 add - A] I par -ties defined as Owner shall sign the agreement, including Publix Super Markets, Inc. The only authorized signatures for Publix Super Markets, Inc, shall be either Charles H. Jenkins, Jr. or Thomas M. O'Connor. 1.2.3 At the end of Subparagraph 1.2.3 add: In case of inconsistency between Drawings and Project Manual or within either document not clarified by Addendum, the better quality or greater quantity of work shall be provided in accordance with the Architect's interpretation. ARTICLE 2; OWNER 2.1 Definition 2. 1. I At the end of Subparagraph 2. 1.1 add � Publix Super Markets, Inc., if not the Owner, shall be the Owner's authorized representative for the administration of this contract. This inclusion of Publix Super Markets, Inc. within the definition of "Owner" shall not be conclusive for determining allocation of tax liabilities among the developers, joint venturers, landlord, tenant, or the like. When the term "Publix Super Markets Inc." is used, this shall identify the interest or responsibility of Publix Super Markets, Inc. and not that of any other Owner, Joint Venturer, Landlord, Tenant, or the like. 2.2 Information and services required of the Owner 2.2.3 At the end of subparagraph 2.2.3 add: Specifically included as the responsibility of the Owner are planning and zoning regulation fees, impact or connection fees due to water and sewer connections, environmental impact fees, and health and environmental permits and fees. 2.2.5 Delete Subparagraph 2.2.5 and substitute the following: The Contractor will be furnished free of charge twenty copies of the Drawings (including the Project Manual) by the Owner. Publix Super Markets, Inc. will deposit reproducible drawings with a reproduction company of its choice, from whom the Owner may purchase aforesaid twenty copies, and from which the Contractor may purchase additional copies. the Developer or Contractor shall pay the reproduction company's usual charge for reproduction and handling, ARTICLE 3; CONTRACTOR 3.7 Permits, Fees, and Notices 3.7.1 At the end of Subparagraph 3.7.1 add: These shall include, but not be limited to, plans review fees building, mechanical, I electrical, plumbing, and fire protection permits, licenses, and inspections; and certificates of occupancy and/or use. ARTICLE 4; ADMINISTRATION OF THE CONTRACT 4.1 Architect 4. 1.1 Delete Subparagraph 4. 1.1 and substitute the following: The Architect is Publix Super Markets, Inc.'s Architect or his authorized representative, Publix Super Markets, Inc.'s Director of Construction. 4.1.3 Delete Subparagraph 4.1.3. . 4.1.4 Delete Subparagraph 4. 1.4. 4.3 Claims and Disputes 4.3.2 Delete the words "arbitration or" each time the words appear in Subparagraph 43.2. 4.3.4 Delete the words "including arbitration" in Subparagraph 4.3.4. 4.4 Resolution of Claims and Disputes 4.4.4 Delete from Subparagraph 4.4.4 the words "but subject to arbitration." 4.5 Arbitration Delete Paragraph 4.5 "Arbitration," including Subparagraphs 4.5.1 through 4.5.7, in its entirety and substitute the following: All claims or disputes between the Contractor and the Owner arising out of, or relating to, the Contract Documents or the breach thereof shall be submitted to mediation before filing suit thereon, or immediately after filing suit thereon, in accordance with the provisions hereinafter set forth, unless the parties mutually agree otherwise. The mediation shall be governed as applicable by the following: D. Florida Rules of Civil Procedure Rules 1.710, 1.720 and 1.730; E. Florida Statute 44,1011(2); F. Mediation shall take place in Polk County, Florida� G. The mediator as to the mediation shall be a mediator who has been certified by the Supreme Court of Florida and who has registered for appointment in Polk County, Flor- ida, pursuant to Florida Statute 44.102(4); and H. The Contract shall be governed by the laws of the State of Florida. 1. Mediation may be commenced by either party within thirty (30) days after the dispute has arisen. If an agreement is reached as a result of mediation, the agreement shall be binding, final andjudgment may be entered upon it either in Polk County, Florida, or in any court having jurisdiction of the place where the project is located. If the parties do not reach an agreement as to any dispute as a result of mediation, then either party shall be entitled to file suit in Polk County, Florida. The agreement herein as to mediation shall be specifically enforceable in Polk County, Florida. ARTICLE 5; SUBCONTRACTORS 5.2 Award of Subcontracts and other contracts for portions of the work Delete Paragraph 5.2, including Subparagraphs 5.2.1, 5.2.2, 5.2.3, and 5.2.4, in its entirety and substitute the following: The Contractor shall not change a Subcontractor for a principal portion of the Work, as agreed to as an amendment to this Agreement, without written consent of the Owner. ARTICLE 7; CHANGES IN THE WORK 7.1 Changes 7.1.2 At the end of Subparagraph 7.1.2 add� Any change in the Work requiring agreement of the Owner shall be signed by all parties defined as Owner, including Publix Super Markets, Inc. The authorized signature for Publix Super Markets, Inc. shall be Bobby Newman, Director of Construction, and such other persons as may be designated in writing by Charles H. Jenkins, Jr. ARTICLE 8; TIME 8.3 Delays and Extension of Time 8.3.1 Delete from Subparagraph 8.3.1 the words "or by delay authorized by the Owner pending arbitration". ARTICLE 9; PAYMENTS AND COMPLETION 9.3 Applications for Payment 9.3.3 At the end of Subparagraph 9.3.3 add: The General Contractor upon submitting each Application for Payment shall also submit partial Releases of Lien, properly executed on the Owner's form, from all Sub - Contractors and Suppliers doing work or supplying materials to the date of the Payment Request. 9. 1 0 Final Completion and Final Payment 9.10.2 At the end of Item (1) of Subparagraph 9.10.2 add: Which affidavit shall be in accordance with the "Contractor's Final Affidavit To Owner" provided for in the Mechanic's Lien Statute or Contractor's Lien Statute of the state in which this project is located. At the beginning of Item (5) of Subparagraph 9.10.2 delete: "If required by Owner,". ARTICLE 10; PROTECTION OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY I 0. I Safety Precautions and Programs 10. 1.2 Delete the words "on which arbitration has not been demanded, or by arbitration under Article 4" 10. 1.3 Add the following: No hazardous substances, including but not limited to, asbestos or leads, shall be used in the construction of the Project ("Hazardous Substances" means and includes those elements, compounds and toxic pollutants contained or adopted in the list of Hazardous Substances adopted by the United States Environmental Protection Agency and any other agency, law, or regulation, Federal or State). ARTICLE 1 1; INSURANCE AND BONDS I 1. I Contractor's Liability Insurance I 1. 1. I Delete the semicolon at the end of Clause I 1. 1. 1. I and add the following: Including private entities performing work at the Site and exempt from the coverage on account of number of employees or occupation, which entities shall maintain voluntary compensation coverage at the same limits specified for mandatory coverage for the duration of the Project 1 At the end of Subparagraph I 1. 1. I add the following: 1 1. 1. 1.8 The company or companies providing these insurance coverages shall be rated "A VII" or better by A.M. Best Co. 11. 1.2 At the end of Subparagraph 11. 1.2 Add The Insurance required by Subparagraph I 1. 1. I shall be written in the forms, and for not less than the limits (unless greater limits are required by law), listed as follows: A. Commercial General Liability, including: Products/Completed Operations Personal and Advertising Injury Fire Damage, Medical Expense No Exclusion of X, C, or U Coverage This Commercial General Liability coverage shall be for $5,000,000 Combined Single Limit, achieved through a combination of Primary and Umbrella form excess liability coverage, on occurrence basis for both Primary and Umbrella form excess liability coverage. I B. Automobile Liability for any auto, including hired autos and non -owned autos: This Automobile Liability Coverage shall be for $5,000,000 combined single limit, achieved through a combination of Primary and Umbrella form excess liability coverage. C_ Worker's Compensation and Employer's Liability: (A) State: Statutory (B) Employer's Liability: $1,000,000 per accident, $1,000,000 Disease Limit, $1,000,000 disease each employee. The Certificate of Insurance must state that Employer's Liability is covered by Umbrella form excess liability if primary limits are less than indicated. 11. 1.3 After the first sentence in Subparagraph 11. 1.3 add the following: Certificates of Insurance shall be issued on the appropriate form. After the second sentence in Subparagraph I 1. 1.3 add the following: This required written notice shall be delivered by Certified or Registered Mail to all Insureds. Language which in any way qualifies the obligation of the issuing company to provide this written notice is not acceptable. At the end of Subparagraph 11. 1.3 add the following: These Certificates and the Insurance Policies required by this Paragraph I 1. I shall name as Additional Insureds all entities defined herein as Owner, including but not limited to Publix Super Markets, Inc. 11.3 Property Insurance 11.3.1 Modify the first sentence of Subparagraph 11.3.1 as follows: Delete "unless otherwise provided, the Owner" and substitute "the Contractor." Add the following sentences: The Form of policy for this coverage shall be Completed Value. If the Owner is damaged by the failure of the Contractor to maintain such insurance, then the Contractor shall bear all reasonable costs properly attributable thereto. 1 11.3.1.2 Delete Clause 11.3.1.2. � 11.3.13 Del I etc Clause 11.3.1.3. I 1. 3.4 Delete Subparagraph 1 1.3.4. I L.3 3.6 Delete Subparagraph 11.3.6 and substitute the following: Before an exposure to loss may occur, the Contractor shall file with the Owner two certified copies of the Policy or Policies providing this Property Insurance coverage, each containing those endorsements specifically related to the Project. Each Policy shall contain a provision that the policy will not be cancelled or allowed to expire until at least 30 days prior written notice has been given to the Contractor and all entities defined herein as Owner, including but not limited to Publix Super Markets, Inc. 11.3.7 Modify Subparagraph 11.3.7 by substituting "Contractor" for "Owner" at the end of the first sentence. 11.3.8 Modify Subparagraph 11.3.8 by substituting "Contractor" for "Owner" as fiduciary; except that at the first reference to "Owner" in the first sentence, the word "this" shall be substituted for "Owner's". 11.3.9 Modify Subparagraph 11.3.9 by substituting "Contractor" for "Owner" each time the latter word appears. Delete reference to arbitration from Subparagraph I 1. 3.9� 1 1.3. 10 Modify Subparagraph 11.3. 1 0 by substituting "Contractor" for "Owner" each time the latter word appears. Delete reference to arbitration from Subparagraph 11.3. 10. End of Section 00800 Section 01010 Summary of Work I . General 1. 1. Scope of work under this Agreement shall include all required demolition and new construction work at a Publix Super Markets Store Building located as indicated on the title block of these drawings. 1.2. The following items will be furnished by Publix Super Markets, Inc. and shall be set in place, installed, and connected by the proper trades under this Contract (except for connection work by Publix as noted). These items may be designated OFCI (Owner Furnished, Contractor Installed) when referenced in the Documents. Items will be delivered to the Site of Construction. Contractor assumes responsibility for delivered items at the time of delivery. Coordinate with Publix for delivery method and time. 1.2.1 If Additive Alternate for HVAC Equipment is not accepte& Roof -Top FIVAC Equipment curbs and support rails, and HVAC Units (except final connection of control wiring by Publix whether Additive Alternate is accepted or not). 1.2.2 Rooftop Supply and Exhaust Fan curbs, and Rooftop Supply and Exhaust Fans. 1.2-3 Grease Hoods and Heat Removal Hoods, designated GH- and HR- on Mechanical Drawings. 1.2.4 Hot Water Storage and Reclaim Tanks unless noted otherwise in the Plumbing Fixture Schedule. 1.2.5 Light Fixtures and Lamps. 1.2.6 Lighting and FIVAC Control/Energy Management Panels (except final connection to power and control wiring installed by Contractor). 1.2.7 Terminal Board for Door Heater Control, referred to as "TB -A". 1.2.8 All Utility type sinks: stainless steel freestanding one, two, three, and four ' compartment sinks. Plumbing brass provided by Contractor. 1.2.9 Traffic doors manufactured by Durus, Rubbair, etc. 1.2.10 Emergency Generator and Transfer Switch with gas regulator and filter. 1.2.11 "Busrun" suspended grid system. 13. The following items will be furnished, set in place, installed, and connected by Publix Super Markets, Inc. either under separate contract or by Publix personnel (except for connection work by Contractor as noted in parentheses): 1 1.3.1 Walk-in coolers and freezers, including installation of refrigerant lines and condensate lines to hub drains (except electrical connection by Contractor). 1.3.2 Insulated composite panel ceiling system in Meat and Seafood Departments. 1.3.3 Refrigerated Cases, including installation of refrigerant lines and condensate lines to hub drains (except electrical connection by Contractor). 1.3.4 Condensers and Compressors for Refrigerated Systems, with weatherproof housings "Weather-Pac's" or roof -top houses where indicated (except connection of power and control wiring required flashing, pre -manufactured curbs shown, and other water/weatherproofing by Contractor). 1.3.5 Heated food display cases in the Deli (except electrical connection by Contractor). 1.3.6 Bakery Ovens (except gas and electrical connection, and flues and vents by Contractor). 1.3.7 Signs on facade and under canopy (except electrical connection by Contractor) 1.3.8 Scissor Lifts or Dock Levelers, Dock Bumpers and Dock Seals (except associated concrete work and steel embeds by Contractor, and electrical connection by Contractor). 1.3.9 Trash Compactor (except electrical connection by Contractor). 1.3.10 Baler (except electrical connection by Contractor). 1.3.11 Water Softener or Filtration Systems (except Contractor shall install Publix-supplied bypass valves with connections for softeners/filters, and electrical connection where required). 1.3.12 Ice Machines with condensate drain connection (except water supply connection and electrical connection by Contractor), 1.3.13 Gondolas (except electrical wiring by Contractor). 1.3.14 Checkout Stands, including all signal wiring (except electrical connection by Contractor). 1.3.15 Combined Burglar and Fire Alarm System, including all final power and signal wiring connection (except conduit, junction boxes, and pulling of power and signal wiring by Contractor) 1.3.16 Safes. 1.3.17 Automated Teller Machines (ATM's), including signal wiring (except electrical connection by Contractor). 1. 33. 1 8 Wall Clock in Sales Area (except electrical connection by Contractor). 1.3.19 Unit Insect Control Systems and Fogging System. 1.3.20 Portable Fire Extinguishers. 1.3.21 Towel, Soap, and Toilet Paper Dispensers. 1.3.22 Diaper -Changing Stations. 1.3.23 Music System - I I � 3.24 Automatic Extinguishing Systems in their entirety as listed in Section 13955. 1.3.25 Trim package: Cart curbs, rub rails, interior railings, etc. 1.4. Area of horizontal runs by Trades Electrical: Bottom ofroof deck to 32 in. below roof deck; where exposed, immediately beneath roqf deck passing between steelJoists and deck where possible. Refi-igeralion: 32 in. to 36 in. below rooftleck where exposed, immediately below bottom chord ofsteeljoist girders andjoists. Fire Sprinkler: 8 in. above ceiling; where exposed, 8 in. above bottom chord (?f steeljoist girders andJoists. Air Conditioning: 36 in. below roof deck to 10 in. above ceiling; where exposed, hang as close under bottom chord of stedloist girders! and joists as possible while leaving room for reftigeration lines. If deviationftom these areas is indicated, such deviation must be agreed upon by the Job Superintendent and"or Publix's representative. 2. Products 3. Execution Not Used Not Used End Of Section 01010 Section 01030 A Iternates I . General 1. 1. To enab] e the Owner to evaluate the cost of alternate methods of constr-uction of the Project, the Alternates described in this Section are required to be stated on the Bid Form submitted by each Bidder. 1.2. The cost of Labor and Material Payment Bond and Performance Bond shall be listed as an Add Alternate. 1.3. FIVAC Equipment - State an amount which may be added to the Base Bid for the inclusion of rooftop HVAC Units, their curbs, and support rails. The Contractor shall set in place, install, and connect this equipment whether this alternate is accepted or not. 2. Products Not Used 3. Execution Not Used End Of Section 01030 Section 01035 Contract Modifications 1 . General 1. 1. Definitions: Refer to AIA Document A201. 1.1.1 The Contract for Construction (the Work) is composed of � Agreement (Form itself, with attachments) General Conditions Supplementary Conditions Specifications Drawings Addenda 1.1.2 Change Orders modify any or all of the parts of the Contract where a change in Cost or Time is required. 1.1.3 Minor changes in the Work shall be as directed by the Owner's Representative. 1.1.4 Aligned Contractors shall be bound by provisions of their Cost Plus a Fee Contracts. 1.2. Revision Request (This is the term used to describe the process by which Publix identifies items for change)� 1.2.1 Where a Revision Request has no associated cost, submit a letter stating this, or include as a no cost line item on a Chan-e Order. n 1.2.2 Where a Revision Request requires an adjustment in the Contract Sum, submit as a Change Order or a line item on a Change Order. In all cases, include all the following information 1.2.3 Where a Revision Request is included as a line item on a Change Order, include the following as back-up, broken out for each Revision Request individually. 1.2.4 Submit on forms supplied or approved by Publix. 1.2.5 Required Information 1.2.5.1 Labor: Units of labor x actual rate by Categories % of labor burden by Categories Total labor by Categories 1.2.5.2 Material: Units of material x actual unit cost by Categories Subtotal by Categories % Tax I � 2.5.3 Category Total (or Subcontract)� Total Labor Total Material Subtotal X 7% Category Cost 1.2.5.4 Recap Categories Category Cost each Category Total Cost of Revision Request or Change Order 2. Products 3. Execution Not Used Not Used End of Section 01035 Section 01040 Coordination I . General 1. 1. Scope: This Section includes contractor's administrative and supervisory requirements necessary for coordinating construction operations including, but not necessarily limited to, the following: 1.1.1 General project coordination procedures. 1A.2 Conservation. 1.1.3 Coordination Drawings. 1.1.4 Administrative and supervisory personnel. 1.1.5 Cleaning and protection. 1.2. Coordination 1.2.1 Coordinate construction operations included in various Sections of these Specifications to assure efficient and orderly installation of each part of the Work. Coordinate construction operations included under different Sections that depend on each other for proper installation, connection, and operation. 1.2.1.1 Schedule construction operations in the sequence required to obtain the best results where installation of one part of the Work depends on installation of other components, before or after its own installation. 1,2.1.2 Coordinate installation of different components to assure maximum accessibility for required maintenance, service, and repair. 1.2.1.3 Make provisions to accommodate items scheduled for later installation. 1.2.2 Where necessary, prepare memoranda for distribution to each party involved, outlining special procedures required for coordination. Include such items as required notices, reports, and attendance at meetings. 1.2.2.1 Prepare similar memoranda for the Owner and separate contractors where coordination of their work is required. 1.2.3 Administrative Procedures: Coordinate scheduling and timing of required administrative procedures with other construction activities to avoid conflicts and assure orderly progress of the Work. Such administrative activities include, but are not limited to, the following: 1.2.3.1 Preparation of schedules. 1.2.3.2 Installation and removal of temporary facilities. 1.2.3.3 Delivery and processing of submittals. 1.2.3.4 Progress meetings. 1.2.3.5 Project closeout activities. 1.2.4 Conservation: Coordinate construction operations to assure that operations are carried out with consideration given to conservation of energy, water, and materials. 1.2.4.1 Salvage materials and equipment involved in performance of, but not actually incorporated in, the Work. 1.3. Submittals 1.3.1 Coordination Drawings: Prepare coordination drawings where careful coordination is needed for installation of products and materials fabricated by separate entities. Prepare coordination drawings where limited space availability necessitates maximum utilization of space for efficient installation of different components. 1.3.1.1 Show the relationship of components shown on separate Shop Drawings. 1.3. 1. 2 Indicate required installation sequences. 1. 3. 1. 3 Comply with requirements contained in Section "Submittals." 1.3.2 Staff Names� Within 15 days of commencement of construction operations, submit a list of the Contractor's principal staff assignments, including the superintendent and other personnel in attendance at the Project Site, Identify individuals and their duties and responsibilities. List their addresses and telephone numbers. 1.3.2.1 Post copies of the list in the Project meeting room, the temporary field office, and each temporary telephone. - 2. Products Not Used 3. Execution 3.1. General Coordination Provisions 3.1.1 Inspection of Conditions� Require the Installer of each major component to inspect both the substrate and conditions under which Work is to be performed. Do not proceed until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in an acceptable manner. 3.1.2 Coordinate temporary enclosures with required inspections and tests to minimize the necessity of uncovering completed construction for that purpose. 1 3�1 Cleaning And Protection 3.2.1 Clean and protect construction in progress and adjoining materials in place, during handling and installation, Apply protective covering where required to assure protection from damage or deterioration at Substanti a] Completion. 3.2.2 Clean and provide maintenance on completed construction as frequently as necessary through the remainder of the construction period. Adjust and lubricate operable components to assure operability without damaging effects. 3.2.3 Limiting Exposures: Supervise construction operations to assure that no part of the construction, completed or in progress, is subject to harmful, dangerous, damaging, or otherwise deleterious exposure during the construction period. Where applicable, such exposures include, but are not limited to, the following� 3.2.3.1 Excessive static or dynamic loading. 3.2.3.2 Excessively high or low temperatures. 3.2.3.3 Water. 3.2.3.4 Chemicals. 12.3.5 Soiling, staining, and corrosion. 3.2.3.6 Unprotected storage. 3.2.3.7 Improper shipping or handling. 3.2.3.8 Theft. 3.2.3.9 Vandalism. End of Section 01040 Section 01045 Cutting and Patching 1. General 1, 1. Scope: This Section includes contractor's administrative and procedural requirements for cutting and patching. 1.2. Submittals 1.2.1 Cutting and Patching Proposal: Submit a proposal describing procedures well in advance of the time cutting and patching will be performed. Request approval to proceed. Include the following information, as applicable, in the proposal: 1.2.1.1 Describe the extent of cutting and patching required, Show how it will be performed. 1.2.1.2 Describe anticipated results in terms of changes to existing construction, Include changes to structural elements and operating components. I � 2.1.3 List products to be used and firms or entities that will perform Work. 1.2.1.4 Indicate dates when cutting and patching will be performed. 1.2.1.5 Utilities� List utilities that cutting and patching procedures will disturb or affect. List utilities that will be relocated and those that will be temporarily out -of -service. Indicate how long service will be disrupted. 1.2.1.6 Where cutting and patching involves adding reinforcement to structural elements, submit details and engineering calculations showing integration of reinforcement with the original structure. 1.2.1.7 Approval by the Architect to proceed with cutting and patching does not waive the Architect's right to later require complete removal and replacement of unsatisfactory work. 1.3. Quality Assurance 1.3.1 Requirements for Structural Work: Do not cut and patch structural elements in a manner that would change their load -carrying capacity or load -deflection ratio. 1.3.1.1 Obtain approval of the cutting and patching proposal before cutting and patching the following structural elements: 1.3.1.1.1 Foundation construction. 1.3.1.1.2 Bearing and retaining walls. 1.3.1.1.3 Structural concrete. 1.3.1.1.4 Structural steel. 1.3.1.1.5 Lintels. 1.3.1.1.6 Structural decking. 1.3.2 Operational Limitations: Do not cut and patch operating elements or related components in a manner that would result in reducing their capacity to perform as intended. Do not cut and patch operating elements or related components in a manner that would result in increased maintenance or decreased operational life or safety. 1.3.2.1 Obtain approval of the cutting and patching proposal before cutting and patching the following operating elements or safety related systems 1.3.2.1.1 Primary operational systems and equipment. 1.3.2.1.2 Fire protection systems. 1.3.2.1.3 Communication systems. 1.3.2.1.4 Electrical wiring systems. 1.3.3 Visual Requirements: Do not cut and patch construction exposed on the exterior or in occupied spaces in a manner that would, in the Architect's opinion, reduce the building's aesthetic qualities. Do not cut and patch construction in a manner that would result in visual evidence of cutting and patching. Remove and replace construction cut and patched in a visually unsatisfactory manner. 1.4. Warranty 1.4.1 Existing Warranties� Replace, patch, and repair material and surfaces cut or, damage . d by me . thods and with materials in such a manner as not to void any warranties required or existing. 2. Products 2. I. Materials: Use materials identical to existing materials. For exposed surfaces, use materials that visually match existing adjacent surfaces to the fullest extent possible if identical materials are unavailable or cannot be used. Use materials whose installed performance will equal or surpass that of existing materials. 3. Execution 3.1. Inspection � Examine surfaces to be cut and patched and conditions under which cutting and patching is to be performed before cutting. If unsafe or unsatisfactory conditions are encountered, take corrective action before proceeding. 3 3. 1.1 Before proceeding, meet with parties involved. Review areas of potential interference and conflict. Coordinate procedures and resolve potential conflicts before proceeding. 3.2. Preparation 3.2.1 Temporary Support: Provide temporary support of work to be cut, 3.2.2 Protection: Protect existing construction during cutting and patching, and from adverse weather conditions during operations. 3.2.3 Avoid interference with use of or passage to adjoining areas. 12A Avoid cutting existing pipe, conduit, or ductwork scheduled to be removed or relocated until provisions have been made to bypass them. 3.3. Performance 3.3.1 General: Employ skilled workmen. Proceed with cutting and patching at the earliest feasible time and complete without delay. 3.3.1.1 Cut construction to install at other components or performance of other construction and subsequent fitting and patching required to restore surfaces to their original condition. 3.3.2 Cutting: Cut using methods least likely to damage elements. Comply with the original Installer's recommendations. 3.3.2.1 Use hand or small power tools designed for sawing or grinding, not hammering and chopping. Cut holes and slots as small as possible, neatly to size required, and with minimum disturbance of adjacent surfaces. Temporarily cover openings when not in use. 3.3.2.2 To avoid marring existing finished surfaces, cut or drill from the exposed or finished side into concealed surfaces. 3.3.2.3 Cut through concrete and masonry using a cutting machine, such as a Carbor-undum saw or a diamond -core drill. 3.3.2.4 Comply with requirements of applicable Division 2 Sections where cutting and patching requires excavating and backfilling. 3.3.2.5 Where services are required to be removed, relocated, or abandoned, by-pass utility services, such as pipe or conduit, before cutting. Cut-off pipe or conduit in walls or partitions to be removed. Cap, valve, or plug and seat the remaining portion of pipe or conduit to prevent entrance of moisture or other foreign matter after by-passing and cutting. 3.3.3 Patching: Patch with durable seams that are as invisible as possible. Comply with specified tolerances. 3.3.3.1 Test patched areas to demonstrate integrity of the installation. 3.3.3.2 Restore exposed finishes of patched areas and extend finish restoration into retained adjoining construction in a manner that will eliminate evidence of patching and refinishing. 3.3.3.3 Where removing walls or partitions extend one finished area into another, patch and repair floor and wall surfaces in the new space. Provide an even surface of uniform color and appearance. Remove existing floor and wall coverings and replace with new materials, if necessary, to achieve uniform color and appearance. 3.3.3.3.1 Where patching occurs in a smooth painted surface, extend final paint coat over entire unbroken surface containing the patch after the area has received primer and second coat. 3.3.3.4 Patch, repair, or rehang existing ceilings as necessary to provide an even -plane surface of uniform appearance. 3.3.4 Cleaning: Clean areas and spaces where cutting and patching are performed. Completely remove paint, mortar, oils, putty, and similar items. Thoroughly clean piping, conduit, and similar features before applying paint or other finishing materials. Restore damaged pipe covering to its original condition. End of Section 01045 Section 01340 Submittals I . General 1. 1. Submit all required Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples, Concrete Design Mixes, Test Results, etc., to Architect/Engineer. Letters of Intent shall be submitted to Publix Facilities Design Department at Publix Corporate Offices, P.O. Box 407, 1936 George Jenkins Blvd., Lakeland, FL 33801. 1.2. Submittal Types: 1.2.1 Letters of Intent (LOI)� 1.2.1.1 Use where provided. LOT's shall be filled out completely, with all options marked, and with all blanks filled in, property signed by an authorized agent of the company concerned. 1.2.1.2 LOT shall be followed exactly in the field. Provide adequate information at the Job Site for Installers to conform to Manufacturer's recommendations. 1.2.1.3 Submit only the original, signed LOT to Publix. Contractor may retain as I many copies as he needs. 1.2.2 Manufacturer's Literature: � 1.2.2.1 Submit where required by applicable Project Manual Section. Submit six copies. 1.2.2.2 Where more than one option is described, mark to indicate model or type to be used. 1.2.3 Shop Drawings 1.2.3.1 Submit for the following. Concrete Reinforeing Steel Masonry Reinforcement where required Structural Steel Fire Sprinklers Other items of work as specified 1.2.3.2 Submit in number prescribed by instruction letter issued at pre - construction meeting or, if not specified in letter, submit six sets. 1.2.3.3 Materials Lists: 1.2.3.4 Identify all pertinent characteristics (type, model number, etc.) of materi at s intended foruse. 1.2.3.5 Fire Sprinkler submittals only: Submit two sets with approval by Factory Mutual and local Authority having Jurisdiction. Submit sets beating the original signature or initials of the reviewers. Include original letter from Factory Mutual detailing their review comments. These sets will not be returned. 1.2.4 Test Reports: 1.2.4.1 Where indicated, submit test reports to prove compliance of materials supplied with specification intent. 1.2-42 Reports Required: Concrete Soil and other Geological Tests. Others as needed 1.2.4.3 Note the requirements stated elsewhere for same -day submittal of test reports indicating substandard soil or concrete. 1.2.5 Samples� 1.2-5.1 Where required for selection of color, texture or other physical characteristics, submit samples of materials intended for use. 1.2-5.2 Samples shall be large enough to allow adequate evaluation. 1.2.5.3 Submit two samples minimum. One will be retained by Architect, the other will be returned to the General Contractor for use at the Job Site. 1.2.6 Sample Panels: 1.2.6.1 Where required by Architect, erect on the job site where directed, a Sample Panel of major finish work. 1,16.2 Sample Panel shall be no larger than 4'-O" x 8'-O", but shall be large enough to indicate joint treatment, comer treatment, range of coloration, and other pertinent characteristics of the installation of materials selected. 1.2.6.3 Sample Panel will be used as the Quality Standard for the work represented. Work in place shall conform to the treatments shown by the Sample Panel. 1.3. Submittal Process 1.3.1 Time 1.3.1.1 Letters of Intent Return to Publix no later than 2 weeks before commencement of work described. 1.3 � 1.2 Marginal Soil, Concrete or Other Tests that indicate substandard conditions, submit to Publix and Architect immediately. 1.3.1.3 All other submittals� submit to Architect not more than 60 days after project commencement, 1.3.2 Subcontractor prepares submittal 1.3.2.1 If LOT is available, send original to General Contractor, 1.3.2.2 If LOT is not available, send six copies of submittals to General Contractor. 1.3.3 General Contractor reviews submittal . 1.3.3.1 If LOT is submitted, record action taken and send on to Publix. 1.3.3.2 Approve or annotate the submittals, then send on to Architect. 1.3.3.3 If disapproved, notify Subcontractor. 1.3.4 Publix reviews submittal 1.3.4-1 If LOT is submitted, record. 1.3.5 Architect reviews submittal 1.3.5.1 Approve or annotate submittals, keep file copy, send one copy to Publix, return others to General Contractor. 1.3.5.2 If disapproved, notify General Contractor. 2. Products Not Used 3. Execution Not Used End Of Section 01340 Section 01500 Construction Facilities And Temporary Controls 1. General 1. 1. Security: Provide weathertight shed(s) for all materials requiring protection from weather, with raised floors for storage of cement, lime, and similar items. 1.2. Construction Cleaning 1.2.1 Contractors shall clean construction site daily of all rubbish and trash which might breed mosquitoes and vermin, or which is highly combustible. 1.2,2 The Contractor shall clean sweep the floor every day and be sure that the floor is undamaged by equipment or materials being stored directly on the floor, A daily check of rolling equipment shall be made for oil or battery acid leaks. The Contractor shall caution all Subcontractors about protecting the terrazzo from staining materials such as oil, acid, chewing tobacco, cigarettes, coffee, soft drinks, and tire skid marks from rolling equipment, 1.3. Field Office 1.3.1 Provide weathertight shed or trailer with raised floors with adequate space for Contractor's and architect's needs. 1.3.2 Telephone� Install in field office for duration of construction work. 1.3.3 Contractor shall keep min. of 3 hard hats in field office for use by authorized visitors. These hats shall be kept in a clean and presentable condition. 1.3.4 Contractor shall at all times maintain a complete set of up-to-date Contract Documents in the field office. Documents which have been superseded shall be destroyed or clearly marked 2. Products Not Used 3. Execution Not Used End Of Section 01500 Section 01610 Material Delivery And Storage 1 . General 1. 1. Walk-in Coolers and Freezers, associated Evaporator Coils and Rooftop Refrigeration Equipment. 1.1.1 The General Contractor shall schedule a delivery date for this equipment, which date shall not be changed later than two weeks prior to the scheduled date. The following is a prerequisite to delivery: 1.1.1.1 If the delivery date must be changed less than two weeks prior to a scheduled delivery date, the Contractor shall bear all costs for storage, demurrage, return and reshipping, etc. 1-2. Liaht Fixtures: � 1.2.1 The General Contractor shall notify Publix when he is ready to accept light fixtures. 1.2.2 The General Contractor shall sign for receipt of the light fixtures and thenceforth be 0 responsible for them. 1.2.3 The light fixtures shall be stored in a secure location on the j ob-site. 1.3. Refrigerated Cases: 1.3.1 The General Contractor shall schedule a delivery date for this equipment, which date shall not be changed later than two weeks prior to the scheduled date, The following are prerequisites to delivery: 1.3.1.1 The area where cases are to be located must be swept clean. 1.3.1.2 Electrical wiring must be pulled and ready for connection. 2. Products Not Used 3. Execution Not Used End Of Section 01610 Section 01630 Product Options And Substitutions 1. General 1. 1. Each Bidder obligates himself to the use of brands, makes and models, materials and apparatus named in this Project Manual and on the accompanying Drawings, unless substitute approval is obtained in the manner described herein. 1.2. All items, for which there is a specific product or brand designated, shall be supplied as specified. Where the words "or equal", "equal to", "approved", or other synonymous terms are used in reference to material or methods, the Contractor shall request acceptance from the Architect, who shall present to Owner for approval. 1.3. After bidding: no substitutions will be considered, except in cases necessitated by strikes, bankruptcy, discontinuation of a product, etc., or where equal performance and significant cost savings will result. Requests shall be in writing and be accompanied by full descriptive data. It is assumed that the reason for substituting materials and methods is based on a cost or time savings, and that Publix will share in these benefits. 2. Products Not Used 1 3. Execution Not Used End Of Section 01630 Section 01700 Contract Closeout 1. General 1. 1. Electric Service: Payment for electric service will be the responsibility of Owner. 1.2. The following requirements for Substantial Completion supplement those in General Conditions Paragraph 9.8. 1.2.1 When Substantial Completion is near, Publix will at the request of the Contractor prepare a list of items to be completed or corrected. all items on this "Punch List" must be corrected or completed to the satisfaction of Publix' Representative, except those items which Publix may specifically allow to be deferred to Final Inspection, before the inspection for Substantial Completion will be scheduled. 1.2.2 The following items are among those that must be completed prior to inspection for Substantial Completion: 1.2.2.1 The issuance of a Certificate of Occupancy and/or a Certificate of Use by authorities having jurisdiction. 1.2.2.2 Clean the entire work and site of all trash and used material. All equipment, fixtures, glass, metal, etc. shall be cleaned, ready for use with all shipping labels, manufacturer's removable labels, etc. removed. 1.2.23 Make all floors ready for use by cleaning vinyl tile, mopping ceramic tile and quarry tile floors, and vacuum carpet floors. 1.2.2.4 Posting of all required operating instructions for equipment. 1.12.5 Posting of typewritten panel board schedules. 1.2.2.6 Labeling of all lines and controls as required. 1.2.2.7 Sitework (paving, striping, site utilities, landscaping, DOT requirements, and other ancillary work) performed under this Contract or other contracts. 1.2.3 After Publix' Representative has approved the disposition of all items on the Punch List, Publix will set a date for inspection for Substantial Completion. Discrepancies noted during this inspection may be cause for withholding issuance of Certificate of Substantial Completion at the discretion of Publix' Representative. Otherwise, a Certificate of Substantial Completion will be issued promptly. 1.3. The following requirements for Final Payment supplement those in General Conditions Paragraph 9. 1 0 and Supplemental Conditions Paragraph 9. TO- 1.3.1 The Contractor shall notify Publix when all deferred Punch List items have been corrected, at which time Publix will set a date for inspection for Final Payment. 1.3.2 The following items are among those which must be completed prior to the inspection for Final Payment: 1.3.2.1 Receipt by Publix of the Project Record Documents specified in Section 01720. 1.3.2.2 Receipt by Publix of a Closeout Book, which shall contain the following: List of all Sub-ContraCtOFS, Sub -Sub -Contractors, And Suppliers. All required Guaranties and Warranties. All Operating Manuals, Service Instructions, and Parts Data. 1.4. At a time approximately one year after Substantial Completion Publix will schedule the One -Year Inspection of the Project. The Contractor shall send a representative. The Contractor shall correct any work found not to be in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents, as set forth in General Conditions Paragraph 12.2.2. 2. Products Not Used 3. Execution Not Used End Of Section 01700 Section 01720 Final Project Record Documents I . General 1. 1. Summary� 1.1.1 Throughout progress of the Work, maintain an accurate record of changes in the Contract Documents, and, u on completion of the Work, transfer the recorded P changes to a set of reproducible "Final Record Documents", as described in article 2.2 below. 1.1.2 The purpose of the Project Record Documents is to provide accurate information regarding all aspects of the Project, both concealed and visible, so future modification of the Work may proceed without extensive investigation of existing conditions. 1.2. Project Record Set Approvals� 1.2.1 Publix' Representative's approval of the status of the Final Project Record Documents may be a prerequisite to Publix' approval of requests for Progress Payments. 1.2,2 Prior to submitting Request for Inspection for Final Payment, submit the Final Project Record Documents to Publix. Final Payment will not be approved until Documents are received by Publix. 1.2.3 Deliver the original and two copies of Final Project Record Documents to Publix's representative, 1.3. Quality Assurance: Delegate responsibility for maintenance of Final Project Record Documents to one person on the Contractor's staff as approved by Publix' Representative. 1.4. Maintenance of Job Set 1.4.1 Job Set: Designate one of the sets of Contract Document Drawings provided to the Contractor at the start of the Project as the Project Record Document Job Set. Immediately identify each sheet of the documents with the title "Record Documents - Job Set." 1.4.2 Thoroughly coordinate changes within the Record Documents. Make adequate entries on each sheet of Publix' prototype Project Manual, the supplemental Architectural and Engineering Drawings and Specifications, and the Civil Engineering, Landscaping, and Site Utilities Drawings. 1.4.3 Do not use the Job Set for any purpose except entry of new data and for review by Publix' Representative, until start of transfer of data to the Final Record Documents, 1.4.4 Make entries on the Job Set within 24 hours after receipt of information that a change has occurred. 1.4.5 Maintain the Job Set of Project Record Documents completely protected from deterioration and from loss or damage until completion of the Work and transfer of all recorded data to the Final Project Record Documents. 1.4.6 In the event of loss of recorded data, use means necessary to again secure the data to Publix' Representative's approval. Such means shall include removal and replacement of concealing materials if this is necessary in the opinion of Publix' Representative. � 1.4.7 Change Data: Make change entries on drawings as follows� 1.4.7.1 Make entries in erasable colored pencil. 1.4.7.2 Call attention to each entry by drawing a "cloud" around each area affected� date all entries. 1.4.7.3 In the event of overlapping changes, use a different color for subsequent changes, so that the final construction is evident. 1.4.8 Schematic Conversion Data: 1.4.8.1 Show on the Job Set of Record Drawings, by dimension, accurate to within one inch, the location of each run of underground conduit, pipe, !tc. Clearly identify each item by accurate note such as "PVC. drain", gal. water", and the like. Clearly note the depth of each run beneath the finished floor. 1.4.8.2 Call attention to each entry by drawing a "cloud" around each area affected. 1.5. Final Project Record Documents 1.5.1 Obtain base drawings for Final Record Documents: At a time nearing the completion of the Work, secure from the Architect at no charge to the Contractor one complete set of Contract Document Drawings. 1.5.2 Approval of recorded data prior to transfer: Following receipt of the set of base drawings of the Final Record Documents, and prior to the start of transfer of data from the Job Set to the Final Record Documents, secure the review and approval of all recorded data by Publix' Representative. Make all required revisions to the Job Set. 1.5.3 After approval, carefully transfer change data and schematic conversion data shown on the Job Set of Record Drawings to the corresponding sheets, calling attention to each entry by drawing a "cloud" around the affected area. Dates of changes are not required. Use proper media to assure longevity and clear reproduction. 2. Products Not Used Sverdrup S VERDR UP FACILITIES, INC FLORIDA CORPORATE LICENSE #AA C001291 5750 Major Boulevard, Suite 500, Orlando, FL 32819 (407)903-5001 Fax (407)903-5150 ARCHITECT OF RECORD NAME., FLOYD WILSON MCCOLLUM, JR,, AIA REGISTRATION: FLORIDA REG. #AR0016162 DA TE.' 02128101 I 1 I I . 1 I � fr -- �, 13- qu� , " V, N�,,� t'� I _`,� 10� , Revision: Date: By: Description: 10 V .?� _D I Z) C 0- - 2i 011- V) MLMO# - (D %� 0 E %� QD CD 1�__ M (1 14* VL D IN* LO V) C14 CD 00 M CV) M - 00 �_ (y) 00 0- T_ 0 W < a - Xco __J _LLJ .V.-- r--J LL . LIJ - -CO LU W < > W 0 19� ,Oco C) .- = C-0 LL. (D ,-� < IT- < =) LU _J =) _j LL. � LL_ - C/) _J IZI- 0 LU LU dr) (3r (1) 0 - U) LUO � 4= 3:: M _J i =0 < LU F_ C/) -J 2: < M M U LU - _J _J - M: of LLJ 1,_�O - > < W D 0 [--- CD = a- -:i ,:I- 0- :Z (D >- X: a= 0� - >< LU C) _J O<OLU o �_ 3: 0 = CN M 13- LU C) LL 00 [--- U) �_ 1�_- N Key Plan: Scales: Sverdrup Project No.: 22196390 Drawing Title: SPECIFICATIONS Date: 03/12/99 Designed By: RBJ Drawn By.- RM Drawing No.: PM1 3. Execution Not Used End Of Section 01720 Section 02070 Selective Demolition 1. General 1. 1. Scope of Work 1.1.1 Demo] iti on and removal of selected portions of a building. 1.1.2 Demolition and removal of selected site elements. 1.1.3 Patching and repairs. 1.2. Definitions 1.2.1 Remove, or Demolish: Remove and legally dispose of items except those indicated to be reinstalled, salvaged, or to remain the Owner's property. 1.2.2 Remove and Salvage: Items indicated to be removed and salvaged remain the Owner's property. Remove, clean, and pack or crate items to protect against damage. Identify contents of containers and deliver to Owner's designated storage area. 1.2.3 Remove and Reinstall: Remove items indicated; clean, service, and otherwise prepare them for reuse� store and protect against damage. Reinstall items in the same locations or in locations indicated. 1.2.4 Existing to Remain: Protect construction indicated to remain against damage and soiling during selective demolition. When permitted by the Architect, items may be removed to a suitable, protected storage location during selective demolition and then cleaned and reinstalled in their original locations. 1.3. Materials Ownership 1.3.1 Except for items or materials indicated to be reused, salvaged, reinstalled, or otherwise indicated to remain the Owner's property, demolished materials shall become the Contractor's property and shall be removed from the site with further disposition at the Contractor's option. 1.4. Submittals 1.4.1 General: Submit each item in this Article according to the Conditions of the Contract and Division I Specification Sections, for information only, unless otherwise indicated. 1.4�2 Proposed dust -control measures. 1.4.3 Proposed noise -control measures. 1.4.4 Schedule of selective demolition activities indicating the followin& 1.4.4.1 Detailed sequence of selective demolition and removal work, with starting and ending dates for each activity. 1.4.4.2 Interruption of utility services, 1.4.4.3 Coordination for shutoff, capping, and continuation of utility services. 1.4.4.4 Detailed sequence of selective demolition and removal work to ensure uninterrupted progress of Owner's on -site operations. 1A.4.5 Coordination of Owner's continuing occupancy of portions of existing building and of Owner's partial occupancy of completed Work. 1.4.4.6 Locations of temporary partitions and means of egress. 1.4.5 Inventory of items to be removed and salvaged. 1 1.4.6 Inventory of items to be removed by Owner, 1.4.7 Photographs or videotape, sufficiently detailed, of existing conditions of adjoining construction and site improvements that might be misconstrued as damage caused by selective demolition operations. 1.4.8 Record drawings at Project closeout according to Division I Section "Contract Closeout." 1.4.8.1 Identify and accurately locate capped utilities and other subsurface structural, electrical, or mechanical conditions. 1.4.9 Landfill records indicating receipt and acceptance of hazardous wastes by a landfill facility licensed to accept hazardous wastes. 1.5. Quality Assurance 1.5.1 Demolition Firm Qualifications� Engage air experienced firm that has successfully completed selective demolition Work similar to that indicated for this Project. 1.5.2 Regulatory Requirements: Comply with governing EPA notification regulations before starting selective demolition. Comply with hauling and disposal regulations of authorities having jurisdiction. 1.5.3 Predemolition Conference: Conduct conference at Project site to comply with preinstallation conference requirements of Division I Section "Project Meetings." 1.6. Project Conditions 1.6.1 Owner will occupy portions of the building immediately adjacent to selective demolition area. Conduct selective demolition so that Owner's operations will not be disrupted. Provide not less than 72 hours' notice to Owner of activities that will affect Owner's operations, 1.6.2 Owner assumes no responsibility for actual condition of buildings to be selectively demolished. 1.6.2.1 Conditions existing at time of inspection for bidding purpose will be maintained by Owner as far as practi - cal. 1.6.3 Asbestos: It is not expected that asbestos will be encountered in the Work. Ifany materials suspected of containing asbestos are encountered, do not disturb the materials. Immediately notify the Architect and the Owner. 1.6.3.1 Asbestos will be removed by Owner before start of Work. 1.6.4 Storage or sale of removed items or materials on -site will not be permitted. 1.7. Scheduling 1.7.1 Arrange selective demolition schedule so as not to interfere with Owner's on -site operations. 1.8. Warranty 1.8-1 Existing Special Warranty: Remove, replace, patch, and repair materials and surfaces cut or damaged during selective demolition, by methods and with materials so as not to void existing warranties. 2. Products 2.1. Repair Materials 2.1.1 Use repair materials identical to existing materials. 2-1.1.1 Where identical materials are unavailable or cannot be used for exposed surfaces, use materials that visually match existing adjacent surfaces to the fullest extent possible. 2.1.1.2 Use materials whose installed performance equals or surpasses that of existing materials. 3. Execution 3.1. Examination 3.1.1 Verify that utilities have been disconnected and capped. 3.1.2 Survey existing conditions and correlate with requirements indicated to determine extent of selective demolition required. 3.1.3 Inventory and record the condition of items to be removed and reinstalled and items to be removed and salvaged. 3.1.4 When unanticipated mechanical, electrical, or structural elements that conflict with the intended function or design are encountered, investigate and measure the nature and extent of the conflict. Promptly submit a written report to the Architect. 3.1.5 Survey the condition of the building to determine whether removing any element might result in structural deficiency or unplanned collapse of any portion of the structure or adjacent structures during selective demolition. 3.1.6 Perform surveys as the Work progresses to detect hazards resulting from selective demolition activities. 3.2. Utility Services 3.2.1 Maintain existing utilities indicated to remain in service and protect them against damage during selective demolition operations. 3.2.1.1 Do not interrupt existing utilities serving occupied or operating facilities, except when authorized in writing by Owner and authorities having jurisdiction. Provide temporary services during interruptions to existing utilities, as acceptable to Owner and to governing authorities. 3.2.1.1.1 Provide not less than 72 hours' notice to Owner if shutdown of service is required during changeover. 3.2.2 Utility Requirements: Locate, identify, disconnect, and seal or cap off indicated utility services serving building to be selectively demolished. 3.2.2.1 Owner will arrange to shut off indicated utilities when requested by Contractor. 3.2.2.2 Arrange to shut off indicated utilities with utility companies. 3.2.23 Where utility services are required to be removed, relocated, or abandoned, provide bypass connections to maintain continuity of service to other parts of the building before proceeding with selective demolition. 3.2.2.4 Cut off pipe or conduit in walls or partitions to be removed. Cap, valve, or plug and seal the remaining portion of pipe or conduit after bypassing. 3.2-3 Utility Requirements� Refer to Division 15 and 16 Sections for shutting off, disconnecting, removing, and sealing or capping utility services. Do not start 0 selective demolition work until utility disconnecting and sealing have been completed and verified in writing. 3.3. Preparation 3.3.1 Drain, purge, or other -wise remove, collect, and dispose of chemicals, gases, explosives, acids, flammables, or other dangerous materials before proceeding with � selective demolition operations. 3.3.2 Employ a certified, licensed exterminator to treat building and to control rodents and vermin before and during selective demolition operations. 3.3.3 Conduct demolition operations and remove debris to ensure minimum interference with roads, streets, walks, and other adjacent occupied and used facilities. 3.3.3.1 Do not close or obstruct streets, walks, or other adjacent occupied or used facilities without permission from Owner and authorities having jurisdiction. Provide alternate routes around closed or obstructed traffic ways if required by governing regulations, 3.3.4 Conduct demolition operations to prevent injury to people and damage to adjacent buildings and facilities to remain. Ensure safe passage of people around selective demolition area. 3.3.4.1 Erect temporary protection, such as walks, fences, railings, canopies, and covered passageways, where required by authorities having jurisdiction. 3.3.4.2 Protect existing site improvements, appurtenances, and landscaping to remain. 3 3.3.4.3 Erect a plainly visible fence around drip line of individual trees or around perimeter drip line of groups of trees to remain. 3.3.4.4 Provide temporary weather protection, during interval between demolition and removal of existing construction, on exterior surfaces and new construction to ensure that no water leakage or damage occurs to structure or interior areas. 3.3.4.5 Protect walls, ceilings, floors, and other existing finish work that are to remain and are exposed during selective demolition operations. 3.3.4.6 Cover and protect furniture, furnishings, and equipment that have not been removed. 3.3.5 Erect and maintain dustproof partitions and temporary enclosures to limit dust and dirt migration and to separate areas from fumes and noise, 3.3.5.1 Construct dustproof partitions of not less than nominal 4-inch (I 00-mm) studs, 5/8- inch (16-mm) gypsum wallboard with joints taped on occupied side, and 1/2-inch (13-mm) fire -retardant plywood on the demolition side. 3.3.5.2 Insulate partition to provide noise protection to occupied areas. 3.3.5.3 Seal joints and perimeter. Equip partitions with dustproof doors and security locks. 3. 3 3. 5.4 Protect air -handling equipment. 3.3.5.5 Weatherstrip openings. 3.3.6 Provide and maintain interior and exterior shoring, bracing, or structural support to preserve stability and prevent movement, settlement, or collapse of building to be selectively demolished. 3.3.6.1 Strengthen or add new supports when required during progress of selective demolition. 3.4. Pollution Controls ' 14.1 Use water mist, temporary enclosures, and other suitable methods to limit the spread of dust and dirt. Comply with governing environmental protection regulations. 3.4.1.1 Do not use water when it may damage existing construction or create hazardous or objectionable conditions, such as ice, flooding, and pollution. 3.4.2 Remove and transport debris in a manner that will prevent spillage on adjacent surfaces and areas. 3.4.2,1 Remove debris from elevated portions of building by chute, hoist, or other device that will convey debris to grade level. 3.4.3 Clean adjacent structures and improvements of dust, dirt, and debris caused by selective demolition operations. Return adjacent areas to condition existing before start of selective demolition. 3.5. Selective Demolition 3.5.1 Demolish and remove existing construction only to the extent required by new construction and as indicated. Use methods required to complete Work within limitations of governing regulations and as follows: 3.5.1.1 Proceed with selective demolition systematically, from higher to lower level. Complete selective demolition work above each floor or tier before disturbing supporting members on lower levels. 3-5.1.2 Nearly cut openings and holes plumb, square, and true to dimensions required. Use cutting methods least likely to damage construction to remain or adjoining construction, To minimize disturbance of adjacent surfaces, use hand or small power tools designed for sawing or grinding, not hammering and chopping. Temporarily cover openings to remain. 3.5.1.3 Cut or drill from the exposed or finished side into concealed surfaces to avoid marring existing finished surfaces. 3.5.1.4 Do not use cutting torches until work area is cleared of flammable materials. At concealed spaces, such as duct and pipe interiors, verify condition and contents of hidden space before starting flame -cutting operations. Maintain portable fire- suppression devices during flame -cutting operations. 3.5.1.5 Maintain adequate ventilation when using cutting torches. 3.5.1.6 Remove decayed, vermin -infested, or otherwise dangerous or unsuitable materials and promptly dispose of off -site. 3.5.1.7 Remove structural framing members and lower to ground by method suitable to avoid free fall and to prevent ground impact or dust generation. ' ).5. 1.8 Locate selective demolition equipment throughout the structure and remove debris and materials so as not to impose excessive loads on supporting walls, floors, or framing. 3.5.1.9 Dispose of demolished items and materials promptly. On -site storage or sale of removed items is prohibited. 3.5.1.10 Return elements of construction and surfaces to remain to condition existing before start of selective demolition operations. 3.5.2 Demolish concrete and masonry in small sections. Cut concrete and masonry at junctures with construction to remain, using power -driven masonry saw or hand tools; do not use power -driven impact tools. 3.5.3 Break up and remove concrete stabs on grade, unless otherwise shown to remain. 3.5.4 Remove resilient floor coverings and adhesive according to recommendations of the Resilient Floor Covering Institute's (RFCI) "Recommended Work Practices for the Removal of Resilient Floor Coverings" and Addendum. 3.5.4.1 Remove residual adhesive and prepare substrate for new floor coverings by one of the methods recommended by RFCI. 3.5.5 Remove no more existing roofing than can be covered in one day by new roofing. See applicable Division 7 Section for new roofing requirements. 3.5.6 Remove air-conditioning equipment without releasing refrigerants, 3.6. Patching And Repairs 3.6.1 Promptly patch and repair holes and damaged surfaces caused to adjacent construction by selective demolition operations. 3.6.2 Patching is specified in Division I Section "Cutting and Patching." 3.6.3 Where repairs to existing surfaces are required, patch to produce surfaces suitable for new materials. 3.63� 1 Completely fill holes and depressions in existing masonry walls to remain with an approved masonry patching material, applied according to manufacturer's printed recommendations. 3.6.4 Restore exposed finishes of patched areas and extend finish restoration into adjoining construction to remain in a manner that eliminates evidence of patching and refinishing. 3.6.5 Patch and repair floor and wall surfaces in the new space where demolished walls or partitions extend one finished area into another. Provide a flush and even surface of uniform color and appearance. 3.6.5.1 Closely match texture and finish of existing adjacent surface. 3.6.5.2 Patch with durable seams that are as invisible as possible. Comply with specified tolerances. 3.6.5.3 Where patching smooth painted surfaces, extend final paint coat over entire unbroken surface containing the patch after the surface has received primer and second coat. 3.6.5.4 Remove existing floor and wall coverings and replace with new materials, if necessary, to achieve uniform color and appearance, 3.6.5.5 Inspect and test patched areas to demonstrate integrity of the installation, where feasible. 3.6.6 Patch, repair, or rehang existing ceilings as necessary to provide an even -plane surface of uniform appearance. 3.7. Disposal of Demolished Materials 3.7.1 General: Promptly dispose of demolished materials. Do not allow demolished materials to accumulate on -site. 3.7.2 Burning: Do not burn demolished materials, 3.7.3 Disposal� Transport demolished materials off Owner's property and legally dispose of them. 3.8. Cleaning 3.8.1 Sweep the building broom clean on completion of selective demolition operation. 3.8.2 Change filters on air -handling equipment on completion of selective demolition operations. 3.9. Selected Demolition Schedule 3.9.1 Refer to specific demolition sheets and notes in the construction demolition package. End of Section 02070 Section 02200 Earth Work 1. General 1. 1. Field Density Tests and Samples 1. I � I The Contractor shall employ a testing laboratory acceptable to the Architect for testing of footing and foundation excavations, for testing of other areas where the prepared pad is disturbed by the Work of this Contract, and for testing of the underslab porous fill where said porous fill is part of the Work of this Contract. 1.1.2 Sample specimens shall be recovered by the "Shelby Tube" or the "Sand Cone" method, or as other -wise directed by Architect. 1.1.3 Density Tests shall be secured at 50 ft. intervals in linear footing excavations, and at every spread footing. 1.1.4 Density Tests shall be secured in areas of backf ill and recompaction at vertical intervals not exceeding 12 in. and at a horizontal frequency of one per 4000 sq. ft. Areas requiring compacted fill that support small independent slabs shall have density tests at vertical intervals of I 8" In the event this is a separate compaction procedure. 1.1.5 Density Tests shall be secured in underslab porous fill at a horizontal frequency of one per 4000 sq. ft. 1.1.6 Densities shall conform to 95% of the modified proctor valve and assumed bearing capacity = 2,500 psf. 1.1 Testing and Remediation: 1.2.1 Any test result which does not conform to the requirements of the Contract shall be furnished verbally to both Architect and Contractor within 24 hours after sampling. Written test results shall be distributed as specified in Section 01300 "Submittals", and shall include horizontal and vertical location, test number, dry density, moisture content, percent compaction and Proctor Compaction Curve to which each test is referenced. The Testing Laboratory shall also call attention, by a separate symbol, to those tests which do not conform with these Specifications. 1.3. Termite Treatment: Refer to Section 02282. 1.3.1 Guarantee of Treatment: Upon completion of the Soil Treatment and as a condition for its Final Acceptance, the Contractor shall furnish to the Owner a written Guarantee stating that the Applicator guarantees the effectiveness of the soil treatment against termite infestation for a period of not less than five years from date of treatment. Any evidence of re -infestation within the Guarantee Period will require treatment without cost to the Owner. 2. Products Not Used I Execution 3.1. Excavation 3.1.1 Perform all excavation and cutting necessary to accommodate the work shown on the plan. Forms may be omitted if soil is suitable to provide accurate and stable trenches for concrete pours. 3.1.2 Bottom of excavations shall be true and level to provide level bearing. 3.1.3 Only concrete fill will be allowed under footings. 3.1.4 Notify Publix' Representative should debris or deleterious materials be encountered during excavations. Publix will obtain a Soils Engineer's recommendation for remedial measures which will be part of the work of this Contract by appropriate Change Order if desired by Publix. 3.1.5 Backfill under concrete floor slabs, walks, ramps, etc., where required by disturbance of the prepared pad shall be deposited in lifts not exceeding twelve (12) inches with each layer thoroughly compacted. Tamping and puddling shall be done at least 24 hours before concrete is laid. Recompaction shall reach the compaction specified in the separate Contract which covers Pad Preparation, or the compaction actually achieved for the prepared pad, whichever is greater. 3.1.6 Additional requirements for excavation and backfilling for underground utilities may be found in other sections. 3.2. Underslab Porous Fill 3.2.1 Provide 4" of Porous fill. Fill shall be clean sand, gravel, or crushed rock. Porous fill under interior stabs shall be graded between 1 1/2 in. and no. 4 sieve. Porous fill under exterior slabs, ramps, walks, pads, etc. shall be graded between 1 1/2 in. and no. 200 sieve. End of Section 02200 Section 02282 Termite Control 1. General 1. 1. Summary 1.2. This Section includes soil treatment for termite control. Treat on top of base under new slabs, and additionally along interior foundations, and around plumbing, and under sidewalks and all other new paved areas within five feet of the building. 1.3. Submittals 1.3.1 Generali Submit the following according to Conditions of Contract and Division I Specification Sections. 1.3.2 Product data and application instructions. 1.3.3 Certification that products used comply with U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) regulations for termiticides. 1.4. Quality Assurance 1.4.1 In addition to requirements of these specifications, comply with manufacturer's instructions and recommendations for preparing substrate and application. 1.4.2 Engage a professional pest control operator who is licensed ac-.ording to regulations of governing authorities to apply soil treatment solution. 1.4.3 Use only termiticides that bear a federal registration number of the EPA and are approved by local authorities having jurisdiction. 1.5. Job Conditions 1.5.1 Restrictions� Do not apply soil treatment solution until excavating, filling, and grading operations are completed, except as otherwise required in construction operations. 1.5.2 To ensure penetration, do not apply soil treatment to excessively wet soils or during inclement weather. Comply with handling and application instructions of the soil toxicant manufacturer. 1.6. Warranty 1.6.1 Warranty� Furnish written warranty, executed by Applicator and Contractor, certifying that applied soil termiticide treatment will prevent infestation of subterranean termites. If subterranean termite activity is discovered during warranty period, Contractor will re -treat soil and repair or replace damage caused by termite infestation. 1.6.2 Warranty Period: 5 years from date of Substantial Completion. 1.6.3 The warranty shall not deprive the Owner of other rights the Owner may have under other provisions of the Contract Documents and will be in addition to and run concurrent with other warranties made by the Contractor under requirements of the Contract Documents. 2. Products 2.1. Soil Treatment Solution 2.1.1 General: Use an emulsible, concentrated termiticide that dilutes with water, specially formulated to prevent termites infestation. Fuel oil will not be permitted as a diluent. Provide a solution consisting of one of following chemical elements. 2.1.2 Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: 2.1.2.1 Chloropyrifos: Dursban TC, Dow Chemical Co. 2.1.2.2 Permathrin: Dragnet FT, FMC Corp. Torpedo, ICI Americas, Inc. 2.1.2.3 Cypermethrine� Prevail FT, FMC Corp. Demon, ICI Americas, Inc. 1 2.1.2.4 Fenvaleratc: Gold Coast Tribute, Du Pont. 2.1.2.5 Isofenphose: Pryfon, Mobay Corp. 2.1.3 Dilute with water to concentration level recommended by manufacturer. 2.1.4 Other solutions may be used as recommended by Applicator if approved for intended application by local authorities having jurisdiction. Use only soil treatment solutions that are not harmful to plants. 3. Execution 3.1. Application 3. L I Surface Preparation: Remove foreign matter that could decrease treatment effectiveness on areas to be treated. Loosen, rake, and level soil to be treated, except previously compacted areas under slabs and foundations. Toxicants may be applied before placing compacted fill under slabs if recommended by toxicant manufacturer. 3.1.2 Application Rates� Apply soil treatment solution as follows: 3.1.1 1 Under slab -on -grade structures, treat soil before concrete slabs are placed, using the following application rates: 3.1.2.1.1 Apply 4 gallons of chemical solution per 10 linear feet (5.1 L of chemical solution per meter) to soil in critical areas under slab, including entire inside perimeter of foundation walls, along both sides of interior partition walls, around plumbing pipes and electric conduit penetrating slab, and around interior column footings. 3.1.2.1.2 Apply I gallon of chemical solution per I 0 sq. ft. (4.1 L of chemical solution per sq. in) as an overall treatment under slab and attached slab areas where fill is soil or unwashed gravel. Apply I- 1/2 gallon of chemical solution per 10 sq ' ft. (6.1 L of chemical solution per sq. in) to areas where fill is washed gravel or other coarse absorbent material. 3.1.2.1.3 Apply 4 gallons of chemical solution per 10 linear feet (5.1 L of chemical solution per meter) of trench for each 12 inches (300 min) of depth from grade to footing, along outside edge of building. Dig a trench 6 to 8 inches (I 50 to 200 mm) wide along outside of foundation to a depth of not less than 12 inches (300 mm). Punch holes to top of footing at not more than 12 inches (300 min) o.c. and apply chemical solution. Mix chemical solution with the soil as it is being replaced in the trench. 3.1.2.2 At hollow masonry foundations or grade beams, treat voids at rate of 2 gallons per I 0 linear feet 2.6 L per meter, poured directly into the hollow spaces. 3.1.2.3 At expansion joints, control joints, and areas where slabs will be penetrated, apply at rate of 4 gallons per I 0 linear feet (5.1 L per linear in) of penetration. 3.1.3 Post signs in areas of application to warn workers that soil termiticide treatment has been applied. Remove signs after areas are covered by other construction. 3.1.4 Reapply soil treatment solution to areas disturbed by subsequent excavation, landscape grading, or other construction activities following application. End of Section 02282 Section 03300 Cast in Place Concrete 1. General I 1. 1. Scope of Work 1.1.1 Furnish all materials, labor, equipment and services necessary and incidental to complete installation of concrete work indicated, implied on contract drawings, or as specified. 1.1-2 The Contractor shall cooperate with other trades regarding installation of imbedded items, and shall obtain inserts from related trades, such as plumbing, HVAC, roofing etc., and install under this section. 1.1.3 Grout fill of hollow masonry units and hollow masonry pilasters is specified under masonry, 1.2. References: the following specifications, codes and standards of current issue (hereafter referred to by acronym or alphainumeric designation only) form a part of this specification: 1.2.1 American Concrete Institute 1.2.1.1 ACI H 7: Standard Tolerances for Concrete Construction and Materials 1.2.1.2 AC1211.1: Recommended Practice for Selecting Proportions for Normal Weight Concrete 1.2.1.3 ACI 221: Guide for Use of Normal Weight Aggregates in Concrete 1 1.2.1.4 ACI 301: Specification for Structural Concrete for Buildings 1.2.1.5 ACI 301 Guide for Concrete Floor and Slab Construction 1.2.1.6 ACI 305: Hot Weather Concreting 1.2,1.7 ACI 306: Cold Weather Concreting 1.2.1.8 ACI 315: Details and Detailing of Concrete Reinforcement 1.2.1.9 ACI 3 1 8 Bldg. Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete (see other paragraphs of this Section for exceptions) 1.2.1.10 ACI 347: Recommended Practice for Concrete Form Work 1.2.2 American Society for Testing and Materials 1.2.2.1 ASTM A 185: Specification for Steel Welded Wire Fabric, Plain, for Concrete Reinforcement 1.2.2.2 ASTM A 615: Specification for Deformed and Plain Billet -Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement 1.2.2.3 ASTMC31: Making and Curing Concrete Test Specimens 1.2.2.4 ASTM C 33: Specification for Concrete Aggregates 1.2.2.5 ASTM C 39: Compressive Strength of Cylindrical Concrete Test Specimens 1.2.2.6 ASTM C 143: Slump of Portland Cement Concrete 1.2.2.7 ASTM C 150: Specification for Portland Cement 1.2.2.8 ASTM C 260: Air -Entraining Admixtures for Concrete 1.2.3 Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute: Manual of Standard Practice 1.2.4 Applicable Building Code 1.3. Submittals 1.3.1 Design Mixes: 1.3.1.1 Submit written reports to Architect of each proposed mix for each class of concrete at least 15 days prior to the start of Work. Do not begin concrete production until proposed mix designs have been reviewed by Architect. 1.3.1.2 Reports shall include material certifications and product data for all materials proposed for use. 1.3.1.3 Separate mix designs shall be required for each admixture or combination of admixtures proposed for each class and strength of concrete reviewed by the Architect. 1.3.1.4 Reports shall include wet and dry unit weights for each mix design. 1.3.1.5 Each mix design shall indicate where the mix is to be placed and its intended use for the project. 1.3.2 Shop Drawings� Submit in accordance with Section 01340 Submittals, prepared as described by ACI 315. Show complete plans, scaled sections, and elevations; clearly indicate all openings, ledges, haunches, construction joints required, and other pertinent items. Show size, mark, and location of all reinforcing steel, bar schedules, and bending schedules. 1.3.3 Samples of materials shall be submitted if requested by the Architect. 1.3.4 Product data for proprietary materials and items, including reinforcement and forming accessories, admixtures, patching compounds, waterstops, joint systems, curing compounds, dry -shake finish materials and others if requested by the Architect. 1.3.5 Submit certificate from aggregate supplier, countersigned by concrete supplier verifying that all aggregates furnished for and used in concrete for this project conform to ASTM C 33. 1.3.6 Certification of conformance to requirements, and the chloride ion content of the admixture will be required from the admixture manufacturer prior to mix design review by the Architect. 1.4. Quality Assurance - Single -Source Responsibility For Concrete Materials� Obtain concrete ingredients of uniform quality, including color for exposed concrete, from one manufacturer for each cementitious component and from one source and producer for each aggregate. 1.5. Field Quality Control 1.5.1 Employ a Testing Laboratory experienced in testing of concrete materials to perform material evaluation tests and to submit test reports. Publix reserves the right to disallow any Testing Laboratory. 1.5.2 Sampling Fresh Concrete: ASTM C 172, except modified for slump to comply with ASTM C 94. 1.5.3 Slump: ASTM C 143; one test for each concrete load at point of discharge for all normally placed concrete, and point of placement for pumped concrete� and one for each set of compressive strength test specimens. 1.5.4 Air Contents: ASTM C 173, Volumetric Method For Light Weight Concrete; ASTM C 231 Pressure Method For Normal Weight Concrete, one for every other concrete load at point of discharge, or when indicated. 1.5�5 Concrete Temperature: Test hourly when air temperature is 4OF (4C) and below, and when 8OF (27C) and above; and each time a set of compressive strength specimens is made. 1.5.6 Compressive Strength Specimen: ASTM C 31 ' one set of 4 standard cylinders for each compressive strength test, unless otherwise directed. mold and store cylinders for laboratory -cured test specimens except when field -cure test specimens are required. 1.5.7 Compressive Strength Tests: ASTM C 39� one set for each 50 cubic yards or fraction thereof, of each mix design placed in any one day or for each 3,000 square feet of surface area placed; one specimen tested at seven days, one specimen tested at 14 days, one tested at 28 days, and one specimen retained in reserve for later testing if required. 1.5.8 Test results shall be reported in writing to Publix Structural Engineer, Publix Construction Department, Ready Mix Producer, and Contractor within 24 hours. Reports of compressive strength test shall contain the project identification name and number, date of concrete placement, name of concrete testing service, concrete type and class, location of concrete batch in structure, design compressive strength at 28 days, concrete mix proportions and materials, wet and dry unit weight, compressive breaking strength, and type of break for both 7 day tests and 28 day tests. Also, if breaks produce results outside the limitations stated below, report shall be submitted on a red or other color paper that contrasts to the typical report paper color. 1.5�9 Additional Tests: Coring of concrete anywhere in the structure shall be done only with written approval by Publix Architect. 1.5.10 Publix acceptance of the test reports does not in any way relieve the Contractor of his responsibility to insure the strength, slump, and quality of the in -place concrete meets the requirements of the Contract Documents. 1.6. Remediation: 1.6.1 Seven (7) day concrete strength shall not be less than 75% of the 28 day strength. twenty eight (28) day strength shall be not less than I 00% of the 28 day design 1� C, strength. The concrete strength will be determined by the method described in ACI 318 Sections 5.6.1, 5.6.2.1, 5.6.2.2, and the corresponding ASTM Designation (C 39). 1.6.2 Where testing reveals defective materials, remove nonconforming concrete and install new concrete in its place. 1.6.3 Perform additional tests required to verify compliance of replacement concrete. 1.7. Pre -Slab Conference: At least one week prior to the beginning of the installation of slabs on grade, the Contractor shall hold a meeting with all affected Subcontractors or Suppliers and the Hardener Manufacturer, to review the detailed requirements for the floor methods and procedures, including concrete and reinforcing placement, joint layout, placing techniques, finishing techniques, admixture usage, and curing procedures. 1.8. Inspections: Notify Pub I i x Super Market, In c.'s Representative 4 8 hours (min.) in advance of all pours so that he may 1.8.1 Observe all reinforced concrete placement unless otherwise directed by the Architect. 1.8.2 Check size, grade, spacing, and clearances of all reinforcing and,Mre mesh. 1.8.3 Check lap lengths 1.8.4 See that reinforcing is clean. 1.8.5 See that forms are properly cleaned and oiled when required. 1.8.6 See that steel has been properly placed and tied. 1.8.7 See that forms for columns and beams are fully constructed, except that one (1) side of form is removed to allow for visual inspection. 1.9. Delivery, Storage, And Handling: Reinforcing steel shall be delivered to the building site, stored, and covered in a manner which will insure that no damage from moisture, dirt, grease, or any other substance will impair bond with concrete. 1.10. Existing Conditions: I � 10.1 Inspect and field verify all existing surfaces, structures, and dimensions in or adjacent to where Work is to be installed. 1.10.2 Notify the Architect in writing, before any work is installed, of any condition in disagreement with the Contract Documents or otherwise requiring correction. Failure to make such a report will be construed as acceptance of the existing conditions and acceptance of the responsibility to provide a proper installation. 2. Materials 2. 1 � GeneraL All materials shall be delivered, stored and handled to prevent inclusion of foreign materials, damage by water, or breakage. materials shall be stored and delivered in original packages. 2.1 Concrete Materials 2.2.1 Aggregates 2.2.1.1 Fine and coarse aggregates shall conform to the requirements of ASTM C 33, ACI 221 and ACI 3301. 2.2.1.2 Coarse aggregate for normally placed concrete at foundations, pedestals, floor slabs, stem walls, steps and other locations shall meet ASTM C 33 Size No. 57 (1" to no. 4). 2.2.1.3 Coarse aggregate for pump mix shall meet ASTM Size No. 8 (3/8" to no. 8). 2.2.1.4 All aggregate for this Project shall be from one source and of uniform color throughout. 2.2.1.5 "Opaline Chert" shall not be used. 2.2.1.6 Sand shall be capable of developing 90% of the strength of standard Ottawa sand, and shall not contain more than 3% clay. The size of the sand shall be such that not less than 85% shall pass through a 1/4" sieve, not more than 30% through a 50 mesh sieve, and not more than 5% through a 100 mesh sieve. Test reports shall be furnished with design mixes indicating strength and gradation. 2.2.2 Cement 2.2.2.1 Normal pordand cement shall be type I conforming to the requirements of ASTM C 150 and shall be used for all concrete work. All cement for this project shall be from one source and of uniform color throughout unless special colors or finishes are noted. 2.2.2.2 Fly Ash shall not be used 2.2.3 Water: Water for concrete shall be potable and free from injurious amounts of oil, alkali, organic matter and other deleterious materials. 2.2.4 Reinforcement 2.2.4.1 Bars: ASTM A 615, Grade 60, unless otherwise shown on Drawings, using deformed bars for no. 3 and larger. 2.2.4.2 Reinforcement Accessories: High chairs, spacers, bolsters, etc. shall meet the requirements of CRSI. 2.2.4.3 Welded Steel Wire Fabric Reinforcement: ASTM A 185 2.2.5 Admixtures 2.2.5.1 No admixtures shall be incorporated in concrete unless written authorization is received from publix' architect. 2.2.5.2 Prohibited Admixtures: Calcium Chloride, Thiocyanates or admixtures containing more than 0.05% chloride ions are not permitted. 2.2.5.3 Air Entraining Admixture: ASTM C 260, certified by Manufacturer to be compatible with other required admixtures. "Air-Tite" or "Pcrma-Ait", Euclid Chemical Co. "Darex AEA" or "Daravair", W.R. Grace & Co "MB-VR" "Micro -Air", Master Builders, Inc. "Airen S", Arr-Maz Products. 2.2.5.4 Water Reducing Admixture: ASTM C 494, Type A "Eucon WR-75", Euclid Chemical Co. 'WRDA7, W.R. Grace & Co. "Pozzolith Normal" or "Polyheed", Master Builders, Inc. "Reclux DP", Arr-Maz Products. 2.3. Related Materials: 2.3.1 Vapor Barrier 2.3.1.1 Provide under -slab vapor barrier under all interior floorslabs. 2.1 1.2 Moisture/Vapor Barrier: Water resistant membrane of kraft paper and glass reinforcing fibers combined under heat and pressure and coated both sides with extrusion applied inert, black polyethylene film, ASTM E 96, Procedure A, Perm Rating of 0. 10 maximum. Fed. Spec. UUB-7908, Type 1, Grade A. "Moistop", Fortifiber Corp., Attleboro, MA., or approved equal. 23.1.3 Tape for Sealing Laps: Grade 495 Pressure Sensitive Tape, or other Manufacturers approved equal. 23.2 Emery -Aggregate Dry -Shake Hardener: B I ended and packaged, natural gray colored, dry shake hardener containing portland cement, aluminum oxide particles, and wetting agents or plasticizers. Acceptable manufacturers and products are: "Colorbrite Natural," Lambert Corp., Orlando, FL, "Emerchrome," L.M. Scofield Co., Douglasville, GA, 2.3.3 Penetrating Curing Agent: Penetrating chemical curing compound compatible with chemical hardener. Acceptable manufacturers and products are: "Gardseal", Lambert Corp., Orlando, FL, "S6nosil" Sonneborn Corp. 2.3.4 Chemical Hardener: Clear colorless concrete hardener, dustproofer, and densifier containing chemically active magnesium/zinc silicofluoride and wetting agents. Acceptable manufacturers and products are: "Solidus," Lambert Corp. "Lapidolith," Sonneborn Corp. "Pena-Lith," W.R. Meadows "Saniseal 100," Master Builders 2.3.5 Absorptive Cover for Curing: Burlap cloth made from jute or kenaf weighing approx. 9 oz. per sq. yd. complying with AASHTO M 182, Class 2. 2.4. Proportioning and Design of Mixes: 2.4.1 Mix designs shall be proportioned in accordance with Section 5.3 of ACI 3 1 8, "Proportioning on the Basis of Field Experience and/or Trial Mixtures". 2.4.2 If trial batches are used, the mix design shall be prepared by an independent testing laboratory, and shall achieve an average compressive strength 1200 psi higher than the specified strength. This over -design shall be increased to 1400 psi when concrete strengths over 5000 are used. 2.4.3 Design mixes to provide normal weight concrete with the following properties, as indicated on the Drawings and Schedules. 2.4.3.1 3000 psi 28-day compressive strength; W/C Ratio= 0.58 maximum (non- , air -entrained), 0.46 maximum (air -entrained). Provide minimum of 500 lbs. portland cement per cubic yard of concrete. 2.4.3.2 4000 psi 28-day compressive strength� W/C Ratio= 0.44 maximum (non - air -entrained). 2.4.4 Proportion and design mixes to result in concrete slump at point of placement as follows: 2.4.4.1 Walks, Ramps, Floor Slabs, Paving: Not more than 5 inches. 2.4.4.2 Concrete Mixes Designed for Pump Placement: 5" (plus or minus I") inch at point of placement. 2.4.4.3 Reinforced Foundation Systems: Not less than I inch and not more than 5 inches. 2.4.4,4 Slump may be adjusted as approved by Architect to allow for special project conditions. 2.5. Concrete Mixing 2.5.1 Transit -mixed concrete may be used. It shall be mixed and delivered in accordance with the requirements set forth in the Standard Specifications for Ready Mixed Concretes of the ACI 304, Latest Edition. 2.5.2 Ready Mix Concrete: Comply with requirements of ASTM C 94, and as specified. 2.5.2.1 When temperature is between 85f (30c) and 90f (32c), reduce mixing and delivery time from 90 minutes to 75 minutes, and when air temperature is above 90f (32c) reduce mixing and delivery time to 60 minutes. 2.5.2.2 No concrete shall be placed when internal temperature of the concrete exceeds 90f 2.5.3 Delete Reference From ASTM C 94 for adding water to batch for material with insufficient slump after it arrives on the site, No water shall be added to batch on the Job Site. 2.6. Architect's review of the design mix does not relieve the Contractor of his responsibility to insure that the strength, slump, and quality of the in -place concrete meets the requirements of the Contract Documents. 3. Part 3 - Execution 3.1. Preparation 3.1.1 Inspect Prepared Pad for suitability to receive concrete slab, Where areas may be deficient, perform tests to determine suitability for concrete placement. Where extensive testing may be required, notify Publix Architect. 3.1,2 Where concrete is poured in exposed to view locations, examine formwork for suitability to produce smooth, even surfaces in finished work. 3.1.3 Ensure that cavity caps are in place to prevent concrete from filling masonry cavities where pours are over masonry walls. 3.2. Reinforcing 3.2.1 Avoid cutting or puncturing vapor retarder during reinforcement placement and supports and as herein specified. 3.2.2 Metal reinforcement, before being positioned, shall be thoroughly cleaned of all mill and rust scale, and of coatings of any character that will destroy or reduce the bond. 3.2.3 All reinforcement shall be carefully bent to the required dimensions and in accordance with the requirements of CRSI. 3.2.4 Shop form all reinforcing to dimensions required. conform to ACI I 1 7 for forming tolerances. 3.2.5 All reinforcement shall be placed accurately in position using particular care to place the steel at its proper position in the cross section. Bars shall be held securely in place by ties and bracing in a way that will not allow displacement by tamping of the concrete. Slab reinforcing shall be supported on suitable reinforcing chairs or spacing bars. 3.2.6 Laps: 3.2.6.1 Conform To ACI 318. 3.2.6.2 Avoid lapping bars wherever possible. 3.2.6.3 Wire Mesh: Lap adjoining pieces at least one full mesh and lace splices with wire- Offset end laps in adjacent widths to prevent continuous laps in either direction. 3.2.7 On exterior exposed work, no ties or spacers shall be permitted to remain within 3/ 4" of the finished surfaces. Place reinforcement to obtain at least minimum coverage for protection. Set wire ties so ends are directed into concrete, not toward surfaces. 3.2.8 Holes for ties and spacers shall be patched with an approved polymer patching mortar immediately after stripping forms. 3.2.9 Install welded wire fabric in longest practicable lengths. 3.2.10 Unless otherwise specified or called for, provide the following minimum reinforcing: 3.2.10.1 2 #3 bars continuous reinforcement for all stools, sills, or caps. Precast sills may be used. 3.2.10.2 1 #3 bar in each concrete stair nosing (except metal pan stairs). 3.2.103 6" x 6" W1.4 X WIA welded wire mesh in floor slabs, exterior slabs and walkways. 3.2.10.4 3 #5 bars in wall footings, 3.2.10.5 2 45 bars in tie beams or spandrels, and door and window lintels. 3.3. Joints 3.3.1 Construction Joints: Locate and install construction joints so they do not impair strength or appearance of the structure, as acceptable to Engineer. See Drawings for details. 3. 3. 2 Provide keyways at least l- 1/2 inches deep in construction joints in walls and slabs and between walls and footings. Bulkheads designed and accepted for this purpose may be used for slabs. 1 3.3.3 Place construction joints perpendicular to main reinforcement. Continue reinforcement across construction joints except as indicated otherwise. Donot continue reinforcement through sides of strip placements. 3.3.4 Use bonding agent on existing concrete surfaces that will be jointed with fresh concrete. 3.3.5 Expansion Joints� All expansion and isolation joints shall be carefully installed at the locations shown on the Contract Drawings. Care shall be taken to maintain true alignment, so as to permit the proper functioning of the joint, The concrete surfaces shall be thoroughly cleaned and dried before applying any adhesive material or expansion joint filler. In general, the joint shall be erected complete and shall form a watertight bulkhead in the wall or slab in which it is being built. 3.3.6 Care shall be taken to maintain true alignment and accurate centering of all joints. Also, in removing the supporting forms, after the stop has been anchored in concrete previously poured, care shall be taken not to disturb the joint in any way. 3.3.7 The Contractor shall support, brace and other -wise maintain in place all expansion joints. At all times, the method of support, construction and protection shall prevent damage to thejoint materials and concrete edges. 3.3.8 Where a joint is of such length as to not permit its being handled in a single piece, 0 the Contractor will be required to furnish the stop in several pieces and to joint the same in the field in accord with manufacturer's recommendations. Also, at such points where a change in direction ofjoints occur, such as at the junction of walls with floors and the like, the Contractor will be required to install the correct fittings, in order to insure their being watertight. 3.3.9 The expansion joint filler forjoints shall be of the dimensions outlined on the Contract Drawings and as required to completely fill thejoint, in such a manner as to be under compression after placing of the concrete. Small pieces of filler will be used only as permitted by the Engineer. 3.3.10 Construction Joints� Locate and install construction joints at locations shown on the Drawings. Where construction joints are not shown, the Contractor may locate and install such joints so as not to impair strength and appearance of the structure, and submit for approval by the Engineer. 3.3.11 Place construction joints perpendicular to the main reinforcement and continue reinforcement across construction joints, unless otherwise shown on the Drawings or specified herein. 3.3.12 Provide roughened surface to 1/4" amplitude per ACI 318� or at Contractor option, provide 1-1/2" deep keyway with width equal to 1/3 thickness of part in construction joint or as shown on Drawings. 3.3.13 Isolation Joints in Slabs -on -Grade: Construct isolation joints in slabs -on -grade at points of contact between slabs -on -grade and vertical surfaces, such as column pedestals, foundation walls, grade beams, and other locations, as indicated. 3.3.13.1 Joint fillers and sealants are specified in Division 7 Section "Joint Sealants," 3.3.14 Control Joints in Slabs-on-Gra& Construct control joints in slabs -on -grade to form panels of patterns as shown. Use saw cuts 1/8 inch wide by one-fourth of slab depth or inserts 1/4 inch wide by one-fourth of slab depth, unless otherwise indicated. 3.3.14.1 Form control joints by inserting premolded plastic, hardboard, or fiberboard strip into fresh concrete until top surface of strip is flush with slab surface. Tool slab edges round on each side of insert. After concrete has cured, remove inserts and clean groove of loose debris. 3.3,14.2 Control joints in unexposed floor slabs may be formed by saw cuts as soon as possible after slab finishing as may be safely done without dislodging aggregate. 3.3.14.3 If joint pattern is not shown, providejoints not exceeding 15 feet in either direction and located to conform to bay spacing wherever possible (at column centerfines, half bays, third bays). 3.3.14.4 Joint fillers and sealants are specified in Division 7 Section "Joint Sealants." 3.4. Forms 3.4.1 Forms shall conform to the shapes, lines, and dimensions of the member as shown in the Drawings, and shall be substantial, mortar tight, free from surface defects, and properly braced and tied together, so as to maintain position and shape. All form- work shall be in accordance with ACI 347. 3.4.2 Forms shall be closely fitted to produce smooth, clean surfaces without fins or offsets. 3.4.3 Plywood shall be oiled or lacquered before reinforcing is placed. Oil shall be non- staining mineral oil. 3.4.4 Column forms shall be secured with external yokes. Banding with steel tape is not permitted. 3.4.5 Provide openings in concrete form -work to accommodate work of other trades. Determine size and location of openings, recesses, and chases from trades providing such items. Accurately place and securely support items built into forms. 3.4.6 Thoroughly clean forms and adjacent surfaces to receive concrete. Remove chips, wood, sawdust, dirt or other debris just before concrete is placed. Re -tighten forms and bracing before concrete placement as required to eliminate mortar leaks and maintain proper alignment. 3.5. Installation of Vapor Barrier: 3.5.1 Lap joints min. 6 inches, seal with lap sealant tape. 3.5.2 Coordinate installation of waterproofing materials and associated work to provide a complete system complying with combined recommendations of manufacturers and installers involved in the work. Schedule installation to minimize exposure of sheet waterproofing materials. Before pouring concrete, clean all puncture areas, and seal with joint tape. 3.6. Installation of Embedded Items 3.6.1 Set and build into work anchorage devices and other embedded items required for other work that is attached to, or supported by cast -in -place concrete. Use setting drawings, diagrams, instructions and directions provided by suppliers of items to be attached. 3.7. Concrete Placement 3.7.1 Comply with ACI 304 "Recommended Practice for Measuring, Mixing, Transporting, and Placing Concrete", and as herein specified. 3.7.2 Cold Weather Placement: 3.7.2.1 Comply with ACI 306. Unless otherwise approved, concrete shall be mixed and placed only when ambient temperature is at least 40 F. 3.7.2.2 If less than 45 f, it shall be rising. 3.7.2.3 Where schedules require placement at lower temperatures, heat all materials and otherwise prepare so that batching and mixing materials can proceed as specified. 3.7.2.4 Cover completed work at footing level with sufficient temporary or permanent cover as required to protect footings and adjacent subgrade against possibility of freezing. Maintain cover for time period necessary for concrete to gain strength and to prevent frost heaving of soil. 3.7.2.5 Provide means for maintaining concrete at a minimum of 50 F for 7 days after placement. Obtain Architect's approval for the methods proposed for heating materials and protecting concrete. All heaters shall be vented to the outside of the building. 3.7.2.6 After 5 Days cooling of the concrete shall be no faster than I F per hour for the first day, and 2 F per hour thereafter. 3.7.3 Hot Weather Placement- 3.7.3.1 Comply with ACI 305 when mean daily temperatures are expected to exceed 80 F. Concrete shall be delivered to the forms at the coolest practicable temperature, Concrete mixes shall be specifically designed (or re -designed) for hot weather conditions. 3.7.3.2 Concrete placement will not be permitted when, in the opinion of the Architect, sun, heat, wind, or humidity would prevent proper placement. 3.7.3.3 During hot weather, all slabs shall be cured by continuous sprinkling for a minimum of 24 hours in addition to other required curing methods. 3.7.3.4 Additional control joints may be required to control shrinkage cracking. 3.7.3.5 Cool ingredients before mixing to maintain concrete temp. at time of placement below 90 F (32 C). Mixing water may be chilled, or chopped ice may be used to control temperature provided water equivalent of ice is calculated in total amount of mixing water. Use of liquid nitrogen to cool concrete is Contractor's option. 3.7.3-6 Do not add water to concrete at Job Site. 3.7.3.7 Cover reinforcing steel with water soaked burlap if it becomes too hot, so that steel temperature will not exceed the ambient air temperature immediately before concrete is placed. 3.7.3.8 Fog spray forms, reinforcing steel, and subgrade just before concrete is placed. 3.7.3.9 Use water reducing admixture when required by high temperatures, low humidity, or other adverse placing conditions, when acceptable to Architect. 3.7.4 When concreting operations are inside enclosed space, space shall be adequately ventilated to prevent carbonation of surface of concrete. Ventilation shall be continuous until 24 hours after final pour in area. 3.7.5 Deposit concrete continuously or in layers of such thickness that no concrete will be placed on concrete which has hardened sufficiently to cause the formation of seams or planes of weakness. If a section cannot be placed continuously, provide construction joints as herein specified. Deposit concrete to avoid segregation at its final location. deposit concrete as near as practicable to its final position. There shall be no free vertical drop greater than 8 feet. 3 3.7.6 Deposit concrete in forms in horizontal layers no deeper than 24 inches and in a manner to avoid inclined construction joints. Where placement consists of several layers, place each layer while preceding layer is still plastic, to avoid cold joints. 3.7.6.1 Consolidate placed concrete by mechanical vibrating equipment supplemented by hand -spading, rodding or tamping. Use equipment and procedures for consolidation of concrete in accordance with ACI 309. 3.7.6.2 Do not use vibrators to transport concrete inside forms. 3.7.6.3 Insert and withdraw vibrators vertically at uniformly spaced locations not farther than visible effectiveness of machine. Place vibrators to rapidly penetrate placed layer and at least 6 inches into preceding layer. Do not insert vibrators into lower layers of concrete that have begun to set. At each insertion, limit duration of vibration time necessary to consolidate concrete and complete embedment of reinforcement and other embedded items without causing segregation of mix. � 3.7.7 Deposit and consolidate concrete slabs in a continuous operation, within limits of constructionjoints, until the placing of a panel or section is completed. 3.7.7.1 Consolidate concrete during placing operations so that concrete is thoroughly worked around reinforcement and other imbedded items and into corners. 3.7.7.2 Bring slab surfaces to correct level with straightedge and strike off Use bull floats or darbies to smooth surface, free of humps or hollows. Do not disturb slab surfaces prior to beginning finishing operations. 3.7.7.3 Maintain reinforcing in proper position during concrete placement operations. 3.8. Tolerances and Alignment, General: 3.8.1 Conform to ACI 117 "Standard Specifications for Tolerances for Concrete Construction and Materials." 3.8.2 For all formed concrete work exposed to view, provide form and finish tolerances to ACI Class A requirements. 3.8.3 Floor finish tolerances as measured by placing a freestanding (unleveled) 10' straightedge anywhere on the slab and allowing it to rest upon two high spots within 72 hours after slab concrete placement. The gap at any point between the straightedge and the floor (and between the high spots) shall not exceed 3/16" (flat tolerance) but no more than 1/4" in any 20' length unless tighter tolerance is required below. 3.8.4 Variation of the linear building lines from established position in plan and related position of columns, walls and partitions: In any bay 1/4" In any 20' length 114" Maximum for entire I ength 3/8" 3.8.5 Variation in the sizes and location of sleeves, floor openings, and wall openings: 1/4" 3.8.6 Variation in the thickness of slabs: 1/4" 3.8.7 Variations in footings: In plan ill Eccentric misplacement 2% of width Thickness but <2" 5% of depth but <2" 3.8.8 Variations in steps: Flight Rise 1/4" Run 1/2" Adjacent steps Rise 1/8" Run 1/4" 3.9. Interior Trowel -Finished Slabs: All interior floor slabs except those which will be depressed to receive Terrazzo or Hard Tile. 3.9.1 Emery -Aggregate Dry -Shake Hardener: Follow manufacturer's instructions. 3.9,1.1 Two applications to slab surfaces at a combined rate of 70 lbs. per I 00 s.f. Acceptable bond and density is achieved through absorption of water from fresh underlying concrete. 3.9. 1 �2 After bleed water of first floating operation has dissipated from surface of concrete, uniformly distribute approximately two-thirds of the required weight of the Dry -Shake material over the concrete surface. Embed by mechanical floating or by hand floating. Do not trowel first application. 3.9.1.3 Before bleed water dissipates entirely, uniformly apply most of the remaining Dry -Shake material over the concrete surface, using overlapping applications as required to achieve uniform color. Embed by floating and troweling. Minimize hard troweling to avoid burnishing the slab. Retain a small quantity of dry -shake material for touch-up work. 3.9.2 Steel trowel slabs to a smooth, hard, dense, non -porous surface which is level within a tolerance as described above. Trowel slab down smooth with the tops of floor drains and even with clean -outs. Trowel slab down 1/8 inch below floor drains where vinyl tile occurs. 3.10. Concrete Curing and Protection 3.10.1 General: Protect freshly placed concrete from premature drying and excessive cold or hot temperatures. In hot, dry, and windy weather, protect concrete from rapid moisture loss before and during finishing operations with an evaporation -control material. Apply in accordance with manufacturer's instructions after screeding and bull floating, but before power floating and troweling. 3.10.2 Start initial curing as soon as free water has disappeared from concrete surface after placing and finishing- Weather permitting, keep continuously moist for not less than 7 days. 3.1 1. Curing Methods� Curing method may vary with construction sequence adopted by Contractor. Perform curing of concrete by curing and sealing compound, by moist curing, by moisture -retaining cover curing, and by combinations thereof, as herein specified. 3.11.1 Provide moisture curing by following methods. 3.11.1.1 If the slab area is not completely shielded from direct sunlight by roof deck and walls, the slab shall be moisture -cured (see moisture curing procedures). 3,11.1.2 If the slab area is completely shielded from direct sunlight by roof deck and walls, the slab may be cured by moisture -curing (see moisture -curing procedures) or by application of penetrating curing agent (see penetrating curing agent). 3.11.1.3 Do not use membrane -forming curing compound. 3.12. Perform curing of concrete by curing and sealing compound, by moist curing, by moisture - retaining cover curing, and by combinations thereof, as herein specified. Provide moisture curing by following methods. 3.12.1 Keep concrete surface continuously wet by covering with water. 3.12.2 Use continuous water -fog spray. 3,12.3 Cover concrete surface with absorptive cover, thoroughly saturate cover with water , and keep continuously wet. Place absorptive cover to provide coverage of concrete surfaces and edges, with 4-inch lap over adjacent absorptive covers. 3.12.4 Provide curing and sealing compound to exposed interior slabs and to exterior slabs, walks, and curbs as follovvs� 3.12.4.1 Apply specified curing and sealing compound to concrete slabs as soon as final finishing operations are complete (within 2 hours and after surface water sheen has disappeared). Apply uniformly in continuous operation by power spray or roller in accordance with manufacturer's directions. Recoat areas subjected to heavy rainfall within 3 hours after initial application. Maintain continuity of coating and repair damage during curing period. Sverdrup S VERDR UP FACILITIES, INC FLORIDA CORPORATE LICENSE #AA C001291 5750 Major Boulevard, Suite 500, Orlando, FL 32819 (407)903-5001 Fax (407)903-5150 ARCHITECT OF RECORD NAME: FLOYD WILSON McCOLLUM, JR., AIA REGISTRATION: FLORIDA REG. #AR0016162 DA TE: 020101 Revision: Date: By: Description: PIC-t e,�J 4 0 V .L< , , - n I ::) C 0- 6� M 011- CA W&U10 a) %� a r-'d � 9 %� a) 4= I,*- M 0= qqr VL 'IT D L0 V) CN (Z) 00 M M -CY) [___Cy-)00 a- 00 0< W 0 - __J"V_ _LL1 .r__ r..) LL , - LU W < > W XCo Lij ,00 c):E000 C.0 < LU 0 _j 0� � - 2: LL (D <;Z- LL - =:) Cy _J =3 LL. - C0_J1:1_ 0 W UJ dr) LLJM,� C', U) ?:: 0 M CO _J <Ui I< c/) 12: a) cn 4t LU - _J _J Zi x: LIJ r'_�o > < W D0� (--) �- c::):]E: 0- 0- LU W Z (!) >- X: a= -:i 0�(_)X-:J O<OLU 0 �- �, . 0 C) C-4 ce) (L LU ULLcm U) �- P-_ N Key Plan: Scales: Sverdrup Project No.: 22196390 Drawing Title: SPECIFICATIONS Date: 03/12/99 Designed BY: RBJ Drawn BT RM Drawing No.: PM2 3.12.4.2 Use membrane curing compounds that will not affect surfaces to be covered with finish materials applied directly to concrete. 3.12.5 Curing Formed Surfaces: Cure forined concrete surfaces, including underside of beams, supported slabs, and other similar surfaces, by moist curing with forms in place for full curing period or until forms are removed. If forms are removed, continue curing by methods specified above, as applicable. 3.12.6 Final cure concrete surfaces to receive liquid floor hardener or finish flooring by use Of MOiStUFe-retaining cover, unless otherwise directed. 3.12.7 Chemical Hardener- Follow manufacturer's instructions. 3.12.7.1 Preparation� Surface must be clean, dry, and free of all dirt, oil, and other substances that would interfere with proper penetration. Protect adjacent joint sealants, metal, glass, and other surfaces from contact with chemical hardener. 3.12.7.2 Application: Apply after slabs have cured 28 days. Do not apply to uncured slabs; apply in two or three coats at decreasing dilutions and decreasing coverage rates as specified by manufacturer to achieve maximum hardness 3.13. Interior Broom -Finished Slabs: All interior floor slabs which are depressed to receive Terrazzo or Hard Tile. 3.13.1 Medium broom finish slabs to a surface which is level within a tolerance as described above. Where slopes to drain are indicated for finished floor, slope shall be obtained by the slab finish, i.e. broom -finish floor 2 inches below drains where Quarry Tile occurs. 3.13.2 Do not use any curing compound, either membrane -forming or penetrating. 3.14. Exterior Slabs 3.14.1 Concrete walks, ramps, docks, and pads, shall be 4" thick, unless otherwise indicated on Drawings. Install in sections separated by screedjoints, as shown on Drawings, or at each column line. Slope sidewalks to drain away from building. 3.14.2 Curbs: Poured concrete 6" x 18" with 94 bar top and bottom. Place tops of Curbs exactly 8" above parking lot finished pavement. No precast curbs shall be used. 3.14.3 Install concrete splash blocks at all downspouts where concrete paving does not occur. 3.14.4 Emery -Aggregate Dry -Shake Hardener: See above. Application for all exterior concrete (except on curbs, splash blocks) 3.14.5 Ramps at front of store shall have a rough broom finish. All other sidewalks and ramps shall have a medium broom finish. Verify sample of "heavy" and "medium" broom finishes with Publix' Representative. 1 3.14.6 Chemical Hardener: See above. 3.15. Exposed Interior and Exterior Formed Surfaces 3,15.1 Imperfect surfaces where strength is not impaired may be patched with the specified polymer patching mortar if approved by the Architect and rubbed smooth with carborundurn brick. 3.15.2 Fins shall be removed and the entire concrete surface shall receive a "smooth rubbed finish" as per ACI 301. 3.15.3 All finishing shall take place immediately upon removal of the forms. Defective appearance caused by a delay in the finishing procedure will not be accepted. Rubbing the surface to cover such imperfections will not be allowed. 3.15.4 Cure formed concrete surfaces, including underside of beams, supported slabs, and other similar surfaces by moist curing with forms in place for full curing period or until forms are removed. 3.16. Moisture Curing Procedures 3.16.1 Initiate curing as soon as free water has disappeared from concrete surface after placing and finishing. Temperature of water used in curing shall be within 20 F of concrete temperature. Keep procedures in place for seven days. 3.16.1.1 Keep concrete surface continually wet by covering with water, 3.16.1.2 Continuous Water -Fog Spray. 3.16.1.3 Covering concrete surface with water and keeping continuously wet. Place absorptive cover to provide coverage of concrete surfaces and edges, with 4 inch lap over adjacent absorptive covers. 3.17. Removal of Forms 3.17.1 Form -work not supporting weight of concrete, such as sides of beams, walls, columns, and similar parts of the work, may be removed after cumulatively curing at not less than 50 F (10 C) for 24 hours after placing concrete, provided concrete is sufficiently hard that no damage will occur by form removal operations, and provided that curing and protection operations are continued. 3.17.2 Immediately after forms have been removed, all exposed tie wires and stapled ends shall be removed from the concrete surfaces to be exposed-, cut ties flush with finished surfaces of all other concrete. rub smooth or cut off fins and rough places, remove all loose concrete and fill honeycombed surfaces-, stone pockets-, and other irregularities with cement mortar. Do not patch any surfaces until examination has been made by Architect and permission given. Before Publix makes the next inspection for pouring concrete, all previously poured concrete must be pointed up. 3.18. Reuse of Forms 3.18.1 Clean and repair surfaces of forms to be reused in work. Split, frayed, delaminated, or other -wise damaged form facing material will not be acceptable for exposed surfaces. Apply new form coating compound as specified for new form -work. 3.18.2 When forms are extended for successive concrete placement, thoroughly clean surfaces, remove fins and laitance, and tighten forms to closejoints. Align and secure joints to avoid offsets. Do not use "patched" forms for exposed concrete surfaces. End of Section 03300 Section 05000 Structural Steel, Miscellaneous Steel 1. General 1. 1. Standards: The current specifications of the American Institute of Steel Construction Code of Standard Practice for Steel Buildings and Bridges. 1.2. Shop Drawings and Steel Reports: At least two weeks prior to steel fabrication the Steel Fabricator shall submit Shop Drawings together with copies of the metallurgical test reports (mill reports) and purchase orders for all steel. 2. Products 2.1. Materials 2.1.1 All material shall be new, clean and free from scale or rust. Conform to applicable ASTM designations as described in the most current AISC specifications. 2.1.2 Steel Columns, Beams, Plates, etc.: See structural "General Notes" sheet for material specifications. 2.1.3 Bolts: See structural "General Notes" sheet for material specifications. 2.1.4 Arc Welding Electrodes: As specified by American Welding Society "Steel Arc Welding Electrodes", E-60 orE-70 Series of ASTM A-233, and A-15C. 2.1.5 Steel Tubes� See structural "General Notes" sheet for material specifications, 2.1.6 Grout: Non-metallic shrinkage -resistant, complying with U.S.A. Corps of Engineers CRD-C-621 and CRD-C-588. Euco N.S, Euclid Chemical Co. Crystex, L & M Construction Chemicals Masterflow 713, Master Builders Five Star Grout, U.S. Grout Corp. Propak, Protex Industries, Inc. Set Non -Shrink, Set Products, Inc. Vibropruf No. I 1, Lambert Corp. 2.1.7 When galvanized coating is required, it shall conform to Hot Dipped Process according to A STM A] 23. 3. Execution 3.1. Design and Fabrication of Structural and Miscellaneous Steel 1 1. I In general, AISC Specifications shall be followed. 3.1.2 In general, al I shop and field connections shall be bolted in accordance with the specifications of the AISC., unless otherwise indicated. 3.1.3 All connections must be designed to develop the full strength of the beam section shear. All erection bolts are to be set up right and left in place. All bolted connections carrying stress shall have washers under all nuts and full grip when nuts are turned tight, and conform to " Specification for Structural Joints using ASTM A325 bolts." 3.1.4 All bolts shall have full shanks extended through all connecting members. 3.1.5 Shearing and clipping shall be neatly and accurately done and all portions of the work exposed to view neatly finished. No column splices are permitted. No splices are permitted in beams, except for field connections indicated. 3.1.6 All bolt holes are to be accurately drilled or punched. The pieces forming one built member shall be straight and fit closely together, especially where open to view. In compression joints, depending on contact bearing, the surfaces shall be truly faced, so as to have even bearing after adjoining members are perfectly aligned and set up complete. Continuous members shall have positive, full connections. 3.1.7 Do not bum holes. 3.2. Lintels� Lintel angles, if any, shall have 8" of bearing on masonry at each end. 3.3. Shop Painting� All steel work shall be thoroughly cleaned of all loose mill scale, rust, and foreign matter as directed in SSPC-SP #3 Specification for Power Tool Cleaning, and given one coat of Southern Coating Co. Enviro- Guard Heavy Duty Primer # 1 -2900 (red oxide), or approved equal. Primer shall be well worked into all joints. Prime only when surface of metal is dry and grease free. Comply with Steel Structures Painting Council (SSPC)-3. Thickness of coatings shall be 2.5 mil. 3.4. All milled surfaces shall be protected with a coating of heavy oil or grease. 3.5. Provide all anchor bolts and plates at all steel columns of a size as shown or detailed on the structural drawings, or as required for maximum load of columns, per AISC. 3.6. Welding: 3A1 In general, all welding shall conform to the requirements of the Code for Arc and Gas Welding in Building Construction as prescribed by the American Welding Society as amended to date. 3.6.2 Proof of current AWS certification of personnel shall be available at the fabrication shop and at the Job Site at all times. 3.7. Miscellaneous Steel 3.7.1 Access Ladder to Roof. IS inches wide, made of 2-1/2" x 1/2" flat bar stringers and 7/8" round rod rungs. 3.7-2 Pipe Railings: 1-1/2" Standard Pipe, all welded connections. all pipe railing shall be galvanized after fabrication. . 3.7.3 Furnish and install all hangers and channels for curtain walls. 3.7.4 Securely install steel rods for security over all roof fan or vent openings, except grease hood exhaust fans (see mechanical drawings). Use 45 steel rods @ 6" o.c., ' both directions, welded into a steel mesh with connection at intersection of all rods. Install in metal frame as shown. 3.8. Furnish the following items for installation by proper trades. Channel door frames, Corner guards� 6" pipe columns for door and downspout guards, Traffic posts ' Pipe bollards for traffic protection. 3.9. Design and Fabrication of Joist Girders 3.9.1 The complete specification for materials, mechanical properties, design, welding, etc., as adopted by the "Steel Joist Institute" latest revision shall be followed. 3.9.2 No field modifications will be permitted to any joist girder for any reason. Damage or defective joists shall be refabricated at the shop of manufacture. 3.9.3 The ends ofjoist girders shall extend a distance of not less than 4 inches over the steel supports and shall have positive attachment to the support, either by bolting or welding. 3-9.4 During the construction period, the Contractor shall provide means for the adequate distribution of concentrated loads so that the carrying capacity ofjoist girder is not exceeded. 3.9.5 Joist girders shall be dipped in standard gray shop primer equal to S.L. Gilman Co. P-842. 3.10. Design and Fabrication of Steel Joists 3.10.1 The complete specification for materials, mechanical properties, design, welding, etc., as adopted by the "Steel Joist Institute" latest revision shall be followed. All joists shall be of size and spacing as indicated and/or noted on drawings. 3.10.2 Joists shall be hot -rolled shapes, electrically welded together to form "Warren" truss. 3.10.3 Joists bearing on steel shall have full bearing as per SJ1, and shall be welded to structural steel with two welds minimum, two inches long at each bearing. Joists may be placed side by side if required to obtain full bearing. Where bearing on masonry, proper bearing plates and anchor bolts shall be provided. Furnish and install all clips, hangers as required. 3.10.4 Joist bridging shall be as shown on Publix drawings, and be welded to keep joists straight within 2" each joist. 1 10.5 Joists shall be dipped in standard gray shop primer equal to S.L. Gilman Co. P-842. 3.1 1. Installation 1 3.113 Steel Erection General: This shall include the erection of all structural steel, steel joist girders and joists, miscellaneous steel, etc., as called for on the drawings and as specified. 3.11.2 All steel shall be erected plumb and level, as rapidly as the progress of the Work permits. Provide all temporary bracing required for proper alignment and stability during erection. 3.1 133 Set column bases and beam plates to accurate elevations, using wedges and shims as required. 3.11.4 All bolts shall be tightened and tested by the methods as described in the Manual of Steel Construction Seventh Edition, pages 5-194 through 5-197. 3.11.5 Touch-up weld spots and abrasions after erection with primer specified for shop priming. 3.12. General Contractor shall notify Publix three (3) days in advance of time structure will be ready for inspection. End of Section 05000 Section 05400 Cold -Formed Metal Framing 1. General I I. Related Documents: Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division I Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2. Summary: This Section includes the followin& 1.2.1 Exterior nonload-bearing steel -stud curtainwall. 1.2.2 Exterior sheathing and air -infiltration barriers. - 1.2.3 Related Sections: The following Sections contain requirements that relate to this Section: Division 5 Section "Metal Fabrications" for masonry shelf angles and connections. Division 9 Section "Gypsum Board Assemblies" for gypsum board and nonload- bearing metal -stud framing and ceiling -suspension assemblies. Division 9 Section "Gypsum Sheathing" for gypsum sheathing applied to exterior steel framing. Division 9 Section "Gypsum Board Shaft -Wall Assemblies" for gypsum board and nonload-bearing metal -stud framing assemblies. 1.3. Performance Requirements 1.3.1 AISI "Specifications": Provide light gage metal components with characteristics of cold -formed metal framing according to AISI's "Specification for the Design of Cold -Formed Steel Structural Members" and the following: 1.4. Submittals 1.4.1 GeneraL Submit each item in this Article according to the Conditions of the Contract and Division I Specification Sections. 1.4.2 Product data for each type of cold -formed metal framing, . accessory, and product specified. 1.4.3 Shop drawings showing layout, spacings, sizes, thicknesses, and types of cold -formed metal framing, fabrication, fastening and anchorage details, including mechanical fasteners. Show reinforcing channels, opening framing, supplemental framing, strapping, bracing, bridging, splices, accessories, connection details, and attachments to other units of Work. 1.4.4 Mill certificates signed by manufacturers of cold -formed metal framing certifying that their products comply with requirements, including uncoated steel thickness, yield strength, tensile strength, total elongation, and galvanized -coating thickness. 1.4.4.1 In lieu of mill certificates, submit test reports from a qualified independent testing agency evidencing compliance with requirements. 1.4.5 Welder certificates signed by Contractor certifying that welders comply with requirements specified under the "Quality Assurance" Article. 1.4.6 Qualification data for firms and persons specified in the "Quality Assurance" Article to demonstrate their capabilities and experience. Include lists of completed projects with project names and addresses, names and addresses of architects and owners, and other information specified. 1.4.7 Product test reports from a qualified independent testing agency evidencing compliance with requirements of the following based on comprehensive testing� Expansion anchors. Powder -actuated anchors. Mechanical fasteners. 1.4.8 Research reports or evaluation reports of the model code organization acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction that evidence cold -formed metal framing's compliance with building code in effect for Project. 1.5. Quality Assurance 1.5.1 Installer Qualifications: Engage an experienced Installer who has completed cold -formed metal framing similar in material, design, and extent to that indicated for this Project and with a record of successful in-service performance. 1.5.2 Testing Agency Qualifications: To qualify for acceptance, an independent testing agency must demonstrate to Architect's satisfaction, based on evaluation of agency -sub mi tted criteria conforming to ASTM E 699, that it has the experience and capability to satisfactorily conduct the testing indicated without delaying the Work. 1.5.3 Welding Standards: Comply with applicable provisions of AWS DIA "Structural Welding Code --Steel" and AWS D1.3 "Structural Welding Code --Sheet Steel." 1.5.3.1 Certify that each welder has satisfactorily passed AWS qualification tests for welding processes involved and, if pertinent, has undergone recertification. 1.5.4 Fire -Test -Response Characteristics: Where fire -resistance -rated assemblies are indicated, provide cold -formed metal framing identical to that tested as part of an assembly for fire resistance per ASTM E 119 by an independent testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. 1.5.4.1 Fire -Resistance Ratings: As indicated by design designations listed in LTL "Fire Resistance Directory," or another testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. 1.6. Delivery, Storage, and Handling 1.6.1 Store cold -formed metal framing, protect with a waterproof covering, and ventilate to avoid condensation. 1.6.2 Protect cold -formed metal framing from corrosion, deformation, and other damage during delivery, storage, and handling, 2. Products 1 1. Manufacturers 2.1.1 Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide cold -formed metal framing by one of the following: Alabama Metal Industries Corp. American Studco, Inc. Clark -Cincinnati, Inc. Consolidated Fabricators Corp. Consolidated Systems, Inc. Dale/Incor Industries of Florida. Dale Industries, Inc. Design Shapes in Steel. Dietrich Industries, Inc. Incor Plant Dale Industries. Super Stud Building Products, Inc. Unimast, Inc. United Construction Supply. United States Steel. 2.1 Materials 2.2.1 Galvanized -Steel Sheet: ASTM A 446 (ASTM A 446M), zinc coated according to ASTM A 525 (ASTM A 525M), and as follows: Coating Designation � G90(Z275). Grade: As required by structural performance. 2.2.2 Aluminum -Zinc -Alloy -Coated Steel Sheet: ASTM A 792 (ASTM A 792M), aluminum- zinc -alloy -coated, structural quality. Coating Designation: AZ 60 (AZ 180). Grade: As required by structural performance. 2.3. Wall Framing 2.3.1 Steel Studs: Manufacturer's standard C-shaped steel studs of web depths indicated, with lipped flanges, and complying with the following: Web: Punched or unpunched. Flange width: Refer to Construction Drawing. 2.3.2 Steel Track Manufacturer's standard U-shaped steel track, unpunched, of web depths indicated, with straight flanges, and complying with the following: Design Uncoated -Steel Thickness: Matching steel studs. Flange Width: Manufacturers standard deep flange where indicated, standard flange elsewhere. 2.4. Framing Accessories 2.4.1 Fabricate steel -framing accessories of the same material and finish used for framing members, with a minimum yield strength of 33,000 psi (230 Mpa). 2.4.2 Provide accessories of manufacturer's standard thickness and configuration, unless otherwise indicated, as follows: Supplementary framing. Bracing, bridging, and solid blocking. Web stiffeners. Gusset plates. Deflection track and vertical slide clips. Stud kickers and girts. Joist hangers and end closures. Reinforcement plates. 2.5. Anchors, Clips, and Fasteners 2.5.1 Steel Shapes and Clips: ASTM A 36 (ASTM A 36M), zinc coated by the hot -dip process according to ASTM A 123, 2.5.2 Cast -in -Place Anchor Bolts and Studs: ASTM A 307, Grade A (ASTM F 568, Property Class 4.6); carbon -steel hex -head bolts and studs, carbon -steel nuts ' and flat, unhardened-steel washers. Zinc coated by the hot -dip process according to ASTM A 153. 2.5.3 Expansion Anchors: Fabricated from corrosion -resistant materials, with capability to sustain, without failure, a load equal to 5 times the design load, as determined by testing per ASTM E 488 conducted by a qualified independent testing agency. 2.5.4 Powder -Actuated Anchors: Fastener system of type suitable for application indicated, fabricated from corrosion -resistant materials, with capability to sustain, without failure, a load equal to I 0 times the design load, as determined by testing per ASTM E 1190 conducted by a qualified independent testing agency. 2.5.5 Mechanical Fasteners: Corrosion -resistant coated, self -drilling, self -threading steel drill screws. 2.5.5.1 Head Type: Low -profile head beneath sheathing, manufacturer's standard elsewhere. 2.5.6 Welding Electrodes: Comply with AWS standards. 2.6. Miscellaneous Materials 2.6.1 Galvanizing Repair Paint: SSPC-Paint2OorDOD-P-21035, with dry film containing a minimum of 94 percent zinc dust by weight. 2.6.2 Cement Grout: Portland cement, ASTM C ISO, Type 1; and clean, natural sand, ASTM C 404. Mix at ratio of I part cement to 2-1/2 parts sand, by volume, with minimum water required for placement and hydration. 2.6.3 Nonmetallic, Nonshfink Grout: Premixed, nonmetallic, noncorrosive, nonstaining grout containing selected silica sands, portland cement, shrinkage -compensating agents, plasticizing and water -reducing agents, complying with ASTM C 11 07, with fluid consistency and a 30-minute working time. 2.6.4 Thermal Insulation: ASTM C 665, Type 1, unfaced mineral -fiber blankets produced by combining glass or slag fibers with thermosetting resins. 2.7. Fabrication 2.7.1 Fabricate cold -formed metal framing and accessories plumb, square, true to line, and with connections securely fastened, according to manufacturer's recommendations and the requirements of this Section. 2.7.1.1 Fabricate framing assemblies in jig templates. 2.7.1.2 Cut framing members by sawing or shearing� do not torch cut. 2.7.13 Fasten cold -formed metal framing members by welding. Wire tying of framing members is not permitted. 2.7.1.4 Fasten cold -formed metal framing members by welding or screw fastening, as standard with fabricator. Wire tying of framing members is not permitted. 2.7.1.4.1 Comply with AWS requirements and procedures for welding, appearance and quality of welds, and methods used in correcting welding work. 2.7.1.4.2 Locate mechanical fasteners and install according to cold -framed metal framing manufacturer's instructions with screw penetrating joined members by not less than 3 exposed screw threads. 2.7.1.5 Fasten other materials to cold -formed metal framing by welding, bolting, or screw fastening, according to manufacturer's recommendations. 2.7.2 Reinforce, stiffen, and brace framing assemblies to withstand handling, delivery, and erection stresses. Lift fabricated assemblies to prevent damage or distortion. 2.7.3 Fabrication Tolerances� Fabricate assemblies to a maximum allowable tolerance variation from plumb, level, and true to line of 1/8 inch in 10 feet (1:960) and as follows: 2.7.3.1 Spacing: Space individual framing members no more than plus or minus 1/8 inch (3 mm) from plan location. Cumulative error shall not exceed minimum fastening requirements of sheathing or other finishing materials. 2.7.3.2 Squareness: Fabricate each cold -formed metal framing assembly to a maximum out -of -square tolerance of 1/8 inch (3 mm). 3. Execution 3.1. Examination 3.1.1 Examine supporting substrates and abutting structural framing for compliance with requirements, including installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of cold -formed metal framing. Do not proceed with installation until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2. Installation, General 3.2.1 Cold -formed metal framing may be shop or field fabricated for installation, or it may be field assembled. 3.2.2 Install cold -formed metal framing and accessories plumb, square, true to line, and with connections securely fastened, according to manufacturer's recommendations and the requirements of this Section. 3.2.1 1 Cut framing members by sawing or shearing; do not torch cut. 3.2.2.2 Fasten cold -formed metal framing members by welding or screw fastening, as standard with fabricator. Wire tying of framing members is not permitted. 3.2.2.2.1 Comply with AWS requirements and procedures for welding, appearance and quality of welds, and methods used in correcting welding work. 3.2.2.2 � 2 Locate mechanical fasteners and install according to cold -framed metal framing manufacturer's instructions with screw penetrating joined members by not less than 3 exposed screw threads. 3.2.3 Install framing members in one-piece lengths, unless splice connections are indicated for track or tension members. 3.2.4 Provide temporary bracing and leave in place until framing is permanently stabilized. 3.2.5 Do not bridge building expansion and control joints with cold -formed metal framing. Independently frame both sides of joints, 3.2.6 Install insulation in built-up exterior framing members, such as headers, sills, boxed joists, and double studs, inaccessible upon completion of framing work. 3.2.7 Fasten reinforcement plate over web penetrations that exceed size of manufacturer's standard punched openings. 3.2.8 Erection Tolerances: Install cold -formed metal framing to a maximum allowable tolerance variation from plumb, level, and true to line of 1/8 inch in 10 feet (1:960) and as follows- 3.2.8.1 Space individual framing members no more than plus or minus 1/8 inch (3 mm) from plan location. Cumulative error shall not exceed minimum fastening requirements of sheathing or other finishing materials. 3.3. Nonload-Bearing Curtainwall Installation 3.3.1 Install continuous tracks sized to match studs. Align tracks accurately and securely anchor to supporting structure as indicated. 3.3.2 Squarely seat studs against webs of top and bottom tracks. Fasten both flanges of studs to top and bottom track, unless otherwise indicated. Space studs as follows: Stud Spacing� As indicated on Drawings. 3.3.3 Set studs plumb, except as needed for diagonal bracing or required for nonplumb walls or warped surfaces and similar requirements. 1.3.4 Isolate steel framing from building structure at locations indicated to prevent transfer of vertical loads while providing lateral support, 3.3.4.1 Install deflection track and anchor to building structure. 3.3.4.2 Connect studs with vertical slide clips to continuous angles or supplementary framing anchored to building structure. 3.3.5 Install horizontal bridging in curtainwall studs, spaced in rows not more than 48 inches apart. Fasten at each stud intersection. 3.3.5.1 Install additional row of horizontal bridging in curtainwall stud beneath deflection track when curtainwall studs are not fastened to an additional top track. 3.3.5�2 Bridging: Cold -rolled steel channel, clip angle fastened to webs of punched studs. 3.3.5.3 Bridging� Flat, steel -sheet straps of width and thickness indicated, fastened to stud flanges. 3.3 � 5.4 Bridging: Combination of flat, steel -sheet straps of width and thickness indicated and stud -track solid blocking of width and thickness matching studs. Fasten flat straps to stud flanges and secure solid blocking to stud webs or flanges. 3.3.6 Install miscellaneous framing and connections, including stud kickers, web stiffeners, clip angles, continuous angles, anchors, fasteners, and stud girts, to provide a complete and stable curtainwall-framing system. 3.4. Gypsum Sheathing Installation 3.4.1 General: Install gypsum sheathing board according to manufacturer's instructions and GA-253 "Application of Gypsum Sheathing." 3.4.2 Install tongue -and -groove gypsum sheathing horizontally with long edges at right angles to studs with V-grooved edge down and tongue edge up. Interlock tongue with groove to bring long edges in contact with edges of adjacent board without forcing. Abut ends of boards over centers of studs and stagger end joints. Fasten gypsum sheathing board to framing with self -drilling, bugle -head screws, as follows: 3.4.3 Install square end and edged sheathing vertically with long edges parallel to, and centered over, studs. Install solid blocking where end joints do not bear against framing sills or track. Fasten gypsum sheathing board to perimeter framing and to each stud with self- drilling, bugle -head screws, located a minimum of 3/8 inch (9.5 mm) from ends and edges of board units, as follows: 3.4.3.1 Space fasteners to comply with manufacturer's recommendations. 3.4.3.2 Space fasteners not more than 8 inches (203 mm) apart around perimeter at edge and end supports and 8 inches (203 mm) apart at intermediate supports. 3.4.3.3 Space fasteners not more than 4 inches (I 02 mm) apart around perimeter at edge and end supports and 8 inches (203 mm) apart at intermediate supports, 3.5. Tape and Sealant Application 3.5.1 SheathingTape: Apply sheathing tape to joints in sheatbing� overlap tape by not less than the tape width at joint intersections. 3.5,1.1 For polyethylene tape, apply primer, specified by tape manufacturer, to sheathing surfaces. In addition, apply polyethylene tape, 2 inches (50 mm) square, to completely cover each exposed fastener. 3.5.1.2 For glass -fiber tape, apply approximately a 3/8-inch (9.5-mm) bead of siliconized emulsion sealant to tapes along joints and embed sealant into tapes along their entire surface with a trowel. In addition, apply sealant with a trowel to each exposed fastener so that fasteners are completely covered. 3.6. Air -infiltration Barrier Installation 3.6.1 Cover sheathing with air -infiltration barrier as follows: 3.6.1.1 Apply asphalt -saturated organic felt horizontally with 2-inch (5 1 -mm) overlap and 6-inch (152-mm) endlap; fasten to sheathing with corrosion -resistant staples. 3.6. 1 �2 Apply plastic sheet according to manufacturer's printed recommendations with a 4-inch (102-mm) overlap. 3.6.1.3 Apply woven polyolefin sheet according to manufacturer's printed recommendations with a 4-inch (102-mm) overlap. 3-7. Field Quality Control 3.7.1 Testing Agency: A qualified independent testing agency employed and paid by Owner will perform field quality -control testing. 3.7.2 Field and shop welds will be subject to inspection and testing. 3.7.3 Testing agency will report test results promptly and in writing to Contractor and Architect. 3.7.4 Remove and replace Work that does not comply with specified requirements. 3.7.5 Additional testing will be performed to determine compliance of corrected Work with specified requirements. 3.8. Repairs and Protection 3.8.1 Galvanizing Repairs: Prepare and repair damaged galvanized coatings on fabricated and installed cold -formed metal framing with galvanizing repair paint according to ASTM A 780 and the manufacturer's instructions. 3.8.2 Touchup Painting: Wire brush, clean, and paint scarred areas, welds, and rust spots on fabricated and installed pfime-painted, cold -formed metal framing. 3.8.2.1 Touchup painted surfaces with same type of shop paint used on adjacent surfaces. 3.8.3 Protect gypsum sheathing that will be exposed to weather for more than one month as follows: 3.8.3.1 Protect cutouts, corners, and joints in the sheathing by filling with a flexible sealant or by applying tape recommended by sheathing manufacturer at the time sheathing is applied. 3.8.4 Provide final protection and maintain conditions in a manner acceptable to manufacturer and Installer to ensure that cold -formed metal framing is without damage or deterioration at the time of Substantial Completion. End of Section 05400 Section 05521 Pipe And Tube Railings 1. General 1. 1. Related Documents 1.1.1 Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division I Specification Sections, apply to this Section, 1.2. Summary 1.2.1 This Section includes the following: 1.2.1.1 Stainless steel pipe and tube handrails and railing systems. Provide galvanized finish for exterior installations where indicated. 1.3. Definitions 1.3.1 Definitions in ASTM E 985 for railing -related terms apply to this Section. 1.4. Performance Requirements 1.4.1 General: In engineering handrail and railing systems to withstand structural loads indicated, determine allowable design working stresses of materials based on the following: 1.4.1.1 Stainless Steel: ASCE "Specification for the Design of Cold -Formed Stainless Steel Structural Members." 1.4.2 Structural Performance of Handrails and Railing Systems: Engineer, fabricate, and install handrails and railing systems to comply with requirements of ASTM E 985 for structural performance based on the following: 1.4.2.1 Testing performed according to ASTM E 894 and E 935. 1.4.3 Structural Performance of Handrails and Railing Systems: Engineer, fabricate, and install handrails and railing systems to withstand the following structural loads without exceeding the allowable design working stress of the materials for handrails, railing systems, anchors, and connections. Apply each load to produce the maximum stress in each of the respective components comprising handrails and railing systems. 1.4.3.1 Top Rail of Guardrail Systems: Capable of withstanding the following loads applied as indicated 1.4.3.1.1 Concentrated load of 200 lbs (890 N) applied at any point and in any direction. 1.4.3.1.2 Uniform load of 50 lbs per linear foot (730 N) applied horizontally and concurrently with uniform load of I 00 lbs per linear foot (I 460 N) applied vertically downward. 1.4.3.1.3 Concentrated and uniform loads above need to be assumed to act concurrently. 1.4.3.2 Handrails Not Serving as Top Rails: Capable of withstanding the following loads applied as indicated: 1.4.3.2.1 Concentrated load of 200 lbs (890 N) applied at any point and in any direction. 1.4.3.2.2 Uniform load of 50 lbs per linear foot (730 N) applied in any direction. 1.4.3.2.3 Concentrated and uniform loads above need to be assumed to act concurrently. 1.4.3.3 Infil I Area of Guardrail Svstems� Capable of withstanding a horizontal concentrated load of 200 ibs (890 N) applied to I sq. ft. (0.09 sq. in) at any point in the system including panels, intermediate rails, balusters, or other elements composing the infill area. 1.4.3.3.1 Above load need to be assumed to act concurrently with loads on top rails of railing systems in determining stress on guard. 1.4.4 Thermal Movements: Allow for thermal movement resulting from the following maximum change (range) in ambient temperature in engineering, fabricating, and installing handrails and railing systems to prevent buckling, opening ofjoints, overstressing of components and connections, and other detrimental effects. Base engineering calculation on actual surface temperatures of materials due to both solar heat gain and nighttime sky heat loss. 1.4.4.1 Temperature Change (Range): 140 deg F (67 deg C) ambient 180 deg F (100 deg C) material surfaces. 1.4.5 Control of Corrosion: Prevent galvanic action and other forms of corrosion by insulating metals and other materials from direct contact with incompatible materials. 1.5. Submittals 1-5.1 General: Submit each item in this Article according to the Conditions of the Contract and Division I Specification Sections. 1.5.2 Product data for mechanically connected handrails and railing systems, each kind of fitting, grout, anchoring cement, and paint products. 1.5.3 Shop drawings showing fabrication and installation of handrails and railing systems including plans, elevations, sections, details of components, and attachments to other units of Work. 1.5.3.1 For installed handrails and railing systems indicated to comply with certain design loadings, include structural analysis data sealed and signed by the qualified professional engineer who was responsible for their preparation. 1.5.4 Samples for initial selection in the form of manufacturer's color charts showing the full range of colors available for those units with factory -applied color finishes. 1.5.5 Samples for initial selection in the form of short sections of railing or flat sheet metal samples showing available mechanical finishes. 1.5.6 Qualification data for firms and persons specified in the "Quality Assurance" Article to demonstrate their capabilities and experience. Include a list of completed projects with project names, addresses, names of architects and owners, and other information specified. 1.5.7 Product test reports from a qualified independent testing agency evidencing compliance of handrails and railing systems with requirements based on comprehensive testing of current products, 1.5.8 Test reports from an independent testing agency evidencing compliance of handrails and railing systems with ASTM E 985, 1.6. Quality Assurance 1.6.1 Single -Source Responsibility: Obtain handrails and railing systems of each type and material from a single manufacturer. 1.6.2 Engineer Qualifications: Professional engineer legally authorized to practice in the jurisdiction where Project is located and experienced in providing engineering services of the kind indicated for handrails and railing systems similar to this Project in material, design, and extent, and that have a record of successful in-service performance. 1.7. Storage 1.7.1 Store handrails and railing systems inside a well -ventilated area, away from uncured concrete and masonry and protected from weather, moisture, soiling, abrasion, extreme temperatures, and humidity. 1.8. Project Conditions 1.8.1 Field Measurements: Where handrails and railing systems are indicated to fit to other construction, check actual dimensions of other construction by accurate field measurements before fabrication ' show recorded measurements on final shop drawings. Coordinate fabrication schedule with construction progress to avoid delaying the Work. I.S.1.1 Where field measurements cannot be made without delaying the Work, guarantee dimensions and proceed with fabricating handrails and railing systems without field measurements. Coordinate other construction to ensure that actual dimensions correspond to guaranteed dimensions. 1.9. Sequencing And Scheduling 1.9.1 Sequence and coordinate installation of wall handrails as follows: 1.9.1.1 Mount handrails only on completed walls. Do not support handrails temporarily by any means not satisfying structural performance requirements. 2. Products 2.1. Manufacturers 2.1.1 Manufacturer: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide handrails and railing systems by one of the following: 2.1.1.1 Stainless Steel Pipe and Tube Railings: Alumaguard. Architectural Art Mfg., Inc. Blum: Julius Blum & Co., Inc. CraneVeyor Corp. KDI Paragon, Inc. Wagner: R & B Wagner, Inc. 2.2. Metals 2,2.1 GeneraL Provide metals free from surface blemishes where exposed to view in the finished unit. Exposed -to -view surfaces exhibiting pitting, seam marks, roller marks, stains, discolorations, or other imperfections on finished units are not acceptable. 2.2.2 Stainless Steel: Grade and type designated below for each form required 2.2.2.1 Tubing� ASTM A 554, grade as follows: Grade MT 304. 2.2.2.2 Pipe: ASTM A 312 (ASTM A 312M), grade as follows: Grade TP 304. 2,2.2.3 Castings: ASTM A 743 (ASTM A 743M), Grade CF 8 or CF 20, 2,2.2.4 Plate: ASTM A 167, type as follows: Type 304. 2.2.3 Brackets, Flanges, and Anchors: Cast or formed metal of the same material and finish as supported rails, unless otherwise indicated. 2.3. Welding Materials, Fasteners, And Anchors 2.3.1 Welding Electrodes and Filler Metal: Provide type and alloy of filler metal and electrodes as recommended by producer of metal to be welded and as required for color match, strength, and compatibility in fabricated items. 2.3.2 Fasteners for Anchoring Railings to Other Construction: Select fasteners of the type, grade, and class required to produce connections that are suitable for anchoring railings to other types of construction indicated and capable of withstanding design loadings. 2.3.2.1 For stainless steel railings, provide fasteners fabricated from type 304, 2.3.3 Fasteners for Interconnecting Railing Components� Use fasteners of same basic metal as the fastened metal, unless otherwise indicated. Do not use metals that are corrosive or incompatible with materials joined. 23.3.1 Provide concealed fasteners for interconnecting railing components and their attachment to other work, except where otherwise indicated. 2.3.3.2 Provide Phillips flat -head machine screws for exposed fasteners, unless otherwise indicated. 2.3.4 Cast -in -Place and Postinstalled Anchors: Anchors of type indicated below, fabricated from corrosion -resistant materials, capable of sustaining, without failure, a load equal to 6 times the load imposed when installed in unit masonry and equal to 4 times the load imposed when installed in concrete, as determined by testing per ASTM E 488, conducted by a qualified, independent testing agency. 2.3.4.1 Cast -in -place anchors. 2.4. Grout And Anchoring Cement 2.4.1 Nonshrink, Nonmetallic Grout: Premixed, factory -packaged, nonstaining, noncorrosive, nongaseous grout complying with ASTM C I 1 07. Provide grout specifically recommended by manufacturer for interior and exterior applications. 2.4.2 Erosion -Resistant Anchoring Cement: Factory -packaged, nonshrink, nonstaining, hydraulic controlled expansion cement formulation for mixing with water at Project site to create pourable anchoring, patching, and grouting compound. Provide formulation that is resistant to erosion from water exposure without need for protection by a sealer or waterproof coating and is recommended for exterior use by manufacturer. 2.4.3 Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following 1 2.4.3.1 Nonshrink, Nonmetallic Grouts: B-6 Construction Grout; W.R. Bonsai Co. Diamond -Crete Grout� Concrete Service Materials Co. Supreme, Cormix Construction Chemicals. Sure -grip High Performance Grout; Dayton Superior Corp. Euco N-S Grout, Euclid Chemical Co. Five Star Grout� Five Star Products. Vibropruf #1 I � Lambert Corp. Crystex, L & M Construction Chemicals, Inc. Masterfl ow 928 and 713 � Master Builders Technologies, Inc. Sealtight 588 Grout ' W.R. Meadows, Inc. Sonogrout 14� Sonnebom Building Products--ChemRex, Inc. Kemset� The Spray -Cure Company. 2.4.3.2 Erosion -Resistant Anchoring Cement - Bonsai Anchor Cement; W.R_ Bonsai Co. Super Por-Rok; Minwax Construction Products Division. Thorogrip, Thoro Systems Products. 2.4.3.3 Shop Primer for Galvanized Steel: Zinc -dust, zinc -oxide primer formulated for priming zinc -coated steel and for compatibility with finish paint system indicated, and complying with SSPC-Paint 5. 2.5 � Fabrication 2.5.1 General: Fabricate handrails and railing systems to comply with requirements indicated for design, dimensions, details, finish, and member sizes, including wall thickness of hollow members, post spacings, and anchorage, but not less than those required to support structural loads, 2.5.2 Assemble handrails and railing systems in the shop to the greatest extent possible to minimize field splicing and assembly. Disassemble units only as necessary for shipping and handling limitations. Clearly mark units for reassembly and coordinated installation. Use connections that maintain structural value of joined pieces. Clearly mark units for reassembly and coordinated installation. 2.5.3 Form changes in direction of members as follows: 2.5.3.1 As detailed. 2.5.3.2 By radius bends of radius indicated. 2.5.3.3 By flush radius bends. 2.5.3.4 By bending. 2.5.3.5 By mitering at elbow bends. 2.5.3.6 By insertion of prefabricated flush elbow fittings. 2.5.3.7 By any method indicated above, applicable to change of direction involved. 2.5.4 Form simple and compound curves by bending pipe in jigs to produce uniform curvature for each repetitive configuration required ' maintain cylindrical cross section of pipe throughout entire bend without buckling, twisting, cracking, or otherwise deforming exposed surfaces of pipe. 2.5.5 Welded Connections: Fabricate handrails and railing systems for connection of members by welding. For connections made during fabrication, weld corners and seams continuously to comply with the followin& 2.5.5.1 Use materials and methods that minimize distortion and develop strength and corrosion resistance of base metals. 2.5.5.2 Obtain fusion without undercut or overlap. 2.5.5.3 Remove welding flux immediately. 2.5.5.4 At tee and cross intersections, cope ends of intersecting members to fit contour of pipe or tube to which end is joined, and weld all around. 2.5.5.5 At exposed connections, finish exposed welds and surfaces smooth and blended so that no roughness shows after finishing and welded surface matches contours of adjoining surfaces. 2.5.6 Nonwelded Connections� Fabricate handrails and railing systems by connecting members with railing manufacturer's standard concealed mechanical fasteners and fittings, unless otherwise indicated. Fabricate members and fittings to produce flush, smooth, rigid, hairlinejoints. 2.5.6.1 Fabricate splice joints for field connection using epoxy structural adhesive where this represents manufacturer's standard splicing method. 2.5.7 Brackets, Flanges, Fittings, and Anchors� Provide manufacturer's standard wall brackets, flanges, miscellaneous fittings, and anchors to interconnect handrail and railing system members to other construction. 2.5.8 Provide inserts and other anchorage devices to connect handrai Is and railing systems to concrete or masonry work. Fabricate anchorage devices capable of withstanding loads imposed by handrails and railing systems. Coordinate anchorage devices with supporting structure. 2.5.9 For railing posts set in concrete, provide preset sleeves of steel, not less than 6 inches (150 mm) long with inside dimensions not less than 1/2 inch (12 mm) greater than outside dimensions of post, and steel plate forming bottom closure. 2.5.10 For removable railing posts, fabricate slip -fit sockets from steel pipe whose inside diameter is sized for a close fit with posts and to limit deflection of post without lateral load, measured at top, to not more than 1/12 of post height. Provide socket covers designed and fabricated to resist accidental dislodgement, 2.5.10.1 Provide chain with eye, snap hook, and staple across gaps formed by removable railing sections at locations indicated. Fabricate from same metal as railings. 2.5.11 Shear and punch metals cleanly and accurately. Remove burrs from exposed cut edges. 2.5.12 Ease exposed edges to a radius of approximately 1/32 inch (I mm), unless otherwise indicated. Form bent -metal comers to the smallest radius possible without causing grain separation or otherwise impairing work. 2.5.13 Cut, reinforce, drill, and tap components, as indicated, to receive finish hardware, screws, and similar items. � 2.5.14 Provide weepholes, or another means to evacuate entrapped water, in hollow sections of railing members that are exposed to exterior or to moisture from condensation or other sources. . 2.5.15 Fabricate joints that will be exposed to weather in a manner to exclude water- 2.5.16 Provide wall returns at ends of wall -mounted handrails, unless otherwise indicated. 2.5.17 Toe Boards: Where indicated, provide toe boards at railings around openings and at the edge of open -sided floors and platforms. Fabricate to dimensions and details indicated. 2.5.18 Fillers: Provide steel sheet or plate fillers, of thickness and size indicated or required to support structural loads of handrails, where needed to transfer wall bracket loads through wall finishes to structural supports. Size fillers to suit wall finish thicknesses to produce adequate bearing to prevent bracket rotation and overstressing substrate. 2.6. Finishes, General 2.6.1 Comply with NAAMM "Metal Finishes Manual" for recommendations relative to applying and designating finishes. 2.6.2 Protect mechanical finishes on exposed surfaces from damage by applying a strippable, temporary protective covering prior to shipment. 16.3 Appearance of Finished Work� Variations in appearance of abutting or adjacent pieces are acceptable if they are within one half of the range of approved samples. Noticeable variations in the same piece are not acceptable. Variations in appearance of other components are acceptable if they are within the range of approved samples and they are assembled or installed to minimize contrast. 2.6.4 Provide exposed fasteners with finish matching appearance, including color and texture, of handrails and railing systems. 17. Stainless Steel Finishes 2.T 1 Remove or blend tool and die marks and stretch lines into finish. 2.7.2 Grind and polish surfaces to produce uniform directional textured polished finish indicated, free of cross scratches. Run grain with long dimension of each piece. 2.7.3 320-Grit Polished Finish Oil -ground, uniform, smooth finish. 2.7.4 Bright, Directional Polish: Match AISI No. 4 finish. 2.7.5 When polishing is completed, passivate and rinse surfaces. Remove embedded foreign matter and leave surfaces chemically clean. 2.8. Galvanized Steel Finishes 2.8.1 Galvanized Handrails and Railings: Hot -dip galvanize exterior steel and iron handrails and railings to comply with ASTM A 123. Hot -dip galvanize hardware for exterior steel and iron handrails and railings to comply with ASTM A 153/A 153M. 2.8.2 Fill vent and drain holes that will be exposed in finished Work, unless indicated to remain as weep holes, by plugging with zinc solder and filing off smooth. 2.8.3 For galvanized handrails and railings, provide galvanized fittings, brackets, fasteners, sleeves and other ferrous components. 2.8.4 Preparation for Shop Priming: After galvanizing, thoroughly clean handrails and railings of grease, dirt, oil, flux and other foreign matter. Treat with metallic - phosphate process. 2.8.5 Apply shop primer to prepared surfaces of handrail and railing components, unless otherwise indicated. Comply with requirements in SSPC-PA 1, "Paint Application Specification No. I," for shop painting. Primer need not be applied to surfaces to be embedded in concrete or masonry. 2.8.5.1 Do not apply primer to galvanized surfaces. 2.8.6 Galvanized Surfaces� Clean field welds, bolted connections and abraded areas and repair galvanizing to comply with ASTM A 780. 3. Execution 3.1. Preparation 3.1.1 Coordinate setting drawings, diagrams, templates, instructions, and directions for installing anchorages, such as sleeves, concrete inserts, anchor bolts, and miscellaneous items having integral anchors, that are to be embedded in concrete as masonry construction. Coordinate delivery of such items to Project site. 3.2. Installation, General 3.2.1 Fit exposed connections accurately together to form tight, hairlinejoints. 3.2.2 Cutting, Fitting, and Placement: Perform cutting, drilling, and fitting required for installing handrails and railing systems. Set handrails and railing systems accurately in location, alignment, and elevation, measured from established lines and levels and free from rack. 3.2.2. 1 Do not weld, cut, or abrade surfaces of handrails and railing components that have been coated or finished after fabrication 4nd are intended for field connection by mechanical or other means without further cutting or fitting. 3.2.2.2 Set posts plumb within a tolerance of 1/4 inch in 12 feet (2 mm in I in). 3.2.2.3 Align rails so that variations from level for horizontal members and from parallel with rake of steps and ramps for sloping members do not exceed 1/4 inch in 12 feet (2 mm in I in). 3.2.3 Field Welding: Comply with the following requirements: 3.2.3.1 Use materials and methods that minimize distortion and develop strength and corrosion resistance of base metals. 3.2.3.2 Obtain fusion without undercut or overlap. 3.2.3.3 Remove welding flux immediately. 3.2.3.4 At exposed connections, finish exposed welds and surfaces smooth and blended so that no roughness shows after finishing, and welded surface matches contours of adjoining surfaces. 3.2.4 Corrosion Protection: Coat concealed surfaces of aluminum that will come into contact with grout, concrete, masonry, wood, or dissimilar metals with a heavy coat of bituminous paint. 3.2.5 Adjust handrails and railing systems prior to anchoring to ensure matching alignment at abutting joints. Space posts at interval indicated but not less than that required by design loadings. 3.2.6 Fastening to In -Place Construction: Provide anchorae devices and fasteners where necessary for securing handrails and railing systems and for properly transferring loads to in -place construction. 3.3. Railing Connections 3.3.1 Nonwelded Connections: Use mechanical joints for permanently connecting railing components. Locate exposed fasteners in least conspicuous locations. Seal recessed holes of exposed locking screws with plastic filler, cement colored to match finish of handrails and railing systems. 3.3.2 Welded Connections: Usefully welded joints for permanently connecting railing components by welding. Cope or butt components to provide 100 percent contact, or use fittings designed for this purpose. 3.3.3 Expansion Joints: Install expansion joints at locations indicated but not further apart than required to accommodate thermal movement. Provide slip -joint internal sleeve extending 2 inches (50 mm) beyond joint on either side, fasten internal sleeve securely to one side-, locate joint within 6 inches (150 mm) of post. 3.4. Anchoring Posts 3.4.1 Anchor posts in concrete with pipe sleeves preset and anchored into concrete. After posts have been inserted into sleeves, solidly fill annular space between post and sleeve with the following anchoring material, mixed and placed to comply with anchoring material manufacturer's directions. 3.4.2 Anchor posts in concrete by forming or core -drilling holes not less than 5 inches (125 mm) deep and 3/4 inch (20 mm) greater than outside diameter of post. Clean holes of all loose material, insert posts, and fill annular space between post and concrete with the following anchoring material, mixed and placed to comply with anchoring material manufacturer's directions. 3.4.2.1 Nonshrink, nonmetallic grout. 14.2.2 Nonshrink, nonmetallic grout or anchoring cement. 3.4.3 Cover anchoragejoint with a round steel flange attached to post as follows: 3.4.3 � I Welded to post after placement of anchoring material. 3.4.3.2 By set screws. 3.4.4 Leave anchorage joint exposed, wipe off surplus anchoring material, and leave I/ 8-inch (3-mm) buildup, sloped away from post. 1 3.4.5 Install removable railing sections where indicated in slip -fit metal sockets cast into concrete. Accurately locate sockets to match post spacing, 3.5. Anchoring Rail Ends 3.5.1 Anchor rail ends into concrete and masonry with round flanges connected to rail ends and anchored into wall construction with postinstalled anchors and bolts. 3.5.2 Anchor rail ends to metal surfaces with oval or round flanges. 3.5.2.1 Weld flanges to rail ends. 3.6. Attaching Handrails To Walls 3.6.1 Attach handrails to wall with wall brackets and end fittings. Provide bracket with 1-1/2-inch (38- mm) clearance from inside face of handrail to finished wall surface. 3.6.2 Locate brackets as indicated or, if not indicated, at spacing required to support structural loads. 3.6.3 Secure wall brackets and wall return fittings to building construction as follows- 3.6. _3 3. I Use type of bracket with flange tapped for concealed anchorage to threaded hanger bolt. 3.6.3.2 Use type of bracket with predrilled hole for exposed bolt anchorage. 3.6.3.3 For concrete and solid masonry anchorage, use drilled -in expansion shield and either concealed hanger bolt or exposed lag bolt, as applicable. 3.6.3.4 For hollow masonry anchorage, use toggle bolts with square heads. 3.6.3.5 For wood stud partitions, use lag bolts set into wood backing between studs. Coordinate with stud installation to accurately locate backing members. 3.6.3.6 For steel -framed gypsum board assemblies, fasten brackets directly to steel framing or concealed anchors using self -tapping screws of size and type required to support structural loads. 3.7. Adjusting And Cleaning 3.7.1 Clean the following metals by washing thoroughly with clean water and soap, followed by rinsing with clean water. 3 �7. 1.1 Stainless steel. 3.8. Protecti on 3.8.1 Protect finishes of handrails and railing systems from damage during construction period with temporary protective coverings approved by railing manufacturer. Remove protective coverings at time of Substantial Completion. 3.8.2 Restore finishes damaged during installation and construction period so that no evidence remains of correction work. Return items that cannot be refinished in the field to the shop, make required alterations and refinish entire unit, or provide new units. End of Section 05521 Section 06000 Wood, Plastic & Stainless Finishes 1. General 1. 1. Scope of WorL See drawings including plans, room schedules and details for materials, attachment methods, etc. frame for all concrete beams, slabs, etc. do all wood furring, blocking, and trim required. 2. Products 2.1. General 2.1.1 Blocking: Furnish and set all wood blocking and backing as required for the proper installation of plumbing and fixtures, cabinets, miscellaneous accessories, etc. block between studs at joints butting two pieces of plywood or other material, 2.1.2 Interior partitions are of steel studs @ 16" o.c., unless other -wise indicated; see Section 09250. 2.2. Wood Treatment: 2.2.1 All wood and plywood in concealed locations shall be Fire Retardant treated. 2.2.2 Fire retardant wood with material which has been tested and proven to meet AWPA Standards C20 and C27 for Type A use. 2.2.3 Treated product shall be low hygroscopic, and shall bear the UL stamp. 12.4 Kiln dry to moisture of 19% or less for lumber and 15% or less for plywood. 2.2.5 Interior exposed plywood: Treated and labeled to meet ASTM E84 Standards for Class C interior finish, kiln dried after treatment. 2.2.6 Use galvanized fasteners for FRTW. 2.17 Approved treatment: Chemical Specialties, Inc. - "D-Blaze" Hickson Corporation - Dri-Con" Hoover Treated Wood Products, Inc. - "Pyro-Guard" 2.3. Interior Exposed Wood Trim: C-grade fir. Base shall be I x 4 C-Grade Fir with 45 degree sanitary cut top. 2.4. Wood Cased Openings: Frame with nominal 2 x 4 frame- Wrap with stainless steel. 2.5. Acrylic/Polyester Resin solid surfacing material: 2.5. 1 Provide material and manufacturer's standard seamless joint kit. Color: Manufacturer's standard color to match Corian "Dusk." 2.5.2 Acceptable products: Dupont "Corian" International Paper, Nevamar Division "Fountainhead" Ralph Wilson Plastics Co. "Gibraltar" Formica Corporation "Surell" 2.6. Plywood 2.6.1 Plywood, except as other -wise specified or provided, shall confortir to requirements of American Plywood Association, Exterior Grades Group 1, Fir AC. Sheathing Grade Plywood shall be Fir or Pine, 4 ply, Exterior Glue. 2.6.2 Fire -Retardant -Treated Plywood: U.L. labeled to meet ASTM E84 Standards for Class A interior finish, kiln dried after treatment. 2.6.3 At areas designated "Special Wall Treatment 91, #2, and #3: provide 5/8" fire - retardant -treated plywood, securely and tightly screwed to the metal stud wall flush S VERDR UP FACILITIES, INC FLORIDA CORPORATE LICENSE #AA C001291 5750 Major Boulevard, Suite 500, Orlando, FL 32819 (407)903-5001 Fax (407)903-5150 ARCHITECT OF RECORD NAME: FLOYD WILSON McCOLLUM, JR., AIA REGISTRATION: FLORIDA REG. #AR0016162 DA TE., 0 2J2 810 1 Revision: Date: By: Descriptjon� I I � "" - 11 r_�4i C�10 0 V .?� , D D - C M-C( - eb� V) MLMO# (1) %� 0 E %� 0 4= C1 I*- M 'IT Ir- Nr D LO W C`14 CD 00 co M M - �__ CO CO [I- 00 , a W < 0 _W _J .V- CO r, a- . - W W < > W X L_U -400 C) ;E 000 C-0 < LLI 0 _j 9� � - 2;- LL (D < ;�::' LL - =:) at _J =:) LL. - Dwo�� (1)_J� 0 LU ED CT) =1 Ch 3:: 0 M U) _J F_ < LU < co -J 2;-, a) M 4k LLI _J _J =� M: W r,-70 - > < W D0:� ot:c:)= a_ 1qJ_D_. LLI Ce Z 0 >_ M: aEE5XL1J1 _J 0<0W 0 �- :;: , 0 = 04 cw) 0- LLI (-)LLCDF- C/) �_ r-_ N Key Man: Scales: I Sverdrup Project No.: 22196390 Drawing Title: SPECIFICATIONS & Date: 03/12/99 Designed By: RBJ Drawing No.: . Drawn BT RM PM3 Checked BY: FWM with adjacent gypsum board. Continue finish material over plywood. 2.7. Backer board substrate for FRP panels and for stainless steel wall finish behind and adjacent to all grease hoods: Gold Bond Dens -Shield backer board, 1/2" thickness, 2.8. Stainless Steel: 2.8.1 Covers for columns corner protectors as indicated and covers for head and jamb of doors and cased openings as scheduled and detailed, and wall finish at all grease hoods, as indicated and a minimum of floor-to-cei ling, behind and 18 in. on either side of hoods. 2.8.2 Stainless Steel: 18 gauge, type 304 with number three polish. 2.8.3 Substitue I 8 gauge galvanized where indicated on plans. 2.9. Fiberglass Reinforced Polyester Panels: As scheduled and as indicated on drawings. 2.9.1 Panels 3/32" thick, 48" wide, extending full room height (no horizontal joints will be accepted) or, where indicated on drawings, furnish 48 in. coil for installation as a wainscot, Furnish material with UL. label indicating compliance with ASTM E84 Standards for Class C Interior Finish. Furnish junction molding and inside and outside comers as required. 2.9.2 Manufacturers: Kemlite Lasco BP Chemicals USG Others upon prior written approval. 2.10. Pressure -Treated Wood � 2. 1 0.1 Where wood is in contact with masonry or concrete, or is used in blocking at storefront or on roof, use pressure -treated wood. 2.10.2 Provide wood pressure treated for above -ground use per AWPA Standards P5 and C2 or C9, Chromated. Copper Arsenate type C ("Wolmanized", Osmose "CCA-C", Hoover "CCA", etc.), 0.25 pcf. 2.1 1. Rough Hardware: Nails, case hardened nails, spikes, screws, bolts, and similar items shall be of sizes and types to rigidly secure members in place. Use galvanized nails throughout the job, except in formwork that will be removed. 2.12. Redwood slab insulation under cooler walls � Heartwood No. I grade. 3. Execution 3.1. General: 3.1.1 Carefully lay out, cut, fit and securely erect all framing and all other items of carpentry. Do cutting or other carpentry work necessary for building in work of all trades. Adequate and substantial furring, blocking, grounds, and supports properly anchored, shall be provided for all paneling, trim etc. 3.1.2 At all plywood edges, there shall be either a vertical stud or horizontal backing to nail into. 12. Anchorage� All wood framing members in contact with steel, concrete or masonry shall be securely anchored at not over 48" intervals or as shown on the drawings. Provide anchors, bolts, and other items necessary for attaching miscellaneous equipment, all to be installed as the work progresses. 3.3. Grounds and nailing strips: furnish and set dressed wood grounds for all trim. Check for perfect alignment with long straight edge. 3.4. All walls shall be finished before any ceiling work is done. Walls shall be installed as soon as the cooler and freezer are installed. 3.5. Fiberglass -Reinforced Polyester Panels: Install with approved non -water -based contact cement, over specified substrate. Install panels vertically with "T" mold between sheets and inside and outside corners as required. 3.6. Stainless Steel: 3.6.1 Sheet: Install with approved non -water -based contact cement. Cutting of all holes in steel covered panels for electrical and plumbing outlets shall be by appropriate trades, neatly and accurately to produce high quality appearance. 3.6.2 Cladding for cased openings, impact door frames, etc. � Install with appropriately sized compatible stainless steel screws using torque limiting screwdriver. Do not over -tighten. 3.7. Solid Surfacing Material: Work material to produce lines and forms as shown. Where horizontal surfaces abut, weld sheets to form seamless joints, invisible as defined by manufacturer of sheet material, impervious to penetration and stains. 3.8. Protection: Paneling, woodwork, trim, doors, hardware, etc., shall be protected after delivery to job and after installation. End of Section 06000 Section 06100 Rough Carpentry 1. General 1. 1. Related Documents 1. 1. I Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division I Specification Sections, apply to this Section, 1.2. Summary 1.2.1 This Section includes the following � 1.2.1.1 Rooftop equipment bases and support curbs. 1.2.1.2 Wood furring, grounds, nailers, and blocking. 1.2.1.3 Sheathing. 1.3. Definitions 1.3.1 Rough Carpentry: Carpentry work not specified in other Sections and not exposed, unless otherwise specified, 1.3.2 Exposed Framing: Dimension lumber not concealed by other construction and indicated to receive a stained or natural finish. 1.4. Submittals 1.4.1 General: Submit each item in this Article according to the Conditions of the Contract and Division I Specification Sections, 1.4.2 Product Data for the following products: Engineered wood products. Underlayment. Insulating sheathing. Air -infiltration barriers. Metal framing anchors. Construction adhesives. 1.4.3 Material certificates for dimension lumber specified to comply with minimum allowable unit stresses. Indicate species and grade selected for each use and design values approved by the American Lumber Standards Committee's (ALSC) Board of Review. 1.4.4 Wood treatment data as follows, including chemical treatment manufacturer's instructions for handling, storing, installing, and finishing treated materials: 1.4.4.1 For each type of preservative -treated wood product, include certification by treating plant stating type of preservative solution and pressure process used, net amount of preservative retained, and compliance with applicable standards. I � 4.4.2 For waterborne -treated products, include statement that moisture content of treated materials was reduced to levels indicated before shipment to Project site. 1.4.4.3 For fire -retardant -treated wood products, include certification by treating plant that treated materials comply with specified standard and other requirements as well as data relative to bending strength, stiffness, and fastener-hol ding capacities of treated materials. 1.4.5 Material test reports from a qualified independent testing agency indicating and interpreting test results relative to compliance of fire -retardant -treated wood products with requirements indicated. 1.4.6 Warranty of chemical treatment manufacturer for each type of treatment. 1.4.7 Research or evaluation reports of the model code organization acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction that evidence the following products' compliance with building code in effect for Project. 1.4.7.1 Engineered wood products. 1.4.7.2 Foam -plastic sheathing. 1.4.7-3 Air -infiltration barriers. 1.4.7.4 Metal framing anchors. 1.4.7.5 Power -driven fasteners. 1.4.7.6 Fire -retardant -treated wood. 1.5. Quality Assurance 1.5.1 Testing Agency Qualifications: To qualify for approval, an independent testing agency must demonstrate to Architect's satisfaction, based on evaluation of agency -submitted criteria conforming to ASTM E 699, that it has the experience and capability to satisfactorily conduct the testing indicated without delaying the Work. 1.5.2 Single -Source Responsibility for Engineered Wood Products Obtain each type of engineered wood product from one source and by a single manufacturer, 1.5.3 Single -Source Responsibility for Fire -Retardant -Treated Wood: Obtain each type of fire- retardant -treated wood product from one source and by a single producer. 1.6. Delivery, Storage, And Handling 1.6.1 Keep materials under cover and dry. Protect from weather and contact with damp or wet surfaces. Stack lumber, plywood, and other panels. Provide for air circulation within and around stacks and under temporary coverings. 1.6.1.1 For lumber and plywood pressure treated with waterborne chemicals, place spacers between each bundle to provide air circulation. 2. Products 2.1. Manufacturers 2.1.1 Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 2.1.1.1 Wood -Preservative -Treated Materials: Baxter- J. H. Baxter Co. Chemical Specialties, Inc. Continental Wood Preservers, Inc. Hickson Corp. Hoover Treated Wood Products, Inc. Osmose Wood Preserving, Inc. 1 2.1.1.2 Fire -Retardant -Treated Materials, Interior Type A: Baxter: J. H. Baxter Co. Chemical Specialties, Inc. Continental Wood Preservers, Inc. Hickson Corp. Hoover Treated Wood Products, Inc. 2.1.1.3 Fire -Retardant -Treated Materials, Exterior Type: American Wood Treaters, Inc. Hoover Treated Wood Products, Inc. 2.1.1.4 Gypsum Sheathing Board: Donitar Gypsum. Georgia-Pacific Corp. National Gypsum Co.-, Gold Bond Building Products Division. United States Gypsum Co. 2.1.1.5 GI ass-F ib er- Surfaced Gypsum Sheathing Board: Georgia-Pacific Corp. United States Gypsum Co- 2.1.1.6 Extruded Cellular Polystyrene Sheathing: Amoco Foam Products Co. Dow Chemical Company (The). UC Industries, Inc. 2.1.1.7 Polyisocyanurate Foam Sheathing: Celotex Corporation (The); Building Products Division. NRG Barriers, Inc. Rmax, Inc. 2.1.1.8 Air -Infiltration Barriers: Amoco Foam Products Co. Anthony Industries, Inc- ' Simplex Products Division, Celotex Corporation (The), Building Products Division. DuPont Company; Fibers Department. Parsee, Inc. Raven Industries, Inc. Reemay, Inc. Sto-Cote Products, Inc. 2.1A.9 Metal Framing Anchors: Cleveland Steel Specialty Co. Harlen Metal Products, Inc. Silver Metal Products, Inc. Simpson Strong -Tie Company, Inc. Southeastern Metals Manufacturing Co., Inc. 2.2 Lumber, General 2.2.1 Lumber Standards: Comply with DOC PS 20, "American Softwood Lumber Standard," and with applicable grading rules of inspection agencies certified by ALSC's Board of Review. 2.2.2 Inspection Agencies: Inspection agencies, and the abbreviations used to reference them, include the followmg� NELMA - Northeastern Lumber Manufacturers Association. NLGA - National Lumber Grades Authority (Canadian). RIS - Redwood Inspection Service. SPIB - Southern Pine Inspection Bureau- WCLU3 - West Coast Lumber Inspection Bureau. WWPA - Western Wood Products Association. 2.2.3 Grade Stamps- Provide lumber with each piece factory marked with grade stamp of inspection agency evidencing compliance with grading rule requirements and identifying grading agency, grade, species, moisture content at time of surfacing, and mil L 2.2.3.1 For exposed lumber, furnish pieces with grade stamps applied to ends or back of each piece, or omit grade stamps and provide grade -compliance certificates issued by inspection agency. 2.2.4 Where nominal sizes are indicated, provide actual sizes required by DOC PS 20 for moisture content specified. Where actual sizes are indicated, they are minimum dressed sizes for dry lumber. 2.2.4.1 Provide dressed lumber, S4S, unless otherwise indicated. 2.2.4.2 Provide dry lumber with 19 percent maximum moisture content at time of dressing for 2-inch nominal (38-mm actual) thickness or less, unless other -wise indicated, 2.2.4.3 Provide lumber with 15 percent maximum moisture content at time of dressing for 2-inch nominal (38-min actual) thickness or less, unless otherwise indicated. 2-3. Wood -preservative -treated Materials 2.3.1 General: Where lumber or plywood is indicated as preservative treated or is specified to be treated, comply with applicable requirements of AWPA C2 (lumber) and AWPA C9 (plywood). Mark each treated item with the Quality Mark Requirements of an inspection agency approved by ALSC's Board of Review. 2.3.1.1 Do not use chemicals containing chromium or arsenic. 2.3.1.2 For exposed items indicated to receive stained finish, use chemical formulations that do not bleed through, contain colorants, or otherwise adversely affect finishes. 2.3.2 Pressure treat above ground items with waterborne preservatives to a minimum retention of 0.25 lb/cu. ft. (4.0 kg/cu. in). After treatment, kiln -dry lumber and plywood to a maximum moisture content of 19 and 15 percent, respectively. Treat indicated items and the following: 2.3.2.1 Wood cants, nailers, curbs, equipment support bases, blocking, stripping, and similar members in connection with roofing, flashing, vapor barriers, and waterproofing. 2.3.2.2 Wood sills, sleepers, blocking, furring, stripping, and similar concealed members in contact with masonry or concrete. 2. 3. 3 Pressure treat wood members in contact with ground or freshwater with waterbome preservatives to a minimum retention of 0.40 lb/cu. ft. (6.4 kg/cu. in). 2.3.4 Complete fabrication of treated items before treatment, where possible. If cut after treatment, apply field treatment complying with AWPA M4 to cut surfaces. Inspect each piece of lumber or plywood after drying and discard damaged or defective pieces. 2.4 Fire -retardant -treated Materials 2.4.1 General � Where fire -retardant -treated wood is indicated, comply with applicable requirements of AWPA C20 (lumber) and AWPA C27 (plywood). Identify fire -retardant -treated wood with appropriate classification marking of UL; U.S. Testing- Timber Products Inspection, Inc., or another testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. 2.4.1.1 Research or Evaluation Reports: Provide fire -retardant -treated wood acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction and for which a current model code research or evaluation report exists that evidences compliance of fire -retardant -treated wood for application indicated. 2.4.2 Interior Type A: For interior locations, use chemical formulation that produces treated lumber and plywood with the following properties under conditions present after installation: 2.4.2.1 Bending strength, stiffness, and fastener -holding capacities are not reduced below values published by manufacturer of chemical formulation under elevated temperature and humidity conditions simulating installed conditions when tested by a qualified independent testing agency. 2.4.2.2 No form of degradation occurs due to acid hydrolysis or other causes related to treatment. 2.4.2.3 Contact with treated wood does not promote corrosion of metal fasteners. 2.4.3 Exterior Type� Use for exterior locations and where indicated. 2.4.4 Inspect each piece of treated lumber or plywood after drying and discard damaged or defective pieces. 2.5. Dimension Lumber 2.5.1 General: Provide dimension lumber Of grades indicated according to the ALSC National Grading Rule (NGR) provisions of the inspection agency indicated. 2.5.2 Provide the following grades and species: Grade: Select Structural. Grade: No. 1. Species: Hem -fir north, NLGA. Species: Southern pine, SPIB. Species: Douglas fir -larch; WCLLB or WWPA. Species: Hem -fir, WCLIB or WWPA. Species: Douglas fir south; WWPA. Species and Grade: Any species of machine stress -rated (MSR) dimension lumber with a grade of 18OOf-1.6E. Species and Grade: Any species and grade with a modulus of elasticity of at least 1,300,000 psi (8950 Wa) and an extreme fiber stress in bending of at least 850 psi (5.9 MPa) for 2-inch nominal (38 mm-actual) thickness and 12-inch nominal (286-mm actual) width for single member use. 2.6. Boards 2.6.1 Concealed Boards: Where boards will be concealed by other work, provide lumber with 19 percent maximum moisture content and of following species and grade: 2.6.1.1 Species and Grade: Eastern softwoods, No. 3 Common per NELMA rules. 2.6.1.2 Species and Grade: Northern species, No. 3 Common or Standard per NLGA rules. 2.6.1.3 Species and Grade: Mixed southern pine, No. 2 per SPIB rules. 2.6.1.4 Species and Grade: Hem -fir, Standard per WCLIB rules or No. 3 Common per WWPA rules. 2.6.1.5 Species and Grade: Spruce -pine -fir, Standard per WCLIB rules or No. 3 Common per WWPA rules. 2.6.1.6 Species and Grade: Western woods, Standard per WCLIB rules or No. 3 Common per WWPA rules. 2.6.1.7 Species and Grade: Any species above. 2.7. Miscellaneous Lumber 2.7.1 General: Provide lumber for support or attachment of other construction, including rooftop equipment curbs and support bases, cant strips, bucks, nailers, blocking, furring, grounds, stripping, and similar members. 2.7.2 Fabricate miscellaneous lumber from dimension lumber of sizes indicated and into shapes shown. 2.7.3 Moisture Content: 19 percent maximum for lumber items not specified to receive wood preservative treatment. 2.7.4 Grade: For dimension lumber sizes, provide No. 3 or Standard grade lumber per ALSC's NGRs of any species. For board -size lumber, provide No. 3 Common grade per NELMA, NLGA, or WWPA, No. 2 grade per SPIB� or Standard grade per NLGA, WCLIB or WWPA of any species. 2.8. Wood -based Structural -use Panels, General 2.8.1 Structural -Use Panel Standards: Provide either all -veneer, mat -formed, or composite panels complying with DOC PS 2, "Performance Standard for Wood -Based Structural -Use Panels," unless other -wise indicated. Provide plywood panels complying with DOC PS 1, "U.S. Product Standard for Construction and Industrial Plywood," where plywood is indicated. 2.8.2 Structural -Use Panel Standard: Provide plywood panels complying with DOC PS 1, "U.S. Product Standard for Construction and Industrial Plywood." � 2.8.3 Trademark� Factory mark structural -use panels with APA trademark evidencing compliance with grade requirements. 2.9. Structural -use Panels for Backing 2.9.1 Plywood Backing Panels� For mounting electrical or telephone equipment, provide fire -retardant- treated plywood panels with grade, C-D Plugged Exposure 1, in thickness indicated or, if not otherwise indicated, not less than 15/32 inch (I 1.9 mm) thick. 2,10. GypsumSheathing 2.10.1 Gypsum Sheathing Board: Water -resistant -core gypsum sheathing board complying with ASTM C 79 with long edges surfaced with water-repellent paper and as follows: 2.10.1.1 Type: Regular. 2.10.1.2 Type: X. 2.10.1.3 Edge Configuration: V-shaped tongue -and -groove long edges, for horizontal application. 2.10.1.4 Edge Configuration: Square, for vertical application. 2.10.1.5 Thickness: 1/2 inch (12.7mm). See plans for location. 2.10.1.6 Thickness: 5/8 inch (15.9mm). See plans for location. 2.10.2 GI ass-F iber- Surfaced Gypsum Sheathing Board: Gypsum sheathing board consisting of noncombustible gypsum core incorporating a water-resistant material, surfaced on face and back with glass -fiber mats with alkali -resistant coating, and with unsurfaced square edges; complying with ASTM C 79, and requirements indicated below: 2.10.2.1 Type: Regular. 2.10.2.2 Type: X. 2.10.2.3 Thickness: 1/2 inch (12.7mm). See plans for location. 2.10.2.4 Thickness: 5/8 inch (15.9mm). See plans for location. 2.11. Air -Infiltration Barrier 2.11.1 Air retarder complying with ASTM E 1677 ' made from polyolefins, either cross -laminated films, woven strands, or spunbonded fibers; coated or uncoated ' with or without perforations to transmit water vapor but not liquid water; and as follows: 2.11.1.1 Minimum Thickness: 3 mils (0.08 mm). 2.11.1.2 Minimum Water -Vapor Transmission: 10perms(575ng/Paxsxsq.m) when tested according to ASTM E 96, Procedure A. 2.11.1.3 Maximum Flame Spread: 25 per ASTM E 84. 2.11.1.4 Minimum Allowable Exposure Time: 3 months. 2.12. Fasteners 2.12.1 General: Provide fasteners of size and type indicated that comply with requirements specified in this Article for material and manufacture. 2.12.1.1 Where rough carpentry is exposed to weather, in ground contact, or in area of high relative humidity, provide fasteners with a hot -dip zinc coating per ASTM A 153 or of Type 304 stainless steel. 2.12.2 Nails, Wire, Brads, and Staples: FS FF-N-105. 2.12.3 Power -Driven Fasteners: CABO NER-272. 2.12.4 Wood Screws: ASME B 18.6. 1. 2.115 Lag Bolts: ASME B 1 8.2. 1. (ASME B 1 8.2.3 � SM) 2,12.6 Bolts: Steel bolts complying with ASTM A 307, Grade A (ASTM F 568, Property Class 4.6); with ASTM A 563 (ASTM A 563M) hex nuts and, where indicated, flat washers. 2.13. Miscellaneous Materials 2.13.1 Sill -Sealer Gaskets: Glass -fiber -resilient insulation, fabricated in strip form, for use as a sill sealer; I -inch (25-mm) nominal thickness, compressible to 1/32 inch (0. 8 mm) ' selected from manufacturer's standard widths to suit width of sill members indicated. 2.13.2 Adhesives for Field Gluing Panels to Frarning� Formulation complying with APA AFG-01 that is approved for use with type of construction panel indicated by both adhesive and panel manufacturers. 2.13.3 Water -Repellent Preservative� NWWDA-tested and -accepted formulation containing 3-iodo-2- propynyl butyl carbonate (1PBC) as its active ingredient. 3. Execution 3.1. Installation, General 3.1.1 Discard units of material with defects that impair quality of rough carpentry and that are too small to use with minimum number ofjoints or optimum joint arrangement. 3.1.2 Set rough carpentry to required levels and lines, with members plumb, true to line, cut, and fitted. 3.1.3 Fit rough carpentry to other construction; scribe and cope as required for accurate fit. Correlate location of furring, nailers, blocking, grounds, and similar supports to allow attachment of other construction. 3.1.4 Apply field treatment complying with AWPA M4 to cut surfaces of preservative -treated lumber and plywood. 3.1.5 Securely attach rough carpentry work to substrate by anchoring and fastening as indicated, complying with the following: 3.1.6.1 CABO NER-272 for power -driven staples, P-nails, and allied fasteners. 3.1.5.2 Published requirements of metal framing anchor manufacturer. 3.1.5.3 "Recommended Nailing Schedule" of referenced framing standard and with AFPA's "National Design Specifications for Wood Construction." 3.1.5.4 "Table 23-I-Q--Nailing Schedule" of the Uniform Building Code. 3.1.5.5 "Table 2305.2--Fastening Schedule" of the BOCA National Building Code. 3.1.5.6 "Table 1705.1 --Fastening Schedule," of the Standard Building Code. 3.1.6 Use common wire nails, unless otherwise indicated. Use finishing nails for finish work. Select fasteners of size that will not fully penetrate members where opposite side will be exposed to view or will receive finish materials. Make tight connections between members. Install fasteners without splitting wood, predrill as required. 3.1.7 Use hot -dip galvanized or stainless -steel nails where rough carpentry is exposed to weather, in ground contact, or in area of high relative humidity. 3.1.8 Countersink nail heads on exposed carpentry work and fill holes with wood filler. 3.2. Wood Grounds, Nailers, Blocking, And Sleepers 3.2.1 Install wood grounds, nailers, blocking, and sleepers where shown and where required for screeding or attaching other work. Form to shapes shown and cut as required for true line and level of attached work. Coordinate locations with other work involved. 3.2.2 Attach to substrates to support applied loading. Recess bolts and nuts flush with surfaces, unless otherwise indicated. Build into masonry during installation of masonry work. Where possible, anchor to formwork before concrete placement. 3 2.3 ). Install permanent grounds of dressed, preservative -treated, key -beveled lumber not less than 1-1/2 inches (38 mm) wide and of thickness required to bring face of ground to exact thickness of finish material. Remove temporary grounds when no longer required. 3.3. Gypsum Sheathing 3.3.1 General: Fasten gypsum sheathing to supports with galvanized roofing nails or divergent point galvanized staples. Nail or staple to comply with manufacturer's recommended spacing and referenced fastening schedule. Keep perimeter fasteners 3/8 inch (I 0 mm) from edges and ends of units. Fit units tightly against each other and around openings. 3.3.2 Install 24-by-96-inch (609-by-2438-mm) sheathing horizontally with long edges at right angles to studs with V-grooved edge down and tongue edge up. Interlock tongue with groove to bring long edges in contact with edges of adjacent board without forcing. Abut ends of boards over centers of studs and stagger end joints of adjacent boards not less than I stud spacing, 2 where possible. 3.3.3 Install 48-by-96-inch (1219-by-2438-mm) or longer sheathing vertically with long edges parallel to, and centered over, studs. Install solid wood blocking where end joints do not occur over framing. 3.4. Fiberboard Sheathing 3.4.1 Fasten fiberboard sheathing panels to intermediate supports and then at edges and ends. Use galvanized roofing nails or galvanized staples. Nail or staple to comply with manufacturer's recommended spacing and referenced fastening schedule. Drive fasteners flush with surface of sheathing and locate perimeter fasteners at least 3/8 inch (10 mm) from edges and ends. 3.4.2 Install 48-by-96-inch (1219-by-2438-mm) or longer sheathing vertically with long 0 edges parallel to, and centered over, studs- Install solid wood blocking where end joints do not occur over framing. Allow 1/8-inch (3-mm) open space between edges and ends of adjacent units. Stagger horizontal joints, if any. 3.4.3 Apply air -infiltration barrier over sheathing as soon as practical after installation to prevent deterioration from wetting. 3.5. Infiltration Barrier 3.5.1 Cover sheathing with air -infiltration barrier as follows: 3.5.1.1 Apply air retarder to comply with manufacturer's written instructions. 3.5.1.2 Apply air -infiltration barrier to cover upstanding flashing with 4-inch (100-mm) overlap. End of Section 06100 Section 06401 Architectural Woodwork 1. General 1. 1. Related Documents 1.1.1 Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division I Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2. Summary 1.2.1 This Section includes the following: 1.2.1.1 Architectural woodwork. 1.2.1.2 Shop priming of architectural woodwork. 1.2.1.3 Shop finishing of architectural woodwork. 1.2.2 Related Secfions� The following Sections contain requirements that relate to this Section: 1.2.2.1 Division 6 Section "Rough Carpentry" for exposed framing and for blocking, shims, and nailers for installing exterior woodwork. 1.2.2.2 Division 6 Section "Plastic Fabrications" for exterior moldings, cornices, and ornamentation made of plastic. 1.2.2.3 Division 8 Section "Flush Wood Doors" for doors specified by reference to architectural woodwork standards, 1.2.2.4 Division 9 Section "Painting" for field finishing of installed exterior architectural woodwork. 1.3. Definitions 1.3.1 Architectural woodwork includes wood blocking, shims, and nailers for installing woodwork items unless concealed within other construction prior to woodwork installation. 1.4. Submittals 1.4.1 General- Submit each item in this Article according to the Conditions of the Contract and Division I Specification Sections. 1.4.2 Product data for each type of product and process specified and incorporated into items of architectural woodwork during fabrication, finishing, and installation. 1.4.3 Wood -preservative -treatment data from chemical treatment manufacturer. Include certification of chemical solution and affirm that it complies with indicated treatment standard. 1.4.4 Fire -retardant -treatment data for material treated to reduce combustibility. Include certification by treating plant that treated materials comply with requirements. 1.4.5 Shop drawings showing location of each item, dimensioned plans and elevations, large-scale details, attachment devices, and other components. 1.4.5.1 Show details full size. 1.4.5.2 Show locations and sizes of blocking and trailers, including concealed blocking and reinforcing specified in other Sections. 1.4.5.3 Apply WIC Certified Compliance Label to first page of shop drawings. 1.4.6 Samples for verification of the following: 1.4.6.1 Lumber and panel products for shop -applied opaque finish, 8 by I 0 inches (200 by 250 mm) for panels and 50 sq. in. (300 sq. cm) for lumber, for each finish system and color, with one-half of exposed surface finished. 1.4.7 Product certificates signed by woodwork manufacturers certifying that their products comply with specified requirements, 1.4.8 Qualification data for firms and persons specified in the "Quality Assurance" Article to demonstrate their capabilities and experience. Include lists of completed projects with project names and addresses, names and addresses of architects and owners, and other information specified. 1.5. Quality Assurance 1.5.1 Single -Source Responsibility for Fabrication and Installation: Engage a qualified woodworking firm to assume undivided responsibility for fabricating and installing woodwork specified in this Section. 1.5.2 Quality Standard: Except as otherwise indicated, comply with the following standard- 1.5.2.1 AW1 Quality Standard: "Architectural Woodwork Quality Standards" of the Architectural Woodwork Institute for grades of exterior architectural woodwork, construction, finishes, and other requirements. Provide AWI Certification Labels or Certificates of Compliance indicating that woodwork meets requirements of grades specified, 1.5.2.2 WIC Quality Standard: "Manual of Millwork" of the Woodwork Institute of California for grades of exterior architectural woodwork, construction, finishes, and other requirements. Provide WIC Certified Compliance Certificate indicating that woodwork meets requirements of grades specified. Provide WIC Certified Compliance Certificate for Installation. 1.5.3 Fire -Test -Response Characteristics. Provide materials with the following fire -test - response characteristics as determined by testing identical products per ASTM test method indicated below by UL, Warnock Hersey, or another testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. Identify fire -retardant -treated material with appropriate markings of applicable testing and inspecting agency in the form of separable paper label or, where required by authorities having jurisdiction, imprint on surfaces of materials that will be concealed from view after installation. 1.5.3.1 Surface -Burning Characteristics: Not exceeding values indicated below, when subjected to accelerated weathering test ASTM D 2898, Method A, and then tested per ASTM E 84 for 30 minutes with no evidence of significant combustion. In addition, the flame front shall not progress more than 10- 1/2 feet (3 .2 in) beyond the center line of the burner at any time during the test. Flame Spread 25. Smoke Developed: 450. 1.6. Delivery, Storage, and Handling 1.6.1 Protect woodwork during transit, delivery, storage, and handling to prevent damage, soilage, and deterioration. 1.7. Project Conditions L7.1 Environmental Limitations: Obtain and comply with woodwork manufacturer's and Installer's coordinated advice for optimum temperature and humidity conditions for woodwork during its storage. 1.7.2 Weather Limitations: Proceed with installation of exterior woodwork only when existing and forecasted weather conditions will permit work to be performed and at least one coat of specified finish to be applied without exposure to rain, snow, or dampness. 1 �7.3 Field Measurements: Where woodwork is indicated to be fitted to other construction, check actual dimensions of other construction by accurate field measurements before fabrication, and show recorded measurements on final shop drawings. Coordinate fabrication schedule with construction progress to avoid delaying the Work. 1.7.3.1 Verify locations of concealed framing, blocking, and reinforcements that support woodwork by accurate field measurements before being enclosed. Record measurements on final shop drawings. 1.7.3.2 Where field measurements cannot be made without delaying the Work, guarantee dimensions and proceed with fabricating woodwork without field measurements. Provide allowance for trimming at site and coordinate construction to ensure that actual dimensions correspond to guaranteed dimensions. 1.8. Coordination L& 1 Coordinate sizes and locations of framing, blocking, reinforcements, and other related units of Work specified in other Sections to ensure that exterior architectural woodwork can be supported and installed as indicated. 2. Products 2.1. Woodwork Fabricators 2. 1.1 Available Fabricators: Fabricator to be registered with AW.I. as an active member. 2.2. Materials 2.2.1 General: Provide materials that comply with requirements of the AWI quality standard for each type of woodwork and quality grade indicated and, where the following products are part of exterior woodwork, with requirements of the referenced product standards that apply to product characteristics indicated: 2.2.2 General: Provide materials that comply with requirements of the WIC quality standard for each type of woodwork and quality grade indicated, unless otherwise indicated. 2.2,2.1 Hardboard: AHAA135.4. 2.2.2.2 Softwood Plywood: PSI. 2.3. Wood -Preservative -Treated Materials 2.3.1 Preservative Treatment by Nonpressure Process: Comply with NWWDA I.S.4 and the following for woodwork items indicated to receive water-repellent preservative treatment. 2.3.1.1 Water -Repellent Preservative: NWWDA-tested and -accepted formulation containing 3-iodo-2-propynyl butyl carbamate (IPBC) as its active ingredient. 2.3.1.2 Water -Repellent Preservative/Insectici& NWWDA-tested and -accepted preservative and water-repellent formulation containing 3-iodo-2- propynyl butyl carbamate (IPBC) as its active ingredient, combined with an insecticide containing chlorpyrifos as its active ingredient. 2.3-2 Preservative Treatment by Pressure Process: Comply with AWPA C2 (lumber) and AWPA C9 (plywood) and the following for woodwork items indicated to receive pressure preservative treatment. Mark each treated item with the AWPB or SPIB Quality Mark Requirements. 2.3.2.1 Preservative Chemicals: Pressure -impregnate woodwork with preservative chemicals acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction and containing no arsenic or chromium, Use chemical formulations that do not bleed through or otherwise adversely affect finishes. Do not use colorants in solution to distinguish treated material from untreated material. 2.3.2.2 Pressure -treat aboveground items with preservatives to a minimum retention of 0.25 lb/cu. ft. (4.0 kg/cu. in). Kiln -dry lumber and plywood to a maximum moisture content, respectively, of 19 and 15 percent. 2.3.3 Extent of Treatment, Treat each item of exterior woodwork regardless of species from which it is fabricated. 2.3.4 Extent of Treatment: As indicated. 2.4. Fire -Retardant -Treated Materials 2.4.1 General: Where indicated, use materials impregnated with fire -retardant chemical formulations indicated by a pressure process or other means acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction to produce products with fire -test -response characteristics specified. 2.4.2 Fire -Retardant Chemicals: Use chemical formulations that do not bleed through or otherwise adversely affect finishes. Do not use colorants in solution to distinguish treated material from untreated material. 2.4.3 Fire -Retardant -Treated Lumber: Comply with the following: 2.4.3.1 Organic -Resin -Based Formulation: Exterior type per AWPA C20, consisting of organic -resin solution, relatively insoluble in water, thermally set in wood by kiln drying. 2.4.3.2 Mill lumber after treatment, within limits set for wood removal that does not affect listed fire -test -response characteri sties, using a woodworking plant certified by testing and inspecting agency. 0 2.4.3.3 Mill lumber before treatment and implement special procedures during treatment and drying processes that prevent lumber from warping and developing discolorations from drying sticks or other causes, marring, and other defects affecting appearance of treated woodwork. 2.4.3.4 Kiln -dry material before and after treatment to levels required for untreated material. 2.4.3.5 Discard treated material that does not comply with requirements of referenced woodworking standard. Do not use twisted, warped, bowed, discolored, or otherwise damaged or defective material. 2.4.3.6 Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: Organic -Resin -Based Formulation (Exterior Type): 1) Exterior Fire-X; American Wood Treaters, Inc. 2) Exterior Fire-X; Hoover Treated Wood Products, Inc. 2.5, Installation Materials 2.5.1 Blocking, Shims, and Nailers: Hardwood lumber, kiln dried to less than 15 percent moisture content. 2.5.2 Screws: Select material, type, size, and finish required for each use, nonferrous metal or hot -dip galvanized, unless other -wise indicated. Comply with ASME B 18.6.1 for applicable requirements. 2.5.2.1 For metal framing supports, provide screws as recommended by metal - framing manufacturer. 2.5.3 Nails: Select material, type, size, and finish required for each use. Comply with FS FF-N- 1 05 for applicable requirements. 2.5.3 � I Stainless -steel nails. 2.5.4 Anchors� Select material, type, size, and finish required for each substrate for secure anchorage. Provide nonferrous metal or hot -dip galvanized anchors and inserts, unless other -wise indicated. Provide toothed steel or lead expansion bolt devices for drilled -in -place anchors. 2.6. Fabrication, General 2.6.1 Wood Moisture Content� Comply with requirements of referenced quality standard for wood moisture content in relation to relative humidity conditions existing during time of fabrication and in installation areas. 2.6.2 Fabricate woodwork to dimensions, profiles, and details indicated. Ease edges to radius indicated for the following: 2.6.2.1 Edges of solid -wood (lumber) members 3/4 inch (19 mm) thick or less: I/ 16 inch (1.5 mm). 2.6.2.2 Edges of rails and similar members more than 3/4 inch (I 9 mm) thick: I/ 8 inch (3 mm). 2.6.3 Complete fabrication, including assembly, finishing, and hardware application, before shipment to Project site to maximum extent possible. Disassemble components only as necessary for shipment and installation. Where necessary for fitting at site, provide ample allowance for scribing, trimming, and fitting. 2.6.4 Shop -cut openings, to maximum extent possible, to receive hardware, electrical work, and similar items. Locate openings accurately and use templates or roughing - in diagrams to produce accurately sized and shaped openings. Smooth edges of cutouts and seal edges with a water-resistant coating suitable for exterior applications. 2.7. Exterior Ornamental Work for Opaque Finish 2.7.1 Quality Standard: Comply with AWI Section 700. 2.7.2 Grade: Premium. 2.7.3 Wood Species: Western red cedar. 2.8. Exterior Standing and Running Trim for Opaque Finish 2.8.1 Quality Standard: Comply with AWI Section 300. 2.8.2 Gra& Premium. 2.8.3 Backout or grove backs of flat trim members, kerf backs of other wide, flat members, except for members with ends exposed in finished work. 2.8.4 Assemble casings in plant except where limitations of access to place of installation require field assembly. 2,8.5 Wood species: Western red cedar. 2.8.5.1 Sort lumber stock to eliminate flat -sawed pieces of redwood whose exposed, flat surfaces are more than 3 inches (75 mm) wide. 2.9. Shop Priming 2.9.1 Woodwork for Opaque Finish: Shop prime woodwork for paint finish with one coat of wood primer specified in Division 9 Section "Painting." 2.9.2 Preparations for Finishing: Comply with referenced quality standard for sanding, filling countersunk fasteners, sealing concealed surfaces, and similar preparations for finishing architectural woodwork, as applicable to each unit of work. 2.9.2.1 Backpriming� Apply one coat of sealer or primer compatible with finish coats to concealed surfaces of woodwork, including back. Apply 2 coats to items installed over concrete or masonry. 2.10. ShopFinishing 2.10.1 Quality Standard: Comply with AWI Section 1500, unless other -wise indicated. 2.10.2 Quality Standard: Comply with WIC Section 25, "Factory Finishing of Architectural Woodwork," unless otherwise indicated. 1 2.10.2.1 Grade: Provide finishes of same grades as items to be finished. 2.10.3 General- The entire finish of exterior architectural woodwork is specified in this Section. To the greatest extent possible, finish architectural woodwork at the fabrication shop. Defer only final touchup and cleaning until after installation. 2.10.4 Preparations for Fmishing� Comply with referenced quality standard for sanding, filling countersunk fasteners, sealing concealed surfaces, and similar preparations for finishing of architectural woodwork, as applicable to each unit of work. 2.10.4.1 Backprimingi Apply one coat of sealer or primer compatible with finish coats to concealed surfaces of woodwork, including back. Apply 2 coats to items installed over concrete or masonry. 2.10.5 Opaque Finish: Comply with requirements indicated below for finish system, color, and sheen, with sheen measured on 60-degree gloss meter per ASTM D 523. 2.10.5.1 Color: Match color indicated by reference to a coating manufacturer's standard designations for this characteristic, which will be identified in the construction documents. 3. Execution 3.1. Preparation 3.1,1 Condition woodwork to average prevailing humidity conditions in installation areas before installation. 3.1.2 Deliver concrete inserts and similar anchoring devices to be built into substrates well in advance of time substrates are to be built. 3.1.3 Before installing architectural woodwork, examine shop -fabricated work for completion and complete work as required, including back priming and removal of packing. 3.2. Installation 3.2.1 Quality Standard: Install woodwork to comply with AWI Section 1700 for the same grade specified in Part 2 of this Section for type of woodwork involved. 3.2.2 Quality Standard: Install woodwork to comply with WIC Section 26 for the same grade specified in Part 2 of this Section for type of woodwork involved. 3.2.3 Install woodwork plumb, level, true, and straight with no distortions. Shim as required with concealed shims, Install to a tolerance of 1/8 inch in 96 inches (3 mm in 2400 mm) for plumb and level. 3.2.4 Scribe and cut woodwork to fit adjoining work and refinish cut surfaces or repair damaged finish at cuts. 3.2.5 Fire -Retardant -Treated Wood � Handle, store, and install fire -retardant -treated wood to comply with recommendations of chemical treatment manufacturer, including those for adhesives used to install woodwork. 3.2.6 Preservative -Treated Lumber: Where cut or drilled in field, treat cut ends with preservative solution used in original treatment by brushing, spraying, dipping, or soaking. 3.2.7 Anchor woodwork to anchors or blocking built in or directly attached to substrates. Secure to grounds, stripping and blocking with countersunk, concealed fasteners and blind nailing as required for a complete installation. Use fine finishing nails for exposed nailing, countersunk and filled flush with woodwork. 3.2.8 Complete the finishing work specified in this Section to the extent not completed at shop or before installation of woodwork. Fill nail holes with matching filler where exposed. Apply specified finish coats to exposed surfaces where only sealer/pnime coats were applied in the shop. 3.2.9 Standing and Running Trim: Install with minimum number of joints possible, using full-length pieces (from maximum length of lumber available) to the greatest extent possible. Do not use pieces less than 36 inches (900 mm) long, except where necessary. Staggerjoints in adjacent and related members. 3.2.9.1 Install standing and running trim with no more than 1/8 inch in 96 inch (3 min in 2400 mm) variation from a straight line. 3.2. 1 0 Refer to Division 9 Sections for final finishing of installed architectural woodwork. 3.3. Adjusting and Cleaning 3.3.1 Repair damaged and defective woodwork where possible to eliminate functional and visual defects ' where not possible to repair, replace woodwork. Adjustjoinery for uniform appearance. 3.12 Clean woodwork on exposed and sermexposed surfaces. Touch up shop -applied finishes to restore damaged or soiled areas. 3.4. Protection 3.4.1 Provide final protection and maintain conditions in a manner acceptable to fabricator and Installer that ensures that woodwork is without damage or deterioration at the time of Substantial Completion. End of Section 06401 Section 07210 Building Insulation 1. General 1.1� Scope� This Section includes the following� 1.1.1 Concealed building insulation. 1.2. Submittals 1.2.1 General: Submit each item in this Article according to the Conditions of the Contract and Division I Specification Sections. 1.2.2 Product Data for each type of insulation product specified. 1.2.3 Samples of exposed insulation for initial selection in the form of actual units or sections of units showing the full range of colors available for each type of exposed insulation indicated. 1.2.4 Product test reports from and based on tests performed by a qualified independent testing agency evidencing compliance of insulation products with specified requirements including those for thermal resistance, fire -test -response characteristics, water -vapor transmission, water absorption, and other properties, based on comprehensive testing of current products. 1.2.5 Research or evaluation reports of the model code organization acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction that evidence compliance of foam -plastic insulations with building code in effect for Project. 1.3. Quality Assurance 1.3.1 Single -Source Responsibility for Insulation Products Obtain each type of building insulation from a single source with resources to provide products complying with requirements indicated without delaying the Work. 1.3.2 Fire -Test -Response Characteristics� Provide insulation and related materials with the fire- test -response characteristics indicated on Drawings or specified elsewhere in this Section as determined by testing identical products per test method indicated below by UL or another testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. Identify materials with appropriate markings of applicable testing and inspecting agency. 1.3.2.1 Surface -Burning Characteristics: ASTM E 84. 1.3.2.2 Fire -Resistance Ratings: ASTM E I 1 9. 1.3.2.3 Combustion Characteristics: ASTM E 136. 1.4. Delivery, Storage, And Handling 1.4.1 Protect insulation materials from physical damage and from deterioration by moisture, soiling, and other sources. Store inside and in a dry location. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for handling, storing, and protecting during installation. 1.4.2 Protect plastic insulation as follows- 1.4.2.1 Do not expose to sunlight, except to extent necessary for period of installation and concealment. 1.4.2.2 Protect against ignition at all times. Do not deliver plastic insulating materials to Project site before installation time. 1.4.2.3 Complete installation and concealment of plastic materials as rapidly as possible in each area of construction. 2. Products 2.1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide insulation products by one of the following: 2.1.1 Aged Molded Expanded -Polystyrene Board Insulation: AFM Corporation. DiversiFoarn Products. Grace: W. R. Grace & Co. (Conn.)� Construction Products Division. Manufacturers with a third -party certification program satisfying model building code mandatory requirements for foam plastics. 2.1.2 Glass -Fiber Insulation: CertainTeed Corporation- Knauf Fiber Glass GmbH. Owens -Coming Fiberglas Corporation. Schuller International, Inc. 2.2. Insulating Materials 2.2.1 General: Provide insulating materials that comply with requirements and with referenced standards. 2.2. 1 � I Preformed Units: Sizes to fit applications indicated� selected from manufacturer's standard thicknesses, widths, and lengths. 2.12 Molded -Polystyrene Board Insulation: Rigid, cellular polystyrene thermal insulation formed by expansion of polystyrene resin beads or granules in a closed mold to comply with ASTM C 578 for type and with other requirements indicated below: 2.2.2.1 Surface -Burning Characteristics: Maximum flame -spread and smoke -developed indices of 75 and 450, respectively. 2.2.2.2 Refer to Section 07241 for requirements. 2.2.3 Faced Mineral -Fiber Blanket Insulation: Thermal insulation combining mineral fibers of type described below with thermosetting resins to comply with ASTM C 665, Type 111, Class A (blankets with reflective vapor -retarder membrane facing and flame spread of 25 or less)� with foil -scrim-kraft, foil -scrim, or foil -scrim -polyethylene vapor -retarder membrane on I face. 2.2.3 � I Mineral -Fiber Type� Fibers manufactured from glass. 2.2.3.2 Flanged Units: Provide blankets fabricated with facing incorporating 5-inch- (127- mm-) wide flanges along edges for attachment to framing members. 2.3. Vapor Retarders 23.1 Polyethylene Vapor Retarder: ASTM D 4397, 6 mils (0. 1 5 mm) thick, with maximum permeance rating of 0. 13 perm (7.5 ng/Pa x s x sq. in). 2.3.2 Reinforced -Polyethylene Vapor Retarders: 2 outer layers of polyethylene film laminated to an inner reinforcing layer consisting of either nylon cord or polyester scrim and weighing not less than 25 lb/1000 sq. ft. (12 kg/100 sq. in), with maximum permeance rating of 0.0403 perm (2.3 ng/Pa x s x sq. in). 2.3.3 Vapor -Retarder Tape: Pressure -sensitive tape of type recommended by vapor retarder manufacturer for sealing joints and penetrations in vapor retarder. 2.3.4 Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that maybe incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 2.3.5 Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: 2.3.5.1 Rei nforced-Pol y ethylene Vapor Retarders DURA-SKRIM 6V,IBI Raven Industries, Inc. Griffolyn T-65� Reef Industries, Inc., Griffolyn Div. 2.4. Auxiliary Insulating Materials 2.4.1 Adhesive for Bonding Insulation: Product with demonstrated capability to bond insulation securely to substrates indicated without damaging insulation and substrates. 2.5. Insulation Fasteners 2.5.1 Adhesively Attached, Spindle -Type Anchors: Plate welded to projecting spindle-, capable of holding insulation, of thickness indicated, securely in position indicated with self- locking washer in place; and complying with the following requirements: 2.5.1.1 Plate� Perforated galvanized carbon -steel sheet, 0,030 inch (0.762 mm) thick by 2 inches (50 mm) square. 2.5.1.2 Spindle� Copper -coated low carbon steel, fully annealed, 0. 105 inches (2.67 mm) in diameter, length to suit depth of insulation indicated. 2.5.2 Adhesively Attached, Angle -Shaped, Spindle -Type Anchors: Angle welded to projecting spindle, capable of holding insulation securely in position indicated with self-locking washer in place, and complying with the following requirements� 2.5.2.1 Angle: Formed from 0.030-inch- (0.762-mm-) thick, perforated, galvanized carbon- steel sheet with each leg 2 inches (50 mm) square. 2.5.2.2 Spindle: Copper -coated low carbon steel, fully annealed, 0. 105 inches (2.67 mm) in diameter, length to suit depth of insulation indicated, 2.5.3 Insulation -Retaining Washers: Self-locking washers formed from 0.016-inch- (0.4 1 -mm-) thick galvanized steel sheet, with beveled edge for increased stiffness, sized as required to hold insulation securely in place, but not less than 1-1/2 inches (38 mm) square or in diameter. 2.5.3.1 Where spindles will be exposed to human contact after installation, protect ends with capped self-locking washers incorporating a spring steel insert to ensure permanent retention of cap. 2.5.4 Anchor Adhesive: Product with demonstrated capability to bond insulation anchors securely to substrates indicated without damaging insulation, fasteners, and substrates. 11 2.5.5 Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: 2.5.5.1 Adhesively Attached, Spindle -Type Anchors: TACTOO Insul-Hangers; AGM Industries, Inc. Spindle Type Gemco Hangers; Gemco. 2.5.5.2 Adhesively Attached, Angle -Shaped, Spindle -Type Anchor: 90 Degree Insulation Hangers, Genico. 2.5.5.3 Insulation -Retaining Washers: RC 1 50� AGM Industries, Inc. SC 1 50; AGM Industries, Inc. Dome -Cap; Gemco. R-150� Gemco. , S- 1 50, Gemeo. 2.5.5.4 Anchor Adhesives. TACTOO Adhesive� AGM Industries, Inc. Tuff Bond Hanger Adhesive� Gemco. 3. Execution 3.1. Examination 3.1.1 Examine substrates and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements of Sections in which substrates and related work are specified and to determine if other conditions affecting performance of insulation are satisfactory. Do not proceed with installation until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2. Preparation 3.2.1 Clean substrates of substances harmful to insulations or vapor retarders, including removing projections capable of puncturing vapor retarders or that interfere with insulation attachment, 3.2.2 Close off openings in cavities receiving poured -in -place insulation to prevent escape of insulation. Provide bronze or stainless -steel screens (inside) where openings must be maintained for drainage or ventilation. 3.3. Installation, General 3.3.1 Comply with insulation manufacturer's written instructions applicable to products and application indicated. 3.3.2 Instal I insulation that is undamaged, dry, unsoiled, and has not been exposed at any time to ice and snow, 3.3.3 Extend insulation in thickness indicated to envelop entire area to be insulated. Cut and fit tightly around obstructions and fill voids with insulation. Remove projections that interfere with placement. 3.14 Apply single layer of insulation to produce thickness indicated, unless multiple layers are other -wise shown or required to make up total thickness. 3.4. Installation Of General Building Insulation 3.4.1 Apply insulation units to substrates by method indicated, complying with manufacturer's written instructions. If no specific method is indicated, bond units to substrate with adhesive or use mechanical anchorage to provide permanent placement and support of units. 3.4.2 Seal joints between closed -cell (nonbreathing) insulation units by applying adhesive, mastic, or sealant to edges of each unit to form a fight seal as units are shoved into place. Fill voids in completed installation with adhesive, mastic, or sealant as recommended by insulation manufacturer. 3.4.3 Set vapor -retarder -faced units with vapor retarder to warm side of construction, unless otherwise indicated. Do not obstruct ventilation spaces, except for firestopping. 3.4.3.1 Tape joints and ruptures in vapor retarder, and seat each continuous area of insulation to surrounding construction to ensure airtight installation. 3.4.4 Set reflective, foil -faced units with not less than 0.75-inch (19-mm) air space in front of foil as indicated. 3.4.5 Install mineral -fiber blankets in cavities formed by framing members according to the following requirements� 3.4.5.1 Use blanket widths and lengths that fill cavities formed by framing members. Where more than one length is required to fill cavity, provide lengths that will produce a snug fit between ends. 3.4.5.2 Place blankets in cavities formed by framing members to produce a fiction fit between edges of insulation and adjoining framing members. 3.4.6 Install board insulation on concrete substrates by adhesively attached, spindle -type insulation anchors as follows: 3.4.6.1 Fasten insulation anchors to concrete substrates with insulation anchor adhesive according to anchor manufacturer's written instructions. Space anchors according to insulation manufacturer's written instructions for insulation type, thickness, and application indicated. 3.4.6.2 Apply insulation standoffs to each spindle to create cavity width indicated between concrete substrate and insulation. 3.4.6.3 After adhesive has dried, install board insulation by pressing insulation into position over spindles and securing it tightly in place with insulation -retaining washers, taking care not to compress insulation below indicated thickness. 3.4.6.4 Where insulation will not be covered by other building materials, apply capped washers to tips of spindles. 3.4.7 Install board insulation in curtain wall construction as indicated on Drawings and according to curtain wall manufacturer's written instructions. 3A.7.1 Retain insulation in place by metal clips and straps or integral pockets within window frames, spaced at intervals recommended by insulation manufacturer to hold insulation securely in place without touching spandrel glass. Maintain cavity width between insulation and glass of dimension indicated. 3.4.7.2 Brace insulation where it contacts safing insulation to prevent insulation from bowing under pressure from safing insulation. 3.5. Installation Of Radiant Barriers 3.5.1 install radiant barriers in locations indicated according to ASTM C 1158 and radiant barrier insulation manufacturer's written instructions. 3.6. Installation Of Vapor Retarders 16.1 General: Extend vapor retarder to extremities of areas to be protected from vapor transmission. Secure in place with adhesives or other anchorage system as indicated, Extend vapor retarder to cover miscellaneous voids in insulated substrates, including those filled with loose -fiber insulation. 3.6.2 Seal vertical joints in vapor retarders over framing by lapping not less than 2 wall studs. Fasten vapor retarders to framing at top, end, and bottom edges ' at perimeter of wall openings, and at lap joints, Space fasteners 16 inches (406 mm) O.C. 3.6.3 Seat overlapping joints in vapor retarders with adhesives or vapor -retarder tape according to vapor retarder manufacturer's instructions. Seal butt joints and fastener penetrations with vapor -retarder tape. Locate all joints over framing members or other solid substrates. 3.6.4 Firmly attach vapor retarders to substrates with mechanical fasteners or adhesives as recommended by vapor retarder manufacturer. 3.6.5 Seal joints caused by pipes, conduits, electrical boxes, and similar items penetrating vapor retarders with vapor -retarder tape to create an airtight seal between penetrating objects and vapor retarder. 3.6.6 Repair any tears or punctures in vapor retarders immediately before concealment by other work. . Cover with vapor -retarder tape or another layer of vapor retarder. 3.7. Protecti on 3.7.1 General: Protect installed insulation and vapor retarders from damage due to Sverdrup S VERDR UP FACILITIES, INC FLORIDA CORPORATE LICENSE #AA C001291 5750 Major Boulevard, Suite 500, Orlando, FL 32819 (407)903-5001 Fax (407)903-5150 ARCHITECT OF RECORD NAME: FLOYD WILSON McCOLLUM, JR., AIA REGISTRATION: FLORIDA REG. #AR0016162 DA TE 02128101 Revision: Date: 0 V -C ob- CA WA=*# a) %� W 0 �� . � - 14-- I I �Jll_ <11 I . N\ \N 1Z � - �� . . I I . �.() I � . I By, Description: ?� ` _D D Eilc - %� a) 0= D V) C�4 (=) 00 Cy') - �_ CY) 00 00 0- _J `c Ll-'r- 0 XC6LU LU _c6 07-000 0 � - ;;- C-0 LL(D<- � LL - U)-Jlq- 0 LJJ LLJ C7) LU C) "s' =0 I— < Lu C/)-J= 0:�_ D<Lur,_�o 0[---C:)= 0_:-_-i �� a- 11�_ G) X LU QM _J O<OLU 0 LL. Co �-- Key Pion: Scales: 4= 1�_ C*1 1i Ir- Nt LO M CW) ULI W 0 W < > < 0 W 0 < =) Ot ULJ -1 =) 0 _J LL_ - a) U) C51 3,0 M CV) UJ U - M _J _1 _J _J -1 > UJ Z W 0 3: < CD C� C-.4 W >- X: a. �__ 0 U) �_ Cw) I*-- LU N Sverdrup Project No.: 22196390 Drawing Title: SPECIFICATIONS Date: 03/12/99 Designed By: RBJ Drawing No., Drawn BT RM PM4 Checked By': FWM �_ harmful weather exposures, physical abuse, and other causes. Provide temporary coverings or enclosures where insulation is subject to abuse and cannot be concealed and protected by permanent construction immediately after installation. End of Section 07210 Section 07270 Firestopping 1. General 1. 1. Section Includes 1.1.1 Fireproof firestopping materials and accessories. 1.2. Related Sections 1.2.1 Section 07251 - Sprayed on Fireproofing: Spray applied fireproofing. 1.1 References 1.1 1 ASTM E84 - Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Mated al s. 1.3.2 ASTM El 19 - Method for Fire Tests of Building Construction and Materials- 1.3.3 ASTM E814 - Test Method of Fire Tests of Through Penetration Firestops. 1.3.4 FM (Factory Mutual) - Fire Hazard Classifications. 1.3.5 UL - Fire Hazard Classifications. 1.3.6 UL 263 - Fire Tests of Building Construction and Materials. 1.3.7 UL 723 - Test for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials. 1 1.3.8 UL 1479 - Fire Tests of Through -P enetrati on Firestops. 1.3.9 WE (Warnock Hersey) - Certification Listings. 1.4. Definition 1.4.1 Firestopping: A sealing material or assembly placed in spaces between building mated als to arrest the movement of smoke, heat, gases, and fire through wall or floor openings. 1.5. System Description 1.5.1 Firestopping Materials: ASTM El 19, ASTM E814 and UL 1479 to achieve a fire rating the same as the system being presented. 1.5.2 Surface Burning: ASTM E84 with a flame spread / smoke developed rating of 25/ 450. 1.5.3 Firestop all interruptions to fire rated assemblies, materials, and components. 1.6. Submittals for Review 1.6.1 Section 0 1 340 - Shop Drawings, Samples and Product Data: Procedures for Submittals. 1.6.2 Product Data: Provide data on product characteristics, performance and limitation crited a. 1.6.3 Manufacturer's Installation Instructions� Indicate preparation and installation instructions. 1.7. 1.7 Submittals for Information 1.7.1 Section 0 1 340 -Shop Drawings, Samples, and Product Dat& Procedures for Submittal. 1.7.2 Manufacturer's Certificate� Certify that products meet or exceed specified requirements, 1.8. Qualifications 1.8.1 Applicator� Company specializing in performing the work of this Section with minimum five years experience. 1.9. Regulatory Requirements 1.9.1 Conform to applicable code and FM, UL orWH for fire resistance ratings and surface burning characteristics. 1.9.2 Provide certificate of compliance from authority having j urisdi ction indicating approval of materials used. 1.10. Environmental Requirements 1.10.1 Do not apply materials when temperature of substrate material and ambient air is below 60 degrees F. 1. 10.2 Maintain this minimum temperature before, during, and for 3 days after installation of materials. 1.10.3 Provide ventilation in areas to receive solvent cured materials. 2. Products 2A. Silicone Elastomeric Compound 2.1.1 Manufacturers: 2.1.1.1 Latex Sealant: (Type FS-1) Frye -Shield, Tremco, Inc. Fire Dam 150, 3M Fire Protection Products 2.1.1.2 Inturnescent Latex Sealant: (Type FS-2) Metacaulk 950, the RectorSeal Corporation Fire Barrier CP 25WB Caulk, 3M Fire Protection Products TremStop WBM, Tremco Inc. 2.1.1.3 Inturnescent Wrap Strips: (Type FS-3) NletaWrap, The RectoSeal Corp. Fire Barrier FS-I 95 Wrap/Strip, 3M Fire Protection Products. TremStop WS, Tremco, Inc, 2.1.1.4 Silicone Sealants: (Type FS-4) Metacaulk 835, The RectorSeal Corporation. Metacaulk 880, The RectorSeal Corporation. Fyre-Sil, Tremco Inc, Fyre-Sil SIL, Tremco Inc. 2.1.1.5 Pillows/Bags: (Type FS-5) M835, The RectoSeal Corp. TremStop PS, Tremco Inc. 2.1.1.6 Substitution: Refer to Section 01630 - Substitutions and Product Options. 2.2. Accessories 2,2.1 Primer: Type recommended by firestopping manufacturer for specific substrate surfaces. 2.2.2 Dam Material, (permanent): 2.2.2.1 Mineral fiberboard. 2.2.2.2 Mineral fiber matting. 2.2.3 Installation Accessories: Clips, collars, fasteners, temporary stops or dams, and other devices required to position and retain materials in place. 3. Execution 31. Examination 3.1.1 Verify openings are ready to receive the work of this Section. 3.2. Preparation 3.2.1 Clean substrate surfaces of dirt, dust, grease, oil, loose material, or other matter which may affect bond of firestopping material. 3.2.2 Remove incompatible materials which may affect bond. 3.2.3 Install damming materials to arrest liquid material leakage. 3.3. Application 3.3.1 Install material at walls or partition openings which contain penetrating sleeves, piping, ductwork, conduit and other items, requiring firestopping- 3.3.2 Apply primer and materials in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 3.33 Apply firestopping material in sufficient thickness to achieve rating of system being penetrated, to uniform density and texture. 3.3.4 Place foamed material in layers to ensure homogenous density, filling cavities and spaces, Place sealant to completely seal junctions with adjacent dissimilar materials. 3.3.5 Dam material to remain. 3.4. Field Quality Control 3.4.1 Inspecting agency employed and paid by Publix will examine completed Z:1 firestopping to determine, in general, if it is being installed in compliance with requirements. 3.4.2 Inspecting agency will report observations promptly and in writing to Contractor and Universal. 3.4.3 Do not proceed to enclose firestopping with other construction until reports of examinations are issued. 3-4.4 Where deficiencies are found, repair or replace firestopping so that it complies with requirements. 3.5. Cleaning 3.5.1 Clean adjacent surfaces of firestopping materials. 3.6. Protection of Finished Work 3.6.1 Protect adjacent surfaces from damage by material installation. End of Section 07270 Section 07500 Roof, Flashing and Sheet Metal 1. General 1-1� Scope: This Section includes all Interior Decorative Metal Roofing, Built -Up -Roof and related Sheet Metal Work, e.g. overflow scuppers, gutter, downspouts, gravel stop, parapet coping cap and counter flashing, and all penetration seals are by the Roofer with the following exceptions: 1.1.1 All air conditioning and ventilation ducts, hood and duct covers will be by others� flashing and penetration waterproofing by Roofer, 1.1.2 All openings for penetrations through roof membrane, insulation, and deck assembly are by the Roofer. 1. 133 All curbs for HVAC equipment, fans, vents, and fresh air intakes will be furnished by Publix and installed by the Roofer 1.1.4 Lead flashing for all roof drains and vents shall be supplied by the Plumber and installed by the Roofer. Cooperate with all trades. 1.1.5 Equipment Houses located on the roof. All curbs and structural connections will be provided and set with the houses. Houses will be equipped with receivers for roofing work. Provide flashing and other measures to render the installations watertight. 1. 1.6 Furnish and install all penetration seals (pitch pockets). 1.1.7 All roof flashing/counter flashing to adjacent roof/wall surfaces. 1 1 System Description: 1.2.1 Wind Resistance. 1.2.1.1 Comply with the requirements of the Authority Having Jurisdiction. 1.2.1.2 Publix's Minimum Requirement: Factory Mutual "Class 1-90" wind resistance. 1.2.1.3 Roofs located in the following Florida counties (Factory Mutual guideline) shall comply with "Class 1-1 20" St. Lucie, Indian River,Martin, Palm Beach, Broward, Dade(except for I certain locations in South Dade), Collier, Lee,Hendry, Glades, Highlands, 1.2.1.4 Roofs located in the following Florida counties (Factory Mutual guideline) shall comply with "Class 1-135" Certain locations in South Dade, all of Monroe. 1.2.2 Fire Performance: 1.2.2.1 Minimum Requirement: Underwriters Laboratories "Class C". 1.2.2.2 For stores located in a Fire District or South Florida Building Code jurisdictions, Underwriters Laboratories "Class A". 1.2.3 Materials used shall be listed in the latest edition of the Factory Mutual Approval Guide. Categories are: Membrane Materials Insulation Insulation Fasteners Stress Plates Steel Deck Other materials where applicable 1.3. Submittals: 1.3.1 Letters Of Intent (LOI'S)� A letter of intent will be provided for this Section. This is to indicate Installer's understanding of the specified roofing systems, and the qualifications required of the Roofer. 1.3.2 Product Data, Built -Up Roofing System: Submit six copies of Manufacturers product specifications, installation instructions and general recommendations for each principal roofing system product required. 1.3.3 Materials on Site- Provide documents stating that materials comply with requirements, including certificates and delivery logs for bulk materials, and record on field testing for softening point, flash point, evt, and other quality control testing as required. 1.3.4 Shop Drawings: General Contractor to submit shop drawings for materials/detailed methods of all roof flashing/counter flashing to adjacent roof/wall surfaces. 14. Quality Assurance 1.4.1 Installer (Roofer): 1.4.1.1 A single Installer (Roofer) shall perform the work of this Section, the extent of which is described above. Roofer shall be a Firm specializing in Built -Up Roofing System work for at least 5 years, and be capable of showing successful installations similar to the work required for this project. 1.4.1,2 The Installer shall be one who is approved by the roofing material Manufacturer as an Installer qualified to perform work eligible for Manufacturer's Twenty Year No Dollar Limit Warranty. 1.4.2 Manufacturers: 1 1.4,2.1 Provide primary products, including each type of Roofing Sheet (Felt), Bitumen, Insulation, and Vapor Flow Retarder (if any) produced or privately labeled by the same single Manufacturer. 1.4.2.2 Provide secondary products which are acceptable to Manufacturer of I primary products. 1.4.3 Warranty� 1.4.3.1 All work shall be accomplished in a manner to be eligible for Manufacturer's Twenty Year No -Dollar -Limit Warranty coverage. 1.4.3.2 While Manufacturer's Twenty Year No Dollar Limit Warranty is not usually required, it may be for some projects. Publix will arrange to obtain and pay for this Warranty if needed. 1 5. Product Handling 1.5.1 General: Handle and store roofing system products in a manner which will ensure no possibility of significant moisture pick-up. Store in a dry, well ventilated, water- proof place. Do not leave unprotected materials on roof overnight. Store rolls of felt and other sheet goods on end. 1.5,2 When materials are stored outside, they shall be placed on platforms that are raised off the ground or roof deck, and they shall be covered with waterproof coverings. Coverings that are "breathable" (such as canvas) are preferred. 1.5.3 Roofing materials shall be delivered to the Job Site just prior to roof installation when possible or stored in closed vans. 1.5A Roofing bitumen may be stored unprotected on the ground. However, moisture and dirt shall be removed from roofing bitumen before heating. 1.5.5 Roof Loading: Do not store materials on roof decks, nor position roofing installation equipment on roof decks, in concentrations exceeding design live loading. 1 6. Job Conditions: 1.6.1 Pre -Roofing Conference: 1.6.1.1 Prior to installation of Roofing System meet at Project Site with Installer (Roofer), installers of substrate construction (decks)and other work adjoining roof system including penetrating work and roof -top units and representatives of other trades directly concerned with performance of roofing system, including Publix Representative, 1.6.1.2 Review requirements (Contract Documents), Submittals, status of coordinating work, availability of materials and installation facilities, proposed installation schedule, requirements for inspections and testing or certifications, proposed installation procedures. record discussion including agreement or disagreement on matters of significance. 1.6.1.3 Discuss roofing system protection requirements for construction period extending beyond roofing installation. 1.6.1.4 Furnish minutes of meeting to each participant. 1.6.2 Weather Conditions: Proceed with roofing system installation only when existing and forecast weather conditions are favorable and will allow work to proceed in accordance with requirements and recommendations of manufacturers of primary roofing system materials. 1.7. Testing By Publix Representative 1.7.1 Prior to Substantial Completion, the Publix Consultant will conduct testing to determine watertightness of all roofing assemblies. If, in the opinion of the Consultant, the moisture content of an assembly is too high, the Contractor shall remove and replace all affected materials, and take all steps necessary to make the assembly watertight. 1.7.2 Test when ambient humidity is less than 90%. Assembly shall contain less than 8% moisture by weight. 2. Products 2.1. Roof Insulation: Roof insulation may vary according to fire protection requirements of the store location. Refer to code analysis on Drawing AOO I to determine requirements for this store. 2.2. Install roof insulation which provides a minimum assembly (including air films) R-value of 19 and provides a minimum of I" Perlite immediately beneath the BUR. Minimum acceptable assembly is: Roof Deck 2.3" Polyisocyanurate Foam Bd. (R= 15.9) V Perlite Bd. (R� 2.78) BUR. 2-3 Roof insulation shall be as follows. 2.3-1 All work is to be completed in strict accordance with insulation Manufacturer's recommendations. Provide factory- fabricated tapered Perlite board to create crickets as indicated on roof plan. 2.3.2 Polyisocyanurate Foam Bear& U.S. Intec USiso 2.3.3 Perlite Board (4x4): U.S. Intec USI Board 2.3.4 Insulation Fasteners, U.S. Intec Drill-Tec CDP Hex Head Alloy Steel Screws, #14, with 3" Diameter Metal Stress Plates. Provide length as required to penetrate the lower flute of the metal deck regardless of insulation/deck assembly to be fastened. 2.4. Built -Up Roof Membrane materials 2.4.1 Roof membrane (over steel deck): The following are the approved roofing membranes - 3 Ply, Type VI (ASTM D-2178) felts, white/light gray mineral - surfaced Polyesther reinforced SBS modified bitumen Cap Sheet fully mopped with I steep asphalt. U.S. Intec Spec #190 - 4UP - RI or, for locations requiring a fire rated cap sheet, # 1 90 FR - 4UP - RI. 2A.2 There are no exceptions or substitutions for approved membrane or specifications, unless prior written approval is issued by Publix' Architect. 2.4.3 Bitumen- Steep asphalt complying with ASTM D-312-78, Type IV: U.S. manufacture, 2.4.4 Roofing Cement� Asphaltic cement, comply with ASTM D-4586 Type H 2.4.5 Base Flashing (Granular -Surfaced Modified Bitumen): Specified Cap Sheet 2.4.6 Asphaltic Concrete Primer� Comply with ASTM D-41-78 2.4.7 Preformed Edge Strips: Rigid asphalt impregnated organic fiber insulation, molded to form 3 1/2" x 3 1/2" x 45 cant strips and tapered edge strips as shown to receive roofing ply -sheet courses and lift edges above main roofing surface. 2.4.8 Lead Flashing: 2 1/2 lb. to 4 lb. sheet of common pig lead. 1 2.4.9 Sealants: One part gun grade urethane sealant, ASTM C920, Type S, Grade NS, Class 25, Use A: Bostik "Chem -Calk" 900 Pecora "Dynatrol I" Sonnebom NP-I 2.5. Sheet Metal 2.5.1 In general, all sheet metal items shall be fabricated from stainless steel, Use prefinished sheet metal only where required to match other work in the Center. 2.5.1.1 At coastal regions use stainless steel or galvalume. 2.5.2 Stainless Steel 2.5.2.1 Fabricate from stainless steel sheet comforming to ASTM A167, Type 302 or 304; annealed, 1/16 hard, or 1/8 hard. 2.5.2.2 Use gauge indicated below or as permitted by SMACNA gauge recommendations. 2.5.2.3 Finish� No. 2D dull cold rolled finish. 2.5.3 Aluminum 2.5.3.1 Fabricate from aluminum sheet conforming to ASTM B209, Type 302 or 304� annealed, 1/16 hard, or 1/8 hard. 2.5.3.2 Use gauge indicated below or as permitted by SMACNA gauge recommendations. 2.5.3.3 Finish: No. 2D dull cold rolled finish. 2.5.4 Pre -Finished Sheet Metal. 2.5.4.1 Finish� Kynar 500 paint system equal to Glidden Nubelar, top side dry film thickness of 0.70 to 0.90 mil over 0.25 to 0.31 mil prime coat, bottom side primer dry film thickness of 0.25 mil. 2.5.4.2 Prefinished panels shall be warranted by Manufacturer for 20 years against ultraviolet deterioration, excessive color change, and chalking. 2.5.4.3 Color- Match metal roofing color. Where no metal roofing systems are required, color selected by Architect from Manufacturer's standard colors. 2.5�5 Sheet Metal Accessory Materials: 2.5.5.1 Where available, use pre -assembled, pre -flashed accessories for all roof penetrations, gravel stops, gutters, and support assemblies. 2.5.5.2 Acceptable manufacturer: Amweld Division of U.S. Intec. 2.5.6 Zinc -Coated Steel: ASTM.-A-526 with 0.20% copper, G-90 hot dip galvanized, mill phosphatized where indicated for painting: 0,03 59" thick (20 gauge) except as other -wise indicated. 2.5.7 Solder for Sheet Metal: Except as otherwise indicated or recommended by metal Manufacturer, provide -50/50 tin/lead type (ASTM-B32) for tinning and soldering joints. 2.5.8 Fasteners: Same metal as flashing/sheet metal or other non -corrosive metal as recommended by Manufacturer. 2.5.9 Mlinimum sheet thickness unless otherwise indicated: Guttering and Downspouts 20 Ga. Gutter Support Hangers 10 Ga. Gutter Space Brackets 14 Ga. Gravel Stop 24 Ga. Counter Flashing 24 Ga. Parapet Copings 24 Ga. Other Sheet metal items: Comply with SMACNA recommendations. 2.6. Fabrication of Sheet Metal Accessories: 2.6.0.1 SMACNA and NRCA Details: Conform work with details shown and with "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual" by SMACNA. Comply with installation details of "Roofing and Waterproofing Manual" by NRCA. 2.6.0.2 Prefabricated units as indicated or provide standard manufactured units complying with requirements� fabricate from sheet metal indicated. 2.6.0.3 Provide 4" wide flanges for setting on built-up roofing membrane with concealment by composition stripping. 2.6.0.4 Guttering and downspouts on exterior sized as shown on drawings. Support gutters at maximum 36" o.c. and downspouts at five (5) feet on center. All joints shall be riveted and soldered. No caulking permitted, 2.6.0.5 Penetration seals for refrigeration penetrations per detail. Verify pipe sizes prior to fabrication. Penetration seals for electrical penetrations shall have conduit soldered to base of pan. Use water -tight couplings. 2.7. Roof Hatch: Provide Bilco #S-20 roof hatch with exterior handle removed & hasp and staple on inside. 2.8. Roof curbs and equipment supports to be fabricated by roof equipment manufacturer/ supplier. 2.8.1 General: Comply with loading and strength requirements as indicated where units support other work. Coordinate dimensions with rough -in information or shop drawings of equipment to be supported. 2.8.1.1 Fabricate of structural -quality, hot -dip galvanized or galvalume sheet steel, factory -primed and prepared for painting with welded or sealed mechanical cornerjoints. 2.8.1.2 Provide complete with cant strips and base profile corordinated with roof instulation thickness. Provide preservative -treated wood trailers at tops of curbs, coordinate with thickness of insulation and roof flashing as indicated, tapered as necessary to compensate for roof deck slopes of 1/4 inch per foot (1:48) and less. 2.8.1.3 Unless otherwise indicated or required for strength, fabricate units of minimum 0.0747-inch (1.9-mm) thick metal, and to minimum height of 12 inches (300 mm). 2.8.1.4 Sloping Roofs� Where slope of roof deck esceeds 1/4 inch per foot (1:48), fabricate curb/support units with height tapered to match slope to level tops of units. 2.9. Installation 2.9.1 General: comply with manufacturer's instructions and recommendations. Coordinate with installation of roof deck and other substrates to receive accessory units, vapor barriers, roof insulation, roofing and flashing, as required, to ensure that each element of the Work performs properly and that combined elements are waterproof and weathertight. Anchor units securely to supoorting structural substrates, adequate to withstand lateral and thermal stresses, as well as inward and outward loading pressures. 2.9.1.1 Except as otherswise indicated, install roof accessory items according to construction details of NRCA "Roofing and Waterproofing Manual" and SMACNA. 2.9.2 lsolafion� Where metal surfaces or units are to be installed in contact with incompatible metal or corrosive substrates, including wood, apply bituminous coating on concealed metal surfaces, or provide other permanent separation. 2.9.3 Flange Seals: Unless toherwise indicated, set flanges of accesory units in a thick bed or roofing cement to form a seal. 19.4 Cap Flashing� Where cap flashing is required as component of accessory, install to provide adequate waterproof overlap with roofing or roof flashing (as I counterflashing). Seal with thick bead of mastic sealant, except where overlap is indicated to be left open for ventilation. 2.9.5 Operational Units: Test operate units with operable components. Clean and lubricate joints and hardware. Adjust for proper operation. 2.9.6 Cleaning and protection 2.9.7 Clean exposed metal and plastic surfaces according to manufacturer's instrucitons. 2.10. Corrugated "Galvalume" siding Metal Building Components, Inc. Plant City, Florida 33565 2. 1 0.1 Product Name: Galvalume Sheet Steel Manufactuf er: Bethlehem Steel Corporation Bethlehem, Pennsylvania 18016-7699 Phone: (610) 694-2424 2.10.2 Coating:ASTM Designation - AZ60 Triple Spot - .60 average minimum oz./sq. ft. Surface Finish - regular spangle Panel IProfiIe - "DPBD" 3. Execution 3.1. Inspection of Substrate: 3.1.1 Examine substrate surfaces to receive built-up roofing system and associated work and conditions under which roofing will be installed. Do not proceed with roofing until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in a manner acceptable to Roofer. 3.1.2 Verify that flatness and fastening of metal roof decks comply with the following: 3.1.2.1 Deck fastening in strict adherence to fastening patterns indicated in the Contract Documents. 3.1.2.2 Top Flanges: No concavity or convexity in excess of 1/16" across any 3 adjacent flanges. 3.1.2.3 Side Laps: Properly nested and mechanically fastened. 3.1.2.4 End Laps: Minimum 2" laps located over and fastened to supports. 3.2. General Installation Requirements: 3 3.2.1 Sequencing of work: 3.2.1.1 Install insulation layers when steel deck installation has progressed to a pointwhich will allow uninterrupted roofing operations. 3.1 1.2 Dry -in the building with ply -sheet assembly using temporary water cut- offs as necessary. Provide temporary details at curbs, in -place penetrations, parapets, roof edges, and other locations where water intrusion may be expected. 3.2.1.3 Install all sheet metal edge trim, flashings, copings, etc. before installation of cap sheet. 3.2.1.4 Repair damage to in -place ply -sheet assembly as necessary as soon after installation of sheet metal work as possible. Clean thoroughly. Notify manufacturer for pre -cap sheet inspection. 3.2.1.5 Install cap sheet over repaired ply -sheet assembly as soon as possible. 3.2.1.6 Apply cap sheet only over dry ply -sheet only. Use torches or other means of assuring totally dry surface at time of application. 3.2.1.7 Maximum elapsed time of bare ply -sheet assembly exposure allowed is 30 days. 3.2.2 Cooperate with inspection and test agencies engaged or required to perform services in connection with built-up roofing system installation. 3.2.3 Protect other work from spillage of built-up roofing materials, and prevent liquid materials from entering or clogging drains and conductors. Replace/restore other work damaged by installation of built-up roofing system work. 3.2.4 Insurance/Code Compliance: 3.2.4.1 Install built-up roofing system for (and test where required to show) compliance with governing regulations and with the requirements of Part I of this Section. 3.2.4.2 Provide all connectors, fasteners, anchor straps, and other items required to conform to insurance requirements of wind -load zone where project is located. 3.2.4.3 Secure curbs and other owner supplied items which penetrate the roof membrane to the structure to resist forces required of the rest of the system. 3.2.5 Coordinate the installation of insulation, roofing sheets, flashings, stripping, coatings and surfacing, so that insulation and felts are not exposed to precipitation nor exposed overnight. 3.2.6 Provide cut-offs at end of each day's work, to cover exposed felts and insulation with a course of coated felt with joints and edges sealed with roofing cement. Remove cut-offs immediately before resuming work. 3.2.7 Asphalt Bitumen Heating: Heat and apply bitumen in accordance with Equiviscous Temperature Method ("EVT Method") as recommended by NRCA. Do not raise temperature above minimum normal fluid -holding temperature necessary to attain EVT (+25 f or +14 c, at point of application) more than one hour prior to time of application. Discard bitumen which has been held at temperature exceeding Finished Blowing Temperature (FBT) for a period exceeding 3 hours. Deter -mine flash point, finished blowing temperature and EVT of bitumen, either by information from bitumen producer or by suitable tests, and determine maximum fire -safe handling temperature and do not exceed that temperature in heating bitumen ' but in no case heat bitumen to a temperature higher than 25 f (14 c) below flash point. 3.2.8 Bitumen Mopping Weights� For interply mopping, and for other moppings except as other -wise indicated, apply bitumen at an average rate of not less than 20 lbs. (+25% on a total job average basis) per roof square. 3.2.9 Glaze Coav Over ply -sheet assembly, apply glaze coat at a rate of 10-12 lbs. per roof square. 3.2.10 Substrate Joint Penetrations: Do not allow bitumen to penetrate substrate joints and enter building or damage insulation. 3.2.11 At end of each days roofing installation, protect exposed edge of incomplete work, including ply sheets and insulation. 3.3. Insulation Installation: 3.3.1 General: Comply with insulation manufacturers' instructions and recommendations for the handling, installation, and bonding to substrate of insulation. 3.3.2 Do not apply hot materials to, or rest hot containers on insulation at temperatures above those recommended by insulation manufacturers. 3.3.3 Cut to fit tightly and nearly around all obstructions and roof penetrations. 3.3.4 Lay no more insulation in one day than can be covered with roofing that same day. 3.3.5 Use tapered insulation to provide crickets on the up -roof side of all curbs over 2'-O" wide. 33.6 FM 1-90 Assemblies: The foam insulation panels shall be mechanically attached to metal deck, through the gypsum board( if present), with Factory Mutual and U1. approved fasteners, with its joints staggered. Subsequent layer(s) shall be fully set, with theirjoints staggered, in hot asphalt at a nominal rate of no less than 30 lbs. per I 00 sq ft. unless governing codes or regulations require total mechanical attachment. Attachment shall be in accordance with UL., FM., and manufacturers recommendations. 3.3.7 FM 1-120 and higher Assemblies The foam insulation panels and the subsequent layer(s) shall be mechanically attached to metal deck, through the gypsum board (if present), with specified fasteners. Apply all layers with joints staggered over layer below. Attachment shall be in accordance with UL., FXL, and manufacturers recommendations. 3.4. Roof Membrane Installation: 3.4.1 Shingling of Plies: Except as otherwise indicated, install membrane with ply sheets shingled uniformly to achieve required number of plies of membrane throughout. Shingle in proper direction to shed water on each area of roofing. 3.4,2 Broom in each ply as directed by manufacturer. Use broom approved by manufacturer, 3.4.3 Cant Strips/Tapered Edge Strips: Except as otherwise shown, install preformed 45 deg. insulation cant strips at junctures of BUR membrane with vertical surface. Provide preformed tapered edge strips at areas shown on drawings as needed to divert water. 3.4.4 Inter -Ply Sheets: Provide the number and type(s) of ply sheets (felts) indicated, lapped (shingled) amount as required to form a continuous, uniform membrane with bitumen moppings between sheets so that ply sheet does not touch ply sheet. Extend built-up roofing membrane to 2" (nominal) above top edge of cant strip and terminate. 3-4.5 All edge metal shall be installed before installation of Cap Sheet. Backwater laps are not allowed. 3.4.6 Install cap sheet in strict compliance with manufacturer's instructions. 3.4.7 Provide additional layer of cap sheet at doors of mechanical equipment rooms and at roof hatches. 3.4.8 Provide 2-ply base flashing at gravel stops, roof drains, metal flanges, cant strips, equipment curbs, and other sloping and vertical surfaces. Provide first ply of asphalt -impregnated glass fabric base sheet, and top ply of granular -surfaced modified bitumen, each set in a continuous coating of hot asphalt, and extended onto deck 4" and 6", respectively. Nail or provide other forms of mechanical anchorage of base flashing to vertical surfaces, as recommended by Manufacturer of primary roofing materials, max. 8" O.c. 3.4.9 At all locations where "bleed -out" of asphalt is present, apply mineral granules which match the granules of the cap sheet to achieve 100% hiding of the asphalt. Apply granules while asphalt is warm enough to allow solid imbedment. 3.4.10 Allow for expansion of running metal flashing and edge trim which adjoins roofing. 3.4.11 Counter Flashings: Counter flashings, cap flashings, expansion joints and similar work shall be coordinated with built-up roofing work. 3.4.12 Seams: Rivet and solder all joints in gutters. Other joints shall be formed for back splice plates as required. Seal with urethane sealant. 3.5. Roof Accessofies� Miscellaneous sheet metal accessory items, and major items of roof accessories (if any) shall be coordinated with other work. 3.6. Protection of Roofing: 3.6.1 Upon completion of roofing work (including associated work) Installer shall advise Contractor of recommended procedures for surveillance and protection of roofing during remainder of construction period. 3.62 Installer shall repair or replace (as required) deteriorated or defective work found at time of Final Inspection. Installer shall be engaged by Contractor to repair damages to roofing which occurred subsequent to roofing installation and prior to Final Inspection. Repair or replace the roofing and associated work to a condition free of damage and deterioration at time of Substantial Completion. 3.7. Cleaning: 3.7.1 Remove bituminous markings from finished surfaces in areas where finished surfaces are soiled by bitumen or any other source of soiling caused by work of this Section. Consult Manufacturer for recommended cleaning methods and materials and conform to their advice. 3.7.2 Remove finished materials which cannot successfully be cleaned, and replace with new materials at no expense to owner. End of Section 07500 Section 07612 Standing Seam Metal Roofing & Exterior Metal Wall Panels 1. General 1. 1. Section Includes� 1.1.1 Metal Roofing Systems, indicated on the Drawings. 1. 1.2 Associated Flashings 1.1.3 Underlayment 1.2. Related Sections: 1.2.1 Section 05500 - Metal Fabrication For structural frame to receive standing seam roof at roof hatches Type 2. 1.3. References: 1.3.1 ASTM B209 - Standard Specification for Aluminum and Alloy Sheet and Plate. 1.3.2 ASTM E283 - Test Method for Rate of Air Leakage Through Exterior Windows, Curtain Walls and Doors, 1.3.3 ASTNI D4214 - Method for Evaluating Degree of Chalking of Exterior Paints. 1.3.4 SMACNA (Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors National Association) - Architectural Sheet Metal Manual, 1.3.5 FM - Roof Assembly Classification. 1.4. System Performance Requirements: 1.4.1 Provide certified test results by a recognized testing laboratory or agency in accordance with specified test methods for each system. 1.4.2 Air Infiltration: When tested in accordance with ASTM E283, provide roof panel system with maximum 0.005 cfirr per sq. ft. air leakage at pressure differentials up to 1.57 psf or maximum 0.01 cfiri/sq. ft. with 6.24 psf air pressure differential when in accordance with ASTM E283. 1.4.3 Water Penetration: Provide panel systems with no water penetration as defined in the test method when tested in accordance with ASTM E331 at an inward static air pressure differential of not less than 6.24 psf and not more than 12.0 psf or provide panel system with no uncontrolled water penetration, other than condensation when exposed to dynamic rain and 70 mph wind velocities for not less than five minutes duration, when tested in accordance with AAMA 50 1. 1. 1.4.4 Submit technical data sufficient to demonstrate compliance with specified requirements. Note in particular the requirement for FM Class 1-90 and 1-120 (see Section 07500 for clarification of locations which require FM 1-120) wind uplift resistance for attachment to metal deck, rather than standard attachment to purlins or j oi sts. 1.4.5 Submit certified mill reports indicating that metal used conforms to specified gauge, coating type(s) and thickness(s), and treatment. 1.4.6 All finish metal roofing materials to be galvalume or stainless steel for coastal regions. 1.5. Submittals for Review: 1.5.1 Section 01340 - Shop Drawings, Samples and Product Data: Procedures for Submittals. 1.5.2 ShopDrawings: Indicate material profile, jointing pattern, jointing details, fastening methods, flashings, terminations, weather proofing and installation details. 1.5.3 Product Data: Provide data on metal types, finishes and characteristics. 1.5.4 Submit four samples 15 x 24 inch in size illustrating metal roofing illustrating typical seam material and finish. 1.5.5 Submit four samples minimum 4 x 6 inch in size illustrating metal finish color. 1.6, Quality Assurance� 1.6.1 Installer Qualifications: Company specializing in sheet metal roof installations with minimum five years documented experience, 1.7. Pre -In stall ati on Meeting� 1.7.1 Section 01210 -Project Meetings: Pre -installation meeting. 1.7.2 Convene one week before starting work of this Section. 1.8. Delivery, Storage, and Protection: 1.8.1 Section 0 1 640 -Product Handling and Protection � Transport, handle, store and protect. 1.8.2 Stack material to prevent twisting, bending, or abrasion, and to provide ventilation. Slope metal sheets to ensure drainage. 1.8.3 Prevent contact with materials which may cause discoloration or staining. 1.9. Warranty: 1.9.1 Section 01750 - Warranties and Certificates. 1.9.2 Correct defective work within a two year period after Final Payment. Defective work includes degradation of metal finish, failure of watertightness and integrity of seals. 1.9.3 Finish Warranty: Furnish panel manufacturer's written warranty covering failure of the factory -applied exterior finish on metal panels within the warranty period. This warranty shall be in addition to and not a limitation of other rights the Owner may have against the Contractor under the Contract Documents. 1.9.3.1 Warranty period for factory -applied exterior finishes on panels is 20 years after the date of Final Payment. 2. Products 2.1. Acceptable Systems� Alumax 16" Stand-N-Seam Galvalume; Berridge Cee-Lock� O'Brien Arch/Tec Metal Seam; Steelox CF; Ultraseam Us-A2 16" Galvalume ' Others upon prior written approval by Architect. 2. 1.1 Corrugated Metal Siding Panel: Berridge B-6 Panel� BHP Steel Building Products - HR-36 Panels, Centria-TR4-36. 2.2. Sheet Materials� 2.2.1 AluminumSheet: ASTM B209,3003 or 3105 alloy, H-14 temper; 0.032 inch thick� mill finish; plain smooth finish. 2.2.2 Standing seam roof system, concealed fastener clips, sidelaps mechanically seamed with continuous sealant, two-inch high standing seam, seams 16" on center, panel length as required for full run of roof (max. req'd 30 ft.). 2.3. Panels 2.3.1 Panels shall be 24-gauge Bethlehem Galvalume or Armco Aluminized Type 2 Steel. 2.12 Standing Seam Panels Manufacturer's standard factory-frinned standing -seam panel system designed for mechanical attachment of panels using a concealed clip. form panels from aluminum sheet, 18 inches wide. 2.3.2.1 Clips: Provide panel clips designed to meet negative load requirements. 2.4. Accessories: 2.4.1 Provide components required for a complete roof panel system, including trim, ridge closures, clips, flashings, sealants, gaskets, fillers, closure strips, and similar items. Match materials and finishes of panels. 2.4.1.1 Closure Strips� Closed -cell, self -extinguishing, expanded cellular rubber or cross -linked polyolefin foam flexible closure strips. Cut or premold to match configuration of panels. Provide closure strips where indicated or necessary to ensure weatherlight construction. 2.4.1.2 Sealing Tape: Pressure -sensitive 100 percent solids polyisobutylene compound sealing tape with release paper backing. Provide permanently elastic, nonsag, nontoxic, nonstaining type. 2.4.1.3 Joint Sealant: One -part elastomeric polyurethane, polysulfide, or silicone rubber sealant as recommended by the building panel manufacturer. 2AAA Fastener: Series 300 stainless steel screws, No. 14 diameter self -tapping type. 2.4.2 Fasteners: Same material and finish as roofing metal. 2.4.3 Miscellaneous Pre -Finished Sheet Metal: Pre -finished sheet metal for coping, fascia, flashing, counterflashing, closures, gutters, downspouts, and other locations exposed to view shall be furnished by the preformed metal roof panel manufacturer, 24 ga. minimum. 2.4.3.1 Upper Fascia and Gutter, Lower Fascia and Gutter, and Copings: As specified per drawings. 2.5. Interior Decorative Roofs: I" standing seam w/snap-on seam cover, prefinished (color as indicated on drawings or selected by Architect), Berridge Tee-Panbel, O'Brien Arch/Tee or approved equal 12 3/4" panels. Color Coating: Fluoropon of other Fluoropolyrner Coating as approved by the Architect. Color: Sherwin Williams HSWI741 "Zuni Turquoise" (verify with Architect). 2.6. This requirement for gypsum board over the deck applies only in jurisdictions using the South Florida Building Code. 2.7. Panel Fabrication: 2.7.1 Fabricate and finish panels and accessories at the factory to greatest extent possible, by manufacturer's standard procedures and processes, as required to fulfill indicated performance requirements demonstrated by laboratory testing. Comply with indicated profiles and dimensional requirements and with structural requirements. 2.7.2 Fabricate panel joints with captive gaskets or separator strips, which provide a tight seal and prevent metal -to- metal contact in a manner that will minimize noise from movements within panel system. 2.8. Fabrication- 2.8.1 Form sections true to shape, accurate in size, square, and free from distortion and defects. 2.8.2 Fabricate cleats of same material as sheet, interlockable with sheet. 2.8.3 Form pieces in single length sheets, 2.9. Factory Finishing: 2.9.1 Apply coatings either before or after forming and fabricating panels, as required by coating process and as required for maximum coating performance capability. Protect coating either by application of strippable film or by packing plastic film or other suitable material between panels in a manner to properly protect the finish. Furnish air -drying spray finish in matching color for touch-up. 2.9.1.1 Provide fluoropolymer coating on face of panels and trim member. Backside to be furnished. 2.9.2 Fluoropolymer Coating: Manufacturer's standard two -coat, thermo-cured, full- strength 70 percent "Kynar 500" or "Hylar 5000" coating consisting of a primer and a minimum 0.75 mil dry film thickness with a total minimum dry film thickness of 0.9 mil and 30 percent reflective gloss when tested in accordance with ASTM D523. 2.9.2.1 Durability: Provide coating that has been field tested under normal range of weathering conditions for minimum of 20 years without significant peel, blister, flake, chip, crack, or check in finish, without chalking in excess of No. 8 in accordance with ASTMI D4214; and without fading in excess of 5 NBS units. 2.9.2.2 Color: Color selected from manufacturer's standard color selection, 2.9.3 Panels shall be prefinished with Kynar 500 Paint System equal to Glidden Nubelar, top side dry film thickness of 0.70 to 0.90 mil over 0.25 to 0.31 mil prime coat, bottom side primer dry film thickness of 0.25 mil. Prefinished panels shall be warranted by Manufacturer for 20 years against ultraviolet deterioration, excessive color change, and chalking. Colors as per color elevations. 3. Execution 3.1. Examinatiom 3.1.1 Inspect roof deck to verify deck is clean and smooth, free of depressions, waves and projections. 3.1.2 Verify roof openings, curbs, pipes, sleeves, ducts, or vents through roof are solidly set, reglets are in place, and nailing strips located. 3.1.3 Verify roofing termination and base flashings are in place, sealed, and secure. ' 3.2. Installation - Roofing: 3.2.1 Comply with manufacturer's instructions and recommendations for installation, as applicable to project conditions and supporting substrates. Anchor panels and other components of the work securely in place, with provisions for thermal and structural movement. 3.2.1.1 Field cutting of exterior panels by torch is not permitted. 3.2.1.2 Install panels with concealed fasteners. 3.2.2 Acccssories� Install components required for a complete panel system, including trim, ridge closures, clips, seam covers, flashings, sealants, gaskets. 3.2.3 Joint Sealers: Install gaskets, joint fillers, and sealants where indicated and where required for weatherproof performance of panel systems. Provide types of gaskets, sealants, and fillers recommended by panel manufacturer. 3.2.3.1 Provide weatherseal under ridge cap. Flash and seal roof panels at eave and rake with rubber, neoprene, or other closures to exclude weather. 3.2.4 Standing Seam Roof Panel System: Fasten panels to supports with concealed clip in manufacturer's instructions. 3.2.4.1 Install clips with self-drilling/self-tapping fasteners. Provide clip spacing to conform to FM 1 120 requirements. 3.2.4.2 At end laps of panels, install tape caulk between panels. 3.2.4.3 Install factory -caulked cleats at standing -seam joints. 3.2.4.4 Seaming: Complete seaming of panel joints by operation of portable power -driven equipment of type recommended by panel manufacturer to provide a weathertight joint. 3.2.5 Installation Tolerances: Shim and align panel units within installed tolerance of 1/4 inch in 20 feet on level/plumb/slope and location/line as indicated and within 1/8 inch offset of adjoining faces and of alignment of matching profiles. 3.3 � Cleaning and Protection: 33.1 Damaged Umts� Replace panels and other components of the work that have been damaged or have deteriorated beyond successful repair by means of finish touch-up or similar minor repair procedures. 3.3.2 Cleaning: Remove temporary protective coverings and strippable films (if any) as soon as each panel is installed. Upon completion of panel installation, clean finished surfaces as recommended by panel manufacturer, and maintain in a clean condition during construction. End of Section 07612 Section 07620 Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim 1. General 1. 1. Scope: This Section includes sheet metal flashing and trim in the following categories: 1.1.1 Exposed trim 1.1.2 Copings 1.1.3 Metal flashing 1.1.4 Reglets 1.2. Performance Requirements 1.2.1 General: Install sheet metal flashing and trim to withstand wind loads, structural movement, thermally induced movement, and exposure to weather without failing. 1.2.2 Fabricate and install flashings at roof edges to comply with recommendations of FM Loss Prevention Data Sheet 1-120 for the following wind zone; and "Class 1-90" wind resistance. 1.2.3 All sheet metal flashing and trim to be stainless steel or galvalume for coastal regions. 1.3. Submittals 1.3.1 General: Submit each item in this Article according to the Conditions of the Contract and Division I Specification Sections. 1.3.2 Product Data including manufacturer's material and finish data, installation instructions, and general recommendations for each specified flashing material and fabricated product, 1.3.3 Shop Drawings of each item specified showing layout, profiles, methods of joining, flashing and anchorage details. 1.3.4 Samples of sheet metal flashing, trim, and accessory items, in the specified finish. Where finish involves custom color and texture variations, include Sample sets composed of 2 or more units showing the full range of variations expected. 1.3.4.1 12-inch- (300-mm-) long Samples of factory -fab d care d products exposed as finished Work. Provide complete with specified factory finish. 1.3.5 Qualification data for firms and persons specified in the "Quality Assurance" Article to demonstrate their capabilities and experience. Include lists of completed projects with project names and addresses, names and addresses of architects and owners, and other information specified. 1.4. Quality Assurance 1.4.1 Installer Qualifications: Engage an experience Installer who has completed sheet metal flashing and trim work similar in material, design, and extent to that indicated for this Project and with a record of successful in-service performance. 1.4.2 Mockups� Prior to installing sheet metal flashing and trim, construct mockups indicated to verify selections made under Sample submittals and to demonstrate aesthetic effects as well as qualities of materials and execution. Build mockups to comply with the following requirements, using materials indicated for final unit of Work. 1.4.2.1 Locate mockups on -site in the location and of the size indicated or, if not indicated, as directed by Architect. 1.4.2.2 Notify Architect one week in advance of the dates and times when mockups will be constructed. 1.4.2.3 Demonstrate the proposed range of aesthetic effects and workmanship. 1.4.14 Construct mock-ups for the following type of sheet metal flashing and trim 1.4.2.4.1 Exposed trim 1.4.2.5 Obtain Architect's approval of mockups before start of final unit of Work. 1.4.2.6 Retain and maintain mockups during construction in an undisturbed condition as a standard forjudging the completed Work. 1.4.2.6.1 When directed, demolish and remove mockups from Project site. 1.4.2.6.2 Approved mockups in an undisturbed conditi on at the time of Substantial Completion may become part of the completed Work. 1.5. Project Conditions 1.5.1 Coordinate Work of this Section with interfacing and adjoining Work for proper sequencing of each installation. Ensure best possible weather resistance, durability of Work, and protection of materials and finishes. 2. Products 2.1. Metals 2.1.1 Aluminum: Alloy and temper recommended by aluminum producer and finisher for type of use and finish indicated and with not less than the strength and durability of alloy and temper designated below: 2.1.2 Extruded Aluminum: ASTM B 221 (ASTM B 221M), alloy 6063-T52, /ASTM B209-alloy 3003-HI4 sheet metal, with a minimum thickness of 0.080 inch (2.0 mm) for primary legs of extrusions that are anodized, unless otherwise indicated. 2.1.3 Galvanized Steel Sheet: ASTM A 526, G 90 (ASTM A 526M, Z 275), commercial quality, or ASIM A 527, G 90 (ASTM A 527M, Z 275), lock-fortning quality, hot -dip galvanized steel sheet with 0.20 percent copper, mill phosphatized where indicated for painting; not less than 0.0396 inch (1.0 mm) thick, unless otherwise indicated. 2.1.4 Stainless Steel 2.1.4.1 Fabricate from stainless steel sheet comforming to ASTM A666, Type 3 02 or 3 04, anneal ed, I/ 1 6 hard, or I /8 hard, 2.1.4.2 Use guage indicated below or as permitted by SMACNA gauge recommendations. 2.1.4.3 Finish: No. 2D dull cold rolled finish. 2.2. RegI ets 2.2.1 General: Units of type, material, and profile indicated, formed to provide secure interlocking of separate reglet and counterflashing pieces and compatible with flashing indicated. 2.2.2 Stucco Type: Provide with upturned fastening flange and extension leg of length to match thickness of applied finish materials. 2.2.3 Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: Fry Reglet Corporation Hickman: W.P. Hickman Co. Keystone Flashing Company 2.2.4 At coastal regions use vinyl, refer to section 09220. 2.3. Miscellaneous Materials And Accessories 2.3.1 Fasteners: Same metal as sheet metal flashing or other noncorrosive metal as recommended by sheet metal manufacturer. Match finish of exposed heads with material being fastened. 2.3.2 Asphalt Mastic: SSPC-Paint 12, solvent -type asphalt mastic, nominally free of sulfur and containing no asbestos fibers, compounded for 15-mil (0.4-mm) dry film thickness per coat. 2.3.3 Mastic Sealant� Poly i sobutyl ene, nonhardening, nonskinning, nondrying, nonmigrating sealant, 2.3.4 Elastomeric Sealant: Generic type recommended by sheet metal manufacturer and fabricator of components being sealed and complying with requirements forjoint sealants as specified in Division 7 Section "Joint Sealants." 2.3.5 Epoxy Seam Scaler: 2-part, noncorrosive, aluminum seam -cementing compound, recommended by aluminum manufacturer for exterior and interior nonmoving joints, including riveted joints. 2.3.6 Adhesives: Type recommended by flashing sheet metal manufacturer for waterproof and weather- resistant seaming and adhesive application of flashing sheet metal. 2.3.7 Polyethylene Underlayment: ASTM D 4397, minimum 6-mil- (0. 15-mm-) thick black polyethylene film, resistant to decay when tested according to ASTM E 154- 2.3.8 Metal Accessories� Provide sheet metal clips, straps, anchoring devices, and similar accessory units as required for installation of Work, matching or compatible with material being installed; noncorrosive; size and thickness required for performance. 1 2.4. Fabrication, General 2.4.1 Sheet Metal Fabrication Standard: Fabricate sheet metal flashing and trim to comply with recommendations of SMACNA's "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual" that apply to the design, dimensions, metal, and other characteristics of the item indicated. 2.4.2 Comply with details shown to fabricate sheet metal flashing and trim that fit substrates and result in waterproof and weather -resistant performance once installed. Verify shapes and dimensions of surfaces to be covered before fabricating sheet metal. 2.4.3 Form exposed sheet metal Work that is without excessive oil canning, buckling, and too] marks and that is true to line and levels indicated, with exposed edges folded back to form hems. 2.4.4 Seams: Fabricate nonmoving seams in sheet metal with flat -lock seams. Tin edges to be seamed, form seams, and solder. 2.4.5 Expansion Provisions: Space movementjoints at maximum of 10 feet (3 in) with no joints allowed within 24 inches (610 mm) of corner or intersection. Where lapped or bayonet -type expansion provisions in Work cannot be used or would not be sufficiently weatherproof and waterproof, form expansion joints of intermeshing hooked flanges, not less than I inch (25 mm) deep, filled with mastic sealant (concealed within joints), 2.4.6 Sealed Joints: Form nonexpansion, but movable, joints in metal to accommodate elastomeric sealant to comply with SMACNA standards. 2.4.7 Separate metal from noncompatible metal or corrosive substrates by coating concealed surfaces at locations of contact with asphalt mastic or other permanent separation as recommended by manufacturer. 2.4.8 Conceal fasteners and ex . . . ,parision provisions where possible. Exposed fasteners are not allowed on faces of sheet metal exposed to public view. 2.4.9 Fabricate cleats and attachment devices from same material as sheet metal component being anchored or from compatible, noncorrosive metal recommended by sheet metal manufacturer. . 2.4.9.1 Size� As recommended by SMACNA manual or sheet metal manufacturer for application but never less than thickness of metal being secured. 2.5 � Sheet Metal Fabrications 2.5.1 General� Fabricate sheet metal items in thickness or weight needed to comply with performance requirements but not less than that listed below for each application and metal. 2.5.2 Exposed Trim: Fabricate from the following material: Aluminum: 0.050 inch (1.2 mm) thick. 2.5.3 Drip Edges: Fabricate from the following material: Aluminum: 0.0320 inch (0.8 mm) thick. 2.5.4 Equipment Support Flashing: Fabricate from the following material: StainlessSteel: 0.0187 inch (0.5 mm) thick. 2.6. Aluminum Extrusion Fabrications 2-6.1 Aluminum Extrusion Units Fabricate extruded -aluminum running units with formed or extruded- aluminum joint covers for installation behind main members where possible, Fabricate mitered and welded corner units. 2.7. Aluminum Finishes 2.7.1 General: Comply with Aluminum Association's (AA) "Designation System for Aluminum Finishes" for finish designations and application recommendations. 2.7.2 High -Performance Organic Coating Finish: AA-Cl2C42RIx (Chemical Finish - cleaned with inhibited chemicals, Chemical Finish: acid chromate -fluoride -phosphate conversion coating; Organic Coating: as specified below). Prepare, pretreat, and apply coating to exposed metal surfaces to comply with coating and resin manufacturer's instructions. 2.7.2.1 Fluoropolymer 2-Coat Coating System: Manufacturer's standard 2-coat, thermocured system composed of specially formulated inhibitive primer and fluoropolymer color topcoat containing not less than 70 percent polyvinylidene fluoride resin by weight; complying with AAMA 605.2. 3. Execution 3.1. Examination 3.1.1 Examine substrates and conditions under which sheet metal flashing and trim are to be installed and verify that Work may properly commence. Do not proceed with installation until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2. Installation I 1 3.2.1 General � Unless otherwise indicated, install sheet metal flashing and trim to comply with performance requirements, manufacturer's installation instructions, and SMACNA's "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual. " Anchor units of Work securely in place by methods indicated, providing for thermal expansion of metal units, conceal fasteners where possible, and set units true to line and level as indicated. Install Work with laps, joints, and seams that will be permanently watertight and weatherproof 3.2.2 Install exposed sheet metal Work that is without excessive oil canning, buckling, and tool marks and that is true to line and levels indicated, with exposed edges folded back to form hems. Install sheet metal flashing and trim to fit substrates and to result in waterproof and weather -resistant performance. Verify shapes and dimensions of surfaces to be covered before fabricating sheet metal. 3.2.3 Roof -Edge Flashings: Secure metal flashings at roof edges according to FM Loss Prevention Data Sheet 1-49 for specified wind zone. 3.2.4 Expansion Provisions- Provide for thermal expansion of exposed sheet metal Work. Space movement joints at maximum of 10 feet (3 in) with no joints allowed within 24 inches (610 mm) of comer or intersection. Where lapped or bayonet -type expansion provisions in Work cannot be used or would not be sufficiently weatherproof and waterproof, form expansion joints of intermeshing hooked flanges, not less than I inch (25 mm) deep, filled with mastic sealant (concealed within joints). 3.2.5 Soldered Joints: Clean surfaces to be soldered, removing oils and foreign matter. Pretin edges of sheets to be soldered to a width of 1-1/2 inches (38 mm), except where pretinned surface would show in finished Work. 3.2.5.1 Do not solder the following metals: Aluminum 3.2.5.2 Do not use torches for soldering. Heat surfaces to receive solder and flow solder into joint. Fill joint completely. Completely remove flux and spatter from exposed surfaces. Sverdrup S VERDR UP FACILITIES, INC FLORIDA CORPORATE LICENSE #AA C001291 5750 Major Boulevard, Suite 500, Orlando, FL 32819 (407)903-5001 Fax (407)903-5150 ARCHITECT OF RECORD NAME: FLOYD WILSON MCCOLLUM, JR., AIA REGISTRATION: FLORIDA REG. #AR0016162 DA TE., 02128101 Revision: Dote: 0 V C 0 � ob, W a) %� By: Description: L, , * _D Z) MIC - %� (D 0= D C14 V) (=) 00 .,Cy) F_ m 00 co "_ - _J "' _LU ,qr.- Co r.-I LL_ . X LU - -00 0=000 = CO - LL (D < ;Z- � LL - C0 _J NT 0 LU LU CY) LLJ 0 �� =0 �__ < LU < U) -J 2: LU r,_�o DC),, 0 �-- C:) = a_ _:1 �1- a- a 0� 3 x LU _J O<OLU 0 LL Co F --- Key Plan: Scales: __ A : n_ 1 R441 Ul) C*1) M a < W a LU W < > W 0 < =) LU _J _j LL_ Ot =) - C/) 0 W (D M 3:: M _J Zi cv) U LU - > _J _J < M: W LU W C) M 3:: 0 CZ) >- M: p- I Cn 0 �_ C'4 M I.- LU N Sverdrup Project No.: 22196390 Drawing Title: SPECIFICATIONS Date: 03/12/99 Designed BY: RBJ Drawing No.: Drawn By.- RM PM5 Checked BlY: FWM 3.2.6 Sealed Joints: Form nonexpansion, but movable, joints in metal to accommodate elastomeric sealant to comply with SMACNA standards. Fill joint with sealant and form metal to completely conceal sealant. 3.2.6.1 Usejoint adhesive for nonmoving joints specified not to be soldered. 3.2.7 Seams: Fabricate nonmoving seams in sheet metal with flat -lock seams. tin edges to be seamed, form seams and solder. 3.2.8 Seams: Fabricate nonmoving seams in aluminum with flat -lock seams. Form seams and seal with epoxy scam scaler. Rivetjoints for additional strength. 12.9 Separations: Separate metal from noncompatible metal or corrosive substrates by coating concealed surfaces, at locations of contact, with asphalt mastic or other permanent separation as recommended by manufacturer. 3.2.9.1 Underlayment: Where installing stainless steel or aluminum directly on cementitious or wood substrates, install a slip sheet of red -rosin paper and a course of polyethylene underlayment. 3.2.9.2 Bed flanges of Work in a thick coat of roofing cement where required for waterproof performance. 3.2. 1 0 Equipment Support Flashing: Coordinate equipment support flashing installation with roofing and equipment installation. Weld or seal flashing to equipment support member. 3.2.11 Roof -Penetration Flashing: Coordinate roof -penetration flashing installation with roofing and installation of items penetrating roof Install flashing as follows 3.2,11.1 Turn lead flashing down inside vent piping, being careful not to block vent piping with flashing. ' .3.2.11.2 Seal and clamp flashing to pipes penetrating roof, other than lead flashing on vent piping. 3.3. Cleaning And Protection 3.3.1 Clean exposed metal surfaces, removing substances that might cause corrosion of metal or deterioration of finishes. 3.3-2 Provide final protection and maintain conditions that ensure sheet metal flashing and � trim Work during construction is without damage or deterioration other than natural weathering at the time of Substantial Completion. End of Section 07620 Section 07720 11 Roof Accessories 1. General 1. 1. Summary 1. 1. I This Section includes prefabricated curb and equipment support units. 1.2. Submittals 1.2.1 General: Submit the following according to Conditions of Contract and Division I Specification Sections, 1.2.2 Product data for each type of product specified. Submit manufacturer's detailed technical product data, installation instructions and recommendations, including details of construction relative to materials, dimensions of individual components, profiles, and finishes. 1.2.3 Shop drawings showing fabrication and installation of each roof accessory specified including fully dimensioned plans, elevations, sections, details of components, and attachments to other units of Work. Also show layout, anchorage details, rough -in requirements, and conditions on the roof or for other accessories. 1.2.4 Samples for initial selection purposes in the form of manufacturer's color charts showing full range of colors, textures, shapes, and sizes available for each type of roof accessory indicated. 1.2.5 Samples for verification purposes in full-size units or representative section of each I ed. type of roof accessory indicated for each color, texture, shape, and sizes specif 1.2.6 Coordination Drawings: Submit coordination drawings for items interfacing with or supporting mechanical or electrical equipment, ductwork, piping, or conduit. Indicate dimensions and locations of items provided under this Section, together with relationships and methods of attachment to adjacent construction and to mechanical or electrical items. 1.3. Quality Assurance 1.3.1 Heat -and -Smoke Vent Compliance: Provide units that have been tested, listed, or approved as follows: 1.3.1.1 Con structi on/Operati on: UL-listed. 1.3.1.2 Construction/Operation: FM -approved. 1.3.1.3 Fire Resistance of Lids: UL Class A rating- 1.3.2 Standards: Comply with the following: 1.3.2.1 SMACNA "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual" details for fabrication of units, including flanges and cap -flashing to coordinate with type of roofing indicated. 1.3.2.2 NRCA "Roofing and Waterproofing Manual" details for installation of units. 1.3.2.3 NFPA 204M for smoke -and -heat vent design constraints, operation, and location. I 2. Products 2.1. Manufacturers 2.1.1 Manufactured and prefabricated by equipment supplier. 2.2. Materials, General 2.1 1 Aluminum Sheets: ASTM B 209 (ASTM B 209M) for Alclad alloy 3005H25 or alloy and temper required to suit forming operations with mill finish, unless indicated otherwise. 2.2.2 Extruded Aluminum: ASTM B 221 (ASTM B 221M) alloy 6063-T52 or alloy and temper required to suit structural and finish requirements. Mill finish, unless indicated otherwise. 2.2-3 Structural -Quality Galvanized Steel Sheet ASTM A 446 (ASTM A 446M) with G90 (Z275) coating complying with ASTM A 525 (ASTM A 525M), Grade C, or to suit manufacturer's standards. 2.2.4 Commercial -Quality Galvanized Steel Sheet: ASTM A 526 (ASTM A 526M) with G90 (Z275) coating complying with ASTM A 525 (ASTM A 525M). 2.2.5 Stainless Steel - Use at coastal regions 2.2.5.1 Fabricate from stainless steel sheet conforming to ASTM A666, Type 302 or 304, annealed, 1/16 hard, or 1/8 hard. 2.2.5.2 Use guage indicated below or as permitted by SMACNA gauge " recommendations. 2.2.5.3 Finish: No. 2D dull cold rolled finish. 2.2.6 Insulation: Manufacturer's standard rigid or semirigid glass -fiber board or thickness indicated. 2.2.7 Wood Nailers� Softwood lumber, pressure treated with water -borne preservatives for above -ground use, compying with AWPA C2; note less than 1-1/2 inch (38 mm) thick. 2.2.8 Fasteners� Same metal as metals being fastened, or nonmagnetic stainless steel or other noncorrosive metal as recomended by manufacturer, Match finish of exposed fasteners with finish of material being fastened. 2.2.8.1 Where removal of exterior exposed fasateners affords access to building, provide nonremovable fastener heads. 2.2.9 Gaskets: Manufacturer's standard tubular or fingered design of neoprene or 0 polyvinyl chloride, or block design of sprige neoprene. 2.2,10 Bituminous Coating: SSPC-Paint 12, solvent -type bituminous mastic, nomically free of sulfur and containing no asbesto fibers, compounded for 15-mil (0.4 mm) dry film thickness per coating. 12.11 Mastic Sealant: Polyisobutylene- nonhardening, nonskinning, nondrying, I nonmigrating sealantn. 2.2.12 Elastomeric Sealant: Generic type recommended by unit manufacturer that is compatible with joint surfaces; ASTM C 920, Type S, Grade NS, Class 25, and Uses NT, G, and A. 2.2.13 Roofing Cementi ASTM D 4586, nonasbestos, fibrated asphalt cement designed for trowel appliation or other adhesive compatible with roofing system. 2.3. Finishes � 2.3.1 General: Comply with NAAMM "Metal Finishes Manual" for recommendations on applying and designating finishes. � 2.3.2 Finish designations prefixed by AA conform to the system for designating aluminum finishes established by the Aluminum Association. 2.3.3 Class 1, Clear -Anodized Finish� AA-C22A41 (Chemical Finish: etched, medium matte; Anodic Coating� Class I Architectural, clear film thicker than 0.7 mil (0.02 mm)) complying with AAMA 607. 1. 3. Execution 3.1. Installation 3.1.1 General: Comply with manufacturer's instructions and recommendations. Coordinate with installation of roof deck and other substrates to receive accessory units, vapor barriers, roof insulation, roofing and flashing, as required, to ensure that each element of the Work performs properly and that combined elements are waterproof and weathertight. Anchor units securely to supporting structural substrates, adequate to withstand lateral and thermal stresses, as well as inward and outward loading pressures. 3.1.1.1 Except as otherwise indicated, install roof accessory items according to construction details of NRCA "Roofing and Waterproofing Manual." 3.1.2 Isolation- Where metal surfaces of units are to be installed in contact with incompatible metal or corrosive substrates, including wood, apply bituminous coating on concealed metal surfaces, or Provide other permanent separation. 3. 1 3 Flange Seals: Unless otherwise indicated, set flanges of accessory units in a thick bed of roofing cement to form a seal. 3.1.4 Cap Flashing: Where cap flashing is required as component of accessory, install to provide adequate waterproof overlap with roofing or roof flashing (as counterflashing). Seal with thick bead of mastic sealant, except where overlap is indicated to be left open for ventilation. 3.1.5 Operational Units� Test operate units with operable components. Clean and lubricate joints and hardware. Adjust for proper operation. 3.2. Cleaning And Protection 3.2.1 Clean exposed metal and plastic surfaces according to manufacturer's instructions. Touch up damaged metal coatings. End of Section 07720 Section 07901 Joint Sealants 1. General 1. 1. Related Documents� Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division I Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2. Summary: This Section includes joint sealants for the following locations 1.2.1 Exteriorjoints in vertical surfaces and nontraffic horizontal surfaces as indicated below� 1.2.1.1 Control and expansion joints in unit masonry. 1.2.1.2 Joints between different materials listed above. 1.2.1.3 Perimeterjoints between materials listed above and frames of doors and windows. 1.2.1.4 Control and expansion joints in ceiling and overhead surfaces. 1.2.1.5 Otherjoints as indicated, in Section 07241. 1.2-2 Exteriorjoints in horizontal traffic surfaces as indicated below: 1.2.2.1 Control, expansion, and isolation joints in cast -in -place concrete slabs. 1.2.2.2 Tile control and expansion joints. 1.2.2.3 Joints between different materials listed above. 1.2.2.4 Otherjoints as indicated. 1.2.3 Interior joints in vertical surfaces and horizontal nontraffic surfaces as indicated below 1.2.3.1 Control and expansion joints on exposed interior surfaces of exterior walls. 1.2.3.2 Perimeterjoints of exterior openings where indicated. 1.2.3.3 Joints between tops of non -load -bearing unit masonry walls and underside of floor structure above. 1,2.3.4 Tile control and expansion joints. 1.2.3.5 Vertical control joints on exposed surfaces of interior unit masonry and concrete walls and partitions. 1.2.3.6 Perimeterjoints between interior wall surfaces and frames of interior doors and windows. 1.2.3.7 Perimeterjoints of toilet fixtures. 1.2.3.8 Otherjoints as indicated, 1.2.4 Interiorjoints in horizontal traffic surfaces as indicated below: � 1.2.4.1 Control and expansion joints in cast -in -place concrete slabs. 1.2.4.2 Control and expansion joints in terrazzo flooring. 1.2.43 Control and expansion joints in tile flooring. 1.2.4.4 Control joints between new concrete slabs and existing floor substrate. I � 2.4.5 Control and expansion joints in Silikal flooring. 1.3. System Performance Requirements 1.3.1 Provide elastomeric j oint sealants that have been produced and installed to establish and to maintain watertight and airtight continuous seals without causing staining or deterioration ofjoint substrates. 1.3.2 Providejoint sealants for interior applications that have been produced and installed to establish and maintain airtight continuous seals that are water resistant and cause no staining or deterioration of joint substrates. 1.4. Submittals 1.4.1 General: Submit the following in accordance with Conditions of Contract and Division I Specification Sections. 1.4.2 Product data from manufacturers for each joint sealant product required: Certification by joint sealant manufacturer that sealants plus the primers and cleaners required for sealant installation comply with local regulations controlling use of volatile organic compounds. 1 A.3 Samples for initial selection purposes in form of manufacturer's standard bead samples, consisting of strips of actual products showing full range of colors available, for each product exposed to view. 1.4.4 Samples for verification purposes of each type and color of joint sealant required. Install joint sealant samples in 1/2 inch (I 3 mm) wide joints formed between two 6 inch (150 min) long strips of material matching the appearance of exposed surfaces adj acent to j oint seal ants. 1.4.5 Certificates from manufacturers of joint sealants attesting that their products comply I with specification requirements and are suitable for the use indicated. 1.4.6 Qualification data complying with requirements specified in "Quality Assurance" article. Include list of completed projects with project names, addresses, names of Architects and Owners, plus other information specified. 1.4.7 Compatibility and adhesion test reports from elastomeric sealant manufacturer indicating that materials formingjoint substrates and joint sealant backings have been tested for compatibility and adhesion with joint sealants. Includesealant manufacturer's interpretation of test results relative to sealant performance and recommendations for primers and substrate preparation needed to obtain adhesion. 1.4.8 Product test reports for each type of joint sealants indicated, evidencing compliance with requirements specified. . 1.4.9 Preconstruction field test reports indicating which products and joint preparation methods demonstrate acceptable adhesion to joint substrates. 1.5. Quality Assurance 1.5.1 Installer Qualifications� Engage an experienced Installer who has completedjoint sealant applications similar in material, design, and extent to that indicated for Project that have resulted in construction with a record of successful in-service performance. 1.5.2 Testing Laboratory Qualifications: To qualify for acceptance, an independent testing laboratory must demonstrate to Architect's satisfaction, based on evaluation of laboratory -submitted criteria conforming to ASTM E 699, that it has the experience and capability to conduct satisfactorily the testing indicated without delaying progress of the Work. 1.5.3 Single Source Responsibility for Joint Sealant Materials: Obtain joint sealant materials from a single manufacturer for each different product required. 1.5.4 Preconstruction Compatibility and Adhesion Testing: Submit to joint sealant manufacturers samples of materials that will contact or affect joint sealants for compatibility and adhesion testing as indicated below: 1.5.4.1 Use test methods standard with manufacturer to determine if priming and other specific joint preparation techniques are required to obtain rapid, optimum adhesion ofjoint sealants tojoint substrates. 1.5.4.1.1 Perform tests under normal environmental conditions that will exist during actual installation. 1.5.4.1.2 Submit not less than 9 pieces of each type of material, including joint substrates, shims, joint sealant backings, secondary seals, and miscellaneous materials. 1.5.4.1.3 Schedule sufficient time for testing and analysis of results to prevent delay in the progress of the Work. 1.5.4.1.4 Investigate materials failing compatibility or adhesion tests and obtain joint sealant manufacturer's written recommendations for corrective measures, including use of specially formulated primers. 1.5.4.1.5 Testing will not be required when joint sealant manufacturer is able to submit joint preparation data required above that are acceptable to Architect and are based on previous testing of current sealant products for adhesion to, and compatibility with, joint substrates and other materials matching those submitted. 1.5.4.1.6 Testing will not be required whenjoint sealant manufacturer is able to submit joint preparation data required above that are acceptable to Architect and are based on previous testing � of current sealant products for adhesion to, and compatibility with, joint substrates and other materials matching those submitted. L& Delivery, Storage, And Handling 1.6.1 Deliver materials to Project site in original unopened containers or bundles with labels indicating manufacturer, product name and designation, color, expiration period for use, pot life, curing time, and mixing instructions for multicomponent materials. 1.6.2 Store and handle materials in compliance with manufacturer's recommendations to prevent their deterioration or damage due to moisture, high or low temperatures, contaminants, or other causes. 1.7. Project Conditions 1.7.1 Environmental Conditions: Do not proceed with installation of joint sealants under the following conditions: 1.7.1.1 When ambient and substrate temperature conditions are outside the limits permitted by joint sealant manufacturer. 1.7.1.2 When ambient and substrate temperature conditions are outside the limits permitted by joint sealant manufacturer or below 40 deg F (4 deg C). 1.7.1.3 When joint substrates are wet. 1.7.2 Joint Width Conditions: Do not proceed with installation of joint sealants where joint widths are less than allowed by joint sealant manufacturer for application indicated. 1.7.3 Joint Substrate Conditions: Do not proceed with installation of joint sealants until contaminants capable of interfering with their adhesion are removed from joint sub strates. 1.8. Sequencing And Scheduling 1.8.1 Sequence installation of joint sealants to occur not less than 21 nor more than 30 days after completion of waterproofing, unless otherwise indicated. 2. Products 2.1. General 2.1.1 Compatibility: Provide joint sealants, joint fillers, and other related materials that are compatible with one another and withjoint substrates underconditions of service and application, as demonstrated by sealant manufacturer based on testing and field experience. 2.1.2 Colors: Provide color of exposed joint sealants to comply with the following: 2.1.2.1 Provide selections made by Architect from manufacturer's full range of standard colors for products of type indicated. 2.2. Elastomeric Joint Sealants 2.2.1 Elastomeric Sealant Standard: Provide manufacturer's standard chemically curing elastomeric sealants that comply with ASTM C 920 and other requirements indicated on each Elastomeric Joint Sealant Data Sheet at end of this Section, including those requirements referencing ASTM C 920 classifications for Type, Grade, Class, and Uses. 2.2. 1 � I Additional Movement Capability: Where additional movement capability is specified in Elastomeric Joint Sealant Data sheet, provide products with the capability, when tested for adhesion and cohesion under maximum cyclic movement per ASTM C719, to withstand the specified percentage change in the joint width existing at time of installation and remain in compliance with other requirements of ASTM C 920 for Uses indicated. 2.3. Solvent -release -curing Joint Sealants 2.3.1 Acrylic Sealant: Manufacturer's standard one -part, nonsag, solvent -release -curing acrylic terpolymer sealant complying with AAMA 808.3 or ITS TT-S-00230 or both, with capability when tested for adhesion and cohesion under maximum cyclic movement per ASTM C 719, to withstand the following percentage change in joint width existing at time of application and remain adhered to joint substrates indicated for Project without failing cohesively: 2.3.1.1 12-1/2 percent movement in both extension and compression for a total of 25 percent. 2.3.2 Butyl Sealant� Manufacturer's standard one -part, nonsag, solvent -release -curing, polymerized butyl sealant complying with ASTM C 1085 and formulated with minimum of 75 percent solids to be nonstaining, paintable, and have a tack -free time of 24 hours or less. 2.3.3 Pigmented Narrow Joint Sealant: Manufacturer's standard, solvent -release -curing, pigmented synthetic rubber sealant complying with AAMA 803.3 and formulated for sealingjoints 3/16 inch (5 mm) or smaller in width. 2.3.4 Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: 2.3.4.1 Acrylic Sealant: "60+Unicrylic," Pecora Corp. "PTI 738," Protective Treatments, Inc. "PTI 767," Protective Treatments, Inc. "Mono," Tremco, Inc, 2.3.4,2 Butyl Sealant: "BC-158," Pecora Corp. "PTI 757," Protective Treatments, Inc. "Sonnebom Multi -Purpose Sealant," Sonneborn Building Products Div., ChemRex, Inc. "Tremco Butyl Sealant," Tremco, Inc. 2.3.4.3 Pigmented Narrow Joint Sealant: "PTI 200," Protective Treatments, Inc. 2.4. Latex Joint Sealants 2.4.1 General: Provide manufacturer's standard one -part, nonsag, mildew -resistant, paintable latex sealant of formulation indicated that is recommended for exposed applications on interior and protected exterior locations and that accommodates indicated percentage change in joint width existing at time of installation without failing either adhesively or cohesively. 2.4.2 Acrylic -Emulsion Sealant: Provide product complying with ASTM C 834 that accommodates joint movement of not more than 5 percent in both extension and compression for a total of 10 percent. 2.4.3 Silicone Emulsion Sealant: Provide product complying with ASTM C 834 and, except for weight loss measured per ASTM C 792, with ASTM C 920 that accommodates joint movement of not more than 25 percent in both extension and compression for a total of 50 percent. 2.4.4 Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: 2.4.4.1 Acrylic -Emulsion Sealant: "AC-20," Pecora Corp. "Sonolac," Sonneborn Building Products Div., ChemRex, Inc. "Tremco Acrylic Latex 834," Tremco, Inc. 2.4.4.2 Silicone -Emulsion Sealant: "Trade Mate Paintable Glazing Sealant," Dow Corning Corp. 2.5. Acoustical Joint Sealants 2.5.1 Acoustical Sealant: Manufacturer's standard nonsag, paintable, nonstaining latex sealant complying with ASTM C 834 and the following requirements: 2.5.1.1 Product is effective in reducing airborne sound transmission through perimeterjoints and openings in building construction as demonstrated by testing representative assemblies per ASTM E 90. 2.5.1.2 Product has flame spread and smoke developed ratings of less than 25 per ASTM E 84. 2.5.2 Acoustical Sealant for Concealed Joints: Manufacturer's standard, nondrying, nonhardening, nonskinning, nonstaining, gunnable, synthetic rubber sealant recommended for sealing interior concealed joints to reduce transmission of airborne sound. 2.5.3 Available Products i Subject to compliance with requirements, acoustical joint sealants that may be incorporated in the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 2.5.4 Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide on of the following: 2.5.4.1 Acoustical Sealant: "SHEETROCK Acoustical Sealant," United States Gypsum Co. "AC-20 FTR Acoustical and Insulation Sealant," Pecora Corp. 2.5.4.2 Acoustical Sealant for Concealed Joints: "BA-98," Pecora Corp. "Tremco Acoustical Sealant," Tremeo, Inc. 2.6. Joint Sealant Backing 2.6.1 General: Provide sealant backings of material and type that are nonstaining, are compatible withjoint substrates, sealants, primers and otherjoint fillers ' and are approved for applications indicated by sealant manufacturer based on field experience and laboratory testing. 2.6.2 Plastic Foam Joint Fillers: Preformed, compressible, resilient, nonstaining, nonwaxing, nonextruding strips of flexible plastic foam of material indicated below and of size, shape, and density to control sealant depth and otherwise contribute to producing optimum sealant performance- 2.6.2,1 Proprietary, reticulated, closed -cell polymeric foam, nonoutgassing, with a density of 2.5 pef (40 kg/cu. in) and tensile strength of 35 psi (240 kPa) per ASTM D 1623, and with water absorption less than 0.02 g/cc per ASTM C 1083. 2.6.3 Elastomeric Tubing Joint Fillers: Neoprene, butyl, EPDM, or silicone tubing complying with ASTM D 1056, nonabsorbent to water and gas, capable of remaining resilient at temperatures down to -26 deg F (-32 deg C). Provide products with low compression set and of size and shape to provide a secondary seal, to control sealant depth, and other -wise contribute to optimum sealant performance. 2.6.4 Bond -Breaker Tape: Polyethylene tape or other plastic tape as recommended by sealant manufacturer for preventing sealant from adhering to rigid, inflexiblejoint filler materials orjoint surfaces at back ofjoint where such adhesion would result in sealant failure. Provide self-adhesive tape where applicable. 2.7. Miscellaneous Materials 2.7.1 Primer: Material recommended by joint sealant manufacturer where required for adhesion of sealant to joint substrates indicated, as determined from preconstruction joint seal ant -sub strate tests and field tests. 2.7.2 Cleaners for Nonporous Surfaces: Chemical cleaners acceptable to manufacturers of sealants and sealant backing materials, free of oily residues or other substances capable of staining or harming in any way joint substrates and adjacent nonporous surfaces, and formulated to promote optimum adhesion of sealants with joint sub strates. 2.7.3 Masking Tape: Nonstaining, Donabsorbent material compatible with joint sealants and surfaces adjacent to joints. 3. Execution 3.1. Examination Examine joints indicated to receive joint sealants, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements forjoint configuration, installation tolerances, and other conditions affectingjoint sealant perfori-nance. Do not proceed with installation ofjoint sealants until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2. Preparation 3.2.1 Surface Cleaning of Joints: Clean out joints immediately before installing joint sealants to comply with recommendations of joint sealant manufacturer and the following requirements- 3.2.1.1 Remove all foreign material from joint substrates that could interfere with adhesion of j oint sealant, including dust, paints (except for permanent, protective coatings tested and approved for sealant adhesion and compatibility by sealant manufacturer), old joint sealants, oil, grease, waterproofing, water repellents, water, surface dirt, and frost. 3.2.1.2 Clean concrete, masonry, unglazed surfaces of ceramic tile, and similar porous joint substrate surfaces by brushing, grinding, blast cleaning, mechanical abrading, or a combination of these methods to produce a clean, sound substrate capable of developing optimum bond with joint sealants. Remove loose particles remaining from above cleaning operations by vacuuming or blowing out joints with oil -free compressed air. 3.2.1.3 Remove laitance and form release agents from concrete. 3.2.1.4 Clean metal, glass, porcelain enamel, glazed surfaces of ceramic file, and other nonporous surfaces with chemical cleaners or other means that do not stain, harm substrates, or leave residues capable of interfering with adhesion ofjoint sealants. 3.2.2 Joint Priming: Prime joint substrates where indicated or where recommended by j oint sealant manufacturer based on preconstruction j oint seal ant- substrate tests or prior experience, Apply primer to comply with joint sealant manufacturer's recommendations. Confine primers to areas ofjoint sealant bond; do not allow spillage or migration onto adjoining surfaces. 3.2.3 Masking Tape: Use masking tape where required to prevent contact of sealant with adjoining surfaces that otherwise would be permanently stained or damaged by such contact or b clearring methods required to remove sealant smears. Remove tape y � immediately after tooling without disturbingjoint seal. 3 3. Installation Of Joint Sealants 3.3.1 General: Comply with joint sealant manufacturer's printed installation instructions applicable to products and applications indicated, except where more stringent requirements apply. 3.3.2 Sealant Installation Standard: Comply with recommendations of ASTM C 1193 for use of joint sealants as applicable to materials, applications, and conditions indicated. 3.3.3 Installation of Sealant Backings: Install sealant backings to comply with the following requirements: 3.3.3.1 Install joint fillers of type indicated to provide support of sealants during application and at position required to produce the cross -sectional shapes and depths of installed sealants relative tojoint widths that allow optimum sealant movement capability. 3.3.3.1.1 Do not leave gaps between ends of joint fillers. 3.3.3. 1 � 2 Do not stretch, twist, puncture, or tearjoint fillers. 3.3.3.1.3 Remove absorbent joint fillers that have become wet prior to sealant application and replace with dry material. 3.3.3.1.4 Install bond breaker tape between sealants where backer rods are not used between sealants and joint fillers or back of j oi nts. 3.3.4 Installation of Sealants: Install sealants by proven techniques that result in sealants directly contacting and fully wetting joint substrates, completely filling recesses provided for each joint configuration, and providing uniform, cross -sectional shapes and depths relative tojoint widths that allow optimum sealant movement capability. Install sealants at the same time sealant backings are installed. 3.3.5 Tooling of Nonsag Sealants: Immediately after sealant application and prior to time skinning or curing begins, tool sealants to form smooth, uniform beads of configuration indicated, to eliminate air pockets, and to ensure contact and adhesion of sealant with sides ofjoint. Remove excess sealants from surfaces adjacent to joint. Do not use tooling agents that discolor sealants or adjacent surfaces or are not approved by sealant manufacturer. 3.3.5.1 Provide concave joint configuration per Figure 5A in ASTM C 1 193, unless otherwise indicated. 3.3.5.2 Provide flushjoint configuration, per Figure 513 in ASTM C 1193, where indicated. 3.3.5.2.1 Use masking tape to protect adjacent surfaces of recessed tooled j oints. 3.3 � 5.3 Provide recessed joint configuration, per Figure 5C in ASTM C 1193, of recess depth and at locations indicated. 3.3.5.4 Installation of Preformed Foam Sealants: Install each length of sealant immediately after removing protective wrapping, taking care not to pull or stretch material, and to comply with sealant manufacturer's directions for installation methods, materials, and tools that produce seal continuity at ends, turns, and intersections ofjoints. For applications at low ambient temperatures where expansion of sealant requires acceleration to produce seal, apply heat to sealant in conformance with sealant manufacturer's recommendations. 3.4. Cleaning 3.4.1 Clean off excess sealants or sealant smears adjacent to joints as work progresses by methods and with cleaning materials approved by manufacturers of joint sealants and of products in which joints occur. 3.5. Protection 3.5.1 Protect joint sealants during and after curing period from contact with contaminating substances or from damage resulting from construction operations or other causes so that they are without deterioration or damage at time of Substantial Completion. If, despite such protection, damage or deterioration occurs, cut out and remove damaged or deteriorated joint sealants immediately so that and installations with repaired areas are indistinguishable from original work. 4. Product Data Sheet I 4.1. Elastomeric Joint Sealant 4.1.1 Elastomeric Joint Sealant Designation: ES[#]. 4.1.2 Base Polymer: Neutral -curing silicone. 4A.3 Type: S (single component). 4.1.4 Grade: NS (nonsag). 4.1.5 Class: 25. 4.1.6 Additional Movement Capability: 50 percent movement in extension and5O percent in compression for a total of I 00 percent movement. 4.1.7 Uses Related to Exposure: T (traffic) and NT (nontraffic). 4.1.8 Uses Related to Joint Substrates: [M,][G,][A,I[M, G1[M, A,][G, A,][M, G, A,] and, as applicable to joint substrates indicated, 0. 4.1.8.1 Use 0 Joint Substrates: Coated glass, color anodized aluminum, aluminum coated with a high- performance coating, galvanized steel, marble and ceramic tile End of Section 07901 Section 08100 Metal Doors and Frames 1. General 1. 1. Description of the Work� This Section covers all Steel Doors and Frames, including fabrication and erection. 1.2, Submittals: List of materials proposed for use, manufacturer's specifications, shop drawings as required to describe intended assemblies, door schedule, and other pertinent details of proposed installation. 1.3. Quality Assurance� Provide products of one manufacturer throughout the Project. Comply with ANSI/SDI 100 for manufacture and installation. Comply with NFPA 80 for manufacture and installation of fire rated assemblies. 1.4. Manufacturer's recommendations for storage, handling, and protection shall be followed exactly. Do not remove sill spreaders on welded frames until frames are installed. 2. Products 2.1. Steel Doors and Frames� 2.1.1 Typical Doors: Provide doors having 18 ga. steel face sheets for interior applications, 16 ga. galvanized for exterior applications. Use manufacturer's standard honeycomb core. Prime paint all surfaces. 2.1.2 Metal Frames� 2.1.2.1 Provide 16 ga. frames in sizes and styles shown on the drawings, all welded, galvanized for exterior applications, with a minimurn of three anchors perjamb of the type required for wall construction. Prime paint all surfaces. 2.1.2.2 Prepare frames to receive hardware as described by ANSI/SDI I 00, 1 Reinforce hinge, latch, and deadbolt locations as required. 2.1.2.3 Provide for deadbolt installation atjamb for upper leaf of dutch door at Pharmacy. 2.2. Labeled Assemblies 2.2.1 Fire Doors: Comply with requirements above. Additionally, use tested and approved fire resistant core. Attach a permanent label showing compliance with the required label. 2.2.2 Frames: Comply with requirements above. 2.3. Accessories� Provide three silencers per door, at masonry walls, provide 26 ga. mortar boxes to protect hardware cutouts. Louvers shall be sight -proof type, 14 ga. steel, prime painted, galvanized at exterior. Glazing stops shall be 20 ga. flush type, prime painted, galvanized at exterior. 2.4. Manufacturers: Ceco Republic Steelcraft Other Manufacturer as approved by Publix Architect. 3. Execution 3.1. Frame Installation: Set frames plumb, level and true. Use wall anchors appropriate for each type of enclosing wall. 3.2. Door Installation: Hang doors to provide smooth operation with tight closure. Install glazing and silencers after doors and frames receive final paint application. 3.3. Fire Rated Assemblies: Set frames and hang doors in compliance with NFPA 80. End of Section 08100 Section 08200 Wood and Plastic Doors 1. General 1, 1. Submittals: Letter of Intent, door schedule, and other pertinent details of proposed installation 1.2- Quality Assurance� Provide products of one manufacturer throughout the project. Comply with AWI 1300 for manufacture and installation. 1.3- Manufacturer's recommendations for storage, handling, and protection shall be followed exactly. 2. Products 2.1. Wood Doors: 2.1.1 Provide Banded or Non -Banded at Manufacturer's option. 2.1.2 Particle board core� Comply with ANSI A208.ILD2. 2.1.3 Veneer (All interior wood doors) � Manufacturer's standard decorative high-pressure laminate both sides Color: Formica 1816-58 Matte Finish "Fogdust," or Wilsonart ' 10492-60 Matte Finish " Stonedust." 2.1.4 Factory prep all doors to receive hardware specified. 2.2. Accessories� 2.2.1 Louvers shall be sight -proof type fabricated from 14 ga. steel, prime painted. 2.2.2 Glazing stops and frames shall be 20 ga. steel, prime painted. 2.2.3 Provide three silencers per door. 1 2.3. Manufacturers� Eggers VT Industries Weyerhaeuser Other Manufacturer as approved by Publix Architect. 3. Execution 3.1. Door Installation: Hang doors to provide smooth operation with tight closure. Install glazing and silencers after doors and frames receive final paint application. End of Section 08200 Section 08305 Access Doors 1. General 1. 1. Summary 1.1.1 This Section includes ceiling access doors. 1-2. Submittals 1.2.1 General: Submit each item in this Article according to the Conditions of Contract and Division I Specification Sections. 1.2.2 Product data for each type of access door assembly specified, including details of construction relative to materials, individual components, profiles, finishes, and fire - protection ratings (if required). 2. Products 2.1. Manufacturers 2. 1.1 Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: JL. Industries. Karp Associates, Inc. Larsen's Manufacturing Co. Milcor, Inc. The Williams Bros. Corporation of America. 2.2. Materials 2.2.1 Steel Sheet: ASTM A 366 (ASTM A 366M) commercial -quality, cold -rolled steel sheet with baked -on, rust -inhibitive primer. 23. Access Doors 2.3.1 Flush Access Doors with Exposed Trim� Units consisting of frame with exposed trim, door, hardware, and complying with the following requirements: Frame: 0.0598 inch (1.52mm) thick steel sheet. Door: 0.0747 inch (1.90mm) thick steel sheet. Trim: Flange integral with frame, 3/4 inch (19mm) wide, overlapping surrounding finished surface. Hinge: Continuous type. Locks: Flush, screwdriver -operated cam. 3. Execution 1. 1. Preparation 3.1.1 Advise Installers of other work about specific requirements relating to access door installation, including sizes of openings to receive access door and frame, as well as locations of supports, inserts, and anchoring devices. Furnish inserts and anchoring devices for access doors that must be built into other construction. Coordinate delivery with other work to avoid delay. 3.2. Installation . 3.2.1 Comply with manufacturer's instructions for installing access doors. 3.2.2 Set frames accurately in position and attach securely to supports with plane of face panels aligned with adjacent finished surfaces. End of Section 08305 Section 08330 Overhead Coiling Grille 1. General 1. 1. Scope: Occurs in pharmacy. 2. Products 2.1. Metal Rolling Grilles 2.1.1 Operation shall be by push up. 2.1.2 Curtain shall consist of 5/16" diameter mill -finish aluminum rods, spaced 2" maximum on center for straight lattice grilles and 2" on center for brick pattern grilles, with interlocking links to form a network of vertical and horizontal lines. Links shall be 9" maximum on center. 2.1.3 Bottom Bar shall be extruded aluminum with cylinder lock operable from inside. 2.1.4 Brackets of steel plate shall support the counterbalance and the hood. Hood shall be of galvanized sheet steel. 2.1.5 Guides shall be 6063t6 extruded aluminum with curtain -retaining grooves lined with continuous silicon -treated wool pile strips. 2.1.6 Barrel shall be steel pipe, housing the counterbalance assembly, and support the curtain assembly with a maximum deflection of .03" per foot of width. 2.1.7 Finishes: Aluminum grille/bottom bar/guides shall have clear anodized coating. 2.1.8 All non -galvanized ferrous surfaces, except working parts of machinery, shall receive a factory coat of aluminum paint. 2.1.9 Grille: Model No. GNA manufactured by Overhead Door Corporation, Dallas, Texas. Model No. GSA manufactured by Raynor Garage Doors, Inc., Dixon, U.. Model No. J925 maunfactured by Metro Door Co., Hauppauge, NY. 3. Execution 3.1. Erect in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and standards by its authorized representatives. 1. General End Of Section 08330 Section 08380 Traffic Doors Not Used. 2. Products 2.1. Traffic Doorsi Durus Doors (ftimished by Publix and installed by Contractor) as manufactured by Durus Industries, Bend, Oregon, per Publix order, color: Gray. See door schedule. 3. Execution 3.1. Installation: Follow manufacturer's instructions. End of Section 08380 Section 08400 Storefronts, and Glass 1. General 1. 1. Warranties, 1.1.1 Aluminum Framing and Glass Panels: Manufacturer's standard ten year warranty against all defects. 1.2. Submittals 1.2.1 Shop Drawings: 1.2.1.1 Submit Shop Drawings in sufficient detail to show fabrication, installation, anchorage, and interface of the work of this Section with the Work adjacent. 1.2.2 Submit manufacturer's recommended installation procedures which, when approved by the Architect, will become the basis for accepting or rejecting actual installation procedures used on the work. 1.23 If requested by the Architect, submit finish sample. 2. Products � 2.1. Aluminum Framing� 2.1.1 Sizes and designs as shown on Drawings. Include all sash, comer caps, and covers, wind reinforcement, and all other components required for a secure, watertight installation. 2.1.2 Interior and Exterior finish shall be clear anodized aluminum, AA-MI2-Cl2-A3 1. 2.1.3 Approved Manufacturers: Kawneer, Vistawall, U.S. Aluminum, Amarlite, PPG, Tubelite, YKK, Others with prior approval by Architect 2.2. Manufacturer's labels, showing strength and quality, are required on all glass, and are not to be removed until inspected and approved by Publix' Representative, All glass shall conform to Fed Spec DD-6-45 IA. Tempered glass shall be so marked, permanently, in an inconspicuous location on the panel. 2.3. Interior Glazing: 2.3.1 1/4" clear tempered float glass, quality Q3, in sizes as required. 2.12 Approved Product: PPG "Herculite" 2.3.3 For 65M Prototype stores, where decorative etched pattern occurs, 1/4" float glass shall be post -tempered after sandblasting. 3. Execution 3.1. Examine the areas and conditions under which work of this Section will be performed. Correct conditions detrimental to timely and proper completion of the Work. Do not proceed until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. 32. Coordinate as required with other trades to assure proper provision in the work of those trades for interface with the work of this Section. 3.3. Make measurements as required in the field to assure proper fit, 3.4. All aluminum sash shall be cut to fit, filed and installed to provide hairline fit at joints, with smooth continuity of line and accurate relation of planes and angles. Exposed caulking shall not be used. 3.5. Prepare for, receive, and install the finish hardware furnished under Section 08710 of these Specifications. 3.6. Glazing and Setting 3.6.1 Sash shall be clean and dry before glazing. Do not glaze in damp or dusty weather or when temperature is I ower than 40 degrees Fahrenheit. 3.6.2 Coordinate with others to see that sufficient blocking is rigidly in place and that finish material will fit sill covers, jambs, etc. Install store front sash securely and neatly and caulk fully to produce watertight area. Anchor division bars to stool framing and wood ground above. 1 3.6.3 Improperly set glass or glass which does not fully meet requirements of its grade will not be accepted and must be replaced to satisfaction of Architect without cost to Owner. 3.7. Cleaning and acceptance: upon completion of project: Replace all cracked, stained or . broken glass at no cost to Owner. Remove all traces of paint and etc., and thoroughly clean all sash before final acceptance of Project. End of Section 08400 Section 08700 Hardware 1. General 1. 1. Submittals 1.1.1 Hardware Schedule: Submit a complete Schedule of hardware, using the format of this Specification, indicate type, number, location, and finish of each item. Include Manufacturer's name and model description, fastening devices, and complete keying schedule. Reference Architect's door designation. Submit six (6) copies. 1.1.2 Provide a cross-reference between door numbers and hardware headings. 1.1.3 Physical Samples: When requested submit physical samples of each item of hardware and show manufacturer's name, model and finish. 1.1.4 Templates: Furnish templates and approved schedule to each related manufacturer of equipment which require same for the fabrication of their material. 1.2. Quality Assurance 1.2.1 Provide hardware in compliance with the local building code requirements, Also comply with NFPAIOI Life Safety Code and ANSI A] 17.1 where applicable. 1.2.2 Provide hardware for fire rated openings in accordance with NFPA 80, (Fire Doors and Windows) and NFPA 105 (Smoke And Draft Control Door Assemblies). 1.2.3 Supplier shall be approved by Publix. 1.2.4 Supplier shall employ an Architectural Hardware Consultant approved by Publix. 1.3. Delivery Storage and Handling 1.3.1 Deliver hardware to Project Site in manufacturer's protective packaging, all items are to be marked to indicate door opening number, hardware schedule number or other identifying marks. 13.2 Store hardware in secure lock -up area, dry and lighted. 1.4. Warranty 1.4.1 Warrant door closers against failure due to defective materials and workmanship for a period of five (5) years beginning at date of Substantial Completion. Closers I judged defective during this period shall be replaced or repaired at no cost to the Owner. 1.4.2 Warrant exit devices against failure due to defects in material or workmanship for a period of three (3) years. 1,43 All other warranties and bonds are to be in accordance with Section 0 1700 - Contract Close -Out. 2. Products 2.1. Finish 2.1.1 Finish, unless otherwise indicated, shall be US26D (Brushed Chrome). 2.1.2 Door closers shall be spray -painted for finish to match adjacent hardware. 2.2. Cylinders� Acceptable Manufacturer: Schlage Lock Company. 2.2.1 Cylinders shall be keyed alike. No master keying or construction master keying is required. 2.2.2 Provide six keys. 2.3. Hinges 2.3.1 Acceptable Manufacturers: Stanley Mckinney Hager Double-acting spring hinges� Bommer Industries, Inc. 2.3.2 Hinges shall be the types, materials, sizes, and finishes indicated in finish hardware schedule. 2.4. Locksets, Passage Sets, Cylinders 2-4.1 Acceptable Manufacturer: Schlage Lock Co. 2.4.2 Lockset and passage set series and design shall be "D" Series (Heavy Duty), Rhodes Lever Design. 2.4.3 Cylinders shall be mortise or rim, six pin type complete with cam and/or tail piece for exit devices. 2.5. Exit Devices with Alarm Kits: 2.5.1 Acceptable Manufacturer: Von Duprin, Inc., Series 99. 2.5.2 Exit devices shall be listed by Underwriter's Laboratories, Inc. for accident hazard. Exit devices for use on fire -rated opening shall bear factory installed UL markings that indicate a three (3) hour fire rating. 2.5.3 All exit devices shall be non -handed. Touch pad shall extend a minimum of 3/4 of the door width and shall be a minimum of 2-1/16" in height. Latchbolts shall have a self-lubricating coating to reduce wear. Plated or plastic coated latchbolts are not acceptable. 2.6. Surface Mounted Door Closers 2.6.1 Acceptable Manufacturers and Products Norton: 8301BF Yale: 3301BF, 3321BF LCN: 1461 2.6.2 All surface closers shall be of one manufacturer. The closers shall be non -handed and non -sized, hydraulically controlled with full rack and pinion operation. They shall have adjustments for backcheck, general speed, and latch speed. Closers shall meet an opening force below 5 lbs. to meet barrier free requirements. 2.6.3 Provide mounting plates as required, sex nuts and bolts for application to hollow metal doors, and thin bolts for application to wood doors. 2.7. Stops, Holders, Bolts, Viewers, and Miscellaneous 2.7.1 Acceptable Manufacturers Rixson-Firemark, Inc. Glynn -Johnson Corp. H. B. Ives Co. Rockwood Qua] ity Corbin Russwin 2.7.2 Types as indicated in Hardware Schedule. 2.7.3 Flush bolts shall be I" x 6-3/4" brass, rectangular front, lengths indicated, with 3/4" throw. Furnish bottom strike and top strike plates. 2.7.4 Bolts and accessories for use on fire -rated doors shall be Underwriters' Laboratories listed. 2.8. Flat Goods 2.8.1 Acceptable Manufacturers Glynn -Johnson Corp. Rockwood H.B. Ives Co. Quality 2.9. Sweeps and Weather -Strip (All Exterior Doors). 2.9.1 Provide extra heavy duty vermin strip, 3" height, with stainless steel or aluminum receiver for neoprene sweep. 2.9.2 Acceptable Manufacturers Pemko Zero Reese National Guard 3. Execution 3.1. Preliminary 3.1.1 Store in temporary bins. Tag, index, and file all keys temporarily during construction. 3.1.2 Check all hardware upon arrival on Job Site against approved Finish Hardware Schedule. Check function of hardware for job use under site conditions and interferences. Notify Architect if discrepancies occur. 3.2. Installation 3.2.1 Install hardware on doors as listed in the door schedule. Comply with "Recommended Locations for Builders Hardware for Custom Steel Doors and Frames" as published by the Door and Hardware Institute. Application shall be by skilled workmen, who work with proper equipment, and shall be in accord with the manufacturer's instructions, fit to work of others accurately, applied securely, and adjusted properly. Hardware let into work of others shall be neatly done from template and shall fit perfectly. Exercise care not to damage work of others. 3.2.2 Install finish hardware to template. Cut and fit substrate to avoid substrate damage or weakening. Cover cut-outs with hardware item. Mortise work to correct location and size without gouging, splintering, or causing irregularities in exposed finished work. 3.2.3 Where cutting and fitting is required on substrates to be painted or similarly finished, install, fit, and adjust hardware prior to finishing, and then remove and place in original packaging. Reinstall hardware after finishing operation is completed. 3.2.4 Attach thresholds with flathead screws into embedded receivers, symmetrical with the center of door opening. On case thresholds where cast -on anchors are used, apply utilizing an epoxy grout mixture. 1 3.2.5 Attach door closers to door whether wood or metal, with sex nut and bolt assemblies. Where closers have stop function, install closer to stop the door before striking obstructions. 3.3. Cleaning and Adjusting 3.3.1 At the time of hardware installation, adjust each hardware item to perform function intended. lubricate moving parts with lubricant acceptable to hardware manufacturer to remove dust and stains. 3.12 Prior to Substantial Completion, readjust and re -lubricate hardware. Repair or replace defective materials. Clean hardware as recommended by manufacturer to remove dust and stains. 34 Fastenings 3.4.1 All exposed screws shall be phillips head, finished to match item and sized to suit job requirements. 3.4.2 Surface applied items such as closers and overhead holders shall be applied with sex nut and bolt assemblies. 3.5. Operation and Adjustment 3.5.1 Adjust all installed items for proper operation without binding or excessive play. 3.5.2 Closers and other door operating hardware shall be adjusted to comply with requirements of local codes and in accordance with performance requirements of ADA and other handicap regulations. 3.6. Completion 3.6.1 After installation, all templates, installation instructions, as-builts and other pertinent information shall placed in a properly identified binder. this binder and all special tools are to be turned over to the Owner's Representative at final acceptance of the Project. 3.6.2 After final acceptance, the hardware supplier shall instruct the Owner's designated personnel in the proper operation, adjustment and maintenance of hardware and finishes. 17. Hardware Schedule 3.7.1 Group A Exit (Panic Bar, Exit Only), with Alarm, Closer W/H.O.; Doors from Stock Rooms and Elec. Equip. Rooms to Exterior (Except labeled doors; see B-1) 3 each Hinges BB 1279 X 4.5 X 4.5 X NRP X USP I Alarmed Exit Device 99EO-F XALK-S2 X SNB X SP28 LAR I I Cylinder for Alarm (Furnished and Installed By Publix) I Closer W/Stop, H.O. CLP8301BFH, 3321BFT, or 146 1 H-CUSH X SNI3 X AL I Door Sweep I Set Weather -Strip S88D I One Way Viewer Ives #698 Wide Angle 3.7.2 Group B- I Exit Door (Panic Bar, Exit Only), with Alarm, Closer (but without H.O. because door is B-Label, 20-min., or is a direct exit from Sales Area) 3 each Hinges BB 1279 X 4.5 X 4.5 NRP X USP I Alarmed Exit Device 99EO-F X ALK-S2 X SNB X SP28 LAR I Cylinder for Alarm (Furnished and Installed by Publix) I Closer W/Stop, W/O H.O. CLP8301BF, 3321BF, or 1461-CUSH X SNB X AL I Door Sweep I Set Weather -Strip S88D I One Way Viewer Ives 4698 Wide Angle 3.7.3 Group B-2 Exit Access Door (Panic Bar), no Alarm, into Rated Corridor, W/Closer 3 each Hinges 1313 1279 X 4.5 X 4.5 X 26D I Exit Device WILever Out 99L-F X 994L X 06 X SNB X SP28 LAR I Closer 830113F, 3301BF, or 1461 X SNB X AL I Door Stop 407 1/2 B or 438B 26D as required 3.7.4 Group B-3 I reverdrup S VERDR UP FACILITIES, INC FLORIDA CORPORATE LICENSE #AA C001291 5750 Major Boulevard, Suite 500, Orlando, FL 32819 (407)903-5001 Fax (407)903-5150 ARCHITECT OF RECORD NAME: FLOYD WILSON MCCOLLUM, JR., AIA REGISTRATION: FLORIDA REG, #AR0016162 DA TE: 02128101 Reyision: Date: By: Description: 40 V .L< , _D I D C 0- * � 2i 0b. LA MLMO# (D %� a E %� (D CD [*-- M 0= NT .rL Rie D Ul) V) CN CD 00 CY) M M - 00 �-- M ,Y, 0- - V_ a W < a - XC0 _LU __J ,V-- r-1 LL_ , [_U - -co LU W < > W 0 0� C) :E 000 = C-0 LL (D < ;_2- < =) LU _J _I LL. � LL. - W _J IZI- 0 LLJ LU M Cy U) =3 0 - U) L1J C) �� - 4= 3:: M _J _3 =0 �__ < W < U) -J = M M ft UJ - _J _J M: O�� UJ r'_�o > < W D 0L:C:)= 0--i'j-p- UJ W M (9 >- M: Of 3- x LU d 3:: = C.4 (L a 0<0 _J LU �_ 0 cv) LU C) LL_ oo �-- W �_ P-_ N Key Plan: Scales: 1 Syerdrup Project No.: 22196390 Drawing Title: SPECIFICATIONS Date: 03/12/99 Designed BT RBJ Drawing No.: Drawn BT RM PM6 Checked By: FWM 'A � Doors into Rated Corridor, Electromagnetic Holdopen, Panic Bar on one side for impact resistance, Swing -Clear Hinges 3 each Hinges BB 1262 X 4.5 X 26D (Swing Clear) I Exit Device W/Lever Out 99L-F X 994LX 06 X SN_B X SP28 LAR I Closer 8301BF, 3301BF, or 1461 X SNI3 X AL I Electromagnetic Holder 997 X AL X 24 VOLT 3.7.5 Group C-1 Exit Door (Panic Bar), no Alarm, from Rated Enclosure which has no other traffic, W/Closer (occurs only in Remodels and New Stores which require an added rated Exit Corridor due to adjacent buildings) 3 each Hinges BB 1279 X 4,5 X 4.5 NRP X USP I Exit Device 99EO-F X SNB X SP28 LAR I Closer, W/Stop, W/O H.O. CLP8301BF, 332113F, or 146 1 -CUSH X SNI3 X AL I Door Sweep 57AV I Set Weather -Strip S88D 3.7.6 Group C-2 Exit Access Door (Panic Bar), with Alarm, into Rated Enclosure which has no other traffic, W/B-Label & Closer (Occurs only in Remodels and New Stores which require an added rated Exit Corridor due to adjacent buildings) 3 each Hinges BB 1279 X 4.5 X 4.5 X 26D I Exit Device W/Lever Out 99L-F X 994L X 06 X ALK-S2 X SNB X SP28 LAR I Cylinder for Alarm (Furnished & Installed by Publix) I Closer, W/O Stop, W/O H.O. 8301BF, 33011317, or 1461 X SNB; X AL I Door Stop 407 1/2 B or 438B 26D as required 3.7.7 Group D Lockset, can be disabled from inside� Offices, Bookkeeping Conference/Training Rooms, Storage Rooms: 3 each Hinges BB 1279 X 4�5 X 4.5 X 26D I Entrance Lockset D53PD X Rhodes X 626 1 Door Stop 407 1/2 B or 438B 26D as required 3.7.8 Group D-I Lockset, can be disabled from inside: Single toilets: 3 each Hinges BB 1279 X 4.5 X 4.5 X 26D I Entrance Lockset D40PD X Rhodes X 626 1 Door Stop 407 1/2 B OR 438B 26D as required 3.7.9 Group E Lockset, can be disabled from inside, with Closer: Doors from Sales Area to Customer Service and Office Area and Door(s) from Elec. Equip. Room to Interior, single toilet Restrooms 3 each Hinges BB 1 279 X 4.5 X 4.5 X 26D I Entrance Lockset D53PD X Rhodes X 626 1 Closer 830 IBF, 3301 BF, or 1461 X SN13 X AL I Door Stop 407 1/2 B or 438B 26D as required 17. 1 0 Group F- I Lockset, key -operated only� (Single) Equipment Closet Doors 3 each Him�es � 1279 X 4.5 X 4.5 26D I Storeroom Lockset D80PD X Rhodes X 626 1 Door Stop 407 1/2 or 438B 26D as required 3.7.11 Group F-2 Lockset, key -operated only: Pairs of Equipment Closet Doors 6 each Hinges 1279 X 4.5 X 4.5 X 26D I Storeroom Lockset D80PD X Rhodes X 626 2 Door Stops 407 1/2 B or 438B 26D as required I pair Flush Bolts 458B 26D X 12" 1 Dust Proof Strike 489 X 487 B26D 3.7.12 Group G Lockset, key -operated only, with Closer: Cash Room 3 each Hinges BB 1279 X 4.5 X 4.5 X 26D I Storeroom Lockset D80PD X Rhodes X 626 1 Closer 830113F, 330113F, or 1461 X SNB X AL I Door Stop 407 1/2 B or 438B 26D as required 3.7.13 Group H Passage Set and Deadlocks: Dutch Door at Pharmacy 4 each Hinges 1279 X 4.5 X 4.5 26D I Passage Set D I OS X Rhodes X 626 2 Deadlock (CYL X T/T) B16ON X 626 1 Door Stop 407 1/2 B or 438B 26D as required 3.7.14 Group J Passage Set: Non -Locking Storage & Equipment, Passage Doors 3 each Hinges 1279 X 4.5 X 4.5 X 26D I Passage Set D I OS X Rhodes X 626 1 Door Stop 407 1/213 or 43 8B 26D as required 1 3.7.15 Group K Restrooms, Passage Door in Office Area 3 each Hinges BBI 279 X 4.5 X 4�5 X 26D I Push Plate 8200 X 8 X 16 X 32D I Door Pull 8303-8 X 4 X 16 X 32D I Closer 830113F, 330113F, or 1461 X SNB X AL I Kick Plate 8 X 2" X LDW X 32D I Door Stop 407 1/2 B or 438B 26D as required 3.7.16 Group L I Vertical Lift Doors 2 Padlocks (I Daylock, I Nightlock) 45-1 01 X 606 (I ong shackle as req'd) 3.7.17 Group L-2 Roof Hatch, Equipment Cages, Trash Compactor I Padlock 45-1 01 X 606 (long shackle as req'd) 17.18 Group M Roof Top Equipment Rooms 3 each Hinges 1270 X 4.5 X 4.5 X USP X NRP I Deadlock B16ON X 626 1 Doorpull 8102-6S 32D I Stop& H.O. GJ90M X 26D 3.7.19 Group N 3.7.20 Group R - for South Florida Building Code Exit (Panic Bar, Exit Only), with Alarm Closer W/H.O.� Doors from Stock Rooms and Elec. Equip. Rooms to Exterior (Except labeled doors-, see B-1) 3 each Hinges BB 1 279 X 4.5 X 4.5 X NRP X USP I Alarmed Exit Device 99EO-FX ALK-S2 X SNB X SP28 LAR I Cylinder for Alarm (Furnished and installed by Publix) I Closer W/Stop, H.O. CLP8301BFH, 3321BFT, or 146 1 H-CUSH X SNI3 X AL I Set Weather -Strip S88D One -Way Viewer Ives #698 Wide Angle Threshold Durable Products - Model LT-206HV - 5 1/2" Wide Automatic Door Bottoms Pemko - 4301 CPKL (Surface Mounted) 3.7.21 Front Doors, Exterior Cafe Doors (Storefront) Use standard mortise or rimset cylinders supplied with store front doors as construction temporaries. Permanent cylinders furnished & installed by Publix. All other hardware by door manufacturer. 3.7.22 Group P Phannacy Rolling Grille Prepare for Schlage Mortise Cylinder, Cylinder furnished and installed by Publix. 3.7.23 Group Q Return Air Chase Access Doors by Milcor or Nystrom Prepare for Schlage Mortise Cylinder, Cylinder furnished and installed by Publix. End of Section 08700 Section 08800 Glazing 1. General 1. 1. Related Documents 1. 1. I Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division I Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2. Summary 1.2.1 This Section includes glazin g for the following products, including those specified in other Sections where glazing requirements are specified by reference to this Section- 1.2.1.1 Entrances and other doors. 1.2.1.2 Storefront construction. 1.2,2 Related Sections: The following sections contain requirements that relate to this Section. 1.2.2.1 Division 8 Section "Mirrored Glass" for mirrored glass and glazing requirements. 1.3. Definitions 1.3.1 Manufacturer is used in this Section to refer to a firm that produces primary glass or fabricated glass as defined in the referenced glazing standard. 1.3.2 Deterioration of Coated Glass: Defects developed from normal use that are attributed to the manufacturing process and not to causes other than glass breakage and practices for maintaining and cleaning coated glass contrary to manufacturet's directions. Defects include peeling, cracking, and other indications of deterioration in metallic coating. 1.4. System Performance Requirements 1.4.1 General: Provide glazing systems that are produced, fabricated, and installed to withstand normal thermal movement, wind loading, and impact loading (where applicable), without failure including loss or glass breakage attributable to the following� defective manufacture, fabrication, and installation; failure of sealants or gaskets to remain watertight and airtight-, deterioration of glazing materials, and other defects in construction. 1.4.2 Glass Design� Glass thicknesses indicated on Drawings are for detailing only. Confirm glass thicknesses by analyzing Project wind loads and in-service conditions. Provide glass lites for the various size openings in the thicknesses and strengths (annealed or heat -treated) to meet or exceed the following criteria: 1.4.2.1 Minimum glass thickness, nominally, of lites in exterior walls is 1/4". 1.4.2.2 Tinted and heat -absorbing glass thicknesses for each tint indicated are the same throughout Project. 1.4.2.3 Air Infiltration: Completed storefront systems shall have 0.02 CFM maximum allowable infiltration when tested in accordance with ASTM E 283 at differential static pressure of 6.24 psf (50 mph). 1.4.2.4 Water Infiltration: No uncontrolled water other than condensation on indoor face of any component when tested in accordance with ASTM E 331 at test pressure differential of I 0 psf. Water test to be performed immediately after design pressure test. 1.4.2.5 Wind Loads: completed storefront system withstand wind pressure loads normal to exterior wall plane indicated 1.4.2.5.1 Positive Pressure: 68 psf, or as required per region for building construction. 1.4-2-5.2 Negative Pressure: 86 psf, or as required per region for building construction. 1.4.3 Deflection: Maximum allowable deflection in any member when tested in accordance with ASTM E 330 with allowable stress in accordance with AA Specifications for Aluminum Structures. 1.4.3.1 Deflection for load carrying members not to exceed L/180. 1.4.4 Thermal Movement: Provide for thermal movement caused by 180 degrees F (82.2 degrees C) surface temperature, without causing loads on fasteners, reduction of performance, or detrimental effects. 1.5. Submittals 1.5.1 Product data for each glass product and glazing material indicated. 1.5.2 Samples for verification purposes of 12-inch (300 mm) square samples of each type - of glass indicated except for clear monolithic glass products, and 12-inch (300 mm) I long samples of each color required (except black) for each type of sealant or gasket exposed to view. Install sealant or gasket sample between two strips of material representative in color of the adjoining framing system. 1.5.3 Product certificates signed by glazing materials manufacturers certifying that their products comply with specified requirements. 1.5.3.1 Separate certifications are not required for glazing materials bearing manufacturer's permanent labels designating type and thickness of glass, provided labels represent a quality control program of a recognized certification agency or independent testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. 1.5.4 Compatibility and adhesion test reports from sealant manufacturer indicating that glazing materials were tested for compatibility and adhesion with glazing sealants. Include sealant manufacturer's interpretation of test results relative to sealant performance and recommendations for primers and substrate preparation needed for adhesion. 1.5.5 Product test reports for each type of glazing sealant and gasket indicated, evidencing compliance with requirements specified. 1.5.6 Maintenance data for glass and other glazing materials to include in Operating and Maintenance Manual specified in Division 1. 1.6. Quality Assurance 1.6.1 Glazing Publications: Comply with published recommendations of glass product t' manufacturers and organizations below, except where more stringent requirements are indicated. Refer to these publications for glazing terms not other -wise defined in this Section or in referenced standards. 1.6.1.1 FGMA Publications � "FGMA Glazing Manual." 1.6.1.2 LSGA Publications: "LSGA Design Guide." 1.6.1.3 SIGMA Publications: TM-3000 "Vertical Glazing Guidelines". 1.6.2 Safety Glass: Products complying with ANSI Z97.1 and testing requirements of 16 CFR Part 1201 for Category 11 materials. 1.6.2.1 Subject to compliance with requirements, provide safety glass permanently marked with certification label of Safety Glazing Certification Council (SGCC) or other certification agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. 1.6.3 Glazier Qualifications: Engage an experienced glazier who has completed glazing similar in material, design, and extent to that indicated for Project with a record of successful in-service performance, 1.64 Single -Source Responsibility for Glass: Obtain glass from one source for each product indicated below: 1.6.4.1 Primary glass of each (ASTM C 1036) type and class indicated. 1.6.4.2 Heat -treated glass of each (ASTM C 1048) condition indicated. 1.6.5 Single -Source Responsibility for Glazing Accessories: Obtain glazing accessories from one source for each product and installation method indicated. 1.6.6 Preconstruction Compatibility and Adhesion Testing: Submit to sealant manufacturers, samples of each glass, gasket, glazing accessory, and glass -framing member that will contact or affect glazing sealants for compatibility and adhesion testing as indicated below: 1.6.6.1 Use test methods standard with sealant manufacturer to determine if priming and other specific preparation techniques are required for rapid, optimum glazing sealants adhesion to glass and glazing channel substrates. 1.7. Delivery, Storage, And Handling 1.7.1 Protect glazing materials to comply with mamifacturer's directions and as needed to prevent damage to glass and glazing materials from condensation, temperature changes, direct exposure to sun, or other causes. 1.7.1.1 Where insulating glass units will be exposed to substantial altitude changes, comply with insulating glass fabricator's recommendations for venting and sealing to avoid bennetic seal ruptures. 1.8. Project Conditions I.S.1 Environmental Conditions: Do not proceed with glazing when ambient and substrate temperature conditions are outside the limits permitted by glazing materials manufacturer or when glazing channel substrates are wet from rain, frost, condensation, or other causes. 1.8.1.1 Install liquid sealants at ambient and substrate temperatures above 40 deg IT (4 deg C). 1.9. Warranty 1.9.1 General: Warranties specified in this Article shall not deprive the Owner of other rights the Owner may have under other provisions of the Contract Documents and will be in addition to and run concurrent with other warranties made by the Contractor under requirements of the Contract Documents. 1.9.2 Manufacturer's Warranty on Laminated Glass: Submit written warranty signed by insulating glass manufacturer agreeing to furnish replacements for those laminated glass units that deteriorate as defined in the "Definitions" article, f.o.b. point of manufacture, freight allowed Project site, within specified warranty period indicated below. Warranty covers only deterioration due to normal conditions of use and not to handling, installing, and cleaning practices contrary to glass manufacturer's published instructions. L9.2.1 WarrantyPeriod Manufacturer's standard but not less than 5 years after date of Substantial Completion. 2. Products 2.1. Manufacturers 2.1.1 Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be incorporated in the Work include, but are not limited to, the products specified in Product Data Sheets at end of this Section. 2.2. Elastomeric Glazing Sealants 2.2.1 General: Provide products of type indicated, complying with the following requirements: 2.2.1.1 Compatibility: Select glazing sealants and tapes of proven compatibility with other materials they will contact, including glass products, seals of insulating glass units, and glazing channel substrates, under conditions of installation and service, as demonstrated by testing and field experience. 2.2.1.2 Suitability: Comply with sealant and glass manufacturer's recommendations for selecting glazing sealants and tapes that are suitable for applications indicated and conditions existing at time of installation. 2.2.1.3 Colors� Provide color of exposed joint sealants to comply with the following: 2.2.1.3.1 Provide selections made by Architect from manufacturer's full range of standard colors for products of type indicated. 2.2.2 Elastomeric Glazing Sealant Standard: Provide manufacturer's standard chemically curing, elastomeric sealants of base polymer indicated that comply with ASTM C 920 requirements indicated on each Elastomeric Glazing Sealant Product Data Sheet at the end of this Section, including those referencing ASTM classifications for Type, Grade, Class and Uses. 2.2.2.1 Additional Movement Capability: Where additional movement capability is specified in Elastomeric Glazing Sealant Product Data Sheet, provide products, when tested for adhesion and cohesion under maximum cyclic movement per ASTM C 719, with the capability to withstand the specified percentage change in the joint width existing at time of installation and remain in compliance with other requirements of ASTM C 920 for uses indicated. 1 23. Glazing Gaskets 2.3.1 Lock -Strip Gaskets: Neoprene extrusions in size and shape indicated, fabricated into frames with molded comer units and zipper lock strips, complying with ASTM C 542, black. 2.3.2 Dense Compression Gaskets: Molded or extruded gaskets of material indicated below, complying with standards referenced with name of elastomer indicated below, and of profile and hardness required to maintain watertight seal: Neoprene, ASTM C 864. EPDM, ASTM C 864. Silicone, ASTM C 11 15. Thermoplastic polyol efin rubber, ASTM C I 1 15. Any material indicated above. 2.3.3 Soft Compression Gaskets: Extruded or molded closed -cell, integral -skinned gaskets of material indicated below, complying with ASTM C 509, Type 11, black, and of profile and hardness required to maintain watertight seal: Neoprene, EPDM. Silicone. Thermoplastic polyolefin rubber. Any material indicated above, 2.3.4 Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following companies. 2.341 Lock -Strip Gaskets: Stanlock Div., Griffith Rubber Mills. 2.3.4.2 Preformed Gaskets: Advanced Elastomer Systems, L.P. Schnee -Morehead, Inc. Tremco, Inc. 2.4. Miscellaneous Glazing Materials 2.4.1 General: Provide products of material, size, and shape complying with referenced glazing standard, requirements of manufacturers of glass and other glazing materials involved for glazing application indicated, and with a proven record of compatibility with surfaces contacted in installation. 2.4.2 Cleaners, Primers and Sealers: Type recommended by sealant or gasket manufacturer. 2.4.3 Setting Blocks: Elastomeric material with a Shore A durometer hardness of 85 plus or minus 5. 2.4.4 Spacers: Elastomeric blocks or continuous extrusions with a Shore A durometer hardness required by glass manufacturer to maintain glass lites in place for installation indicated. 2.4.5 Edge Blocks: Elastomeric material of hardness needed to limit glass lateral movement (side- walking). C 2.4.6 Plastic Foam Joint Fillers: Preformed, compressible, resilient, nonstaining, nonextruding, nonoutgassing, strips of closed -cell plastic foam of density, size, and shape to control sealant depth and otherwise contribute to produce optimum sealant performance. 2.4.7 Perimeter Insulation for Fire -Resistive Glazing: Identical to product used in test assembly to obtain fire -resistive rating. 2.5. Fabrication of Glass and Other Glazing Products 2.5.1 Fabricate glass and other glazing products in sizes required to glaze openings indicated for Project, with edge and face clearances, edge and surface conditions, and bite complying with recommendations of product manufacturer and referenced glazing standard as required to comply with system performance requirements. 2.5.2 Clean cut or flat grind vertical edges of butt -glazed monolithic lites in a manner that produces square edges with slight kerfs at junctions with indoor and outdoor faces. 3. Execution 3.1. Examination 3.1.1 Examine glass framing, with glazier present, for compliance with the following� 3.1.1.1 Manufacturing and installation tolerances, including those for size, squareness, offsets at corners, 3.1.1.2 Presence and functioning of weep system. 3.1.1.3 Minimum required face or edge clearances. 3.1.1.4 Effective sealing between joints of glass -framing members. 3.1.2 Do not proceed with glazing until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2. Preparation 3.2.1 Clean glazing channels and other framing members receiving glass immediately before glazing. Remove coatings that are not firmly bonded to substrates. 3.3. Glazing, General 3.3.1 Comply with combined recommendations of manufacturers of glass, sealants, gaskets, and other glazing materials, except where more stringent requirements are indicated, including those in referenced glazing publications. 3.3.2 Glazing channel dimensions as indicated on Drawings provide necessary bite on glass, minimum edge and face clearances, and adequate sealant thicknesses, with reasonable tolerances. Adjust as required by Project conditions during installation. 3.3.3 Protect glass from edge damage during handling and installation as follows: 3.3.3.1 Use a rolling block in rotating glass units to prevent damage to glass comers. Do not impact glass with metal framing. Use suction cups to shift glass units within openings; do not raise or drift glass with a pry bar. Rotate glass lites with flares or bevels on bottom horizontal edges so edges are located at top of opening, unless other -wise indicated by manufacturer's label. 3.3.3.2 Remove damaged glass from Project site and legally dispose of off site. Damaged glass is glass with edge damage or other imperfections that, when installed, weaken glass and impair performance and appearance. 3.3.4 Apply primers to joint surfaces where required for adhesion of sealants, as determined by preconstruction seat ant -sub strate testing. 3.3.5 Install elastomeric setting blocks in sill rabbets, sized and located to comply with referenced glazing standard, unless otherwise required by glass manufacturer. Set blocks in thin course of compatible sealant suitable for heel bead. 3.3.6 Do not exceed edge pressures stipulated by glass manufacturers for installing glass lites. 3.3.7 Provide spacers for glass sizes larger than 50 united inches (I 250 mm) (length plus height) as follows: 3.3.7.1 Locate spacers inside, outside, and directly opposite each other. Install correct size and spacing to preserve required face clearances, except where gaskets and glazing tapes are used that have demonstrated ability to maintain required face clearances and comply with system performance requirements. 3.3.7.2 Provide 1/8-inch (3 mm) minimum bite of spacers on glass and use thickness equal to sealant width. With glazing tape, use thickness slightly less than final compressed thickness of tape. 3.3.8 Provide edge blocking to comply with requirements of referenced glazing publications, unless otherwise required by glass manufacturer. 3.3.9 Set glass lites in each series with uniform pattern, draw, bow, and similar characteristics. 3.3.10 Where wedge-shaped gaskets are driven into one side of channel to pressurize sealant or gasket on opposite side, provide adequate anchorage so gasket cannot walk out when installation is subjected to movement. 3.3.11 Square cut wedge-shaped gaskets at comers and install gaskets in manner recommended by gasket manufacturer to prevent comers from pulling away� seal comerjoints and butt joints with sealant recommended by gasket manufacturer. 3.4. Tape Glazing 3.4.1 Position tapes on fixed stops so that when compressed by glass their exposed edges are flush with or protrude slightly above sightline of stops. 3.4.2 Install tapes continuously but not in one continuous length. Do not stretch tapes to make them fit opening. 3.4.3 Where framing joints are vertical, cover thesejoints by applying tapes to heads and sills first and then tojambs. Where framing joints are horizontal, cover these joints by applying tapes to jambs and then to heads and sills. 3.4.4 Placejoints in tapes at comers of opening with adjoining lengths butted together, not lapped. Seal joints in tapes with compatible sealant approved by tape manufacturer. 3.4.5 Do not remove release paper from tape until just before each lite is installed. 3.4.6 Apply heel bead of elastomeric sealant. 3.4.7 Center glass lites in openings on setting blocks and press firmly against tape by inserting dense compression gaskets formed and installed to lock in place against faces of removable stops. Start gasket applications at corners and work toward centers of openings. 3.4�8 Apply cap bead of elastomeric sealant overexposed edge of tape. 3.5. Gasket Glazing (Dry) 3.5.1 Fabricate compression gaskets in lengths recommended by gasket manufacturer to fit openings exactly, with stretch allowance during installation. 3.5.2 Secure compression gaskets in place with joints located at corners to compress gaskets producing a weathertight seal without developing bending stresses in glass. Seal gasket joints with sealant recommended by gasket manufacturer. 3.5.3 Install gaskets so they protrude past face of glazing stops. 3.6. Sealant Glazing (Wet) 3.6.1 Install continuous spacers between glass lites and glazing stops to maintain glass face clearances and to prevent sealant from extruding into glass channel weep systems until sealants cure. Secure spacers in place and in position to control depth of installed sealant relative to edge clearance for optimum sealant performance. 3.6.2 Force sealants into glazing channels to eliminate voids and to ensure complete wetting or bond of sealant to glass and channel surfaces. 3.6.3 Tool exposed surfaces of sealants to provide a substantial wash away from glass. Install pressurized gaskets to protrude slightly out of channel to eliminate dirt and moisture pockets- 3�7. Lock -strip Gasket Glazing 3.7.1 Comply with ASTM C 716 and gasket manufacturer's printed recommendations. Provide supplementary wet seal and weep system unless otherwise indicated. 3.8. Protection and Cleaning 3.8.1 Protect exterior glass from breakage immediately after installation by attaching crossed streamers to framing held away from glass. Do not apply markers to glass surface. Remove nonpermanent labels, and clean surfaces. 3.8.2 Protect glass from contact with contaminating substances resulting from construction operations including weld splatter. If, despite such protection, contaminating substances do come into contact with glass, remove them immediately as recommended by glass manufacturer. 3.8.3 Examine glass surfaces adjacent to or below exterior concrete and other masonry surfaces at frequent intervals during construction, but not less than once a month, for build-up of dirt, scum, alkali deposits, or stains, and remove as recommended by glass manufacturer. 3.8.4 Remove and replace glass that is broken, chipped, cracked, abraded, or damaged in any way, including natural causes, accidents and vandalism, during construction period. 3.8.5 Wash glass on both faces in each area of Project not more than 4 days prior to date scheduled for inspections that establish date of Substantial Completion. Wash glass as recommended by glass manufacturer. 4. Product Data Sheet I - Scaled Insulated Panels 4. 1 � Insulating Panel Designation: 4.2. Kind of Insulating Panel per ASTM C 1172: Kind LT (lites of fully tempered Type I glass). 4.2.1 Tinted Outer Lite: Class 2 (Low "E" Coating) float glass with a tint color to be chosen by the Owner from the manufacturer's standard color samples. 4.3, Approved Product: PPG "Herculite" End of Section 08800 1. General (Not Used) Section 09250 Gypsum Board 2. Products 2.1. Manufacturer. All materials shall be products of one manufacturer. 2.2. Materials: 2.2.1 Drywall. 2.2.1.1 General use drywall: ASTM C36. 2.2.1.2 Fire Retardant Drywall: ASTM C36, Type X 2.2.1.3 Manufacturers: Domtar Gypsum Georgia-Pacific Corp. National Gypsum Co. Temple-Inland Forest Products Corp. United States Gypsum Co. 2.2.2 Tile Backer Board (Use instead of MR wallboard): Georgia Pacific Dens -Shield Tile Backer. 2.2.3 Exterior Insulation System Backer Board: USG 5/8" thick water resistant exterior gypsum sheathing board. Install Dens -Deck at canopy roofs and awning roofs. 2.2.4 Accessories: 2.14.1 Joint Reinforcing Tape shall be perforated or sparked. Joint compound shall be ready mixed. 2.2.4.2 Corner Beads, Casing Beads and Trim shall be galvanized steel. 2.2.5 Drywall Ceiling Suspension System� 650 Drywall Furring System as manufactured by Chicago Metallic or equal as approved by the Architect. 2.2.5.1 Furring Runners and Tees shall be 1 1/2" high double web 0.020 electro- galvanized steel with 1 3/8" flange face. Runners shall be 12' long with reversible coupling ends for continuous splicing. 2.2.5.2 Wall Track shall be 451 1 0 track made of 0. 020 electro-galvanized steel. 2.2.6 Steel Studs: 2.2.6.1 Galvanized screwable channel type studs of specified size, complying with ASTM C645, minimum 20 ga at all interior locations. Refer to structural design drawings for exterior locations. 2.2.6.2 Manufacturer: Milcor Division of Inryco, Inc. U.S. Gypsum Co. Dale/Incor Unimast (Usg) 2.2.6.3 Form from steel ASTM A446, Grade A, with a minimum yield of 33,000 psi. 2.2.7 Drywall Screws: ASTM C645. 2.3. Backing for drywall at outside curve applications: A-C INT-APA with exterior glue, 1/8" thickness. 3. Execution 3.1. Ceiling 3.1.1 Install wall track level at specified ceiling height around entire perimeter. 3.1.2 Furring runners shall be directly suspended and leveled on 48" centers by not less than 12 gauge galvanized steel wire spaced not more than 48" on center along the I'D main runner. (for special module sizes follow same procedures with on center spacing of runners adjusted to tee width.) 3.1.3 Furring tees shall be spaced 16" on center along the main runners. 3.1.4 Fit furring runner and tee ends into the wall track at all perimeters. 3,1.5 Drywall panels shall be screw attached at 8" intervals to all furring runners, tees, and wall track with the long dimension paralleling the furring runners in all possible instances. Deflection of components not to exceed 1/360 of the span. 3.1.6 In areas where fixtures or other accessories are placed in or on the grid components, 12 gauge hanger wires are to be suspended at each comer of the fixture or accessory to distribute the load evenly. 3.2. Walls ' 3.2.1 Steel Studs: 16" on center. 3.2.2 Panels shall be screwed to steel studs with bugle head dry wall screws of length as recommended by manufacturer. 3.2.3 Insulate walls around Meat Cutting, Packaging Room, Employee Lounge, Manager's Office, Rest Rooms and as indicated on Drawings with 3 1-2" batt insulation. 3.2.4 Axially loaded studs shall be installed in a manner which will assure that ends of the studs are positioned against the inside track web, prior to stud and track attachment. 3.2.5 Studs shall be plumbed, aligned and securely attached to the flanges orwebs ofboth upper and lower tracks. 3.2.6 Jack studs or cripples shall be installed above window and door heads, at free standing stair rails, and elsewhere to furnish support, and shall be securely attached to supporting members. 3.2.7 Wall stud bridging shall be attached in a manner to prevent stud rotation. Bridging rows shall be spaced according to the following schedule: walls up to 10' 0" height: one row at mid -height; walls exceeding I 0'-O": bridging rows spaced not to exceed 5'-O" on -center. 3.2.8 Provide 7/8" 20 gauge galvanized steel drywall furring channels vertically at 16" o.c. for all paneled walls on masonry and others as required. 3.3. Walls and Ceilings 3.3.1 Steel stud framing components may be pre -assembled into panels prior to erecting. Prefabricated panels shall be square with components attached in a manner as to prevent racking. 3.3.2 All framing components shall be set squarely for attachment to perpendicular members, or as required for an angular fit against abutting members. Members shall be held positively in place until properly fastened. 3.3.3 A uniformly thin layer ofjoint compound shall be applied overjoints approximately 4" wide. The tape centered overjoint and imbedded into compound leaving sufficient joint compound under tape to provide proper bond. Ceiling and wall angles and inside comer angles shall be reinforced with tape folded to conform to the angle and imbedded in the compound. 3.3.4 Sand between coats. 3.3.5 After compound is thoroughly dry, the tape shall be covered with another coat of joint compound spread over the tape and 3" each side of tape, and feathered out at edge, After thoroughly dry, apply another coat with slight, uniform crown over the joint. this coat shall be smooth with edges feathered approximately 3" beyond preceding coat. 3.3.6 Coat corners, and nail or screw heads additionally as per manufacturers specifications. 3.3.7 Install J-mold at ceiling and wall juncture where required. 3.3.8 Entire areas shall be installed neatly and ready to receive finish as scheduled. All studs shall have drywall to the top of the plate for fire and rodent protection. ' .3.3.9 Control Joints� In ceiling, install expandable control joints as recommended by manufacturer, at maximum 40' on center. 3.4. Tile Backer Board 3.4.1 Use at all locations where wall finish is tile. 3.4.2 Use behind all refrigerated cases to a height of 4'-O 1/2". start at 1/2" above finished floor. 3.4.3 Install adjacent to all walk-in coolers and freezers. Height: above the top of the unit. 3.5. Curved Suspended Walls: 3.5.1 Outside curves 10'-O" radius or less: Form curve with metal studs 8" oc be -inning C 2'-O" into straight portion of wall, Thoroughly soak and apply two layers 1/8" plywood to metal studs allowing first layer to dry before application of second. Apply 1/4" drywall to plywood substrate with drywall adhesive, long dimension horizontal, Wet drywall as necessary to obtain smooth curve with no flats. 3.5.2 Outside curves radius greater than I 0'-O": Form curve with metal studs 8" oc beginning 2'-O" into straight portion of wall. Apply 5/8" drywall to metal studs with drywall adhesive, long dimension horizontal. Wet drywall as necessary to obtain smooth curve with no flats. 3.5.3 Inside curves radius greater than 10'-O": Form curve with metal studs I'-O" oc beginning 2'-O" into straight portion of wall. Apply 5/8" drywall to metal studs with drywall adhesive, long dimension horizontal. Wet drywall as necessary to obtain smooth curve with no flats. End of Section 09250 Section 09300 Hard Tile 1. General 1. 1. Extra Stock: Upon completion of the work of this Section, deliver to Publix additional tile and trim shapes of each type, color, pattern, and size used in the work, for Publix' use in replacement and maintenance, at the rate of three percent of the amount used in the work, packaged securely to prevent damage, and clearly labeled with identification of project, type of tile, etc. 1.2. Warranties: All tile work shall be guaranteed for workmanship for a period of two (2) years. Any work found to be defective during that time shall be replaced at no cost to the Owner. 2. Products 2.1. Quarry Tile Floor and Base: 2.1.1 Manufacturer, series, finish, color, and size as indicated on floor finish plan. Provide matching base tile type Q3566, with type QB3566 inside comers and type QC3566 outside corners, where base is flush with ceramic tile wall. Provide matching base tile type Q3565, with type QB3565 inside corners and type QC3565 outside corners, where base adjoins other wall finishes. 2.1.2 Expansion Joint Sealer: Polyurethane sealant with primer. Tremco Trembond Primer with HPL sealant 2.2. Ceramic Tile Walls and Wainscots: Manufacturer, series, finish, color, and size as indicated on room finish schedule. 2.3. Epoxy Setting and Grouting Compounds: 2.3.1 Setting/Grouting Materials: Master Builders (I -800-226-0700) "Chemset" setting compound for setting, "Chemset 1880" for grouting. Termar "Terraset" for setting, "Terragrout" for grouting. Summitville S400 Laticrete "Latapoxy 300" for setting, "Latapoxy SP-100" for grouting. American Olean A06000 2.3.2 Grout color as indicated on floor finish plan; if no color is indicated, color as selected by Publix' Architect, from manufacturers stand and color samples. 2.4. Sanded Latex Portland Cement Grout 2.4.1 Provide a commercially prepared mixture of portland cement, sand, and other ingredients producing a water-resistant, dense, uniformly colored material, mixed with an acrylic latex additive by the same manufacturer. 2.4.2 Color as indicated on floor finish plan or interior finish elevations, if no color is indicated, color as selected by Publix' Architect. 2.5. Thin Set Mortar� Laticrete 44237 thin -set bonding mortar additive with Laticrete #211 Crete filler powder 2.6. Organic Adhesive 2.6.1 Provide a prepared organic material, ready to use with no further addition of liquid or powder, which cures or sets by evaporation. 2.6.2 Comply with ANSI A136.1, using type I (for exposure to prolonged water presence). 2.7. Sealants: One or two part urethane. Use type designed for application intended, color as selected by Architect. 3. Execution 3.1. General: All applicators and field personnel shall be fully trained and familiar with manufacturers' application procedures. 3.2. Quarry Tile Sub -Setting Bed: Areas to receive quarry tile shall receive a sub -setting bed, which shall consist of 24 shovels of sand per one bag of portland cement, shall be free of foreign matter, and shall be dried before file is applied to maximum of 16% moisture content. 3.3. Quarry Tile and Base, and exterior quary tile decoration trim. 33.1 Set and grout all quarry tile floors and base with epoxy, Set and grout in two separate operations, and in accordance with manufacturer's specification and recommendations. 3.3.2 Lay tile in a straightjoint pattern, each direction, with a 1/4" joint. Align floor and basejoints. 3.3.3 Grout shall be level with the surface of the tile, with no sharp edges of the tile showing. 3.3.4 Cut quarry tile as required to provide a 1/4" control joint directly above slab construction joints. Prime sides of joint width. Seal control joint with polyurethane sealant to 1/4" depth, backed with closed -cell foam. 3.3.5 Slope all tile to drains, as shown on Drawings. Set all tile flush with tops of floor drains and adjacent finished floors. 3.3,6 All walls adjoining floor shall receive matching quarry tile base, regardless of type finish on walls. Align all basejoints with floorjoints. 3.3.7 Ensure that base has a solid bed of epoxy where it makes contact with the wall, and that there are no void areas behind tile and at transition with floor. 3.4. Marble or Granite Sills 3.4.1 Set by experienced granite craftsmen who have a minimum of three (3) years experience in the trade, and in accordance with the Marble Institute of America (M.I.A.) Installation Procedures Manual. 3.4.2 Seal Joints with appropriate sealant. 3.4.3 Coordinate and cooperate with store front sash installer. 3.5. Ceramic Wall Tile on Masonry Substrate 3.5A Thin -set with mortar and grout with sanded latex portland cement grout, both in accordance with manufacturer's specifications and recommendations. 3.5.2 Set flush with adjacent base, lay in a straightjoint pattern each direction, with a joint width of 1/4" or as established by manufacturer's sheet. 3.5.3 Grout shall be level with the surface of the tile, with no sharp edges of the tile showing, 3.6. Ceramic Tile on Backer Board 3.6.1 Set on moisture -resistant backer board with organic adhesive, grout with sanded latex portland cement grout, both in accordance with manufacturer's specifications and recommendations. 3.6.2 Set flush with adjacent base; lay in a straight joint pattern each direction, with a joint width of 1/4" or as established by manufacturer's tile sheet. 3.6.3 Grout shall be level with the surface of the tile, with no sharp edges of the tile showing. 3.7. Exterior Ceramic Tile� If this project is to receive exterior tile set on a vertical surface, see Contract Documents, The tile, setting method, pattern and grout shall be approved in writing by Publix' Architect. End Of Section 09300 Section 09410 Portland Cement Terrazzo 1. General 1. 1. Applicators: Applicator shall be approved by Publix Architect. Before the bid, proof of experience in work of similar scope will be required. 1.2. Job Conditions: 1.2.1 Do not begin application until roofing operations have been completed. 1.2.2 Substrate: Applicator shall verify slab meets standards of slab quality as specified; if it does not then he shall notify Publix Architect before work is started. 1.2.3 Application of terrazzo shall constitute evidence of acceptance of slab. 1.2.4 Protection of installed work shall begin immediately upon completion of each part. Do not allow materials which can mar or stain to come into contact with floor - Protect floor from wheeled traffic and other activities which might cause permanent damage. 1.2.5 CLEAN FLOOR DAILY. 1.3. Warranty: All terrazzo work shall be guaranteed against defects in material and workmanship for a period of two years. Work found to be defective during that time will be replaced at no cost to the Owner. A written warranty shall be provided. 2. Products 2.1. Materials 2.1.1 Portland Cement, Type 1, white. 2.1.2 Divider Strips� 5/8" x 1/8" zinc heavy top "T". 2.1.3 Expansion Stripi 1/8" wide white neoprene plastic filler, in a 5/8" high zinc "T" strip located as shown on Drawings. 2.1.4 Marble Chip colors and percentages are shown on drawings. All chips are to be 50% 91 and 50% 42 sizing. 2.1.5 Sealer: As directed by Publix' Representative. Apply two (2) coats, minimum four (4) hours between coats� dry and clean. 3. Execution 3.1. Installation 3.1.1 All Terrazzo shall be mixed at a ratio of two bags of marble chips (200 lbs.) to one 94 lb. bag of white cement, 3.1.2 Strips� Set with laticrete #4237. 3.1.3 Prime sub -floor with pure white neat cement and pour topping over wet primer. 3.1.4 Pour terrazzo topping to a minimum 5/8" coating insuring all mix is above the terrazzo strip level. 3.1.5 Compact wet topping with terrazzo rollers per NTMA specifications. 3.1.6 Seed surface with 42 chips only of same color and percentages as in base coat, (Use of white chips and base coat with coloring achieved in finished coat will not be accepted.) 3.1.7 Rough grind floor with 24 grit terrazzo grinding stones. Use 80 grit stones for polish phases followed by 120 grit for final polish. . 3.1.8 Seal floor with 2 coats of terrazzo sealer. Clean floor before applying sealer, otherwise the floor shall be stripped, cleaned and re -sealed. Machine buff each coat after installation. 3.1.9 Terrazzo finish shall show a minimum of 70% marble aggregate finish, and be consistent with marble chip throughout the entire surface area, even under cases and against walls. End of Section 09410 Section 09500 Ceiling Systems 1. General 1. 1. Custom Colors � Where custom colors of ceiling panels are specified, it is assumed that the quantity required for use will exceed the amount of material needed for a stock run by panel manufacturer. If this condition is not met, and there is an up -charge for custom colors, notify Publix Architect. 1.2. Extra Stock: Provide Publix an extra stock of one percent of each type of ceiling panel installed, maximum ten panels, minimum three panels, each type packaged to prevent damage and clearly identified. 2. Products 2.1. Suspension Systems: 2.1.1 Where ceiling panels are used: 15/16" exposed double -web tee conforming to ASTM C635 Intermediate -Duty classification standards. Cross -tees shall also comply with Intermediate -Duty (12 lb/If) standards, and shall have stab -type stepped (i.e. overriding) ends. - 2.1.2 Wall molding shall be angle with 7/8" legs. System color shall be flat white for sales area and U.S. G. color silvertone 052 in the Bakery Sales and Produce Sales areas. 2.13 Acceptable Systems: Armstrong Prelude MIL 15/16" exposed tee system, aluminum caps and stepped end cross tees. USG Interiors, Inc. Donn DXLA aluminum caps and stepped end cross tees for sales and office areas. USG Interiors, Inc. Donn DXLA aluminum caps and stepped end cross tees - U.S.G. color silvertone 052 in the Bakery Sales and Produce Sales areas. 2.2. Utility Grid System: 2.2-1 Main Runners Boston Retail Products "Power Track," spaced as shown on the Drawings. Factory paint all surfaces custom color as selected by Publix Architect. 2.12 Grid: As above, but punched T-O" oc only. paint all surfaces custom color as selected by Publix Architect. 2.2.3 Edge Trim: 5/8" high x 9/16" legs, with connectors for grid system capable of receiving intersecting tees at any angle, and splice plates to form flush butt joints where edge trim ends meet. Splice plates shall provide tight fliction fit or be secured with set screws. Factory paint all surfaces custom color as selected by Publix Architect. Acceptable systems: USG Interiors "Compasso" System Chicago Metallic Suspended Perimeter Trim System Gordon Architectural Aluminum Specialties, Inc. "Contura" 2.3. Space Frame Grid System 2.3.1 Main Beams: 12" triangular three-dimensional truss beams fabricated from I" dia. 18 ga. steel tubing with. 1 87" steel wire webbing forming 12" (nom.) panels. 2.3.2 Components: Vertex down style X's and Tees, with true 90 deg. corners. 2.3.3 Beam End Pieces: Tubular ends at free ends, where ends are attached to walls, provide appropriate brackets and fasteners. 2.3.4 Adjustable Brackets: 2.3.4.1 Fabricate from tubular steel with telescoping anns, sized appropriately for span required 2.3.4.2 Secure with thumb -turn set screws. Provide nuts for set screws welded to outer tube. 2.3.4.3 End Hooks: Non scratching with adjustable angle connection to bracket. 2.3.5 Connectors: Cast aluminum twist connectors. 2.3.6 Accessories: Hangers, steel supports, threaded rods, cable, u-bolts, etc. as required. 2.3.7 Acceptable Product: Boston Retail Products, Boston Beam Decorative Space Frame. 2.3.8 Utilities: Coordinate with electrical and plumbing service requirements. 2.4. Acoustical Tile 2.4.1 CS-2A Acoustical Tile shall be one of the following: Armstrong Fine Fissured RH90, 24" x 48" x 5/8" square -cut edge, Fireguard (UL Label), color: white. Model 1830. Celotex Hytone Vantage 10, 24" x 48" x 5/8", square -cut edge, Protectone (UL Label)� color: white. Model PVN- 197. U.S.G.Interiors, Inc. Radar Climaplus, 24" x 48" x 5/8", square -cut edge, Firecode� color: white. Model 92410. 2.4.2 CS-213 Acoustical Tile shall be one of the following, Armstrontg Fine Fissured RH90, 24" x 24" x 5/8" square cut -edge, Fireguard (UL Label), Color- White. Model 183 1. Celotex Hytone Vantage 10, 24" x 24" x 5/8" square cut edge, Protectone (UL Label): White. Model PVN-157. U.S.G. Interiors, Inc. Radar Climaplus, 24" x 24" x 5/8", square -cut edge, Class A; Color: White. Model 42210, 2.4.3 CS-3A Acoustical Tile shall be one of the following� Armstrong Fine Fissured RH90, 24" x 48" x 5/8", reveal edge, Fireguard (UL Label), color� white. Model 1834. Celotex Hytone Vantage 10, 24" x 48" x 5/8", reveal edge, Protectone PVN-154 (contractor to provide 2' x 2' grid in base bid as 2' x 4' tile not available). U.S.G.Interiors, Inc. Radar Climaplus, 24" x 48" x 5/8", reveal edge, Class A, color: white. Model 42420. 2.4.4 CS-313 Acoustical Tile shall be one of the following: Armstrong Fine Fissured RH90, 24" x 24" x 5/8" reveal edge, fireguard (LTL Label), Color: White. Model 1732. U.S.G. Interiors, Inc. Radar Climaplus, 24" x 24" x 5/8", reveal edge, Class A, Color: White. Model 7�2220. 2.4.5 CS-5 Vinyt-Faced Gypsum Panels 24" x 48" x 1/2" with 2-mil stipple -pattern embossed white vinyl laminated to one side, surface burning characteristics - non- combustible, class A, as follows: Ann strong Duracl ad Capaul Corp. Vinylrock 'x' Gypsum Ceiling Panels Celotex Vinyltone Gypsum Protectone Gold Bond Building Products Gridstone U. S.G. Interiors, Inc. Gypsum Ceiling Panels 2.4.6 CS-6 Acoustical Tile shall be one of the following: U.S.G. Interiors, Inc. Auratone, Omni Face Cuts, Radar Illusion, thirty two/6, 24" x 48" x 3/4", reveal edge, Class A, color - Silvertone 052. Model #2862. Celotex Baroque Customline Designer Series, thirty two/6", 24" x 48" x 3/4", revel edge, Protectone; color - Platinum I Model BQCL-326. 2.5. Thermal Insulation: Shall be insultated with R-19 or R-12 faced glass fiber insulation (locations to be as indicated in RoomFinish Schedule). (Insulation to be roll batt installed perpendicular to long dimension of tile.) 2.6. Acoustic Insulation The 6" fiber insulation locations to be as indicated in room finish schedule. (Insulation to be roll batt installed perpendicular to long dimension of tile.) 2.7. Openwork Systems, Utility Grid, and Space Frame Grid System Shop Fabrication and Finishin& 2.7.1 Shop Fabrication, General: 2.7.1.1 Perform shop fabrication to the greatest extent possible. 2.7.1.2 Design of systems shall allow all welding operations to be completed in the fabrication shop. 2.7.1.3 Design of systems shall allow installation of utility runs in a manner which provides a neat, finished appearance. 2.7.2 Space Frame Grid System 2.7.2.1 Fabricate beams to longest lengths possible. Minimize field connections except where system components are used to join beams. 2.7.2.2 Weld all joints where possible. Exposed fasteners are not permitted except where needed for field connections. 2.7.2.3 Design connections to be installed without exposed fasteners to the greatest extent possible. 2.7.3 Edge Trim Shop Forming: 2.73.1 Form edge trim to lines and radii shown on the Drawings. 2.7.3.2 Lay out formed pieces so that splices occur at points of inflection of Curved lines where possible, with as few splices as possible on outside curves. 2.7.3.3 On outside curves, cut legs so splices are butt joined flush at the face of the Trim. 2.7.4 Shop Painting: 1 2.7.4.1 Apply manufacturer's standard baked -on enamel to all surfaces, custom color as selected by Publix Architect. 2.7.4.2 Coat all accessories such as splice plates, etc. to match edge trim color. 2.7.4.3 Wrap or pack all painted items to protect them from scratching or other damage during shipment. Provide temporary protection for painted surfaces (i.e. peel -off film) to be removed only after all work adjacent to trim is in place. 3. Execution 3.1. Suspension System 3.1.1 The exposed grid system shall be installed in accordance with ASTM C636. Deflection of any component shall not exceed 1/360 of the span. Suspension systems shall be installed level and square by methods according to manufacturer's specification and firmly braced to hold position and to carry weight of fixtures. Refer to Drawings. 3.1.2 Perimeter angle molding shall be installed at the specified ceiling height at the intersection of the suspended ceiling and all vertical surfaces. 3.1.3 Cooperate with other trades as required for fixture installation to see that proper support and spacing is obtained. 3.1.4 Provide two #10 safety wires per each new and noncompliant existing metal halide and fluorescent fixture, attached to joists at proper location as coordinated with electrical contractor. (Electrical Contractor shall attach to fixture.). 3.2. Lay -In Panels 3.2.1 Acoustical tile shall be installed under temperature and humidity conditions closely approximating those which will exist when the building is occupied. 3.2.2 Application shall not begin until all roofing work has been completed and building completely enclosed. 3.2.3 All windows and doors shall be in place and glazed- Plastering and concrete work shall be completed and allowed to dry before the installation of acoustical tile. 3.2.4 Board shall be carefully fitted around diffusers and other ceiling outlets and fixtures. cooperate with sprinkler, mechanical and electrical contractors to Coordinate work. ' 3.3. Field Painting 3.3.1 Above the Openwork Grid, where color of panels is other than white, spray paint grid to match panel color before panels are installed. Use line of edge trim of the Openwork System to determine limits of painting. 3.3.2 In the area where white panels straddle the line of the Openwork System, paint area of panel inside the Openwork System to match factory -colored panels. End of Section 09500 Section 09650 Resilient Tile Flooring 1. General: 1. 1. Submittals: Submit Letter Of Intent to comply with specified requirements. 2. Products: 2.1. Vinyl Composition Tile (VCT): Manufacturer, series, and color as indicated on Drawings. 2.2. Rubber Stair Treads and Accessories (RST): Manufacturer, series and color as indicated on drawings. 2.3. Vinyl Base, 2.3.1 Provide 4" x 1/8" gauge vinyl coved wall base, light gray, with all outside corners pre -formed. 2.3.2 Adhesive: manufacturer's wall base adhesive. 2.3.3 Acceptable Manufacturers Armstrong Burke Flooring Products Flexco Johnsonite Macklanburg-Duncan Mannington Other manufacturer as approved by the Architect. 2.4. Reducer strips: 4" vinyl straight base, color to match primary color of adjacent VCT. 2.5. Epoxy Adhesive� Armstrong S-230 two-part epoxy or equal as recommended by tile manufacturer and approved by Publix. 2.6. All other applications� Mapei G19 Low VOC Urethane or equal as recommended by tile manufacturer and approved by Publix. 2.7. Accessories and miscellaneous items: Provide all accessory items required for a complete installation. 3. Execution: 3.1. Pre-lnstallation� 3.1.1 Inspect substrate to determine satisfactory conditions. A satisfactory substrate surface is defined as one that is smooth and free from cracks, holes, ridges, coatings preventing adhesive bond, and other defects impairing performance or appearance. 3.1.2 Do not proceed with resilient flooring work until substrate surfaces are satisfactory, 3.2. Vinyl Composition Tilei Set with epoxy adhesive in restrooms (and where occurs in remodels, within 4'-O" of all refrigerated cases and coolers). Elsewhere use non -epoxy adhesive as specified. Alternate tile pattern direction. 1 3.3. Vinyl Base: Vinyl base in sales area is required only on exposed walls, i.e. on walls which do not have cases in front of them. Extend base one foot behind cases. Wall shelving requires base behind for full length. Use manufacturer's recommended adhesive. End of Section 09650 Section 09680 Carpet 1. General 1. 1. Extra Stock: 1. 1. I Provide each type, color, pattern, and size used in the work, for Publix' use in replacement and maintenance, packaged securely to prevent damage, and clearly raverdrup S VERDR UP FACILITIES, INC FLORIDA CORPORATE LICENSE #AA COO 1291 5750 Major Boulevard, Suite 500, Orlando, FL 32819 (407)903-5001 Fax (407)903-5150 ARCHITECT OF RECORD NAME., FLOYD WILSON McCOLLUM, JR., AIA REGISTRATION: FLORIDA REG. #AR0016162 DA TE., 02128101 Revision: Dote: By: Description: 0 V . L< , , - -0 I Z) C 0- 0 � M Ob, V) MAMO# a) %� a E %� (D 4= r__ M 0= I,* .rL D IRT LO W c1q CD co co M M - l.-Moo a_ 00 0 W < 0 - X -Lli--J,V- .V-- C/) r-_J LL , LU - _00 UJ W < > W 0 0� r .)_000 �=f -, -7, C-0 LL 0:�� < =) LU _J _I LL � T_ LL - C/) _J 1ZZr OLULUM cy U) =3 0 - U) D LU C) �� C) 3:: M _J < W F_ co -J,-E: < 0*) M ft LU _J _J _J X: yj [,_�b 5 < W D0� bF--cD= ,:I- 0- 0- LU ce Z 0 >_ X: -:] 01-1 3 X W 0 3: CD C-4 M a= _J 0<0W 1-- 0 m LU C) LL 10 �-- U) �- P N Key Plan: Scales: Sverdrup Project No.: 22196390 Drawing Title: SPECIFICATIONS Date: 03/12/99 Designed By: RBJ Drawn BT RM Checked BY: FWNI Drawing No.: PM7 I I x_ $I .. 0 n labeled with identification of project, type of tile, etc. 1.1.2 Amount: Five percent of amount installed, but no less than one box of tile. 1.2. Warranties: 1.2. 1 Carpet Type 11: Manufacturer's standard wear/col orfastness I 0 year warranty. 1.2.2 Carpet Type III: Manufacturer's standard 3 year pro -rated warranty, 1.2.3 Installation: I year labor and material against all defects. 2. Products 2.1. Carpet Type I - Not Used. 2.2. Carpet Type 11 for use in areas not subject to wheeled traffic: 2.2.1 Carpet - Roll Goods: Manufacturer/Distributor: Patcraft Division of Queen, Inc. Series� 669 Einstein IL Color- 19420-098 Genius. Back: Woven polypropylene with anti -microbial agent, lifetime application 2.2.2 Adhesive: Carpet manufacturer approved non -staining low VOC water base organic adhesive to provide adhesion without forming a vapor barrier. 2.3. Carpet Type III Manufacturer/Distributor: The Matworks. Series: Dreadnaught. Color: Anthracite. BacL Moisture dissipating secondary back, with anti -microbial agent: lifetime application 2.4. Transition Strips (use over existing vinyl tile, terrazzo, or concrete, and where carpet is used over new terrazzo) � 2.4.1 Aluminum Base Extrusion designed to be fastened to floor with a channel to receive transition strip. 2.4.2 Transition Strip: 3 1/2" (nom) width tapered to provide gradual change in thickness. Manufacturer: Gradus Series: RT84 with A-FT45 base 3. Execution 3.1. General: All applicators and field personnel shall be fully trained and familiar with manufacturers' application procedures. 3.2. Tile Installation 3.2.1 Design layout of tiles so that the edges abutting walls, equipment, etc, are formed with pieces large enough to prevent them being easily dislodged. At transition strips, provide first course of whole tiles abutting strip. 3.2.2 Install tile with embossed arrows running in one direction only. 3.23 Fit around all cases and other permanently installed fixtures. Trim tiles for tight installation, 3.3. Roll Goods 3 3.3.1 Design layout to minimize seams, where spaces are less than the width of the roll, provide seamless installation. 3.3.2 Glue down directly to slab, following carpet manufacturer's recommendations. End of Section 09680 1 Section 09725 Seamless Methyl Methacrylate Flooring 1. General 1. 1. Scope: 1.1.1 Provide Seam I ess/Quartz[Fl ake Flooring System at locations indicated. 1.1.2 Provide system in compliance with requirements of United States Department of Agriculture (USDA), Food and Drug Administration (FDA), and local Health Department. 1.2. Job Conditions: 1.2.1 Do not begin application until roofing operations have been completed. 1.2.2 Set floor drains at concrete grade rather than finished grade of flooring system. 1.2.3 Substrate� Applicator shall verify slab meets flooring system manufacturer's standards of slab quality. Notify Publix Architect if deficiencies exist before work is started. 1.2.4 Preparation of substrate for application of Seamless Quartz Flooring shall constitute evidence of acceptance of slab. 1.2.5 Conform to flooring system manufacturer's requirements for environmental conditions 1.2.6 Protection of installed work shall begin immediately upon completion of each part. Do not allow materials which can mar or stain to come into contact with floor. Protect floor from wheeled traffic and other activities which might cause permanent damage. 1.2.7 Clean floor daily. . 1.3. Tests: Perform flooring manufacturer's standard bond test. 1.4. Qualityi 1.4.1 Applicator: 1.4.1.1 Applicator shall be approved by Publix Architect, and the flooring system manufacturer. 1.4. 1 2 Applicator shall have been trained by the flooring system manufacturer in all phases of surface preparation and application of the product specified. 1.4.1.3 Applicator shall have five years experience in use of required equipment and application of specified flooring system. Submit proof of experience in work of similar scope before the bid. . 1.4.1.4 Publix reserves the right to refuse any applicator with or without cause. 1.4.1.5 Approved applicators� Nightengale Resurfacing, Palm Beach Gardens, Florida Federal Technical Services, Marietta, Georgia. Surface Systems, Greer, South Carolina. Dura Bond Company, Miami, Florida. PremUS, Winter Garden, Florida. 1.4.2 Personnel: 1.4.2.1 Employ an experienced superintendent trained by the system manufacturer to oversee all operation. 1.4.2.2 Work shall not proceed without adequate supervision present at all times. 1.4.2.3 Utilize workers with skills in proportion to complexity of tasks required. 1.4.2.4 Publix reserves the right to reject personnel with or without cause. 1.4.3 Quality Standards 1.4.3.1 Work will be judged by Publix in comparison to work of similar types. 1.4.3.2 Substandard construction as judged by Publix Representative or Flooring System Manufacturer's Representative will not be accepted. 1.4.3.3 Neatness counts. Make all joints with proper care to insure that tight connections are made without excess material, well bonded to substrate. 1.4.4 Sample � Prepare system mock-up composed of F-0" square floor sample with wall base sample applied to indicate system characteristics as follows: Color Application thickness Exposure of abrasive aggregate Typical cove base treatment 1.5. Warranty: All seamless quartz flooring and wall base work against defects in material and workmanship for a period of two years. Work found to be defective during that time shall be replaced at no cost to the Owner. A written warranty shall be provided. 2. Products 2.1. Approved Manufacturer: Silikat Resin Systems, Waterbury, CT. Products of other manufacturers shall not be used in this system. 2.2. Materials: Methyl Methacrylate (MMA) Acrylic Resin System components: 2.2.1 Penetrating saturating primer/sealer coat - R-41 Primer. 2.2.2 Flake broadcast system (SQ-2): Self -leveling topping - R61 SL, color P7. Colorless resin topcoat - R71 sealer, 18% No. I Eggshell White 3.5% No. 6 Silver Grey 54% No. 63 Khaki 3.5% No. 66 Grey 3.5% No. 65 Light Grey 3.5% No. 67 Winter Grey 14% No. 16 Battleship Grey 2.2.3 Colorless resin topcoat - R712 sealer. 2.3. Mixes Follow manufacturer's prescribed procedures exactly. 3. Execution 3A. Preparation 3. 1. I Protect all work in place by draping or masking as required, Provide protection for all adjacent surfaces. 3.1.2 Mechanical surface preparation- 3.1.2.1 Shot blast all surfaces to receive flooring system with a mobile steelshot, dust recycling machine (Blastrac or equal). 3.1.2.2 Where surfaces are inaccessible to shot blast machines, utilize other equipment to achieve equivalent surface. 3.1.2.3 All surface and embedded accumulations of paint, toppings, hardened concrete layers, laitance, power trowel finishes, and other similar surface characteristics shall be completely removed leaving a bare concrete surface having a profile similar to 40 grit sandpaper and exposing the upper fascia of concrete aggregate. 3.1.2.4 Floor areas inaccessible to the mobile blast cleaning machines shall be mechanically abraded to the same degree of cleanliness, soundness, and profile using vertical disc scarifiers, needle guns, or other suitable equipment. 31.1.15 Remove all spent abrasive, laitance, and other debris with vacuum. 3.1.2.6 As surface preparation proceeds, perform flooring system manufacturer's specified bond test. 3.2. Application: 3.2.1 Follow manufacturer's instructions for each step. 3.2.2 Apply primer/scaler. 3.2.3 Apply topping and broadcast colored flakes on the surface of fresh material. 3.2.4 Apply topcoat. 3. 2.5 Sand surface with 20 mesh open grit sandpaper if required. 3.2.6 Apply another topcoat. 3.2.7 Cure 45-60 minutes between coats. 3.3. Thickness: Total system thickness shall equal approximately 3/16". 3.4. Cleaning and Protection: Take necessary steps to keep work in place clean and free from damage by ongoing construction activity. Repair defects as required, using flooring system manufacturer's recommended procedures. End of Section 09725 Section 09900 Paint and Wall Finishes 1. General 1. 1. Factory and shop applied painting: Apply as specified in sections governing the item required. 1.2. Field Painting� 1.2.1 Generally, paint all visible surfaces of all items both interior and exterior, and where needed for protection of materials from moisture damage. 1-2.2 Apply single coat of primer or wall paint on surfaces subject to accumulation of dust and dirt; that is, door tops and other places where appearance is not critical. 1.23 Interiors: Unless otherwise indicated back room areas shall receive a gloss finish. All other areas are to receive a flat finish. 1.2.4 Exposed structure in back rooms shall be painted in 51.x Prototypes only. 1.2.5 Where there is no indication for specific selections, match color and gloss of adjacent finishes, using coatings of the type recommended by the coating manufacturer. 1.2.6 Interior and exterior materials: Concrete Portland cement plaster Masonry Woodwork (includes back -priming all wood siding, and interiors of millwork). Gypsum wallboard Steel and other ferrous metals including galvanized. 1.2.7 Specifically excluded from field painting� Where concealed by ceiling: Structural steel, steel joist girders andjoists, metal roof deck, and interior electrical and mechanical work Concrete walks ' if remodeling work requires reconditioning of previously painted walks notify Architect. 1.2.8 Materials and equipment not to be painted. Items of equipment furnished with complete factory finish, except for items specified to be given a finish coat under this Section. Non-ferrous metals, except for items specified and/or indicated to be painted. Prefinished sheet metal. Finished hardware, excepting hardware that is factory primed, Electrical panels. 1.2.9 Surfaces not to be painted shall be left completely free of droppings, overspray and other accidentally applied materials resulting from painting work. 1.3. Paint Materials: 1.3.1 Deliver all paint, varnishes, enamels, lacquers, stains and similar materials in the original containers with the seals unbroken and labels intact and with the manufacturer's instructions printed thereon. 1.3.2 Paint shall arrive on the job color -mixed except for tinting of undercoats and thinning. All thinning and tinting materials shall be as recommended by the manufacturer for the Particular material to be thinned or tinted. 1.3.3 All mixed colors shall match the color selection made by the Architect. Verify prior to application of the coating. 1.4. Storage of Materials: 1.4.1 Store all materials used on thejob in a single place designated by the General Superintendent or Architect. 1.4.2 Keep storage areas clean and free of debris. Take special care to remove all items which present danger of fire daily. 1.4.3 Do not store materials in walk-in coolers and freezers. 1.5. Inspection of Surfaces: 1.5.1 Examine surfaces carefully before starting. Note defects which are not reparable by ordinary means. Work shall not proceed until such damages are corrected. 1.5.2 Commencement of work in a specific area will be construed as acceptance of the substrate, 1.6. Job Conditions 1.6.1 Before painting is started in any area, broom clean and remove dust. 1.6.2 Until paint is fully dry, broom cleaning will not be allowed; use commercial vacuum cleaning equipment. 1.6.3 Provide adequate illumination forjudging colors and finish quality in areas where painting operations are proceeding. 1.7. Cooperation with other trades: Schedule painting work with other trades. Do not proceed until all affected work is in place, and, where required, protected from painting operations. 2. Products 2.1. Manufacturer: Only Sher -win Williams products will be acceptable. If a product is needed which is not produced by Sherwin Williams, notify Publix Architect. 3. Execution 3.1. Workmanship, General: 3.1.1 Only skilled mechanics shall be employed. Apply by brush and roller. Spray painting will be allowed for steel joist girders,joists, steel deck, and electrical and � mechanical work which is 13 or more feet above the floor. 3.1.2 Protect work in place at all times, and protect all adjacent work and materials by suitable means. 3.1.3 In remodeling operations, where electrical panels were previously painted, paint to match surrounding wall. 3.1.4 All materials shall be applied under adequate illumination. Evenly spread and smoothly flow on to avoid runs, sags, holidays, brush marks, air bubbles and excessive roller stipple. 3.1.5 Provide complete coverage and hide. Where color, stain, dirt, or undercoats show through final coat of paint, the surface shall be covered by additional coats until the paint film is of uniform finish, color, appearance and coverage. 3.1.6 All coats shall be dry to manufacturers recommendations before applying succeeding coats. 3.1.7 Wood surfaces to be stained shall appear uniform in shading with color variations caused only by the natural wood grain. 12. Preparation of Surfaces: 3.2.1 Surfaces shall be clean, dry and adequately protected from dampness. 1 3.2.2 Surface shall be free of foreign materials which will adversely affect adhesion or appearance of applied coating. 3.2.3 Mildew shall be removed and the surface treated in accordance with the coating manufacturers recommendations. 3.2.4 Wood- 3.2.4.1 Sand to smooth and even surface, then dust off. 3.2.4.2 Apply pigmented shellac to all knots, pitch and resinous sapwood prior to application of specified primer coats. 3.2.4 � 3 After priming coat has dried, putty or spackle all nail holes, cracks, open joints and other defects. Putty shall be colored to match primer, if putty is not compatible with finish, spot prime puttied areas. 3.2.5 Drywall: Fill all minor irregularities with spackling paste and sand to a smooth level surface. Exercise care to avoid raising nap of paper. 3.2.6 Concrete, Masonry and Stucco 3.16.1 Patch large openings and holes and finish flush with adjacent surface. After priming, fill remaining small holes with prepared patching material, 3.2.6.2 Remove form oil from poured -in -place concrete with form oil solvent, or other operations as required for complete removal. 3.2.6.3 Do not paint until surfaces have cured for 28 days and are dry. 3.2.7 Ferrous metal surfaces 3.2.7.1 Remove dirt and grease with mineral spirits and wipe dry with clean cloths. 3.2.T2 Remove rust, mill scale and defective paint down to sound surfaces or bare metal using scraper, sandpaper or wire brush as necessary. 3 � 2.7.3 Touch up all bare metal and damaged shop coats with specified shop coat primer. 3.2.8 Galvanized metal surfaces: Remove dirt and grease with mineral spirits and wipe dry with clean cloths. 3.2.9 Existing surfaces to be repainted (when and where applicable) 3.2.9.1 Where existing work is cut, patched, or added to, all new surfaces shall be painted or touched up to match existing work as closely as possible. 3.2.9.2 Existing work, where scheduled for repainting or where damaged by work of this Contract, shall be repaired and scraped or sanded to provide good adhesion for paint. Paint to match similar new work or existing work as appropriate. 3.3. Workmanship for Exterior Painting 3.3.1 Follow manufacturer's recommendations forjob conditions and surface preparation. 3.3.2 Do not proceed with painting work when the surface temperature is below 50 degrees F., while the surface is damp, or during rainy or frosty weather. Avoid painting surfaces while they are exposed to hot sun. 3.3.3 Exterior doors shall have tops, bottoms, and side edges finished the same as the exterior faces of these doors. 3.4. Workmanship for Interior Painting 3.4.1 Enamel or varnish finish applied to wood or metal shall be sanded with fine sandpaper and then cleaned between coats to produce an even surface. 3.4.2 Interior doors shall be sealed on the tops and bottoms with the prime coat only. Side edges of interior doors shall be finished as faces of these doors. 3.4.3 All closet interiors shall be finished the same as adjoining rooms, unless other -wise specified. 3.5. Caulking 3.5.1 Caulk between exposed masonry and steel frames. Caulk as required to close all mortarjoints. 3.5.2 Joints and spaces to be caulked shall be clean and dry. Leave surfaces neat and clean. Caulk before final painting. 3.6. Clean -Up: 3.6.1 Upon completion of the work, remove all paint and varnish spots from floors, glass and other surfaces. 3.6.2 Remove from the premises all rubbish and accumulated debris. 3.6.3 Leave work in clean, orderly and acceptable condition. 4. Schedules 4.1. Exterior Paint Schedule 4.1.1 Where Exterior Wallis not to receive portland cement plaster: Ist Coat - Sherwin Williams Heavy Duty Block Filler - B42W46 2nd and 3rd Coats - Sherwin Williams A-100 Satin Latex House and Trim. Color� Outside color as selected by Shopping Center Architect and approved by Publix' Architect. 4.1.2 Where store receives rear or side exterior portland cement plaster: See Section 09220 - Lath and Portland Cement Plaster, color as selected by Shopping Center Architect and approved by Publix' Architect. 4.1.3 Exterior Ferrous Metal (not aluminum or shop painted)� I st Coat on Non -Galvanized -Sherwin Williams Extend Metal Primer - E41 Ist Coat on Galvanized - Sherwin-Williams DTM Bonding Primer. 2nd Coat - Sherwin Williams DTM Semi -gloss Enamel. Color as indicated, or if not indicated, as selected by Publix Architect. 4.1.4 Exterior Doors and Jamb s � I st Coat - Sherwin Williams DIM Bonding Primer. 2nd and 3rd Coat - Sherwin Williams DTNI Semi -gloss Enamel B66 Series. Outside color as selected by Shopping Center Architect and approved by Publix' Architect-, inside color as specified in interior paint paragraphs. 4.2, Interior Paint Schedule 4.2.1 Concrete Masonry (Back Rooms) I st Coat - Sherwin Williams ProMar Block Filler B25W25. 2nd and 3rd Coats - Sherwin Williams Healthspec Semi -Gloss. Color: SW #1234 "Evening Shadow" (Gray) unless indicated otherwise. 4.2.2 Concrete Masonry with Epoxy where indicated I st Coat - Sherwin Williams AB25W25 Block Filler. 2nd and 3rd Coats - Sherwin Williams Tile -Clad HS Epoxy B62WZ Series. Color: White. 4.2.3 Gypsum Wallboard (General): I st Coat: Sherwin Williams Promar 400 Flat. 2nd and 3rd Coats: Sher -win Williams HealthSpec Semi -Gloss. Color: SW 1004 "Pure White" unless indicated otherwise. 4.2.4 Gypsum Wallboard in Backrooms, Customer Service, Front Offices, Cash Room, General Office and Managers Offices, Restroorn Ceilings (where indicated as painted)� I st Coat: Sherwin Williams Promar 400 Flat. 2nd and 3rd Coats: Sherwin Williams HealthSpec Semi -Gloss. Color� SW #1234 "Evening Shadow" (Gray) unless indicated otherwise. 4.2.5 Gypsum Wallboard behind Refrigerated Cases One Coat - Sherwin Williams Healthspec Interior Semi -Gloss Enamel. 4.2.6 Plywood, Wood Shelving, Wood Base: I st Coat - Sherwin Williams DTM Bonding Primer B66, 2nd and 3rd Coats - Sherwin Williams Healthspec Semi -Gloss Enamel. Color: SW 41234 "Evening Shadow" (Gray) unless indicated otherwise. 4.2.7 Plenum Areas (In Bakery, around hoods, oven & supply or exhaust curtain walls where other finish is not indicated.) I st Coat - Sherwin Williams Promar 400 Flat. 2nd and 3rd Coats - Sherwin Williams Healthspec Semi -Gloss Enamel. Color: SW 41004 "Ultra White" unless indicated otherwise. 4.2.8 Interior Exposed Metal (brush application -all metals except as allowed in spray applications listed below): I st Coat (Bare Steel) - Permatex Extend Waterborne Primer 475448. I st Coat (Factory Primed) - Sherwin Williams DTM Bonding Primer. 2nd and 3rd Coats - Sherwin Williams DTM Semi -Gloss Enamel. Color: To match adjacent wall. 4.2.9 Structural steel in place, steel joist girders and joists, steel deck, electrical and mechanical work (spray application - allowed over 13 ft. AFF only). Paint structure in back rooms of prototypes where visible from sales area only. I st and 2nd Coat - Sherwin Williams Super Save Lite Dry Fall Semi - Gloss, #B47W62; Color: Brilliant White 4.2.10 Filters Paintable Caulk And Sealants - Sherwin Williams 4C-950 Acrylic Caulking. Spackling Compounds - Sher -win Williams #C-50. All spackling shall be done after prime coat is applied. End of Section 09900 Section 10170 Plastic Toilet Compartments 1. General 1. 1. Submittals: Submit Shop Drawings showing plans, elevations, and attachment and hardware details. 2. Products 2.1. Partitions: Toilet Partitions shall be I" thick solid polymer resin, of the manufacturer's standard white color, 2.2. Manufacturers Santana Products Co., Scranton, PA, (Poly -Mar HD Solid) Capital Partitions, Inc., Columbia, MD, (Poly -Pro Polymer) Comtec Industries, Scranton, PA 2.3. Constr-uction: Partitions shall be I" thick ' all edges shall be machined to a radius of 0,250" and all sharp corners removed. All dividing panels and doors shall be 55" high mounted 14" A.F.F., or 58" high mounted 12" A.F.F. 2.4. Hardware: 2.4.1 Wall Brackets: Continuous full -panel-I ength extruded aluminum, brite anodized. 2.4.2 Head Rails: Extruded aluminum, brite anodized. 2.4.3 Pilaster Shoes: 20 ga stainless steel, 2.4.4 Hinges: Integral w/nylon & stainless pins, or 8-inch aluminum, brite anodized. 2.4.5 Latches: Aluminum, brite anodized. 2.4.6 Strikes: Aluminum, brite anodized. 2.4.7 Bumper/Hooks: Heavy chrome plated zamac. 2.4.8 Pull (accessible stall only): Heavy duty chrome plated zamac. 3. Execution 3.1. Installation: Installation shall be in accordance with approved drawings and manufacturer's standard recommendations. End of Section 10170 Section 10522 Fire Extinguishers, Cabinets, and Accessories 1. General 1. 1. Related Documents 1.1.1 Drawings and general provisions of the Contract,including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division I Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2. Summary 1.2.1 This Section includes the followin& 1.2. 1 � I Fire extinguishers. 1.2.1.2 Fire extinguisher mounting brackets. 1.2.2 Related Sections: The following Sections contain requirements that relate to this Section: 1.2.2.1 Division 15 Section "Standpipe and Sprinkler Systems" for fire protection standpipe and hose systems. 1.2.2.2 Division 16 Section "Interior Lialuina" for fire exting . uisher location lights. 1 3. Submittals 1.3.1 General� Submit the following according to the Conditions of the Contract and Division I Specification Sections. 1.3.2 Product data for mounting brackets, details showing mounting methods, relationships of brackets to surrounding construction. 1.3.3 Samples for initial selection purposes in the form of manufacturer's color charts consisting of actual units or sections of units showing full range of colors, textures, and patterns available for each type of bracket finish indicated or exposed to view. 1.3.4 Samples for verification purposes in full-size units of each type of bracket finish indicated, and in sets for each color, texture, and pattern specified, showing the full range of variations. 1.4. Quality Assurance 1.4.1 Single -Source Responsibility: Obtain extinguishers and brackets from one source from a single manufacturer. 1.4,2 Coordination Verify that brackets are sized to accommodate type and capacity of extinguishers indicated and provided by Owner under separate Contract. 1.4.3 UL-Listed Products� Fire extinguishers shall be UL listed with UL listing mark for type, rating, and classification of extinguisher. 1.4.4 FM -Listed Products: Fire extinguishers approved by Factory Mutual Research Corporation for type, rating, and classification of extinguisher with FM marking. 1 2. Products 2.1. Manufacturers 2.1.1 Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: Ansul Fire Protection, BadgeF-Powhatan. American Specialties Inc. Bobfick Washroom Equipment, Inc. Croker Div., Fire -End and Croker Corp. Filtrine Manufacturing. Lyon Metal Products. J.L. Industries. Larsen's Manufacturing Co. Modern Metal Products by Muckle. Potter -Roemer, Inc. Samson Metal Products, Inc. 2.2. Fire Extinguishers 2.2.1 General: Provide fire extinguishers for each cabinet and other locations indicated, in colors and finishes selected by Architect from manufacturer's standard, that comply with authorities having jurisdiction. 2.2.2 Provide A, B, C, Type 2A-IOB:C, 5 lb nominal capacity in a polyester and epoxy paint container with pressure guage. 2.2.3 Provide 10 lb, Class 60-B:C fire extinguisher, DC series, Dy chemical for use in electrical and grease fires, provided in a polyester and epoxy container with pressure guage. 2.3. Mounting Brackets 2.3.1 Brackets: Designed to prevent accidentally dislodging extinguisher, of sizes required for type and capacity of extinguisher indicated, in plated finish. 2.3.1.1 Provide brackets for extinguishers not located in cabinets. 3. Execution 3.1. Examination 3.1.1 Examine walls and partitions for thickness and support framing for bracket to verify cabinet depth and mounting prior to cabinet installation. 3.1.2 Do not proceed until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2. Installation 3.2.1 Follow manufacturer's printed instructions for installation. 3.2.2 Install in locations and at mounting heights indicated or, if not indicated, at heights to comply with applicable regulations of governing authorities. 3.2.2.1 Fasten mounting brackets and cabinets to structure, square and plumb. End of Section 10522 Section 10800 Toilet Accessories 1. General (Not Used) 2. Products 2.1- Toilet Accessories. 2. 1.1 Mirror with stainless steel shelf Over each lavatory 18" x 30" x 1/4" polished plate glass mirror with galvanized steel back, stainless steel frame and shelf and with theft proof mounting, equal to the following: Accessible toilet stalls (tilt mirror): Bradley 7405, 18" x 30" All other lavatories: Bradley 7815, 18" x 30" Equivalent models manufactured by McKinney are also acceptable. 2.1.2 Coat & Hat Hooks: Furnish 48 each, Stanley 97082� mount on 3/4" x 5" boards in employee restrooms as directed by Publix Representative. 2.1.3 Grab Rails: 1 1/2" diameter satin finish stainless steel� one 36 inch at the rear and one 42 inch to the side of each accessible toilet. 2.1.4 Mirror (mount on back of all restroom doors): 5 mm float glass, edges polished, quality Q3, 18" x 60". 2.2. Towel, soap, toilet paper, cup dispensers and baby changing station furnished & installed by Publix. 3. Execution 3.1. Installation: Install all toilet accessories securely to walls indicated, grab rails shall be mounted to reinforced walls to withstand a point load of 350 pounds at any point. End of Section 10800 Section 13900 Fire Sprinkler System I . General 1. 1. System Description: 1.1.1 Construction Documents indicate the Design of a Fire Sprinkler System that complies with the intent of Publix. Information contained in these Documents shall be the only basis for Bid. 1-1.2 Factory Mutual Engineering is the approver of all systems that are acceptable to Publix. However, Factory Mutual approval is a minimum requirement. Publix's requirements exceed those of Factory Mutual in many particulars. 1.1.3 Design Changes: 1.1.3.1 It is recognized that there are several ways to obtain the protection intended by Publix, and approvable by Factory Mutual Engineering. If changes can be made to the Design to achieve cost or time savings, these shall be submitted to Publix before requesting approval by Factory Mutual or the Authority Having Jurisdiction. 1.1.3.2 Work shall not begin on the assumption of approvability of changes to the Design. 1.1.3.3 If Publix approves design changes, submit Change Order request for inclusion in Contract. 1.2. Scope of WorL 1.1 1 Renovate complete overhead sprinkler system as shown on the Drawings and described herein. This specification applies only to Publix remodels where no additonal tenant spaces are involved. 1.2.2 Provide other systems and apparatus as needed for security of components, ease of access by Fire Fighters and Officials, and as required for a complete, integrated system. 1.3. Design Requirements 1.3.1 Conform to the requirements of the local building code and the Authority Having Jurisdiction. If conflicts occur between the requirements of the above mentioned codes and authorities, the most stringent shall govern. 1. 3. 2 Spacing of sprinklers shall not exceed 130 sq. ft. per sprinkler, without written permission from Publix. 1.3.3 Sprinkler location: All sprinklers shall be located as shown on Architect's Drawings, and as required by codes, including vestibules and canopy attic areas (if combustible). 1.4. Quality: 1.4.1 Subcontractor- 1.4.1.1 The Fire Sprinkler Subcontractor shall be a reputable firm regularly engaged in this type of work, employing skilled workmen, and with proper equipment. Work within the State of Florida shall be performed by a firm licensed as a Class I or 11 Fire Sprinkler Contractor. 1.4.1.2 Upon request, Subcontractor shall show evidence of at least two similar jobs, of comparable size and character, installed and operating within the two years prior to bid opening. 1.4.1.3 Publix reserves the right to refuse any Subcontractor with or without disclosing cause. 1.4.2 Personnel: 1.4.2.1 Employ an experienced Superintendent to oversee all operation. 1.4.2.2 Work shall not proceed without adequate super -vision present at all times. Within the State of Florida, Foreman shall be a Journeyman Sprinkler Fitter. 1.4.2.3 Work shall be performed by workers certified in their trade as journeymen, and apprentices in accordance with regulations of the It, governing authority or customary practice. Utilize workers with skills in proportion to complexity of tasks required. 1.4.2.4 Publix reserves the right to refuse assignment of workers to Publix work with or without disclosing cause. 1,4.3 Quality Standards 1.4.3.1 Work shall be accomplished to ensure leak -proof installation. 1.4.3.2 Work will bejudged by Publix in comparison to work of similar types. Substandard construction as judged by Publix Representative wil I not be accepted. 1.4.3.3 Neatness counts. Make all joints, connections, unions, etc. with proper care to insure that tight connections are made without excess material, well secured to supports. 1.4.3.4 Install piping with runs straight, accurately formed radiuses at bends, and adequate supports. 1.5. Pressure Test: 1.5.1 Perform testing as required by Factory Mutual and authorities having jurisdiction. Test results shall be certified by these agencies. 1.5.2 As a minimum, test all piping and equipment under hydrostatic pressure of 200 pounds per square inch for a 2 hour continuous period. 1.5.3 Correct all defects revealed by test. 1.5.4 Retest as required until system is leak free under test conditions. 2. Products 2.1. Heads 2.1.1 Areas with suspended ceilings� Use chrome recessed type sprinklers rated at 165 degrees F., "Reliable" Ft glass bulb with "Reliable" GFI escutcheon ormatch existing sprinklers. 1 1.2 In areas with exposed structure: 2.1.2.1 Sales/Customer Areas: Use brass upright type sprinklers rated at 1,65 degrees F. Z� 2.1.2.2 Storage, and other areas not used by customers: Use brass upright type, rated at 286 degrees F or match existing sprinklers. 2.1.3 Cooler/Freezer Areas: Provide 165 degrees F. dry pendant sprinklers. Seal pipe penetration and insulate pipe to I'-O" above top of cooler/freezer insulation panel. 2.2. Dry Systems: Where required by local authorities, the system shall be controlled by a separate wall or post indicator valve and dry pipe valve. Valves are to be equipped with an air compressor, low air trouble alarm, and supervisory switches. Control valves for either shall be located 4'-6" above finished floor. 2.3. Provide spare sprinkler heads and wrenches. Provide number of cabinets, spare sprinkler heads in locations required by NFPA 13 and Factory Mutual. 2.4. Provide pipe sleeves for all pipes passing through concrete floors and for all pipes passing through conerete and masonry walls. 2.5. Provide escutcheons for all exposed pipes passing through floors and walls, Escutcheons shall be brass chrome plate, two-piece hinged, fastened with set screw, size to suit. 2.6. All fittings shall be Factory Mutual approved and stamped and shall conform to the requirements of NFPA. #13 and the Factory Mutual Approval Guide, except that no "slip" type fittings are to be used. 2.7. Piping: 2.7.1 Piping shall conform to the requirements of NFPA. # 1 3 and the Factory Mutual Approval Guide. Piping may be grooved, threaded and/or welded if all components and methods are Factory Mutual approved. 2.7.2 Interior Sprinkler Piping: Schedule 40 black steel screwed pipe with standard weight cast iron fittings, or schedule 40 black steel grooved pipe with couplings. 2.8. Sprinkler heads shall be approved by Underwriters' Laboratories and Factory Mutual. 3. Execution 3.1. General 3,1.1 Architectural and Structural Drawings shall be used for building construction, dimensions and specific locations. 3.1.2 Perform all cutting and fitting required for work of this Section in rough construction of the building, and in areas of existing buildings and structures as required by alterations and connections to existing. ' .3.1.3 All patching of finished construction of new and existing buildings shall be by the General Contractor under the Sections of Specifications covering those materials. 3.1.4 Verify all field dimensions and locations of equipment and fixtures within the layout as established by the General Contractor to insure close, neat fit, with other trades work. 3.1.5 Where the work is dependent upon work of other trades or work already in place for its proper installation, examine such other work and see that is in the proper condition and state of completion before continuing the installation. 3.1.6 Include the services of an experienced Superintendent, who shall be constantly in charge of the work, together with qualified journeymen required to properly unload, install, connect, adjust, start and operate and test the work involved, including equipment and materials furnished by others and by Owner. All work shall be executed in a first class workmanlike manner. Workmanship that, in the opinion of Publix, is substandard or shoddy, shall be removed and replaced with acceptable work at no cost to Publix. 3.1.7 Follow Drawings in laying out work and check Drawings of other trades to verify spaces in which work will be installed. Coordinate work with other trades. Maintain maximum headroom and space conditions at all points. Where headroom or space conditions appear inadequate, notify Architect before proceeding with installation. 3.2. Area of horizontal runs by trades: See Section 0 1 0 1 0. I I 3.-). Conceal all piping above suspended ceiling where practical. 3.4. If directed by Architect, the Subcontractor shall, without extra charge, make reasonable modifications in the layout as needed to prevent conflict with work of other trades or for proper execution of the work. 3.5. Provide qualified installers. Install materials, apparatus and equipment in neat, workmanlike manner. 3.6. Cooperate with the work of other trades to prevent conflict or interference and to aid rapid completion of the overall project. 3.7. Protect materials, apparatus and equipment from damage, moisture, dirt, debris and work of other trades. Do not install damaged materials and equipment, remove them from the site. 3.8. Install drops for sprinkler heads in areas with finished ceiling. Coordinate the exact location of the ceiling grid with the ceiling contractor. 3.9. Examine all work of others. If any conditions exist which will prevent satisfactory installation of materials or equipment the Architect shall be notified in writing. Starting of work without notification indicates acceptance, and any or all changes required will be at Contractor's expense. 3.10. Keep thejob site free from accumulations of waste materials and rubbish. Leave thejob site and work in clean, orderly and acceptable condition. Clean all materials and equipment of dirt, dust, paint, spots and stains, soil marks arid other foreign matter. 3.11. The inside sprinkler piping shall be installed in such a manner that there will be no leakage. 3.12. There shall be no on site welding of sprinkler piping. 3.13. Requirements for Final Acceptance and Payment: 3.13.1 Furnish Publix' Representative with a complete set of a]I manufacturer's warranties and instructions, and with two sets of as -built drawings. 3.13.2 Obtain Final Inspection and test required by the authorities having jurisdiction for their acceptance of the system; provide adequate advance notice to Publix' representative of such inspection and test furnish Publix' Representative with evidence of acceptance of the system by the local authority having jurisdiction. 3.14. Guarantee 3.14.1 All equipment shall be tested, adjusted and placed in proper operating condition by the subcontractor. Contractor shall advise the Architect in writing that the systems are installed according to the Specifications and Drawings and are operating satisfactorily. The Owner shall receive written warranty covering all defects in workmanship and material for a period of one (1) year from the date of Final Acceptance. 3.14.2 All defects within this period shall be repaired without cost to the Owner. This shall include adjustments, and all regular and preventative maintenance. 3.14.3 The Owner reserves the tight to make emergency repairs as required to keep equipment in operation without voiding the Contractor's warranty. 3.15, Final Inspection 3.15.1 All of the following items shall be completed prior to final inspections. No exceptions will be made and no final payment will be made until all items are completed. 3.16. Cleaning Equipment and Premises: 3,16.1 Thoroughly clean all exposed parts of the apparatus and equipment. Exposed parts which are to be painted shall be thoroughly cleaned of cement, plaster, and other material and all oil and grease spots shall be removed. Repaint or touch up as required to make look like new. Such surfaces shall be carefully wiped and all cracks and corners scraped out. 3.16.2 Exposed metal work shall be carefully brushed down with steel brushes to remove rust and other spots and touched up with primer. End of Section 13900 Section 13955 Automatic Extinguishing Systems 1. General 1. 1. Automatic Extinguishing Systems, in their entirety, will be provided as an integral part of the Grease Hood systems furnished by Publix and installed under the Contract. Owner furnished services includes all set-up of the extinguishing systems. 2. Products (Not Used) 3. Execution: (Not Used) End of Section 13955 Section 15400 Plumbing 1. General 1. 1. Summary 1.1.1 Provide all materials and equipment and perform all labor required to install plumbing complete as indicated, as required by code, and as specified herein. All sizes, etc., are Publix minimum and if local code requirements are higher, the work shall be bid and installed accordingly. 1.1.1.1 Obtain and pay for all permits, bonds, inspection. 1.1.1.2 Provide hot and cold water mains and distribution piping, all overhead and concealed except main water supply into building and where indicated on the Drawings. No PVC pipe allowed above floor slab, (except plumbing waste piping, unless not code approved). 1.1.1.3 Provide a system of soil and waste drains, vents, and connections to alI sewer, and water mains and all fixtures. 1.1.1.4 Plumbing Fixtures: Provide and adjust, except as herein specified. 1.1�15 Provide all piping hanging and hangers. 1.1.1.6 Provide gas piping and all indirect drains required for equipment furnished in other sections, and by Owner. 1.1.1.7 Provide rough -in plumbing for fixtures indicated as furnished by Publix or others, and make required connections. Include uncrating equipment, moving into place, and installing complete. 1.1.1.8 Coordinate plumbing work with all trades involved, including the Refrigeration Contractor's work. 1 1.1.1.9 Provide all other materials and services required for a complete working installation described in Contract Documents. 1.1.1.10 Provide Watts #909 backflow preventer on main water service line. Coordinate location with Publix representative. 1.1.2 All apparatus shall be installed at exact height and locations as shown on the Architectural Drawings, or if not shown, at heights and locations determined by applicable codes and laws. 1.1.3 PerforTn all excavation and backfill required for services, and for all plumbing and work inside and outside the building. Cutting of curbs, walks, concrete and paving required for excavation shall be done by appropriate trade. 1.1.4 All store cases, coolers, and freezers will be furnished and set in place by Publix. The Refrigeration Contractor shall make all condensate waste connections required to Plumbing Contractors stub ups. Check equipment drawings against Drawings in order to verify exact locations. Provide gas piping as indicated. 1.2. Definitions: Explanation and -Precedence of Documents: 1.2.1 For purposes of clarity and legibility, Plumbing Drawings are essentially diagrammatic and, although size and location of equipment are drawn to scale wherever possible, Contractor shall make use of all Contract Documents- 1.2.2 The Drawings indicate size, connection points and routes of pipe. It is not intended, however, that all offsets, rises and drops are shown. Install piping as required to fit structure, avoid obstructions, and retain clearance, headroom, openings and passageways. 1.2.3 Carefully examine all existing conditions, existing piping and premises and compare the Drawings with the existing conditions. Submittal of bid indicates that the Contractor has examined the site and Drawings and has included all required work in his bid. No allowances will be made for any error resulting from Contractor's failure to visit Job Sites and to review Drawings. 1.2.4 Conflicts, discrepancies, interferences and omissions in documents shall be brought to the aftention of the Architect for clarification prior to commencement of work. 1.2.5 Information was taken from various archive drawings and limited field observation. Field verification of existing conditions and points of connection are required. Provide all demolition, cutting and patching, and excavation required for the project, whether or not shown on the drawings. 1.2.6 The term "provide" shall be defined as furnished and installed complete in every way by this contractor. 1.33. Submittals: 1.3.1 Within 30 days of Contract Commencement (Authorization to Proceed), submit for Publix' Architect's approval Fixtures and trim with cuts including rough -in dimensions. Equipment Drains and cleanouts (floor and wall) Valves, stops, hose bibbs Miscellaneous Roof flashing Piping diagrams Other items required to complete the Work 1.3.2 Submit six identical bound copies of all items. Arrange categories in order listed above. 1.3.3 All cuts for the above shall have rough -in dimensions, connection sizes, and any special installation requirements. In addition, furnish motor horsepower voltage and phase for all equipment. 1.3.4 Project Record Drawings� Comply with Section 01720. 1.3.5 Do not order materials or proceed with the work without approved submittals. 1.3.6 Confirm electrical requirements and voltage with Div. 16 contractor prior to ordering equipment. 1.4. Quality: 1.4.1 Subcontractor: 1.4.1.1 The Plumbing Subcontractor shall be a reputable firm regularly engaged in this type of work, employing skilled workmen, and with proper equipment. 1.4.1.2 Upon request Subcontractor shall show evidence of at least two similar jobs, of comparable size and character, installed and operating within the previous two years prior to bid opening. 1.4.1.3 Publix reserves the right to refuse any Subcontractor with or without disclosing cause. 1.4.2 Personnel: 1.4.2.1 Employ an experienced Superintendent to oversee all operation. 1.4.2.2 Work shall not proceed without adequate supervision present at all times. 1.4.2.3 Work shall be accomplished by workers certified in their trade as masters, journeymen, and apprentices in accordance with regulations of the governing authority or customary practice. Utilize workers with skills in proportion to complexity of tasks required. 1.4.2.4 All welding shall be performed by certified welders. For each welder, provide certification of welding quality test, current within 6 months of project. 1.4.2.5 Publix reserves the right to refuse assignment of workers to Publix work with or without disclosing cause. 1.4.3 Quality Standards � 1.4.3.1 Work shall be accomplished to ensure leak -proof installation. 1.4.3.2 Workwill bejudgedby Publix in comparisonto work of similartypes. Substandard construction as judged by Publix Representative will not be accepted. 1.4.3.3 Make all joints, connections, unions, etc. with proper care to insure that tight connections are made without excess material, well secured to supports. 1.4.3.4 Install piping with runs straight, accurately formed radiuses at bends, and adequate supports. 1.4.4 Codes and Standards: 1.4.4.1 The entire system and all components specified herein shall meet all applicable national, state, county and local codes, standards and ordinances in every respect, 1.4.4.2 The contractor shall meet with the authority having jurisdiction (AHJ) and review the proposed work, prior to commencing the work. Comply with and provide all additional and supplementary requirements of the AHJ. 1.4.4.3 Comply with all OSHA requirements for construction safety. All piping and equipment lower than 6 ft. - I 0 in. AFF shall be padded and striped per OSHA requirements. 1.4.4.4 The following are the codes and standards which the engineer knows to govem the work. a) Standard Plumbing Code, 1997. b) Standard Gas Code, 1997. C) Florida Accessibility Code for Building Construction, 1994. d) Florida Energy Efficiency Code for Building Construction, 1997, e) NFPA 30,1996, Flammable and Combustible Liquids Code. f) NFPA 37, Stationary Combustion Engines and Gas Turbines, 1994. g) NFPA 54, National Fuel Gas Code, 1996. h) NFPA 58, Liquefied Petroleum Gas Code, 1998. h) NFPA 70, National Electric Code, 1996. i) NFPA 101, Life Safety Code, 1997, j) ANSFASME 31.9, Building Services Piping. 1.4.5 Participate in the Pre -Construction Conference. 1.5. Sequencing� 1.5.1 Notify General Contractor, or any others, of all required chases, sleeves and openings required so that the work can be accomplished without delay. Provide necessary sleeves, etc., to be installed. Otherwise, this contractor shall pay for appropriate trades to perform cutting and patching. 1.5.2 Joists, girders, beams, columns or reinforcing steel shall not be cut. 1.5.3 Where construction necessitates the routing of piping through structural members, framing or under footings, permission to make such installation shall first be obtained from the Publix Field Representative 1.6. Temporary Operation: The Owner may require operation of parts or all of the installation prior to Final Acceptance. This operation shall not constitute acceptance of the Contractor's work. 1.6.1 All gas and water used for construction shall be paid for by the General Contractor. Furnish and install all temporary water piping required for construction purposes and remove piping when use is no longer required. Restore site and piping to original conditions. 1.7. The Owner reserves the right to make emergency repairs as required to keep equipment in operation without voiding the Contractor's guarantee nor relieving the Contractor of his responsibilities during the guarantee period. 1.8. Operating Instructions and Service Manual: I.S.1 Provide two (2) neatly bound copies of maintenance and instructions book, parts lists pertaining to all equipment furnished. 1.8.2 Each section shall be indexed and include parts lists, instruction books, suppliers' phone numbers and addresses, and individual equipment guarantees all in separate sections. I.S.3 Representatives of the Owner shall be instructed by the Contractor as to complete care and operation of the plumbing system. Inform the Architect in writing as to the persons who received the instructions and the date that this was done, 1.9. Warranty 1.9.1 All new work, equipment, materials and systems shall be warranted against all defects for a period of one year after final acceptance by the Owner. 2. Products: 2.1. Materials: 2.1.1 All materials shall be new, full weight, of the best quality with the same brand or manufacturer used for each class of materials or equipment. All similar materials shall be of the same type and manufacturer unless other -wise designated. 2.1.2 All plumbing fixtures shall be "first quality" as defined and set forth in Commercial Standard CS 20-36 as promulgated by the U.S. Department of Commerce. 2.2. Fixtures 2.2.1 Provide vitreous china fixtures unless otherwise noted. 2.2.2 American Standard product designations have been used for consistency. Equivalent fixtures by Crane, Kohler, or E1jer may be accepted. 2.2.3 Provide floor mounted carrier for all wall -hung fixtures, suitable for safely supporting a 250 lb. load at the fixture outside edge. 2.2.4 Handicap Fixtures 2.2.4.1 Provide ADA approved padded seamless white safety covers for waste and supply piping of handicap fixtures. 2.2,4.2 Provide offset tailpiece for lavatories. 2.2.4.3 Provide anti -scald pressure balanced tempering valve for lavatories and other hand washing fixtures, unless the fixture is served with tempered (mixed) supply water. 2.2.5 Instantaneous Water Heater 2.2.5.1 Thermostatically controlled, UL Listed, suitable for use in handicap hand washing facilities. 2.3. Equipment 2.3.1 Drains, Cleanouts: As scheduled. Approved manufacturers: Smith Zurn Wade 2.4. Pipe and Fittings� 2.4.1 Hot and cold water piping: ASTM B88 Seamless Type "L" copper tubing with wrought copper solder fittings. Main service type "K". Underground copper piping shall be protected from the elements with a bitumastic material (Pittsburg Corn' Pittwrap) or AWWA C 105 polyethylene color codedjacket. ing 2.4.2 L.P. Gas Piping 2.4.2.1 Indoors: ASTM A53B steel pipe, Schedule 40, black, forged steel socket weld fittings. 2.4 � 2.2 Outdoors: ASTM A53B steel pipe, Schedule 40, mill galvanized. Stencil paint "LP -Gas" in bright yellow every 5 feet, at each bend, and at each valve. 2.4.23 Indoors - Liquid: Not permitted. 2.4.2.4 Outdoors - Liquid: ASTM A53 steel pipe, Schedule 80, mill galvanized. Stencil paint "LP -Liquid" in bright yellow every 5 feet, at each bend, and at each valve. 2.4.2.5 Flexible Connectors: Designed and listed for LP gas service, stainless steel wire braid reinforced, min. 350 psi working pressure. 2.4.2.6 Regulator: Designed and listed for LP gas service, two -stage design with integral pressure relief or over -pressure shut-off device, and a means to measure the outlet pressure. 2.4.2.7 Vaporizers: Designed and listed for LP gas service, min. 250 psi working pressure. 2.4.2.8 Hydrostatic Relief Device� Designed and listed for LP gas service, for positive pressure relieving protection, in each section of piping (including flexible connectors) in which LP gas can be isolated between shut-off valves. Relief device shall actuate between 400 and 500 psig. Extend relief to a point at least I 0 feet above grade. 2.4.3 Gas Piping: 2.4.3.1 Indoors ASTM A53B steel pipe, Schedule 40, black, forged steel socket weld fittings. 2.4.3.2 Outdoors: ASTM A53B steel pipe, Schedule 40, mill galvanized, '� malleable iron screwed fittings, galvanized. Stencil paint "GAS" in bright yellow every 5 feet, at each bend and at each valve. 2.4.4 Soil, Waste, Vent Pipe: 2.4.4.1 PVC pipe (where allowed by codes): Unplasticized, ASTM D 1 785, Type 11, solvent cement joints, DWV fittings. schedule 40 unless indicated otherwise on the Drawings, all elbows shall be long sweep type (above and below the floor). 2.4.4.2 Cast Iron Pipe: Coated service weight cast iron soil pipe using coated S VERDR UP FACILITIES, INC FLORIDA CORPORATE LICENSE #AA COO 1 291 (407)903-5001 Fax (407)903-5150 5750 Major Boulevard, Suite 500, Orlando, FL 32819 ARCHITECT OF RECORD NAME FLOYD WILSON MCCOLLUM, JR., AIA REGISTRATION: FLORIDA REG. #AR0016162 DA TE: 02128101 Revision: Date: By: Description: 1. ., il � 11 � / 11A.�_J 1� 4,+n �( , , I - I 17 1 1. I ri',,�_ I A , � - �, I,, 19 .1 / ,- 11_� 71 4- , I , �, 2 ,, Is V 25 -0 Z) I - 0- C 0 � 2i & 0 (D %� a E %� 0 4= (I [*-- M qi T_ 14T D L0 Ln (N C�o 00 CV) 01 - 00 00 [___ M 00 0- Ir- a W < 0 X __J LU `�_ C0 C) LL. , LU -00 LU W < > W 0 0� (_5 000 - = 2: Q0 LL (D < � < =) UJ _J _J LL � N_ LL - C0 _J 1:T OLULUO-) Cy Ch =) 0 - U) C) �� 4= 3:: Co _J M0LU [-- < LL1 < W -1 2: M M U LU - _J _J Zi Z: ftt, LJJ r'_�o > < W D 0 [--- (D = 0- :::i ,�'- 0- LU W Z CD >- X: 01:� E)- >< LU _J d 3:: 4= C-4 a- a 0<0 LU �_ 0 m LU 0 LL Co [--- C/) �- [-� N Key Plan: Scales: Sverdrup Project No.: 22196390 Drawing Title: SPECIFICATIONS Date: I 03/12/99 Designed By: RBJ Drawing No.: Drawn BT RM PM8 Checked By: FWM D service weight cast iron fittings with compression gasket hub and spigot joints (use in Meat Cutting, Deli and Bakery Areas below floor). 2.4.4.3 Vent Piping Option: All vent piping above grade may be copper DWV, with copper drainage fittings, solder as for hot and cold water. 2.4.5 Provide field fabricated DWV copper or cast brass traps with an integral clean out at bottom of traps for stainless steel utility sinks, for discharge to a floor sink. 2.5. Valves, Stops, Specialties 2.5.1 Materials: Valves 2 inch and smaller shall be bronze, screwed ends, Valves 2-1/2 inch and larger shall be iron body bronze mounted 125 lb. ASA flanged, faced and drilled. Bronze castings shall be material meeting ASTM A-126 specification. Furnish union adjacent to all screwed valves and at all connections to equipment. 2.5.2 Domestic Hot and Cold Water 2.5.2.1 Bronze ball valves 2" and smaller size. Hammond 8301-01 Milwaukee BA-200 NIBCO T590Y 2.5.2.2 Iron gate valves 2 1/2" and larger, Crane 461 NIBCO F-619 2.5.3 Steam, I 00 psi or less. 2.5.3.1 Steel ball valves 1 1/2" and smaller size. NIBCO T-560-CS-R-25 Milwaukee 20 CCOR 2.5.3.2 Iron gate valves 2-3 inch size. NIBCO F-617-0 Milwaukee F2885 Stockham G-623 25.4 Check Valves� 2.5.4.1 Silent check valves, sizes 2" and smaller, bronze, center guided. NIBCO T-480 Mueller 101 M-BP 2.5.5 Gas Valves� 25.5.1 UL Listed gas plug valve with wrench flat operator, min. 250 psi working pressure. Rockwell Milliken 170M Resun CS Series, R1430-CS Dezurik Figure 425 2.5.5.2 LP - liquid valves shall be rated for min. 350 psi working pressure. 2.5.6 Interior Hose Bibbs and Stops 2.5.6.1 Stops: Eastman Type SM12 or approved equal of all brass construction 2.5.6.2 Interior Hose Bibbs: Chicago 4387 Brass 3/4" R.C.P W/Watts No. 8A Vacuum Breaker. 2.6. Miscellaneous: 2.6.1 Vacuum Breakers: Shall be installed on all fixtures where required. 2.6.2 Unions: Malleable iron groundjoint equivalent and similar to Crane 519, up to and including 2 inch. Over 2 inch shall be cast iron flanged with a Garlock 7022 Gasket. 2.7. Pipe Insulation: 2.7.1 Hot water lines shall be insulated with I inch thick fiberglass pipe insulation. Insulation shall be fiberglass #25 ASJ/SSL or prior approved equal. 2.8. Pipe Hangers and Supports� 2.8.1 Piping shall be firmly held -in place by hangers, supports and pipe rests, located adjacent to fittings, at each offset or change of direction, at the ends of branches over 5 feet long, at riser pipes and along piping where necessary to prevent sags, bends, or vibration. 2.8.2 For supporting PVC, steel, or cast iron piping 6" size and smaller, use Clevis hanger Grinnell Fig. 260, galvanized (MSS - SP69 type 1). 2.8.3 For supporting copper tubing 2 1/2" size and smaller, use coated pipe ring hanger Grinnell Fig. 97C (MSS- SP69 type 9). 2.8.4 Pipe straps shall be heavy gauge galvanized iron factory fabricated to fit against supporting surface when installed. Makeshift devices are not acceptable. No plumbing tape is allowed. Use insulation shields at each pipe hanger and support. 2,8.5 The maximum spacing between hangers or supports measured along the piping shall be per local plumbing code. Where PVC piping is used, hanger spacing shall be 48 in. on center or less. 2.9. Roof flashings: All vent and roofdrains shall be flashed by Roofing Contractor with lead flashing furnished by the Plumbing Contractor. Flashing shall turn down 2" into vent pipes. 2.10. Dielectric Isolating Couplings: Provide dielectric protection for gas and water main risers inside building. Isolate connections ofcopper and steel pipe with dielectric isolating unions. Acceptable Manufacturers: EPCO W & K Dielectric F.H. Maloney 3. Execution 3.1. Examination 3.1.1 Verify all field dimensions and locations of equipment and fixtures within the layout as established by the General Contractor to insure close, neat fit, with other trades work. 3.1.2 Examine all work of others. Notify Architect in writing if any conditions exist which will prevent satisfactory installation of materials or equipment. Start of work without notification indicates acceptance of work in place. 3.2. Excavation: 3.2.1 Perform excavation for trenches under slab and outside building lines as required for installation. Excavate true to lines and grades shown to achieve adequate fall on drain lines and as needed for refrigeration drainage. 3.2.2 Bell holes shall be dug to allow soil pipe to lie fully supported. 3.2.3 Rock shall be excavated 3 inches below the laying depth, and the trench shall be backfilled with sand 3 inches deep. 3.2.4 Over -excavation shall be added in 12 inch lifts (max) and mechanically compacted. Flooding or puddling not permitted. 3.2.5 All piping which will be under walks, planters, arcades, parking lots, concrete or asphalt shall be mechanically compacted in 12 inch lifts (max). 3.3 � Interface with Site Utilities- 3.3.1 Coordinate with other work. Connect to site supplies and storm drain at 5'-O" demising line, 3.3.2 Provide waste connection to site sewer at 5'-O" demising line. Provide grease - bearing waste connection to grease trap and from grease trap to waste line located as shown on the Drawings or otherwise indicated. 3.4� Pipe lnstallation� 3.4.1 Install horizontal sanitary and drain piping, to a uniform grade of not less than 1/8" per foot, unless otherwise noted. Grease waste shall be installed at minimum 1/4" per foot. 3.4.2 Openings in pipes, drains, fitting, apparatus and equipment shall be kept covered or plugged to prevent accumulating obstructions in the piping. 3.4.3 Run piping free of traps, sags, bends or other defects, grade and valve for complete drainage and control of the system. 3.4.4 All waste, vent and water lines shall be concealed, and all water lines shall be overhead. 3.4.5 Maintain headroom and keep passageways clean, offset to maintain the required clearance and conform with architectural and structural features of building. Run parallel and straight with adjacent walls or ceilings to present a uniform appearance. Group long runs together. Run concealed in finished rooms, 3.4.6 All rough -ins shall be set exactly to measurements furnished by manufacturer. Batteries of fixtures shall have rough outlets set in straight lines at equal spacing. 3.4.7 Flush out all lines to insure that they are clear of obstructions prior to the setting of refrigerated cases. If lines are not clear and a case is set, the Plumbing Contractor shall be responsible for the removal and re -set cost. 3.4.8 Water piping shall not be embedded in concrete nor concealed within the floor slab within the building (unless shown on drawings). Isolate copper piping from concrete with tar paper or felt. 3.4.9 All piping shall be installed to prevent unusual noise from the flow of water under normal conditions, Install pipe isolators at ring hangers consisting of a metal sheath with end flanges assuring positive retention in the ring hangers. Separate cold lines from hot lines by 6". 3.4.10 Provide dirt pockets on low point of vertical gas piping. Install full pipe size drip pockets at low point in change of grade. 3.4.11 For refrigeration case drains, stub up a line I" above floor, no hub required. 3.4.12 Sleeves for copper or brass piping shall be made of PVC or the same materials as the piping. 3.4.13 Annular space between piping and sleeve shall be caulked with oakum ' except, use adequate safing insulation where fire rated assemblies are penetrated. 3.5. Pipe, joints, fittings, and connection -installation 3.5.1 Cast Iron Soil Pipe: Pack tight with first quality oakum to within I inch of end hub. Fill remaining space with one pouring of molten lead and caulk tight, or make-up with neoprene gaskets. 3.5.2 Screwed Piping� Make up with pipe dope, applied only to male thread, Remake leaky joints with new material without use of thread cement or caulking. Paint exposed threads of all pipe with asphaltic paint. 3.5.3 Copper Tubing� Solder with 95-5 (no -lead solder) and a noncorrosive flux, except that main piping and all u.g. piping shall be joined with silvalloy copper - phosphorus brazing compound (no -lead). Thoroughly clean inside and outside surfaces with sandpaper or wire brush before assembly. Defective joints shall be dismantled, cleaned, and resoldered. Do not use acid Solder. 3.5.4 Copper, brass pipe and chromed, polished or painted connections from fixtures shall show no tool marks. 3.5.5 PVC Joints: Clean socket and pipe ends with cleaner recommended by cement manufacturer. Liberally apply solvent cement to both socket and pipe ends. Make up joint firmly. 3.5.6 Gas Piping: 15.6.1 At each equipment, provide shutoff valve, union, drip leg (minimum four times pipe diameter, capped) and flexible pipe connection. 3.5.6.2 Extend gas reliefs and vents to a safe discharge point at least 10 feet above grade, at least 10 feet from any source of ignition, 3.5.63 LP gas storage containers shall be secured, protected from damage, and located at least 25 feet from any source of ignition. 3.5.7 Springing, bending or forcing of pipe will not be allowed. Use fittings for all offsets or changes in alignment of piping. Center hubs so cast iron or clay pipe will lay straight without pinched joints. 3.5.8 Street elbows, bushings, and long screw fittings will not be allowed. 3.5.9 Cleanly cut pipe and tubing and remove burrs to full diameter of pipe. Excessive reaming will not be permitted. Remove metal particles from ends of pipe and clear each section of foreign material before assembling, 3.5.10 Cut pipe threads to full depth of die and screw up tight to fully engage thread in fitting. Threads to comply with ASA No B 2. 1, and be cut with clean sharp dies. 3.5.11 Cleanouts: Cleanouts shall be placed as shown on Drawings, or max. 50' o.c., at bases of stacks, at major changes in direction, and at the ends of all lines that have 2 or more openings going into that line, or as required by code. Cleanouts shall be as indicated on Drawings. If PVC is used include hub adaptor. 3.5.12 Provide shut-off valves in access panels to allow shut down of area of fixtures where indicated on Drawings. 3.5.13 Install shock absorbers with isolating valves as indicated on the Drawings, 3.5.14 The inside of all pipes shall be clean, reamed smooth with no burrs, fins or other obstructions. 3.5.15 All drains, including trap under utility sinks, shall be copper with soldered joints unless noted otherwise. 3.5.16 No pipe shall be run exposed, unless approved by Publix Representative. 3.6. Pipe Insulation 3.6.1 Sealed at all joints and seams with adhesive in accordance with insulation manufacturer's recommendations. Pipe supports shall be on the outside of the insulation with saddles of galvanized sheet metal. Saddle length shall be twice the diameter of the pipe, or 6", whichever is greater. 3.6.2 Fiberglass seams shall be sealed with factory furnished self sealing lap and butt joints in accordance with manufacturer's recommendation. 3.7. Fixture Installation 3.7.1 Stub out to the exact location of the fixtures. All stubs shall be set symmetrically with fixture. 3.7.2 Install fixtures and trim supplied by Publix or others. Connect to plumbing as required. Finish out and trim fixtures as needed for complete installation. 3.7.3 Caulkni& All plumbing fixtures shall be bedded and caulked along joint at walls, and other intersecting surfaces with butyl caulking compound, counter tops and brass shall be caulked with "plumbers putty". 17.4 Backing shall be of 2 x 6 pressure treated wood flush with stud face and extending to next stud beyond fixture on each side. Secure as required. 3.& Inspection: ' -3.8.1 The Work shall be installed under the inspection and with the approval of Flublix' Authorized Representative. 3.8.2 Notify the Publix' Representative two days in advance of backfilling, enclosing, or covering all plumbing lines so that he may inspect installation. 3.8.3 Do not cover or enclose plumbing until inspection is made and installation is acceptable. Correct deficiencies in installation as directed by Publix' Representative. 3.8.4 Notify Inspector as required by local authority when all work is completely installed and tested leak -tight. 3.8.5 Do not conceal piping or fixtures until approval has been obtained from inspector. 3.9. Tests and Adjustments 3.9.1 All soil, waste, and vent piping shall be filled with water to the highest point in each system with all air removed. The lines shall be flushed by removing the test plug. Piping may be tested in sections providing that all portions to be concealed shall be subjected to not less than a 10 ft. head for 24 hours with no leaks. Standpipe installed for head test shall be 2 in. minimum diameter. 3.9.2 Sewer piping shall be filled with water to it's highest point. 3.9.3 Water piping shall be flushed out, tested at 100 psi for 24 hours with no leaks, and shall be left under pressure of supply main for the balance of the construction period. 3.9.4 Plumbing fixtures shall be filled with water and checked for leaks or retarded flow. 3.9.5 All flush valves, loose key stops, valves and similar equipment shall be adjusted and balanced to provide for the proper operation of the various systems. 3.9.6 Each piece of plumbing equipment and the entire plumbing system shall be adjusted and readjusted as required to insure proper functioning and shall be left in first class operating condition. 3.9.7 Gas piping shall be tested at 50 psi air pressure for 24 hours, with no leaks. 3.10. Disinfection: 3.10.1 Before being placed in service, all water distribution systems shall be flushed clean and disinfected. 3.10.2 The method to be followed shall be that prescribed by the Health Authority or Water Purveyor having jurisdiction or, in the absence of a prescribed method, use one of the following procedures: 3.10.2.1 AWWA C651. 3.10.2.2 AWWA C652. 3.10.2.3 SBCCI 1997, Section 610 (paraphrased here): a) The pipe system shall be flushed with clean, potable water until dirty water does not appear at the outlets. b) The system shall be filled with a water/chlorine solution containing at least 50 parts per million of chlorine, valved off, and allowed to stand for (24) hours. Alternately, a solution of 200 parts per million and a standing time of (3) hours may be used. c) Flush the system with clean potable water until the chlorine is purged from the system. d) Repeat the procedure where bacterial contamination remains present in the system. 3.11. Cleaning Equipment and Premises: 3.1 1.1 Thoroughly clean all parts of fixtures and equipment. exposed parts which are to be painted shall be thoroughly cleaned of foreign matter with grease, oil, soldering flux, etc. removed. 3.1 1 .2 Exposed metal work shall be carefully brushed down with steel brushes to remove rust and other spots and touched up with primer. End of Section 15400 Section 15500 Heating, Ventilating, and Air Conditioning (HVAC) 1. General 1. 1. Summary 1.1.1 Provide all materials and equipment and perform all labor required to install HVAC systems complete as indicated, as required by code, and as specified herein. All sizes, etc., are Publix minimum and if local code requirements are higher, the work shall be bid and installed accordingly. 1.1.1.1 Obtain and pay for all permits, bonds, inspection. 1.1.1.2 Provide roof top and split HVAC systems or install systems provided by Publix as described below. 1.1.1.3 All A/C curbs set for drying -in by roofer. I � 1. 1.4 All roof mounted fans will be furnished by Publix and installed by HVAC Contractor. Curbs will be furnished by Publix for installation by roofer. 1.1.1.5 Provide hurricane brackets and other supports required to secure units to structure for wind conditions - Hurricane: FM 1-90, or higher if designated by authority having jurisdiction. 1.1.1.6 Provide sheet metal duct systems as indicated on Drawings and described in Specifications. 1.1.1.7 Provide exhaust ducts between the cooking hoods and the roof mounted exhaust fans. 1.1.1.8 Provide double -wall metal gas vents. 1. 1. 1 �9 Coordinate HVAC work with all trades involved. 1. 1. I � 10 Provide all other materials and services required for a complete working installation described in Contract Documents. 1.1.1.11 All removed equipment shall be turned over to the Owner at an area designated by the Owner. All equipment not wanted by the Owner shall be removed from the site and properly disposed of by the contractor. 1.1.2 HVAC Equipment: 1.1.2.1 All HVAC equipment shall be priced separately and submitted as an Add Alternate. 1.1.2.2 If Alternate is not accepted, Publix will provide equipment delivered to the site of Construction, Coordinate delivery schedule with construction progress. Contractor shall be responsible for receiving, unloading, storing and protecting equipment on site. Provide all labor, equipment, materials, and services required for installation and satisfactory completion of HVAC work. 1.1.2.3 If Alternate is accepted, in addition to above, provide equipment, delivery, required staging and storage, and all other services required to complete the Work. 1.2. Definitions: Explanation and precedence of Documents: 1.2.1 For purposes of clarity and legibility, HVAC drawings are essentially diagrammatic and, although size and location of equipment are drawn to scale wherever possible, Contractor shall make use of all Contract Documents. 1.2.2 The Drawings indicate size, connection points and routes of ducts and equipment. It is not intended, however, that all offsets, rises and drops are shown. Install all items as required to fit structure, avoid obstructions, and retain clearance, headroom, openings and passageways. 1.2.3 Remodels: Carefully examine all existing conditions, existing work in place and premises and compare the Drawings with the existing conditions. Submittal of bid indicates that the Contractor has examined the Site and Drawings and has included all required work in his bid. No allowances will be made for error resulting from Contractor's failure to visit job sites and to review Drawings. 1.2.4 Conflicts, discrepancies, interferences and omissions in Documents shall be brought to the attention of the Architect for clarification prior to commencement of work, 1.2.5 Information was taken from various archive drawings and limited field observation. Field verification of existing conditions and points of connection are required. Provide all demolition, cutting and patching, and excavation required for the project, whether or not shown on the drawings. 1.2.6 The term "provide" shall be defined as furnished and installed complete in every way by the contractor. 1.3. Submittals: 1.3.1 Within 30 days of Contract Commencement (Authorization to Proceed), submit for publix Architect's approval: Cooling Equipment Air Handling Equipment Heating Equipment Air Distribution Valves, Gauges, Specialties, Thermometers, Misc. Insulation Round and Oval Insulated Duct All submittal data shall have rough -in dimensions, connection sizes, any special installation requirements, certified performance data and horsepower, voltage and phase for all equipment. Equipment, fixtures and trim with cuts including rough -in dimensions, Other items required to complete the work L3.2 Submit six identical bound copies of all items. Arrange categories in order listed above, 1.3.3 All cuts for the above shall have rough -in dimensions, connection sizes, and special installation requirements. 1.3.4 Project Record Drawings� Comply with Section 01 720. 1.3.5 Do not order materials or proceed with the work without approved submittals. 1.3.6 Confirm electrical requirements and voltage with Div. 16 Contractor prior to ordering equipment. 1.4. Quality: 1.4.1 Subcontractor: 1.4.1.1 The HVAC Subcontractor shall be a reputable firm regularly engaged in this type of work employing skilled workmen, and with proper equipment. 1.4.1.2 Upon request Subcontractor shall show evidence of at least two similar jobs, of comparable size and character, installed and operating within the previous two years prior to Bid Opening. 1.4.1.3 Flublix reserves the right to refuse any Subcontractor with or without cause. 1.4.2 Personnel: 1.4.2.1 Employ an experienced Superintendent to oversee all operation. 1.4.2.2 Work shall not proceed without adequate supervision present at all times. 1.4.2.3 Work shall be accomplished by workers certified in their trade as masters, journeymen, and apprentices in accordance with regulations of the governing authority or customary practice. Utilize workers with skills in proportion to complexity of tasks required. 1.4.2.4 Publix reserves the right to reject personnel with or without cause. 1.4.3 Quality standards: Work will be judged in comparison to work of similar types. Substandard construction as judged by Publix Representative will not be accepted- 1.4.4 Codes and Standards: 1 A.4.1 The entire system and all components specified herein shall meet all applicable national, state, county and local codes, standards and ordinances in every respect. 1.4.4.2 The contractor shall meet with the authority having jurisdiction (AHJ) and review the proposed work, prior to commencing the work. Comply with and provide all additional and supplementary requirements of the AHJ. 1.4.4.3 Comply with all OSHA requirements for construction safety. All ductwork, piping and equipment lower than 6 ft. - I 0 in. AFF shall be padded and striped per OSHA requirements. 1.4.4.4 The following are the codes and standards which the engineer knows to govern the work, a) Standard Mechanical Code, 1997. b) Standard Gas Code, 1997. c) Florida Energy Efficiency Code for Building Construction, 1997. d) NFPA 30, 1996, Flammable and Combustible Liquids Code. e) NFPA 37, Stationary Combustion Engines and Gas Turbines, 1994. f) NFPA 54, National Fuel Gas Code, 1996. g) NFPA 70, National Electric Code, 1996. h) NFPA 90A, Standard for the Installation of Air Conditioning and Ventilating Systems, 1996. i) NFPA 92A, Smoke Control Systems, 1993. j) NFPA 96, Ventilation Control and Fire Protection of Commercial Cooking Operations, 1994. k) NFPA I 0 1, Life Safety Code, 1997. 1) NFPA 21 1, Chimneys, Fireplaces, Vents and Solid Fuel -Burning Appliances, 1992. in) ASME/ANSI B31.9, 1992, Building Services Piping. n) SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standards, 1985. o) ASHRAE Standard 3, 1996, Reducing Emission of Fully Halogenated CFC Refrigerants in Refrigeration and Air Conditioning Equipment and Applications. p) ASHRA-E Standard 15, 1994, Safety Code for Mechanical Reffigeration. q) ASHRAE Standard 62, 1989, Ventilation for Acceptable Indoor Air Quality. 1.4.5 Participate in the pre -construction conference. 1.5. Sequencing: 1.5.1 Notify General Contractor, or any others, of all chases, sleeves and openings required so that the work can be accomplished without delay. Provide necessary sleeves, etc., to be installed. Other -wise, this Contractor shall pay for appropriate trades to perform cutting and patching. 1.5.2 Joists, girders, beams, columns or reinforcing steel shall not be cut. 1.5.3 Where construction necessitates the routing of ducts or piping through structural members, or framing, permission to make such installation shall first be obtained from the Publix Field Representative 1.6. Temporary Operation: The Owner may require operation of part or all of the installation pri or to Final Acceptance. This operation shall not constitute acceptance of the Contractor's work. 1.7. The Owner reserves the fight to make emergency repairs as required to keep equipment in operation without voiding the Contractor's guarantee nor relieving the Contractor of his responsibilities during the guarantee period. 1.8. Operating Instructions and Service Manual � 1.8.1 Provide two (2) neatly bound copies of maintenance and instructions book, pans lists pertaining to all equipment furnished. 1.8.2 Each section shall be indexed and include parts lists, instruction books, suppliers' phone numbers and addresses, and individual equipment guarantees all in separate sections. 1.8.3 Representatives of the Owner shall be instructed by the Contractor as to complete care and operation of the HVAC system. Inform the Architect in writing as to the persons who received the instructions and the date that this was done, 1.9. Warranty: 1.9.1 All now work, equipment, materials, and systems shall be warranted against all defects for a period of one year after final acceptance by the Owner. 1.9.2 Provide five-year compressor replacement warranty. 2. Products 2.1. Materials 2.1.1 All Materials shall be new, full weight, of the best quality with the same brand or manufacturer used for each class of materials or equipment. All similar materials shall be of the same type and manufacturer unless otherwise designated. 2.2. Nameplates 2.2.1 Nameplates shall not be painted. 2.2.2 All switches, starters, and major pieces of equipment shall be identified with black plastic nameplates with engraved white letters. 2.3. Controls: 2.3.1 An Environmental Control Panel will be furnished by Publix and installed by electrical contractor to control all AC units. Conduit, line voltage circuits, interlocks, etc., shall be furnished and installed by the electrical contractor, as shown on drawings. 2.4. Equipment Starl-Up� All rooftop AC units shall be started and adjusted for proper operation by the manufacturer or his representative. No equipment shall be run prior to this start-up. All units shall be made ready for start-up at the same time. Contractor shall have qualified personnel in attendance to coordinate ductwork and electrical aspects of the start-up 2.5. Filter Media� Two inch thick pleated non -woven throw -away filters equivalent to FARR 30-30 unless noted otherwise on drawings. 2.6. Air Distribution 2.6.1 General: 2.6.1.1 All air distribution shall be supplied by manufacturers maintaining ADC certified laboratories. 2.6.1.2 Furnish and install, unless otherwise noted, all grilles, registers, and outlets at the location and of the type and size shown on the Drawings. Install foam rubber gaskets behind flanges of all grilles and registers to prevent leakage and streaking. Insulate backs of diffusers with R-8 fiberglass insulation, cement and mastic vapor barrier. Adjust air volumes and set deflection in accordance with Drawings. 2.6.1.3 Prior to requesting a Final Inspection, submit a typed schedule or a marked up set of Drawings indicating the observed velocity of each grille, register or out] et. These test data shall be final readings after balancing the system, 2.6.1.4 All dampers shall be in wide open or neutral position prior to test and balance of the system. 2.&2 Return Air Grilles and Registers: 2.6.2.1 Acceptable Manufacturers: Airguide, Anemostat, Barber Coleman, Metal Industries Inc, Titus, or other prior approved manufacturer. 2.6.2.2 Where indicated, provide opposed blade dampers. 2.6.2.3 Where required, grilles shall be suitable for smooth surface mounting, holes cut in wood doors by General Contractor and grille installed by HVAC Contractor. 2.6.3 Outlets: 2.6.3.1 Acceptable Manufacturers: Air guide, Anemostat, Barber Coleman Metal Industries Inc, Titus, or other prior approved manufacturer. 2.6.3.2 All supply outlets shall be aluminum or aluminized steel where required when part of rated roof -ceiling assembly. Return air grilles, outlets, registers and door grilles shall be ofetched aluminum with acrylic finish and as indicated. 2.6.3.3 Provide steel grilles, fire dampers and radiation dampers as indicated on the Drawings and in accordance with UL. roof -ceiling assembly design where indicated. 2.6.3.4 Provide UL listed lay -in ceiling outlets equal to those manufactured by Titus, or prior approved equal, complete with radiation damper and thermal blanket where indicated. 2.6.3.5 Variable volume type shall be Titus or prior approved equal, factory insulated, complete with controls, damper, change over thermostat as indicated on the Drawings. 2.6.4 Louvers: Aluminum, drainable with bird screen, AMCA certified. Ruskin #ELF-375D Louvers and Dampers Inc. IEL-4-104, ALL Series 2.6.5 Steel Diffusers and Grilles: 2.6.5.1 Acceptable Manufacturers: Airguide, Anemostat, Barber Coleman, Metal Industries Inc, Titus, or other prior approved manufacturer. 2.6.5.2 The finish shall be an Anodic Acrylic and shall conform to the following� Property Test Method Value Bake N/A 20 minutes at 300 deg F Color N/A As specified on drawings (white as default) Salt Spray ASTM B 1 17-90 48 hr. minimum 2.7. Sheet Metal Duct Work: All duct and fittings shall be manufactured from galvanized steel of lock forming quality per ASTM A-527. The zinc coating shall be minimum G90 (.90 oz. per sq. ft.) per ASTM A-525. Seams on fittings shall be welded or tacked & sealed. Individual fittings are required, manifolding is not permitted. Comply with SMACNA requirements for duct construction for ventilation and air conditioning systems. 2.7.1 Rectangular Duct Work: 2.7.1.1 Panels shall be cross broken. (Beaded duct not acceptable.) 2.7.1.2 Longitudinal standing seams may be used. 2.7.1.3 Comer closures are not required, 2.7. 1 A Hangers shall be band iron. 2.7.1.5 Elbows shall be as drawn and be double vaned. 2.7.1.6 Rectangular branch connections shall be angular type with volume damper, no volume extractor. Round branch connections shall be radiused bell -mouth type with volume damper. 2.7.1.7 Inspection plates and test holes are not required. 2.7.1.8 Fresh air intake shall be square or rectangular standard. 2.7.1.9 Access doors shall be insulated and removable. 2.7.L10 Sealer on all joints and all seams. Hardcast Iron Grip Water -Based Duct Sea] ant 601. United McGill, United Duct Sealer. Precision Adhesives PA-2084 Duct Sealant. Fosters 32-50 2.7.1.11 There shall be no sheet metal ducts with gage less than 24, even where permitted by SMACNA. 2.7.2 Round and Flat Oval Duct: 2.7.2.1 All round and flat -oval duct shall be spiral lockseam, triple fib construction. Longitudinal scam duct is prohibited. 2.7.2.2 Substitution of sizes by cross section area or equivalent round formula must have written prior approval, 2.7.2.3 Where ductwork is exposed to view, provide mill phosphatized sheet metal for painting. 2.7.2.4 Field Joints in Exposed Ductwork: Ductmate industries "Spiralmate Round Duct Connector" and "Ovalmate Flat Oval Duct Connector" or approved equals. Slip -type joints are not permitted in exposed duct. 2.7.2.5 Approved Duct Manufacturers: R. V. Money, Inc. - St. Petersburg, Florida United McGill Corp. 2.7.3 Ductwork Pressure Classification: 2.7.3.1 Unless noted other -wise, construct ductwork according to the following: Constant Volume Systems Supply 2 in. w.c. Return 2 in. w.c. Exhaust 2 in. w.c. Variable Volume Systems Supply 4 in. w.c. Return 2 in. w.c. Exhaust 2 in. w.c. 2.8. Flexible Duct and Fittings: 2.8.1 Factory insulated on aluminum liner, UL listed Class I Air Duct, STD. 181 and NFPA Bulletin 90A. Insulation shall be nominal 2" blanket fiberglass with reinforced polyester rip -stop vapor barrierjacket. 18.2 Maximum length - 8 feet. 2.8.3 Approved products: Flexmaster TL-M Insulated Metalflex V-250-UL Thermo -Fin Type A-300 2.8.4 Supports shall be spaced maximum 3 feet, support band min. 2 in. wi& Use Wiremold duct collars and galvanized strap clamps or equal as approved by Architect. 2.8.5 Spin in fittings shall be Metal Masters Model NIS 1-6G or equal as approved by Architect. 2.9. Duct Leakage Loss: 2.9.1 A maximum cfm loss of 2% of the rated capacity of each system is allowed. This leakage will be determined by the test and balance consultant. 2.9.2 Loss exceeding 2% shall be corrected by the HVAC Contractor prior to acceptance by Publix. 2.10. Grease Hood: Furnished by Publix: 2.10.1 Install UL classified range hoods as indicated on the Drawings and in accordance with local code and/or NFPA 96- 2.10.2 Chemical Fire Suppression 2,10-2.1 This Contractor shal I be responsible to provide a complete NFPA 96 compliant surface stack and hood fire suppression system. 2.10.2.2 System shall be a pre-engineered system, by ANSUL or prior approved equivalent 2.10.2.3 System shall include automatic ,gas shutoff valve, line size. Furnish valve loose for installation by plumbing contractor. 2.10.2.4 Submit detailed shop drawings for the system including list of materials, and dimensioned lay -out drawings certified by the manufacturer. 2.10.2.5 This Contractor shall provide field installation of the system including all piping, nozzles, cables, accessories and appurtenances. 2.10.2.6 Final field hook-up, start-up, testing and operational certification shall be performed by factory representatives. 2. 1 O� 2.7 Upon activation of fire suppression system, the supply fan shall stop, the exhaust fan shall continue to run, the gas valve shall close and the fire alarm system shall receive indication that a fire has occurred in the hood. 2.10.2.8 The above sequence shall be verified by testing, in the presence of the Owner's representative. 2.1 1. Provide welded 16 ga. galvanized exhaust duct between grease hoods and exhaust fans as indicated on Drawings. 2.12. Devices and other miscellaneous items: 2.12.1 Dampers: Opposed blade, butterfly type, or splitter, all factory made as indicated. Each shall have a locking quadrant accessible for adjustment, with extension sleeve for duct wrap insulation. Provide balancing dampers at each branch duct connection. 2,12.2 Fire dampers shall be rated where indicated and shall be UL listed. 2.12.3 Radiation Dampers: UL 555C listed and installed where indicated 2.12-4 Piping System for Condensate� Schedule 40 PVC outdoors, ASTM B88 Type M copper DWV indoors. 2,13. Insulation: 2.13.1 Concealed ITVAC Ductwork: 2.13.1.1 Insulate externally with 2" fiberglass duct wrap with all -service jacket vapor barrier. 2.13.1.2 Neatly cut and fit insulation to the duct surface with all ductjoints overlapped 2" minimum, secured with outward -clinch staples 4" on center each way. 2.13.1.3 On ducts 24" or greater in width the insulation on the underside of the duct shall be secured to the sheet metal surface with Foster's #85-20, or and secured mechanically with sheet metal screws and caps, mechanical fasteners adhered to the duct on not more than 18"centers each way- 2.13.1.4 All transverse and longitudinal seams, and penetrations of the vapor barrier facing shall be covered with SMACNA rated foil backed tape applied in and sealed with Foster's 430-35, or equal, vapor barrier mastic. 2.13.2 Indoor A/C Condensate Piping: ' 2.13.2.1 Insulate with 3/4" expanded rubber, "Armaflex" or equivalent, selected to fit snugly on the pipe with no voids, glued joints, 2.13.2.2 Provide PVC jacketing and fitting covers to exposed segments lower than 5 feet above finished floor. 2.13.3 Exposed HVAC Ductwork (Mechanical Rooms) 2.13.3.1 Insulate externally with 2" fiberglass insulation board with all service jacket vapor barrier 2.13.3.2 On ducts 24" or greater in width the insulation on the underside of the duct shall be secured to the sheet metal surface with Foster's #85-20, or equal, adhesive, and secured mechanically with sheet metal screws and caps, mechanical fasteners adhered to the duct on not more than I 8"centers each way. 2.13.3.3 All transverse and longitudinal seams, and penetrations of the vapor barrier facing shall be covered with SMACNA rated foil backed tape applied in and sealed with Foster's #30-35, or equal, vapor barrier mastic. 2.14� Exhaust Fans 2.14.1 Roof Mounted Exhaust Fans 2.14.1.1 Fans shall be belt or direct drive, as scheduled, with aluminum centrifugal backward inclined fan wheels. Wheels shall be statically and dynamically balanced. 2.14.1.2 Motors shall be thermally protected, heavy duty ball bearing type and be readily accessible for maintenance. Motors and drives shall be mounted on vibration isolators out of the airstream. Fan shafts shall be mounted in permanently sealed, lubricated pillow block ball hearings. 2.14.1.3 Provide aluminum birdscreen. For fans not serving grease hoods, provide gravity -operated, parallel -blade backdraft damper. 2.14.1.4 Provide roof curb complete with fiber cant strip and wood nailer. Roof curb shall match roof slope in order to mount unit level. For fans serving grease hoods, provide vented curb extension to comply with NFPA 96 exhaust discharge height. 2.14.1.5 Provide speed control for direct drive fans except kitchen hood fans. 2.14.1.6 Disconnect by Division 16 Contractor. 2.14.2 Wall Mounted Exhaust Fans 2.14.2.1 Fans shall be direct -drive with aluminum centrifugal backward curved fan wheels. Wheels shall be statically and dynamically balanced. 2.14.2.2 Motors shall be thermally protected, isolated from the airstream and be readily accessible for maintenance, Motors and fan wheels shall be mounted on vibration isolators- 2.14.2.3 Provide aluminum birdscreen and gravity -operated, parallel -blade backdraft damper. 2.14.2.4 Fans shall be furnished with a flanged aluminum grille suitable for mounting on interior of the wall opening where indicated. 2.14.2.5 Provide speed control for direct drive fans, 2.14.2.6 Disconnect by Division 16 Contractor. 2.14.3 Sidewall Propeller Fans � 2.14.3.1 Fans shall be direct drive with fabricated aluminum, statically and dynamically balanced propellers, 2.14.3.2 Motors shall be thermally protected, permanently lubricated, heavy duty type, and easily accessible for maintenance. - 2.14.3.3 Provide gravity -operated backdraft damper, wall housing with guard and weatherhood. 2.14.3.4 Provide speed control for direct drive fans. 2.14.3.5 Disconnect by Division 16 Contractor. 2.14.4 Inline Cabinet Fans 2.14.4.1 Fans shall be direct drive with aluminum centrifugal forward curved fan wheels. Wheels shall be statically and dynamically balanced. 2.14.4.2 Motors shall be thermally protected, permanently lubricated, heavy duty type, and easily accessible for maintenance. Motors and drives shall be mounted on vibration isolators. 2.14.4.3 Provide Round Duct Connector. Provide hooded wall cap as shown on plans. 2.14.4.4 Provide speed control for direct drive fans. 2.14.4.5 Disconnect by Division 16 Contractor. 2.15, Flues and Vents 2.15.1 General 2.15 � 1. I Flues and vents exposed to the weather shall be appropriately supported and guyed to withstand 100 m.p.h. wind, manufacturer's standard components, 2.15.2 Type B Double Wall Gas Vents 2.15�2.1 For use on atmospheric gas burners only, 2.15.2.2 LTL listed and labeled. 2.15.2.3 Fabricationi Double wall with air space, aluminum inner pipe, galvanized steel outer pipe, 2.15.2.4 Basis of Design� Selkirk Metalbestos Model RV. 2.15.3 Double Wall Metal Flues (Model PS) 2.15.3.1 For use with atmospheric or forced draft gas appliances. 2.15.3.2 UL listed and labeled. 2.15.3.3 Fabrication: Double Wall with I inch minimum air space between walls. Construct innerjacket of 20 gage Type 316 stainless steel. Construct outer jacket of 24 gage aluminized steel, liquid -tight construction. 2.153.4 Basis of Design: Selkirk Metalbestos Model PS. 2.15.4 Double Wall Oven Vent 2.15.4.1 For use on oven heat and steam vent only. 2.15.4.2 UL Listed and labeled. 2.15.4.3 Fabrication: Double wall with air space, 400 series stainless steel inner pipe, galvanized or aluminized steel outer pipe. 2.15.4.4 Basis of Design: Selkirk Metalbestos Model DF. 2.15.5 Accessories, UL labeled� 2.15.5.1 Ventilated Roof Thimble: Consists of roof penetration, vent flashing with spacers and storm collars. 2.155.2 Exit Cone: Consists of inner cone, and outerjacket, to increase stack exit velocity 1. 5 times. 2.15.5.3 Stack Cap: Consists of conical rain shield inverted cone for partial rain protection with low flow resistance. 2.15.5.4 Vent Dampers: Same size as draft hood collar, constructed of stainless steel or galvanized steel, with corrosion resistant components. 2.16. Grease Duct 2.16.1 Field Fabricated Ductwork 2.16.1.1 Fabricate in accordance with SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible, 1985,and NFPA 96. 2.16.1.2 Construct of 16 gage carbon steel or 18 gage stainless steel, using continuous external welded joints. 2.16.1.3 Use stainless steel for ductwork exposed to view and stainless steel or carbon steel for ducts where concealed. 2.16.1.4 Provide all necessary clean -out provisions whether or not shown on the drawings. Where grease duct is run horizontally, provide full size approved clean -out access doors at each elbow to permit cleaning operations upstream or downstream of each elbow. 2.16.2 Factory Built Grease Duct 2.16.2.1 Factory -built grease duct shall be laboratory tested and listed by Underwriters Laboratories, Inc., for use with commercial cooking equipment as described in NFPA 96. 2.16.2.2 Double wall ducting shall have an outer jacket of aluminum steel .025" thick in 6 inches through 24" diameters and .034" thick for larger diameters. The inner liner shall be type 304 stainless steel with a nominal thickness of.035" for all sizes. 2.16.2.2.1 Fiber insulated exhaust system (Model IPS) shall have a fiber insulation between the walls of I inch thick. Provide I inch minimum air space between duct and surrounding noncombustibles. 2.16.2.3 Each system shall be designed to provide access to inspection and cleaning at each change of duct direction, permit drainage of grease residue through a duct section, enable the system to allow for the thermal expansion and allow various types of fire suppression equipment to be integrated into the grease ductwork. 2.16.2.4 Joints of the inner liner will be sealed using V-Bands and Selkirk Metalbestos High Temperature Ceramic Joint Cement, supplied by the manufacturer. 2.16.2.5 Ducts extending above roof surfaces must terminate with fan adaptor and as outlined in local building codes or as required by NFPA 96. 2.16.2.6 The system shall be installed as designed by the manufacturer in accordance with NFPA 96 and in accordance with the terms of the manufacturer's 10-year warranty. 2.16.2.7 All parts exposed to the outer atmosphere should be protected by a minimum of one base coat and one finish coat of paint, such as series 4300 Heat Resistant paint as manufactured by Rustoleum, or equal. Paint shall be supplied and applied by Contractor, 3. Execution: 3.1. General 3.1.1 Make all joints, connections, unions, etc., with proper care to insure that tight connections are made without excess material, well secured to supports. 3.1.2 Install duct with runs straight, shop formed radiuses at bends, and adequate supports. 3.1.3 Verify all field dimensions and locations of equipment and fixtures within the layout to ensure close, neat fit, with other trades work. 3.2. Installation: 3.2.1 Installation of rooftop A.C. units: 3.2.1.1 Rooftop units shall be provided with factory furnished galvanized steel roof curbs complete with wood nailer strips. Curbs are shipped knocked down for field assembly. Provide materials and coordination with other trades required to ensure that curbs are installed properly. Roof curbs shall match roof slope in order to mount unit level. 3.2.1.2 Lift all A/C units with spreader bars to prevent cable damage to cabinets and components. 3.2. 1 3 Publix will accept only those units which are in new condition without dents or other damage- Scratches or paint damage are to be re -painted with manufacturer's paint. 3.2.1.4 In the event that field repair involves the refrigeration circuit of any unit, such repair is to be made by the unit manufacturer or his representative. 3.2.1.5 Provide each unit with a condensate drain trap in accordance with Drawings and unit manufacturer's recommendation. 3.2.1.6 Piping of unit mounted heat reclaim coil(s) will be by Publix. 3.2.1.7 Provide flexible duct connector at supply and return connection to each ITVAC unit. 3.2.2 Although the locations of the equipment and ductwork may be shown on the Drawings in certain positions, the Contractor shall be guided by the architectural details and conditions existing at the job, correlating this work with that of others. 3.2.3 'Outside air intakes shall be min. 36" above the finished roof, minimum 10'-O" from any exhaust outlet or vent, and minimum 20'-O" from any flue out] et. 3.3. Flues and Vents 3.3.1 Install with minimum ofjoints. Align accurately at connections, with internal surfaces smooth. 3.3.2 Support in strict accordance with manufacturer's recommendations, industry standard, and SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible, 1985. 3.3.3 Pitch with positive slope up. 3.3.4 Maintain UL listed minimum clearances from combustibles. 3.3.5 Assemble pipe and accessories as required for complete installation. 3.3.6 Install vent dampers, locating close to draft hood collar. 3.3.7 Assemble and install flue and vent sections in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations, industry practices, and in compliance with UL listing. 3.3.8 Level and plumb vertical sections. 33.9 Clean flues and vents during installation, removing dust and debris. 3.3.10 At appliances, provide joints permitting removal of appliances without removal or dismantling of flues or vents. 3.4. Grease Ducts 3.4.1 Field fabricated ductwork - install in accordance with NFPA 96. Support in accordance with SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standards. 3.4.2 Factory built grease duct - install and support in accordance with NFPA 96 and manufacturer's instructions. Provide factory built fan adaptor between the roof curb and fan base. 3.5. Substantial Completion Inspection 3.5.1 All of the following items must be completed prior to Substantial Completion Inspections. No exceptions will be made and no payment will be made until all items are completed. 3.5.2 Cleaning Equipment and Premises: 3.5.2.1 Thoroughly clean all parts of the apparatus and equipment. Exposed parts which are to be painted shall be thoroughly cleaned of cement, plaster, and other material and all oil and grease spots shall be removed. Repaint or touch up as required to make look like new. Surfaces shall be carefully wiped and all cracks and comers scraped out. 3,5.2,2 Exposed metal work shall be carefully brushed down with steel brushes to remove rust and other spots and touched up with primer. 3.5.3 Testing and Balancing Systems 3.5.3.1 Publix will provide a test and balance contractor. This service will be done in the presence of the HVAC Sub- Contractor, so that deficiencies can be noted. 3.5.3.2 Comply with "Standards for Field Measurement and Instrumentations" Form No. 8 1266 Volume One. as published by the Associated Air Balance Council. 3.5.3.3 Perform duct leakage testing in accordance with SMACNA HVAC Air Duct Leakage Test Manual, I st Ed., 1985. Complete duct leakage test prior to performing air system balancing procedures. 3.5.3.4 Submit three (3) copies of the complete test reports to the Publix Refrigeration Department prior to Final Acceptance of the Project. 3.5.3.5 Provide sufficient time before the completion date so that testing and balancing can be accomplished, and remediation made. 3.5.3.6 Put all HVAC Equipment into full operation and continue operation during each working day of testing and balancing. 3.5.3.7 Implement changes recommended by the testing and balancing contractor, including pulley changes, balancing dampers and other items as required to obtain proper system balance as judged by the testing and balancing contractor and the Publix Architect. 3.5.3.8 Maintain operation of the system for a minimum of 24 hours after balance has been obtained. Notify Publix Architect so that he may inspect the system under operating conditions. 3.6. Dust streaking on exposed duct systems: After 6 months, examine all exposed ductwork for dust streaking. Where streaking has occurred, the causes of the streaking shall be determined and repaired. Streaked surfaces shall be cleaned and touched up to match the original finish. End of Section 15500 Section 16400 Electrical 1. General 1. 1. Summary 1.1.1 Provide all materials and equipment and perform all labor required to install electrical systems complete as indicated, as required by code, and as specified herein. All sizes, etc., are Publix minimum and if local code requirements are higher, the work shall be provided accordingly. 1.1.1.1 Obtain and pay for all permits, bonds, inspection. Coordinate inspections with work as it progresses. LI.L2 Provide services necessary to coordinate work with work of others. Notify concerned parties before proceeding with work that will affect them. 1.1.1.3 Provide electric service, as shown on the Drawings, to connect with site utilities at a point outside the building. 1.1.1.4 Install all panelboards, and contactors at the locations shown on the Drawings and specified herein. 1.1,15 ' Furnish and install all conduit and conductors between the load side of the feeder breakers to the breaker panels. 1.1.1.6 Furnish and install all secondary circuits between the panelboards and the final terminal as shown on the Drawings and specified herein. 1.1.1.7 Receive, store, install and make final electrical connections to all lighting fixtures as shown on the Drawings and specified herein. 1.1.1.8 Furnish and install conduit and boxes for the telephone outlets. 1.1.1.9 Make electrical connections to the electric door operators as shown on the Drawings and specified herein. 1.1.1.10 Make all electrical connections to equipment supplied by Publix. 1.1.1.11 Make all electrical connections to refrigerated display cases and walk-in boxes as shown on the Drawings and specified herein. 1.1.1.12 Make all electrical connections between the switchboard and the refrigeration compressors and condensing equipment as shown on the Drawings and specified herein. 1.1.1.13 Furnish and install all motor starters, disconnect devices, conduit and conductors for control and power wiring. 1.1.1.14 Make all electrical connections between the switchboard and the air conditioning compressors, air handling units, package units and strip heaters as shown on the Drawings and specified herein. 1.1.1.15 Make all electrical connections between the machine rooms mounted refrigeration equipment and the refrigerated display cases, walk-in freezers and coolers as shown on the Drawings and specified herein. 1.1.1.16 Furnish and install all conduit and conductors to totally electrically connect all controls as shown on the Drawings and specified herein. 1.1.1.17 Furnish and install all electrical wiring required for the dry chemical fire extinguisher system in the grease exhaust hoods in compliance with NFPA Bulletins # 1 7, #96, and with local codes. 1.1.1.18 Furnish and install all electrical wiring devices as shown on the Drawings and specified herein. 1. 1. L 19 Furnish and install all conduit, conductors, disconnect devices and flexible metal conduit to completely wire all supply and exhaust fans as shown on the Drawings and specified herein. 1.1.1.20 The Electrical Contractor shall properly store and secure all materials firmi shed by Publix and will be held fully responsible and liable for damage and loss. It shall be required that he sign for the materials supplied by Publix. 1.1.1.21 Panels for A/C and refrigeration mechanical systems, as furnished internally pre -wired by others, shall be mounted and connected by the Electrical Contractor. Refer to Drawings and Specifications for air conditioning. I � 1. 1.22 Furnish and install all controls for fans installed by others. 1.1.1.23 Furnish and install power wiring to each HVAC unit including the safety disconnect switch and other required electrical devices to make the unit operational as shown on the Drawings and specified herein. 1.1.1.24 Install and connect air conditioning control panel, energy management system, and transducer panel supplied by Publix, as shown on the Drawings and specified herein. 1.1.1.25 Install conduit, conductors and make connections to "Publix" sign, and all other facade signs and under -canopy signs (signs supplied and installed by Publix), as shown on the Drawings and specified herein. 1.1.1.26 Burglar and fire alarm systems or combined system, as shown on the Drawings and specified herein� The Contractor shall supply and install conduit, boxes, pull strings as shown on Drawings for devices and control wiring as shown on the Drawings. Specific equipment and complete final hook-up by Publix as noted on Drawings. 1.1.2 Related Work by Other Contractors: 1.1,2,1 Setting and sealing of all curbs and pitch pockets shall be by Roofing Contractor. (Setting of A/C curb only shall be by A/C Contractor.) 1.1.2.2 Setting of water heaters, ovens, kitchen equipment, gondolas, cash registers, air conditioners, exhaust fans, refrigerated cases, meat room equipment, facade signs and other miscellaneous equipment by others. Final electrical connection shall be provided by Electrical Contractor. 1.1.2.3 Kitchen Hood Fire Protection System shall be by Others. 1.1.3 Publix reserves the right to furnish some items of electrical equipment to the Electrical Contractor. If this is done the Electrical Contractor shall install the equipment and deduct the cost of the equipment from his contract. Cost adjustment will be made by Change Order. 1.1.4 All apparatus shall be installed at exact height and locations as shown on the Architectural Drawings, or if not shown, at heights and locations shown on other Drawings or as required by applicable codes and laws. 1.1.5 Perform all excavation and backfill required for services, and for all conduit and work inside and outside the building. Cutting of curbs, walks, concrete and paving required for excavation shall be done by appropriate trade. 1.1.6 All store cases, coolers, and freezers will be furnished and set in place by Publix. Check Equipment Plan A801 and R- I to verify exact locations. 1.2. Definitions: Explanation and Precedence of Documents: 1.2.1 For purposes of clarity and legibility, Electrical Drawings are essentially diagrammatic and, although size and location of equipment are drawn to scale wherever possible, Contractor shall make use of all Contract Documents. 1.2.2 The Drawings indicate size, connection points and routes of conduit and equipment. It is not intended, however, that all offsets, rises and drops are shown. Install all items as required to fit structure, avoid obstructions, and retain clearance, headroom, openings and passageways. 1.2.3 Remodels� Carefully examine all existing conditions, existing work in place and premises and compare the drawings with the existing conditions. Submittalofbid indicates that the Contractor has examined the Site and Drawings and has included all required work in his bid. No allowances will be made for any error resulting from Contractor's failure to visit Job Sites and to review Drawings. 1.2.4 Conflicts, discrepancies, interferences and omissions in Documents shall be brought to the attention of the Architect for clanfication prior to commencement of Work. 1.3. Submittals 1.3.1 Within 30 days of Contract Commencement (Authorization to Proceed), submit for Publix Architect's approval- 1.3.1.1 List of materials intended for use in the Project. 1.1 1.2 Manufacturer's catalogue cuts of materials intended for use in the Project. 1.3.1.3 Copies of licenses of key personnel if requested by Publix. 1.3.1.4 Samples of materials if requested by Publix, 1.3.1.5 Other items required to complete the Work. 1.3.2 Submit six identical bound copies of all items. Arrange categories in order listed above. 1.3.3 All cuts for the above shall have rough -in dimensions, connection sizes, and any special installation requirements. In addition, furnish motor horsepower voltage and phase for all equipment. 1.3.4 Close Out Documents: 1.3.4� 1 Comply with applicable provisions of Section 0 1 720 - Proj ect Record Documents. 1.3.4.2 Provide a complete set of manufacturer's warranties and warranty certificates, 1.3.4.3 A copy of the final approval from the local building department. 1 A. Quality: IAA Subcontractor: 1.4.1.1 The Electrical Subcontractor shall be a reputable firm regularly engaged in this type of work, employing skilled workmen, and with proper equipment. 1.4. 1 2 Upon request, Subcontractor shall show evidence of at least two similar jobs, of comparable size and character, installed and operating within the previous two years pri or to bid opening. 1.4.13 Publix reserves the right to refuse any Subcontractor with or without cause. 1.4.2 Personnel 1.4.2.1 Employ an experienced superintendent to oversee all operation. 1.4.2.2 Work shall not proceed without adequate super -vision present at all times. 1.4.2.3 Work shall be accomplished by workers certified in their trade as masters, journeymen, and apprentices in accordance with regulations of the governing authority or customary practice. Utilize workers with skills in proportion to complexity of tasks required. 1.4.2.4 Publix reserves the right to reject personnel with or without cause. 1.4.3 Quality Standards 1.4.3.1 Work shall be accomplished to ensure safety to all personnel during installation and after occupancy. 1.4.3.2 Work will be judged by Publix in comparison to work of similar types. Substandard construction as judged by Publix Representative will not be accepted. 1.4.3.3 Neatness counts. Make all joints, connections, unions, etc., with proper care to insure that tight connections are made without excess material, well secured to supports. 1.433.4 Install conduit with runs straight, accurately formed radiuses at bends, and adequate supports. 1.4.4 Regulations: Conform to governing codes, ordinances and regulations of city, county and state having jurisdiction. Where local codes are not applicable, conform to State Electric Code where Project is located. Comply with applicable provisions of the following codes and standards (latest version published unless earlier verions is adopted by governing agencies): All National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) Codes and Standards including the National Electrical Code Local Utility Code Local Building Code Safety Code for Mechanical Refrigeration OSHA - for construction 1.4.5 Test the entire system. The solid neutral wire shall be tested for thorough grounding at the service entrance and/or separately derived source through the grounding electrode conductor and grounding electrobe. All hot wiring shall be tested for shorts and grounding. 1.4.6 Participate in the Pre -Construction Conference. 1.4.7 Substitutions� Comply with Section 01630 - Product Options and Substitutions. In general, substitutions are not allowed. I.S. Sequencing: 1.5.1 Notify General Contractor, or any others, of all required chases, sleeves and openings required so that the work can be accomplished without delay, Provide necessary sleeves, etc., to be installed. Otherwise, Electrical Sub -Contractor shall pay for appropriate trades to perform cutting and patching. reverdrup S VERDR UP FACILITIES, INC FLORIDA CORPORATE LICENSE #AA C001291 5750 Major Boulevard, Suite 500, Orlando, FL 32819 (407)903-5001 Fax (407)903-5150 ARCHITECT OF RECORD NAME: FLOYD WILSON MCCOLLUM, JR, AIA REGISTRATION: FLORIDA REG, #AR0016162 DA TE: 02128101 1� / ,)� ' V-4`y-�, I . 3 ,3 ) 14 I V071 - ", i L 1" Revision: Date: By- Description: 0 V .?� _D I Z) C 0- 0 � E ob- Lf ) MAMOO a) %� 0 E %� a) =0 I*- M 0= IT Ir- Ile D LO W 014 CD co co M M - [___ CO CO a_ co a W < a - --Jlv,- _W I_ . W W < > W XCOOLL LU _C0 02:000 < LU 0 - =C-O LL (D < ;::- LL - =:) at _J =:) _J LL - � D C,0 J ,:1- 0 LLJ LL1 dr) LLJO� 4= Cl) �: 0 M U) _J i < LU �___ _J = <C/) CF) CV) U LU - _J _J - M: 0� LLJ r�:o > < W :) 0�--C::)= a_::3,1-a_ Z 0 >- X: a Of 3 x LU I O<OLU o �- 3: 0 C) 04 M 0- LU 0 LL M [--- U) �- F-_ N Key Plan: Scales: Sverdrup Project No.., 22196390 Drawing Title: SPECIFICATIONS Date: 03/12/99 Designed By: RBJ Drawing No.: Drawn BT RM PM9 Checked BY: FWM A Z 1.5.2 Joists, girders, beams, columns or reinforcing steel shall not be cut. 1.5.3 Where construction necessitates the routing of conduit through structural members, framing or under footings, permission to make such installation shall first be obtained from the Publix Field Representative. 1.6. Temporary Operation: 1.6.1 The Owner may require operation of parts or all of the installation prior to Final Acceptance. 1.6.2 Cost of utilities for such operation shall be paid by the Contractor. This operation does not constitute acceptance of the Contractor's Work. 1.6.3 All electricity used for construction shall be paid for by the General Contractor. Furnish and install temporary electrical connection and meter for construction purposes. Remove temporary service when use is no longer required. Clean up and landscape as required. 1.7. Emergency Repairs: The Owner reserves the right to make emergency repairs as required to keep equipment in operation without voiding the Contractor's guarantee nor relieving the Contractor of his responsibilities during the guarantee period. 1.8. Operating Instructions and Service Manual: 1.8.1 Provide two (2) neatly bound copies of maintenance and instructions book, parts lists pertaining to all equipment furnished. 1.8.2 Each section shall be indexed and include parts lists, instruction books, suppliers' phone numbers and addresses, and individual equipment guarantees all in separate sections. 1.8.3 Representatives of the Owner shall be instructed by the Contractor as to complete care and operation of the electrical system. Inform the Architect in writing as to the persons who received the instructions and the date that this was done. 2. Products: 2.1. Materials: 2.1.1 All materials shall be new, of the best quality. 2.1.2 All similar materials such as switches, panelboards, fuses, circuit breakers, junction boxes, contactors and other classes of equipment shall be of the same type and manufacturer. 2.1.3 All equipment and materials shall be furnished in strict accordance with the equipment schedule and Specification requirements. 2.2. Panelboards 2.2.1 The panelboards shall be dead -front, totally enclosed, with locking doors, with bolt - in type circuit breakers in one, two or three pole common trip units as noted on the Drawings, UL approved. The panelboards shall be 3 phase, 4 wire, solid neutral, ground bus, 120/208 volts, with number of poles, ampacity, and short circuit interrupting rating as noted on the Drawings. Panelboards shall have copper bussing. The circuits shall be connected to individual poles of the panel exactly as shown on the Drawings, and the panel shall be provided with a typewritten s directory. 2.2.2 All panels shall be factory assembled. 2.2.3 Ground fault circuit interrupters shall be provided on each circuit as required by the NEC or where specified on the Drawings. 2.2.4 Circuit breakers installed in panels AB, BC and CD shall be equipped with HID rated breakers as applicable for the load. 2.2.5 Isolated ground busses shall be provided where indicated. 2.2.6 Acceptable Manufacturers: G.E Square - D Westinghouse ITE Div. of Siemens -Allis 2.3. Electrical Service Entrance 2.3.1 The service entrance shall be as indicated on the Drawings. 2.3.2 Coordinate with the utility company. Verify method of service with local utility company and obtain written approval from Publix Representative before commencement of work. 2.3.3 The system shall be grounded in conformance with NEC and as shown on Drawings. 2.4. Main Switchboard/Main Distribution Panel (MDP) 2.4.1 Acceptable Manufacturers: G.E. Square - D Westinghouse ITE Div. of Siemens -Allis 2.4.2 General: Furnish and install the main switchboard as herein specified and shown on the Drawings. 2.4.3 The switchboard shall meet Underwriters' Laboratories enclosure requirements and be furnished with an Underwriters' Laboratories label. 2.4.4 Enclosure Construction 2.4.4.1 The switchboard framework shall consist of steel channels welded or bolted to the frame to rigidly support the entire shipping section for moving on rollers and floor mounting. The framework is to be formed, code gauge steel, rigidly welded and bolted together to support all cover plates, bussing and component devices during shipment and installation. 2.4.4.2 Each switchboard section shall have an open bottom and individual removable top plate for installation and termination of conduit. Top and bottom conduit areas are to be clearly shown and dimensioned on the Shop Drawings. The end plates of the switch boxes shall be removable for installation purposes. The wireway front covers are to be hinged to permit access to the branch switch load side terminals without removing the covers. All closure plates shall be screw removable and small enough for easy handling by one man. The paint finish shall be gray enamel over a rust -inhibiting phosphate primer. 2.4.5 Bussing: 2.4.5.1 The switchboard bussing shall be of sufficient cross -sectional area to continuously conduct amperage as indicated on Drawings with a maximum average temperature rise of 50 degrees c. above an ambient temperature of 25 degrees c. 2.4.5.2 The buss shall be aluminum with 50% neutral with an integrated equipment short circuit rating of 150,000 amps (sym). 2.4.5.3 The buss shall extend the full length of the available feeder area of each enclosure section. 2.4.6 Withstand Rating. 2.4.6.1 The switchboard, as a complete unit, shall be given a single withstand short circuit current rating by the manufacturer. The withstand short circuit current rating shall certify that all equipment is capable of withstanding the stress of a fault equal to the interrupting rating of the least overcurrent protective device contained therein. Such rating shall be established by actual tests by the manufacturer on equipment constructed similarly to the subject switchboard. This test data shall be available and shall be furnished to the Architect, if requested, with or before the submittal of Approval Drawings. 2.4.6.2 The complete unit shall have interrupting rating of not less than the available or interrupting fault current shown on the drawings. 2.4.7 Main Switch (where shown on the Drawings): 2.4.7.1 The main switch shall be fusible and of the bolted contact type, equipped with a 120 volt electric trip device for remote shunt trip operation. 2.4.7.2 The switches shall be dead -front type with a fuse -door interlock and provisions for padlocking in the open position with at least three padlocks. The bolted contacts are to firmly bolt the movable blades to both the top and bottom stationary contacts. The switch shall have a quick -make, quick -break mechanism. Easily replaceable stationary are tips and arch chambers shall be used. The switch shall be capable of opening and closing into a fault of twelve times its continuous current rating in accordance with UL requirements to insure safety on emergency operation. 2.4.7.3 The main switch shall be equipped with NEMA Class 'L' fuses and be Bussman KTU type. 2.4.7.4 The main switch shall be as manufactured by Pringle or Square "D" bolted lock and rated at ampacity shown on the Drawings - no substitutions. 2.4.8 Main Breaker (where shown on the Drawings): The main breaker shall be equipped with a 120 volt electric trip device for remote shunt trip operation. 2.4.9 Fusible Switches (where shown on the Drawings): 2.4.9.1 The fusible switches shall be quick -make, quick -break with the size shown on the associated Drawings. The units shall be listed and approved by Underwriters' Laboratories for general use and where applicable, shall be dual horsepower rated for both standard one-time or dual -element fuses. The fusible switches shall be group mounted in panel -type construction. Each switch shall be equipped with class 'R' rejection type fuse clips. 2.4.9.2 Each switch is to be enclosed in a separate steel enclosure. The enclosure shall employ a hinged cover for access to the fuses which shall be interlocked with the operating handle to prevent opening the cover when the switch is in the on position. This interlock shall be constructed so that it can be released with a standard electrician's tool for testing fuses without interrupting service. The units shall have padlocking provisions in the off position and the operating handle position shall give positive switch position indication. Switches shall pass industry standard I2t withstandability tests and fuse race tests as described elsewhere in the Specifications. 2.4.9.3 All fusing as manufactured by Bussman, type KTN-R, dual -element and current limiting as shown on the Drawings. 2.4.10 Circuit Breakers (where shown on the Drawings). The circuit breakers shall be group of individually mounted, as required for the sizes shown on the Drawings. 2.5. Bus Duct (where shown on the Drawings): 2.5.1 Service entrance bus duct shall be rated as shown on Drawings, 3 phase, full neutral, suitable for 120/208 volts service, inside -outside location. 2.5.2 The bus duct shall be complete with all necessary elbows, transformer taps, fire stops, wall flange for fittings and supports to provide a satisfactory installation as indicated on the Drawings. 2.5.3 The bus duct shall be of the same manufacturer as the main switchboard. 2.5.4 The bus duct shall have the same or greater withstand rating as the main switchboard's interrupting rating. 2.5.5 Support for the bus duct shall be by the General Contractor. 2.6. Overcurrent Protective Devices 2.6.1 Enclosed, Molded -Case Circuit Breaker: NEMA AB 1, handle lockable. 2.6.1.1 Characteristics: Frame size, trip rating, number of poles and auxiliary devices as indicated and interrupting capacity rating to meet available fault current. 2.6.1.2 Application Listing: Appropriate for application, including switching fluorescent lighting loads or heating, air-conditioning and refrigerating equipment. 2.6.1.3 Circuit Breakers, 200 A and Larger: Trip units interchangeable within frame size. 2.6.1.4 Circuit Breakers, 400 A and Larger: Field -adjustable short -time and continuous current settings. 2.6.1.5 Current -Limiting Trips: Where indicated, let -through ratings less than NEMA FU 1, Class RK-5. 2.6.1.6 Current Limiters: Where indicated, integral fuse listed for circuit breaker 2.6.1.7 Lugs: Mechanical lugs and power -distribution connectors for number, size and material of conductors indicated. 2.6.1.8 Shunt Trip: Where indicated. 2.6.2 Future Devices: Where indicated, equip compartments with mounting brackets, supports, bus connections and appurtenances designed for overcurrent protective device types and ampere ratings indicated. 2.7. Contactors 2.7.1 Contactors shall be manufactured by Square'D', Siemens, or General Electric; or others as approved by Publix in writing specifically for this project. Contactor to be of the same manufacturer as it's respective panel serving the contactor. 2.7.2 Contactors shall be designed to carry the full rated current on a continuous basis. 2.7.3 Contactors shall be electrically operated, mechanically held, and suitable for remote operation. The mechanically held contactors shall be supplied with coil clearing contacts which disconnect the magnet coil when operated to eliminate any AC magnetic hum. 2.7.4 Contactors shall be as sized as shown on the Drawings and be installed in a NEMA 1 enclosure. 2.8. Wire and Cable 2.8.1 All wires shall be THHN/THWN-2 copper unless otherwise noted. No aluminum wire will be permitted. 2.8.2 No wire shall be smaller than #12 AWG except control wire. No smaller than #10 AWG shall be used on runs of over 100 ft. 2.8.3 In no case shall the number of conductors installed in conduits exceed the maximum fill allowed by the NEC. Should this occur on the Drawings, the Electrical Contractor shall inform the Architect before installation. Conductors shall not be installed beneath the heating equipment foundations. 2.8.4 Wire must be in one unspliced run to all secondary panel feeders, and in one unspliced run to all air conditioning and refrigeration units. 2.8.5 Install all phase conductors, neutral conductor, and ground conductor from panelboard to the equipment connection junction box. If the neutral conductor is not needed it shall be taped and identified in the J.B. for future use. 2.9. Conduits and Raceways 2.9.1 PVC Schedule 40 conduit may be used under floor slab. Risers and raceways embedded into concrete shall be heavy wall hot dipped galvanized steel. All conduit between transformer and main switch shall be heavy wall, hot dipped, galvanized steel W/MFG couplings and fittings, unless noted otherwise on the Drawings. 2.9.2 No PVC shall be installed above floor slab. 2.9.3 Raceways concealed in wall or ceiling spaces shall be standard weight galvanized EMT with compression couplings or as specified below. 2.9.4 Underfloor Duct (where shown on the Drawings): 2.9.4.1 Shall be "Walkerduct" (no substitutes) as manufactured by Walker/ Textron Company, Parkersburg, West Virginia. Install complete service fittings, blanking plates, junction boxes, covers, etc., with threaded fittings. Use standard No. 2 and No. 4 duct with 42-24 x 2 x 2 or #2-12 x 2 x 2 inserts as shown on Drawings, adaptors 41126a-3/4", for cable. Install Walker Duct junction boxes with brass tops recessed to receive terrazzo. Verify locations of duct with Drawings. 2.9.4.2 Top of cut insert shall be 3/4" below finish floor line. 2.10. Time Switches 2.10.1 Provide time switches as manufactured by Intermatic (no substitutes). 2.10.2 Time switches shall be DPST, 40 amperes, 120 volt, AC motor and astronomic dial, spring -wound carry-over. 2.10.3 Time clocks shall be labeled. 2.11, Outlet Boxes, Fittings, and Connectors 2.1 1.1 Unless hereinafter specifically noted or shown on the Drawings, the minimum size of branch circuit outlet boxes for concealed work shall be 4"x4"xI 1/2" for square boxes and 4"xl 1/2" for octagon boxes. 2.11.2 Boxes shall be provided with plaster covers of sufficient depth to bring the face of the outlet substantially flush with the finished wall or ceiling. The box shall not project beyond the finished wall or ceiling line. 2.11.3 Outlets in concrete block, or other hollow masonry walls: 2.11.3.1 Openings in concrete block walls for outlets shall be cut to exact size with a masonry saw. 2.11.3.2 Switch and receptacle mounting heights, as specified or noted may be adjusted so that the bottom of the outlet box may rest on the top of the wall block at the nearest mortar joint 2.11.3.3 All unused outlets shall be provided with blank covers. 2.11.4 Where conduits 1" or larger enter outlet boxes, the boxes shall be 4 l l/] 6"x4 - I I/ 16"x2 1/4" minimum. Boxes shall be of ample size to provide conductor spaces as required by the National Electric Code. 2.11.5 "Handy", utility or sectional boxes will not be permitted in masonry walls. 2.11.6 When more than one switch or device is shown ganged at any location, a one-piece box of suitable size shall be installed. 2.11.7 Outlet boxes intended for the installation of lighting fixtures shall be equipped with 3/8" "No -Bolt" or equal fixture studs. 2.11.8 Unless otherwise noted, all switches, receptacles and devices shown on the exterior of building walls shall be installed in flush mounted boxes provided with weatherproof gaskets. 2.11.9 All conduit fittings (condulets) shall be of the cast metal threaded hub type, Crouse - Hinds, or Appleton. 2.11.10A11 rigid conduits entering panels, cabinets, outlet boxes, etc., shall be provided with locknuts on both sides of such devices driven tight so as to maintain positive electrical and mechanical continuity throughout the conduit system. Insulated bushings shall be installed on the inside of the termination 2.11.11 Threadless couplings shall not be used for rigid conduit. 2.1 1.12A11 EMT couplings and box connectors shall be of the set screw steel concrete tight or steel compression type. Compression type shall be used in all coolers or freezers. No cast connectors or couplings will be allowed. 2.11.13A11 flex conduit shall be steel w/steel fittings, and shall extend a maximum of 10 ft, unless approved by Publix. 2.12. Junction Boxes: Wiring shall be neatly arranged, bundled and laced in proper groups. 2.13. Pull Boxes 2.13.1 Pull boxes shall be installed in conduit system where needed whether or not they are shown on the Drawings. 2.13.2 Boxes shall be constructed of code gauge galvanized steel with screw covers. 2.14. Safety Switches 2.14.1 The basis of design and quality standards is Square - D. 2.14.2 All units shall be of the same manufacturer. 2.14.3 Safety switches shall be fusible, solid neutral, 250 volt, quick -make and quick -break with visible blades, single throw, general duty, of size and fusing as shown on the Drawings, or required for application. Switches mounted out of doors shall be with protective barrier over hot lugs. 2.14.4 Exterior units shall be in rain tight enclosure. (NEMA 3R) 2.15. Wall Switches 2.15.1 Switches shall be flush mounted, quiet tumbler type, 120/277 volts, 20 amp rated. 2.15.2 Wall plates shall be smooth, 302 stainless steel, one piece as indicated on the Drawings. 2.15.3 Switches shall be installed on the "strike" side of the door swing. 2.15.4 Switches shown near doors shall be not less than two inches and not more than twelve (12) inches from the trim. 2.16. Receptacles 2.16.1 All units shall be totally enclosed composition with side and rear connections. All units shall be equipped with ears and have a rating as listed below. All devices shall be Hubbell or Leviton. See symbol schedule on the Drawings. 2.16.2 Duplex convenience outlets with ground shall be 20 amp, 125 volt parallel slot, "U"- shaped ground, heavy duty "T" rated. 2.16.3 120/208 volt, 3 wire receptacles with ground shall be single 3 wire polarized receptacles with grounding terminal. 2.16.4 Weatherproof receptacles shall be duplex, 20 amp, 125 volt parallel slot receptacle with "U" shaped grounding slot in flush, weatherproof box with gasketed cover and self closing, spring door. 2.16.5 Floor outlets shall be 20 amp, 125 volts single or duplex parallel slot receptacles with "U" shaped grounding slot as called for, located as shown on the Drawings. Provide slotted brass flush cap for sealing when not in use. 2.16.6 All device cover plates shall be smooth 302 stainless steel, one piece. 2.17. Lighting Fixtures 2.17.1 All lighting fixtures shall be furnished by Publix and installed by this Subcontractor. In -line fuses are included with all fluorescent and metal halide fixtures. 2.1.7.2 In areas of suspended ceilings two safety wires per fixture will be supplied and hung by the suspended ceiling Subcontractor, the Electrical Subcontractor shall tie fixtures in areas of suspended ceilings with two (2) #10 wire up to the roof joists per fixture. 2.18. Electric Door Openers: Electric door openers shall be furnished and installed by others, but where shown on the Drawings, shall be wired by the Electrical Contractor with two (2) 115 volt, 20 amp, 3 wire circuits to control box at the top of the door. 2.19. Telephone Outlets: 2.19.1 Provide outlets as located on Drawings. 2.19.2 See Drawings for location and size of conduit runs. 2.19.3 Provide outlet boxes and stainless steel cover plates. 2.20. Standby Electric -Emergency Generator and Transfer Switch (where shown as new on the Drawings). 2.20.1 Emergency generator and automatic load transfer switch will be fumished by Publix and shall be set in place and connected by the contractor. 2.20.2 Emergency Generator: The system shall be installed according to the manufacturer's instructions. 2.20.3 Automatic Load Transfer Switch: The automatic load transfer switch shall be designed for the capabilities of this unit to transfer the load from normal to emergency when any phase of the normal source drops below 70 percent of rated voltage and to automatically restore the load to the normal source when all phases are 90 percent or more of rated voltage and frequency. Unit is to be provided with a contact to actuate the engine starting circuit. 2.20.4 The electrical contractor shall provide wiring and conduit to connect the battery charger, generator start circuit and any block heater wiring required. 2.21. Grounding 2.21.1 All wiring systems shall be grounded in accordance with article 250 of the NEC. All items of electrical equipment not connected directly and mechanically to the conduit system shall be connected thereto with a jumper of suitable size. All breaks in the continuity of the conduit system shall be bridged with a jumper of the proper size between the next adjacent outlet or junction boxes. 2.21.2 Due care must be taken as not to interchange circuit neutrals. 2.21.3 A green THHN/THWN-2 insulated stranded 12 AWG or larger conductor shall run unbroken from the system ground through the conduit system to the ground connections at all receptacles, switches and lights. Appliance outlets shall be in accordance with NEC Table 250-95. 2,22. Tests 2.22.1 The Electrical Contractor shall test all wiring and equipment for grounds, continuity and proper operation. 2.22.2 When directed he shall demonstrate by use of a 500 volt megger, the insulation resistance of any circuit or group of circuits. 2.22.3 Where such tests indicate the possibility of faulty insulation, the Electrical Contractor shall locate the point or points of such faulty insulation and shall pull out the faulty conductor or conductors, replace same with new and demonstrate the elimination of faults. 2.22.4 The provisions of article 110 of the NEC shall be used as a guide for this test. 3. Execution 3.1. General: 3.1.1 Temporary Electric Service: Install and maintain 120/240 volt, 1 phase, 3 wire, 200 amp temporary service for construction purposes. Power consumption cost shall be paid by Contractor. Installation shall comply with OSHA, NEC and all local requirements. 3.1.2 The locations of the outlets, switches and convenience outlets shall be approximately as shown on the drawings and as specified, but exact locations shall be as directed by Publix Field Representative. The running of all circuits, switch legs and conduits is purely diagrammatic. Do not scale from Drawings. 3.13 Rigging and hoisting that is incidental to the electrical portion of the Work shall be performed by the Electrical Contractor. This shall include the hoisting of equipment supplied by both the Electrical Contractor and Publix that are installed by the Electrical Contractor. 3.1.4 Coordinate this work with other trades so that interference between the trades can be avoided. 3.1.5 All channels, angles and other members for the installation and support of the electrical equipment shall be furnished and installed by the Electrical Contractor. 3A.6 The attachment of boxes, conduit, hangers, etc. shall be by machine screws or through bolts on steel, expansion bolts in concrete and masonry, and wood screws in wood. Wood composition plugs shall not be used. 3.2. Excavation and Backfilling: 3.2.1 Do all excavating required to install any underground conduit and after the same are in place and tested and approved. Thoroughly tamp earth around conduits and remove excess or spoil earth from premises as directed. 3.2.2 Underground conduit must be covered by a minimum of three (3) inches of underslab fill. 3.3. Conduit, Raceways, Etc. 3.3.1 All metallic non -current carrying components and enclosures of the electrical wiring system are to be bonded and grounded. 3.3.2 Furnish all necessary fittings and supports to make the raceways or busways fit the building structure and equipment. Raceway size shown or called for are minimum. The Electrical Contractor shall verify all raceway sizes with the dimensions of the particular cable to be installed. 3.3.3 All exposed raceways and conduit shall be neatly installed perpendicular or parallel to walls and floors. Concealed conduit may run diagonally in the horizontal direction. No exposed conduit is allowed in sales area or work rooms (except where required in exposed structure areas of stores without ceilings.) 3.3.4 All raceways shall be supported by approved types of galvanized wall brackets, ceiling trapeze hangers, pipe hangers or pipe straps. Perforated metal strap or tie wire shall not be used for any conduit or raceway. 3.3.5 All conduit located in the attic may be EMT, and must be installed within the area provided for on Drawings. 3.3.6 Areas for work of various trades: Conform to locations as defined in Section 01010. 3.3.7 All conduit located underground may be PVC Schedule 40, except as noted on the Drawings or specified herein. 3.3.8 All job cut threads shall be given a coat of rust -inhibitive paint. 3.3.9 Caulk where conduit passes through walls, providing approved fire -stopping system where required. Caulk where conduit passes through walk-in freezers and coolers. All cutting in block work must be done with carborundum saw; no chisel or hammer work will be accepted. 3.4. Circuit Identification: Label all panels by approved means to identify circuits. Install equipment in cans, as per Drawings. Mark all panels, time clocks, starters, contactors, disconnect devices and main panels on the outside with riveted or approved attached plastic laminated labels V minimum high w/ 3/4" minimum letters of contrasting colors. All circuits shall be identified by typed lettering of contrasting color to tags & covered w/ approved plastic cover. 3.5. Installation of Items Supplied by Others: 3.5.1 All store fixtures and equipment, including shelf gondolas and check out stands, will be furnished and set in place by Publix, or others, and this Contractor shall make all required electrical connections. Verify items and their locations with Publix's Representative. 3.5.2 Meat and Deli Department equipment will all be with plug-in connectors except as indicated on the Drawings. Do not wire direct unless shown on the Drawings or directed by Publix's Representative. 3.5.3 All wiring and mounting shall be in cooperation with and under the direction of the Publix's Representative. 3.6. Control of Outlets: 3.6.1 Branch lighting circuits shall be controlled as shown on the Drawings. 3.6.2 Convenience outlets shall have no intermediate control between panels and outlets, unless indicated otherwise. 3.7. Connection of Conductors: All joints between conductors shall be connected with approved pressure type, connectors and insulated with scotch 33 tape and friction tape, if insulation is not provided in pressure type connector used. 3.8. Sleeves at Fire Retardant Lumber: If fire treated lumber is required by local codes and ordinances, the Electrical Contractor shall provide PVC fitting boxes and piping that penetrate the fire resistant lumber. If the PVC components are not approved by local code, other approved methods must be used to protect against the salt in the fire resistant lumber. 3.9. Final Inspection: All of the following items must be completed prior to final inspection. No exceptions will be made and no final payment will be made until all items are completed. 3.9.1 Thoroughly clean all parts of the apparatus and equipment. Exposed parts which are to be painted shall be thoroughly cleaned of cement, plaster, and other material and all oil and grease spots shall be removed repaint or touch up as required to make look like new. Such surfaces shall be carefully wiped and all cracks and corners scraped out. 3.9.2 Exposed metal work shall be carefully brushed down with steel brushes to remove rust and other spots and touched up with primer. End of Section 16400 Sverdrup SVERDRUF FACILITIES, INC. FLORIDA CORPORATE LICENSE #AA C001291 5750 Major Boulevard, Suite 500, Orlando, FL 32819 (407)903-5001 Fax (407)903-5150 ARCHITECT OF RECORD NAME., FLOYD WILSON McCOLLUM, JR., AIA REGISTRATION: FLORIDA REG. #AR0016162 DATE: 02128101 'tea Revision: Date: By: Description: x C2 N W L O QL ti M r L0 C�4O Liz M I—M00 00 J Q 0 U 000 QW_J LL _ Owwrn cn O m J fUJ —0QW Q� z M W _ _! _ D0��� W Z (29 >_ QM0:�Ux� OQOW O F— 5 O N m a W U LL m I— cn 1-- r_. N Key Plan: Scales: Sverdrup Project No.: 22196390 Drawing Title: SPECIFICATIONS Date: 03/12/99 Designed By: RBJ Drawn By: RM Checked By: FW M awing No.: l PM10 GENERAL ABBREVIATIONS A I A/C AIR CONDITIONING ID INSIDE DIAMETER AC ALTERNATING CURRENT IE INVERT ELEVATION ACI AMERICAN CONCRETE INSTITUTE IN INCHES _ AD AREA DRAINS INFO INFORMATION ADA AMERICANS WITH DISABILITIES ACT INT INTERIOR OR INTERNAL ADAAG AMERICANS WITH DISABILITIES ACT INV INVERT ACCESSIBILITIES GUIDELINES IP IRON PIPE AFF ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR AFG ABOVE FINISHED GRADE J AHU AIR HANDLING UNIT JAN JANITOR AISC AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF STEEL CONSTRUCTION JT JOINT AL, ALUM ALUMINUM AL ALTERNATE K ANSI AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARDS INSTITUTE K KIPS AP ACCESS PANEL KSI KIPS PER SQUARE INCH APPROX APPROXIMATELY D APVD APPROVED L ASHRAE AMERICAN SOCIETY OF HEATING, REFRIGERATION AND AIR CONDITIONING ENGINEERS L LAB LENGTH LABEL ASME AMERICAN SOCIETY OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERS GAT LATERAL ASPH ASPHALT ASTM AMERICAN SOCIETY FOR TESTING AND MATERIALS LBS POUNDS GF LINEAR FEET B LL LIVE LOAD LLH LONG LEG HORIZONTAL BD BOARD LLV LONG LEG VERTICAL BLDG BUILDING LONG LONGITUDINALLG BM BEAM OR BENCH MARK LAMINATED GLASS BOC BOTTOM OF CONDUIT LP LOW POINT ` BOD BOTTOM OF DUCT LTG LIGHTING BOF BOTTOM OF FOOTING BOP BOTTOM OF PIPE M BOS BOTTOM OF STEEL MAINT MAINTENANCE BOT BOTTOM MATL MATERIAL BP BASE PLATE MAX MAXIMUM C MECH MECHANICAL MED MEDIUM C DEGREES CELSIUS MET METAL CALC CALCULATE MEZZ MEZZANINE CAT CATALOG MFG MANUFACTURING CB CATCH BASIN MFR MANUFACTURER - CF CUBIC FOOT OR FEET MH MANHOLE CFH CUBIC FEET PER HOUR MIL THOUSANDTH OF AN INCH CFM CUBIC FEET PER MINUTE MIN MINIMUM Cl CURB INLET OR CAST IRON MISC MISCELLANEOUS CJ CONTROL JOINT MK MARK CJNT CONSTRUCTION JOINT MM MILLIMETERS CL CENTERLINE MO MASONRY OPENING CLG CEILING MPH MILES PER HOUR CLO CLOSET MT MOUNT CLR CLEAR MTD MOUNTED CMP CORRUGATED METAL PIPE CMU CONCRETE MASONRY UNIT N CO CLEAN OUT N NORTH C COL COLUMN N/A NOT APPLICABLE CONIC CONCRETE NEC NATIONAL ELECTRIC CODE CONST CONSTRUCTION NEG NEGATIVE CONT CONTINUOUS NEMA NATIONAL ELECTRIC MANUFACTURERS ASSOCIATION CONTR CONTRACTOR NF NEAR FACE CORR CORRIDOR NFPA NATIONAL FIRE PROTECTION ASSOCIATION CPT CARPET NOM NOMINAL CT CERAMIC TILE NIC NOT IN CONTRACT CTR CENTER NO,# NUMBER CU FT CUBIC FOOT OR FEET NTS NOT TO SCALE CU YD CUBIC YARD(S) CW COLD WATER 0 R CY CUBIC YARD(S) - OC ON CENTER D OD OUTSIDE DIAMETER OR OVERFLOW DRAIN DEG DEGREE OF OUTSIDE FACE DEMO DEMOLITION OPNG OPENING DET DETAIL OZ OUNCE DF DRINKING FOUNTAIN P DIA DIAMETER DIAL DIAGONAL PCF POUNDS PER CUBIC FOOT DL DEAD LOAD PH PHASE DN DOWN PHYS PHYSICAL DWG DRAWING PL PLATE, PLASTIC DWG DOWEL PLAM PLASTIC LAMINATE PLBG PLUMBING E PLF POUNDS PER LINEAR FOOT E EAST PLYWD PLYWOOD EA EACH PMJ PRE -MOLDED JOINT EF EACH FACE PMP PUMP EIFS EXTERIOR INSULATION FINISH SYSTEM PNL PNT PANEL PAINT EJ EXPANSION JOINT POS POSITIVE OR POSITION EL REFERENCE ELEVATION PR PAIR ELEV ELEVATOR OR ELEVATION PREFAB PREFABRICATED _ EMER EMERGENCY PRESS PRESSURE ENCL ENCLOSURE PSF POUNDS PER SQUARE FOOT ENGR ENGINEER, ENGINEERING PSI POUNDS PER SQUARE INCH B EOS EDGE OF SLAB PTD PAINTED EPA ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY PTD PARTITION EQUIP EQUIPMENT PT PRESSURE TREATED EST ESTIMATE ETC ET CETERA Q EW EACH WAY EWC ELECTRIC WATER COOLER QT QUARRY TILE y EX, EXIST EXISTING QTY QUANTITY EXT EXTERIOR QUAL QUALITY F R F DEGREES FAHRENHEIT R RADIUS, RISER OR RED FACBC FLORIDA ACCESSIBILITY CODE FOR BUILDING CONSTRUCTION RA RETURN AIR FD FLOOR DRAIN OR FIRE DAMPER RD ROOF DRAIN FDN FOUNDATION REBAR REINFORCING STEEL BAR FE FIRE EXTINGUISHER REC RECESSED FEC FIRE EXTINGUISHER CABINET REF REFERENCE FF FAR FACE REFRIG REFRIGERATION FIG FINISHED GRADE REINF REINFORCED OR REINFORCEMENT FH FIRE HYDRANT REQ'D REQUIRED FHC FIRE HOSE CABINET REQM'T REQUIREMENT FL FLOW LINE REV REVISION FLEX FLEXIBLE RH RIGHT HAND FM FACTORY MUTUAL RM ROOM FRP FIBERGLASS REINFORCED POLYESTER PANELS RMT REMOTE FT FOOT OR FEET RO ROUGH OPENING FTG FOOTING OR FITTING S FV FIELD VERIFY FVC FIRE VALVE CABINET S SOUTH SAN SANITARY G SBC STANDARD BUILDING CODE - GA GAUGE SCHED SCHEDULE OR SCHEDULED GAL GALLONS SCHEM SCHEMATIC GALV GALVANIZED SECT SECTION GB GRADE BEAM OR GRAB BAR SFBC SOUTHERN FLORIDA BUILDING CODE GC GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHT SHEET GEN GENERAL OR GENERATOR SMACNA SHEET METAL AND AIR CONDITIONING A GHM GALVANIZED HOLLOW METAL CONTRACTOR'S NATIONAL ASSOCIATION GI GALVANIZED IRON SMC STANDARD MECHANICAL CODE GPM GALLONS PER MINUTE SPA SPACE GWB GYPSUM WALLBOARD SPC STANDARD PLUMBING CODE GYP GYPSUM SPEC SPECIFICATION(S) SQ SQUARE H SO FT, SF SQUARE FEET SS STAINLESS STEEL HAZ HAZARDOUS SSD SUBSOIL DRAIN HB HOSE BIBB STC SOUND TRANSMISSION CLASS HDW HARDWARE STD STANDARDSTL HORIZ HORIZONTAL STEEL HM HOLLOW METAL STOR STORAGE HP HIGH POINT OR HORSEPOWER STRUCT STRUCTURE OR STRUCTURAL HR HOUR HT HEIGHT HTR HEATER HVAC HEATING VENTILATION AND AIR CONDITIONING HW HOT WATER T T&B TOP AND BOTTOM T&G TONGUE AND GROOVE TBD TO BE DETERMINED TECH TECHNICAL TEL TELEPHONE THK THICK TOBB TOP OF BOND BEAM TOC TOP OF CONCRETE TOD TOP OF DUCT TOF TOP OF FOOTING TOS TOP OF STEEL TOW TOP OF WALL TP TOP OF PAVEMENT TSTG TESTING TYP TYPICAL U UC UNDERCUT UL UNDERWRITER'S LABORATORIES UNO UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE UPS UNINTERRUPTABLE POWER SUPPLY UTIL UTILITY V V VOLTS VCT VINYL COMPOSITION TILE VEL VELOCITY VERT VERTICAL VEST VESTIBULE VIF VERIFY IN FIELD VTR VENT THROUGH ROOF VWC VINYL WALL COVERING W W WATTS, WEST OR WIDTH W/ WITH WC WATER CLOSET WD WOOD W/0 WITHOUT WP WORKING POINT WR WATER RESISTANT WS WATER STOP WT WEIGHT WWF WELDED WIRE FABRIC Y YD YARD (S) GENERAL SYMBOLS BREAK LINE SYMBOL AA COLUMN GRID DESIGNATION 10 DEMOLITION NOTE SYMBOL xxx DOOR SYMBOL XX WINDOW SYMBOL 00000 FLOOR FINISH SYMBOL X-X WALL FINISH SYMBOL / ' \ REVISION SYMBOL 11 NOTE SYMBOL N PLAN NORTH NORTH ARROW TRUE NORTH 01 PARTITION TYPE ROOM NAME ROOM NAME AND NUMBER 101A Al DETAIL, ELEVATION OR SECTION BUBBLE A101 - LOCATOR/DESCRIPTOR (Al) - SHEET NUMBER WHERE SHOWN (A101) ZA SECTION CUT ARROW Al - LOCATOR/DESCRIPTOR (Al) A101 - SHEET NUMBER WHERE SHOWN (A101) DETAIL BUBBLE _ - LOCATOR/DESCRIPTOR (Al) Al - SHEET NUMBER WHERE SHOWN (A101) A101 i Al ELEVATION BUBBLE A101 - LOCATOR/DESCRIPTOR (Al) - SHEET NUMBER WHERE SHOWN (A101) Al DRAWING TITLE �01%g"=1'-0" DRAWING AND DETAIL TITLE - DRAWING TITLE - DRAWING DESIGNATION (Al) - SHEET NUMBER WHERE DRAWN (A101) - DRAWING SCALE +10'-0" AFF ELEVATION REFERENCE TARGET ON PLAN VIEWS TOP OF COLUMN ELEVATION OR SECTIONS REFERENCE 12'-0" TARGET ON ELEVATIONS ADDENDA BUBBLE CENTER LINE SYMBOL R PLATE SYMBOL NEW STUD WALLS WITH SOUND BATT INSULATION NEW STUD WALLS WITHOUT SOUND BATT INSULATION Hill NEW CONCRETE BLOCK WALLS • • • UL 1 HOUR FIRE RATED WALL FROM SLAB TO STRUCTURE ABOVE © UL 2 HOUR FIRE RATED WALL FROM SLAB TO STRUCTURE ABOVE — - — - — - — - — - COOLER WALL ARMOR ESTIMATED EGRESS PATH DISTANCE EXISTING EXIT DOOR #130 EXISTING EXIT DOOR #114A EXIT WIDTH = 32'' EXIT WIDTH = 32" EXIT CAPACITY = 160 PEOPLE Q Q — _ Q Q EXIT CAPACITY = 160 PEOPLE 1— - —- -— - - - - -— -- — — — — — - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -— — — I EXISTING EXIT DOOR # 132 EXIT WIDTH = 32'' EXIT CAPACITY = 160 PEOPLE Il L ------------ — ----- � j EXISTING STAIR UP ♦ \�'--------- 134'-5�� �, —L---- ----- - - - - -I ♦ 151-9 r ------ —I— II-----I ----�------------- �---------I -r fi- I II I I II I I I I I I II fl— I I I I I 1 1 II II I I I II I II I' I I I I 1 1 II I ' 11 E- -- - -- - - -- - - - --- - - - - - --$ - --- �- I I 11 I 1 1 I I I I I II 11 j I I I II II i I I I I I I II II I I I I 11 ROJRCENT 11 ' ET' STORE — — — — — — I — — — — — — — — — — ---------- - ------- _ _ ----I---- ---� I II I I I I I I I I I � I II I I II II I II I i I �I 6 I� 7 1 8 9 11 I I �� 0 IIILI�L II III I I II I � -- _--14— — — orlEXIST fN1 II II II SLOPE L20 ROJRCENT RETR STORE EXISTING EXIT DOOR #110C EXIT WIDTH = 32'' EXIT CAPACITY = 160 PEOPLE — — — — — — — I MEZZ,4NIN — — 00 T UP 165'I7�� _ ----- - - _150_15' _ I � I EXISTING EXIT _ FACBC UPMEZZANNEG FACBC EXISTING EXIT A COMPLIANT I DOOR 101E DOOR #101A I C�OM>SLtANT-- --------------- -- - - - -- ---------- - - - - # EXIT WIDTH = 105 RAMPDN RAM DN EXIT WIDTH = 105'' EXIT CAPACITY = 525 PEOPLE 0 NQ 0Q EXIT CAPACITY = 525 PEOPLE (BREAKAWAY DOORS) 'g� (BREAKAWAY DOORS) CODE ANALYSIS GENERAL INFORMATION SUMMARY: EXISTING FACILITY IS A SINGLE STORY METAL FRAME STRUCTURE WITH NON-COMBUSTIBLE CONCRETE BLOCK EXTERIOR WALLS, AND INSULATED ROOFING SYSTEM. RENOVATION OF EXISTING STRUCTURE COMPRISED OF INTERIOR WALLS, CEILINGS AND FINISHES. BUILDING GROSS FLOOR AREAS: EXISTING STORE: 42,112 SQ FT EXISTING MEZZANINE: 1,216 SO FT TOTAL AREA: 43,328 SO FT APPLICABLE BUILDING CODES: STANDARD BUILDING CODE 1997 NFPA 101 (1997) FACBC (1997) OCCUPANCY CLASSIFICATION: GROUP M (MERCANTILE) CONSTRUCTION TYPE: TYPE IV - UNPROTECTED FULLY FIRE SPRINKLERED. OCCUPANT LOAD CALCULATIONS SALES AREA NOT SHADED Occupant Load Per Table 1003.1 - SBC Sales Area: 30 Gross SF Per Occupant (Occupant Factor O.F.) AREA GROSS SF 0. F. OCCUPANTS MERCANTILE: 28,903 30 964 (Grade floor areas open to public) BUSINESS AREA Minimum Occupant Load Per Table 1003.1 - SBC Business Area: 100 Gross SF Per Occupant (Occupant Factor O.F.) AREA GROSS SF 0, F. OCCUPANTS PRODUCE, DELI, MEAT SEAFOOD, OFFICES TRAINING, RESTROOMS: 5,633 100 57 STORAGE AREA Minimum Occupant Load Per Table 1003.1 - SBC Storage Area: 300 Gross SF Per Occupant (Occupant Factor O.FJ AREA GROSS SF 0. F. OCCUPANTS STORAGE, STOCK, SHIPPING AND 8,792 300 30 MEZZANINE AREAS: (Not open to public mercantile areas) MEANS OF EGRESS CAPACITY CALCULATIONS GENERAL REQUIREMENTS: MAXIMUM TRAVEL DISTANCE (FULLY SPRINKLERED): 250 FT (SBC) 200 FT (NFPA) MAXIMUM DEAD END CORRIDOR LENGTH: 20 FT EGRESS WIDTH PER PERSON SERVED (LEVEL) .2 INCHES PER OCCUPANT MINIMUM CORRIDOR/AISLE WIDTH: 44 INCHES MINIMUM CLEAR OPENING OF EXIT DOORS: 32 INCHES TOTAL OCCUPANT LOAD: PUBLIX BUILDING: SALES AREA: 964 OCCUPANTS BUSINESS AREA: 57 OCCUPANTS STORAGE AREA: 30 OCCUPANTS TOTAL OCCUPANT LOAD: 1051 OCCUPANTS MINIMUM MEANS OF EGRESS CAPACITY REQUIRED: (TOTAL OCCUPANT LOAD X EGRESS WIDTH PER PERSON SERVED) 1ID51 OCCUPANTS X 0.2 IN/PERSON = 211 IN TOTAL MEANS OF EGRESS CAPACITY PROVIDED: ENTRANCE VESTIBULE DOORS: #101A = 105 INCHES #101B = 105 INCHES EXISTING EAST DOOR: #110C = 32 INCHES EXISTING NORTH DOOR: #114A = 32 INCHES EXISTING NORTH DOOR: #130A = 32 INCHES EXISTING WEST DOOR: # 132 = 32 INCHES TOTAL = 338 INCHES EXIT REQUIREMENTS: MINIMUM NUMBER OF ACCESSIBLE EXITS REQUIRED: 4 (1000 - 1499 OCCUPANTS) TOTAL NUMBER OF ACCESSIBLE EXITS PROVIDED: 4 TOTAL NUMBER OF EXITS PROVIDED: 6 SVERDR UP FACILITIES, INC. Florida Corporate License #AA C001291 5750 Major Boulevard, Suite 500, Orlando, Florida 32819-7946 (407) 903-5001 Fax (407) 903-5150 ARCHITECT OF RECORD NAME: FLOYD WILSON McCOLLUM, JR., AIA REGISTRATION., FLORIDA REG #AR0016162 Revision: Date: By: Description: • V X C �D a r �r N o = �0 L co 0 ZCn M w C 0 � w TC1 -r-- woo w �-� <C — •� r � Lu J U— — Owwrn d�ri �w�O g w _� M 3: > t� O w Ex U = n- LU 1 _ O� NC U LL M I_ Cn fir— " Key Plan: PLAN NORTH N TRUE NORTH Scales: 0 8' 16' 32' 48' �i6 = 1`0" Sverdrup Project No.: 22196390 Drawing Title: CODE ANALYSIS, ABBREVIATIONS AND GENERAL SYMBOLS Date: 03/19/99 Designed By: JTR Drawing No.: Drawn By: J T R Checked By: FWM A001 22-MAR-1999 17.04 hewittme po\22196390\700cddd\701dreh\390a001w.dgn Sverdrupit Ili fit' GENERAL NOTES: 3 )1111'' A. CONTRACTOR SHALL FIELD VERIFY ALL EXISTING CONDITIONS. S VERDR UP FACILITIES, INC. t Florida Corporate License #AA COO1291 ; B. ALL PUBLIX OWNED EQUIPMENT IS TO BE REMOVED BY OWNER UNLESS 5 750 Major Boulevard, Suite 500, Orlando, Florida 32819-7946 EXISTING _ _ I Ir OTHERWISE NOTED. EQUIPMENT REMOVED BY CONTRACTOR AND (407) 903-5001 Fax (407) 903-5150 STAIR UP 8 - - - - _ i_ _ _ _ J' ; ! UNWANTED BY PUBLIX SHALL BE DISCARDED BY THE CONTRACTOR. -------------- - - - - -- - - - - - - -- ---- ---- - -- - - - - -- - -- - ----------------- - - - - -- - -- - - - - ---- -- � C. REFER TO PLUMBING, ELECTRICAL, MECHANICAL, STRUCTURAL, AND FIRE T PROTECTION DOCUMENTS, FOR ADDITIONAL DEMOLITION ASSOCIATED L _ - _ _ - - - _ i _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ - ❑❑ ! WITH THOSE DISCIPLINES. I HALL#1 ELECTRIC EOUIPMENT ROOM 119 ! D. EXISTING INTERIOR SIGNAGE TO BE REMOVED BY OWNER UNLESS DIRECTED ARCHITECT OF RECORD BOTTLE ROOM 124 2 122 A JANITOR 120 BALER ROOM 11 OTHERWISE BY OWNERS REPRESENTATIVE. ' g 5 E. VERIFY THAT EXISTING SOFFITS SHOWN TO REMAIN ARE SUPPORTED FROM NAME: FLOYD WILSON McCOLLUM, JR., AIA REGISTRATION: FLORIDA REG #AR0016162 J __ _- - -__ - __-_ _-_-_-_-_-�' - -_ __ -_ -_ _ -_ �_ __ -1_-_ _ -_-_-_ _____ __________ ABOVE. IF NOT, SUPPORT PER DETAILS ON DWG SHTS A703 AND A704, I II I II 1 -0 �3 -4 F. ALL EXISTING FINISHES, MATERIALS, ETC., THAT REMAIN ARE TO BE CLEANED I_ _ _ - R 0 j _ _ - _ _I AND REPAIRED AS REQUIRED. Seal CORRIDOR 121 ! j j G. CONTRACTOR TO REMOVE AND REINSTALL EXISTING FIXTURES AND EQUIPMENT I I TO ACOMMODATE INSTALLATION OF NEW FINISHES. REF FINISH SCHEDULE, D H - - - - - - - - - - -RECEIVING ARE4- "Atl-30l - - - - -o- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - H. REMOVE ALL PLASTIC THERMAL BARBER DOOR CLOSURE STRIPS UNO. 0 0 Z__ MEAT AND DELI SUPPLY 125 RECEIVING AREA "B' 114 c r% 1 # - 2 ____ MALL 2 Jv� �,� ' DEMOLITION PLAN KEY NOTES* , - - - - - - - 5 122 ASISOCIATE'S WOMEN 117 MEN 116 ❑ ��, ❑ LOUNGE 118 NOTE: NOT ALL KEY NOTES MAY APPLY TO THIS STORE. F� •'XXx - - - - - - - - j ❑ EQUIPMENT TO BE REUSED. PR WORKROOM 131 1 7 5 1 1 1 ' ❑ 1 I -- ---' . 2 ! 8 13 MEAT CUTTING ROOM 126 _ t DELI DEPT 112 - - - - - - - -' ❑ ` - - - - J - ❑2 REMOVE PORTION OF CEILING AS INDICATED. REF A501 FOR ADDT L INFO. 5 �' 7 - - - ,''7 BY ❑ REMOVE PORTION OF SOFFIT AS INDICATED, REF: A501 FOR ADDT'L INFO. Revision: 13 13 - ❑ OTHERS ® REMOVE PORTION OF FLOOR FINISH DOWN TO SLAB AS INDICATED, Date: BY: Description: Jfi_ ---- -� _ ^ '-------------------r-- 1 „'� _p`) _,- _�_ -___ - -+_ -_-_-_ _ __ _-_ _-_____ -_ - -_ -�_-__ _-_-_ - �_�- - -_ -_-_-_ _____ -- -- _ -_-_ (DREMOVE PORTION OF WALL FINISH TO SUBSTRATE AS INDICATED. 44 ,VI -;;4-- - �,..� ❑ I! '---------' '---------' [�5u '❑7 , /-----------1-----------{'%-' + ��., ©REMOVE DOOR(S) AND FRAME. MEAT PACKAGING ROOM 127 _ - - - - - - - - - _ - +�� . %''- %� -� - - - 13 ❑ ' - " �� �� (DREMOVE DOOR(S), FRAME TO REMAIN. ==' (DREMOVE PORTION OF SLAB AS INDICATED, REF: STRUCTURAL. - SEAFOOD DEPT 120----- - - - - ----------- - -- _ ❑ - _ 6 " " 9 REMOVE PORTION OF WALL AS INDICATED. �i ❑ ❑ �� 3 - = - - - - - = - = = = = -�,- - = = = = = = - - - = = = = = - = - - = = = = - = - = - ti- = _ _ - - =1 = _ - _ = N �, /;' �%\ , �\ A � I 10 REMOVE SECONDARY RAISED SLAB CURB AND DRAIN IN PREPERATION - i% I I F I ti I y `/�, 2 % fi r--�- 11 1 1 1 O FOR NEW SLAB. EXISTING '` ___ __r= =r___ _____ __ __� _______ ==-L_r_ __ ____-L___ ____-- _ __ _ _ __ _ �-� D I SALE 113 )---- ______ - 11 REMOVE EXISTING HAND RAIL. STAIR UP A \ / / 12 REMOVE ASPHALT. REF STRUCTURAL. 13 FIELD CONFIRM W/PUBLIX SITE REPRESENTATIVE TO DETERMINE AMOUNT OF II ,I II EXISTING QUARRY TILE FLOOR AND BASE TO BE REMOVED. I I --------, ,--- ---, ,--------, \ / / ,--- II ------- DEMOLITION NOTES: 1 1 \\----- - - - - -- - // r-- ------ ------ ------ - - - -- -- - - - - - - - -- - ;- -- - _ ` ' �, ENTRANCE CEILING 101A / 1016 a - I II PRODUCE SALES AREA 132 ! I 2. REMOVE LIGHT FIXTURES R - 3. REMOVE VINYL WALLCOVERING CHECK OUT/GENERAL SALES - 102 / 103 1. REMOVE CHECKOUT COUNTERS 1 _ _ PUBLIC RESTROOMS 104 / 104A / 105 / 105A r ' - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 1. REMOVE WALLCOVERING AND FLOOR TILE C `rl I - -- ' -- -- - - - ---- -- ------------------ --- - - - --- - - - ------------ - - ---- - ------ ---- ------------ 2. REMOVE CEILING TILE GRID C I - - - - - - - - - - - - ' � -� - - - - - - 3. REMOVE TOILET PARTITIONS 4. REMOVE LIGHT FIXTURES 5. REMOVE FLOOR FINISH AND BASE CASH ROOM 106 1 ~ - 1. REPLACE WALLCOVERING CUSTOMER SERVICE - 107 1. REMOVE CASEWORK ' FLORAL - 109 _ 1 I _ 1 , 1. REMOVE CEILING TILE GRID AND LIGHT FIXTURES _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ; ; - GROCERY 3. REMOVE FLORAL COOLER 2, REMOVE EXISTING MIRROR WALL AND LATTICE WORK II I -''! -' STORAGE 110 4. REMOVE SINK AND COUNTER GROCERY STORAGE - 110 I 1. REMOVE TABLE DELI KITCHEN - 111 _ _ I_ y - - - - - 1. REMOVE KEMLITE ON WALLS v x 2. REMOVE CEILING TILE AND GRID DELI DEPT. 112 . Q 1. REMOVE EXISTING CERAMIC TILE WALL FINISH 2. REMOVE CEILING TILE AND GRID DELI SALES - 113 1. 3 I I I I I I � � ASSOCIATE'S RESTROOMCEILING NDME LIGHT FIXTURES I I I I I 1. REMOVE TOILET PARTITIONS aE -- -- - -- - - -- -------------- - - - - -- - - - - - - - - - - - - - --- - - - - - - - - -- - - - ------ - -- - - - - - -I - - 2. REMOVE WALLCOVERING AND FLOOR TILE TO SLAB -� 6 _ - - - - 3. REMOVE CEILING TILE, GRID AND LIGHT FIXTURES � I I ASSOCIATE'S RESTROOM (WOMEN) - 117 _ = __ -r � � I I I GROCERY I I I ---------/ i�- _ -�-- - - - - -- - -_ ---- - - - - ----- - - - - -- -- ---- I- - -- - ------ -- -SALES 10 -- -- - - - - -- - - --- - - - - -I - - - - ------ - - - - -- -- - - - -- 1. REMOVE TOILET PARTITIONS _ � I 2. REMOVE WALLCOVERING AND FLOOR TILE TO SLAB �. 9 I I I I r I 3. REMOVE CEILING TILE, GRID, AND LIGHT FIXTURES �� 1 51.4'1 I I I I ASSOCIATE'S LOUNGE - 118 ' I I I I BAKERY STORAGE 133 1 R.O. I I I 1. REMOVE CEILING TILE, GRID AND LIGHT FIXTURES _ _ _ I 2. REMOVE WALL FINISHES 3. REMOVE VINYL TILE AND BASE II II BOTTLE ROOM - 124 1. REMOVE PORTION OF ACOUSTICAL CEILING TO ACCOMMODATE NEW LOUNGE ROOM, REF A201 xx 2. REMOVE SCULLERY 134 8 II 3. REMOVE WALLVFINISHND 0 SUBSTRATE AT NEW LOUNGE MEAT/DELI SUPPLY - 125 L - 1. REMOVE PORTION OF CEILING AT NEW MEAT OFFICE. REF A201 2. REMOVE MILLWORK AT NEW MEAT OFFICE O 3. REMOVE SHELVING B MEAT CUT/ WRAP - 126 / 127 II 1. REMOVE STAINLESS STEEL TOP AND SHELVES ON EXISTING LOW WALL 2. REMOVE COLUMN WRAP II 3. REMOVE EXISTING AUTO MEAT WRAPPER D N = II ! MEAT SALES 0 LO ❑ 1. REMOVE CASES � � O II ----- -- -- - ----------- ---- --- SEORDMOVETCASE9 w T - ---- - - - - ----- - - - - -- - - - - -- ]- - - - -- -- - - - - - - -- - - - - - - - - - - - -- LL r-- - - -- - - - - -, - - - - w p Q 00 aim LU - - - - - - - --- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -- -- -- - , ___ RECEIVING AREA A 130 U co ❑7 ' ' 1. REMOVE PORTION 5'X5' OF EXISTING SLAB •� z Z Q w 0 L _ _ _ _ �� 2. REMOVE ICE MACHINE (SAVE FOR REINSTALLATION) � 0 g T J J _ _ _ _ ❑ 3. REMOVE GUARDRAIL AND HANDRAIL O � w rn d = L - - - - - - - / - - - PRODUCE WORKROOM - 131 W m / �' 1. REMOVE EXISTING CEILING TILES AND GRID < z M W J J ------- ~~�- 1 - - -------- / � LLJ � LU 1 ;L ± 1 BAKERY // r 2.- REMOVE 2 COMPARTMENT SINK Q � _ `_ _-_ WORKROOM 135 - - / 3. REMOVE WALL FINISHES Dp a // O 't a- �zL7� _______ _______ / r BAKERY STORAGE - 133 J w o 1. REMOVE CEILING TILE AND GRID O Q O _ j F_ O co w _ ---_ I I 3. REMOVE RACKS REMOVE LIGHT FIXTURES u) , } �I 1 CHECKOUT 102 /i ' U m - / / `. 4. REMOVE WALL FINISH TO SUBSTRATE AT NEW TRAINING ROOM 1 ICI --- -- ---------- ---- ---- ----- -- --- / '-------�--- 1 I- � I � I � I I � I I // , BAKERY WORKROOM - 135 1. REMOVE CEILING TILE, GRID AND LIGHT FIXTURES / , 2. REMOVE OVEN AND PROOF BOX AND REMOVE KNEEWALL AND CEILING ABOVE OVENS Key Plan: I-_ _ _ _ - , ' _ ' O , ^ / , 3. REMOVE RAISED FLOOR AS REQUIRED WHERE EXISTING OVEN IS REMOVED PLAN NORTH ---- ' �--=+ICI � -� I / , - 2 _ 4, REMOVE DONUT FRYER AND HOOD AND RELATED EQUIPMENT IN ITS ENTIRETY -4 - - - Z - - - - - - - ' BAKERY SALES AREA - 136 r---♦---�- L_ L_ / `% 1 I I !� 1. REMOVE CASES 1 1 //----L-- L---L---�' 1 1. REMOVE AND REPLACE SLAB I II 1 r COMPACTOR AREA U NORTH 1- �_ 1 1 1 I --- ---- ----_ _ __ __ _ __ __ _ Scales: -I - I- - I I I I � // � I 2. REMOVE COMPACTOR L_ 14_ hT- _ // ' -� r------- ' I ' ' ' n r - - - �- -,- �---- � -r ---- _ � r--= � �- ---- 1 r----- 1 � 1 �---- 1 r-- 1 I // � � 1 yy BAKEFh SALES:136 h / ❑ FLORAL-109 ❑ �- �--- - --'--' --- J--�- J � A- J �- J-------------- 1 1 I 1 J J J ' ----- - -- I 1 lul / r - ;� , ! ! '// 1 t - - - ' DEMOLITION LEGEND* A ' �,r--------- ------ -- -- - ------------- -- 5 ^ �;,�� TO EXISTIN UP TO 8' o" r ��------------�--- --------_- SOFFIT / FASCIA TO REMAIN _�� 1_ '1________ O MEZZANIN 11// I I_ I I I I 1 - -- - --1 ----- ----- - -- -- - - - - -- --- - -- _ _ - - -- -- _ -- --_--_-�_------�- - _---__ -- - - _ - _ _ - - _ _ -- -- --i - - - - - --- - - ------------------------0 4 8 16 24 B - 1 L- � ,- - - - - - ITEMS TO BE REMOVED VEST ,----z---------- --- 1 all = 11_011 II 1 UP VEST 105-A ❑ 104-A CUSTOMER UP TO 8 -0 _ _ _ _ _ ' ❑ RV - 7 5 Sverdrup Project No.: 22196390 i 11 �11 _ 11 1 1 ' 2 - - - i%WOMEN 105 9 1 6 2 1 ! Drawing Title: 4 ANCE VE LE 101-A �� �,J, . C SH. STAIRS ENTRANCE TIBUL 1-B 4 ' MEN 104 < R M BOOKEEPING-108 00 106 DEMOLITION � UP TO EXISTING0 ' 1 --- --+ STAI O O -- ------ MEZZANINE--- -- A- -- - - -- - - - - - - - - - -- ----_---- -- - - - - --- --- - - - - - - -- - - - - -- - - - - - - - - - _ --- - - - -------- - - -------------- PLAN 1 2 1 _ f'�11 12' _ 011 0 z z Date: 03/19/99 I � ❑ � � � � � � � � I Designed By: VIA Drawing No.: Drawn By: V I A 5< <C X <G Checked By. FWM A101 22-MAR-1999 16e54 hewittme p.A22196390\700cadd\701dreh\39Oa101w.dgn 0 C n D5 5 6 g 9 A705 2 Al - (:D ,3 4 uua„illn 11 38'-4" NA903 BOTTLE I, �,u� - l ELECTRIC ! BALER 1 I I D4 124 � � 5O LOU 3 1 EQUIPMENT ! 115 I I �,A705)1 123 11 i I 119 I I ---------- - - - - -- - - - - -- -- - - - --- --------- - - - - -- - - - --- - -- ------ - - - T --- ------ - - - - -- - --- - - -- - - - --- -- - - I ! D1 I JANITOR A903 19 03 �� HALL #1 120 7 2114 �' 122A 114 J-- - — — — --- — -- 130 - -- --- — — -- - — — — — — - — - - 123 — - —- - —I - — - — — — --- !---- — — — -- O - -- �130 ! ! CORRIDOR 1 ASSOCIATEIS 'B 1A ! UB MEAT OFFICE ��� 121 LOUNGEI' WOMEN II — i --- RE = I d�� , 0 � 118 117 116 II i ------= CEIVINC 128 l�-f`Q, H --I — - — — AREA "A" — — — — ---- ----- --- - - — - - — — �f,�--- - —-—-—-— - — - — -— = = -- — — - 7 II— — -- - — — — -— -- --— - — - — -— - — - — -— — --- 0 RECEIVING, 130 ! DELIASUPPLDY AREA B 9 9 114 126 18 MALL #2 18 0 0 00 r,V PRODUCE ! 122B 11 ^ WORKROOM ! I I 17 ! MEAT CUTTING ! 7 7 ❑ 7 L _ A K77 °��v 131 ! I I 1 ! 126 _ DELI PREP DELI KIT N 1 4 ! II 130 ! 1A 112 111 C ---- - - - - ------------- - - - - -- } 7-- - -- --- - - - - - -\ ---- - -- - - - - - - - - - - -- - - - -- - 0 CP-4 AIL o MEAT WRAP 112 13 P-4 D1 /i/ DELI SALES \\ \ 129 129 A705 ! / / 03 ----- --- ---- -- --- ------ —------- —J \ 131 / A--_�----- B --- — -----!-------------- �// I I / �O3 % I I / \ \ I B --=--------------------======____- - ______- // _ =-I---==___-____- = T------------ --� -� 1 EXISTING j \ \ / / 15 1 II STAIR UP II SLOPE 1:20 I Q_ \ / I+ 114 0 13 I -_- O _ ��--!------ - - - / ! w 11 PRODUCE ! 11B0 110 0 II 1 I I I SALES _ jI 132 ! 16 ! rl 110 1E II j- - - - - - - - - - I I 1 F- -------- ------ --- I - - - - - - ----------------- - �� - - - - - - - - - - - - --- - -j- - - - - -- - - - - - - - - - --j� - - - - --- - - - - --- -- - --- I-SLOPE_12D — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — FLORAL ! ! I1 i 1 Il I 'I 13 7 I I I I III I I I I I I 1 I I I I I 1 1111 I I I l � i I I II i t I I I i I i I I I I I II 11I I II I 1 � i 11 1 I I I I II I 1 D2 l l it A704 1 1 11 GROCERY i STORAGE j 5'-10" TRAINING 13 133A ��� 15 1 1 GROCERY l DAIRY II E— — — -- — --- — = — - - -!— — — — — — — — — — — — — — _--------------- --------- --SALES-- -------------- ---------- ------ ! �03A — — -- — - - - -- -4i——ITIT T11 ——---—— I I I I --I -- --- - -- IT ---- - -- - - --z -- - - - - - - - - - - - - -- - - - ----- - --- - -I-- - --- - - - - - ---- --- ----- -ram-� - - - - - --- -- D ——— -I r�—---———— - 03 L 1-- _] II I II BAKERY 11'-8" 1 STORAGE O I 11 I xx 133 1 1A3 i i I i i I i 1 I 11 I o 7 1 1 SCULLERY FROZEN 134 1 CP 4 5' 0" j FOODS ! I1 I I I I I O 17 I II 138 1 I! I I 1 11 01 1 1 11 I i35 11 ! I i I l I 111 A I 1 C1 I A903 I I I I I I 11 1 I! 1 I I II I 1 1- - - - - - - - - - - 1------------------- II C- -I --------- - ------------11-I-- --------------------------------------- - -�------- —-------------------�---- ------------------------o—ITT------ ---- --- - - - -- - ---------I - --- I I 11 I -r- -F - �17 ADJACENT _ L _ RETAIL ! / ADJACENT RETAIL II 1--_-----_ STORE -------- CHECKOUT / 11 11 III (132� II PHARMACY 1 // 8 1 11 j A802 11 11 15 - - -182- - 102A .----- CP-3, 102 ``�P 3--- !-- --- ---- - - - - -- ------ ! --- ---------- ! // O —I —I — I— f III 15 II III II j /i SPECIALTY SALES BAKERY WORKROOM j II jl D2 — — — — — — I I L---------- ----I L-- /i/ 109 1 II lI - --- 135 1 A802 / 1 II II I I:CP-3 I ! / I � / I CP-3 III BAKERY - - - - - - - - - 102 I ,l (�B3 UNISEX III o A802 ACCESSIBLE CUSTOMER 1 / B1 10 III 136 II 15 CP-3VESTIBULE ! VESTIBULE RESTROOM SERVICE 105A 107 >L A704 13g5 -_-__--__ I 104A 107A TO EXISTK- ITO 107 Q 1 16 ---------- - ` - ---- - -------- - - - - - - - _ MEZZANIN 1os _ - 1A4 - -== === B ------ I I I U��, � I C5 �, I I ' UP 1os ❑ � ; � 01 ❑ 1��1 A701 18 a 'V ENTRANCE 101 O O 101 ENTRANCE 104 16 106 VESTIBULE B VESTIBULE 18 1os 101B 101A b 1A UP TO EXISTING 0 0 0 1, MEZZANINE q—-—-—-—-—-—- — - — - —-- — - — - —- — — - --- — - _ _— — — — — — - - - — — — - - — -— -- - —- - — - — -— — — ---—- — - — - —- ---- - — -— — — — ___ — -- — --- -- — — — - — - — WOMEN MEN BOOKEEPING DN 105 104 CASH ROOM 108 DN 106 �� �< �Q �Q w� wE 5:� � 22-MAR-1999 17005 hewittme pe\22196390\700cadd\701dreh\39Zd2Olw.dgn GENERAL NOTES: A. ALL WALK-IN COOLERS AND FREEZERS WHICH ARE NOT TALL ENOUGH TO REACH THE CEILING SHALL HAVE A CLOSURE PARTITION BETWEEN THE TOP OF THE COOLER/FREEZER AND THE CEILING. AT ALL BACK ROOM COOLERS AND FREEZERS, PROVIDE 2'-6'' x 2'-6" STUD FRAMED OPENING WITH AN ACCESS PANEL (SEE DETAIL A5/701), B. CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY ALL EXISTING CONDITIONS BEFORE SUBMITTING A BID. CONTRACTOR SHALL PATCH AND REPAIR EXISTING CONSTRUCTION DAMAGED DURING WORK INSIDE OR OUTSIDE THE BUILDING. REPAIRS SHALL MATCH EXISTING FINISH CONDITIONS, C. ALL STUD WALLS WITH REFRIGERATED CASES BACKED UP TO THEM SHALL BE COVERED ON THAT SIDE WITH DENS -SHIELD UP TO ELEV +4'-0�/2" ABOVE FINISH FLOOR. HOLD /2'' OFF FINISH FLOOR, D. PROVIDE ABC TYPE ''2A'' RATED FIRE EXTINGUISHER FOR EVERY 3000 SO FT OF AREA, MAXIMUM 75' TRAVEL DISTANCE IN ACCORDANCE WITH NFPA-10. TOP OF EXTINGUISHER TO BE PLACED NOT TO EXCEED 4'-0'' ABOVE FINISH FLOOR. E. PUBLIX SHALL PROVIDE AN INDEPENDENT PROFESSIONAL ASBESTOS SURVEY AND CONTRACTING FOR ANY REMEDIAL WORK FOR REMODELING. GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO COORDINATE WITH PUBLIX REPRESENTATIVE ON SITE. F. BEFORE REMOVING EXISTING REFRIGERATED CASES, VERIFY HANGING SUPPORT OF EXISTING SOFFITS. IF HANGERS ARE NOT EXISTING AND SOFFITS ARE TO BE RE -USED, INSTALL NEW SUPPORT PER DETAILS ON DWG SHTS A703 AND A704. G. WHERE CEILING HEIGHTS CHANGE, PROVIDE A BULKHEAD AS REQUIRED. SIMILAR TO DETAIL D3/A703. H. LOCATIONS SHOWN FOR CORNER PROTECTION AND WALL ARMOR ARE REQUESTED BY OWNER. CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY EXISTING PRIOR TO PRICING. FLOOR PLAN KEY NOTES: NOTE: NOT ALL KEY NOTES MAY APPLY TO THIS STORE, OPROVIDE NEW GUARDRAIL AND HANDRAIL. ONOT USED 3O PATCH AND REPAIR PAVING AROUND COMPACTOR PAD. OPROVIDE STAINLESS STEEL 1,2,3, OR 4 COMPARTMENT SINK. 5O PROVIDE SLAB AT COMPACTOR. REF: STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS ONOT USED. 7 PROVIDE A 10 LB, CLASS 60-B:C FIRE EXTINGUISHER. THE TOP OF THE EXTINGUISHER SHALL NOT EXCEED 4'-0'' ABOVE FINISH FLOOR. (CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY EXISTING PRIOR TO BID) NEW SLAB REF: STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS. OCONTRACTOR TO REMOVE EXISTING FIXTURES AND EQUIPMENT TO ACCOMMODATE INSTALLATION OF NEW FINISHES REF: FINISH SCHEDULE. 10 NEW KNEEWALL OVER COOLER/FREEZERS. REF. B3/A704. 11 CONTRACTOR IS TO REPAIR ANY DAMAGE TO THE EXISTING SOFFIT AND FASCIA. COORDINATE EXTENT OF WORK WITH OWNER'S SITE REPRESENTATIVE. 12 NOT USED 13 PROVIDE NEW GYPSUM BOARD INFILL CONSTRUCTION WITH 3%'' METAL 13 STUDS AND %'' GYPSUM BOARD EACH SIDE. SURFACES SHALL BE FLUSH WITH EXISTING. 14 NOT USED, 15 EXTEND ADJOINING AND/OR LOWER PORTION OF SOFFIT TO NEW HEIGHT TO MATCH EXISTING OR AS INDICATED ON PLAN. 16 NEW COUNTER SUPPLIED BY PUBLIX. REF. A801 17 INSTALL SECTION OF SLAB TO RECEIVE NEW FINISH FLOOR AS SCHEDULED, SLOPE TO DRAIN REF A901. 18 INSTALL TOILET PARTITIONS AS INDICATED ON PLAN. REF. SPECIFICATIONS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. 19 PATCH, GRIND, AND REPAIR MAIN SLAB TO MATCH EXISTING ADJACENT SLAB AND FINISHES. FLOOR PLAN LEGEND EXISTING WALL NEW STUD WALL WITH SOUND BATT INSULATION, NEW STUD WALL WITHOUT SOUND BATT INSULATION. ® NEW CONCRETE BLOCK WALL. EXISTING SOFFIT/FASCIA ------- COOLER/FREEZER WALL ARMOR, SEE DETAIL B2/A704. L CP-1 GALV CORNER PROTECTOR, SEE DETAIL Al/A704, I1 CP-2 GALV CORNER PROTECTOR, SEE DETAIL A2/A704. L CP-3 SS CORNER PROTECTOR, SEE DETAIL Al/A704, I-1 CP-4 SS CORNER PROTECTOR, SEE DETAIL A2/A704. XX PARTITION SYMBOL, SEE SHEET A702. Sverdrup SVERDRUP FACILITIES, INC. Florida Corporate License #AA C001291 5750 Major Boulevard, Suite 500, Orlando, Florida 32819-7946 (407) 903-5001 Fax (407) 903-5150 ARCHITECT OF RECORD NAME: FLOYD WILSON McCOLLUM, JR., AIA REGISTRATION., FLORIDA REG #AROO16162 Seal Revision: Date: By: Description: N o = � � co 0 ZCM`0 woLL W -� r LU w o� z � rn �L� d�� O w Y W W m LJJ z O CM W_ Q Cr O-0Mw OUOJ LL m LI— Y U) F-- n NJ KeyPlan: PLAN NORTH N TRUE NORTH Scales: 0 4' 8' 16' 2 4' �/811 _ 11 - 0.1 Sverdrup Project No.: 22196390 Drawing Title: FLOOR PLAN Date: 03/19/99 Designed By: V I A Drawn By. V I A Checked By: FWM Drawing No.: A201 GENERAL NOTES: Sverdrup 1 2 3 4 5 6 8 9 SVERDRUPFACILITIES, INC A. CONTRACTOR SHALL INSTALL CRICKETS TO DIVERT WATER AT . J Florida Corporate License #AA C001291 6 6 NEW EQUIPMENT. 5750 Major Boulevard, Suite 500, Orlando, Florida 32819- 7946 I I I I B. INFORMATION SHOWN HERE IS EXISTING UNLESS SPECIFICALLY (407) 903-5001 Fax (407) 903-5150 - — - — _ — - — - _ _ - _ - — - — - - - - - NOTEDOTHERWISE.FIELD VERIFY LOCATIONS OF ALL EXISTING K -- - - - - - - - - - -- -- ----- - - - - --- - r- - - -' - - - -- - - ------_-___--------- ----------- __ -- - - - ---- - - - - - -- -- - ----------- ------ ----- - ------I------------------- � COMPONENTS. 1 9 ! ! C. COORDINATE WITH HVAC, PLUMBING, AND STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS 9 ! 9 FOR EXACT LOCATIONS OF EQUIPMENT. ARCHITECT OF RECORD 9 NAME: FLOYD WILSON M LL cC0 UM, JR., AIA ICONTRACTOR HA PATH I D. SHALL C ROOFING SYSTEM TO MATCH EXISTING. REGISTRATION: FLORIDA REG #AR0016162 - --====�=_=--=_ __=___==------- - - - - ---- - - - - -- --------- - - - - -- - L - ------------------- - - - - -- - -- -------------------- - - - - -- - ---------------------------- g 17 Seal 9 ROOF PLAN KEY NOTES: I' ! EXISTING WATER 1 I� - _ 9 _ _H_EAT_ER TO _REMAIN ;I NOTE: NOT ALL KEY NOTES MAY APPLY TO THIS STORE. D H -- - - - - - - - ---- - - - - -- ------- - - - - -- - - - - - --- - - - - - - - - --- - --- - --- - - --- -------------- - 9 - - ---- - -- - - --- - - - - ----- !; O EXISTING ! ! 1 NEW FAN AND CURB, REF: DETAIL C5/A705. REF: MECHANICAL 12 AND STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. # UNIT 7 EXISTING HEAT ! 12 O EXISTING CURB TO BE CAPPED, REFS A5/A705. j I I RECLAIM TANK , 10( TO REMAIN 12 , M 9 3 NEW FAN ON EXISTING ROOF CURB, REF: MECHANICAL DRAWINGS. f I 12 � I EXISTING EXISTING EXISTING O I , UNIT #4 UNIT #5 UNIT #6 Revision: 9 10 ! 9 ! ! O NOT USED. Date: By: Description: 9 ! 12 _ _ _ _ _ — — O EXISTING FLUE TO REMAIN. 14 1 I I I I CONTRACTOR SHALL REPAIR/REPLACE DAMAGED GUTTERS/DOWNSPOUTS, MATCH EXISTING UNO. COORDINATE EXTENT OF WORK WITH PUBLIX REPRESENTATIVE. 1 ! O O O ! NEW FLUE, REF: DETAIL B3/A705. REF: MECHANICAL AND j I ! O STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. I g I O O ;I O NOT USED. _ I I 9 0 0 16 ! EXISTING VTR TO REMAIN. 17 I I I O 1 ONEW VTR, REF: DETAIL B2/A705 AND B5/A705. REF: MECHANICAL DRAWINGS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. I.I I i 11 NOT USED. !; 16 1 ! ! 9 ;! 12 EXISTING EQUIPMENT TO REMAIN. NEW CONDENSER SEE "R1" AND "R2" 1 EXISTING FLUE TO BE REMOVED. EXISTING ROOF PENETRATION TO FOR DESCRIPTION 13 REMAIN FOR REUSE. REF: MECHANICAL DRAWINGS FOR ADDITIONAL — _ INFORMATION. c F - -- - --- - - - --- - -- --'- - - - - - - - - - - -�- -- - - - - -- - --- - -L- - --- - - - - - - - - - - - - --------------------- - ---- --------- 14 EXISTING ROOF HATCH TO REMAIN. 15 NEW HVAC UNIT AND CURB. REF: DETAIL B4/A705 AND MECHANICAL �I I O DRAWINGS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. 16 WALK PADS, TYP. I I I I I O • I I I ,, 17 OUTLINE OF WALL I BELOW. 12 Q I O 12 ! 18 REPAIR METAL ROOF SYSTEM AS REQUIRED. FIELD VERIFY • O EXTENT OF WORK WITH PUBLIX FIELD REPRESENTATIVE. x 9 ;j REQUEST LANDLORD APPROVAL PRIOR TO PROCEEDING WITH WORK. V • a r 16 I9 I I i 1 i�► ----------- -- --- -- ---- — -- — — —! — — — — — — -- — -- — — E -- - --- - --- - - -----H -- -- - - -- --- - - - - - - -- R R 9 it 101 10 a 1 D - - -- - - - - -- - - - - - -- - ------------------- - - - - -- - -r- - - --- - - - - - - --- - - - - --- - - -- - -- --- - - - - --�- ------ - - - - '! - 2 I �I I12 I EXISTING I, 10 UNIT 3 0000 1 I I I 1 I 9IL EXISTING 1 O O O NEW CONDENSER I UNIT #2 SEE ''RI'' AND "R2' B ! FOR DESCRIPTION I li it EXISTING HEAT I. RECLAIM TANK ! EXISTING N I O O O ! .I TO REMAIN UNIT #1 16 ! 9 00 M 0 = � M �c�00 zM C 4---------- -------- — ---------- — — — — —------- - ----- - - - - - - ----- -- - ----I------------- - ---- - - --------_---I — — —_--- -- --_—_— — - - W � T cI� p I wDC w O 1 x -°0 Q- 9 I EXISTING WATER ! ! ! ! •� U Z Q w O 1 HEATER TO REMAIN, ! (D FJ5g T L. W w J— Uj Z M W w 0 Q 1= 2 ! J CL w =3: I' Q o w �oMw o Q 10 U U_ im I— cn F— r. N V O Key Plan: I I I PLAN NORTH N 15 TRUE NORTH 3 1' Scales: 1 5 1 9 �I 11 9 9 ! 12 I , A � I 0 4' 8' 16' 2 4' B- - --------------------- -- ------ --I- -- - - - - -- - - - -- - - -- - - - - -- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -- - - - - -- - -i - - -- - -- - - -- -- - - - - - - 11_01, xJz 12 Sverdrup Project No.: 22196390 I Drawing Title: -a EXISTING PARAPET 9 ROOF PLAN q- - - ----------------------------------------------- ---------------------- ---- -- --------------------------------- - - -- - ----------------------- ----- -- i i I 1 I Date: 03/19/99 I Designed By: JTR Drawing No.: Drawn By: JTR Checked By: FWM A202 22-MRR-1999 17.06 hewittme\22196390\7OOcadd\761arch\390a202w.d m :' p� g 9 - .; It 0 CD 2 (1) 5 6 8 i I i I I I I 124 I i I I I 123 I I 7P\ 115 I -- I- K - - - - -- -- ---- - - - - ------ - - - - -- - -- - - -- - -- - -- -- - - - - -r- --------- - - - --- - - - - -- - - - - - -------- - - - - -- , I I I I I - - - t - - - + - - 1 - - - -I - - -I- - T a - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 8'x1O'XI 1 1 7 3 I- I I I I II , 1O'X18°XIO' HIGH EXISTING ---+---+--- --- -- --I- - -L- _ _ J I _- -_-L---L_---1--------------- 1 1 ICE CREA • • T 1 - T - + - f - FR EN FOOD FREEZJW X16'XIO' H H Q Q • Qi 120 bi Qi 0 --- - -------I- - L- - - - - -- J =--- - -L - -- 1-----1--- -I I ----I---- ' FR ZER H I CK EN COOLE� � - - - � - - � � - - --- O 13 1 O O I I I n 1 18'-0" AFF I ( RESK I N) 12''-0" AF I ' I- 122A I 1 1 I I 18 -0 AF ---L--- - -I- i " ' I - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -I- - - - AF I I I 2 8- FF - --- -11 10'-'0" AFF -- ---1 10"-0" AF'F '-r-r-fi-fi------I--I J-- - ------ - - -- - - --_ - --_- _-- _ --- ----- -- - - -I -I- -1--1' - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -m(�( - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -1 - 1 -1 � �\* � j �I I I I , I I I I 1 I 1 I 1 ' I I I I I I I I II O 11. �--------r - -- ---�- ----�I--- --- 10' 0" AFP I I I - �- ---� - 10' ml/ AFL11----I 118 I '------�----I----I----I---- I I -I -�-+- -+- 11--I--I--I--I-- -+-+- -�- • I ' r F I I I I I I I I I I p I I I I I I I 1 1 ---I- `C�r-L---L--- 1----------- --L------------ ---- t21- - -- 1-------I-I----I -- _----f -------I----L_ I I I • 11 • • • • • • • • • • +--------I-----1---� 10'-O-AFC-� ----'- -- O L -O-1----1----I- O L O O 17 O 11�J O O -- L -------------1 - -J - ------------------1---J------------L--L-L-1-1- 1-J--1----------L-� -L-+-� ------- - - -I-- H 1 � 2 X T_LNLG I - _* - - - •_ -' r - - L -0 1- - -- -I - - - - - _ - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - I - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - _ - - - - - L----I--- - ----- -- - - - T`�_/� 1- I777`-���/ `0 I T 8' ' 8'-0" A F Z - _ I - I I 1 I 130 ' 0 " I ���CCC —�7� --— -0 FF--1--1--I— —11111--oD E �----I----I---1---;---;----;----I----1- --�- 3 II I 1L CRFSKIOOLER I I �( 0 10'r0" AFID 125 _ fi 3 • • • • � 8XI4TKNTCHE*1 • I I 1 I 1 (RESKIN) 1----1----I----I----�- 1 1 I I I 1 1� __�_ 1 I I I • I 1 I I I 1 I 1 1 11� ' I 1 T---_T ---- I -- 1- I- -hy I I I I Q I_Y - - - - - - - - COOLER I I - T - T - - -' -1 - - - -1 - - 1 - 8' - p' AF -- --- 7 O 1 O - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - J - - - - - -I- - <2 \�<3 I -I I I I I _ EXISTING EXISTING I-- I I I I I I 3 • • • 16X20 MEAT AND HAM O O O 4X MEAT 13-0 AFP 1 d I I I I 1, I I I I 122E I ' I I I I I I 1 ' 1 -' -- i • ---+ -- - ---_1 COOLER I I 1 -�I 8'-g"IIAFF I 1 1 1 FRE ZER I--- I • • • • ; -- I I I I 1 w � 1 I I I I I I I I 131 • I • ---I --' --i 0I O 10 1 O tJ 3 • - - - - - - - - - - -I 1 I • 1126 i u ----I- r------------I-- Z U -- --- 8 -0 AFF 11 8 -8" AFF 1 ---i_ 1__-IJ- I • O -- 111 ; I 1 1 ��� 1 10' 0" AF 1 I I I Q 1 I 1 0 • • • 3 11 I 1 x - - - L - - - 1 - - -I J - - - -I - - - I -O - -I - - - -1- - - - I I - - I I- - I- - � - ,- - T - 1 - - - -+ - X O Q ------- -- _+_ _+ -- =----�--- --�-� _ ---- _� - -- - - - - -------------------- - - ---- -- - - --- - - ------ L'r� - -I +-+-I--1--1--I -�- - L1=�--- -------------- &---I-- - - - - - - - -- -- - - -- • FF • 8' 8" AF • z 0 � I I 1 ; I � I' TING SOFFITO 1, I I I I I I I 1 1 1 1 I I 1 I ~ W -_1__ ;: 1 1271 I I I 1 9 1 1-1 I I I I - I - 1 Io Io Io OI Io O Io O Io 1 1 w��` oI 1 •F I =E - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - _1LQQ • • • - - �- _ L _ L _ _ _ _ _ -I--I- 8'-lJ" IAFF • I I -I O I- I' 1 1 1 O 1 1 1 I I 1 1 I I I I 1, I • �- i -, -1- I I- I I- I- I- � - -I I I I I I I I I 11 I I I I I I I 113 1 �' � I I I I I I I 1. I I I I I I I I \ - I _L .�&l . I I I I 1 �O ' 1 f �F�\ - - I - + - * - - - - -I -1- - - - + FEXISTING*Sg!FFIT NEW SOFFIT 4 - - - -'-- c� S I 4 5 _ Q _ 0 EXISTING SOFFITO• O• O• EXISTING OFFIT Q _ - - - ---- -I---- - -- z - - - t I - 7 - - � - -I - -I - B4 1 1 1 1 I, 1 I I I I I I � 1----1--1 - -11-0 F - ---' 1 X r-� - rt-I--1--1--1--1--1--r-t--r-r- 1-1--I--I--I--I--�-F-�-+-+- -1- 1--I--1--I--1--�-� -� -Th-7 --I--I--1--� -L-r t -T -� �,'. --1 1 I -I--I ---F--1--I-- 1, A7031 �1� 11 O I O O I • 1 U* I \� I IO I I � . 1. O I 1 I O' F_I W -----I--I - 1- -�---------I--I- - -t fit- I I IC11 J-L 114 19 L�_ II IN W •IO O ID IOI1 IC41 I I 116�_�5�� 1 -. I 1 1 I 1 I 1 1 1 1 I11 i- ii 1 Li --I -I - -r--- - -�-----1----1--1 +- - - j- ---- -- -- -- --4-- --1 -_4 �--1--1- I- -I- ��-r-t-Y-rt 7- --I ---- - - - - ,-\1 � I -1--I-- -I--r- - -' - ---'--I--1--- F- �TI- o --I-- 1 I I 1 I I I I I I I A704 1 1 I I I I I C4 I I I I I I I I I I I I I O (n - I - I- - + - r - - - 1 - - I - - - - - -1- - - - - - - J- - -- - I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I •7 • I I I 1 I A11 I ' 1I I I I I I I I 1 I 1 I I 1 1 1 1 1 1 I I z I C - A704 C 1 A70� I - - A2 - ---I--�-t-r---1--J--1--I-----I--L- - -� - -I --1--1--1-J--1--I--I------L-L-� - L-�-J-J-_Ir I--1----1--f -�- -+-+-------I--1--1--�- - --1---1------F �- r-- -4----I--1 -- -I I-__ �--1-- +A7 3 I 7 1 I-) 1 -(P- �- ___L_�- ____J-J__I__I-_I__L_I__L_L-L_1_ �3 • 1 • I I • A/1031 -yam ILLJ • 1 I I 1 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I __I _I__I_-�_t_i_i_ I__I__I__I_-I__I- __I_ _ 1 1L_1_1_,-J-___1--1--I--I_-L-L-1_1-1-�-J_-1--I--I__1 _L_J--I--I-_I--I__L-L,1_L_ -' L- 1 I - - - - - - -I --I- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - + - - - - - - -I- - - - - - r - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 11 6 _O_I 'O_' _-101__I_-I_-I__101_ _ '1 I' 1 1 1 1 1 O I - I I T I I I I ' I I I O 1 I I* 1 I I I I O I I I I O I I O 1 1 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I 1 0 1 I I I *0 I 1 T t I I 1,1___________________________________1_1-11_I_I__I__I__I__I__I__I_-I-I-I-I_I_I__-_I__I__I__1____II-I_I_�_�_I_�---1--I----�-I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I 1 r-�I I I 12 - 0 AF r Q - _ I_ - - L - _ + - - - - ' I O O O O V " O O O ' I I 13� --- I 1 1 I 1 * 13 T O 41 1 1 1 1 I I I I I I I I I I I I I 1 1 1 1 I 1 1 1 1 I I 1 I 1 I 1 1 I I 1- -I __ L_ d_ I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I 1 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I --- - +-rt- I--II--I--I--1--I--I-1-I -I -T- -1---L-L-T-T-T-7--]--]--I--I--I--I--r--r-T-T-T- - -I- __T_ I-------------------------------------------Id----F--- J--I--I- -I- -- L-1--1------I-I- - 1 I I I I I I' I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I C -- -1- -�- -- - ±- IJ I 1=-1�1� -1 -G�-�- _L_I-_I-L-I_-I_J_- _�_�_�_L_ _I J I- - I -L + 1--1 _TAPE--I------r-r-fi-rt--t--T-t---1-�--I--I--I--I----�-f--t--�-_t--1---I--I--I i O' O O O ----I__r-L-T-J_--1------I--1--1--I--t--t-t- QI 111 OI I I I IOI I I IOI I I I IOI I + ;--I--I - -I ----l--�--I--4-�-�--I--I I ('A11 I I I I I I I I I 1% -L- -------1--I--I--I--I--�-+- I N I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I 1 1 A703 ' 1 1 1 1 I I I I I I I I I I + I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I O ----I- - T-----1-J--1--1-'-I--I--I--I--L-L-1- -L -� -1-L-J Jn-1--1--1--1--L-1-L-1-1--1-J--1--I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I 1 U2 I I I I I I I I I __I---L-�_T_ t- i- _I_J- -I - I_,_I--I-_I__L_L-L_J_ I I I r _ , I I I I I I I -I I A7041 I I I I I I I I I I I I [ 1- -I- - - - L - � - fi - T - - - - I - - - -I_ _I - - - - - - - - I - I - I � I r - 4 1 '� -1 I- 1 � '°�-'-�1-�-col--�-1-I--11--���--�_;-i- -Il--)�-�-I-I-I--I--I-TI--I�-i-i-Il-i-I-I--I--i--II OI C) ---- -I--L- i-- - - - - -- ' I I I ;-*-I-I-I I I,I- I - - I - I -T I I -I-}- --I----I--I-,-I--I-- --I-T-T-i-I--I--I--I - I h , I—- I- -' I I-- t 1 1 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I --------------------- W B31--------- - -' - -' -' -' - -I 1 I--I--I----I L -+ I I I I I T-� T-7--T--1__1__I__1__1__r_r-T_T_7_�_ --I--1 1 I I I I I I I I I 1 - A70 _ , O I__1-1--T--_L _- I_-1-1-1--1--1- L-L-T-T- I d I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I -I- I - -r-- - -L-+--7--I--I--1 -I- I--r—r-r-t- --L-t-fi--t-1--1--I--I--I--�-�-t-+-+-_t--1--d--1--I I I I Q I I Q I I I I O I I I I I 4 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I No I- - -I- -1 _ I - I- I + � I - - - �3 -1 - - - - - - - r - 1 - O I j11j O l O l O l O l I I I I I I 4 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I 133A • 1 - + - T - - I1 --1A7-03 -I- - -� � t - + - + - + - + - - 4- - 1 - - - - - -1 - - - - I- - � - I - +- - _f- - 4 - 4 - -4 - -I - -I - -I O I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I 4 - - I - -- L- -� T-- 4-4-�--1--I--I--I-- I ' I I I 1 I I I I I I I I I I I I I 1 &---' - 1 { = i — � _I- 1= � -� - --L- = L --I- 1-1 = L__ J = _I=�_ � - I -_� _L_ � -1 =-1- 1-1 = �—1---1- 1 3 • • 1 1 1 I I I I I T- 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 R111111111111111111 a I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I 131'-O'l APF I I I I I I I I - - - - -' I -I D-- - ---- - - - -I I - - J_ J L-_I_=- J - I_-1_-1-_I--1-_-I-_ I -I - I L I- I- 1 8' 0" AFF • I I I I I O I 1 I I O I I I I * I I I O I I I I I O 1 1 1111 1 111111111111 I 2 • •-I--1--1- 11, -, -�- � - �- �--IIII1� � -� -T -T- �-I--I--1--I 3 I I I I I I I 1 1 1 1 I I 1 I I I I I 1 I 1 1 I I 1 133 -� 12' 0" AF 10 I I I I I I I I I I I 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 - - - -- - I I- 1- 1- - F - �- - - T - T - -I - I - -1 - -1 - -1- - 1- - 1- - L - r - T - T - 7 - -I - -1 - -1 - -1 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I • �31IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII - - - I- - r - t - 1 - t - 1 - 1 - 1 - -1 - -1- -I- - 1- - 1- - h_ - t - + - + - t - -1 - t - -I- -I • A7V5_I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I 134 I I I *1 I I I 1 O 1 I I I 1 O 1 I I (*1 I I I 1 O 1 D�1• I I I I I P I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I -1 - -I - - -a - � - -1 - -1 - -I- - I- - I- - k - a-- - a- - -I- - -4 - -4 - � - -1 - -I � I I 1 7 1 1 1 � — I )3 B I I I I I I I I 1 I I I I 1 I I I I I 1 I I I I I I EXIST'O �10' 0' AF O _I__I_-I- I-_L_L-L_�--1--I__L_L-L_L_1_1__1_J__I__I 8XIOXI HT. 1 I I FREEZE ' � 1 I I 1 1 1 I 1 1 I I I 1 I I 1 1 1 I I I I I I I , • • I = I I 1 I 1 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I � I I I -------- --------------------- ---------------- 3 1 Cn I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I 1 1 i z I * l I I I I * I I I I * I I I I I * I I I I * l I I 1*1 C 1 - - - -I - -I - - - - - -1 - -1- -1- - I- - T - - -I - -I EXI_ST'G— (n -4-�--- -+--�-1 -f-I--I--1--+--+-+-�-4--f--I--I--1-+-I--I I- SX8X �HT, ' x I I I I I I I I I I 1 1 1 I I I I I I I I I I I 1 ------- ------------ -- -- - - - - -------- Ij--------------------------------------- 1b I1 I I y-7---------1-- I I I I I I I --r-r-rt-_t-_1-_1--I--I--I--r-r- I I I I I I I I I I I - 1 I -T-rt-rt-�- I --------I--r-r-r-r-rt- I -�- -I--I- I ' I o I I I I I I I I I I o I I I I I I I I I I I I I I o I I I I I I I I O I I I I I I I I O I I I I I I O I I I I I I I I I a I I 1 I I O I I I I I I I I I I I O I I I , I I - -+--1--1--I--I--I------+--+-+-- I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I ----1--1--I--I--I--I-- I I I I I I I I I I I I I I +--+-+-4-+-�--1--I--I--I---------+-+-4--f-�--1 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I -I- I 1 , I I I -1 �-J--1--1--I--I--I--L-L-T--1-_J--1-J--1--I--I--I--I- 1 1 I I I I I I I I 1 1 1 I 1 1 I 1 I I 1 1 I I I I I 1 I I 1 1 I I I I r-L-L-1--4-J-J--I--I--I--I----L-L-L-- I I I I I I I I I 1 1 I I I I 1 I I I I I I 1 1 I I I I I I I 1 1 1 I I I I I I I I I I I 1 I I I --�-J-J--I I I I I I I 1 I I I I I -I- I I I ' I , I I I I--I--I- I I I I * I I I I I I I I -I--I--I-- - - I - I I I I I I I I I I I I * I I I I - I- I I I I I-'-I- I I I * I I I I I I -I--I--I- -I -- I I I I I I I I * I I I I 1 I- - I- -I ------ 1 Ion I I I I I I -I- I*I I I 1--1--1--I--I--I--I--I-I- I I I I I I I I I * I I I I I I I- I I I I I I I I I * I I I I I I -I I I I -I- I I I I -I - -I I I I * I I -I- I I I , ' i I I I ----------------------------------------- I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I L- � I I I I I I I ------------------------------------- I I I 1 I I I I 1 I I I I I 1 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I 1 -- I I i 1 1 I 1--1--1-I-I--1--I-L-T-T- I I 1 I I I I 1 I I I I I I I I 1 I I I T- 1- I I 1 I I I I --I--I--I--1--1--I-I--I I I I I I I I I -T I I -T- I- I I I- - I--I I I I I --I--I --I I I I I I 1 1 - I-I-I-T-I-I- I I I I--I--I I I I I -I- I I , I I I I I I rt_1--I--I--I--I--I--r-t--r-T-Y-_t-7-_1--I--I--I--I----�-r-r-_r-rt- I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I 1 I I ' I I I I 1 I I 1 I I I ---------I--I--r-1--7--T-rt--I--I--I 1 1 1 I I I 1 1 1 I 1 I I I I 1 1 1 I 1 I 1 1 1 1 1 1 -I- ' I I I 0 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I* I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I* I I I I I I I I I I I* I I I I I I I I I O I I I I I I I 1* 1 I I I I I I I 1* 1 I I I I I I I* 1 I I I I I I I I I I I I* 1 I I I I , I I 4-1-+--1--1--I--I--�--�--+-+-+-4--I-+--I--I--I--I----r I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I �-+-+-4--1----1--1--I--I--+-+-�-+-+-4--4-�--I I I I I -I- , _T 1 -I- -1 - 4 - k - I- -I- � - -+ - -� - -I- - 4- - � - - - I- -I � - 1- I- � - - I - � - � I - -I - 4 - I - -I -I I + L - I- -1 - -1 - I -� - I -+ 1 1 - -E- I I 1--1-J--I--I--I--I--L--L-L-L-T-J--I----I--I I I I I I I I I I I I 1' 1 I I I I I I I I I I 1031--1--IL-L-L-1-1-J-J------------ I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I -L-L--L-L---J--I--1- I I I I I I ' I 1 -F I I I O I _1-_I-_I- I I I I I O 1-1-L-I_-I__�_I_I_I_J-_L_I_I-_I-J-1-I_-_ I I O I I I O l I I O I-I-__I-i-L-L-I I I I O I I I I I O -I I I I I I O I-1 L-I_-I_J_-1-�-I_J_-L_ I I I I I 0 1 I I �_ I- I-_I__I__I__I__I__I__I _I _I _ I_ I- I--I-_I._- I -- I__I__I__L_I -- I - I I ----- I I ---- I I I ------- I I I I I --------- I -- I -- I --- I I ----- I - , I I I I I I I I I ----------------------------------------------------------------------------I--------- I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I 1 1 1 I 1 I I I I I I I I 1 I I I I I 1 I I I 1'6'-�pll I I I I i I I 1 1 1 I I I I I AFF I I I I 1 I I I I I I 1 I I I 1 I I I I I I I I I 1 I I I 1 I I I I I I I I I I 1 1 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I 1 I I I I I , I i I I I I I I I I I I I- -I I I I I I I I I I I I I - -I- - I- - I- - - I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I- -I I- I I I I I I I L- 1- - I- I - I I I I 1 I I 1 I I - I- I 1 I I I I I- I I I I I I 1 --- I I I I I I I I I I I I I I - I I- I T I I I I I I - I I I I -- I 1 1 I I I - -I - I I I - I I I I * I I I I I * I I I I I * I I I I * I I I I * l I I I * I I I I I * I I I I I * I I I I I * I I I 1 , I 1 t-7--1--I--1--I--I--r-r-r-1--rt-rt--1--i--I--I--I--I--I-- I I I I I 1 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I �-�'_-r-r-rt--�--�--I--I--I--I--r-r-r-r-rt--r-�--1--I--I- I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I 1 I I I I I I I 1 I I I I I ' I ' I I I I I I I -+- I--1------I--I 1 1 I I I I I I I I I I I I -H-+--+-+-4--1--I--I--I--I--I- I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I 1 I I I I I I I I I I I--I--4---+-+-4-+---A--1--1--I--I--�--I--+--+-+--+--4--1--1--1- I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I 1 I , I I I I I I I -1 -A----1--1--1--I--L--L-L-L-L--4-L--1--1--1--I--I--I--' I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I L r I -L I I --I--1- I I L- �- I I I I ------- I I I I -- I- - - - L- L I - _- I - L- I L- I I J- -I --- I I i O I I I I -I-1--I--I--1--I--I-- I I O I I I I I - I I I I - I I O 1 I-I-I- I I ©I I I I I -I--I-- I - - I - I I I O I I 1 - I - - I -- I -J I I O 1 -J- I- I I I I I I--I--1--I--I--I--I--I-I- O I I 1 O I 1 I 1 I -- I I- I I- I D I I I I I I _111— -—-—- —-—-—-—-—-—- —- —-— -—-—-—-—-— -—- - CtI — - — - — - — - — -— - — - — -— - -------- O-0' I I I '1�-I-;-' --'IC•�I I I -- O I- I I I-[ rt I I I BOO r- I I 1 - - - t- �- I - - � I I - - - - - - - - I I- -1- -1 I I I I I - � Li - - - - I I I I - - - - - - I I I I I I - - - - - I I I I I - _�_ - - I I - -1 - I I I I I - - - - - - - - - - - I - I O Cn I I -I- - I I I I I - I I I I I I I I I I I CD Z I O I 1 I I I O I ' I -1-7--T--I--I--I--1----I--F I I I I I -L I �__ V) I I -I-- I- I I I - I- - r- r- I I r- -t- ' I I I I I I Q 11 I I I W I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I -- I + - I II -- I I 1 1----I--1----I--I I O I I -I--I--I--+-I--+-+- I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I O I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I O I . -' -4-7- I I I --�----I--1----�-' I I I I I I I I I I -I-- I- I I I I - I- - L- L I I I I I I -L-I- I I I ' I - T I I I I I - -I - -I- -I- - - - I- I I I - r I I -I- -I- I I I I I - I- - I_ _ L I I I I _ L _ 1 I I oI I I I I*1 11 I * I I I I I * I ' - I I I - - - I -I - - - I -I- -1- -' I ,- I I - + I • -I I I -11 I 1 - I - I - I I ' I I I I I 1 I I I �I I I I 13'I-0"I AFr 1 I -+- -1-1--I--I--1----I--I -I--I--I--I-I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I 1 1I I O I I 1 I 1 0 1 I - - - - - .-J Z pl ___ _ _--- -=1=1 -r 11 1 =I I I I I -1=�= � --� __7_�_� O I I1 I I I I I I Q' 'I_ ''l 13 10 IAF I O I I I I I I I I I I I I I 1 ---+ -�-1 - -L- I -I--I- --------I--I- ;-� -I-�- I I I I - - -I--I- I-�--fi-�-fi--t 1 O I -I-- I- - +- I I I t- +- -�- 1 O 1 I - - - -- I - _T - I I - 1 I A 11 �- - F-1,I ' -I 'A703 1 11 ---I- I I -I-- I- - L- I 1 1 -L -L- 1 , I ' - T- i- F- -J---_1 I ---- 1 ' I I 1 r I I -I--I--I--I--1-I-J- I I I I I I I I I I I I ' OI I 1 I I I ;O1 ; �;� IOI I I I IOI - t - - - ,______I_ I - - - -1 I � o I I I I I I I II I I , I I I I I I � ILL_ I I I I I I I I -+ - I T- I --I--1--1----I-- I O � I I -I--I- I I I - I- - I - I I I - I -T- I , II I I I I I I I I I I (-DI z I o I I I 1 I o I - i - rt - I - + - I 1 -1 - -I - -I- -I- - I- - I L (/7 I I -I- -I- I I I - I- - r - r- I - r - T - I O I I I I I I I I I I 1 O' ' X w I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I - I I-J--1----I--1--I--r- I I I I I I I I O I I -I--I--I--+-I_-t-+- I I I I I ' I ' I I I I I I I I I I I I 1 ' I I 1 I ' I I I O I I I I f I I I I I I I I I I O I I I I - ' - 1 - I _T - I - I - - - -I- -1- - - - I- - I -I- -I- -I- - - - L - 1- - L - , I -+_- I I I _ -1 I -+-I -1 I I I I I I I -I I I - I- I I I I I I I - COOLER i I r ,O T-7-I---1--1--1--p--r-L-T-T-T-7-7--1--1--1-------r-T-T-T-7--I7 - -1 - -1 -r-T-T-T-7-�--1--1--1--I--1--7-r-T-T-,T-7--1--1--I--1--I--1--F-L--T-T-T-_f--4-�--1--1--1--I--I--f-,-T-1-1--J--1--I--1--1--_ (�) I - I -- '-- - -I -L- I - ' 1 I I I I I I i I I I I I I I I I I I I I 1 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I II I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I 11 I I I I I I 1 I O I I I 0 1 ' I• I I I I• 11 I I I I I I I I I I O I I I I 1 O I I I I 1 1 O I I I I I O I I I I I I O I I I I I I O I , I I I I O I I I I O I I I I O I I I I I O I I I I I' I O' I I ; O' ' O' 1 -- - -�- - - - - - I --I- I--L-L-a---I -L-1- I----------�- -J- I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I •--I--I- I-t- t- - ---1--1-------Ir-i - -+- - -1--i- I- ~-�- -+---11---1--1--1--1--1-1-t-+-fi-1-1-1--I-- y I I I T • 1 I I • • 10' 0" AF I 61 I 16 I + - - - - - I- I- I- + - � - 4-1 I I I I I I • I I _ _ _ _ _ _ - I_ I_ I_ I_ __11_I____I__L_ - -T-�-�-�--I--I--I--1--1--�-�-+-+-�-�- --- I--I--I--I- �-�-T-�-�-�-�--1--1--I--I--I--1---�- -- - - - - I I r-- T--I -J- -I - , - - I}- +- - }- +- I I I I I I I I I I I I, I I I I I I I I I I I I 102 I I I ' 1 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I, I I I I , I I I I I . I I . . . I I. I • • • . • I I I I • I 1 I• I --�_+- --�_+- O O O O O O O O O 01 0 0 ' • - -I- I- I-+-L A-J--I - L L-L-L-+-1-�-J- I_ I_ __I__I__L_L-L-1-1 1 I 1 13 0 AFF Q O - - - - �02ti- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -I- -'I - - T - 1 - rt - - - - - - - - -I- - F 1_L_J_ I_ I_ I_ I_ L_L_L_1_1_1-J- - L- L- L- - L- L- 1- I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I , I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I T I I I I I I I 1' I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I 1 I 1 1 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Ii I 1 I I I I I I I I I I I I , iI I I I I I I ' IJ ZI • --1----T-T- ,---1r-----I--1--1 -r- - • I I I I I I I I, I I I I 1 1 1©I I 1 I 11 I* I I I IOI • I, I 1 I I 7-7---1--1--1--1--1--1--L- 1 - --+--I I I ' I I I I I 11 ' 11 I I I 1 1 1 1 I I 1 1 I , --I--1--1--+--T-+-+'-�-1- I--1--I--I I I I I I I I • • • I 1 O 1 I I I I, I 1 O, I I 3 1 1 11 L--I--I-- I - - I- - I- -' -1-- 1 I I I I I I 1 I I I 1 I I I ' • • 1 I--I--1- I --I --I -- -! 1 1 I 1 - -+--- I I I I I - „ I I I I I I I I I I I I I I$IVA�IES I I 'D1 ' 1 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I o I I I I I I I I • • • • 1 10-0 AF - - - - - A70 -11 - - - - - ----------------, I 1 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I 1 I I I I I I 1-t-t-t 1-1-1--I- - - - r- -t-- +--+---1--1--1--1- t-t- 1- 1--I- - - r-r-t- r-r-t -+-1-1 I IOI 1 1 IOI I I 1 I*1 1 1O1 1 1 23-0 101 I*I /�q1 I IOI I I I IOI I I I I I I I I II 1 ; ,„ 7 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I 1 I I C`t1 1 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I ' I I I I I I I �1fl - I � - - - I --I------ -__-4--' - - - - -I�I1--1L-�_' -�fl-A704 ---- -�- - I--I--I--I--I- - I- -I� CCC ppp - - - + - - 10 4 A 10 7 A 7 A FREEZFW I I I I I I I I 1 - -- -- - `I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I 1 1 • O EXISTING SOFFIT O O O 1 0 O �� L �� 1i I Q 1 • • • • I I I L_L 1_1 1_J__I _I____1-_I__L L L_ _I__I__I__I__I_ L_L_L_1_1 I_J --I- r- r-T-Y-rt no BJ(: �m. � _J - _-_ - - -- --- -- -- - ----- - - -- -- - - - - - ----- - -- - - - - - - - - --- - ---- �18 .. ..... .:.:.:.::..::.,::..1: -- -1-__1-___I____I -I I I I i � I ::':::'. 7 - - - - - - -I- - - -I- 3 .::.:.:.:.:.:...:.....: -----1--------� --- O — Z._.i....:•..,:•.•.i'•;.: : 2 1 1 1 1 � - - - L - - - -I- - - -I- O i 2 • :.:.:.:. :.:..:: -gi_L-L IV,0Td AFF -1- - - -1- - - - T 18 _0�� 1 FF . UU 8 --- i O 3 O • 8'-0" AFF I I O I -- � 18'-0" AFF;----i-- I • O O 1 0 01 I I I 101 1 • I $ 10' 0" AF 01 3 O 3 I I I I I I O 10'-0" AF I 01 T - -1- q - I- - - - - - -- - - - - -- --- - - - -- -- ---- -- _= -- - - - - - - - - - - - --- - - - - - - ---- - - - --- - - - - -- - - - - - --- - - -- - -- - - - - - - - - -- j O O O O O O O O O O O O 1 i -J�- 8'-0" AFF 105 �104 C I I 108 6 6 106 0 0 0 0 1 22-MAR-1999 16056 hewittme pe\22196390\700cadd\701arch\390a501w.dgn 12' 6" AF I 1 I I OI I - L - - • A 3 I -I i I / � ,,, - -�-+- I I - -�-T- 3 IOI 35 1 I I L + I I I I I — -�_-14--+- -+ +- - I ' I I I I ---1�-_�_ _� �_ I Q I I 1 LL-L_1_ _L L_ I I I I I I I -+ L_- • I L L i __9z I I I I I I 1 1! � I I -I- -+- +--+--+--+--�--4--+- - + - +- I I I I I I I - - -+- �- -�-I -"- -- -+- B 3 I* IEXI I n 1 I. 1 NEW-L_L-+- I- -L L-L- -L- 8X12X10 70 ' I ' ' 1 I 1��m 1 ==� i_._r 1 iremm i lmm 1 1��►�1ll SHEET NOTES* OEXISTING SOFFIT CONSTRUCTION TO REMAIN, PATCH AND REPAIR IN PREPARATION TO RECEIVE NEW SOFFIT FINISH. REF: A901 AND A903 2O INSTALL 6" SOUND ATTENUATION BATT ABOVE CEILING. ONEW 2'X2' CEILING AND GRID. REFER TO FINISH SCHEDULE A901. 4ONEW SOFFIT CONSTRUCTION TO RECEIVE FINISH AS IDENTIFIED BY THE INTERIOR ELEVATIONS. REFER TO A903, ORAISE EXISTING SOFFIT AS REQUIRED TO PROVIDE CLEARANCE FOR NEW DOOR/OPENING. OPATCH AND REPAIR CEILING AND METAL VENTS OVER EXISTING WALKWAY, FIELD VERIFY SCOPE AND EXTENT OF REPAIR WORK. PAINT FINISH TO MATCH EXISTING. 7O CUT AND PATCH EXISITING CEILING SYSTEM AS REQUIRED. GENERAL NOTES* A. ALL NEW CEILINGS TO BE CLASS B OR BETTER, B. REFER TO MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. C. EXAMINE EXISTING REFRIGERATED CHASES FOR POSSIBLE REUSE. REBUILD ACCORDING TO DETAIL D2/A704, D. G.C. TO PROVIDE AND INSTALL TWO # 10 SAFETY WIRES PER ALL NEW AND IMPROPERLY SUPPORTED EXISTING METAL HALIDE AND FLUORESCENT FIXTURES, ATTACH TO JOIST AT PROPER LOCATION AS COORDINATED WITH ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. (ELECTRICAL SHALL ATTACH TO FIXTURE.) REFLECTED CEILING PLAN LEGEND: NEW CEILING TILE AND GRID + - (SEE ROOM FINISH SCHEDULE FOR CLG. TYPE) E NEW CEILING TILE 1: I: EXISTING GRID TO REMAIN E (SEE ROOM FINISH SCHEDULE FOR CLG. TYPE) -_L---�- ' I EXISTING CEILING TILE & GRID -+ - - -L- - . GYPSUM BOARD CEILING NEW INSULATED CEILING PANELS I I -J------- - - -�_- II I I EXISTING INSULATED CEILING PANELS -1 -1I----- - - - -�- n [:] LIGHT FIXTURES (SEE ELEC. DWG'S. FOR TYPE) 0 o NEW TRACK LIGHTING NEW STRIP FIXTURE RO NEW SPOTLIGHT NEW EXIT SIGN EXIST'G SUPPLY AIR DIFFUSER EXIST'G RETURN EXHAUST AIR -� DIFFUSER ®NEW SUPPLY AIR (SEE MECH. DWG'S) E NEW RETURN/AIR EXHAUST AIR DIFFUSER (SEE MECH. DWG'S.) ® NEW EXHAUST AIR DIFFUSER. SEE MECH. DWG'S. • RELOCATED AND/OR ADDED PENDENT SPRINKLER 0 EXISTING PENDENT SPRINKLER TO REMAIN ® EXISTING PENDENT SPRINKLER TO BE REMOVED EXISTING PENDENT SPRINKLER TO BE RELOCATED EXISTING DRY PENDENT SPRINKLER TO REMAIN RELOCATED AND/OR ADDED DRY PENDENT SPRINKLER a EXISTING SIDEWALL SPRINKLER TO REMAIN RELOCATED AND/OR ADDED SIDEWALL SPRINKLER -A EXISTING SIDEWALL SPRINKLER TO BE REMOVED MARKET COILS BELOW CEILING 0000 (SEE REFRG. DWG'S FOR EXACT LOCATION) Sverdrup SVERDRUP FACILITIES, INC. ' Florida Corporate License #AA C001291 5750 Major Boulevard, Suite 500, Orlando, Florida 32819-7946 (407) 903-5001 Fax (407) 903-5150 ARCHITECT OF RECORD - - NAME: FLOYD WILSON MCCOLLUM, JR., AIA REGISTRATION., FLORIDA REG #AR0016162 F 11 Seal Revision: Date: By: Description: 0 Q D N 0 °°. = a_ co co 00 000 O Z cc j _ "' � Q —1 � r r = m LLB •� w _ Uzz o00 o =a—m aW0 LL O � � J r rn � J J d�� LLJ W I gW M3: D ff w O ��Q� 0 a- F— J CD � = n �zL7m Qir O< U X J 0:�� I— 0 CV) w U m w F- u� I-- r- IV Key Plan: PLAN NORTH N TRUE NORTH Scales: 0 4' 8' 16' 24' ,/811 = 11_011 Sverdrup Project No.: 22196390 Drawing Title: REFLECTED CEILING PLAN Date: 03/19/99 Designed By: JTR Drawn By: JTR Checked By: FWM Drawing No.: I A501 DOOR SCHEDULE C)TYPE o DOORS FRAME FIRE RATING LABEL HDW SET N0. o o NOTES MAT'L NOMINAL SIZE GLAZING TYPE MAT'L JAMB SILL WIDTH HEIGHT THICKNESS 101A ER --- --- --- --- --- ER --- --- --- --- --- 101A 1 101B ER --- --- --- --- --- ER --- --- --- --- --- 10113 1 101C ER --- --- --- --- --- ER --- --- --- --- --- 101C 2 102A H SCWD 3'-0" 7'-0" 1%4" WG A GMTL A2/A701 --- --- H 102A 2, 4 102B I AL 4'-0" 4'-0" --- --- --- AL B4/A701 --- --- P 102B 11 102C I AL 4'-0" 4'-0" --- --- --- AL B4/A701 --- --- P 102C 11 104 ER --- --- --- --- --- ER --- --- --- --- --- 104 2, 4 D 104A ER --- --- --- --- --- ER --- --- --- --- --- 104A 2, 4 105 ER --- --- --- --- --- ER --- --- --- --- --- 105 2, 4 105A ER --- --- --- --- --- ER --- --- --- --- --- 105A 2, 4 106 ER --- --- --- --- --- ER --- --- --- --- --- 106 2, 4 106A ER --- --- --- --- --- ER --- --- --- --- --- 106A 2, 4 107 A SCWD 3'-0" 7'-0" 1%4" --- A GMTL A2/A701 --- --- --- 107 2, 4 108 ER --- --- --- --- --- ER --- --- --- --- --- 108 2, 4, 110A D PLAS 3'-6" 7'-0" --- PLAS ER --- --- --- --- --- 110A 2, 9 11013 C PLAS 2'-6" PR 8'-0" --- PLAS ER --- --- --- --- --- 11013 2, 9 110C ER --- --- --- --- --- ER --- --- --- --- --- 110C 2, 15 110D ER --- --- --- --- --- ER --- --- --- --- --- 110D 2, 5 110E ER --- --- --- --- --- ER --- --- --- --- --- 110E 1 111A D PLAS 3'-6" 7'-0" --- PLAS ER --- --- --- --- --- 111A 2, 9 11113 ER --- --- --- --- --- ER --- --- --- --- --- 111B 2, 5 112A D PLAS 3'-6" 7'-0" --- PLAS ER --- --- --- --- --- 112A 2, 9 112B D PLAS 3'-0" 7'-0" --- PLAS ER --- --- --- --- --- 112B 2, 9 114A ER --- --- --- --- --- ER --- --- --- --- --- 114A 2, 15 114B ER --- --- --- --- --- ER --- --- --- --- --- 114B 2 114C ER --- --- --- --- --- ER --- --- --- --- --- 114C 2 116 ER --- --- --- --- --- ER --- --- --- --- --- 116 1 2, 4 117 ER --- --- --- --- --- ER --- --- --- --- --- 117 2, 4 119A ER --- --- --- --- --- ER --- --- --- --- --- 119A 2 119B ER --- --- --- --- --- ER --- --- --- --- --- 119B 2 123 E SCWD 3'-0" 7'-0" --- WG A GMTL A2/A701 --- --- D 123 2, 4, 8, 10 126 D PLAS 3'-6" 7'-0" --- PLAS ER --- --- --- --- --- 126 2, 9 129A ER --- --- --- --- --- ER --- --- --- --- --- 129A 2 129B ER --- --- --- --- --- ER --- --- --- --- --- 129B 2 130A ER --- --- --- --- --- ER --- --- --- --- --- 130A 2, 15 130B ER --- --- --- --- --- ER --- --- --- --- --- 130B 1 2 130C C PLAS 2'-6" PR 8'-0" --- PLAS ER --- --- --- --- --- 130C 2, 9 131 ER --- --- --- --- --- ER --- --- --- --- --- 131 2, 5 132 ER --- --- --- --- --- ER --- --- --- --- --- 132 2 133 C PLAS 2'-6" PR 8'-0" --- PLAS C SS Al/A701 --- --- --- 133 2, 3 133A E SCWD T-0" 7'-0" --- WG A GMTL A2/A701 --- --- D 133A 4, 8, 10 135A ER --- --- --- --- --- ER --- --- --- --- --- 135A 2, 5 135B ER --- --- --- --- --- ER --- --- --- --- --- 135B 2, 5 ROOF ROOF R101 ER --- --- --- --- --- ER --- --- --- --- --- R101 2 R102 ER --- --- --- --- --- ER --- --- --- --- --- R102 2 R103 ER --- --- --- --- --- ER --- --- --- --- --- R103 2 NOTE: CONTRACTOR IS TO FIELD VERIFY THE DIMENSIONS OF ALL EXISTING FRAMES TO REMAIN BEFORE ORDERING OF NEW DOORS. B WINDOW SCHEDULE NOTES 1. EXISTING TO REMAIN (NO WORK) 2. PAINT DOOR AND/OR FRAME (BY PUBLIX). 3. WRAP FRAME W/ STAINLESS STEEL AS REQUIRED. VIF ,EXISTING PRIOR TO BID. 4. INSTALL PLASTIC LAMINATE BOTH FACES OF DOOR. 5. EXISTING ACCESS PANEL. 6. METAL ACCESS PANEL. 7, FIELD VERIFY PARTITION CONSTRUCTION FOR THROAT DIMENSION OF FRAME. 8. METAL LOUVER. (SEE MECHANICAL DRAWINGS FOR SIZE). 9. CONTRACTOR IS TO FIELD VERIFY SIZE OF EXISTING OPENING. 10. 5 X 20 WIRE GLASS VISION PANEL. 11, ROLLING GRILLE. 12, PROVIDE PAIR OF SPRING HINGES, PULL KNOB, HASP, AND STAPLE. 13. REUSE EXISTING HARDWARE. 14, FIELD CONFIRM IF LOUVER IS EXISTING OR PROVIDE NEW PER NUMBER 8 ABOVE. 15. REMOVE EXISTING THRESHOLD AND INSTALL NEW SS THRESHOLD COMPLYING W/ FACBC. FIELD VERIFY EXISTING PRIOR TO BID. CD �_ SIZE (R.OJ z Q FRAME REMARKS WIDTH HEIGHT MAT'L FINISH HEAD JAMB SILL 1 11'-0" 3'-0" TG1 AL CA B4/A701 134/A701 B4/A701 DOOR/WINDOW SCHEDULES LEGEND AL ALUMINUM SCWD SOLID CORE WOOD CA CLEAR ANODIZED SS STAINLESS STEEL ER EXISTING TO REMAIN TG1 TEMPERED FLOAT GLASS. GMTL GALVANIZED METAL LG LAMINATED GLASS TG2 SEALED INSULATED PANEL COMPOSED OF TWO LAYERS OF CLEAR TEMPERED MTL METAL FLOAT GLASS. PLAS PLASTIC VP VISION PANEL PLWD PLYWOOD WD WOOD PR PAIR OF DOORS WG '/4" WIRE GLASS SEE PARTITION TYPE FINISH AS SCHEDULED 2x WOOD BLOCKING NOTE: CONTRACTOR TO USE KNOCK -DOWN FRAME FOR INSTALLATION ON EXISTING GYPSUM BOARD WALL CONSTRUCTION. SEE PARTITION TYPE CRIMP SS �/8" x %2' TYP A 4 X 3 COUNTER 2'-0" O.C. 18 GA SS Vvr /Ar HI r1LHU HNU JAMBS SECURE W/#10 x 3/4 " SS TRUSS HEAD SCREWS 8" OC- MITRE CORNERS. USE GALVANIZED STEEL WHERE NOT IN PUBLIC VIEW. WOOD JAMB - 1 �/2'' x FIN. WALL THICK. PLUS 1/4'' PT WOOD SHIM 2"x2'Y/4" SS 4%2" LONG SET INTO WD JAMB -SECURE W/3- 412 x 1 �/2'' SCREWS COUNTER- SUNK AT JAMB. USE 3- 1/4'' 0. EXPANSION ANCHORS AT FLOOR. 'DOUBLE STUD @ FRAME ANCHORS, 3 PER JAMB 16 GA WELDED G, DOOR FRAME @ I` WALL CONSTRUCTION PAINT VARIES SEALANT CONTINUOUS w w U w w Cn SEE SCHEDULE I� rrruVIDE LOUVER WHEN INDICATED IN SCHEDULE. C DOOR ELEVATIONS NOT ALL DOOR ELEVATIONS APPLY TO THIS STORE. ')ll nnnn Ieirnri i oil 2'',_ DOOR WIDTH .r. 2" A B C FRAME ELEVATIONS 0 NOT ALL DOOR FRAME ELEVATIONS APPLY TO THIS STORE. SEE SCHEDULE QFT ii F I LHJ I Il VIJIVIV rHIVCL BY MANUFACTURER, C D fif§Wll D (2) 3%" METAL STUD EACH SIDE 2x4 WOOD BLOCKING 11'-0" EQ EQ iz EQ iz EQ EQ PAINTED 3/4" FIR NOTE: FIELD VERIFY WINDOW DIMENSIONS WINDOW ELEVATION %II _ 11_0I w w U Cn w w SEE SCHEDULE EE S� LL M J PROVIDE LOUVER WHEN INDICATED IN SCHEDULE. E F SEE iz SCHEDULE A5 _11�/2" o A701 U Cn Iw 8' 0" A F. F. _ 71�2' 11��II ' 7 BOT OF OPENING E 31/2'' SOUND ATTENUATION BATT GYPSUM BOARD TAPING BEAD EACH SIDE I 3 3 x3 x /6 CONT STEEL MOUNTING ANGLE STOREFRONT „ SYSTEM WITH /4 DIA, SS BOLT 1/4" TEMPERED 12" @ O.C. FLOAT GLASS GUIDES FOR ROLLING SECURITY GRILLE (SEE PROJECT MANUAL FOR MANUFACTURER INFORMATION) ROLLING GRILL JAMB (TYP.) 311 = 11.011 OFF 1 (rHFN II F SEE SCHEDULE LL_ C LL C.: L� LL_ G H SEE SCHEDULE 3% MTL STUDS AT 16" OC PLYWOOD 5/8" GYPSUM 5/8" GYPSUM BOARD BOARD WIRE GLASS WITH ONE-WAY 5'-6" FILM TO SEE FROM CASH - - ROOM INTO CUSTOMER SERVICE 4' -6" CASH ROOM 2x4 LEVELING PLATE O SHIM AS REQUIRED METAL STUD TOP CHANNEL HINGE 3' -3" - - - �_ 18 GA STAINLESS STEEL FLAP 3'-0" J� O SLIDE LATCH O 18 GA S.STL. WRAP AT CAP h AND ENDS (FULL HTH.) 1 2' G 51/ MITER CORNERS SECURE , - rpl V W/#10x2" S.STL. TRUSS HD GP SCREWS AT 8 OC TAR 0 STAGGERED FROM 0 EACH SIDE. ROUGH OPENING ' O TO BE 3�/2"xl'-2�/2" rC 5 PASS THRU SECTION IN WALL A701 NO SCALE CONT. HEADE 18 GA AND CHANk CONT, BLOCk 1x WD TRIM CONT. BLOCK 65 ROLLING SECURITY GRILLE 4 = STUD SPACING (12', 16'' OR 24" O.C.) PANEL SIZE %" GYPSUM BOARD STEEL BARREL WITH STUD LUGS @26'' O.C. EXTRUDED ALUMINUM GUIDE WITH WOOL PILE INSERTS ROLLING SECURITY GRILLE LAM, PLASTIC ON 2 LAYERS OF %4'' PLYWOOD 3%" METAL STUDS @ 16'' O.C. METAL STUD GYPSUM BOARD AND TRIM S VERDR UP FACILITIES, INC. Florida Corporate License #AA C001291 5750 Major Boulevard, Suite 500, Orlando, Florida 32819-7946 (407) 903-5001 Fax (407) 903-5150 ARCHITECT OF RECORD NAME: FLOYD WILSON McCOLLUM, JR., AIA REGISTRATION: FLORIDA REG #AR0016162 Seal \� M Revision: Date: By: Description: • v x Ci-0 Q •� r D V) N 00 = `0 ('0z cM � w-�� 0 I wa0 w �z� 0 � ocQ� <� I 00wWwrn aZ) FW- Cr w J r' W z 0>Q� M W I co 0<0 J o0Mw 0 U U_ m W I - C1) F- n N Key Plan: Scales: 0 1' 24' 8' 0 6" 1' 2' 4' y4" = 1'_0" 0 3" 6" 1' 3" - 1'-0" Sverdrup Project No.: 22196390 Drawing Title: DOOR AND WINDOW SCHEDULE, ELEVATIONS AND DETAILS Date: 03/19/99 Al HEAVY-DUTY CASED OPENING �01 3" = 1'-0" 22-MAR-1999 16057 hewittme po\22196390\700codd\701dreh\39Oa701w.dgn A2_� HOLLOW METAL DOOR FRAME A701 % 3" = 1'-O" -A5� TYP. METAL ACCESS PANEL A701 / 3" = 1'-0" Designed By: VIA Drawing No.: Drawn By: V I A Checked By: FWM A701 0 C A GALV RUNNER TRACK, CONTINUOUS CEILING REF: FINISH SCHEDULE %" GYPSUM BOARD AT PARTITION 01 %" DENS -SHIELD BACKER BOARD AT PARTITION 01A FLOORING AND BASE - REF: FINISH SCHEDULE PARTITION TYPE 11 SCALE 1�/2" ° 1' 0" PARTITION TYPE 11A SCALE2" = i' 0" METAL STUD BRACING TO STRUCTURE ABOVE, 71 ' 4'-0" OC ALTERNATE z DIRECTIONS (TYPICAL) %" 3 5/8'' 5/8 4 Y8 1 Arq' 3�/2'' SOUND ATTENUATION BATT. SEE PLAN FOR LOCATION 3%" GALV METAL STUDS @ 16'' OC GALV RUNNER TRACK, CONTINUOUS CONTINUOUS SEALANT. INSTALL @ LOCATION OF SOUND BATT z CEILING :- REF: FINISH SCHEDULE 5/8'' GYPSUM BOARD AT PARTITION 07 %'' DENS -SHIELD BACKER BOARD AT PARTITION 07A VARIES REMOVE EXISTING — WALL PANEL AND FINISH. EXISTING FRAMING TO REMAIN FLOORING AND BASE - REF: FINISH SCHEDULE EXISTING WALL FRAMING TO REMAIN 07 PARTITION TYPE 07 SCALE 1/2 11-011 4SCALE�1�1��N TYPE 07A 7 A HIGH CEILING REF: FINISH SCHEDULE GALV RUNNER TRACK, CONTINUOUS r7� A705 TOP _OF PLYWD ' 8'-0—-— - — - — -— V2"XY4'' SHOE MOULD %2" PLYWOOD — OVER 5/$" GYPSUM BOARD (STORAGE, CORRIDOR ETC) FLOORING AND BASE - REF: FINISH SCHEDULE %'' 3%'' 5/8H 1/2'',,l METAL STUD BRACING TO STRUCTURE ABOVE, 4'-0'' OC ALTERNATE DIRECTIONS (TYPICAL) z ILING REF: FINISH SCHEDULE 31/2'' SOUND ATTENUATION BATT. SEE PLAN FOR LOCATION (OFFICE, TRAINING ETC) %'' GYPSUM BOARD AT PARTITION 03 %'' DENS -SHIELD BACKER BOARD AT PARTITION 03A 3%" GALV METAL STUDS @ 16'' OC GALV RUNNER TRACK, CONTINUOUS CONTINUOUS SEALANT INSTALL @ LOCATION OF SOUND BATT EXISTING ROOF GALV RUNNER TRACK, CONTINU %" GYPSUM BC UL FIRE RATING: 1 H1 U465 NON -BEARING W) 5/0" FLOORING AND REF: FINISH SCF FIRE SAFING INSULATION %" GYPSUM BOARD CEILING REF: FINISH SCHEDULE 31/2'' SOUND ATTENUATION BATT. SEE PLAN FOR LOCATIONS 3%'' GALV METAL STUDS @ 16'' OC CONTINUOUS SEALANT. INSTALL @ LOCATION OF SOUND BATT GALV RUNNER TRACK, CONTINUOUS 15 PARTITION TYPE 15 SCALE 1/2 1 0 Sverdrup SVERDRUP FACILITIES, INC. Florida Corporate License #AA C001291 5750 Major Boulevard, Suite 500, Orlando, Florida 32819-7946 (407) 903-5001 Fax (407) 903-5150 ARCHITECT OF RECORD NAME., FLOYD WILSON McCOLLUM, JR., AIA REGISTRATION., FLORIDA REG #AR0016162 Seal Revision: Date: By: Description: • v x Ca 0 a) D N o = ��� OM 2-7cM C/ W p J I LU w � o z � LU I O owg� a5U_ W r- O J >Qoc O��= a- Lu >_ m Q< U 0 LLJ I_Cn F— O Co W Key Plan: Scales: 0 6" 1' 2' 11/2" = 1'_0" Sverdrup Project No.: 22196390 Drawing Title: PARTITION TYPES 22-MAR-1999 16-58 01 PARTITION TYPE 01 SCALE: 1/2 1-0" PA����?NITYPE 01A O I SCALE hewittme pe\221963U\700cadd\701arch\390a702w.dgn PARTITION TYPE 013 03 SCALE 1/21 0 4PARTI��?N TYPE 03A SCALE 1/p Date: 03/19/99 Designed By: V I A Drawing No.: Drawn By: VIA Checked By: FWM A702 2 Sverdrup OILCEILING HEIGHT SVERDRUP FACILITIES, INC. REF: FINISH SCHEDULE 3%'' STL SUSPENDED CEILING Florida Corporate License #AA C001291 P 5750 Major Boulevard, Suite 500, Orlando, Florida 32819-795 STUD BRACES 12'-6' A.F.F. @ 4'-0" O.C. (407) 903-5001 Fax (407) 903-5150 GYPSUM BOARD ON 3%'' METAL V ' CONTINUOUS STEEL STUDS @ 16'' OC BOTTOM RUNNER (2) EACH, HORIZ 4x 3%" METAL q5/$" GYPSUM BOARD ON 3 /$ METAL ARCHITECT OF RECORD 16 GA GALV METAL STUD BRACES @ 4 -0 OC 5/8" GYPSUM BOARD STUDS @ 16'' OC NAME: FLOYD WILSON McCOLLUM, JR. BACKING, CONTINUOUS ON 3%" METAL REGISTRATION: FLORIDA REG #AR0016162 + EXISTING STUDS @ 16'' O.C. + _ STEEL BEAM VIF CEILING HEIGHT _ _ PROVIDE SMOOTH JOINT W/ CEILING HEIGHT_ _ Seal SEE FINISH SCHEDULE /2 GYPSUM BOARD REF FINISH SCHEDULE ` CEILING_ HEIGHT_ _ SUSPENDED AND JOINT COMPOUND. REF: FINISH SCHEDULE CEILING � r EXTENTED BULKHEAD CA WHERE REQUIRED PER PLANS cn OF SOFFIT _ _ _ _ _ -SE PLAN EL E CEILING HEIGHT OVENS Revision: _ REF = FINISH SCHEDULE BOTTOM OF SOFFIT - 1 i 81 Date: By: Description: D1 SECTION D2 SECTION D3 SECTION A703 1" = 1'-0'' A703 1" = 1'-0" �113" = 1' EXISTING SOFFIT EXISTING SOFFIT EXISTING SOFFIT TO REMAIN EXISTING PARTITION TO REMAIN EXISTING PARTITION TO REMAIN EXISTING PARTITION TO REMAIN TO REMAIN TO REMAIN DECORATIVE METAL DECORATIVE METAL ROOF SYSTEM (SEE ROOF SYSTEM (SEE DETAIL C3/A704) DETAIL C3/A704) I CEILINGGHT CEILINGGHT GHT REF:I F NISHNG SCHED REF F NISHI SCHED REF F NISHI SCHED EXISTING REF: FINISH SCHEDULE EXISTING REF: FINISH SCHEDULE EXISTING REF: FINISH SCHEDULE LIGHT FIXTURE LIGHT FIXTURE LIGHT FIXTURE ! C1 ------- �BOT OF PARTITION _ 6'-6" (VIF) , AT NEW i EXISTING EXISTING SOFFIT CASES WOOD CAP CONDITION TO -' EXISTING REMAIN WOOD CAP MEAT METALSHEET CLOSURE AS EXISTING REFURBISHED I SHEET METAL SERVICE - CASE PROFILE WHERE OCCURS CLOSURE AS REQ'D NEW OR EXISTING NEW OR EXISTING CASE PER EQUIPMENT MEAT CASE INTEGRAL WINDOW SALES -, MEAT CASE �, I WHERE OCCURS PLAN A801 PROVIDE WOOD CLOSURE �' EXISTING ANGLE PER EQUIPMENT AT MEAT SERVICE AS REQ'D SIM TO DETAIL r' ,' PLAN A801 C2/A704 AT NEW CASES EXISTING ANGLE ,-f I ! ----------- J, _ -—------- ,,' -------- - - - - -, X rC—T SECTION C2 SECTION C3 SECTION �O3Y211- 1 -0 �O3%2" = 1'-0" A703 �/2" = 1'-01All •� r CEILING HEIGHT EXISTING SOFFIT/FACIA TO REMAIN I CEILING HEIGHT_ _ CEILING HEIGHT REF FINISH SCHEDULE EXISTING SOFFIT/FACIA TO REMAIN ■�� REF: FINISH SCHEDULE REF: FINISH SCHEDULE -' 7 NOTE SEAL ALL JOINTS EXISTING PARTITION KA�4 IN NEW SPACE w/SEALANTlkwo TO REMAIN A704 5 /8 PROVIDE NEW GYPSUM SEE SPECS CEILING HEIGHT_ _ BOARD ON 3% METAL CEILING HEIGHT_ _ REF FINISH SCHEDULE REF: FINISH SCHEDULE STUDS @ 16" OC 0 WOOD TRIM EXISTING PARTITION NOTE: REMOVE EXIST EXISTING PARTITION TO REMAIN WOOD TRIM AND INSTALL TO REMAIN /IN NEW WOOD TRIM - - BOT OF SOFFIT _ TOP OF DOOR NOTE SEAL ALL JOINTS SPACE AS REQUIRED NEW LIGHT FIXTURES, Q1_311 ll ABOVE REF.: ELECT. DWGS. �- 8 0 CASES w/SEALANT, REMOVE SECTION OF 5/$" GYPSUM I I CONTINUOUS STEEL _ B_OT SOFFIT SEE SPECS BOT OF OF SOFFIT (BEYOND) EXISTING PARTITION/ SOFFIT UP TO +/-8'-3" a) 3 BOARD OVER 3%'' METAL STUDS BOTTOM RUNNER _OF MATCH EXISTING �' ! METAL STUD BRACES - @ 16'' OC REMOVE PORTION _ - L j - - - - - ' : @ 4'-0'' OC PROVIDE GYP BOARD SEE DOOR SCHEDULE OF EXISTING SOFFIT UP TO +/-8'-3" MATCH EXISTING C2 ! AND WOOD TRIM AT FACE OF RETURN o FOR DOOR TYPE REFRIGERATED/FROZEN BEYOND co m NOTE: BEFORE REMOVING A704 SIM CASE BEYOND PARTITION BEYOND co C' °O z LO cco BOTTOM OF WALL, SECURE o Q� LL T w o x REMAINING TOP PORTION w p 0000 m Q OF WALL TO STRUCTURE ABOVE •� z z(0 Q w 0 J w/CONTINUOUS U- U (n STEEL CHANNEL AND STEEL w Y C) uj RODS @ 4 -0 OC (SIMILAR w o o m J LU � J TO DETAIL A3/A704) Q w g z w J= a- cc SECTION KBR� NSECTIONSECTION 0 J� 0 cy.) w �03�/2" = 1'-O" A703 %2" = 110" �O31/2" = 1'-0" 0 0 UU-mH'r\N EXISTING SOFFIT/FACIA Key Plan: ' CEILING HEIGHT_ _ _ _ ' � CEILING HEIGHT �REF: FINISH SCHEDULE TO REMAIN ALUM CLOSURE STRIP REF FINISH SCHEDULE NOTE SEAL ALL JOINTS w/1�/2" RETURN EDGE CEILING HEIGHT_ _ — — rAT� _ IN NEW SPACE w/SEALANT SEE SPECS EACH SIDE, ANCHOR TO CASE w/ALUM SCREWS REFRIGERATION CHASE REF FINISH SCHEDULE A704 EXISTING PARTITION PROVIDE NEW %'' GYPSUM SEE DETAIL D2/A704 %'' GYPSUM BOARD MATCH TO REMAIN BOARD ON 3% METAL HEIGHT_ _ CEILING REF: FINISH SCHEDULE � EXISTING SOFFIT/FACIA 5 CLOSURE OVER 3 /8 @ 1 STUDS 6 OC Scales: TO REMAIN METAL STUDS @ 16" OC EXISTING C1 VERIFY EXISTING EXISTING SOFFIT NOTE REMOVE EXIST EXISTING PARTITION EXISTING PARTITION TO REMAIN CONSTRUCTION IN FIELD AND MATCH AS REQUIRED _ _ _ _ _ - _ WOOD TRIM AND INSTALL NEW WOOD TRIM TO REMAIN A704 WOOD TRIM: REMOVE AT NEW CAREFULLY FOR AS REQUIRED NEW LIGHTS FIXTURES r-------� CASES. r �'- - - - - - - - - `; - - - - - - - - - ---------LF4 , ;' - - ; 0 11 2' 4' 6' REUSE OR REPLACE r COORDINATE WITH REPLACE AT IF EXISTING DOES NOT MATCH STANDARD TRIM. � OF SOFFIT _ _ MATCH EXISTING MATCH � BOT OF OF SOFFIT (BEYOND) - - — ELECTRICAL EXISTING IF DOES NOT ' ' ' ' '/2° = V-0„ 0 6 2 3 REF. C2/A704 _ _ ` - , ' - - MATCH TO , - - - - - �,` PROVIDE GYP BOARD C1/A704 ' ' ' ' ill = 11_011 0 3" 61' r EXISTING ; C2 A704 ' ' EXTEND EXISTING AND WOOD TRIM AT FACE OF RETURN-, BEYOND REFRIGERATED/ FREEZER CASE REFRIGERATED/ FREEZER CASE '- ... " _ '- " 3 o SOFFIT TO ALIGN REFRIGERATED/FROZEN SverdrupProject No.: 22196390 ' ' WITH ADJACENT CASE BEYOND PARTITION BEYOND (BY OTHERS) ; ; ; ' ' ' ; ; (BY OTHERS) ' ' Drawing Title: SOFFIT ' ' , ' ' REFRIGERATED CASE, BEYOND I I �� ii �i i� ►i DETAILS ------------, ------------, �- T-------- = -, -I F----------T -�T F- - - - - - - - - - Date: 03/19/99 KO-A�lSECTION A2 SECTION K**'T�3SECTION rA-S SECTION Designed By: JTR Drawing No.: vl,A703 �/2" = 1'-0" A703 �/2" = 1'-0'' �O31/2" = 1'-0" �O3%2" = 1'-0" Drawn By. JTR 11� Checked By: FW�1 A703 22-MAR-1999 16�59 hewittme oa\221°639E\7dOcadd\701arch\390a703wodan i 6 AIA I Y R/A DUCT- REFRIGERATION CHASE (SEE REFRIGERATION DRAWINGS FOR NUMBER OF LINES REQUIRED SEE MECHANICAL DRAWINGS FOR DUCT SIZE REQUIREMENTS 3%" METAL STUDS GYPSUM BOARD FROM TOP OF CASE/SHELVING TO 4" ABOVE CEILING INSULATION 6" METAL STUDS @ 16" OC HUNG FROM STRUCTURE ABOVE SVERDRUP FACILITIES, INC. Florida Corporate License #AA C001291 5750 Major Boulevard, Suite 500, Orlando, Florida 32819-7946 (407) 903-5001 Fax (407) 903-5150 D OUTSIDE EDGE OF CASE 1 411 X V _C1-� WOOD CASE TRIM DETAIL A704 % 3" = 1'-0'' COOLER/ FREEZER B2 A704 C VANGLE L3x3 OF .032 ALUM B BREAK METAL W/I/8" BREAK 1/2'' BACK SHEET METAL SCREWS @ 16'' OC (USE LEAD SHIELDS AT BLOCK WALLS) R1 CLOSURE DETAIL A704% 11/2" = 1' -0" 21/2'' x 21/2'' 18 C " GALV METAL FR( FLOOR TO 8'-0" CONTINUOUS SEA FINISH AS SCHED "'x8" PINE 4 WOOD INTERMEDIATE JPPORTS @ 4'-0" OC MAX ID AT ALL BOARD JOINTS )P OF CASE �JNT 1x2 WOOD PLATE. ANCHOR TO CASES W/GALV SHEET METAL SCREWS COOLER/ FREEZER .032 ALUM BREAK METAL 3" MIN WIDTH W/I/8" BREAK xl/2" BACK SHEET METAL SCREWS @ 16'' OC 0 x 11/4" TRUSS .AD SCREWS @ 8" OC >S OR GALV) DNTINUOUS SEALANT NISH AS SCHEDULED NOTE: CP-3 TO BE 18 GAUGE SS INSTEAD OF GALVANIZED. CORNER PROTECTOR (TYP.) CP-1 DETAIL I L SIZE ACCORDING TO DUCT R/A AND REFRIGERATED LINE CHASE A704 11/211 = 1'-011 WOOD CASE TRIM SIDE RETURN TO WALL. END OF CASE CONT SE Al ""'T # 10 F H SCREWS AT 2'-0" COUNTER 1x8 PINE TOP OF WOOD CASE TRIM TT_ TOP OF CASE_ 21/811 VARIES W/CASE REFRIGERATED CASES I C� WOOD CASE TRIM DETAIL 3" = 1' -0" COOLER/FREEZER WALL - CONT SEALANT BEHIND — BEFORE INSTALLING io-TOP OF ARMOR-----, %'' DIA SEX BOLT AT 2'-0'' OC 10 GA GALVANIZED METAL EXPANSION BOLT TO FLOOR @ 2'-0'' OC CONT 1x2 WOOD PLATE. ANCHOR TO CASES W/GALV SHEET METAL SCREWS CONT SEALANT UNDER-- BEFORE INSTALLING NOTE: WALL ARMOR AT COOLER/FREEZER CORNERS TO TURN CORNER A MIN OF 12". NEXT ARMOR PANEL TO BUTT END AND BE FASTENED TO COOLER B2 COOLER/FREEZER WALL ARMOR DETAIL 311 = 11.011 VARIES FINISH AS SCHEDULE CONTINUO, SEALANT FINISH AS SCHEDULED CONTINUOUS SEALANT #10 x 11/4" TRUSS FRAME ANGLE OF 18 GA HEAD SCREWS @ GALV METAL FROM FLOOR 8" OC (SS OR GALV) TO 81-0" AFF NOTE: CP-4 TO BE 18 GAUGE SS INSTEAD OF GALVANIZED, 0_2 CORNER PROTECTOR (TYP.) CP-2 DETAIL SELF DRILLING SCREWS 3/q"xl/2''xl/g"ALUM CHANNELS CONT PAINTED (TYP OF 3) LIGHT FIXTURE, REF: ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS DECORATIVE METAL ROOF SYSTEM __�, NOTE: ISOLATE DISSIMILAR MATERIALS SHED ROOF DETAIL CEILING HEIGHT_ _ REFTINISH SCHEDUL GYPSUM BOARD ON 3%" METAL STUDS @ 16'' OC PT 2x4 WOOD BLOCKING "J" MOULD TOP OF COOLER/FF SEE PLANS (2) EACH, HORIZ 4x 16 GA GALV METAL BACKING CONTINUOUS. REMOVE EXISTING GYPSUM BOARD AS REQUIRED PRIOR TO INSTALLATION OF METAL BACKING 11/2" x 11/2" x .065 SQ ALUM TUBE - - rA4 �14 NOTE: ONE (1) ACCESS DOOR REQUIRED ABOVE EACH COOLER/FREEZER. SEE DETAIL A5/A701 COOLER/FREEZER KNEEWALL DETAIL 111211 1/2 1 1 = 11 _ 0 11 SUSPENDED WALL DETAIL EXISTING ROOF SYSTEM EXISTING STEEL JOISTS 3"x3"x%" STEEL ANGLE T 4' 4' OC. VIF. 1/2'' DIA RODS AT 4'-0" OC CONT C4x5.4 STEEL CHANNEL METAL STUD BRACES AT 4'-0" OC AS REQ'D 3%" METAL STUDS 16'' OC 3/411xI11211X1/8 CHANNELS CONT (TYP OF (3)) SHED ROOF PLAN I/211 = 11_011 CEILING_ HEIGHT_ REF: FINISH SCHED SUSPENDED WALL SUPPORT DETAIL (P-nml CPA('F� 0 APPR(1X nr) / 1 L V 1 v 1 1 V V L 1 V V L L \Y V/ A L L 1 SPACED AND ATTACHED TO FRAMING. NOTE: REFER TO REFLECTED CEILING PLAN AND INTERIOR ELEVATIONS FOR LOCATION AND SIZES, 1/2'' DIA ROD @ 4'-0" OC 2" WIDE 20 GA GALV STRAP AT EVERY THIRD (3) STUD (2) 1/4"x%4" TEK SCREWS ONE EACH SIDE OF STUD ON EDGE OF TRACK CONT C4x5.4 STEEL CHANNEL 1/2'' TYPE S 12 PAN SCREWS (2) EACH SIDE (TYPICAL) 3%'' METAL STUDS 20 GA @ 16" OC %" GYPSUM BOARD WHERE INDICATED REF: FINISH SCHEDULE L3"x3"x%" OTCCI AK101 BETWEEN J( @ 4'-011 OC WELD CONDITION BETWEEN JOISTS LOCKNUT 2" WASHE EXISTING STEEL JC BOTTOM 1/2'' DIA R, , @ 41_011 OC CONDITION AT JOIST SUSPENDED WALL CONNECTION DETAIL ARCHITECT OF RECORD j NAME: FLOYD WILSON McCOLLUM, JR., AIA REGISTRATION. FLORIDA REG #AR0016162 Seal Revision: Date: By: Description: • x Ca •� r Z� 0 IL DCD N 00 = O L n � ' 00 z c M "' ) W C) � I1 LLB ❑ T- 1I 00 M w M L�L EE •- U u— Z (.0 �1 \Q / O ZD LLU u J Y Dfrwo0 W Q g W ��mJ J 4:5; 0 OCUX O � C _ J Lu2,�� OCr 0MW U LL m w I — (� H n N Key Plan: Scales: 0 3" 6" 1' 3" = 1'-011 0 6" 1' 2' 1l/211 = 11.011 0 6" 1' 2' 3' 1" = 1'-011 0 611 11 2' 4' Y4II = T_011 0 1' 2' 4' 6' �/Z11 = 11_011 Sverdrup Project No.: 22196390 Drawing Title: DETAILS Date: 03/19/99 Designed By: JTR Drawing No.: Drawn By: J T R Checked By: FWM A704 J �143" = 1'-0" 22-MAR-1999 17000 hewittme poA2219639O\700cadd\7Elarch\39Va704w.dgn 311 _ 11 _ 011 3" = 11 011 3H = 1'-011 D I c D2 REMOVE EXISTING A705 SHELVES L _ TOP OF SS CAP _ INSTALL NEW ONE I�I PIECE STAINLESS `N STEEL CAP. WELD AT JOINTS AND AT COLUMN WRAP. GRIND JOINTS SMOOTH. FOR FINISH TYPE REF: FINISH SCHEDULE j REFORIN FLOORING SCHEDND UASE LE \\ REMOVE EXISTING CURB AND FRAMING REF: STRUCTURAL DWGS NEW METAL DECK REF: STRUCTURAL DWGS PATCH AND REPAIR EXISTING ROOFING AS REQUIRED B EXIST METAL DECK n LOW WALL DETAIL NEW SS COLUMN WRAP BEYOND AT MEAT PREP AREA REF: DETAIL D3/A705, PROVIDE WELDED, SEAMLESS JOINTS IN LIEU OF MECHANICAL FASTENERS: STAINLESS STEEL WRAPS I SILICONE SEALANT CONT---//' FOR WALL FINISH REF: FINISH SCHEDULE TO I VERIFY STAINLESS STEEL CAP DETAIL EXISTING PT 2x12 WOOD PLATE CUT TO FIT. PROVIDE NEW IF REO'D. CONTRACTOR TO FIELD VERIFY. 1'' SS COUNTER SUNK SCREWS EXISTING COUNTER SUNK ANCHOR BOLTS FIELD VERIFY SPACING. CENTERLINE OF COLUMN 1/2'' CRIMP W/CONT WELD @ JOINT STAINLESS STEEL 26 GAUGE COLUMN WRAP TO EXTEND 4" BEYOND THE CEILING LINE IN WORK AREA AND 8'-0'' AFF IN SALES AREA WHEN EXPOSED TO PUBLIC TRAFFIC: STAINLESS STEEL COLUMN WRAP 1%2" = 1'_0" %'' GYPSUM nn Ann FULL HEIGHT '/2 x Y4 SHOE Mi TOP OF 8'-0, 2 /2'' PLY NOTE: INSTALL ON CORRIDOR, PASSAGES AND STORAGE AREA WHERE WALL TYPE 03 IS INDICATED ON PLAN (VERIFY ON SITE) PLYWOOD CAP DETAIL 311 _ 11-011 METAL FLASHING 1/2" DIA GALV STL BARS EO SPACED 4"C/C MAX Y(TYP) EXISTING TREADS VIF Y(CLR) MAX 4'-6" TYPICAL FOR 42'' RAIL HT 1�/2'' DIA GLV STL EXISTING LANDING HANDRAIL 8 GUARD RAIL IF 2'-0" SET VERT W/ EPDXY GROUT IN o MIN 9" DEEP CORE DRILL N 00 EXISTING cl- w CONCRETE STAIRS co z N V) W PAVING � CORE DRILL & SET IN EPDXY (4" DEEP MIN) CORE DRILL & SET IN EPDXY rDR GUARDIAL AND HANDRAIL DETAIL (4" DEEP MIN) �11 NOT TO SCALE F E i PRE-FAB CURB SITS ON TOP OF DECK PATCH AND REPAIR - EXISTING ROOF SYSTEM 1" 3" O E PLAN -11/2'' OD GALV STL GUARD RAIL, 1%2" OD VERT. MAX 4'-6'' OC. SET VERT W/ EPDXY GROUT IN MIN 9" DEEP CORE DRILL./2" DIA PICKET BARS EQ SPACED 4'' OC MAX. I 3" TYP EXISTING CONCRETE SLAB Li tnISTING FOOTING GUARDIAL AND HANDRAIL DETAIL NOT TO SCALE COUNTER FLASHING FASTENED WITH FASTENERS AND TEFLON WASHERS @ 16'' OC BASE PLY BASE PLY REF STRUCTURAL DWGS INSULATION FOR OPENING FRAMING METAL DECK NOTES: 1. PREPARE GRANULAR SURFACES UNDER FLASHING BY PRIMING. 2. THE CURB UNIT, COMPONENTS, AND INSTALLATION GUIDELINES ARE SUPPLIED BY THE EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURER AND SMACNA. 3. DISSIMILAR METAL TYPES SUBJECT TO ELECTROLYTIC ACTION SHOULD BE PHYSICALLY SEPARATED. 4. REQUIREMENTS AND RECOMMENDATIONS DETAILED IN SPECIFICATIONS SHALL APPLY IN ADDITION TO THE ABOVE DRAWING. 5. EXIST ROOF CURB FRAMING TO REMAIN. PROVIDE NEW ROOF CURB, WHERE APPLICABLE. 6. CONTRACTOR IS TO BLEND IN NEW PLY'S INTO EXISTING ROOF FELTS, PATCH AND REPAIR EXISTING ROOF AS NEEDED C5 FAN UNIT CURB DETAIL A705 NOT TO SCALE METAL CURB SITS COUNTER FLASHING i- —NEW RIGID INSULATION SEALANT ON TOP OF FASTENED WITH TO MATCH EXISTING (2''+/- VERIFY ON SITE) SEALANT SEALANT SEALANT INTEC FLEX 190 STEEL FRAME FASTENERS AND FASTEN WASHERS SS CLAMP INTEC FLEX 190 5S CLAMP (FULLY ADHERE) @ 16" OC NEW ROOFING o WATERTIGHT UMBRELLA (FULLY ADHERE) WATERTIGHT UMBRELLA BASE PLY PATCH AND REPAIR PATCH AND REPAIR (SET IN SEALANT) BASE PLY a (SET IN SEALANT) (FULLY ADHERE) t/ EXISTING ROOF EXIST ROOFING (FULLY ADHERE) z SYSTEM AS REQUIRED METAL FLANGE (PRIME, SET IN METAL FLANGE (PRIME, SET :2E PT 2x WOOD CANT EXISTING MOSAIC, AND FASTEN) IN MASTIC, AND FASTEN) 1„ 3„ �, — BASE PLY INSULATION 4" 4" BASE PLY z BASE PLY (FULLY ADHERE / BASE PLY F (FULLY ADHERE TO BASE SHEET) - 4" 4" TO BASE SHEET) z SEALANT 11 _01, 60 X x — - - - - - - - - - - - - - - T, LAP �.,:. _ d L A LAM TYP FLASHING NON -REINFORCED - -- SBS TARGET METAL DECK NAILABLE BASE SHEET INSULATION FOR FRAMING INSULATION BUILT UP ROOFING INSULATED THIMBLE METAL DECK REF: STRUCTURAL DWGS METAL DECK MEMBRANE NAILABLE BASE SHEET EXIST METAL DECK NOTES: NOTES: PT 2x6 WOOD BLOCKING 1. PREPARE GRANULAR SURFACES UNDER FLASHING BY PRIMING. INSULATION 1, PLASTIC CEMENT AND PRIMER ARE REQUIRED WHERE MASTIC AND PRIMER ARE INDICATED. NOTES: DEMO ALL EXIST 2. ALL METAL FLASHINGS MUST BE FULLY FLANGED AND SOLDERED. 1. PLASTIC CEMENT AND PRIMER ARE REQUIRED WHERE MASTIC AND PRIMER ARE INDICATED. 2 THE CURB UNIT COMPONENTS, AND INSTALLATION GUIDELINES ARE SUPPLIED BY THE EXISTING EXISTING STEEL JOIST FRAMING REF: 3. ALL METAL COMPONENTS SHOULD BE FABRICATED ACCORDING TO THE CURRENT 2. ALL METAL COMPONENTS SHOULD BE FABRICATED ACCORDING TO THE CURRENT EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURER AND SMACNA. STRUCTURAL DWGS RECOMMENDATIONS OF THE NRCA AND SMACNA RECOMMENDATIONS OF THE NRCA AND SMACNA 3. DISSIMILAR METAL TYPES SUBJECT TO ELECTROLYTIC REACTION SHOULD BE EXISTING METAL DECK 4. DISSIMILAR METAL TYPES SUBJECT TO ELECTROLYTIC REACTION 3. THE INSULATED THIMBLE SHOULD BE CONSTRUCTED ACCORDING TO THE BUILDING CODES PHYSICALLY SEPARATED. REF: SPECS SHOULD BE PHYSICALLY SEPARATED. OF REGIONAL AND LOCAL AUTHORITIES. 4. REQUIREMENTS AND RECOMMENDATIONS DETAILED IN SPECIFICATIONS SHALL APPLY REF: STRUCT ROOF FRAMING PLAN 5. REQUIREMENTS AND RECOMMENDATIONS DETAILED IN IN ADDITION TO THE ABOVE DRAWING. NTS SPECIFICATION SHALL APPLY IN ADDITION TO THE ABOVE DRAWING. 4. REQUIREMENTS AND RECOMMENDATIONS DETAILED IN SPECIFICATION SHALL APPLY 5. EXIST ROOF CURB FRAMING TO REMAIN. PROVIDE NEW ROOF CURB, WHERE APPLICABLE. NOTES: 6. CONTRACTOR IS TO BLEND NEW PLY'S INTO EXISTING ROOF FELTS, PATCH AND IN ADDITION TO THE ABOVE DRAWING. 1. CONTRACTOR IS TO BLEND NEW PLY'S INTO EXISTING ROOF FELTS PATCH AND REPAIR EXISTING ROOF AS NEEDED 5. CONTRACTOR IS TO BLEND NEW PLY'S INTO EXISTING ROOF FELTS, PATCH AND 6. CONTRACTOR IS TO BLEND IN NEW PLY'S INTO EXISTING ROOF FELTS, PATCH AND REPAIR EXISTING ROOF AS NEEDED ROOF CLOSURE DETAIL 3" = 1'-01, K SMALL PIPE PENETRATION A705 NOT TO SCALE REPAIR EXISTING ROOF AS NEEDED B3 HEAT STACK A705 NOT TO SCALE REPAIR EXISTING ROOF AS NEEDED rB4 HVAC UNIT CURB DETAIL A705 NOT TO SCALE KB5 PIPE PENETRATION DETAIL A705 NOT TO SCALE EXISTING ROOT REO'D AT NEV EXISTING JOTS' TYP 3/16 REF: MECHANICAL DWGS DETAIL OF DUCTWORK BF �/2"0 A36 THREADED ROE 3%" , 20 GA METAL STU (TYP OF 4 SIDES) CEILING_ HEIGHT_ _ _ _ REF: FINISH SCHEDULE SS CLOSURE ANGLE TO RECEIVE CEILING AT FRC AND SIDES AS REQUIRED 18 GAUGE SS CLOSURE F TOP OF HOOD TO COLIN FURNISHED BY PUBLIX At INSTALLED BY CONTRACT HANGER BRACKETS BY H MANUFACTURER POT WASHER HOOD REF: MECHANICAL & STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS 70R FAN AND CURB DETAILS L3x3x%'' SPAN BETWEEN MIN OF (2) JOISTS TACK WELD NUT TO ANGLE (TYP) EXISTING WALL %8"O U-BOLT AT EACH END (TYP) TAINLESS STEEL LOSURE AT WALLS BOT OF HOOD_ _ _ _ _ 71_1011 18 GA. SHEET METAL ROOF CURB 1" RIGID INSULATION ROOF OPENING (MAXIMUM SPAN = 30 INCHES) NOTE: ALL HARDWARE SHALL BE GALVANIZED STEEL. _A51 EXISTING ROOF CURB COVER DETAIL 2x16, 16 GAUGE, 'C' TYPE Sverdrup SVERL)R UP FACILITIES, INC. Florida Corporate License #AA C001291 5750 Major Boulevard, Suite 500, Orlando, Florida 32819-7946 (407) 903-5001 Fax (407) 903-5150 ARCHITECT OF RECORD NAME: FLOYD WILSON McCOLLUM, JR., AIA REGISTRATION: FLORIDA REG #AR0016162 Seal Revision: Date: By: Description: • x Ca •� !- i.i a) D N = C Cr `n CO 00 2-7cc i Cn W 0 J 1-1- I w DC C] w (D o z 00 � ��� LLLL Owg� Y a��- w Ir W o w Z O><C�C C� m J Co w_ U o �OcNw O U U_ O m w � CnH1�N Key Plan: Scales: METAL STUDS ABUTTING 0 3" 6" 1' #14 x 1%2" S.S. AND S.S 0 6" 1' 2' FENDER WASHER 10" ON CENTER. (AT LEAST TWO 1%2" = 1'-0" PER SIDE) 0 6" 1' 2' 3' SEAL WEATHER 1" = 1'-0" AND WATER TIGHT 0 1' 2' 4' 6' ROOF DECK A A Sverdrup Project No.: 22196390 Drawing Title: SECTIONS AND DETAILS Date: 03/19/99 Designed By: JTR Drawing No.: Drawn By: JTR Checked By. FWM A705 22-MRR-1999 17007 hewittme peA22196390\700cadd\701arch\390a705w.dgn I/2 11 _ 1 I_ 0 1 1 A705 / NOT TO SCALE NEW AN SL COMP Sverdrup` s nm�urexaum 5 6 8 9 VAULT TRAN FORMER GENERAL NOTES SVERMRUPFACILITIES, INC. BOTTLE 1 — H l ELECTRIC BALER Florida Corporate License #AA C001291 124 LOU I EQUIPMENT 5750 Major Boulevard, Suite 500, Orlando, Florida 32819-7946 119 115 1 1. THIS DRAWING IS PROVIDED FOR PROPER COORDINATION OF CONSTRUCTION AND EQUIPMENT (407) 903-5001 Fax (407) 903-5150 1 123 RELATED WORK INCLUDING WORK TO BE PROVIDED BY OWNER. CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE I— — — — — — — -- - — — — — — ---- — — — — — — — - — -— — — - — - —- — — — — —------- — — ---- -- — — - --- ----- - -- - ---- - — — — — — — — — — —EXIS IN _LIF -� — — ALL WORK AS REQUIRED PER SPECIFICATIONS. ' I I I I o _ EXIS G LIF ! ! L — — — — 2. REFER TO DRAWING A201 FOR THE EXTENT OF WORK DEFINED AS GENERAL CONSTRUCTION. 8 ° X 10 ' X i o — — — — j JANITOR BALER 1 0 ' X 1 8 ' X O ° HIGH ICE C R E A EXISTING 3. CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY ALL EXISTING SITE CONDITIONS, DIMENSIONS AND ELEVATIONS IN FROZEN FOOD FREEZER 0 ' X E ' X o ' HIGH HALL #1 120 THE FIELD AND REPORT ANY DISCREPANCIES AND/OR OMISSIONS WHICH WOULD INTERFERE WITH ARCHITECT OF RECORD FREEZER CHICKEN COOLER ( R E S K I N) 122A ! SATISFACTORY COMPLETION OF THE WORK" NAME: FLOYD WILSON MCCOLLUM, JR., AIA REGISTRATION. FLORIDA REG #AR0016162 ASSOCIATEIS EXISTING COMPUTER STAND I_ _ _ _ CORRIDOR — — — — J MEAT OFFICE 121 LOUNGE WOMEN — — — — = 1 Seal RECEIVING ! 128 118 117 116 II j _ II SHEET NOTES: �xLs Tin G— _ _ — AREA - _ — RECEIVING D PRODUCE 130 MEAT AND II II COOLER DELI SUPPLY ! O EXISTING AREA B 36" H X 30" W (MIN) FACBC COMPLIANT COUNTER, PROVIDED BY PUBLIX. ( RESK I N) BALER 125 8X 14 KITCHEN 114 <\I COOLER t1 I I \ I relo ate relocated HALL #2 EXISTING EXISTING m RAP 8' TABLE 6X20 MEAT AND HAM ❑ a' TABLE 4' TABL RINDE T 14X20 MEAT O O ❑ ❑ BLAST., O NEW DOOR BY REFRIGERATION CONTRACTOR (PUBLIX). O PRODUCE COOLER FREEZER 122E WRAP CHILL � I WORKROOM ! II ! MEAT CUTTING LI R RA REFURBISHED sLI ER sRvoR B•KEROT TABLE W. L)/ LLJ — 131 II 1 126 _ DELI PEP REL O DELI KITCHEN 0 II / ED EXISTG' 3093 3DR._ _ _ 2 z Revision: - II ICE 112 16 FT. BUDDY RAIL wi3-LB.SLI- STANDS 111 n -w - t5 MAKE SAW 6' TABLE 4' ABLE SAW 6' TABLE ` I LIC R IC R SL CE o Date: By: Description: NEW 3 COMP. SINK �SGP — - - E —1 -T� s LE — —Ao-, — �i sTEA LL / _ _� EXISTING - — — — - — x o an— — G WITH F.R.P. AT WALL — - wa — — — ---- - --- JJ-- ----- — — — — -------------------------- — — - — VERTICAL - - - U93 CAL R } 7 NEW NEW W/ ICE B W/ ICE BI RANGE z WURBISHEDo ACCESS LADDER �PPe �P0 L — — 1, J w DR 1 MEAT WRAP 1 / osA-s osA-s 0/ S BSA OX S BSA R F. FRYER W 3HLP-12T FRIG NEW AUTO MEAT WRAPPER 127 I EXISTG• EXISTG _ _ _ — _ — — — _ _ — — — _ SS A t OLD � N -1 TO ROOF 20"X30^ 5' TABLE / / y RELOCATE EXISTG t0 py NI — O 12 ft. SALADS - - - w AP TABLE / / NEW 16 it.SERVICE DELI 4'x4' SUB TABLES �I BRE DER x x o 000- ! /i/� �// e DELI SALES \ at0�0, T; FRYER w j ` s 5' T LE AP LOADER ------------------ / ///�� - 113 - ❑ SC LE / � v c9 \ \ ❑ ❑ — — — — — — — — — — — — — P�F XF0 N overwrap NEW NEW \ i� pGP OSIA-4 0 IA-4 NEW NEW NEW NEW 1 \ REFURBISHED, REFURBISHED REFURBISHED OSIOA-4 OM-8 OM-8 Q, COX ull-sery ull sere _ OHM-12 OHM-12 _ _ OHM-12 OHM-8 LF SE 5LM-12RK SPEC. EAT 5LM-12RK SPEC. MEAT 5LM-8RK SPEC. ME fie = --- —-------- --- — ------ -- ---�_R-V4CF-- = SERVICE— EV CTR `--- --------------- 12 ft. FIS 16 f t. LOW MEAT 1 - 611 44 ft. 3 DECK MEAT \ \ / / 32 ft. SPECIAL MEATS INSTALL FROM 0 ° ` N w SEAFOOD \ \ / / ! PUBLIX STOCK" m J 2'-10" 12'-8" \ \ NEW / / 6'_0" m - wlIM 129 ! \ \ 1 co 03UM-12 co / / u- Eli _ uj = \ \ zo NEW zCD m EFURBISHE REFURBISHED m RELOCATED NEW NEW NEW \ — / NEW m IP-6 VIP-8 X[ST'G BARGE ONIZ-12 ONIZ-12 ONIZ-12 ONIZ-12i I I — W > W ' EFRIC S ORA \ / p � W cc W NEW OVERHEAD SPACE FRAME 15'-6" oil PRODUCE DECORATIVE FLORAL G ID W - _ _ C\1 N 12' 0" SALES 7' 10" 24' 9" 24' 8" Q 11= 132 ! ZD N I— ----- U"i v EXISTG.Cr NEW EXISTG, 11 �* FLORAL COUNTE -- -- ---- — -- --� ---- ---- — AfdrSfr --- �_ �� iluj �11 W - Cb ---- C — -z — --- -- — - -� — -- — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — - — — --- — — —--------- — ---- ------ ------------ — — — — -- — — — J EFURBISHE REFURBISHED RELOCAT D EXIST'G. _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ — _ — — — — — — — _ — — _ _ _ _ J co U1 a m IP-6 VIP-8 cc FLQRALuj 3 W > W > DISPLAY 11 1 of o m W cc w RELOt$ATED FLORAL u111=i N FLORAL CASE 137 — CO Cn 1 III Jx CD �N II o Jx WN W� �o Nm �� ? J -< LL co ~ J Li - Ln -- J z = C-4 WI w " 11 N w 122 z� �� Cr� �" --� o� 2 4 RO UC AB ES N W N W Cn uj � Cl- Co ll� 1 II �1= l x W M _ 25 �I o I I 1 j 1 o GROCERY O � W uj o CO N STORAGE a' I I � �m � �w 1 I I Ilm� 110 I •� II w= w� w III" TRAINING ����F� , , ! - W W mCr 133A �sF a J�f�F O "F� — ---- --- - -I - — — — — ----- — — — — — — — — -- - -- — Co CD GROCERY — — -- -- — — — --- -- — — ---DAIRY --� II ----- -- —I-- — — �� -- — - — — — - �— — - — 03A — E 8. I o N �ArEs 0 I o r — — NEW $I LAY o o m x � rue�Ox Y� I I 103 I IIm� I I p -— — — — — — — — — � ��z �� — — — — —— =——— — — — — ——— — — — — —— — — — — — -—- — — — — — —-—- ——-—-—-—-—-—-—-—- —-—-—- — —- — — — — — —— — —- — m CD � � Ln 408 FULL CD z L J w N u- GONDOLA uj N� SECTIONS II BAKERY IN dl N STORAGE STOCK2'RACKScr 133 cn o o I I _ IV CD CD m m u- in W - - - - I Y �_ I= n 2 2 m N N 1 OT WAS �cn �cn �� m SCULLERY NEW 4'x5'' FL10 11 W u- 11 \� HOOD I �� a- CC N W w GO I--- FROZEN W= W= III 134 l SPIRA FOODS N N MIXE I-- — 138 B ❑ �I 1 EXISTG w Q 8XIOX10 HT. wl o to FREEZER W = = �_ ImC, 11r� N z �� �� � w= W= w W Lu LO NW NW MI ER = � co OO �M Z r, ----- ----- -- ---- — --------- ---- ---- II °-AID r EX I_ST' G _ w,� T oa V -- 8X8X10 HT, - — — — — — - — — —------- — — - - --- — — — — — — — — - - — — — — — — — — — - — --- - - - - - - — - — -- — — — — -- w w 0 — - - _ CID p 00 �QEE ' COOLER ' — — — — — — — — — — — — a ¢ a ¢ IT � ----¢ — --Q — -- ¢ — --a -- ¢ / Z Q> J Z CD J Z CD J Z -j Z J Z CD J Z J Z J Z J Z J Z Z r� Z Cr3 0 3 CD 3 CD 3 0 2 3 CD 3 0 3 0 3 O 3 0 3 CD 3 CD v J '� J J ADJACENT zzu zzu zzu zzu zzU zzw zzU zzu z=u zzu zzu L ;: d � LL RETAIL OUNDE N Wow WCD wmF woI- wow wmI- WOF- WOI- WOF Wm� w0F LL ❑ o w o w o w o W o w o W o w o w o W o w o W O ui 2 STORE NEW B.S.R. — _ — _ _ _ = cn o cn o cn CD co co cn CD co CD cn o cn CD cn o cn o co // Lu O (n 0 (J� lu tI.er CHECKOUT /m F-- r-O �>a���� �ers 102 C1 /// Lu o z I I ' Cd Iz v- w PHARMACY i / m U x 0 N z o co cr 14' o" 102A A802 1 / Q Q w c i N / F— LL m co LL 10'-011 7'-2'/2" 71-2'/211 Z'-2%2" 71-2'/211 Z'-2'/211 Z'-2'/2" '-2'/2" 71-21/211 71-2'/211 / NEW 8 ft.SELF-SERVE TA LES NEW ELECT. u-1 w -i co ONO PROOF BOX N� M SH24 S48RSS S48RSS — SOH%- _i --- -f ---- — -- ---- ---- - --- -- ------ -- II 3---- —I I— _I 1 z LASS OISP AY CA 11 II // Key Plan: I m �❑ MSH24 W BCE cc�// PLAN NORTH NEW OVEN LO SH24 w/shields :MONITOR, I // / N 3� N❑I & trays 8'-�" Ilm� ® EVgoAR W/ BUILT z � MPSH24 � earrLE NEW SELF -SERVE = CD u I N STEAM M�sH24 u- VIAL/ / U 11 T BOTTLE I // TRUE NORTH 1 I " M SH24 W/ BAGEL' KIT.' _ _ = N N = Cr ®_ 1 2 1 3 4 I 6 17 8 9 // SPECIALTY / SALES p W Vl (f) (n (_!) VIAL/ I / X Vl (!) (n (.!1 (Y7 BOTTLE BAKERY o o (� IM�SH24 WW BAGEL' KIT.' E f d PRINTER Scales: I I A I WORKROOMCE: � 1 EXISTING 11 �m31 Crw _ _ = I=' II PB — — --- m (n co Cn CX1 (n (� u) Q WINEB SHELVING MTEN U J CC � (J1 (n co(n N N W _ MONITOR I I / GAS FIRED 15 III EYBOAR / 135 PAN BAKERY 11 <r ; v, u- E f E IIm� - -- ---- — ---- —T-- — �— — -- — -- — --- `1' i I 1 / / OVEN �, co Cr w J CO LLIW �' U Co U SrOAAGE EYBOA R/1 FA% / ! ` " - - - - - - m - a w Z BAKERY U 42'HNEi OAAGE VEAHEP� / — 311 SALES �, w ("B3 UNISEX I� ' EXISTD. A802 ACCESSIBLE CUSTOMERCD NEW III 136 j � 0 11 N PERSI �ESTIBULE VESTIBULE RESTROOM SERVICE N 1 8 X 12 X 1 0 4 DOORS BAKERY 105A � 104A 107A 107 / I FREEZER —_—_ NEW NEW REFURBISHED REFURBISHED (REFURBISHED x O `� 1 TEF. / ZER-4GC BAKERY ZER-4GC ICE CREA ZER-5GC ICE CREAM ' Exlsr. ( I "�� / ATM 4' TABLE 4' TABL _ _ _ _ _ _ q� I _ 4'c TER _ _ _ 0 4' 8' 16' 24' B — — — — — — — --- — - — — - -- --- — — — —__— — _-- — — VEOdD I - isElsErtu� --uE+cHECK asH cas r�—__-___-_--- "AF ICOKE------------------ - ----- - - - — CASHINGRELOCAT D REL OCAT DEXISTING BENCH Exls IMc eENCH ❑ GNTE /811 = 11-011 w ❑ w ! Sverdrup Project No.: 22196390 NE CIGARETTE C INETS BY P IX EXISTING BENCH EXISTING BENCH U - -- - x ENTRANCE ENTRANCE— - - - - - VESTIBULE Drawing Title: I VESTIBULE SAFE 101B 101A ❑ ❑ EQUIPMENT PLAN E%ISTING C-IMETS q— I-— — — — — — —— — —————— — — — — —— —- -—- — — — — — — =_-— —- -— -— — —— — — — — — — -— — — — -—-—-— -—-— — —-—-—- — -—- — —-—- — —-—- — — -———————————————————————————a-——————— WOMEN MEN BOOKEEPING ! I 105 104 CASH ROOM 108 1 106 Date: 03/19/99 Designed By. VI A Drawing No.: I I Drawn By: V I A Checked By: FWM A801 22-MAR-1999 17-EB hewittme pe\22196390\700cadd\701arch\390a801w.dgn %11 GYPSUM BOARD CONT 2x4 WD BLOCI D I MILLWORK BY PUBLI 3%'' METAL STUD 16'' O.C. _D1_� SECTION - PHARMACY WINDOW A802 %411 = 1'-011 C3 N A802 -� N C r, f'3 A 0 I ;ONT HEADER W/ (2) 3%11 8 GA "C" MTL STUDS AND ')%" 18 GA CHANNEL TOP kND BOTTOM AT SUSPENDED 'ARTITION. ELEV. T-0" FIR TRIM 11 ----LEV.4'_0 12' - 0" - m o ¢ �() W � C-)J 21_511 21-11Yg11 61_71/411 — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — I I I I I I I I CHECK STAND PLAN PARTITION TYPE SEE FLOOR PLANS METAL STUDS @ 16'' O.C. CONTRACTORS OPTION GAUGE STEEL PLATE :LDED TO STUDS OR %q" )E RETARDANT PLYWOOD REWED TO STUDS. 'ORDINATE LOCATIONS c� D MOUNTING HEIGHTS J� TH PUBLIX FIELD PRESENTATIVE CO Q I �Q I 1 I N I I I I I B1_� TYPICAL REINFORCING DETAIL A802j %q" = 1'-011 cn ¢ m m ¢ CD 0 0- O FINISHED WALL I 1�/2 OD SS GRAB BAI MOUNT W/ 11/2" CLEA FROM WALL (TYP) O AUTOMATIC FLUSH VALVE 1 ADA COMPLIANT FIXTURES I I \ I MIRK, (SEE SPEC) < INSULATE HOT SUPPLY AND DRAIN AT ACCESSIBLE I LAVATORIES w/ FOAM RUBBER INSULATION SEE PLAN SEE PLAN SEE PLAN (1'-6" HOLD) fz (1'-3" MIN) ACCESSIBLE TOILET MOUNTING HEIGHTS d- CEILING 10'-0'' AFF II _ II ` I 1 101 II' ' II 101 I I I I I 1 I I 1 1 102 01, III BASE 1 ' SEE SCHED. 101 I I I SECTION - PHARMACY PROVIDE MTL STUDS AND GYP BD UP 101 I0I 11 TO UNDER II II I SIDE OF MTL 1 101 �-- PROVIDE MTL ROOF DECK 101 11 STUDS AND II I GYP BD UP 1 1 MTL. STUD IOI TO UNDER I I SIDE OF MTL CEILING 1q AND GYPSUM WALL, SEE 10'-0" AFF -101 I ROLL -UP BARREL IOI ROOF DECK Io1 15/A702. AND GRILLE 1� 11 �I II11 OI 1 ----1�_ --�--------�----,---------�----r--------�----T---------I- I �11 I I I I I I I C I I I I I I I I I 1 0 ri 3 �� /4 FIR I MTL. STUD ' I--------- ' '- ' '' IOI MTL. STUD AND GYPSUM - - --- - - - - -- - I I I I I _______ I I AND GYPSUM WALL. SEE 01 I MILLWORK WALL. SEE 15/A702. YU PUBLIX I I I I CHECK -IN 101 15/A702. T I 1 1 1 1 I 1 1 I 1 I 1 1 I I I I I I I I COUNTER g2 II 101 IOI II II r--------i r---------I r--------i r-------i----- --- I 1 3'-0'' MILLWORK II �--------- �----__- BY PUBLIX MILLWORK BY PUBLIX 11 10 I I 101 II -------- _-______ -------- I I I I I I I I I 11 101 1 B5 1 1 1 I I I I I 1IA A701 OPP l ICI L - - - - - - - - J L - - - - - - - - J L - - - - - - - - J L - - - - - - - - SECTION - PHARMACY U CHECK STAND ELEVATION C CHECK STAND ELEVATION �O2%11 = 11_011 A802 %'' = 11_0'' '-3" 3'-0" 3'-7" 4'-0" 2'-1011 ALIGN - - - - - -x SURFACES 0 102 ' - D2 6'-2" CLEAR n 5" NO 102 Co s 802 BABY CHANGE u—-—-—- UNts€X-- - - -— _ - _ --- - STATION ACCESSIBLE D4 RESTROOM � A802 107A PHARMACY - _ �, 80 = 1 102A D3 c� oo QF7 -------------- - A2 N W - W A802 J A$02 - 11_311 ZI11 11_611 OP D1 '� MIN J - N c� �O2 `? W � Al j M' � p z TA-802- 1 � _ o> 1C2 31_611 611 R) EXISTING WALL 77777 TO REMAIN �B2PHARMACY �° B UNISEX ACCESSIBLE RESTROOM �A802 1/4" = 1'-0" A802 1�/2" OD SS GRAB MOUNT W/ 1�/2" C FROM WALL (TYP TOILET F DISPE ATACCESSIBLE TOILET MOUNTING HEIGHTS A802) %q" = 1'-0" FINISHED WALL FDA COMPLIANT HATER CLOSET W/ AUTOMATIC FLUSH VALVE llfi�\I,� D4_� ELEVATION - PHARMACY A802 J %" = 1'-0" SVERDR UP FACILITIES, INC. Florida Corporate License #AA C001291 T CLG. 5 750 Major Boulevard, Suite 500, Orlando, Florida 32819-7946 SS C(407) 903-5001 fax (407) 903-5150 ARCHITECT OF RECORD NAME: FLOYD WILSON McCOLLUM, JR., AIA REGISTRATION: FLORIDA REG #ARO016162 LL-UP _ 0, Seal ..r am ` g 4 F v Revision: Date: By: Description: Key Plan: Scales: 0 6" 1' 2' 4' %❑ = 11_oi1 0 1' 2' 4' 8' 3/$'1 1'-011 0 2' 4' 8' 12' /�II _ 11_011 Sverdrup Project No.: 22196390 Drawing Title: ENLARGED PLANS AND DETAILS Date: 03/19/99 Designed By: VI A Drawing No.: Drawn By: V I A Checked By: FWM A802 �O23/g11 = 11_011 22-MAR-1999 17029 hewittme poA2219639O\700cddd\701dreh\3906802w.dgn ROOM FINISH SCHEDULE INISH KEY FLOOR WALLS CEILING FLOOR FINISHES CEILING SYSTEMS WALL_ FINISHES - FINISH FINISH FINISH FINISH FINISH FINISH ` NORTH EAST SOUTH WEST CODE TYPE DESCRIPTION MANUFACTURER NOTES CODE TYPE DESCRIPTION MANUFACTURER NOTES CODE TYPE DESCRIPTION MANUFACTURER NOTES w = CO-1 CONCRETE SMOOTH TROWEL FINISH IP-1 PAINT SW 1004 WHITE SHERWIN WILLIAMS �- W/ GRAY SEALER CS-1 GYPSUM BOARD %" GREENBOARD GOLDBOND cn U IP-2 PAINT SW 1221 WHITE MOUNTAIN SHERWIN WILLIAMS w CO-2 CONCRETE BROOM FINISH = C)CS-2A LAY -IN FINE FISSURED RH90, SEE SPECS. IP-3 PAINT SW 1234 GRAY SHERWIN WILLIAMS z CO-E CONCRETE EXISTING CONCRETE CEILING SYSTEM 24'' X 48" X /8" SQUARE U U TO REMAIN WITH NEW CUT EDGE, WHITE IP-4 PAINT SAFETY YELLOW SHERWIN WILLIAMS 0 w w � GRAY SEALER w w CDCS-2B LAY -IN FINE FISSURED RH90, SEE SPECS. IP-5 PAINT SAFETY RED SHERWIN WILLIAMS AREA z Q z Q z Q z Q z w w CD CP-1 CARPET CARPET TYPE 1 THE MATWORKS CEILING SYSTEM 24" X 24" X /8" SQUARE w m w m w m w m w C-)U m NOTES CARPET TILE, 18" X 18'' CUT EDGE, WHITE IP-6 PAINT EPDXY WHITE SHERWIN WILLIAMS 101A ENTRANCE VESTIBULE 7��Q QT-E WP- QT-E WP- QT-E WP- QT-E WP- CS-3B 10'- 0" 101A 18 FOR CARPET SUB -BASE SERIES PREFERENCE IP-E EXISTING PAINT T-E T-E CT- T-E T-E COLOR: BY OWNER CS-3A LAY -IN FINE FISSURED RH90, SEE SPECS. TO REMAIN 101B ENTRANCE VESTIBULE CP-3 QT-E WP- QT-E W QT-E WP- QT-E WP- CS-3B 10'- 0" 101B 18 FOR CARPET SUB -BASE CEILING SYSTEM 24'' X 48" X /8" WITH QT-E CT- CT- CT- CT- CP-2 CARPET CARPET TYPE 2 PATCRAFT REVEAL EDGE, WHITE PL-1 PLASTIC LAMINATE #1816-58 FOG DUST FORMICA D 102 CHECK OUT TZ-E --- IP-1 --- IP-1 VB-1 WP-2 VB-1 P- CS-E 13'- 0'' 102 3, 9, 10 BROADLOOM IP-1 IP-1 VARIES SERIES 669 EINSTEIN 28 102A PHARMACY CP-2 VB-1 IP-1 VB-1 IP-1 VB-1 IP-1 VB-1 IP-1 CS-3B 10'- 0" 102A 6 COLORS 669-098 GENIUS CS-3B LAY -IN FINE FISSURED RH90, SEE SPECS. PL-E PLASTIC LAMINATE EXISTING LAMINATE CEILING SYSTEM 24'' X 24'' X /$" WITH TO REMAIN 103 GROCERY SALES TZ-E --- IP-1 ___ IP-1 ___ I�IP ___ IP-1 CS-E 16, 103 3, 9, 10 CP-3 CARPET CARPET TYPE 3 THE MATWORKS REVEAL EDGE, WHITE �,_�IP-2 IP-2 IP-2 13'- 0 CARPET TILE, 19.5"x19.5" SS-1 STAINLESS STEEL 18 GAUGE, TYPE 305 103A DAIRY TZ-E --- �jl I P - 1 IP-1 __- IP-1 CS-E 13'- 0,, 103A 3, 9, 10 SERIES: DREADNAUGHT CS-4 INSULATED CEILING INSULATED PANEL COOLER MFG. WITH NO 3 POLISH P 22 IP-2 IP-2 IP-2 COLOR ANTHRACITE PANEL 104 MEN SO SO-2 WP-2 SO WP-2 SO-2 WP-2 SO-2 WP-2 CS-2B 8'- 0" 104 6 SS-E EXISTING STAINLESS CP-E EXISTING CARPET CS-5A LAY -IN VINYL FACED PANELS, SEE SPECS. STEEL TO REMAIN 104A VESTIBULE SO-2 SO-2 WP-2 SO-2 WP-2 SO-2 WP-2 SO-2 WP-2 CS-213 8'- 0" 104A 6 TO REMAIN CEILING SYSTEM 24" X 48'' X 1/2" TP-1 TILE PATTERN SEE ELEVATION Al/A901 CT-1 CERAMIC TILE ARCTIC WHITE 190 DAL -TILE 1 CS-5B LAY -IN VINYL FACED PANELS, SEE SPECS. 105 WOMEN SO-2 SO-2 WP-2 SQ-2 WP-2 SO-2 WP-2 SQ-2 WP-2 CS-213 8'- 0" 105 6 3" X 3" CEILING SYSTEM 24" X 24" X 1/2" 105A VESTIBULE SO-2 SO-2 WP-2 SQ-2 WP-2 SQ-2 WP-2 SQ-2 WP-2 CS-213 8'- 0" 105A 6 CT-2 CERAMIC TILE TEAL P71 DAL -TILE 1 TP-2 TILE PATTERN SEE ELEVATION A2/A901 311 X 311 CS-6 LAY -IN ''THIRTY TWO/6" SEE SPECS. 106 CASH ROOM VT-2 VB-1 WP-2 VB-1 WP-2 VB-1 WP-2 VB-1 WP-2 CS-E 81- 0" 106 9, 10 CEILING SYSTEM AURATONE OMNI ILLUSION CT-3 CERAMIC TILE CORAL P92 DAL -TILE 1 3" X 3" ITEM #3578COLOR "SILVERTONE 052" TP-E EXISTING TILE 107 CUSTOMER SERVICE TZ-E --- --- VB-1 WP-2 VB-1 WP-2 VB-1 WP-2 CS-E 8'- 0" 107 9, 10 TO REMAIN CT-E EXISTING CERAMIC CS-E EXISTING CEILING EXISTING CEILING SYSTEM 9 107A UNISEX ACCESSIBLE RESTROOM SO-2 SO-2 WP-2 SO-2 WP-2 SO-2 WP-2 SO-2 WP-2 CS-1 8'- 0" 107A 6 TILE TO REMAIN TO REMAIN TO REMAIN VB-1 VINYL BASE 4" HIGH MEDIUM GRAY SEE SPEC. 108 BOOKKEEPING VT-2 VB-1 WP-2 VB-1 WP-2 VB-1 WP-2 VB-1 WP-2 CS-E 8'- 0" 108 9, 10 QT-1 QUARRY TILE 6'' X 6'' X %2" ABRASIVE AMERICAN OLEAN, OR 2 VB-E EXISTING VINYL QUARRY TILE: WITH SUMMITVILLE BASE TO REMAIN 109 SPECIALTY SALES TZ-E VB-1 IP-2 VB-1 IP-2 VB-1 WP-2 VB-1 IP-2 CS-313 8'- 0" 109 MATCHING GROUT FINISH SCHEDULE NOTES WB-E EXISTING WOOD - SMOKED GRAY BASE TO REMAIN 110 GROCERY STORAGE CO-E WB-E IP-3 WB-E IP-3 WB-E IP-3 WB-E IP-3 CS-E 13'- 0" 110 9, 11, 12, 16, 19 QT-2 QUARRY TILE TO MATCH EXISTING 1 USE SANDED LATEX PORTLAND CEMENT GROUT EQUAL TO WC-E EXISTING W-Pill DELI KITCHEN QT-E QT-E WP-1 QT-E SS-E QT-E _1 QT-E WP-1 CS-5B 8'- 8" ill 15 QT-E EXISTING QUARRY LATICRETE 542 PLATINUM. WALLCOVERING SS-E TILE TO REMAIN 2 USE EPDXY GROUT, S-400/961 GRAY BY SUMMITVILLE. 112 DELI PREP. QT-E QT-E TP-2 QT-E TP-2 QT-E TP-2 QT-E TP-2 CS-5B 8'- 8" 112 15 SQ-1 SEAMLESS MMA ''NIGHTENGALE'' SILIKAL RESIN SYSTEMS 3 REFER TO INTERIOR ELEVATIONS FOR INTERIOR PAINT SCHEME (SEE SHEET A903). WP-1 WALL PANEL 3/32 If FIBERGLASS KEMLITE p 113 DELI SALES TZ-E --- IP-2 --- IP-2 --- IP-2 --- IP-2 CS-313 11,- 0" 113 3 RESIN SYSTEM -GRAY WATERBURY, CT REINFORCED POLYESTER SEAMLESS MMA FLAKE BROADCAST SILIKAL RESIN SYSTEMS 4 INSTALL THERMAL INSULATION BATT WITH FOIL BACKED PAPER, R-12 VALUE PANEL, 85 WHITE 114 RECEIVING AREA "B" CO-E WB-E IP-3 WB-E IP-3 WB-E IP-3 WB-E IP-3 CS-E 13;_ 0;; 114 9, 11, 12, 16, 19 SO-2 RESIN SYSTEM SYSTEM PER SPEC WATERBURY, CT ABOVE THE CEILING TILES. 18 0 WP-2 WALL PANEL 3/32 '' FIBERGLASS KEMLITE 115 BALER CO WB-E IP-3 WB-E IP-3 WB-E IP-3 WB-E IP-3 CS-E 13'- 0" 115 9, 11, 12, 16, 19 SO-E EXISTING SEAMLESS 5 INSTALL THERMAL INSULATION BATT WITH FOIL BACKED PAPER, R-19 VALUE REINFORCED PANELS QUARTZ TO REMAIN ABOVE THE CEILING TILES. 48 PEARL GRAY C 116 MEN (ASSOCIATE'S) SO-1 SQ-1 WP-2 SO-1 WP-2 SQ-1 WP-2 SO-1 WP-2 CS-213 8'- 0" 116 6 TZ-1 TERRAllO %" THICK MONOLITHIC 6 INSTALL 6" SOUND ATTENUATION BATT ABOVE CEILING. 117 WOMEN (ASSOCIATE'S) SO-1 SO-1 WP-2 SO-1 WP-2 SO-1 WP-2 SO-1 WP-2 8'- 0" 117 6 TERRAllO: 7 REMOVE EXISTING BASE AS REQUIRED TO ACCOMMODATE INSTALLATION OF NEW WP-E EXISTING CS-2B 20% CARDIFF GREEN WALL FINISH, REINSTALL EXISTING OR NEW AS REQUIRED TO MATCH, FIBERGLASS WALL 118 ASSOCIATE'S LOUNGE VT-2 Vq)11 WP-2 VB-1 WP-2 VB-1 WP-2 VB-1 WP-2 CS-513 8'- 0" 118 80% GEORGIA WHITE 8 CLEAN EXISTING KEMLITE WALL FINISH. PANEL TO REMAIN WITH WHITE CEMENT 119 ELECTRIC EQUIPMENT CO-E WB-E IP-3 WB-E IP-3 WB-E IP-3 WB-E IP-3 CS-E 10'- 0" 9 PATCH CEILING W/ SALVAGED TILES. 119 9, 11, 12 TZ-2 TERRAllO %'' THICK MONOLITHIC 9 CLEAN CEILING SYSTEM. TERRAllO 120 JANITOR SO-1 SO-1 IP-3 SO-1 "WP So IP-3 SO-1 IP-3 CS-E 10'- 0,, 120 9, 12 11 STEAM PRESSURE CLEAN EXISTING SLAB AND APPLY NEW GREY SEALER. WP- 80% CARDIFF GREEN WALL BEYOND 20% GEORGIA WHITE 12 WALL PAINT TO BE SEMI -GLOSS. 121 CORRIDOR CO-E WB-E IP-3 WB-E IP-3 WB-E IP-3 WB-E IP-3 CS-E 10'- 0,, 121 9, 11, 12, 16 WITH WHITE CEMENT 13 PROVIDE PLYWOOD TO MATCH EXISTING THICKNESS FROM TOP OF EXISTING, SLIDING DOOR 122A HALL #1 CO-E WB-E IP-3 WB-E IP-3 --- --- WB-E IP-3 CS-E 10'- 0'' 122A 9, 11, 12, 16, 19 TZ-E EXISTING TERRAllO TO CEILING ABOVE FOR UNIFORM SUBSTRATE. INSTALL KEMLITE OVER (EXTERIOR) TO REMAIN PLYWOOD FROM FLOOR TO CEILING. (INTERIOR) 122B HALL #2 CO-E -- -- WB-E IP-3 WB-E IP-3 WB-E IP-3 CS-E 8'- 0" 122B 9, 11, 12, 16, 19 14 SELECTIVELY REPLACE DAMAGED WALL PANELS TO MATCH EXISTING. 1/8''ALUMINUM ANGLE VT-1 VINYL COMPOSITION 51911 CLASSIC WHITE ARMSTRONG REPLACE BASE TO -MATCH EXISTING AS REQUIRED. 1/2" x 45/8" x 32%2" 123 LOUNGE VT-2 VB-1 WP-2 VB-1 WP-2 VB-1 WP-2 VB-1 WP-2 CS-2B 8'- 0" 123 8, 10, 14, 15, 17 TILE 12" x 12" x/8" GAUGE 15 REPLACE AND /OR REGROUT MISSING, LOOSE OR CRACKED QUARRY TILE AS REQUIRED. RECESS @ STATIONARY DOORS BEYOND SURFACE MOUNTED 124 BOTTLE CO-E WB-E IP-3 WB-E IP-3 WB-E IP-3 WB-E IP-3 CS-E 12'- 0" 124 9, 11, 12, 16 VT-2 VINYL COMPOSITION 51904 STERLING ARMSTRONG 16 REPLACE DAMAGED WOOD BASE. WALK -OFF MAT CP-3 TILE 12" x 12" x/$" GAUGE 17 FIELD CONFIRM IF EXISTING DAMAGED PANELS ARE TO BE REPLACED 125 MEAT AND DELI SUPPLY CO-E WB-E IP-3 WB-E IP-3 WB-E IP-3 WB-E IP-3 CS-E 10'- 0" 125 9, 11, 16 18 INSTALL ''SIKATOP '11' PLUS" LEVELING COMPOUND AS REQUIRED FOLLOW VT-E EXISTING MANUFACTURES RECOMENDATION 126 MEAT CUTTING QT-E QT-E WP-E QT-E WP-E QT-E WP-E QT-E WP-E CS-E 8'- 8" 126 8, 10, 14, 15, 17 VINYL COMPOSITION TILE TO REMAIN 19 PROVIDE 2'' RED STRIPE (FINISH CODE IP-5), WITH TOP OF STRIPE 127 MEAT WRAP QT-E QT-E WP-E QT-E WP-E QT-E WP-E QT-E WP-E CS-E 8'- 8" 127 8, 10, 14, 15, 17 AT ELEVATION (-) V-6'' BELOW FINISHED CEILING IN ALL STORAGE AREAS TO DENOTE EXISTING CONSTRUCTION -/ VT-P VINYL COMPOSITION 60% VT-1 HEIGHT OF STACKING LIMITS. 128 MEAT OFFICE VT-2 VB-1 IP-2 VB-1 IP-2 VB-1 IP-2 VB-1 IP-2 CS-213 8'_ 0" 128 12 TILE PATTERN 40/ VT-2 129 SEAFOOD QT-E QT-E TP-E QT-E TP-E --- --- QT-E TP-E CS-E 8'- 8'' 129 10, 17 �C5TRANSITION @ FRONT ENTRANCE DOORS 130 RECEIVING AREA ''A'' CO-E WB-E IP-3 WB-E IP-3 WB-E IP-3 WB-E WP-2 CS-E 10;- O;; 130 9, 11, 12, 16 131 PRODUCE WORKROOM SO-1 SQ-1 WP-2 SO-1 WP-2 SO-1 WP-2 SO-1 WP-2 CS-513 10'- 0,, 131 132 PRODUCE SALES TZ-E VB-E IP-1 -- -- VB-E IP-1 VB-E IP-1 CS-E 13'- 0,, 132 3, 9, 10 133 BAKERY STORAGE CO-E WB-E IP-3 WB-E IP-3 WB-E IP-3 WB-E IP-3 CS-513 12'- 0" 133 11, 12, 16 REMOVE SECTION OF EXISTING RAISED 133A TRAINING VT-2 VB-1 WP-2 VB-1 WP-2 VB-1 WP-2 VB-1 WP-2 CS-213 8-- 0" 133A 6 NEW OVEN CONCRETE SLAB (SEE SHEET A101) B 134 SCULLERY QT-E QT-E WP-E QT-E WP-E QT-E WP-E QT-E WP-E CS-513 10'- Of, 138, 9, 15, 17 INSTALL NEW 4" CONCRETE SLAB 6x6-W1.4xW1.4 WWF TOP OF NEW 135 BAKERY WORKROOM QT-E QT-E WP-E QT-E WP-E QT-E WP-E QT-E WP-E CS-513 10'- 0" 135 8, 9, 15, 17 SLAB @ -0'-%" (LEVEL W/ TOP VINYL REDUCER STRIP 12'- 6" OF EXISTING ADJACENT SLAB) VCT FLOORING 136 BAKERY SALES TZ-E --- --- VB-E IP-1 VB-E IP-1 VB-E IP-1 CS-E 10'- 0'' 136 3, 9, 10 REF: STIR T RAL REF: ST UCTURAL 1�/q" EXISTING FLOOR FINISH IP-2 ' (EXISTING RAISED CONCRETE (NEW QUA Y TILE OVER 137 FLORAL TZ-E --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- CS-E 13'- 0" 137 9, 10 SLAB TO REMAIN =N ; NEW CONC ETE SLAB) 138 FROZEN FOODS TZ-E --- --- --- --- --- --- VB-E IP-2 CS-E 13'- 0" 137 9, 10 ° EXISTING WALL EXISTING CONCRETE SLAB EXISTING NEW SLAB SLAB REF: STRUCTURAL B SLAB DETAIL AT NEW BAKERY OVEN B5 VCT TO CONCRETE/TERRAllO TRANSITION �11 3" = 1'-011 A901 11/2" - 1'-0" 3'' X 3" CERAMIC TILE 3'' X 3'' CERAMIC TILE CT-1 INSTALL FLOOR LEVELING ZINC ANGLE SILIKAL FOR MEN CT-2 3'' X 3'' CERAMIC TILE CT-1 COMPOUND AS REQUIRED ZINC ANGLE FOR WOMEN CP-3 CARPET MAT EXISTING FLOOR FINIS7Z- CT-3 EXISTING TILE CONCRETE SLAB, (EVEN COURSING (EVEN COURSING REFS STRUCTURAL UP FROM WALL UP FROM WALL VCONCRETE SLAB BASE) BASE) REF: STRUCTURAL A6 CARPET TO TILE TRANSITION A7 TERRAllO/CONCRETE TO SILIKAL TRANSITION A 6'' X 6" x 1/2" 6" X 6" x '12 If A901 1�/2" = 1'-0" �01111211 = 1'-0" I QUARRY TILE QUARRY TILE OR 3'' CERAMIC OR 3" CERAMIC I TILE OR SILIKAL TILE OR SILIKAL NEW TERRAllO FLOOR FINISH, BASE. USE QT BASE. USE QT COLOR AND PATTERN TO MATCH ZINC ANGLE BASE AT BASE AT QT, CT AT CT EXISTING. QT, CT AT CT QUARRY TILE WALL AND WALL AND SILIKAL BASE AT SILIKAL BASE AT KEMLITE WALL. KEMLITE WALL. SEE SCHEDULE SEE SCHEDULE FINISHED FLOOR FINISHED FLOOR CONCRETE SLAB REF: STRUCTURAL THIS CERAMIC TILE PATTERN IS TYPICAL ON WALLS IN THE PUBLIC REST ROOMS. THIS CERAMIC TILE PATTERN IS TYPICAL ON WALLS IN DELI AND SEAFOOD. Al TP-1: CERAMIC TILE PATTERN 1rA2 TP-2: CERAMIC TILE PATTERN 2 A5 TERRAllO TO QUARRY TILE TRANSITION A901 11/2" = 1'-011 A901 1�/2" = 1'-011 A901 11/2'' = 1'-0" 22-MAR-1999 170O9 hewittme pa\22196390\700cadd\701arch\390�901wedan Sverdrup SVERDR UP FACILITIES, INC. Florida Corporate License #AA C001291 750 Major Boulevard, Suite 500, Orlando, Florida 32819-7946 (407) 903-5001 Fax (407) 903-5150 ARCHITECT OF RECORD NAME: FLOYD WILSON McCOLLUM, JR., AIA REGISTRATION: FLORIDA REG #AR0016162 Seal Revision: Date: By: Description. rw N °0Cn = �� V CO °0 CIO O `O Z cM W J W I LU •�TWO w d - 0 C) W T o� J d `L YW W Z OCn�rn J_ Mw�2 7 Q M � w 0 �>aoc m) 0cr 0 0 U 0 m J W OOMw C)H1,N U LLL � Key Plan: Scales: 6" 1' 2' I/211 _ 11 _ 011 Sverdrup Project No.: 22196390 Drawing Title: ROOM FINISH SCHEDULE FINISH KEY, AND DETAILS Date: 03/19/99 )esigned By: V I A )rawn By: V I A _'hecked By: FWM Drawing No.: A901 A* (:D 2 3 4 j BOTTLEI y � 124 I c J B A 5 6 8 1 ELECTRIC EQUIPMENT BALER j�7_1 11,5 O oGENo: I Sverdrup <= NEW CONCRETE, SMOOTH TROWEL WITH GRAY SEALER CO-2 NEW CONCRETE WITH BROOM FINISH <= EXISTING CONCRETE WITH NEW GRAY SEALER CP-1 CARPET TILE 18"x18" CP-2 GENIUS BROADLOOM CARPET <= CARPET 19.5"x19.5" DREADNOUGHT, ANTHRACITE = EXISTING CARPET TO REMAIN <= CERAMIC TILE, ARCTIC WHITE 3%3" <= CERAMIC TILE, TEAL 3%3" <= CERAMIC TILE, CORAL 3%3" <= EXISTING CERAMIC TILE TO REMAIN <= QUARRY TILE 6%6" SMOKED GRAY <= TO MATCH EXISTING QUARRY TILE <= EXISTING QUARRY TILE TO REMAIN 5Q-1 SEAMLESS MMA RESIN SYSTEM "NIGHTENGALE"-GRAY <= SEAMLESS MMA RESIN SYSTEM - FLAKE BROADCAST <= EXISTING SEAMLESS QUARTZ TO REMAIN <= TERRAllO 80/ CARDIFF GREEN, 20/ GEORGIA WHITE <= TERRAllO 20/ CARDIFF GREEN, 80/ GEORGIA WHITE <= EXISTING TERRAllO TO REMAIN VT-1 VINYL COMPOSITION TILE, CLASSIC WHITE VT-2 VINYL COMPOSITION TILE, STERLING <= EXISTING VINYL COMPOSITION TILE TO REMAIN IP-1 SHERWIN WILLIAMS SW 1004 (WHITE) IP-2 SHERWIN WILLIAMS SW 1221 (WHITE MOUNTAIN) IP-3 SHERWIN WILLIAMS SW 1234 (GRAY) IP-E EXISTING PAINT FINISH TO REMAIN PL-1 FORMICA #1816-58 FOG DUST L-E EXISTING PLASTIC LAMINATE FINISH TO REMAIN EXISTING WALLCOVERING TO REMAIN TP-1 TILE PATTERN 1 P-2 TILE PATTERN 2 P-E EXISTING TILE PATTERN TO REMAIN SS-1 STAINLESS STEEL SS-E EXISTING STAINLESS STEEL FINISH TO REMAIN WP-1 3/32 " KEMLITE PANELS P-85 (WHITE) 3/3, " KEMLITE PANELS P-48 (PEARL GRAY) KEMLITE PANEL FINISH TO REMAIN SHEET NOTES: 1ONEW FLOOR SINK IN EXISTING CONCRETE SLAB AREA, FINISH FLOOR OF SLAB TO MATCH EXISTING OR NEW FLOOR FINISH AS INDICATED ON PLAN. SLOPE FINISH FLOOR TO DRAIN. PATCH AND REPAIR FINISH FLOOR AS REQUIRED TO MATCH EXISTING FLOOR FINISH WHERE WALLS WERE REMOVED, OR NEW WALLS CONSTRUCTED. (REF. PLAN SHEETS A101, A201). ONEW REFRIGERATED CHASE. O6" WIDE STRIPING ON FLOOR AT 2'-0" O.C. (PAINT SAFETY YELLOW), OCONTRACTOR IS TO PATCH/REPAIR EXISTING TERRAllO THEN REGRIND FLOORING AND CLEAN AFTER REMOVAL OF EXISTING CHECK STAND. OPATCH AND REPAIR FINISH FLOOR AS REQUIRED TO MATCH EXISTING CONCRETE WHERE RAISED SLAB AND CURB WAS REMOVED (SEE DEMO PLAN SHEET A101). OCONTRACTOR IS TO INSPECT EXISTING QUARRY TILE FLOOR WITH OWNER'S SITE REPRESENTATIVE TO DETERMINE THE AMOUNT OF EXISTING TILE FLOORING AND BASE TO BE REMOVED AND REPLACED. OCONTRACTOR IS TO GRIND AND CLEAN EXISTING TERRAllO FLOORING WHERE CASES/ EQUIPMENT WERE REMOVED. GENERAL NOTES: SEE SHEET A901 AND A903 FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION AND FINISH DESCRIPTIONS. A. ALL HOLES IN EXISTING CONCRETE AND TERRAllO AREAS TO BE EPDXY FILLED BEFORE INSTALLATION OF NEW VINYL COMPOSITION TILE. B. NEW COOLER/FREEZER EXPOSED TO PUBLIC VIEW TO RECEIVE STAINLESS STEEL EXTERIOR WALL FINISH. C. INTERIOR PAINT FOR WALL SURFACES OF SALES AREA TO BE FLAT FINISH ALL OTHER SURFACES TO BE SEMI -GLOSS FINISH. D. EXTEND WALL FINISH AND BASE 2'-0" BEHIND CASES AND SHELVING. E. USE EPDXY MASTIC FOR ALL VCT UNDER REFRIGERATED CASES AND 2'-0'' BEYOND THE FRONT AND SIDES OF CASES, ALL OTHER AREAS ARE TO BE INSTALLED WITH MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD ADHESIVE. (SEE SPECIFICATIONS) F. ALL INTERIOR (NEW OR EXISTING) SURFACES ARE TO BE PAINTED BY PUBLIX AS PER SPECIFICATIONS OR TO MATCH EXISTING. GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO PREPARE ALL SURFACES FOR PAINTING OR AS REQUIRED TO RECEIVE NEW DECOR. POLISH EXISTING STAINLESS STEEL COLUMN WRAPS. H. PATCH AND REPAIR FINISH FLOOR AS REQUIRED TO MATCH EXISTING FLOOR FINISH WHERE WALLS WERE REMOVED, OR NEW WALLS CONSTRUCTED. I. REFER TO WALL FINISH SCHEDULE (SHEET A901) FOR FINISH (O ) DESIGNATIONS. J. REFER TO FLOOR FINISH SCHEDULE (SHEET A901) FOR FINISH (0) DESIGNATIONS. GENERAL SYMBOLS: SYMBOLS INDICATE AREAS TO RECEIVE NEW FLOOR FINISH CERAMIC OR QUARRY TILE 12'' X 12'' VINYL COMPOSITION TILE SILIKAL SVERDR UP FACILITIES, INC. Florida Corporate License #AA C001291 5750 Major Boulevard, Suite 500, Orlando, florida 32819-7946 (407) 903-5001 Fax (407) 903-5150 ARCHITECT OF RECORD NAME: FLOYD WILSON MCCOLLUM, JR., AIA REGISTRATION., FLORIDA REG #AR0016162 Seal Revision: Date: By: Description: N 00CY) = n 00 O LO Z M _LL] J r w o Z 00 T rr<Fr LLL Owgw� U III a=� w w d7 3:: m J !E im w z Cy) U LO :>Q0 � Fz J '0_ - w LU Z _ o Q OOMw O<mw Key Plan: PLAN NORTH N TRUE NORTH Scales: 0 4' 8' 16' 24' Sverdrup Project No.: 22196390 Drawing Title: FLOOR AND WALL FINISH PLAN Date: 03/19/99 Designed By: VI A Drawing No.: Drawn By. V I A Checked By: FWM A902 22-MAR-1999 17a10 hewittme poA22196390\700cadd\701arch\390d902w.dgn LEGEND Sverdrup J F E C B A I I I I I I 1 I i i i 1 0 4 3 1 i WOOD TRIM 1 13'-0" 1 1 1 IP-3 LITE-IjAB UTILITY I BUS RI UN SYSTEM IP-1 P IP-2 IP-1 —------- -- -- C 1 — 10 -0 i 8'-0" ITT FsHTp TooF IP-2 I I P_ IP-3 ------------------------------Z07 WOOD TRIM - - ���� PL-1 162 102 11 1 I ------- ----- n A L----------- -- _\� SPECIALITY SALES OPEN TO VESTIBULE P- CUSTOMER SERVICE UNISEX CUSTOMER PHARMACY BAKERY SALES BAKERY WORKROOM BEYOND CHECKOUT ACCESSIB E RESTROOMS RESTROOMS rC_1" SECTION/ELEVATION FACING SOUTH A903 1/8' = T-0'' R, n 1 3 4 6 8 9 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I i IP-1 I I I I IP-1 j I I i 13'-0" IP-1 �� IP-1 IP-2 IP-2 '�-� =ED RO F HE R OF w OPEN TO IP-3 0 IP-2 P- ❑ IP-3 WOOD TRIM IP-3 WOOD TRIM Ip-3 _ n PRODUCE WOOD TRIM 130 WORKROOM C --- -- - ----------------------------------- --------- - - - - -- -- m - r--------- WOO TRIM = m u u ------------ BEYOND - - - - u_ _ 126 B ----1=====_=i=__, --- -- - -------------------------------- -------------- rt12 I�----------------------------- - - - - ---------T----------------�--- --- u -_� DAIRY COOLER PRODUCE SALES SEAFOOD DEPARTMENT MEAT DEPARTMENT DELIDEPARTMENT SPECIAL MEATS DEPARTMENT RECEIVING AND STORAGE JAMB 00�B1 SECTION/ELEVATION FACING NORTH A903 /8' = 1'-0" A B C D E F G H J K I I I I I I I I IP-1 SHERWIN WILLIAMS SW 1004 (WHITE) IP-2 SHERWIN WILLIAMS SW 1221 (WHITE MOUNTAIN) IP-3 SHERWIN WILLIAMS SW 1234 (GRAY) IP-E EXISTING PAINT FINISH TO REMAIN PL-1 PLASTIC LAMINATE FORMICA #1816-58 FOG DUST L-E EXISTING PLASTIC LAMINATE FINISH TO REMAIN SS-1 STAINLESS STEEL SS-E EXISTING STAINLESS STEEL FINISH TO REMAIN TP-1 TILE PATTERN 1 P-2 TILE PATTERN 2 P-E EXISTING TILE PATTERN TO REMAIN EXISTING WALLCOVERING TO REMAIN WP-1 3/'32 " KEMLITE WALL PANELS P-85 (WHITE) 3/3, KEMLITE WALL PANELS P-48 (PEARL GRAY) KEMLITE WALL PANEL FINISH TO REMAIN NOTES: 1. SEE SHEET A-901 FOR TILE PATTERNS AND ADDITIONAL FINISH PRODUCT INFORMATION. 2. ALUM FRAMES, FURRING CHANNELS, BOTTOM OF SHED ROOF FOR DECORATIVE WALL SYSTEM TO BE PAINTED TO MATCH ADJACENT WALL. 3. TOP SURFACE OF METAL ROOF PANELS ON DECORATIVE WALL SYSTEM TO MATCH COLORS SHERWIN WILLIAMS # SW-1741. 4, INTERIOR PAINTS FOR WALL SURFACES TO BE FLAT FINISHES, ALL OTHER SURFACES TO BE SEMI -GLOSS SATIN FINISH. 5. RETURN WALL FINISH 2'-0" BEHIND REFRIGERATED CASES AT SALES AREA. 6, ALL BACK ROOMS TO BE PAINTED IP-3. 7. ALL WALL AND COLUMN FINISHES TO BE CLASS B OR BETTER. 8. ALL COLUMNS IN GROCERY SALES TO BE PAINTED IP-1 ABOVE HEIGHT OF STAINLESS STEEL FINISH. 9. CONTRACTOR SHALL POLISH EXISTING S.S. COLUMN WRAPS. VERIFY QUANTITY W/ PUBLIX ON SITE FIELD REPRESENTATIVE. SPERDRUP FACILITIES, INC. Florida Corporate License #AA C001291 5750 Major Boulevard, Suite 500, Orlando, Florida 32819-7946 (407) 903-5001 Fax (407) 903-5150 ARCHITECT OF RECORD NAME: FLOYD WILSON MCCOLLUM, JR., AIA REGISTRATION: FLORIDA REG #AR0016162 Seal Revision: Date: By: Description: • V x C mci r =Lao a) N CD � = 10= co c0 `0 2-7cM U) WJ 0 I wm0 •� ��z� S a,LUo �J� OMgr cowm Y CJ�'-'- LJJ Qz LJJ d7 3:m J co W o�Wr,- O>a� J— a- If :D W Q cc O = F-Omw O U O w ILL m E— CJ)HnN Key Plan: Scales: 0 4' 8' 16' 24' Sverdrup Project No.: 22196390 Drawing Title: INTERIOR ELEVATIONS Date: 03/19/99 Designed By: V I A Drawn By: V I A Checked By: FWM Drawing No.: A903 ??MAR-1999 17-11 hewittme p;A221963qO\700cadd\70larchV?QDa993w.dgn N G A I. GENERAL: 1. PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION VERIFY STRUCTURAL ELEVATIONS AND DIMENSIONS WITH OTHER PROJECT DRAWING AND EXISTING CONDITIONS. COORDINATE LOCATION OF OPENINGS AND SLEEVES THROUGH THE STRUCTURE, SLAB DEPRESSIONS, FLOOR DRAINS, INSERTS, AND OTHER RELATED ITEMS WITH OTHER DRAWINGS, 2, FRAME FOR OPENINGS THROUGH FLOORS, ROOFS, AND WALLS AS PER DETAIL. DO NOT INTERRUPT FRAMING MEMBERS FOR OPENINGS EXCEPT WHERE SO INDICATED ON DRAWINGS, 3. NOT APPLICABLE. 4. NOT APPLICABLE. 5. VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS IN FIELD BEFORE STARTING THE WORK. ALL STRUCTURAL OPENINGS AFFECTED BY MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT PURCHASED SHALL BE VERIFIED BEFORE PROCEEDING WITH STRUCTURAL WORK. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE ALL TEMPORARY BRACING/SHORING AND OTHER MEASURES NECESSARY TO PROTECT THE STRUCTURE AND ANY PERSONNEL DURING CONSTRUCTION. NO STRUCTURAL MEMBER SHALL BE CUT, NOTCHED OR OTHERWISE REDUCED IN STRENGTH. 6. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTIFY THE ENGINEER IMMEDIATELY OF ANY DISCREPANCIES BETWEEN CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS AND ACTUAL FIELD CONDITIONS, BEFORE ANY CONSTRUCTION BEGINS. 7. EXISTING STRUCTURES ARE SHOWN ON DRAWINGS FOR CLARITY ONLY. VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS, ELEVATIONS AND TYPE OF CONSTRUCTION OF THOSE STRUCTURES AND NOTIFY ENGINEER OF ANY INTERFERENCES AND/OR DISCREPANCIES THAT EXIST BEFORE BEGINNING NEW CONSTRUCTION. 8. THE CONTRACTOR IS SOLELY RESPONSIBLE FOR DESIGNING AND PROVIDING ANY AND ALL TEMPORARY SHORING DURING DEMOLITION AND CONSTRUCTION, CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR MEANS AND METHODS OF DEMOLITION SEQUENCING AND SHORING OR BRACING. 9. CONSTRUCT PROJECT TO COMPLY WITH THE STANDARD BUILDING CODE, 1997 EDITION AS ADOPTED BY PASCO COUNTY FLORIDA. LIVE LOADS: ROOF TRIB AREA (SgF0 20 PSF 0 TO 200 16 PSF 201 TO 600 12 PSF OVER 600 FLOOR 100 PSF WIND LOADS: WIND LOADS FOR STRUCTURES AND PORTIONS THEREOF ARE TO BE DESIGNED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE MINIMUM DESIGN REQUIREMENTS OF SBC 1997. USE FACTOR = 1.00 BASIC WIND SPEED = 100 MPH 10. SHOP DRAWINGS: ALL FABRICATED ITEMS ARE TO HAVE APPROVED SHOP DRAWINGS BEFORE FABRICATION. CONTRACTOR SHALL CAREFULLY CHECK AND STAMP "APPROVED" BEFORE TRANSMITTING SUBMITTAL TO THE ENGINEER. THE CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL DIMENSIONS AND COORDINATION OF ALL THE TRADES. NO SHOP SPLICES OR OTHER DETAILS ARE TO BE ADDED OR CHANGED WITHOUT SUBMITTAL. THE ENGINEER IS NOT RESPONSIBLE FOR ANY REDETAILING OR ANY OTHER COST DUE TO DETAILER/ FABRICATOR ERRORS DURING THE PROJECT. I. FOUNDATIONS AND EARTHWORK 1. CONSTRUCT BUILDING SLABS ON PROPERLY PREPARED SUBGRADE. ALL SUBGRADE SHALL BE COMPACTED TO 98% OF THE STANDARD PROCTOR (ASTM D-1557) MAXIMUM DRY DENSITY. 2. DETERMINE IN THE FIELD THE HORIZONTAL AND THE VERTICAL LOCATION OF ANY EXISTING UTILITY LINES AND/OR APPURTENANCES AND ADVISE ENGINEER OF ANY CONFLICTS WITH NEW STRUCTURES PRIOR TO THEIR CONSTRUCTION. DO NOT DESTROY ANY EXISTING UNDERGROUND STRUCTURES UNLESS AUTHORIZATION IS OBTAINED PRIOR TO DEMOLITION. 3. EXCAVATIONS SHALL BE KEPT DEWATERED USING WELL POINTING SYSTEM AND/OR SUMP PUMPS DURING CONCRETE PLACEMENT FOR FOUNDATION CONSTRUCTION, IF REQUIRED. III. REINFORCED CONCRETE: 1. CONCRETE: ALL CONCRETE NOT OTHERWISE DESIGNATED SHALL BE F'c = 3000 PSI AT END OF 28 DAYS AS DETERMINED BY USE OF ASTM C31 AND C39. CODES GOVERNING CONCRETE WORK ARE: A. ACI-318 BUILDING CODE REQUIREMENTS FOR REINFORCED CONCRETE, LATEST EDITION. B. ACI-301 SPECIFICATIONS FOR STRUCTURAL CONCRETE FOR BUILDING. LATEST EDITION. INCLUDING ALL STANDARDS LISTED IN SP-15 USED AS MANDATORY REQUIREMENTS. C. DETAIL, FABRICATE AND PLACE ALL REINFORCING STEEL TO COMPLY WITH RECOMMENDATIONS OF ACI DETAILING MANUAL ACI-SP66. 2. REINFORCING: ALL REINFORCING STEEL SHALL CONFORM TO ASTM A615, GRADE 60, WWF SHALL CONFORM TO ASTM A185. PROVIDE CONCRETE COVERAGE FOR REINFORCING STEEL IN ACCORDANCE WITH ACI-318. 3. ALL EXPOSED EDGES OF CONCRETE SHALL BE CHAMFERED %4" x 45' UNO. 4. CONCRETE SLABS: CONCRETE SLABS SHALL BE OF THICKNESS AND REINFORCING AS SHOWN ON DRAWINGS. ALL SLABS ON GRADE SHALL BE FINISHED TRUE TO GRADE WITH FLATNESS NUMBERS OF FF=20 AND FL=15 SUBJECT TO TEST IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM E1155. CONTROL JOINTS ON SLABS ON GRADE TO BE SAW CUT WITHIN 18 HOURS AFTER CONCRETE IS PLACED. 5. PROVIDE AND INSTALL REINFORCING BAR ACCESSORIES IN ACCORDANCE WITH RECOMMENDATIONS OF ACI-SP66, 6. SECURE APPROVAL OF ENGINEER FOR LOCATION OF ALL CONSTRUCTION JOINTS NOT SHOWN ON DRAWINGS. 7. ALL WWF SHALL BE LAPPED 6" MINIMUM OR SPACING OF CROSS WIRES PLUS 2" WHICHEVER IS LARGER. 8. MINIMUM BAR LAP SPLICE: USE CLASS "B" LAP LENGTH UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. IV. STRUCTURAL STEEL: 1. DETAIL, FABRICATE, AND ERECT ALL STRUCTURAL STEEL IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LATEST AISC "SPECIFICATIONS FOR DESIGN, FABRICATION AND ERECTION OF STRUCTURAL STEEL FOR BUILDINGS." 2. EXCEPT WHERE OTHERWISE NOTED, ALL MISCELLANEOUS STEEL 0e. ANCHORS, PLATES, CHANNEL, AND BARS) SHALL HAVE A MINIMUM YIELD STRENGTH OF 36 KSI AND SHALL CONFORM TO ASTM A36. 3. ALL STRUCTURAL STEEL SHALL BE GRADE 50, PROVIDE STEEL THAT HAS A MINIMUM YIELD STRENGTH OF 50 KSI AND CONFORMS TO ASTM A572. 4. a) ALL PIPE SHALL BE ASTM A53 GRADE OF A501 WITH A MINIMUM YIELD STRENGTH OF 35 KSI. b) ALL STEEL TUBE SHALL BE ASTM A500, WITH A MINIMUM YIELD STRESS 46 KSI. 5. ALL FIELD BOLTED CONNECTIONS SHALL BE MADE WITH HIGH STRENGTH BOLTS THAT CONFORM TO ASTM A325 AND ARE TIGHTENED TO AISC SPECIFICATION FOR BEARING -TYPE CONNECTIONS. 6. SPLICES IN MAIN FRAMING MEMBERS SHALL BE FABRICATED AND ERECTED ONLY WHERE INDICATED ON THE PLANS. 7. WELDING SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH "STRUCTURAL WELDING CODE" BY AMERICAN WELDING SOCIETY (AWS D1.1). WELDING SHALL BE PERFORMED ONLY BY PREQUALIFIED OPERATORS. 8. STRUCTURAL STEEL SHOP DRAWINGS AND ERECTION DRAWINGS SHALL BE ORIGINAL AND SHALL BE SUBMITTED FOR APPROVAL PRIOR TO FABRICATION. REPRODUCIBLIE PRINTS MADE FROM CONTRACT DRAWINGS ARE NOT PERMITTED. 9. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE STRUCTURAL STABILITY DURNING ERECTION BY INSTALLATION OF TEMPORARY VERTICAL AND HORIZONTAL BRACING AS REQUIRED. V. FASTENERS: 1. SET ANCHOR BOLTS TO HAVE AT LEAST 3" CONCRETE COVER AND TO ALLOW REINFORCEMENT TO PASS OUTSIDE OF BOLTS. 2. EXPANSION BOLTS ARE HILTI KWIK BOLT II OR APPROVED EQUIVALENT, %2"O MINIMUM (UNO). 3. ADHESIVE ANCHOR/REBAR: A. HILTI "HY150" ADHESIVE ANCHORING SYSTEM IN CONCRETE AND GROUT FILLED CMU. i. MIN %4"O ANCHOR CONFORMING TO ASTM A36 OR #5 REBAR CONFORMING TO ASTM A615, GRADE 60 (UNO) ii. MIN EMBEDMENT = 6%'' (UNO) B. HILTI "HIT HY20" ADHESIVE ANCHORING SYSTEM IN HOLLOW CMU. i. MIN �/2"0 ANCHOR CONFORMING TO ASTM A36 (UNO). ii. MIN EMBEDMENT = 2" (UNO). 4. FASTENER SCHEDULE FOR LIGHT GAGE FRAMING (UNO): STUD SCREWS WELD 20 GA (4)%4" TYPE S PAN HEAD SCREWS 211 18 GA (5)%4" TYPE S PAN HEAD SCREWS 2" 16 GA (6)%4" TYPE S PAN HEAD SCREWS 3" 14 GA (6)%4" TYPE S PAN HEAD SCREWS 3" A. ALL SCREWS SHALL HAVE MIN SPACING OF 3/4" AND MIN EDGE DISTANCE OF %4". B. ALL WELDS ARE /$" E70XX FILLET WELDS UNO. 5. FASTENER SCHEDULE FOR SHEATHING ON LIGHT GA STUDS: PROVIDE 1" TYPE S-12 BUGLE HEAD SCREWS @ 6" OC @ PERIMETER AND 12'' OC IN FIELD OF �/2", %'', AND 3/4" EXTERIOR GRADE PLYWOOD. 6. INSTALL CAST -IN -PLACE INSERTS AND ANCHORS IN CONCRETE FOR SUSPENDING MECHANICAL AND ARCHITECTURAL ITEMS WHERE FEASIBLE. IF ADDITIONAL FASTENERS ARE NEEDED IN REINFORCED CONCRETE, USE DRILLED -IN TYPE ANCHORS. TAKE NECESSARY MEASURES TO AVOID DAMAGING EXISTING REINFORCEMENT WHEN INSTALLING FASTENERS. VI. LIGHT GAGE STEEL STUDS: 1. STEEL STUDS SHALL MEET THE FOLLOWING REQUIREMENTS: STUD TYPE Sx eff Ix eff Fy (ksi) 6"x20 GA 0.560 in3 1.729 in4 33 6"x18 GA 0.798 in3 2.394 in4 33 35"x18 GA 0.341 in3 0.681 in4 33 3�"x% GA 0.369 in3 0.690 in 50 RUNNER TYPE Sx eff Ix eff Fy (ksi) 6"x20 GA 0.510 in 1.714 in 33 6"x18 GA 0.430 in 1.304 in 33 3%''xl8 GA 0.241 in 0.514 in 33 2. NOT APPLICABLE. VII. MASONRY: 1. NOT APPLICABLE. VIII. SITE WORK: (UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED) 1. NOT APPLICABLE. Sverdrup SVERDRUP FACILITIES, INC. Florida Corporate License #AA C001291 5750 Major Boulevard, Suite 500, Orlando, Florida 32819-7946 (407) 903-5001 Fax (407) 903-5150 STRUCTURAL ENGINEER OF RECORD NAME: ANTHONYF. LONG, P.E. REGISTRATION: FLORIDA REG. #PE0040620 Seal Revision: Date: By: Description: • v x C. .o a (D N co cocn = H r' �r co 00 = Z M W _J 1 w orn LJJ LL o 0000 Q O (D gw �11 ��� d�� w w U Ly z CD ��mJ M Lu ~ O _W O E o CD = Ly 27 Q O UX LL O J OUNCE I- O M LU U LL m I_ � cn � " r� Key Plan: Scales: Sverdrup Project No.: 22196390 Drawing Title: GENERAL NOTES Date: 03/19/99 Designed By: LLB Drawing No.: Drawn By. J T R Checked By: AFL S100 19-MAR-1999 15:02 dlvaredr p.A221.96390\700cadd\709str`'_C s" . ,d9n r _ 1 2 3 5 6 8 261_611 JJ 181_611 38'-6'' 3Z1_6II - - _ _ _ - 91_611 4�� JJ '-0" 441_611 ((�� — n�,uu KEY NOTES IJ C 0 A G I C 0 U - -- — - — - —-- — - — - —-- — - — -=- — — -- - --- — - — - —- - —- -- - —- — — — ----- - - - - - -- --- -- --—-— - — - — -— - -- - - --— - — - — -— — ---—-—-—-— - — - — -— - --— - — - — -— --_—_---_ _—_ - —_�_ —_—_—_ —_—_ _—_—_ —_—_—_ _ —_ �_ —_—_ _—_—_—___—_—_—_—_ T—_ I I — --- — — — -- — — — — — — -- - z — ---—- — - -- —- -- — — — — — ---- - - - - - - --- - - -- — -- - - — — — - —- — — — I i I i I 6 5'-0" TOC EL TOC EL 0 _0 _0,_0�2�� I I U-) — — - —- — -— -- — — — — --I -- --- - -- — — — — — — — —[] --— - - --- - -- — — — — —-------------------------- --------------- -- --------------- - -- — — ----- I I i I I II I i I I I I I i i I I i I i I I I i I i I I I I i I I I I i I I I I I I I i I i I I I I i I I I I i I I I I i I I I — — — — — — — — -— — -— — — -- —---------- -- — — — — — — -— — — — — — — — — — — -- — — — — — — — — — — — ----- -- - --- -- --------- ------------ I I I I I I I i I I I I I I I I I I � I I I - - - -- - - -- - -- -- - - - -!- - -- - - - -- - - - - - -- - -- - - - - -- - - - -- -- - - -- - - - -- --- - -- - -- - - -- -- - -- - -- I -- - - - - --- - - -- -- - -- - - - - -- - -_ - - - - - --------------r- - - - -- - - - - - - - - - - - - -- - - - -- -------- - - - - -- - - - ------------- ------ 6 I � i TOC EL 5'-0" TOC EL OI-O� 01_011 /2 I I I I I I I I I I I i I I I ' I I I I I I - - - - - - - - - - - -- - - -- ---------------- -- -- -- -�1 - - - -- - - - - - - - - ----- - -- - - ----- - - - -- - -- - - - - - i i I I I I I c I I I I I i i I I 5 i L I I EO I I TOC EL -01-0%11 3 I VIF VIF I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I n I I I 0 o o N TOC EL 6'-7'/4" -- -- - — -—-- — - — -- TOC EL _01_ 072'' t ---—-—-J,-—-—-—-—-— - — - — -rt 12 1:20 MAX — - — - — - — - — - — - — - — ------------- --------- II 1Lz�zj - -- T- — —i I _—_—_—_—_—_—_ _ —- - _ - I I ONOT USED. 2O NOT USED. OINDICATES SAW CUT AND REMOVE EXISTING RAISED SLAB, REF A4/S701 AND A5/S701 FOR PATCHING DETAILS. REF ARCH FOR FINISH FLOOR TYPE. ONOT USED. 5O INDICATES SLAB REMOVAL. REF ARCH AND PLUMBING FOR FINISH FLOOR TYPE AND DIMENSIONS. REF A4/S701 AND A5/S701 FOR PATCHING DETAILS, 6OSAWCUT AND REMOVE EXISTING SLAB AND REPLACE W/ NEW SLAB, SLOPE TO SINK OR DRAIN, REF A4/S701. ONOT USED. ONOT USED. 9O NOT USED. 10 NOT USED. 11 VERIFY DIMENSION W/ ON SITE PUBLIX REPRESENTATIVE. 12 EXISTING CONCRETE SLAB TO REMAIN. REGRADE SURROUNDING ASPHALT TO SLOPE FROM EXIST SLAB TO SURROUNDING ASPHALT. REFERENCE NOTES: 1. TOP OF CONC ELEVATIONS VARY DEPENDING ON FLOOR FINISHES. SEE ARCHITECTURAL FLOOR PLANS AND SCHEDULES FOR FLOOR FINISHES. TOP OF CONC ELEVATIONS SHALL BE AS FOLLOWS (TYP UON): FINISH MATERIAL TOP OF CONC EL TERRAllO - 0'-0%11 CARPET - 0'-0%11 QUARRY TILE (THIN SET) - 0'-0%11 QUARRY TILE (THICK SET) - 0'-2" VCT 0'-0" SILIKAL 2. SEE PLAN FOR TOP OF CONC ELEVATIONS AT NEW DRAINS WHERE CONC SLOPES. 3. GC REF: P101 AND P301 FOR SLAB ON GRADE REMOVAL, FOR DEMOLISHING EXISTING PLUMBING LINES AND INSTALLING NEW PLUMBING LINES RESPECTIVELY. REPLACE/REPAIR SLABS PER SECTION A4/S701 AND A5/S701. USE SAW TO CUT SLAB AND DO NOT DAMAGE ANY EXISTING WALLS, COLUMNS OR FOOTINGS WHICH ARE TO REMAIN. 4. SEE A101 FOR OTHER DEMOLITION WORK NOT SHOWN ON THIS DRAWING. SVERDRUP FACILITIES, INC. Florida Corporate License #AA C001291 5750 Major Boulevard, Suite 500, Orlando, Florida 32819-7946 (407) 903-5001 Fax (407) 903-5150 STRUCTURAL ENGINEER OF RECORD NAME: ANTHONY F. LONG, P.E. REGISTRATION: FLORIDA REG. #PE0040620 Seal Revision: Date: By: Description: • v x C CL Q D Nco = �cY) �0 000 0 L0 Z CYj V^^ LU I CD W 00Q � Jz OLL. OUd=w LLJ Y O W Q (J) gW Z °°� —i cy) LU D W f" OZ>Q�C QOCUX 0 W J cot J cc O'SN� H0mLU U tQ m W �— CJ� H r— IV Key Plan: PLAN NORTH N ..( D TRUE NORTH Scales: 0 4' 8' 16' 2 4' Sverdrup Project No.: 22196390 Drawing Title: FOUNDATION AND SLAB PLAN Date: 03/19/99 Designed By: LLB Drawn By. JTR Checked By: AFL Drawing No.: S201 -- 19-MAR-1999 15006 aIvoredr pe\22196390\700codd\709str\390s201w.dgn f-1 A i O Di 0 ►0 -4 �1 C Nil 1 1 1 26'_6'' 2 18'-611 3 38'-611 4 33'-6'' U�g6" s 43'-011 $ 44'-6'' 9 l 17 NEW EFi 14 -1,-10" - � 3'-4" I , 14/2 X14/2 16 LBS —_—_—_—_ :_ _—_—_—__ ___—_—_—_—_ _ ____ _- __ _ _ __ _ ___ __ _—_—_—_ _ —_ —- _ _ --- _ —_ _ — - —_ ---_ \�- \ 7 \ �- coil IT , ( ( ( ( O n _ Cn d ` - - - - - w Cn - - - -' / \) - - - - O - - - - - - \ \ - - - - - - - - 1 \- -� - - - - - - - - - f - T - - - - O - - - - - - - - F - T - - - - - - - - - (\ - - - - - - - - - - (l - - - - � - - O - - - - - - - \ - - - - - - - - - - � - \ - - - - - - - - -(\ -\ - - - - - - - - 0 - - - - - - - - - - - - \ - - - - - - - - / - - - - - - - - ' ------- I \ / \ / z \ / \ r \ / z \ / \ / \\ r = Z - \ r I— = \ r \ , Z \ / \ I \ ,) v / � , v v/ CO v/ yr v Y V V /V n /V /V /V /V IN AJ _ /V /V INCD r\ r\ r\ ('\G SJ "I -I N � N ----------- ---- 1-- � - N ---- - w�------- --------------N- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - �- - - - - - - - - - — - - - — - - — - — - - - - — - — - — - -- - — - — - —i- — - — - — - - - - — -� - — - - — - — -~ — - — - — - — - �\ /- — - — - — - — - \\� - — - — - — - \\ - — -� - - - - — - — - — - — - — - — - - — - — - — - — - T -/— - — - — - —~ - — - — - - - - - - - - - - - - - - — - — - cn cn cn cn Ll r v r v v L1_I L J , `y v r \ W W , v W --- - - - - -- - - - ------�-�-------------------------------------- - - - - -� --- --------------(------------(-----------( `--- -I- ------------------ - - - - --------- - - ---- - - - - -- --------- - ----- ----- \ r \ / \ / \ / \ /l ��\ `\ , \\ , � EXIST W21x44 \\ � _-'\\ �,"� Q0 CID \\ , ` L r , \ ---------- ----------- ------ ------ --------- ---- ----------- -------- ------ ---------- ------------ -- ----- ------------- '--- I I I I cn cn cn v_> co cn cn cn NEW SF -15 2 173 LBS xN 'n w w w w w w w w ,\ w� ,\ X � , , I I I I -- - - - - - - -- - - - ------- �----- - - - -- ----- - - - - --- - - - - -- - - - - - - ---A----"' --- ------------------------�----- --------------1-----------1---- -I- - -- - - - -- rt--- - - -- rt- � EXIST W21 4 -------T--I-- 0) m U) � � � � p ( Cn X X X X X X X X = 1 >G Q70 co C.O C70 Co co Q0 C70 I >G >< >G X X >G >G >G LLI W W W W W W W — — - - - r - — — — - — — — - — - — - — - - — - — - — - - — - — - — - — - — — - — — — — - - - - - - — - - — - — - — - — - — - — - — - — r — - — - — - — - — 7 — - — - — - — - — -I — - — - — - — - — — - - - - L' - - - - - - - I- - --- - - - - -- - -- - - -- , - - - ---- - - - - -- ------------------ - - - - -----� X---W--- --------- --T SJ24K9--�- ,�-------------JI-----------L--------------------- ---- _,------- - - - - ----------- - - - - -- - - - -- I E 21x44 XIS �� -1\ EXIST W2lx4,4 \ (BELOW) - -I - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - r - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - r - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 1 - -I- - - I- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -I- - - - - - - - - 1 ( r - \, I I X T � I - - - - - - - - - - -II - - - - - - - - - -'- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - ' - - - - - - - - - - ' �� - - - - - - - '- - - - - - - - - - -' - - - - - - - L = - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -I- - - - - - - - Y - - - - - - -i - - - - - - - - - - - - I SJ 4K N C i N Q N O Z EXIST YO (D7 r i \ ,/ VV 11 II PC TYP - � Qo co r3 CD N / , / - - - - - - - - - - ti - - - - - - - - - - r - - - = - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -r �- -(- - - - - - - - - - - - - (- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - (� r �•� EX`�ST J24K �• - - - - - - O r Cn Z \/ Z Z Z LLI W W I � x I � �, - - - - - - -EXIST W2\1x44 (BELOW) � I II w -�--------- ------ ------------------------ -t-- - - - - -�----i-----�------------------------------------- - - - - -- ---------------------7-----------,-- Cn ( ) >� i I I \ \ I I I I I I - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Z< - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - L - Cn - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - ' - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -'- - - 1 - -'- - w I I _ � � ' _ � � ' _ III ' _ I I ' _ I I I I _ I I ' _ I I I 1 _ � � I I I - - - - - - - - - - - - - - I - - - - - - - - I - - - - - - - - - I - - - - - - - >< 16 50 501 50 50 50 50 116 w I I I I ' I � B5 � I I I - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - _ _ - - - _ - - - - _ - - - - - - - - - - - - -, - - - - - - - - - - III I S7Q1 I I I I II I I I I I i I I I TYPI I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I ------- --------- - - -- - ------ - - - - -I - - - - - - - ----- - - - ----- - - - - ------------ - I -- -- - - - -- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - _I L - - - - - - - - - I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I NI - - - - - - - - - - -' - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - I I I I I IN z )\ )\ \ Id- -- - - - - - - -- - - - ----- - -r-------- rt----- - - - - - _ ------ -- -------- --C- ---------------------- ------ --- -------------------------------- - - - - --- ,-------- - - - --- ----- tn - - - - - - - - - f - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - r - - - - - I I v ' v >' Cn (n U (n EXIST W21x44 ,' ---------- - - - - -- ----------------4--------------------------------------- - ------ - - - - ------------�------------------------------------------------------------------ ------------ - ----- ----- \ L i5 / �� ( ) I I I I � AV / (f7 v 4 V SJ10H3 x `i J ,\ ,\ IN N �% ` EXIST' W -- L = SJ10K1 �T SJ10K1------1----- ------ J-- ---- x- L - - - -- _� J 21x44 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - X - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - W - - - - - - - - - -i- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - LD Cy) V) -EXIST W12x30 - - w - - - - -� SJ10K1 V) N N x R� X X — ---- -—`1�+-=- - - -- �+V� ><L�, - - --- --- - --------------- —- - --� x SJ10K1 — — --- — — —---- SJ10K1 - �� �� EXIST W21x44 w <1 EXIST W16x40 `'� I I I I I — - --�--� ---- T1 --- -- — -- — — — — — — T — — — — — --I - — — --- -- T — -- — �-—-— - — - — -— — - — -— - — - —� — — — — EXIS.I_W12x-3Q— ——-—-— - — - — -— - — - —- - - - -(- - - - - - - - - - f - - - - - - - - - -(- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -i- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -..- - - - - - - - - - - >" EXIST 3" PC\ /GYP � EXIST W6x EXIST W6x9 NEW W6x9 N_ N N Y Z N Z Z ------'-------- - - - - -' - --- ! 1- !\ 1 r 1 r� I\ -� _ --- ---)-- ---)-- _ -r - - - - - - - - --- I- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -r - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - C � - - - _ - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - � - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - IN I I f� , \/' - I \,' EXIST W6x EXIST W6x9 c I I d- \ , NEW W6x9T7 /4141 >< I ---- I rN co W , v If - - - J - L i - _NI - - - - - - -I - - -(- - r - - AX >< >G X EXIST W6x9 EXIST W6x9 — �}EW-NEW-- �- ---- ------------- --------� --------------------------------------w---------/- ---� ----- W - - - - - - - - - - r - - - - - - - - - - - - - - r r r 14 Q EXIST W6x EXIST W6x9 - - - - - -(- - - - - - - - - - - > -(- - a- - - - - - � - - - - - - - - - -I- - -� - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -I- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -i- - - - - - - - - w --- NEW-W6x-9 - - - - - -- -� - -- -- -� - - - - - - - - - - L - - - - - - - ]]EXIST W6x EXIST W6x9 I , , I I I it' NEW W6x9 I I I w 'I II � ------(, -;------- - - - -(\ E IST W6x EXIST W6x9 - - S701 --- ---------------------------------I-------------------------------i------------------------------------------i---------- - I---- ----- 241_311 , O SIM '\ NEW W6x9 I I I I , \,, \,/ EXIST W16x40 •` I I I I I I I I i I I I I I I 4 / / ,/ \, / \, /r \, \ \ \ � I 1 I I I I I I- ----- -(--L --/-- - - - --------- - - - - -- - ----- ---------------------------- - - -I- - --------------------- - - -- ----------------------- L---- - - - - -- - - -- - - - -- - - - - - - - - - ,/ I_QII 1141_0 II I I \, \, I .. - - - - - - - - - - , - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -I- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -� - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - I NEW EF-12 ' 11_21 II X 11_21 III 1 (n /2 /2 50 LBS w I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I � ------------------------------- - - I ---- - - - - -------------- - - - - --------------- - - - - ----------------------------- - - -'-- -------------------------------------- - - - -- - - - -- -i - - - L - - - - I- - I I I I 1 �.O I I a, I NEW AC - 5 j 2500 LBS CD CD 0;J 00 co 00 -------------------I� -� i -------- -----N - --- -- - -------------- - -- -- -- -- -- -\ -'--- -- -d --------- -- ---- - - -------------i-- ----- --- s'---------------------------------- --� -- - - -- - -------- - - - - ------------ -i -- -- - - - -- - I— i 6 i `, � I-- I I I � � v) V) (n cn / \ \LLJ w - + - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - L - - - - - - - -(- - '- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -I - - - - - - - - - - - - - Q - - - - -I - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -I- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -I- - - - - - - - - _ X \ , I NEW SF-16 W n 1 Cn 173 LBS x - _ / ` w I I I I - I ' \\ I I I I I � I I I - - - - - -- - - - - - - - - - - -, - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - I- - - - - - - V - _L - - - - - - - - -(- - i - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -L - - - - - - - - - - - - - L - - - - - _ - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - ,-. - - - - - - - - - - -F - - - - - - - - - - - \ / - - - - - I II I I I I I I I I I I I I --- - - - -__ \----- - - - - -- t-- - - - - -- --/--- - ____-- __-__--_(- - - _ -- - - - - -- J------------------ L---- - - - - -------_-_----------------------------- -- ---- \ , \ / \ / \ , \ , \ , -5 , , , \ \ \ - - - IN I IN v / _ / (- J - - SJ24K9 -,- _ , , \ , , , \ - -,- - - - - -/- - - (- - L - ' \ - J - - -(- - L - - J - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - \ \ , \ , \ / \ , \ , \ / , \ \ \ Y Y Y Y Y Y Y - — - — — - — - — — ' — - - — '— ' — — — — - — - — EXIST Wa0x21 l EXIST W21x57 EXIST W18x50, - — - — - — - — - — — — - -o - - \ - - - — — — — — I I I I I I I I � I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I 0 EXIST ISJ10K1 I I ' EXISTING PARAPET I I I I I I I I I I I I I I EXISTING PARAPET I -- — -— - —- - -- — - - — — --- — — ---- — — — -- — — — — — - —----------- - -- — --- -- — — — - - - -- — — — = — — — — --- — — — --- - — - I I I I I I KEY NOTES: ONEW EXHAUST FAN OR RELIEF VENTILATOR OPENING. REF: B4/S701. ONEW SUPPLY OR EXHAUST FAN OVER EXISTING OPENING. FRAME NEW OPENINGWITH MANUFACTURER PROVIDED CURB ADAPTER, REF: MECHANICAL. NOT USED. 4O EXISTING ROOF OPENING WITH CURB TO BE CAPPED. REF: MECHANICAL. ONOT USED. ONEW AC UNIT AND CURB. REF: C4/S701. ONOT USED. 8O NOT USED. SAWCUT 14�/2'' x 141/2" OPENING IN EXISTING MASONRY WALL FOR 9 MECHANICAL DUCT PENETRATION. REF: B3/S701. DO NOT DISTURB EXISTING COLUMNS OR BEAMS. 10 NOT USED, 11 NOT USED. 12 NOT USED. 13 BENCH TO REMAIN. 14 NEW CONDENSING UNIT ON EXISTING BENCH. PROVIDE NEW W6X9 AS REQUIRED. REF: B5/S701. 15 NOT USED. 16 NOT USED. 17 SAWCUT 8'' 0 OPENING IN EXISTING MASONRY WALL FOR MECHANICAL EXHAUST PENETRATION. DO NOT DISTURB EXISTING COLUMNS OR BEAMS. REF. M301 FOR INSTALLATION HEIGHT. SHEET NOTES* 1. ALL EQUIPMENT EXISTING UNO. 2. VERIFY ALL EXISTING CONDENSERS OUTSIDE MACHINE ROOM 1 AND 2 WEIGH LESS THAN OR EQUAL TO 1500 LBS EACH. 3. VERIFY ALL EXISTING REFRIGERATION UNITS IN MACHINE ROOM 1 AND 2 WEIGH LESS THAN OR EQUAL TO 3000 LBS EACH. Sverdrup SVERDRUP FACILITIES, INC. Florida Corporate License #AA C001291 5750 Major Boulevard, Suite 500, Orlando, Florida 32819-7946 (407) 903-5001 Fax (407) 903-5150 STRUCTURAL ENGINEER OF RECORD NAME: ANTHONYF. LONG, P.E. REGISTRATION: FLORIDA REG. #PE0040620 Seal Revision: Date: By: Description: N o Co = oc � Cn co 0 o LO ZCM U7 w J L.L r I w w o� Z EE LPL U JO a�� owgM w o w cn M W_ CE w O * Q O�-�� Wzc�>- O U OX J O�N� F— O M w U Q CC) w U) F— r, N Key Plan: PLAN NORTH N TRUE NORTH Scales: 0 4' 8' 16' 24' i�sll = 11.011 Sverdrup Project No.: 22196390 Drawing Title: ROOF FRAMING PLAN Date: 03/19/99 Designed By: LLB Drawn By. JTR Checked By. AFL Drawing No.: j S202 19-MAR-1999 15e07 alvaredr po\22196390\700cadd\709str\39Os2O2w.dgn Sverdrup SVERDRUP FACILITIES, INC. Florida Corporate License #AA C001291 5750 Major Boulevard, Suite 500, Orlando, Florida 32819-7946 (407) 903-5001 Fax (407) 903-5150 21_OII #4 F— @ 1 TYP BOTH END`. 4" MIN AT POINT CLOSEST TO BUILDING D C 0 (2) 44x3'-0" CEN' ON DRAIN (TYP E OF DRAIN), D1 SECTION S701 y4" = 1'-0" �ClSECTION S701 y411 =1'-011 (2) 44x5'-0" LG CENTEDE-" nn' DRAIN. (TYP EA SIDE C DRAIN). CONT %2" THICK STL If 1211 WIDE W/%'' 0 NEL� STUDS 4" LONG @ 24'' STAGGERED, TYP. B1 SECTION S701 y4" = 1'-0" A D1 S701 2'-0" 21 _ 511 SLOPE TO DRAIN �/—SL 0 D � D ' 1 F k tI FLM,LJ 21-5 2'-0" (2) CONT �/2'' THICK STL R 12'' WIDE W/%" 0 NELSON TRENCH DRAIN STUDS 4" LONG @ 2411 OC RECESSED 1" STAGGERED, TYP. D L p a X X D LY Es Q D 11�L a NOTE FOR INFORMATION NOT SHOWN, SEE B1/S701 1 E=V I N N 1 \ IIHIIHHHIIIH -►�-------- 1 -------- — - IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII -. 611 1_611 21_011 191_01, 51_611 611 291_0" 41_0II MIN COMPACTOR PAD PLAN �011/411=11_Q11 19-MAR-1999 15008 alvdredr p.A22196390\760cddd\709str\396s701w.dgn J 21 _011 #4 @ 18'' OC, TYP ',2) 45 CONT, TYP #41 -00 @ 18" OC TRENCH DRAIN W/COVER RAMP L3�/2x3%2x1/4" BEAR 6" EA END vv IPONLY STING CONC _NT ALL >P IC THICKENED SLAB 2) #5 CONT, TYP. VAU VVL.JAN2.9 WWF SECTION y411 = 11_011 C4x5.4 EXISTINI WELD T W/ %''` WELDS EXIST J L3x3xi/q UL I VVLLIV EXISTING JOISTS, REF: S202, FAN/VENT DETAIL (GPI) NTS L6x4x%" AND CLIP I LLXLx /16 LA. NUL VVI IF POINT LOADS ARE NOT WITHIN 6" OF PANEL POINT DIAG BRACING DETAIL REF: REF: PLAN REF: PLAN NOTE: VERIFY DIM W/ PLAN A/C MFR BEFORE FABRICATING & OPEG ROOF EXIST 8" CMU I EXIST DECK REF B2/S702--------- - - - - -- C5 I S701 REMOVE EXIST CMU REF: PLAN Ile I REF: PLAN AFTER ANGLES ARE INSTALLED _C4_� All OPENING DETAIL S701 f y411=11_011 MFR PROVIDED CURB L4x4x%'' ALL AROUND ROOF OPNG. ADJUST LAP AS REQ'D_� TO LEVEL FRAME FOR ROOF THICKNESS AND EXIST ROOF SLOPE. (VERIFY ON SITE) 3�6 I/4IIx3"x01_611 It DIAG EA SIDE 9" MIN #10 SCREW @ 6" OC ALL AROUND OR MFR SUPPLIED CONNECTION IF MORE STRINGENT \ WELD \ 3�6 CORNER OFJOIST WEB -------------------- NOT SHOWN FOR CLARITY. — — — _ --------------- - - - - - REF B3/S702, TYP - ,---------------------------- fs t ALL POINTS OF CONTACT, TYP 45 RODS @ 6" OC EW BURGLAR BARS WELDED TO ANGLES WHERE OPENING IS LARGER THAN 18'' (NO BARS @ GREASE HOODS,TYP) EXIST JOIST 3x3xl/4", TYP q" SELF -TAPPING ;CREW @ 6" OC 4%2" CONT EXTENSION ' WELD TO BOTTOM LEG OF CHANNEL 2'' NOTES 1. USE THIS METHOD OF PATCHING FLOOR SLAB AT ALL AREAS WHERE EXISTING FLOOR FINISH IS NOT TERRAllO, 2, REF: A902 FOR FLOOR FINISHES, 3, WHEN SLAB OPNG IS 18" OR MORE WIDE, INSTALL DOWELS AS SHOWN. EXISTING NEW CONCRETE SLAB EXISTING CONC SLAB REF: S201 CONC SLAB (VERIFY FOR SLOPE TO DRAIN, IF ANY (VERIFY THICKNESS) THICKNESS) N d N 611 611 44 DOWELS 1'-0" LONG @ 2'-0" OC STAGGERED ES, DRILL AND GROUT 6" INTO EXIST CONC SLAB. USE HILTI HY-150 ADHESIVE SYSTEM. \ POUR NEW MIN 4" CONC SLAB W/ 6x6-W1.4xW1.4 WWF TO MATCH SLAB THICKNESS, INSTALL NEW VAPOR BARRIER AT INTERIOR APPLICATIONS, TYP. A4 SLAB PATCHING DETAIL S701 y4" = 1'-0" NOTE: MECHANICAL VENDOR TO PROVIDE CONNECTION FROM EQUIPMENT TO CURB. rCS DETAIL 3/6 3/6 CONDENSING UNIT L6x4x�/g LLV L6x4x3/$0'-4" LLV, (4) PLACES 3/6 2 11 ' / � V I 11_OII MIN 4'-0" MAX EA LEG CANTILEVE 3/6 IV EA L/ EXIST BENCH---'(2) NEW W6x9 LOCATED AND SPACED FOR CONDENSING UNITS. IF LOCATION OF EXIST W6X9 IS SUFFICIENT, NEW STEEL IS NOT REQUIRED. -- - - - - - -- - ----------------------- EXIST METAL DECK PITCH POCKET EXIST FRAMING B5 DETAIL S701 y4"=1'-0" CONSTRUCTION SEQUENCE: 1. POUR CONCRETE UP TO 0'-0%'' BELOW FINISH FLOOR ELEVATION AFTER REMOVAL OF EXISTING SLAB, 2. INSTALL %" PLYWOOD. (TEMPORARILY SECURED TO CONCRETE). 3. FOR TERRAllO PATCH: REMOVE PLYWOOD APPLY BONDING AGENT AND INSTALL NEW TERRAllO. GRIND AND POLISH TO MATCH EXISTING PATCH TERRAZO a o a a41 a Q ° AS REQUIRED NOTES: SEE NOTE 2 1, USE THIS METHOD OF PATCHING FLOOR SLAB WHERE EXIST FLOOR FINISH IS TERRAllO. 2. WHEN SLAB OPENING IS 18" OR MORE WIDE, INSTALL DOWELS AS SHOWN IN DETAIL A4/S701. - A5 SLAB PATCHING DETAIL EXISTING TERRAllO EXISTING CONC SLAB STRUCTURAL ENGINEER OF RECORD NAME: ANTHONY F. LONG, P.E. REGISTRATION: FLORIDA REG. #PE0040620 Seal Revision: Date: By: Description: • v x C9 C r i.� L D N co = LO �cOo0 co DD aLO Zccn WJ C/D 0 � 7 LU w T- Q — O�w� UJ Y 0=) w w rn3:rn CIOW_ D�wo0 �>Q� Of— CL J 0CUX = n J WzC7>- 1 _ O'S�� ULL co Key Plan: Scales: L=L Sverdrup Project No.: 22196390 INSTALL NEW VAPOR Drawing Title: BARRIER AT ALL INTERIOR APPLICATIONS, TYP. SECTIONS AND DETAILS Date: 03/19/99 Designed By. LLB Drawing No.: Drawn By: J T R Checked By: AFL S701 n C r3 A PLUMBING FIXTURE SCHEDULE MARK FIXTURE AMERICAN STANDARD OR AS NOTED SERVICE CONNECTIONS SUPPLIED REMARKS DESCRIPTION BY TRAP CW HW ELEC. 2234.015 MADERA, 48130-100 BOLT CAPS, SLOAN ROYAL 8115-1.5 FLUSH VALVE, P - 1 WC - WATERCLOSET (1.5 GPF), OLSONITE 97 SS/CC WHITE OPEN ----- 1" ---- ------- PLUMBER FLOOR MOUNTED (NOT USED) SEAT WITH STAINLESS STEEL SELF- SUSTAINING CHECK HINGE, 3043.102 ELONGATED CADET 18'' HIGH, 48130-100 BOLT CAPS, SLOAN ROYAL 8111-1.5 FLUSH VALVE P - 2 WC - WATERCLOSET (1.5 GPF), OLSONITE 97 SS/CC WHITE OPEN FRONT ----- 1 --- ------- PLUMBER FLOOR MOUNTED (H.C.) SEAT WITH STAINLESS STEEL SELF-SUSTAINING CHECK HINGE, UR- URINAL 6501.010 WASHBROOK, SLOAN OPTIMA WALL MOUNTED P - 3 (NOT USED) MODEL 8186-1-YB VALVE, 1.0 GPF, SWEAT- ----- %4" ---- ------- PLUMBER 17'' TO LIP ON H.C. SOLDER ADAPTOR KIT. WALL MOUNTED,PROVIDE 4869.012 REGALYN 19X17, CHICAGO HANDI-LAV GUARD P-4 LAV - LAVATORY 802A-665 FAUCET AND 327A DRAIN 1 /4" �2" �/2" ----- PLUMBER INSULATION KIT (H.C.) 4401,014 TRAP, FLEX RISER STOPS. AND FLOOR 0.5 GPM AERATOR. MOUNTED FIXTURE CARRIER EWC - ELECTRIC WATER ELKAY MODEL EBFATL- 8 OR OASIS MODEL P - 5 COOLER (NOT USED) P8AM BARRIER FREE, 8.0 GPH, TRAP, 1 1/4" �/2" - - - -- 120/60/1 PLUMBER WALL MOUNTED FLEX RISER STOPS HARDWARE FLOOR AND WALL P - 6 S - SINK STAINLESS STEEL SINK, FURNISHED BY 1 �2„ �q , 3 /4 ------- (TRIM) MOUNTED, REFER PUBLIX AND INSTALLED BY PLUMBER. BY PLUMBER TO DETAILS B2,THRU B4, 11 SHEET P601 METAL MASTERS CO. HSA-10-F 16 GA. P - 7 LAV - LAVATORY TYPE 304 S.S. 14 %4'' X 17 �/2'' T&S BRASS 1 1/4" '/2" 1/2" ------- PLUMBER WALL MOUNTED B-1146 FAUCET WITH B199-2 AERATOR, (NOT USED) 0.5 GPM ICE MACHINE ICE MACHINE BY PUBLIX, ROUGH -IN P-8 (NOT USED) AND HOOK UP BY PLUMBER. ----- FILT2ERED ----- 208/60/1 PUBLIX FLOOR MOUNTED WATER LVO MODEL FL-10 BY PUBLIX ROUGH -IN HOOK-UP i 2 FLOOR MOUNTED, THIS IS P - 9 POT WASH AND PRE -RINSE FAUCET BY PLUMBER ----- ----- FILTERED 208/60/3 PUBLIX A GAS FIRED UNIT.SEE T&S BRASS MODEL B-133. WATER DETAIL A4,SHEET P601. WALL MOUNTED P-10 W.F. - WATER FILTER CUNO CSO-2 MODEL 2 ----- 1" ----- ----- PLUMBER SEE DETAIL A3, (BEV, CENTER) SHEET P602. P-11 W.F. - WATER FILTER CUNO CFS-BCI-3B ----- �/2" ----- ----- PLUMBER WALL MOUNTED SEE DETAIL A3, (BAKERY WORKROOM) SHEET P602. P-12 W.F. - WATER FILTER CUNO CFS-2610 ----- ----- 3 " /4 ----- PLUMBER WALL MOUNTED SEE DETAIL A3, (POT WASH) SHEET P602. AMPCO 42SS-1L WHITE CABINET W/BUTCHER BLOCK P-13 S - SINK TOP AND S.S. SINK, T.S. BRASS B-301 FAUCET, CAST 1 i /2 i /2 i /2 PLUMBER CABINET MTD. (NOT USED) BRASS TRAP, FLEX RISER STOPS, LK-35 DRAIN, 1.0 GPM AERATOR. ELKAY BCR-15-2-S.S. SELF RIMMING - 12x10x6 S.S. P-14 S - SINK SINK, LK-36 DRAIN, CHICAGO 895-317 FAUCET, i 1 /2 11211 1 /2 PLUMBER CABINET MTD. CHROME PLATED CAST BRASS TRAP, FLEX. RISER STOPS, 1.0 GPM AERATOR. PLUMBING DEVICE SCHEDULE MARK DESCRIPTION SMITH WADE ZURN COMMENTS HUB DRAIN 3" OUTLET WITH 4'' WASTE PROVIDE PLASTIC ODDITIES GRATE HD-1 LINE UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. USE ---------- ---------- ---------- MODEL SP-12N - 41/4". SEE DETAIL C1, FOR REFRIGERATED CASE CONDENSATE. SHEET P601. 6'' DIA. FLOOR DRAIN, NICKEL BRONZE W-1100-STD6- PROVIDE TRAP PRIMER, SEE DETAIL C2, FD-1 GRATE, TOILET ROOMS 2010-A-P 1-6 ZN-415-B-P SHEET P601. 12'' DIA. FLOOR DRAIN, CAST IRON F D - 2 GRATE, SHALLOW BODY: WORK AREAS: 2140-B-FBS W-1200-8-13 Z-509-Y-S FOR ICE MACHINE DRAIN. CONCRETE, TILE, TERRAllO 12'' DIA, FLOOR DRAIN, NICKEL BRONZE F D - 3 GRATE, SHALLOW BODY: FISH DEPT. 2140-B-NB W-1200-1-27 ZN-509-Y-S-31 BUCKET W/SS MESH LINER (NOT USED). USE DUCTILE IRON TRAFFIC DUTY (DG) GRATE T D - 1 6'' WIDE TRENCH DRAIN, LENGTH 9930-SS ---------- Z-806-FS/DG FOR EXTERIOR APPLICATIONS, FABRICATED STEEL VARIES. -DB (FS) FOR INTERIOR APPLICATIONS. 6'' WIDE TRENCH DRAIN, LENGTH 9930-SS Z - 8 0 6 - F S T D - 2 VARIES, NICKEL BRONZE GRATE; 9935-SS Z - 8 0 6 - F S - Y SEDIMENT BUCKET FISH DEPT.(NOT USED) 12" DIA. FLOOR SINK, 8'' DEEP, A.R. PROVIDE GRATE WITH FUNNEL AND ALUMINUM FS-1 COATED WITH ARC 1/2 GRATE, 3400-12 W-9040-15 Z-1950-5 DOME BOTTOM STRAINER. SEE DETAIL B3, FOOD PREP AREAS.(NOT USED). SHEET P601. 12" DIA. FLOOR SINK, 8'' DEEP, A.R. F S - 2 COATED WITH N.B. '12 GRATE, 3061-12-FBS W-9040-15 ZN-1950-2- 23-31 BUCKET W/SS MESH LINER FISH DEPT. (NOT USED). 12''X12''X10" DEEP CAST IRON BODY WITH FOR POT WASH DRAIN PROVIDE GRATE WITH F S - 3 ROUND FUNNEL AND NICKEL BRONZE TOP. -- - - - - -- _- W-9112-15 ZN-1902-6 FUNNEL. INSTALL WITH GRATE IN FULL VIEW. COMPLETE WITH ALUMINUM ANTI-SPLASH 4" NH SEE DETAIL Al, SHEET P602. INTERIOR BOTTOM DOME STRAINER. CO-1 FLOOR CLEANOUT WITH TERRAllO SQ-4-1540 ---------- ZN-1400-Z SEE DETAIL A2, SHEET P601, CUP FOR TERRAllO FLOOR AREAS. CO-2 FLOOR CLEANOUT, CAST IRON COVER, 4237 W-6030-X-75 Z-1400-HD SEE DETAILS Al AND A2, SHEET P601. CONCRETE TRAFFIC AREAS. FLOOR CLEANOUT, NICKEL BRONZE CO-3 COVER, TILE, SILIKAL AND CARPET. 4031-NB W-6030-1 ZN-1400 ---------- (NOT USED) WALL CLEANOUT, CAST IRON TEE, W/ WCO BRONZE PLUG, S.S. COVER 4531 W-8460-R Z-1446-BP ---------- WH-1 WATER HAMMER ARRESTER HYDROTROL Z-1700 SERIES PLACE IN ACCORDANCE WITH 5005 #100 PLUMBING AND DRAINAGE INSTITUTE STANDARD PDI WH-201 PLUMBING LEGEND S SOIL LINE WASTE LINE W WASTE STACK WS SSW h� SAFE WASTE — —V— VENT LINE VTR VENT-THRU-ROOF CW COLD WATER HOT WATER HW W.C.O. WALL CLEANOUT GREASE WASTE GW C, 0, FLUSH C.O. F.D. FLOOR DRAIN CU COPPER r %4" HOSE BIBB -- - - -- EXISTING DRAINAGE EXISTING WATER --GW-- GREASE WASTE -ST - EXISTING STEAM CD CONDENSATE LINE FLOOR CLEANOUT, NO TRAP G GAS LINE H.D. HUB DRAIN FW FILTERED WATER TD TRENCH DRAIN — CHW CHILLED WATER BFP BACK FLOW PREVENTER VB VACUUM BREAKER WATER HAMMER ARRESTER GATE VALVE BALL VALVE PLUG VALVE GLOBE VALVE BUTTERFLY VALVE UNION POINT OF CONNECTION PLUMBING GENERAL NOTES - ALL PLUMBING DRAWINGS A. REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS FOR ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS. B. ALL FLOOR DRAINS SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH 1/2'' TRAP PRIMER VALVE, PIPING,AND FITTINGS. UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE ON THE DRAWINGS. C. PROVIDE SHOCK ARRESTORS FOR PREVENTING WATER HAMMER AT EACH BATTERY OF FIXTURES ON THE COLD AND HOT WATER SUPPLIES, AT ISOLATED PLUMBING FIXTURES, AND WHERE SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS. SHOCK ARRESTORS SHALL BE FACTORY FABRICATED AND LOCATED FULLY ACCESSIBLE, SHOCK ARRESTORS SHALL BE SIZED PER PLUMBING DRAINAGE INSTITUTE STANDARD WH-201, AIR CHAMBERS ARE NOT ACCEPTABLE. D. MAINTAIN FIRE RATING AND WEATHERPROOFING INTEGRITY OF ALL PIPING PENETRATION E. ALL SERVICES SHOWN ON THIS DRAWING SHALL TERMINATE 5'-0" OUTSIDE THE BUILDING UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE ON THE DRAWINGS. MAKE FINAL CONNECTIONS TO ALL SITE UTILITIES AND INCLUDE INCREASER AND REDUCER FITTINGS WHERE NECESSARY. F. UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE ON THE DRAWINGS, PROVIDE HOSE BIBBS AND WALL HYDRANTS 24" ABOVE THE FINISHED FLOOR/ GRADE AND INCLUDE VACUUM BREAKERS. G. CONTRACTOR SHALL BE LICENSED BY THE STATE AND LOCAL AUTHORITIES TO INSTALL THE GAS PIPING AND EQUIPMENT AS INDICATED IN THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. H. WHERE EXISTING GAS PIPING IS TO BE REUSED, PROVIDE LABOR AND MATERIAL TO TEST THE GAS PIPING. DISCONNECT THE GAS PIPING AT APPLIANCES DURING THE TEST. TEST ACCORDING TO SPECIFICATIONS. REPAIR ALL LEAKS FOUND. MINIMUM SIZE OF ALL GAS PIPING SHALL BE 14". I. VERIFY ELEVATIONS OF SEWER PIPING TO WHICH NEW SEWERS ARE TO BE CONNECTED PRIOR TO INSTALLATION OF ANY PIPING, J. ALL VENTS THROUGH ROOF SHALL BE A MINIMUM OF 10'-0" FROM ANY VENTILATION AIR INTAKE. LOUVER, DOOR, WINDOW AND ADJACENT PROPERTY LINE. VTR SHALL BE MINIMUM 36'' FROM THE EDGE OF THE ROOF- OFFSET AS REQUIRED. K. ROUGH -IN ALL WASTE AND SUPPLIES TO SPECIAL EQUIPMENT ACCORDING TO MANUFACTURER'S SHOP DRAWINGS AND MAKE FINAL CORRECTIONS TO MAKE EQUIPMENT FULLY OPERATIONAL ALL EQUIPMENT SUPPLIES SHALL BE VALVED. L. MINIMUM SLOPE FOR GRAVITY DRAINAGE PIPING: 2" 1/4"/FT 3" 1/4"/FT 4" 1/8"/FT 5" 1/8"/FT 6" 1/8"/FT GREASE WASTE SHALL BE SLOPED AT MINIMUM /4" PER FOOT REGARDLESS OF SIZE. HVAC CONDENSATE SHALL BE SLOPED AT MINIMUM �/2'' PER FOOT REGARDLESS OF SIZE. M. BRANCH CONNECTIONS SHALL BE MADE WITH STANDARD FITTINGS, SADDLE TAPS OR T-DRILL FITTINGS SHALL NOT BE USED. N. ALL PIPE PENTRATIONS THROUGH WALLS AND FLOORS SHALL BE SLEEVED. ALL COPPER PIPE WITHIN CONCRETE BLOCK WALLS SHALL BE WRAPPED WITH POLYETHYLENE COLOR CODED FOR TEMPERATURE. 0. PIPING SHALL NOT BE RUN WITHIN ELECTRICAL ROOMS UNLESS SERVING ONLY THE ROOM. NO PIPING SHALL BE ROUTED ABOVE ANY ELECTRICAL PANEL BOARDS OR SWITCHGEAR. REFER TO NEC FOR FURTHER REQUIREMENTS. P. PROVIDE SHUTOFF VALVES AT ALL NEW BRANCH PIPING CONNECTIONS. Q. CONTRACTOR SHALL CLEAN OUT THE EXISTING GREASE TRAP. R. ROUTE NEW CONDENSATE DRAIN PIPING FROM FREEZERS/ COOLERS NEAREST HUB DRAINS. S. FOR ALL FIXTURES TO BE NEW RELOCATED OR RE -PLUMBED PROVIDE NEW SUPPLIES WITH STOPS AND TRAPS FOR FIXTURE OUTLETS ABOVE GRADE STOPS, SUPPLIES AND TRAPS SHALL BE CHROME PLATED BRASS. T. WHERE DIMENSIONS ARE GIVEN FOR EQUIPMENT, PIPING AND DRAIN LOCATIONS IT SHALL BE UNDERSTOOD THAT THESE DIMENSIONS ARE PROVIDED TO ASSIST THE CONTRACTOR IN PRELIMINARY LAYOUT ONLY AND ARE NOT FOR USE AS WORKING DRAWINGS THE CONTRACTOR SHALL USE ACTUAL EQUIPMENT DIMENSIONS AND FIELD COORDINATE ALL DIMENSIONS FOR FINAL LAYOUT ROUGH -IN AND INSTALLATION OF ALL EQUIPMENT, PIPING AND DRAINS, AREAS OF HORIZONTAL RUNS BY TRADES IN AN ATTEMPT TO RELIEVE THE CONFLICT OF TRADES WORKING ABOVE THE CEILING, AREAS OF HORIZONTAL RUNS FOR ELECTRICAL, MECHANICAL, FIRE SPRINKLER AND REFRIGERATION, HAVE BEEN ESTABLISHED AS FOLLOWS: ELECTRICAL REFRIGERATION FROM BOTTOM OF ROOF DECK TO 32" BELOW ROOF DECK 32'' TO 36'' BELOW ROOF DECK FIRE SPRINKLER 8'' ABOVE CEILING (NOT TO CONFLICT W/ LIGHT FIXTURES) AND IN OPEN AREAS JUST ABOVE BOTTOM OF BAR JOISTS, AIR CONDITIONING 36'' BELOW ROOF DECK TO 10'' ABOVE CEILING AND IN OPEN AREAS. TIGHT TO BOTTOM OF BAR JOISTS AND BEAMS. IN SOME CASES DEVIATION MAY BE REQUIRED. IT IS EXPECTED THAT ALL TRADES WILL WORK WITHIN THESE SPACES, ANY DEVIATION MUST BE AGREED UPON BY THE JOB SUPERINTENDENT AND/OR AN OWNER REPRESENTATIVE. Sverdrup SVERDRUP FACILITIES, INC. Florida Corporate License #AA C001291 5750 Major Boulevard, Suite 500, Orlando, Florida 32819-7946 (407) 903-5001 Fax (407) 903-5150 MECHANICAL ENGINEER OF RECORD NAME: STEVEN P. DOTY., P.E. REGISTRATION: FLORIDA REG. #PE0046581 Seal Revision: Date: By: Description: N co = O `n � cn m oo � Cn Z M C15 W 0 J I m< wQC0 w o00 =aE �Oz� 0 LU JO d5� Q co Z J Mw J= ff w r_�' O�Q� QoC a_ � U X a- J cz�= 0 ��� �Oc� O< w U COw Ui to F- r` IV Key Plan: Scales: Sverdrup Project No.: 22196390 Drawing Title: SCHEDULES Date: 03/19/99 Designed By: JMN Drawn By: JMN Checked By: SPD Drawing No.: Pool 4 A —TO STORM - - - - ❑ - - - - - -, - - - 2 I/2"WATER DRAIN TO MAIN 1 (:D � 11 ---- I- L P 9 12 EXISTING /--a�-GREASE',-a-GREASE '�- _ O-_ -/'I 3 VTR I I TRAP I TRAP -L- ------ I---- __- --_ --- - , 4''W_-,-----I-------4"S.---------I-- - --- -I-- -----i t----411 S------ - --'----------- --==__ 4" _= - ----; I -- - - - - - - -T ------------ - - - - -- 'I S ----- -------------- - - - --- ---�� 1 ----------------------------4"W.---I- - - - - -- - -I----_----' - -❑ -- -- --- - --- - - - -- - -- -- -- - ---------- - - - - I I I 12 i\ L I {�- ! - - - - --2 VTR EXISTING - ` EXISTING I j EXISTING - EXISTING I ,I' I ,� , 3 VTR 3'' VTR EXISTING EXISTING I I 3 VTR 2" VTR/I',/ \�' n ,' I �� �❑ I� I I u I\ ---- -�-- --- --- ------ - --- -'--- �❑- II'- _ �' 2 VTR ---' -- � 2 UTR --- - I �\ � Icv � -- - -- -- - I--- - `2 -- I - --- - -- � I -- 4 I IY 2"GAS --- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - ----__-_- - - - - - 1 --- - - - - - - - -- - - -,y I-1- - - -� - - - - - - - - 2"GAS- t ----------� -I I - - - -- I2"CW- - - - - --1-2"CW--- - ,-- - - _=_-�-==T=��-=-�`=4'-==1--_-_--_--=-I�------- rt=====------- -- I `__=-===1==-===-----I-�-----,-- - - 3 - - -7_1V -----=2 CW-—— �, /q C w — _, ❑ _ _ _ _ _ ! _ _ _ _ 3�' X ST NG EXISTING ITING 3" VTR I-----3"V�------ - I /q HW - - -f I -- - ---- 3 VTR 3'' VTR ❑ -❑-- -- - - - --- - - - - - - - - - - -------------- - - - ---- --- - - - - -- -------- - - -- -- - I ,`I �\ \\ —i — �- EXISTING - ----- - - - - -' `' I IIII I 11 I I c� y I I I 3'' VTIRG I 3 VTR _ 17 � _ EXISTING r 16 I I L I 3�� VTR � 1-��_----�_--_------ I sr, I �� � '��' EXISTING I _ ❑ 15 I 7 _ �Q, 7 R ; R T' VTR « ! 7 - --- --- 2 -- -t � � — -- - - - - - - L -1 "HW - - - - /4"HWL! R� — L - — ------ II --- --- I--- - L-- -�� 12 I - -i f TI- i �411 HW I e -6 7 \\ I EXISTING ' \ 7 - I T I TI ___�_ _ �__ _ �_ I 3� VTR rs--,---- _�__�------ -- I a I 3"W E]__' J — -- «— -- 'I - - - --- -� — - -- - - -- -+ - - - - - i-- - - �— _-_-_----=L-=== 7 =-__� -I - - ----❑- b---- 3-51- o -- - -li \ f - T -❑- I----- \ LI _--I-- L J I i I I I -------- ,'-------t� I�❑� ' /----- - - - - -------------1 _ J - 4 W--1-I-'--------'�'---- I Q 7 L ----m —�— —r / I ' ❑ \/� I —-----❑— ------,--F------i--- r-- I ----- -------�I EXISTING vi I 1' VTR I L --- II I ------- I---------I-------1------- IL--------L1--------I \ \ � �- - - - - -- I I I I IDS I--r— r � I I cry -- -4" W- - - -- --�' I III - � I I � �L J ----� ' I i r-- \ I L - ,' ¢ I I I I 12I------------3 -z _ \ I - I I � I I I I ' EXISTING 2" VTR -I I I --- --- - ----- - - -- �tI ------I—❑I , I ---I---- - - - - --- --❑--- - - - - - I-- - - - ----- - -------------------- 4J-- ---------------�\ ---- ------------- ------- I , I I I I I I I I I I I ,, I � I II I � ❑ �1 J j Iyl I«-- 3 W---- I I I ti=1-I ,'I III I I I I I I I I ' L - I I ZJ_ I I I L L , I I N I I I I I\ ' ill c� ❑- ------- - I - - - - - - p v I I � i_ I I � I YV «-- 3nW__12 11 3" SW FOR I EXISTING �\ `\ l\` AC-1 COND. I 2 VTR 4 3" VTR I \ 3" W IN 4 I I lb , , I � I I ` I CEILING I ❑ , - I _ I I II I I I I I I � I I ' I I =A— — — --,e — — - - -- - -- ---- - - -❑ ---- ----'------------- — — — — -------- --- — — — — -- — -- ,— — — — --- — — — — ` ---- I I I i I - ❑�- - - ll\= -_-__ _--- �, ❑ - ❑i - ----- - - - --- r---------- - - - - -N - - - - - - -- - - - - - - - - - -- - - - -- ❑ - - - -- - - - - - -i - - - -- - --- c_DI I'A 12 �t ' I I - 0.----- --- r---------r\- I-==- EXISTING El--I I—-------- I --- R -- I --- - - _2 i _ I ❑i II I --- I 11u \ -- 1-- `-- I I \ I I I \ I I I 11 • I \ I I I� `--- -- -- - r --- 1 ----- ----- -- __ I = I I , , , , , -�' I I I ------J' II i I- - - I I ILA❑ -, I I II � I === s�--------I--- �1 *�% ----- \ - - _ - - - - - � - ❑ I I I I I I I \\I o I � �I I � , I � ► I I ' , _ � JJ = I VTR EXISTING 3CW1 -----< - �------3" VTR I ❑ 14 EXISTING EXISTING 2'' VTR 3" VTR I167 3WS. FROM AC-3 COND 1"HW ❑- - - - --- - ------ - ------------------ - - - - -- - - -- - - - - - - - -- - - -- - - - - -- --E- - - -- -- - - - - I I I ,\ - - - - - - JL EXISTING ----3"W r-7----r----T2" VTR Fa---------31�W-------- ---- EXISTING 11 1= 2" VTR 7 5 `4 -V 12 , , ¢ -r----r - - --r - - -_T CD _- __ IL-- � 'J r -- r-r r r-- r- EXISTING 2'' VTR I 18 12 In " --------II L----------- --------- 4''HW , �4W-----4,W� - CW_CW ❑-- --- - - - - -- /q CW ---- - - - - - -------------q-- -- -= - - /qnH �------- - -- �3 �r T -7 12 II ' ---- - -�-- ❑❑- EXISTING 2'' VTR 21 8 - q —-- ---�II - - IIII 00 - - - IIII I R- L-1r�^ --lIohlyf =r ❑I — ---1 --------- -- - -- ------ ---�---I ---- �- - I IIII - - -III - - - --- - - - -=-fg'HW 1EXISTING EXISTING 3 VTR 3 VTR ----------3u W.S. FROM - - - - -- -- �311W- Ll AC-4 COND. ----------------------- - —- —— - --- — - —- - — - —- --- —- - - - -- -- --- ----- -------- - - - ---- - -----aI - - - - — 0 --- ❑ I SHEET NOTES: ❑ HUB DRAIN TO REMAIN FOR ICE CASE CONDENSATE. ❑ VERIFY LOCATION OF EXISTING PLUMBING PIPING AND DEMO EXPOSED DRAINAGE PIPING FROM SINK. ❑ DEMO HUB DRAIN AND UNDERGROUND PIPING IN HATCHED AREA CAP AT TIE IN TO MAIN. REFER TO STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS FOR FLOOR PATCHING DETAILS. 4 EXISTING ELECTRIC WATER COOLER TO REMAIN. 5 DISCONNECT EXISTING UTILITIES FROM PROOF BOX, DONUT FRYER AND GAS FIRED OVEN. DEMO EQUIPMENT. © EXISTING 15 PAN OVEN TO REMAIN. ❑ EXISTING SINK TO REMAIN. ® NOT USED ❑9 DEMO EXISTING COMPACTOR TRENCH DRAIN AND DRAIN LINE FIELD VERIFY FOR EXACT LOCATION. 10 DEMO FLOOR DRAIN AND UNDERGROUND PIPING IN HATCHED AREA CAP AT TIE IN TO MAIN. REFER TO STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS FOR FLOOR PATCHING DETAILS. 11 FIELD VERIFY LOCATION OF EXISTING DRAIN PIPING SHOWN IN HATCHED AREA. CUT PIPE CAP AND SEAL BELOW FLOOR. ABANDON LINE IN PLACE. REFER TO STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS FOR FLOOR PATCHING DETAILS. 12 DEMO EXISTING FLOOR/HUB DRAIN/CLEAN OUT. REFER TO STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS FOR FLOOR PATCHING DETAILS. 13 NOT USED 14 EXISTING FLOOR SINK TO REMAIN . 15 DISCONNECT PLUMBING TO ICE MACHINE, STORE ICE MACHINE ON SITE FOR REUSE. 16 EXISTING HEAT RECLAIM TANK IN MECHANICAL ROOM ON ROOF TO REMAIN. 17 EXISTING HOT WATER HEATER IN MECHANICAL ROOM ON ROOF TO REMAIN. 18 DEMO SINK AND INDIRECT WASTE PIPING DEMO HW AND CW PIPING TO A POINT ABOVE THE CEILING. 19 NOT USED. 20 NOT USED 21 DEMO 3'' VTR BELOW CEILING LEAVE REMAINING PIPING FOR FUTURE USE. GENERAL NOTES: A. FIELD VERIFY LOCATION OF ALL EXISTING GAS, WATER AND WASTE PIPING. B. FIELD VERIFY CURRENT LOCATION OF COMPACTOR AND PAD TO DEMO TRENCH DRAIN AND WASTE LINE AS NEEDED, C. DEMOLITION OF DRAIN PIPING CAN FORM NO DEAD END. Sverdrup SVERDRUP FACILITIES, INC. Florida Corporate License #AA C001291 5750 Major Boulevard, Suite 500, Orlando, Florida 32819-7946 (407) 903-5001 Fax (407) 903-5150 MECHANICAL ENGINEER OF RECORD NAME: STEVEN P. DOTY., P.E. REGISTRATION. FLORIDA REG. #PE0046581 Seal Revision: Date: By: Description: DCAI N co co = .cn I— 00I 0 ZM wo� J 0 •� Uco Z Z 0 Qw0 OLL 0y)wZ) 3 LL. LLJ Y w 0 w rn�m� J Q M w _ rl_ Z O M w_ J = * <>C oc > Q rr U X J w O�N� Oc H+�w U LL ao � (l�H1�N Key Plan: PLAN NORTH N TRUE NORTH Scales: 0 4' 8' 16' 24' Sverdrup Project No.: 22196390 Drawing Title: DEMOLITION PLAN I I I I EXISTING-/ 3'' VTR Date: 03/19/99 Designed By: SAM Drawn By: JMN Checked By: SPD Drawing No.: I i P101 ► J ❑ 1 2 ❑ TD-1 5 6 8 g T 1 � D I CO-2 4'1W ❑EASE F _ GREASE - Z_- 2 _0 , 2 -0 16 TRAP ;- TRAP 8 ----- --- ---- 'CO -20-T---�-I--❑----i �----411 s----- - - --'� �-------- T-, -- - - -- ,- �I5---- � ---�------i--�---------T\- z---------- - - - - -- 'I - ,--1-------------- �� ❑,,----------------------------411W -- - I - - - - - -- -- SHEET NOTES: Sverdrup SVERDRUP FACILITIES, INC. Florida Corporate License #AA C001291 5750 Major Boulevard, Suite 500, Orlando, Florida 32819-7946 (407) 903-5001 Fax (407) 903-5150 0 F c F B F n ❑ - —- -— - — - — -— - <— --- — ❑ I i I - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - ❑ PROVIDE 4''W LINE, NO TRAP AND ROUTE TO NEXT TRENCH DRAIN, I c❑ 2 PROVIDE MECHANICAL SHUT-OFF VALVE (ASCO AUTO SWITCH CO2 RED HAT HV2165855) MECHANICAL ENGINEER OF RECORD FURNISHED AN INSTALLED BY PLUMBING CONTRACTOR. LABEL " MAIN GAS FOR BAKERY'' NAME: STEVEN P. DOTY., P.E. - — _ — — _ ❑ RECONNECT EXISTING FILTERED WATER LINE TO EXISTING ICE MACHINE REGISTRATION: FLORIDA REG. #PE0046581 — J _ — — — — I+ ❑ CONNECT 1/2'' DRAIN TO HOOD CONDENSATE DRAIN OUTLET. ROUTE TO FLOOR SINK Seal 211GAS--- — — -- - — — — — — —❑-- --❑ --- — — — — — — — — — — — — -_ 2 GAS — — — = I— — 2"GAS — _ — _ _ _ _ _ _ _ — _ — UNDER DISHWASHER. -- --,2 CW-- 2 CW— — — — — T-- — — 2 CW-—___-----__ i -3"VV------' �\--- - i- - Y4 HW - - \�� - -- - ❑ - - - - --- I I � I, i 5 INSTALL NEW WATER FILTER (P-10). TIE INTO EXISTING FILTERED WATER LINES VERIFY --- —, ---—-—-— ❑- — - — - —- - -- —_❑ — — ❑ — — -- -- -- - — ,-- —-- - — - —- -- --- — ❑ - - — — -- -- - - — - - - — - —- -- - —-- — - — - —- - LOCATION WITH OWNER. REFER TO DETAIL A3, SHEET P602. EXISTING 6 INSTALL NEW WATER FILTER (P-11) TIE INTO EXISTING FILTERED WATER LINES.VERIFY ❑ _ �'I ; , " VTR 3 Q ❑ ( _ LOCATION WITH OWNER. REFER TO DETAIL A3, SHEET P602. ❑ - - - - - - - ❑ ❑ PROVIDE NEW FLOOR SINK (FS-3) WITH TRAP AND 4'' WASTE LINE. ROUTE TO EXISTING ❑ `Q ❑ R R R a 4" WASTE LINE. I _ - 8 PROVIDE BACKFLOW PREVENTER AT POTABLE WATER ENTRANCE WATTS-909 LINE SIZE _ f I i 11211HW ❑ i � I � - � � ❑ 1 HW � - - - — - — - — - i - — - - - I /4 HW � — C❑ - � �, _ I I � I COORDINATE LOCATION WITH PUBLIX REPRESENTATIVE. PROVIDE SHUT OFF VALVE, 3 14 -0---- - I ❑ I I = � \ - - - - 411 W - - - - - - � - - � , -� ' � I 9 Revision: INSTALL SLOAN RESS-C-3.5 FLUSH VALVE FOR WATER CLOSETS AND RESS-U-1.0 l P-10 — — — — —� — — — , — - " — — — Date: B Descri I, I ,D-2 f + ❑ +;— _ HW J I �\ � ❑ ❑� 1 � � r, � I FOR URINALS. FIELD VERIFY IF NEW SENSORS ARE COMPATIBLE WITH EXISTING r 3 W FIXTURES. - -- - -- �' p-------- - - ❑El Ll ------ ----- -- -- - - --- _ — -- — — — - --- - S{� --� - T �, ❑ ❑ O ❑ 10 RECONNECT EXISTING HOT/COLD WATER LINES TO NEW COMPARTMENT SINK (P-6). -' -p --- - - - - + s� o O - 1 = EXTEND WATER LINE TO NEW HOSE BIBB, REFER TO SHEET P601, DETAILS B2 P-6 `+ ❑ EXISTING ❑ `' ^� _ _I = THRU B4. Sl��- -- 4" W- 1- 3 , VTR ❑ S ❑ °� - - - - \ ` ❑ °_° 11 PROVIDE TEMPERING VALVE FOR HAND WASHING SINK SET TEMPERATURE TO 110 F. I ❑ ❑ ' �-I--4"W-- -�'- - -- '-------�----- - -,�-- 4"W--{�------------�----�- - 4"W--�----� --� -� I � I ❑ r`' SEE DETAIL A2, SHEET P602. I 7 10 i �' 12 EXTEND �/2'' CW LINE WITH STOP VALVE AND WATTS 9D (ASSE 1012 LISTED) PRESSURE /2 `I, ❑ VACUUM BREAKER WITH INTERMEDIATE VENT FROM EXISTING FILTERED WATER LINE TO 1 NEW PROOF BOX. ALSO, ROUTE %q" DRAIN LINE TO NEW HUB DRAIN. I I 17 I - - - 3"W ❑ J ❑ - _ _i _I_ _ _ _ ❑ _ _ - 411 W _ _ _ ❑ _ 13 EXTEND �/2'' CW LINE WITH STOP VALVE AND WATTS 9D (ASSE 1012 LISTED) PRESSURE �' `, ❑ VACUUM BREAKER WITH INTERMEDIATE VENT FROM EXISTING FILTERED WATER LINE b ❑ TO NEW OVEN. ALSO, PROVIDE 1 �/2'' GAS CONNECTION AND TIE INTO EXISTING GAS N R F R T T T I ' I I 311 W ' I I I I I I ❑n II EXISTIN —21 -' 3VTR 4 ?` �' I❑ ❑ - - - --- -- —„— — — -- --- -- - ---- -- -- — - — — — — - — — ----- -- - I LIE E E 0 DE AIL A4, SHEE P601 18 -1 PROVIDE NEW FLOOR DRAIN (FD-2) FOR EXISTING ICE MACHINE. ROUTE NEW 3" WASTE I LINE WITH TRAP TO EXISTING 1 /2 VTR, I 15 ROUTE NEW %q" HW LINE TO NEW WATER FILTER (P-12}. SEE DETAIL A3, SHEET P602 VERIFY FILTER LOCATION WITH OWNER REPRESENTATIVE. ROUTE �/2" FILTERED ' 1 � HOTWATER LINE WITH WATER HAMMER ARRESTER (WH-1), STOP VALVE, AND 3 11 WATTS 9D (ASSE 1012 LISTED) PRESSURE VACUUM BREAKER WITH INTERMEDIATE VENT. TO POT WASH (P 9). r I 16 PROVIDE 4" DRAIN LINE WITH TRAP FOR NEW TRENCH DRAIN (TD-1). ROUTE 4" WASTE 1 LINE INTO EXISTING 3" VTR. ROUTE FLEXIBLE DRAIN LINE FROM ICE TABLE OR CASE TO EXISTING HUB DRAIN. �❑ o 18 i I 18 PROVIDE HUB DRAIN (HD-1) AND 4"W LINE, NO TRAP, ROUTE TO EXISTING 4" W LINE I O I i I AS SHOWN SEE DETAIL B2, SHEET P602. PROVIDE 1%2" CONDENSATE DRAIN LINE FOR AC-5. CONNECT TO EXISTING 3 WASTE STACK. FIELD VERIFY EXACT LOCATION. SEE DETAIL (13, 24 -10 SHEET P601. I 20 INSTALL NEW SINK (P-14) IN COUNTER. EXTEND 1/2" CW AND HW FROM EXISTING WATER I I '7- I PIPES. PROVIDE NEW 3" W LINE AND ROUTE TO EXISTING WASTE LINE. � RELOCATE CLEANOUT AS REQUIRED FOR NEW COOLER OR FREEZER. FIELD V x VERIFY FOR EXACT LOCATION. ROUTE NEW CONDENSATE PIPING FROM FREEZERS/COOLERS TO NEAREST HUB DRAIN. � I I ---— - — - — -— --- - T ----- - --- - - - - ---- — ----- ---- — — — — — — --- — ------------ -- - —--— - — - — -— - — - —- ---—- — - — - —-- — - — - —- ---—-—-—-—-— - — - — -— -- — - — - —- - -- I- --—-—-—-—-—-—-—-—-—-—-—-—-—-—-—-—---—-—-—-—-—-—- — - — - —- — — --- — — —-- — r i I` i o I i �� 1 � I I ❑ I i � I I ❑ I I- �, NEW i ❑ j 2 "VTR P-14 I I, I I � ' it ' I I I � i N ❑ i l ❑ � I i I I b ❑ - — - �4"HW - �� � �' ❑ REFER TO SHEET P701 FOR I I ,❑ � , I I---� I --- - - ----�-211❑ ❑�\� I ---- /-- - — - — -— -- - PLUMBING THIS AREA 1"CW-J ---- - -- I --- 3 1I - - - --- - - --- - — - — -— - /4 H --- — - — - —- UV fi /4 C W I /4 --—-—- — - — - — - — I 3 11 - -- — - — - —- — -t ---- �:-—-—-—- — - — - —---— - — - — -— — -— - - ❑❑ I 1 IC - - — -� ---- 1❑ - �� '- - -----/-- -- - — -——- — - — - —- JHW -- --- - - - - -- 4 ---- - — -- — — — ---- -- ---- — — -- — --- — — — — — — - — — 00 r I I ' — ----------- ---- -311W---------- Li 0I 9 O � ❑ � Q® 0 A- -------------- - - - - - --- -_ - - - - -- ----- --- _-___ --- - -- --- - - - - - -- - - - - -_ -- --- - --- - --- - - - - - -- ---- - I I ' I I I I I� I - �❑ - - - - I - - - - - - - - - - - r - - 4 ❑ A''CW F��_WH `�-------< --- J x5E] 'I FS-30117— ' "GAS - -�- --311W_ _ -- - - - - -❑_ --- ---- - --- NEW 2'' VTR P-9 I 1 = 7 I ��- 5'1 --1'1CW—_ 111HW — ❑❑ ❑❑� i\ b I � I I —--�rt — — ( - — - —- -- ❑❑' 311W- I I I \ � I I ---------- - - - 311W - - - - - - --- --- �% )� ZM � W 0 J � r Key Plan: PLAN NORTH N PLAN NORTH TRUE NORTH Scales: 0 4' 8' 16' 24' L o 7 Sverdrup Project No.: 22196390 Drawing Title: FLOOR PLAN Date: 03/19/99 Designed By: SAM Drawn By: JMN Checked By: SPD I Drawing No.: i P301 T. PLASTIC ODDITIES -MODEL SP-12N-41/4" GRATE CUT LENGTH AS REQUIRED D FOR 24" MAXIMUM 4" LINE 4" DEEP SEAL P-TRAP WITH BELL C A HUB DRAIN DETAIL NOT TO SCALE FOR RECEIVING INDIRECT WASTE FROM REFRIGERATED CASES AND COOLERS EXTERIOR FLOOR CLEANOUT (CO-2) A1_� EXTERIOR CLEANOUT DETAIL 3" HUB DRAIN FOR RECEIVING INDIRECT WASTE, TERMINATE 1" ABOVE FINISH FLOOR. 1" EXTENSION WHERE REQUIRED. PROVIDED BY OWNER - DO NOT CEMENT IN PLACE. 0'-0" I 4"X3" REDUCER 4" LINE r'ONCRETE COLLAR 3" DIAMETER 4" DEEP. LUSH CLEANOUT CAST IRON) IUB ADAPT. SE 4" SIZE \RGE THAN 4" r- AI In FT ,( IA II/ STOP VALVE 1/2'' LINE TO FLOOR DRAIN TRAP PRIMER SCHEMATIC NOT TO SCALE 7' - 711 31/2 " 31/2 t 1 71 G ii11 TYPICAL FAUCET MOUNTING LOCATION SCULLERY PRERINSE T.S BRASS MODEL B-133 VERIFY MOUNTING SIDE. 3-COMPARTMENT SINK PRODUCE SINK FAUCET: T & S BRASS MODEL B-231 WITH SPRING CHECK VALVE FLUUK CLLANUL ATE FLUSH CLEANOUT DETAIL FINISHED FLOOR LUSH CLEANOUT CAST IRON) SUB ADAPTER THREADED CLEAN-OU1 WITH 1/4" E FOR VENT. DIMENSION D1, INCHES (MINIMUM) DIMENSION D2, INCHES (MINIMUM) EQUAL TO FAN EQUAL TO FAN DRAW -THROUGH NEGATIVE PRESSURE NEGATIVE PRESSURE AIR HANDLER BUT NOT LESS BUT NOT LESS THAN 3" THAN 3" EQUAL TO FAN BLOW -THROUGH 2„ TOTAL STATIC AIR HANDLER PRESSURE, BUT NOT LESS THAN 4" A/C CONDENSATE DETAIL N.T.S. 1�/2" PVC DRAINS TO FLOOR SINK ROTARY WASTE AIR GAP SHALL B MINIMUM TWICE TI DIAMETER OF THE DRAINING PIPE. AIF GAP SHALL BE A LEAST 2" FLOOR SINK DETAIL NOT TO SCALE AHU DRAIN PAN CONNECTION, SIDE OR BOTTOM CONNECTION. I I I Q I CD I a I � I z REFRIGERATED OR FREEZER CASE N (REFERENCE ONLY) I HD C.O. 014 PVC TEE ELBOW TURNED DOWN TERMINATED ABOVE CASE DRAIN FOR AIR GAP. AIR GAP SHALL BE MINIMUM TWICE THE DIAMETER OF THE DRAINING PIPE. AIR GAP SHALL BE AT LEAST 2" HUB DRAIN HD-1 COMPARTMENT SINK NOTE: MAY BE ONE,TWO OR THREE COMPARTMENT SINK - REFER TO DRAWINGS ROTARY WASTE VALVE OVAL FUNNEL HOT AND COLD WATER SHUT-OFF VALVES (OMIT ONE VALVE WHERE COLD WATER ONLY OCCURS). BOTH VALVES CENTERED ON CEILING TILE IN II OPPOSITE DIRECTIONS, COORDINATE LOCATIONS 6 WITH CEILING CONTRACTORS. --—- — - — - —- 150150 I < 124"x48"x 5/8 " PREFINISHED GYPSUM PANEL WITH 3" BLACK STENCILED o LETTERS BY EILING CONTRACTOR. N `I SUSPENDED CEILING CEILING SHUT-OFF VALVE DETAIL 24%48"x% PREFINISHED GYPSUM PANEL W/ 3" BLACK STENCILED LETTERS BY CEILING CONTRACTOR, A3\\ PLAN OF CEILING PANEL AT WATER VALVE Ln Ln (C4' CONDENSATE TRAP DETAIL NOT TO SCALE WATTS 9DSC (ASSE 1012 LISTED) PRESSURE VACUUM BREAKER WITH INTERMEDIATE VENT, CHROME PLATED. FIELD INSTALL THREADED BRONZE PIPE NIPPLE AND ELBOW TURNEI (3 OR 4 COMPARTN T&S BRASS MODEL FAUCET ONLY) CLOSE NIPF PARTITION WATER SI END ELEVATION OF SINK DETAIL NOT TO SCALE FINISHED FLOOR DIMENSION "D'' IS 2' TO RIGHT OR LEFT OF CL OF CASE UNLESS SHOWN OTHERWISE ON DRAWINGS. DIMENSIONS ON PLANS ARE FROM CL OF HUB DRAIN TO NEAREST COLUMN OR WALL. " NSF - APPROVED BRAIDED PLASTIC ')E TO SANITIZER. CONNECT NNSTREAM OF BACKFLOW PREVENTER OR 4-COMPARTMENT SINK WITH T&S \SS MODEL B-156 FAUCET ONLY) S BRASS FAUCET 'AINLESS STEEL SERVICE �K BY PUBLIX Sverdrup SVERDRUP FACILITIES, INC. Florida Corporate License #AA C001291 5750 Major Boulevard, Suite 500, Orlando, Florida 32819-7946 (407) 903-5001 Fax (407) 903-5150 MECHANICAL ENGINEER OF RECORD NAME: STEVEN P. DOTY., P.E. REGISTRATION., FLORIDA REG. #PE0046581 Seal �_ 9n Revision: Date: By: Description: • H.B. TO BE MOUNTED HERE V x WATER FOR SCULLERY, DELI & MEAT . D 'ARTMENT SINKS. COLD WATER FOR C CL ,FOOD & PRODUCE DEPARTMENT SINKS01. • Ln i� y,,ATTS 9D (ASSE 1012 LISTED) PRESSURE VACUUM BREAKER W WITH INTERMEDIATE VENT. TURN VENT OPENING DOWN. N = Z LC CO 00 2-7M TO EXISTING w _J � GENERATOR c/ Q i � Q 158 CFH v z o� Q j o •� ��gr �LU� `L O U) w CLU d� W Y w m J CABLE AND PULLEY Q M z co w_ J= OPERATOR 0 w '� O > Q OC U X J 0��� -EXISTING 2"GAS -1-----f-------- ----� Q O< m w cN I � U I— O 474 CFH EXISTING 2" MAIN 632 CFH Key Plan: NOTE: 36 CFH ADDED TOTAL Q Q 72 CFH REMOVED CD CD I I M V) Q N EMERGENCY Scales: SHUT OFF VALVE, TYPICAL SHUT OFF VALVE z 0�/ BELOW CEILING <J� X W UNION, TYPICAL I I I TO POT WASH - 36 CFH I I I TO DOUBLE PAN OVEN - 300 CFH I' `------------------------ - - - - --------- - - - - -� TO EXISTING 15 PAN OVEN - 138 CFH Sverdrup Project No.: 22196390 Drawing Title: DETAILS A4 GAS DETAIL P601 NOT TO SCALE I Designed By: SAM Drawing No.: Drawn By: JMN Checked By: SPD P601 P601 / NO TO SCALE. P601 % NOT TO SCALE NOT TO SCALE Sverdrup SVERDRUP FACILITIES, INC. Florida Corporate license #AA C001291 5750 Major Boulevard, Suite 500, Orlando, Florida 32819-7946 (407) 903-5001 Fax (407) 903-5150 C A GRATE COVERING \ IN FULL VIEW WITH FUNNEL \ FINISHED .FL O ter.. DRAIN DEEP SEAL P - TRAP POT WASH (P-9) AIR GAP, MINIMUM TWICE THE DIAMETER OF THE DRAINING PIPE AND AT LEAST 2'' DEEP FLOOR SINK (FS-3) WITH FUNNEL TOP 3" HUB DRAIN HD TO LAVATORY OR HAND WASHING SINK INDIRECT WASTE FLOOR/HUB DRAIN NO TO SCALE LIVIF Ll,�ING VALVE SYMMONSTHERMOSTATIC MIXING VALVE, ROUGH CHROME FINISH WITH CHECKS. MODEL 5-120 FOR 1-2 FIXTURES (WITH WALL BRACKET) MODEL 5-130-113 FOR 3-4 FIXTURES (WITH WALL BRACKET) MODEL 5-200-1B FOR 5-8 FIXTURES (WITH ENCLOSURE) \2'-6 1 '' CW SUPPLY 1" FILTERED WATER TO EQUIPMENT b 1-o a - P-10 0 BEV. CENTER 4" PLUMBER TO SUPPLY & INSTALL BY-PASS & VALVES. PLUMBER TO SUPPLY & INSTALL FILTERS. �/2'' CW SUPPLY �2' - 6 "� P-11 ) FLOOR BAKERY WORKROOM T� EQUIPMED TWATER 10" %q" HW SUPPLY \ '' FILTERED I I WATER TO POT WASH - ' P-12 0 POT WASH MECHANICAL ENGINEER OF RECORD NAME: STEVEN P. DOTY., P.E. REGISTRATION: FLORIDA REG. #PE0046581 Seal Revision: Date: By: Description: D Ln NC) 00 = CY) co oo O LO Z M cn W C)� I LU w a- LL O�LL]wrn — r J 05L.L Y LJJ W d� m J M W 7m) woo �a� 0 rl F-- J qz"d- m = mUXLU O�N� O U�mF__ Q O LLJ U)F-nLU IV Key Plan: Scales: Sverdrup Project No.: 22196390 Drawing Title: DETAILS - Al P602 e POT WASH DETAIL NOT TO SCALE A2' P602 TEMPERING VALVE FOR HAND WASHING FIXTURES NOT TO SCALE WATER FILTER DETAILS NOT TO SCALE Date: 03/19/99 Designed By: SAM Drawing No.: Drawn By: JMN P602 Checked By: SPD Sverdrup SVERDRUP FACILITIES, INC. Florida Corporate license #AA C001291 5750 Major Boulevard, Suite 500, Orlando, Florida 32819-7946 (407) 903-5001 Fax (407) 903-5150 tf 0 I A SEE SHEET - - P301 FOR CONTINUATION NE) SEE SHEET P301 FOR CONTINUATION SEE SHEET P301FOR CONNECT TO CONTINUATION EXISTING 3"VTR ENLARGED RESTROOM PLAN �/2'' = 1' TIE INTO NEW COLD WATER SEE SHEET P301 FOR CONTINUA] SEE SHEET P301 FOR CONTINUATION. P,C 3 6� TRAP PRIMER VALVE MIXING VALVE MOUN1 UNDER SINK, PROVIDE PRE -MANUFACTURED PADDING. SEE DETAIL SHEET P602. WATER ISOMETRIC RISER 4 __ET R )ATION CW WH-1 P-2 TIE INTO EXISTING HOT WATER LINE. SEE SHEET P301 FOR CONTINUATION. I� I � CONNECT TO EXISTING YVTR / PROVIDE TRAP PRIMER FOR FLOOR DRAIN (TYP) I SEE DETAIL C2, SHEET P601 C I I j I I FD-1 SEE SHEET P-4 i / �� P301 FOR 3'1 CONTINUATION I W �' I / / I ' / / / / N / Q � / P-2 / ' I SEE SHEET P301 FOR // S CONTINUATION / / SANITARY WASTE ISOMETRIC RISER LEGEND NOT TO SCALE - - - - - - - EXISTING DRAIN LINE NEW DRAIN LINE -- - - -- --- NEW VENT LINE MECHANICAL ENGINEER OF RECORD NAME: STEVEN P. DOTY., P. E. REGISTRATION: FLORIDA REG. #PE0046581 Seal Revision: Date: By: Description: N(A 00 = 0 LO �- co00 z M w� � � Waco w o �aEE z TO � � � mo w�w rn>.mJ Qwgz to I OC U D 0 FZ- CD Z: LU 2, x J O�N1 a C)QmLU C�0nLU N U I - Key Plan: Scales: Sverdrup Project No.: 22196390 Drawing Title: ENLARGED RESTROOM PLAN AND PLUMBING RISERS 4 NOT TO SCALE Date: Designed By: SAM Drawn By. JMN Checked By: SPD Drawing No.: P701 G 0 Sverdrup SVERDR UP FACILITIES, INC. Florida Corporate License #AA C001291 750 Major Boulevard, Suite 500, Orlando, Florida 32819-7946 (407) 903-5001 Fax (407) 903-5150 1? AIR CONDITIONING SCHEDULE MARK AREA SERVED SUPPLY FAN COOLING CAPACITY HOT GAS REHEAT ELECTRICAL POWER V/PH/HZ OUTSIDE AIR CFM AMBIENT TEMP F FILTERS PERFORMANCE EER MANUF. MODEL NO. REMARKS TOTAL CFM ESP " W.G. MOTOR HP AIR ON COIL db/wb AIR OFF COIL db/wb AIR OFF COIL DEWPOINT SENSIBLE MBH TOTAL TONS AIR OFF REHEAT COIL db/wb CAPACITY MBH MFS MCA AC-1 CENTRAL SALES 11500 78.3/65.2 54.8/54.6 53.8 280.0 28.9 59.0/57.0 53.5 1900 91 2" - 30/ McQUAY RRS-020B 1,2,3 AC-2 CENTRAL SALES 11500 78.3/65.2 54.8/54.6 53.5 280.0 28.9 59.0/57.0 53.5 1900 91 2" - 30/ McQUAY RRS-020B 1,2,3 AC-3 BAKERY 2950 78.1/65.1 56.3/54.4 53.0 66.0 7.67 450 91 2" - 30/ WEATHERKING PDB-091-1 1,2,3 AC-4 OFFICES 2770 78.1/65.1 55.4/54.4 53.7 68.0 7.50 450 91 2" - 30/ WEATHERKING PDO-092-1 1,2,3 AC-5 VESTIBULE 3200 1.0 3.0 78.8/66.0 55.0/54.0 53.3 83.0 9.83 80 61 208/3/60 640 91 2" - 30/ 11.5 WEATHERKING PDV-132 2,3,4,5,6,7,8 NOTES 1. EXISTING AC UNIT 2. SMOKE DETECTOR REQUIRED IN SUPPLY AND RETURN DUCT, TO BE SUPPLIED BY OWNER, WIRED BY FIRE ALARM CONTRACTOR, AND INSTALLED BY MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR. 3. AIRFLOW VALUES FOR EQUIPMENT CONTAIN ALLOWANCES FOR DUCT LEAKAGE AND MAY VARY FROM VALUES SHOWN ON PLANS. 4. UNIT FURNISHED BY OWNER AND INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR. 5. ROOF CURB SHALL BE INSTALLED TO MOUNT UNIT LEVEL. CURB HEIGHT SHALL BE INSTALLED AS REQUIRED TO MAINTAIN MINIMUM 36" ABOVE ROOF TO LOWEST PORTION OF OUTSIDE AIR INTAKE 6. ELECTRIC HEATING ELEMENTS SHALL HAVE NON-RESETTABLE FUSIBLE LINK SAFETY CONTROLS, AIRFLOW SWITCH, AND SHALL BE UL LISTED. 7. FURNISH UNIT WITH 11,3 kW ELECTRIC HEATER. 8, FURNISH UNIT WITH REFRIGERATION CYCLE SUBCOOLING COIL WITH 2 STAGE THERMOSTAT TO CONTROL SUBCOOLING. FAN SCHEDULE MARK AREA SERVED TYPE CFM E.S.P. WIG. MOTOR HP POWER V/PH/HZ FAN RPM SOUND POWER (SONES) MANUF. MODEL REMARKS EF-12 H-1 CENTRIFUGAL, DIRECT 630 0.90 1/4 120/1/60 1541 9.8 GREENHECK GB-90-4 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 7, 12, 13 EF-13 ASSOC. LOUNGE CENTRIFUGAL, DIRECT 240 0.25 80 Watts 120/1/60 973 2.6 GREENHECK CSP-226 2, 3, 4, 5, 7, 9, 12 EF-14 JANITOR AXIAL, DIRECT 280 0.20 1/20 120/1/60 1189 8.8 GREENHECK SEl-10-428-P 4, 5, 7, 11, 12 SF-15 DELIKITCHEN CENTRIFUGAL, BELT 2830 0.50 1-1/2 208/1/60 1032 16.2 GREENHECK RSF-100-15 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 7, 8, 10, 12 SF-16 BAKERY CENTRIFUGAL, BELT 950 0.50 'A 120/1/60 811 11.1 GREENHECK RSF-100-4 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 7, 8, 10, 12 NOTES 1. FOR ROOF CURB, SEE FAN CURB SCHEDULE, 2. PROVIDE BIRDSCREEN. 3. PROVIDE GRAVITY BACKDRAFT DAMPER 4. EQUIPMENT FURNISHED BY OWNER AND INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR. 5. PROVIDE SPEED CONTROL FOR DIRECT DRIVE FANS. PROVIDE ADJUSTABLE SHEAVES FOR BELT DRIVE FANS. 6. NOT USED 7. PROVIDE BUILT-IN OVERLOAD PROTECTION FOR MOTOR. 8. PROVIDE CURB ADAPTER TO REUSE EXISTING CURB. 9. PROVIDE HOODED WALL CAP AND ROUND DUCT CONNECTOR WITH BUILT IN BACKDRAFT DAMPER. 10. PROVIDE 1" CLEANABLE METAL FILTERS AND RAIN HOOD. 11, PROVIDE WALL HOUSING WITH OSHA SAFETY GUARD AND WEATHERHOOD. 12. DISCONNECT SWITCH BY DIV. 16 CONTRACTOR, 13. E.S.P. INCLUDES HOOD STATIC PRESSURE. AIR DISTRIBUTION DEVICE SCHEDULE MARK SERVICE DESCRIPTION DEVICE TYPE DEVICE DESCRIPTION MATERIAL FACE SIZE CEILING TYPE MANUF. MODEL REMARKS 1 SUPPLY DIFFUSER LOUVERED ALUMINUM 24x24 LAY -IN TITUS TMS-AA 1, 3 2 SUPPLY DIFFUSER LOUVERED ALUMINUM SEE NECK SIZE LAY -IN TITUS TDC-AA 1, 2, 3 3 RET/TRANSFER GRILLE GRID ALUMINUM 24x24 LAY -IN TITUS 50F 1, 3 4 TRANSFER GRILLE GRID ALUMINUM SEE NECK SIZE GYP. TITUS 50F 1, 2,3 5 EXHAUST GRILLE GRID ALUMINUM 24x24 LAY -IN TITUS 50F 1, 3 6 EXHAUST GRILLE GRID ALUMINUM SEE NECK SIZE GYP. TITUS 50F 1, 2, 3 7 TRANSFER GRILLE LOUVERED ALUMINUM SEE NECK SIZE DOOR MTD, TITUS CT-700 4 8 SUPPLY DIFFUSER LOUVERED ALUMINUM 24x24 LAY -IN TITUS TDC-AA 1, 3 9 TRANSFER GRILLE GRID ALUMINUM SEE NECK SIZE LAY -IN TITUS 50F 1,3 10 RETURN GRILLE GRID ALUMINUM 48x24 LAY -IN TITUS 50F 1, 3 NOTES 1. NECK SIZE SHALL MATCH SIZE AND CONFIGURATION OF CONNECTED DUCTWORK INDICATED ON PLAN DRAWINGS. 2. PROVIDE MODEL WITH BORDER FOR INSTALLATION INTO GYPSUM CEILINGS. 3. PROVIDE UNIT WITH OPPOSED BLADE DAMPER. (RECTANGULAR NECK) OR BUTTERFLY DAMPER (ROUND NECK) 4. FURNISH GRILLE TO GENERAL CONTRACTOR FOR INSTALLATION INTO DOOR. AIR DISTRIBUTION IDENTIFIER NECK SIZE IN INCHES NC MARK NECK SIZE THROW () CFM - THROW AIR THROW PATTERN 1 = ONE WAY 2 = TWO WAY 3 = THREE WAY 4 = FOUR WAY FAN CURB SCHEDULE MARK AREA SERVED FRAME OPENING EXISTING CURB OPENING DIMENSIONS EF-12 H-1 1'-3y2" x T-3�/2" N/A EF-13 ASSOC. LOUNGE CEILING MOUNTED N/A EF-14 JANITOR WALL MOUNTED N/A SF-15 DELIKITCHEN REUSE EXISTING CURB 2'-6" x 2'-6" SF-16 BAKERY REUSE EXISTING CURB 2'-6" x 2'-6" NOTES 1, 12'' MINIMUM HEIGHT PRE-FAB ROOF CURBS SUPPLIED BY OWNER AND INSTALLED BY ROOFING CONTRACTOR. 2, ROOF CURB SHALL MATCH SLOPE OF ROOF TO MOUNT UNIT LEVEL. 3. PROVIDE CURB ADAPTER FOR SF-16 AND SF-17 AS REQUIRED. 4. FIELD VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS. GREASE HOOD/CONDENSATE HOOD SCHEDULE MAX. SIZE MARK AREA SERVED CFM T.S.P. W L MANUFACTURER MODEL # REMARKS " H2O x H-1 DISHWASHER 600 0.375 4'-0"x5'-0" GREENHECK GC-4.00-S 1, 2, 3 NOTES : 1. HOODS SHALL BE FULL CANOPY TYPE CONSTRUCTED OF TYPE 304 POLISHED STAINLESS STEEL, WITH LIQUID TIGHT CONTINUOUS WELDS, 2. HOOD FURNISHED BY OWNER AND INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR. 3. HOOD SUPPLIER SHALL SUBMIT DETAILED FABRICATION SHOP DRAWINGS FOR REVIEW AND APPROVAL PRIOR TO FABRICATION. AREAS OF HORIZONTAL RUNS BY TRADE IN AN ATTEMPT TO RELIEVE THE CONFLICT OF TRADES WORKING ABOVE THE CEILING, AREAS OF HORIZONTAL RUNS FOR ELECTRICAL, MECHANICAL, FIRE SPRINKLER AND REFRIGERATION HAVE BEEN ESTABLISHED AS FOLLOWS: ELECTRICAL FROM BOTTOM OF ROOF DECK TO 32" BELOW ROOF DECK REFRIGERATION 32" TO 36" BELOW ROOF DECK FIRE SPRINKLER AIR CONDITIONING 8" ABOVE CEILING (NOT TO CONFLICT W/LIGHT FIXTURES) AND IN OPEN AREAS JUST ABOVE BOTTOM OF BAR JOISTS 36" BELOW ROOF DECK TO 10'' ABOVE CEILING AND IN OPEN AREAS TIGHT TO BOTTOM OF BAR JOISTS AND BEAMS IN SOME CASES DEVIATION MAY BE REQUIRED. IT IS EXPECTED THAT ALL TRADES WILL WORK WITHIN THESE SPACES, ANY DEVIATION MUST BE AGREED UPON BY THE JOB SUPERINTENDENT AND/OR A OWNER REPRESENTATIVE, HVAC LEGEND GR GRILLE DG DOOR GRILLE -OPENING TO BE CUT BY G.C. CG CEILING GRILLE REG REGISTER CR CEILING REGISTER CD CEILING DIFFUSER OA OUTSIDE AIR RA RETURN AIR SA SUPPLY AIR CFM CUBIC FEET PER MINUTE FPM FEET PER MINUTE SD SPLITTER DAMPER OBD OPPOSED BLADE DAMPER MVD MANUAL VOLUME DAMPER FD FIRE DAMPER-UL LISTED 1-%2HR. AFF ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR $ NEW CONNECTION TO EXISTING AIR CONDITIONING NOTES A. REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS FOR ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS. B. COORDINATE DIFFUSER AND REGISTER LOCATIONS WITH ELECTRICAL LIGHTING LAYOUT AND ARCHITECTURAL CEILING PLANS. C. LOCATE THERMOSTATS AT T-0" AFF UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED, D. ALL EQUIPMENT, DUCTWORK, ETC. SHALL BE SUPPORTED TO PROVIDE VIBRATION -FREE RIGID INSTALLATION, E. INSIDES OF DUCT VISIBLE THROUGH GRILLES, REGISTERS, OR DIFFUSERS SHALL BE PAINTED FLAT BLACK WITH PAINT THAT COMPLIES WITH NFPA 90. F. DUCT SMOKE DETECTORS SHALL BE FURNISHED BY OWNER, INSTALLED BY DIV. 15 CONTRACTOR, AND WIRED BY DIV. 16 CONTRACTOR, G. SEAL ALL OPENINGS THROUGH ROOF AND EXTERIOR WALLS WATER TIGHT, H. FURNISH AND INSTALL MANUAL BALANCING DAMPER AT EACH BRANCH DUCT AND AT LOCATIONS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS. I. ALL EQUIPMENT AND DUCTWORK BELOW 6'-10" AFF SHALL BE SAFETY STRIPED AND SHARP EDGES PADDED, ACCORDING TO OSHA REQUIREMENTS. J. REFER TO MECHANICAL AND ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS FOR LOCATIONS OF ALL FIRE RATED PARTITIONS. MAINTAIN FIRE RATING INTEGRITY OF DUCTWORK AND ALL PIPING PENETRATIONS. K. NEW DUCTWORK AND PIPING SHALL NOT BE INSTALLED WITHIN OR ABOVE ELECTRICAL ROOMS UNLESS SERVING ONLY THAT ROOM. L. FOR GRILLES, REGISTERS, AND DIFFUSERS NOTED TO REMAIN, PROVIDE THE FOLLOWING REMEDIAL WORK: REMOVE, WASH WITH SOAP AND WATER AND DRY. REPLACE, USING NEW FASTENERS AND FOAM GASKETING, M. FOR HVAC UNITS NOTED TO REMAIN, PROVIDE THE FOLLOWING REMEDIAL WORK: REMOVE FAN WHEELS, WASH WITH SOAP AND WATER AND DRY. INSPECT SHEAVES, DRIVE AXLES, AND BEARINGS. IF SHEAVES, AXLES OR BEARINGS APPEAR IN NEED OF REPAIR, THEN NOTIFY OWNER AND SEEK DIRECTION. REPLACE FAN WHEELS AND PROVIDE NEW BELTS. CLEAN AND SANITIZE COOLING COIL USING COIL CLEANING COMPOUND AND HIGH PRESSURE WATER STREAM. CLEAN AND SANITIZE DRAIN PAN. BLOW OUT CONDENSATE LINE WITH WATER TO ASSURE FREE DRAINAGE. PROVIDE DRAIN TRAP MODIFICATIONS AS REQUIRED TO MEET THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE CONDENSATE TRAP DETAIL SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS. N. PROVIDE MATERIAL AND LABOR TO REPLACE A/C FILTERS AND CLEAN METAL FILTERS (HOOD SUPPLY FANS)EACH 60 DAYS FOR ONE FULL YEAR AFTER FINAL ACCEPTANCE. 0, COORDINATE LOCATION OF ALL NEW ROOFTOP EQUIPMENT WITH STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS. P. PROVIDE FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEM WHERE NOTED. MECHANICAL ENGINEER OF RECORD NAME: STEVEN P. DOTY., P. E. REGISTRATION., FLORIDA REG. #PE0046581 Seal Revision: Date: • v C N Q N x Key Plan: Scales: By: Description: 00 O LO m co pop Z M � W a _J w T I w�im w �w0 J d=� O UJ W 0 W g � W m� Q fr U) w ~ Z O M _U J = �>Q� O a- _J = L� WzC7>- O = �NQ- oCUX 0 Q 0 J W 0 F—OMw U LL CO�Hr`N 0 4' 8' 16' 24' Sverdrup Project No.: 22196390 Drawing Title: SCHEDULES 23-MAR-1999 19.08 hn,�rel oeA22196390\700cddd\705hvac\390m0P11.dcn Date: 03/19/99 Designed By: MABF Drawing No.: Drawn By: MABF Checked By. SPD MOO 1 1 y 6 y 11 y 4 0 IVV /0 JUUIVIII IML rVn uLjiv%7inuLliiuiv 1 C A 1 2 3 4 5 6 8 9 1 I I I I I I I I ! - -- -- — - — - —- - --—-—- — - II -- ---- — - - - — - —- - — -— -- — — -— — - -- — T- - - - — — — — -- — -- — -— — — — — — - — -- - - - ---------- — I EXISTING DOOR i GRILLE TO REMAIN EXISTING 11 DIA. I ! SUPPLY AIR DUCT BOTH REST. J-- -- -- — ! — -- - — - — -— — - — - — -—-—-—-— - — - — -— — — - — — �- —I — - — - —! - — -— — — — — — — — — --- — EXISTING EXHAUST I FAN, F-4, ON ROOF j ' I EXISTING x I I E S G 8 6 EXISTING EXHAUST I , , EXHAUST AIR DUCT] FANF-7ON ROOF TO REMAIN I --I --- ---- -- - ------------------- — --- - -- - - - ----- - — - - -- - -- - — — - — — — — --- -- — —TO REMAIN ---- -- -- -- - - — - — -— — - 5 fi - EXISTING EXHAUST ! ! FAN, F-5, ON ROOF ! - TO REMAIN I I EXISTING EXHAUJ HOOD TO REMAIN EXISTING 22x19 SUPPLY AIR DUCT ! EXISTING 13'' DIA. ; L&J I. SUPPLY AIR DUCT EXISTING 27x24 DIA. ,SUPPLY AIR DUCT 6 0L --------- -------- ---- ----------- -- - — — -i- - --- — — -- — —/^ -I - - — — — - - — -- — — — — — — — — — — ©L ,7,, � EXISTING EXHAUST — — — -— — — - — -— — — ' o ! FAN, F-6, ON ROOF TO REMAIN 0 - EXISTING 40x24 DIA. �= - - I SUPPLY AIR DUCT I I nv� f7V^ EXISTING GREASE EXISTING 21'' DIA. HOOD TO REMAIN RETURN AIR DUCT ! ! EXISTING 46x24 DIA. ! SUPPLY AIR DUCT I I I I I I EXISTING 49x24 DIA: ! ! SUPPLY AIR DUCT ! I I I I I I I I —- — - — - —--— - — - — -— - — - — -—-—-— - — - — -— -- - -- — — — — — ----- — — —-—-—-—-—-—-—-—-—-—-—-— - — - — -—- — - — - —-—-—-— - — - — -— - — -— - - - — - —- - - -- -- - — -— --—-—-—- — - — - — - I I I I EXISTING AC-2 ON ROOF TO REMAIN EXISTING -- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -� AC-1 ON ROOF ! TO REMAIN ------------------------ ' I I I I -- - -- - - - - -- - - - - - - I- - - - - - - -- - - - - - - - -- ---------------------- - -- - -- - - - - - - - - - - -- - - -- ----}---�- - - - - - - - - - -- - - I � ! '------------------- - - - - -' ------------- ------ - - -- - ---z - - - --- -- - - - - - - r- - - - -- - - - - - -- - - -- - - - - -- -i- - -- - - -- - - - -- - - - - - -- - - -- - - - -- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - j EXISTING IO ON ROOF - - - - TO REMAIN ! ^ ' I EXISTING 24" DIA. 7 I I I SUPPLY AIR DUCT I, i I I V -\J I i I I EXISTING 22" DIA, I I SUPPLY AIR DUCT' ! - -- -�- - - --- - - ------------ --------------- -- - - - - -- -- - - -- - - ---------- - - - - -------- - - - - ---- - - - --- --- I �® EXISTING 18" DIA. ! ! 4 _ _ _ SUPPLY AIR I I 2 �= I I EXISTING 43x24 j1 SUPPLY AIR DUCT EXISTING 21'' DIA. SUPPLY AIR DUCT ! EXISTING 37x24 DIA._ ©� © �l SUPPLY AIR DUCT 9 �� © 1 EXISTING 12'' DIA. - - - -� SUPPLY AIR DUCT I I I r ! EXISTING EXHAUS EXISTING 20x14 ! - - - j < FAN, F-1, ON ROOF j SUPPLY AIR DUCT -- - - - - - - - - - - - 7 TO REMAIN r ! EXISTING DOOR _ - _ _ _ _ _ _ _ - ! 7 `; \ GRILLE TO REMAIN I I � _ 1 R � 'IIJ(D EXISTING ---------,, `, � I EXISTING VENTS, I I I I EXISTING 22" DIA. I C= I I I THRU ROOF IEXISTING 14'' DIA. SUPPLY AIR DUCT EXISTING 18 DIA. TO REMAIN ON ROOF I I SUPPLY AIR DUCT 7 I TO REMAIN SUPPLY AIR DUCT I I I I B------- - - - - -- - - - -- - --- -- - I I I I I I A- --- - - - - -- _ - - - -L 4 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I 6 I I I I I I I I ti �ZL�1` © N lL© I I I I I I I I I I I 1 I 1 .1 F ^ ^ I - - - -- - - - -_-_- - - - - - ----- -- ------------------ - - ----- - - - ----- ------ - -- - - -- - - - - - - - - - ---- - L) EXISTING EXHAUST R��/ FAN F-8 N ROOF EXISTINGxEXISTING 39x8 DIAM. 0 TO REMAIN EXHAUST AIR DUCT SUPPLY AIR DUCT ' I DEMOLITION NOTES: �1 REMOVE EXISTING ROOFTOP SUPPLY FAN. ALL ASSOCIATED DUCTWORK, AND 5 AIR DEVICES REMAIN UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. CURB IS TO REMAIN FOR REUSE. 02 REMOVE EXISTING ROOFTOP EXHAUST FAN AND ALL ASSOCIATED DUCTWORK, AIR DEVICES AND/OR HOODS. SEAL ROOF CURB WITH CAP. SEE DETAIL ON ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS. �3 REMOVE EXISTING EXHAUST OR RETURN AIR DEVICE. DUCTWORK TO REMAIN FOR CONNECTION TO NEW DEVICE. ® REMOVE EXISTING VENT/FLUE FROM EXISTING BAKERY EQUIPMENT. ROOF PENETRATIONS ARE TO REMAIN FOR REUSE. �5 REMOVE EXISTING 14x12 RETURN AIR DROP TO REFRIGERATED CASES. CAP AND SEAL MAIN RETURN AIR DUCT AT TAKEOFF. © REMOVE EXISTING SUPPLY DIFFUSER AND FLEX DUCT, FLEX DUCT TAKEOFF TO REMAIN FOR NEW DIFFUSER INSTALLATION. CAP AND SEAL EXISTING SUPPLY DUCT, REMOVE ALL DUCTWORK AND AIR DEVICES DOWNSTREAM OF CAP AS SHOWN. REMOVE EXISTING ROOFTOP EXHAUST FAN AND ALL ASSOCIATED DUCTWORK. SEAL ROOF CURB WITH CAP. SEE DETAIL ON ARCHITECTURAL DRAWING. EXHAUST HOOD TO BE ABANDONED IN PLACE. CAP AND SEAL HOOD AT EXHAUST COLLAR CONNECTION. �9 REMOVE ALL DUCTWORK AND AIR DEVICES DOWNSTREAM OF CAP AS SHOWN. SUPPLY DUCT END REMAIN OPEN FOR FUTURE USE, SEE SHEET M301. MECHANICAL DEMOLITION LEGEND: I I EXISTING DUCTWORK TO BE REMOVED. 1_ 1 X ,I EXISTING SUPPLY AIR DEVICE TO BE REMOVED. -' EXISTING RETURN OR EXHAUST AIR DEVICE TO BE REMOVED. ' i l EXISTING DUCTWORK TO REMAIN. EXISTING SUPPLY AIR DEVICE TO REMAIN. 8 EXISTING SUPPLY AIR DUCT TURNING UP TO REMAIN 171 EXISTING SUPPLY AIR DEVICE TO REMAIN. EXISTING RETURN AIR DUCT TURNING UP TO REMAIN. z EXISTING EXHAUST AIR DEVICE TO REMAIN. EXISTING EXHAUST AIR DUCT TURNING UP TO REMAIN. LI EXISTING THERMOSTAT TO BE REMOVED Sverdrup S VERDR UP FA CILITIES, INC. Florida Corporate License #AA C001291 750 Major Boulevard, Suite 500, Orlando, Florida 32819-7946 (407) 903-5001 Fax (407) 903-5150 MECHANICAL ENGINEER OF RECORD NAME: STEVEN P. DOTY., P. E. REGISTRATION: FLORIDA REG. #PE0046581 Seal Revision: Date: By: Description: • v x C• 9 a r 0 N co = co �' 0 O Liz z c� i w J T LU w o co �aCr LL OwLdrn Lz�o ��o i do m U) LLJ (n w :� LU z 0- C) m —A M co W_ 7 O U o~ F wzL7� ON� O ULLmLLJ XO � H O M w u�Hr�N Key Plan: PLAN NORTH N TRUE NORTH Scales: 4' 8' 16' 24' Sverdrup Project No.: 22196390 Drawing Title: DEMOLITION PLAN Date: 03/19/99 I �)�-MQR-1 GGG I R-07 11 nrrw P.I n:\��1GR�9di\7Dl dl r.�rl rl\7(/�5hv �r\�GG1m1Gl1 w_r nn Designed By: MBF Drawn By: JAF Checked By. SPD Drawing No.: M101 �1 ■ SHEET NOTES: Sverdrup I c I A EF-14 1 10 O EXISTING RETURN AIR DROP TO REFRIGERATED CASES. BALANCE TO CFM INDICATED IN WALL VIA EXISTING DAMPER IN RISER. 1 8 g g � OO 1 2 NEW RETURN AIR DROP TO REFRIGERATED CASES FROM EXISTING RETURN AIR DUCT. --------------- — - --_ __—_—_____ ____ _--___ _—_ -� - BALANCE TO CFM INDICATED VIA DAMPER IN RISER, SEE DETAIL B1,SHEET M601. 8" IAM. 1 16 10 F EF-13 q 22 Z NEW RETURN AI R P 1 8 100 CFM 725 CFM 3O ER DROP TO REFRIGERATED CASES. INCLUDE DAMPER AT RISER 8 300-4 ABIV. CLG. (AC-1) (AC-1) TAKEOFF FOR BALANCING TO INDICATED CFM. SEE DETAIL B1, SHEET M601, AND MVD 10" DIA 22 I I ARCHITECTURAL DETAILS ON SHEETS A703 AND A704. I I J - - — -— ----------_ __—_ —___-- _—___—_—_—__- — —_ __—_ �_ —_ _-__—_—_ — —_ —_ __—_—_—_—_—_—_—_—_—_ 4O EXISTING AC UNIT ON ROOF. SEE SCHEDULE SHEET M001 FOR UNIT RECONFIGURATION 1 — — -- -- — — — 7 -- 876 EXISTING EXHAUST EXISTING 8x6 1 AND SHEET M601 FOR AIR FLOW DIAGRAM. j 7 18x18 FAN, F-4, ON ROOF EXHAUST AIR DUCTI EXISTING EXHAUST I I IN DOOR EXISTING III DIA. 1 85 CFM FAN, F-7, ON ROOF 5O SMOKE DETECTOR IN SUPPLY AND RETURN DUCT RISER TO UNIT TO BE SUPPLIED BY 1 I SUPPLY AIRDUCT P (AC -1) OWNER WIRED BY FIRE ALARM CONTRACTOR AND INSTALLED BY MECHANICAL. PROVIDE H --1 - — — - — — ----- t -- - —- -- — - -— - — - — -— — - —-— - — - — -— — — — —p— -- -- -- -- - --- — — - — - —- - — - —- -- _,---—-— - — - — -—-— - — - — -— - — - — -- — --- MIN. 9x9 ACCESS PANEL IN EACH RISER UP TO UNIT TO SERVICE AND INSPECT �O 1 16 5 8x8 DETECTOR. I i � 500 CFM I � (AC-2) ` _� �I L .� _ — 1 8 230 - 85 CFM 22 - 30 5 12x12 12 I 6 INSTALL NEWCOMBUSTION F ATM " 1 O S LL E 8 FLUE, 6 ATMOSPHERIC FLUE, AND 6 STEAM HOOD 16 8 (AC-1) 500 O j 22 7 8 160-3 STACK FROM NEW BAKERY OVEN ACCORDING TO MANUFACTURERS RECOMMENDATIONS. 1 11 EXIS ING EXHAUST SF-15 j ROUTE THRU EXISTING ROOF PENETRATIONS. SEE DETAIL B2, SHEET M601. 1 FAN 5, ON OOF 0 11 �172 ON ROOF 7 SEE MEZZANINE PLAN ON SHEET M601FOR CONTINUATION. 1EXISTING 13 DI - - - O I / 16 1 12 11 _ iSUPPLY AIR DUCT �, L _ 18 WALL MOUNTED EXHAUST FAN. INSTALL BOTTOM OF FAN 8'-0" AFF. SEE FAN SCHEDULE - 8 7 400 4 I 16 1 12 1 _ _ O ON SHEET M001 FOR SPECIFICATIONS EXISTING 12 DIA, 11 SUPPLY AIR DUCT MVD �8 300-4 23 1 1 1 MVD 15 AC 1) 500 F O FOR DUCT PENETRATION THRU WALL, SEE STRUCTURAL SHEETS. G - -- — — - — — -- -- -- — — — — — — — — — — — — — —— ]--—-—-—-—- — - — - —- — y- —------- - ----------- — — ---I — — - — -— - — -— - — -— --- - — — 14x12 L —1 1 22 10 8'' DIA. HOODED WALL CAP FOR EF-14 540 CFM 2 �114xI2 430 CFM 1 , 1 O O I I _, 1 (PRODUCE) (SALADS) EXISTING EXHAUST 11 FOR NEW FLEX DUCT TO NEW SUPPLY DIFFUSER, USE EXISTING TAKEOFF FROM 1 EXISTING 40x24 DIA. MAIN SUPPLY AIR DUCT. i (AC-2) � (AC-2) I EXISTING HOOD, SUPPLY AIR DUCT FAN, F-6, ABANDONED '- - - ON ROOF 22 I z I I I[ I �1 ^ 600 CFM 1 1 CONNECT NEW EXHAUST AIR I I •,� ,.rt. 2 CO EC E E UST I DEVICE TO EXISTING DUCTWORK. (AC-1) O EXISTING 21" DIA. � 1 I, EXISTING 46x24 DIA. 16 8 22x20 13 9x9 STAINLESS STEEL DUCT FROM DISHWASH HOOD COLLAR CONNECTION TO EF-12 RETURN AIR DUCT 1 SUPPLY AIR DUCT O 7 285 4 2200 CFM O16x14 i ON ROOF. SLOPE DUCT TOWARDS HOOD AT A MINIMUM OF �/q" PER 1'-0" FOR I� 1 14x12 I i I I 11 I (SPEC. MEAT) 800 CFM ADEQUATE DRAINAGE. 0540 CFM 1 1 (AC-1) (DAIRY) (PRODUCE) (AC-1) 14 NOT USED (AC-2) EXISTING 49x24 IDIA. 1 SUPPLY AIR DUCT 1 1 BALANCE EACH EXISTING SUPPLY AIR DEVICE FOR 1150 CFM, 500 CFM O I(AC-2) 22 I 1 1 16 NEW AC UNIT ON ROOF. SEE SCHEDULE SHEET M001 FOR UNIT AIRFLOW AND DETAIL 1 O A3 SHEET M601 FOR AIR FLOW DIAGRAM. I I I I 17 CONDENSATE DRAIN. SEE PLUMBING DRAWINGS FOR CONTINUATION. I O I I — —--- — - — - —- Z 1—————————-—-——————-—-—— —,- 14x12 - � o 0 0 o I 18 USE EXISTING ROOF CURB FOR NEW SUPPLY FAN. PROVIDE CURB ADAPTER �540 CFM 1 AS NECESSARY.SEE FAN CURB SCHEDULE ON SHEET M001. 1 750 CFM 750 CFM 750 CFM 750 CFM (PRODUCE) I (AC-2) 22 (AC-2) 22 (AC-2) 22 (AC-1) 22 19 NOT USED (AC-2) 750 CFM O 22 1 1 (AC-2) 20x18 z O I 1 16x10 1 1600 CFM 680 CFM 20 PROVIDE 18x18x12 PLENUM BOX TO CONNECT DIFFUSER TO MULTIPLE FLEX DUCTS. 500 CFM 3 O 1 22 I 22 750 CFM (AC-1) O I - � I I (DAIRY) (AC 2) I O O (FROZEN FOODS) i (AC-1) 21 PROVIDE FLEXIBLE DUCT CONNECTION AT SUPPLY AND RETURN MAIN DUCT (AC-2) 16x10 � O 3 1 1 CONNECTIONS TO UNIT. 16x18 16xI0 845 CFM 1 (COLD BEVERAGE) 1 20x18 22 BALANCE EXISTING DIFFUSER TO CFM SHOWN. (AC-2) 01600 CFM 1 I I, 1 I I 1 14x12 EXISTING (DAIRY) 23 BALANCE SUPPLY AIR DEVICE FOR 400 CFM. 540 CFM (AC-1) O I (PRODUCE) F------------------- - - - - -� EXISTING � AC-1 � 1 (AC-2) AC-2 1 ON ROOF 5 24 PROVIDE AND INSTALL NEW BYPASS TERMINAL BOX, TITUS MODEL ESMB, 1 ; ; ON ROOF SIZE 8, EQUIPPED WITH PRESSURE DEPENDENT ELECTRIC CONTROLES O14x12 4 1 F----- - - - - ---------- _ _ MINIMUM AIRFLOW THRU BYPASS BOX SHALL BE 50 CFM. 1 540 CFM 5 24x 4 ' 1 (JUICE) 127� I ----- -- ---------------- (AC-2) I 5 , E----- -- -- — — I-EXISTING-82Fx2�DA.--—-— - — - — -— -- — — — — — — - -- ----------- ----- - - -- - - — - - - - — — — — -— -- — -- F —- -- -- — — — — — — — — — - — - —- — — 8 8 300-4 RETURN AIR DUCT 1 1 ______________________ ' 16 10 I I --I-- — — — -- —---— - — - — -— --- --_ — — — — — — — — — — — — - — - —--—-—-—-—-—-—-—-—-—-—-—-—-—-—-—-—-—-—-— - — - —I- - - —- ---—-—-—-—-— - — - — -—-—- — --I- — - - — - —--—-—-— - — - — -— -—-—-—-—---—--—-—- L_ i 1 16x10 ® 1 16x10 23 1 I EXISTING 5 1 14x14 0750 CFM 0845 CFM I 600 CFM O 600 CFM I 0350 CFM (FROZEN FOODS) (COLD BEVERAGE) 22 22 1 AC-3 24x24 0 (AC-2) O O (AC-1) 4 0 1 5 (FROZEN FOODS) - (AC-2) O N ROOF � - - - - -- � I (AC 2) 1 I I O 1 � (AC-2)20x18 � I 8" DIA _ - _ i i i O 1600 CFM 600 CFM 1 (DAIRY) (AC-1) 22 1 x1 MVD I O 8 8 1 (AC-1) 7 IN DOOR MVD H_1 I I I 11 1 750 CFM 22 MECHANICAL LEGEND: EXISTING 24 DIA, 18 1 12 1 (AC-2) O SUPPLY AIR DUCT 8 450- 1 13 23 850 CFM 300 CFM EXISTING DUCTWORK I 850 CFM 22 (AC-U I � 22 O (AC U 1 (AC-2) O 22 I EXISTING 22 DIA. i i O SUPPLY AIR DUCT 1 14x14 1 16x10 $ 1 EXISTING SUPPLY AIR DEVICE I � 350 CFM 0750 CFM - j I 18 1 12 - -- — ——-—-—-—-— - — - — -— — (FROZEN FOODS)— — - - — -— --� ----- - ---------------------------�3----------------------------------- E}— - — -—-— - — - — -— - - - -- — - — - —- — EXISTING SUPPLY AIR DUCT TURNING UP 1 8 450-4 i (FROZEN FOODS) (AC-2) j I I 22 � 1 8 (AC 2) j / D 1 1 400 CFM 1 Z EXISTING RETURN AIR DEVICE 1 EF-12 EXISTING 1 (AC-1) 24 1 12 ON ROOF 43x24 DIA. 57x20 SUPPLY DUCT 1 EXISTING RETURN AIR DUCT TURNING UP 11 475 -3 S/A DUCT TRANSTION DOWN I TO 26''. PROVIDE 1 1 TURNING BLADE AT Z EXISTING EXHAUST AIR DEVICE EXISTING 18 DIA. I SUPPLY AIR DUCT 16 2 8 ELBOW. 1 EXISTING 37x12 DIA. ==F �7 7 150 -4 SUPPLY AIR DUCT EXISTING EXHAUST AIR DUCT TURNING UP MV26 1 14 (TYP.OF 2) EXISTING 17 DIA. 27 1 12 11 11 - 1 12 DIAM, 12 900 4O � � 8 475 4� I NEW DUCTWORK 6 � - - - ' i SUPPLY DUCT 1 I SF-16 18 EXISTING 1 ® NEW SUPPLY AIR DEVICE EXISTING EXHAUSTON ROOF MVD 10'' DIA. MVD 4 AC 4 I I 1 ON ROOF NEW SUPPLY AIR DUCT TURNING UP ON R00� MVD 22 22 22 �� 27 1 12 11 FAN F-1, $ EXISTING 20x14 DIA. O O O 8 475-4 30 15x15 SUPPLY AIR DUCT _ _ _ _ Z O B 12 5 1000 , _ ,' EXISTING 14" DIA. 2, 5 16 AC-5 600 CFM 600 CFM 600 CFM 5 600 CFM 600 CFM 22 600 CFM 600 CFM 600 CFM I 1 SUPPLY AIR DUCT 57x21 RETURN DUCT, ON ROOF (AC-2) 1 (AC 1) (AC-2) (AC-1) (AC-2) 2 (q - 22 (AC-2) 22 (AC 1) 22 EXISTING 18 DIA.' 1 NEW RETURN AIR DEVICE __ ______ 0 0 0 1 TRANSTION DOWN I ® ® ® I ® 1 ® ® ® SUPPLY AIR DUCT EXISTING VENTS--' MVD TURNI22x22NG BLAIDE DE AT 1 16x14470 M 7 2 150 -4 1 8 1 12 4 5-4 11 1 NEW RETURN AIR DUCT TURNING UP THRU ROOF 26 14 _ _ 17 _ _ _ 1 11 ELBOW (ICE CREAM - - 22x22 - - - - - - ' 70 3 500 -4 20 20 DIA 1 12 900-40 I 1 SA DUCT 1 I Z NEW EXHAUST AIR DEVICE 1 18x14 (AC-2)� MVD 11 i 750 CFM 0860 CFM i 26'' DIA 10�80 16x6 1 (AC-2) (ICE CREAM) 750 CFM A DUCT �7_ -2 7 8 2 6 NEW EXHAUST AIR DUCT TURNING UP o (AC-2) o (AC-2) 11 6 60 -2 7 7 13 2 10 j I � 1 � 4 -4 22 22 0 1 20 1 2 150 -4 7 00 1 1 CONNECTION TO EXISTING g-— -—- — —- -— —-—- — — — -—-—- -— — — — — — — — — — — —-— — — — —— -— — — — —- -—- —- —- — —— — — — — ——- — — — —— — — — — —- — — — — -—- -—- — —- —- — —- — 1 DIA 20'' DIA 13 10 400 CFM 17 DIA 11 1 4712 - EXISTING 22'' SA DUCT l SA DUCT 1 400-4 (AC-4) 1 SA DUCT 1 11 5 3 T 1 -� '� MVD .-- 1 SUPPLYDUCT VD �� Z, 1 28 2 14 23 2 14 DIA MVD VD 12 900-4 11 800- $ 110 CF 20 2 14 23 14 12 4 48x24 (AC-4) 22 22 150 CFM 9 2560 O O(AC-4) A - --I-- - — - — - — - — - — - -- — - — - — - — - — -— - -- ------ - - -- - _ - - - - — -- - — -- -- — --- — — ------ -- -- - -- — -- -- - - ---__ -- --- — ——-—-—-—-—-—- — - — - —- -- - -a -- I 24 24 I 1 EXISTING EXHAUST 18 12x12 18 7 12x12 12 FAN, F-8, ON ROOF 12 7 210 170 I 11 6 2 100-4 18 8x8 5 100 SVERDRUP FACILITIES, INC. Florida Corporate License #AA C001291 750 Major Boulevard, Suite 500, Orlando, Florida 32819-7946 (407) 903-5001 Fax (407) 903-5150 MECHANICAL ENGINEER OF RECORD NAME: STEVEN P. D0TY., P.E. REGISTRATION: FLORIDA REG. #PE0046581 Seal ERDRUP CHECKPRINT Job No: 221 390 Checkprint No: Proj. Phase: Name 1. Originate: 2. Check: 3. Backcheck: 4. Update: 5. Recheck: 6. Designer: 7. Reviewer: _ 8. Group der: Revision: Date: By. Description: a) N = co O `n f— co ao Z CV) W J �0CID Waco •� �z� Q>O J O w g � d=LL L � � LJU � �SmJ cr W Z CV)W_ J = O o LU 27 O0CUx J o0MW OLLMw CnHr\N U � Key Plan: PLAN NORTH N TRUE NORTH Scales: 0 'f 41 81 16' 24' %s = 1- 01' Sverdrup Project No.: 22196390 )yawing Title: FLOOR PLAN Date: 03/19/99 designed By: MBF )rawn By: JAF .hecked By: SPD Drawing No.: M301 I 23-MQR-19q9 1f3:25 11narP1 n_\2219�39Oi\70l0c l\7d5hv�cA39d1m�P11w. inn 1 ` G 3 I VV /V vv✓/Y// / ■/ IL I VI / VVI rV 1I /VV I /VIV Sverdrup L c 1 f I OPROVIDE NEW SUPPLY DIFFUSER ABOVE SALES AREA.I SEE SHEET M301 FOR EXACT LOCATION AND DIFFUSER TYPE. NOT USED OBALANCE EXISTING SUPPLY DIFFUSER/RETURN GRILLE TO THE CFM SHOWN. OPROVIDE NEW BYPASS TERMINAL BOX, TITUS MODEL ESMB SIZE 8, EQUIPPED WITH PRESSURE DEPENDENT ELECTRIC CONTROLS. AIRFLOW THRU BYPASS BOX SHALL RANGE FROM 150 CFM (MINIMUM) TO 800 CFM (MAXIMUM). Jr-7-7 A A IIA Ir- 17-1 n /fir•% MI A A I V_0'' 8 = DN. REMOVE EXISTING EXHAUST FAN, F-8, ON ROOF MEZZANINE DEMOLITION PLAN I/8 11 _ 1 1 - 0 11 TYPICAL DUCTWR, SEAL DU( @ PENET BALANCIN DAMPER Bf� SECTION @ REFRIG. CASES M601 % NOT TO SCALE C1A rCAA 4 5 PROVIDE INEW BYPASS TERMINAL BOX, TITUS MODEL ESMB, SIZE 6 EQUIPPED WITH PRESSURE DEPENDENT ELECTRIC CONTROLS. AIRFLOW THRU BYPASS BOX SHALL RANGE FROM 50 CFM (MINIMUM) TO 125 CFM (MAXIMUM). 6 PROVIDE NEW BYPASS TERMINAL BOX, TITUS MODEL ESMB SIZE 10, EQUIPPED WITH PRESSURE DEPENDENT ELECTRIC CONTROLS. AIRFLOW THRU BYPASS BOX SHALL RANGE FROM 200 CFM (MINIMUM) TO 1000 CFM (MAXIMUM)AND SHALL BE BALANCED EVENLY THROUGH EACH DIFFUSER. [FS T A T R 7. ------------------ ------ ------ ------ I I I I I I I I I j 01 REMOVE EXISTING VARIABLE AIR VOLUME BOX. �2 REMOVE EXISTING THERMOSTAT ASSOCIATED WITH VARIABLE AIR VOLUME BOX. DUCTWORK (SEE PLAN) RISER W/OBD. NOTE: ALL OBD'S SHALL BE ACCESSIBLE FROM INSIDE OF PLENUM SS DOOR (BY GENERAL CONTRACTOR.) NOTE: IF RETURN AIR DROP IS TO CASES WHICH ARE NOT LOCATED AGAINST WALL, BUT LOCATED IN THE MIDDLE OF THE SALES FLOOR, SEE ARCHITECTURAL DETAILS ON SHEETS A703 AND A704. ANTI-BACKDRAFT RAIN CAP SILICONE RTV SEALANT STORM COLLAR CONE FLASHING \ r] DOUBLE WALL FORCED DRAFT GAS VENT COMBUSTION FLUE CEILING OWNER FURNISHED POWER VENTER PROVIDE TRANSITION AS REQUIRED CONNECT TO EQUIP. OUTLET (TYP.) BZ� BAKER'S AID OVEN VENT DETAIL M601 % NOT TO SCALE CURB. SEE ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS o ROOF = DECK z BRACING d (TYP.) DOUBLE WALL OVEN VENT. (SEE SPECIFICATIONS) MINIMUM 1" CLEARANCE (TYP.) ESCUTCHEON LSPE E WALL 1900 8" COMBUSTION VENT. (SEE O.A. FLUE ICATIONS) 6" STEAN HOOD6" ATMOSPHERIC FLUE FLUE EQUIPMENT 450 0. A. O1 FOIL BACK FIBERGLASS INSULATION. WRAP COMPLETELY AROUND TRUNK DUCT DROP AND GRILLE AS SHOWN. SEAL TO DIFFUSER BACK WITH MASTIC TO MAINTAIN VAPOR BARRIER. OFLEXIBLE DUCT. 3O MANUAL VOLUME DAMPER, LAY -IN DIFFUSER DETAIL NOT TO SCALE NOT USED NOT TO SCALE OFOIL BACK FIBERGLASS INSULATION, WRAP COMPLETELY AROUND TRUNK DUCT DROP AND GRILLE AS SHOWN. SEAL REGISTER BACK WITH MASTIC TO MAINTAIN VAPOR BARRIER. RETURN AIR REGISTER DETAIL NOT TO SCALE 2700 EXIST. EXIST. EXIST. EXIST. O.A. 2NU F L 0 rturLL rLN IUUU �)U.r i . = L4 i rturLL J 15 CFM PER PERSON = 3705 CFM AIR FLOW DIAGRAM O.A. CFM FROM AC-1, AC-2 & AC-5 = 4440 > 3705 1900 0, A. SVERDRUP FACILITIES, INC. Florida Corporate License #AA C001291 750 Major Boulevard, Suite 500, Orlando, Florida 32819-7946 (407) 903-5001 Fax (407) 903-5150 MECHANICAL ENGINEER OF RECORD NAME: STEVEN P. DOTY., P. E. REGISTRATION: FLORIDA REG. #PE0046581 Seal Revision: Date: By: Description: • v x C9 a r �i v = to N 00 ~� V ! CO 00 00 O m Z M � wJ 0 w I wpm •�z w - z coQ — p �wp LL LU a = ,� LU Erwrl-0 g w °�J° 41z5;Q� � mUX J � d- J BEZ _ O�NC 0Qpw Uwm�-- cn H�N Key Plan: Scales: 0 4' 8' 16' 24' Sverdrup Project No.: 22196390 Drawing Title: DETAILS K*7�1NOT USED �11NOT TO SCALE 70nr-,=�rl(l\ 7f kv,=w\ WmP01 w_rInr NOT USED NOT TO SCALE NOT TO SCALE Date: 03/19/99 Designed By: MABF Drawn By: MABF Checked By: SPD Drawing No.: M601 u r LIGHTING FIXTURE SCHEDULE MARK MANUFACTURER CATALOG NUMBER LAMP DESCRIPTION MOUNTING REMARKS OTY STOCK NUMBER A GENERAL ELECTRIC OMBS-40-M-1-A-5-19-V-26-Al-F 1 MVR400/C/VBU 40OW METAL HALIDE HIGH BAY W/ ACRYLIC REFLECTOR OPEN CEILING Al GENERAL ELECTRIC OMBS-17-P-1-A-5-15-E22-Al-F 1 MVR250/C/U 250W METAL HALIDE HIGH BAY W/ ACRYLIC REFLECTOR OPEN CEILING AA GENERAL ELECTRIC OMBS-40-M-1-A-5-19-V-20-A-1-F-1032 1 EA MVR400/C/VBU 0250DC 130V 40OW METAL HALIDE HIGH BAY W/ ACRYLIC REFLECTOR W/ 250 WATT QUARTZ OPEN CEILING AA1 GENERAL ELECTRIC OMBS-17-P-1-A-5-15-E22-Al-032 1 EA MVR250/C/U 0250DC 130V 250W METAL HALIDE HIGH BAY W/ ACRYLIC REFLECTOR W/ 250 WATT QUARTZ OPEN CEILING B COLUMBIA LIGHTING HV22-M25OG-LD33-S-120-GLR 1 MVR250/C/U 250W METAL HALIDE DOWN LIGHT W/ PARABOLIC LOUVER LAY IN CEILING BB COLUMBIA LIGHTING HV22-M250G-LD33-S-120-GLR-QR 1 EA MVR250/C/U 0250DC 130V 250W METAL HALIDE DOWN LIGHT W/ PARABOLIC LOUVER W/ QUARTZ LAY IN CEILING C COLUMBIA LIGHTING HV22-M40OG-LD33-S-120-GLR 1 MVR400/C/VBU 40OW METAL HALIDE DOWN LIGHT W/ PARABOLIC LOUVER LAY IN CEILING CC COLUMBIA LIGHTING HV22-M4000-LD33-S-120-GLR-QR 1 EA MVR400/C/U 0250DC 130V 40OW METAL HALIDE DOWN LIGHT W/ PARABOLIC LOUVER W/ QUARTZ LAY IN CEILING D COLUMBIA LIGHTING 4PS22-340TTG-RAA12.125-3EBTT120-GLR 3 F40/30BX/SPX35/RS 2X2, 3 LAMP, 40 WATT BIAX, FLUORESCENT LAY IN CEILING DID COLUMBIA LIGHTING 4PS22-340TTG-FAOP.125-3EBTT120-GLR 3 F40/30BX/SPX35/RS 2X2, 3 LAMP, 40 WATT BIAX, FLUORESCENT LAY IN CEILING D1 COLUMBIA LIGHTING P422-340TTG-SP33-S-3EBTT120-GLR 3 F40/30BX/SPX35/RS 2X2, 3 LAMP PARABOLIC, 40 WATT BIAX, FLUORESCENT LAY IN CEILING E GENERAL ELECTRIC PF1S-25-S-1-A-6X6-DB-F-K 1 LU250/S 250W. H.P.S. EXTERIOR FLOOD WALL BRACKET NOTE 2 EBRK GENERAL ELECTRIC FBSFA2TTDB NONE FLOODLIGHT BRACKET EE PRESCOLITE 1314M9-175MHFE-M8-TLG/TRG-FSD-FA 1 MVR175/C/U 175W METAL HALIDE DOWN LIGHT W/ TEMPERED DIFFUSER RECESSED NOTE 1 EF COLUMBIA LIGHTING WLT14-232F-FSA19-EB8120 2 F32T8/SP35 WET LOCATION TROFFER RECESSED NOTE 2 F GENERAL ELECTRIC WM7M-07S-1-H-1-SN4-DB-F 1 LU70 70 WATT H,P.S. EXTERIOR WALL PACK WALL BRACKET NOTE 2 G COLUMBIA LIGHTING 4PS24-432G-RAA12.125-4EB120-GLR 4 F32T8/SP35 2X4 FLUORESCENT TROFFER W/ ELECTRONIC BALLAST GRID LAY IN GG COLUMBIA LIGHTING 4PS24-432F-RAA12.125-4EB120-GLR 4 F32T8/SP35 2X4 FLUORESCENT TROFFER W/ ELECTRONIC BALLAST FLANGE LAY IN H COLUMBIA LIGHTING 4PS22-240TTG-RAA12.125-EBTT120-GLR 2 F40/30BX/SPX35/RS 2X2 FLUORESCENT TROFFER W/ ELECTRONIC BALLAST GRID LAY IN HH COLUMBIA LIGHTING 4PS22-240TTF-RAA12.125-EBTT120-GLR 2 F40/30BX/SPX35/RS 2X2 FLUORESCENT TROFFER W/ ELECTRONIC BALLAST FLANGE LAY IN J COLUMBIA LIGHTING 4PS14-232G-RAA12.125-EB8120-GLR 2 F32T8/SP35 1X4 FLUORESCENT TROFFER W/ ELECTRONIC BALLAST GRID LAY IN JJ COLUMBIA LIGHTING 4PS14-232F-RAA12.125-EB8120-GLR 2 F32T8/SP35 1X4 FLUORESCENT TROFFER W/ ELECTRONIC BALLAST FLANGE LAY IN K COLUMBIA LIGHTING PM24-432-RAA12.125-4EB8120-GLR/(2)H601-216" 4 F32T8/SP35 2X4 FLUORESCENT TROFFER W/ ELECTRONIC BALLAST SUSPENDED KK COLUMBIA LIGHTING ME-232-8-SBL-4EB8120-128818-240"- W45/128820-300'-W45-R20-W45-GLR 6 F32T8/SP35 1X4 FLUOR. W/ 1X24 CELL WHITE STRAIGHT BLADE LOUVER SUSPENDED KKB COLUMBIA LIGHTING ME-232-8-SBL-4EB8120-BOSTON BEAM HGR- R20-W45-GLR 4 F32T8/SP35 1X8 FLUOR. W/ WHITE LOUVER & BRACKET SURFACE KKBB COLUMBIA LIGHTING ME-232-SBL-4EB8120-BOSTON BEAM HGR- R20-W45-GLR 2 F32T8/SP35 1X4 FLUOR. W/ WHITE LOUVER & BRACKET SURFACE L COLUMBIA LIGHTING (TRACK) IT4R-8' X 20' NONE BEAM & TRACK LIGHT FIXTURES - MR16 CYLINDER SUSPENDED M PRESCOLITE PHD-14C400-120 1 MVR400/C/VBU HID SQUARE DRUM CLEAR W/ SPECULAR REFLECTOR SURFACE MM PRESCOLITE PHD-14C400-120-DCB 1EA MVR400/C/VBU 0250DC 130 CUBOID W/ QUARTZ RESTRIKE SURFACE N COLUMBIA LIGHTING LUN8-232-4EB812OZ-GLR 4 F32T8/SP35 1X8 SEALED FLUORESCENT,4 LAMP ZERO DEGREE BALLAST SURFACE NOTE 2 NN COLUMBIA LIGHTING LUN4-232-EB812OZ-GLR 2 F32T8/SP35 1X4 SEALED FLUORESCENT, ZERO DEGREE BALLAST SURFACE NOTE 2 P PRESCOLITE TV502WH WITH TS SERIES WHITE TRACK, FEEDS, AND CONNECTORS I 50PAR20/H/NFL25/130V TRACK FIXTURES (GIMBAL RING), TRACK, FEEDS, CONNECTORS SURFACE Q PRESCOLITE TV508WH WITH TS SERIES WHITE TRACK, FEEDS, AND CONNECTORS 1 1-60PAR/HIR/FL30 TRACK FIXTURES (QUARTZ FLOOD),TRACK,FEEDS,CONNECTORS SURFACE R COLUMBIA LIGHTING CS8-232-4EB8120-GLR 4 F32T8/SP35 8 FT FLUOR. STRIP (TANDEM) W/ ELECTRONIC BALLAST SURFACE RR COLUMBIA LIGHTING CS4-232-EB8120-GLR 2 F32T8/SP35 4 FT FLUOR. STRIP W/ ELECTRONIC BALLAST SURFACE S GENERAL ELECTRIC EHBA-40-M-1-A-5-V6-F 1 MVR400/C/VBU HIGH BAY INDUSTRIAL FIXTURE OPEN CEILING NOTE 1 S1 GENERAL ELECTRIC EHBA-25-M-1-A-5-D6-F 1 MVR250/C/U HIGH BAY INDUSTRIAL FIXTURE OPEN CEILING NOTE 1 SS GENERAL ELECTRIC EHBA-40-M-1-A-5-V6-F-028 1 EA MVR400/C/VBU 0250DC 130 HIGH BAY INDUSTRIAL FIXTURE W/ QUARTZ RESTRIKE OPEN CEILING NOTE 1 SS1 GENERAL ELECTRIC EHBA-25-M-1-A-5-D6-F-028 1 EA MVR250/C/U Q250DC 130 HIGH BAY INDUSTRIAL FIXTURE W/ QUARTZ RESTRIKE OPEN CEILING NOTE 1 T PRESCOLITE CFR618EB-372-RAL6-B6 2 F18DBX/SPX35/4P COMPACT FLUORESCENT DOWNLIGHT RECESSED NOTE 2 T1 COLUMBIA LIGHTING AW4-232-EB8120-GLR 2 F32T8/SP35 LOW PROFILE WRAPAROUND SURFACE V WFL 1200-CP-2-75-INC-12B-C4 2 75A/67WMP/99 130V INCANDESCENT FIXTURE SURFACE NOTE 2 W LEVITON / McGILL P9875 / 2100A 1 100A 130V ONE PIECE KEYLESS TOP WIRED PORCELAIN FIXTURE WALL BRACKET WW PRESCOLITE 488HS-1 1 10OA21/99 130V SQUARE INCANDESCENT RECESSED NOTE 2 X PRESCOLITE PEX-L-3-RW INCLUDED LED EXIT FIXTURE SURFACE NOTE 1 XX PRESCOLITE ELB4 INCLUDED EMERGENCY LIGHTING BATTERY PACK SURFACE Y WFL PDK-25SA/LG1 1 150R/FL 130 DOCK LIGHT +12'-0'' AFF NOTE 2 YY GENERAL ELECTRIC SBF10M1N/PEK120 INCLUDED SPOT LIGHT SURFACE/SUSPENDEJ NOTE 2 LIGHTING FIXTURE REMARKS: 1, UL LISTED LIGHT FIXTURE FOR DAMP LOCATIONS. 2. UL LISTED LIGHT FIXTURE FOR WET LOCATIONS. LIGHTING FIXTURE GENERAL NOTES: A. TYPES L, P AND Q: TRACK LENGTHS, ACCESSORIES AND FIXTURE QUANTITY VARY ON EACH STORE. REFER TO PLANS FOR EXACT QUANTITIES. B. ALL LAMPS TO BE GENERAL ELECTRIC UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. C. ALL LAMPS AND FIXTURES ARE FURNISHED BY PUBLIX SUPER MARKETS, INC., UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. LIGHTING SYMBOLS 0 —1® 8' OR 4' LENGTH FLUORESCENT FIXTURE N. L. ®N.L. ® 8' OR 4' LENGTH EMERGENCY FLUORESCENT FIXTURE H$� ❑� 0 2X2 OR 2X4 FLUORESCENT TROFFER f--�-i 2X2 OR 2X4 EMERGENCY FLUORESCENT TROFFER 15 P �O 2X2 METAL HALIDE HIGH BAY FIXTURE A P7 2X2 METAL HALIDE HIGH BAY FIXTURE ON NORMAL POWER W/ QUARTZ LAMP ON EMERGENCY POWER TYPICAL FIXTURE NOMENCLATURE CC FIXTURE TYPE DESIGNATION (SEE FIXTURE SCHEDULE) "AB") �^ rAB-1 _ PANEL DESIGNATION (ke. , CIRCUIT NUMBER (i.e. 1) v EM-1 - PANEL DESIGNATION AND CIRCUIT NUMBER FOR DUAL FED EMERGENCY HI -BAY ONLY NORMAL POWER FLUORESCENT NIGHT LIGHT FIXTURE (UNSWITCHED CIRCUIT) 4' OR 8' LENGTH SURFACE STRIP FLUORESCENT FIXTURE 4' OR 8'LENGTH SURFACE STRIP EMERGENCY FLUORESCENT FIXTURE TRACK WITH ADJUSTABLE LIGHTING FIXTURES MOUNTED ON SHED ROOF, BUSRUN, PRODUCE LIGHT BEAM OR BOSTON BEAM. EXAMPLE SHOWS TRACK AND FIXTURE TYPE 'P' CIRCUIT 15. INCANDESCENT OR FLUORESCENT PL DOWNLIGHT/HID HIGH BAY LIGHT EXIT LIGHT (SHADED QUADRANT(S) INDICATES FACE) SPOT LIGHT, ARROW INDICATES AIMING DIRECTION NARROW LINES INDICATE DEVICES EXISTING TO REMAIN. UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. ABBREVIATION LIST (NOT ALL ABBREVIATIONS LISTED MAY BE USED ON THIS PROJECT) A AMP AF AMP FRAME AFF ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR ADA AMERICAN DISABILITIES ACT AT AMP TRIP ATS AUTOMATIC TRANSFER SWITCH AWG AMERICAN WIRE GAUGE BRKR BREAKER C CONDUIT OR CONDUCTOR - AS APPLICABLE CB CIRCUIT BREAKER CKT CIRCUIT CLG CEILING CO CONDUIT ONLY CPT CONTROL POWER TRANSFORMER EC EMPTY CONDUIT EF EXHAUST FAN ELEC ELECTRICAL / ELECTRIC FA FIRE ALARM FACP FIRE ALARM CONTROL PANEL FLUOR FLUORESCENT G, GND GROUND GEN GENERATOR GFI, GFCI GROUND FAULT (CIRCUIT) INTERRUPTER HH HANDHOLE HID HIGH INTENSITY DISCHARGE HOA HAND / OFF / AUTO HP HORSEPOWER HPS HIGH PRESSURE SODIUM HWH HOT WATER HEATER IG ISOLATED GROUND INCAN INCANDESCENT JB JUNCTION BOX kcmil THOUSAND CIRCULAR MILS KVA KILOVOLT -AMPERE KW KILOWATT KWH KILOWATT HOUR LTG LIGHTING LTS LIGHTS MCB MAIN CIRCUIT BREAKER MCC MOTOR CONTROL CENTER MDP MAIN DISTRIBUTION PANEL MH METAL HALIDE OR MANHOLE- AS APPLICABLE MLO MAIN LUG ONLY N NEUTRAL NEC NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE NF NON FUSED NFPA NATIONAL FIRE PROTECTION ASSOCIATION NL NIGHT LIGHT (UNSWITCHED CKT.) P POLE PB PULL BOX PH PHASE PNL PANEL PVC POLYVINYL CHLORIDE PWR POWER RCPT RECEPTACLE RGS RIGID GALVANIZED STEEL SF SUPPLY FAN SH SHIELDED SPDT SINGLE POLE, DOUBLE THROW SPST SINGLE POLE, SINGLE THROW SW SWITCH TELE TELEPHONE TTB TELEPHONE TERMINAL BOARD UG UNDERGROUND UPS UNINTERRUPTABLE POWER SUPPLY UON UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED V VOLT W WIRE OR WATTS- AS APPLICABLE WP WEATHERPROOF XFMR TRANSFORMER AREAS OF HORIZONTAL RUNS BY TRADE IN AN ATTEMPT TO RELIEVE THE CONFLICT OF TRADES WORKING ABOVE THE CEILING, AREAS OF HORIZONTAL RUNS FOR ELECTRICAL, MECHANICAL, FIRE SPRINKLER AND REFRIGERATION HAVE BEEN ESTABLISHED AS FOLLOWS: ELECTRICAL FROM BOTTOM OF ROOF DECK TO 32" BELOW ROOF DECK REFRIGERATION FIRE SPRINKLER 32" TO 36'' BELOW ROOF DECK 8" ABOVE CEILING (NOT TO CONFLICT W/LIGHT FIXTURES) & IN OPEN AREAS JUST ABOVE BOTTOM OF BAR JOISTS AIR CONDITIONING 36'' BELOW ROOF DECK TO 10'' ABOVE CEILING AND IN OPEN AREAS TIGHT TO BOTTOM OF BAR JOISTS AND BEAMS IN SOME CASES DEVIATION MAY BE REQUIRED. IT IS EXPECTED THAT ALL TRADES WILL WORK WITHIN THESE SPACES. ANY DEVIATION MUST BE AGREED UPON BY THE JOB SUPERINTENDENT AND/OR A PUBLIX REPRESENTATIVE. ELECTRICAL SYMBOL LEGEND SYMBOL MANUFACTURER CATALOG NUMBER DESCRIPTION MOUNTING HEIGHT HUBBELL 1221-/97071 20 AMP, SINGLE POLE "T" RATED SWITCH 48" AFF OR AS NOTED $2 HUBBELL 1222-/97071 20 AMP, DOUBLE POLE "T" RATED SWITCH 48'' AFF OR AS NOTED $3 HUBBELL 1223-1/97071 20 AMP, THREE WAY "T" RATED SWITCH 48'' AFF OR AS NOTED $P HUBBELL 1221-PL/97071 SWITCH WITH PILOT LIGHT 100'' AFF $K HUBBELL 1202L-PL/97071 2- POLE KEYED SWITCH 48" AFF OR AS NOTED $M P & S 1251-1 MOMENTARY SWITCH 48'' AFF OR AS NOTED / HUBBELL 5362-1/97101 20 AMP, 3W DUPLEX RECEPTACLE 18'' AFF / CLG. MTD GFI HUBBELL 5362-1/97101 20 AMP, 3W GFI DUPLEX RECEPTACLE 18'' AFF HUBBELL 5362-1/97101 20 AMP, 3W DUPLEX RECEPTACLE 48" AFF OR AS NOTED qWP HUBBELL 5362-1/5206WO 20 AMP, 3W DUPLEX RECEPTACLE, WEATHERPROOF AS NOTED f iG HUBBELL IG5362/97101 20 AMP, 3W IG RECEPTACLE (ORANGE) 48'' AFF OR AS NOTED 20A., DUPLEX RECEPTACLE WITH 3#12 STO CORD AND PLUG (LENGTH VARIES) HUBBELL 2-5362-1/91102 2-20 AMP, 3W DUPLEX RECEPTACLE 18'' AFF HUBBELL 2-5362-1/91102 2-20 AMP, 3W DUPLEX RECEPTACLE 48" AFF OR AS NOTED #IG HUBBELL IG (2)5362/97102 2-20 AMP, 3W IG RECEPTACLE (ORANGE) 18" OR AS NOTED IG HUBBELL IG4710/97091 15 AMP, 3W TWIST LOCK SINGLE IG RECPT. (ORANGE) 18'' OR AS NOTED Q IG HUBBELL IG-4700/97101 15 AMP, 3W, TWIST LOCK, IG RECPT. (ORANGE) 18" OR AS NOTED 0 HUBBELL 2620A/2621/9711 30 AMP, 3W, 250V. TWIST LOCK 6'-0" OF 3#10 STO CORD STEEL CITY 600/P-60OR 15 AMP, 3W, DUPLEX RECEPTACLE FLOOR. 0 HUBBELL 8460/8462/7118 60 AMP, 3 PH. 4W. 250V 6'-0'' OF 4#8 STO CORD 4) HUBBELL 241OA/97111/2411 20 AMP, 4W, 125/25OV. TWIST LOCK 6'-0" OF 4#12 STO CORD ® HUBBELL 2720A/97111/2721/74CM25WO 30 AMP, 4W, 250V, TWIST LOCK 6'-0" OF 4#10 STO CORD ® HUBBELL 2320A/2321/60CM31/74CM23WO 20 AMP, 3W, 250V. TWIST LOCK 6'-0'' OF 3#12 STO CORD ® HUBBELL 271OA/2711/997111 30 AMP, 4W, 125/25OV. 6'-0" OF 4#8 STO CORD 0 HUBBELL 261OA/2611/97111 30 AMP, 3W, 125V. W/S.S. COVER 48" AFF OR AS NOTED HUBBELL IG 4710/472OC/97091 15 AMP, 3W, 125V. (ORANGE) ISOLATED GROUND 0 HUBBELL 281OA/2811/97111 30 AMP, 3PH, 5W, 120/208V 48'' AFF HUBBELL 26404/26520/26519 60 AMP, 4 POLES, 5W, 600V 6'-0" OF 5#2 STO CORD (� HUBBELL OUTLET BOX / 93181 CASH REGISTER INTERCOM AS NOTED I/C HUBBELL OUTLET BOX / 93181 INTERCOM OUTLET W/ /2"C. TO CEILING SPACE 62" AFF 0 HUBBELL OUTLET BOX / 93181 JUNCTION BOX AS NOTED 0 THERMOSTAT BY MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR / COORD. W/ MECH. DWGS 62'' AFF HUBBELL OUTLET BOX / 93181 TELEPHONE OUTLET 48" AFF �V HUBBELL OUTLET BOX / 93181 VOLUME CONTROL OUTLET W/ /2"C. TO CEILING SPACE 62" AFF OR AS NOTED HUBBELL 9367/S703/9368 50 AMPS,3W,254V. 92'' AFF OR AS NOTED 0 EDWARDS 620/147-1 LOW VOLTAGE PUSH BUTTON 72'' AFF OR AS NOTED 6 EDWARDS 15-3G5 (24V. AC) LUNGEN 3" MIN. BUZZER 2/592 TRANS. 24V, SEC 100" AFF OR AS NOTED �B Q EDWARDS 1064-N5 BUZZER 100'' AFF OR AS NOTED PP HUBBELL PPX2/ATB 10'-5" ALUMINUM POWER POLE, 20A, 3W DUPLEX RECPTS. EXHAUST OR SUPPLY FAN, INSTALLED BY OTHERS, WIRED BY ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR MOTOR - HP SIZES AS INDICATED z CONTACTOR - SEE SPECIFICATIONS El RELAY CABINET - SEE SPECIFICATIONS $m MANUAL MOTOR STARTER - SEE SPECIFICATIONS $mP MANUAL MOTOR STARTER WITH PILOT LIGHT - SEE SPECIFICATIONS 30(15)Z-J FUSED DISCONNECT SWITCH SIZED FOR APPLICATION EX: 30=AMPERE SIZE, (15)=FUSE SIZE Di COMBINATION LIGHTING CONTACTOR - SEE SPECIFICATIONS 30 NON -FUSED DISCONNECT SWITCH SIZED FOR APPLICATION EX: 30=AMPERE SIZE. 00 m_ MAGNETIC MOTOR STARTER SIZED FOR APPLICATION EX: 00=STARTER SIZE. 00 z-J COMBINATION STARTER CONTACTOR - SEE SPECIFICATIONS (1000)Efl ENCLOSED CIRCUIT BREAKER SIZED FOR APPLICATION EX: 100=FRAME SIZE, (70)=TRIP RATING DISTRIBUTION PANEL = ELECTRICAL PANEL 1 ......... .REFRIGERATION SYSTEM NUMBER FT FAN TERMINAL BOX CONNECTION © LIGHT TERMINAL BOX CONNECTION ANTI -SWEAT TERMINAL BOX CONNECTION © TEMPERATURE PROBE TERMINAL BOX CONNECTION ® FAN CONTROL RELAY DT LIMIT CONTROL TERMINAL BOX CONNECTION FD FAN DELAY FURNISHED BY PUBLIX, MOUNTED ON CASE & WIRED BY ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR TC TIME CLOCK HsA ......... HsC HUMIDSTAT - SUPPLIED BY PUBLIX, INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR AT ELEV. 8'-2" AFF TO CENTER L;id FIRE ALARM CONTROL PANEL B FIRE ALARM POWER SUPPLY Ta ........... E.M.S. CONTROL THERMOSTAT - SUPPLIED BY PUBLIX, INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR AS NOTED LP1-2,4,6 HOMERUN: PANEL DESIGNATION (i.e. "LP11 , CIRCUIT BREAKER NUMBER(S) (i.e. 2,4,6) CONDUIT CONCEALED IN WALL OR ABOVE CEILING WITH 2#12, #12G. Y4''C. MIN LION CONDUIT CONCEALED BELOW FLOOR SLAB OR FINISHED GRADE WITH 2#12, #12G. %q"C. MIN UON — — — — — — CONDUIT EXPOSED ON WALL OR CEILING WITH 2#12, #12G. Y4''C. MIN UON UP CONDUIT OR CABLE TURNING UP DN CONDUIT OR CABLE TURNING DOWN EMSA ENERGY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM PHOTOELECTRIC CELL ALL RECEPTACLES SHALL BE FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR AS FOLLOWS: (SEE DETAILS ON DWG. E801). ALL PART NUMBERS ARE HUBBELL. CEILING MTD. 20A-3W-125V 4 CEILING MTD. 20A-4W-125V/250V ® CEILING MTD, 30A-3W-125V @ CEILING MTD. 30A-4W-125V/250V t CEILING MTD. 15A-3W-125V CEILING MTD. 20A-4W-3PH-250V CEILING MTD. 20A-3W-250V CEILING MTD. 60A-4W-600V CEILING MTD, 30A-4W-3PH-250 FLUSH RECEPTACLE 2310A 2410A 2610A 2710A IG4710 2420A 2320A 26421 2720A CORD (20FT U.O.N.) 12/3 STO-GRAY 12/4 STO-GRAY 10/3 STO-GRAY 10/4 STO-GRAY 12/3 STO-GRAY 12/4 STO-GRAY 12/3 STO-GRAY 4/4 STO-GRAY 10/4 STO-GRAY COVER (2 EA U.O.N.) 6031 6035 6031 6035 6031 6035 6031 6035 CONNECTOR BODY 2313 2413 2613 2713 HBL 4729C 2423 2323 26418 2723 PLUG (2 EA U.O.N.) 2311 2411 2611 2711 HBL 4720C 2421 2321 26419 2721 COVER 6032 1 6036 1 6032 1 6036 1 6032 1 6036 1 6032 1 6036 Sverdrup SVERDR UP FACILITIES, INC. Florida Corporate License #AA C001291 5750 Major Boulevard, Suite 500, Orlando, Florida 32819-7946 (407) 903-5001 Fax (407) 903-5150 ELECTRICAL ENGINEER OF RECORD NAME: DAVID N. RODGERS, P.E. REGISTRATION: FLORIDA REG. #PE0053695 Seal G-- J �j� o Revision: Date: By: Description: N o = LO � � V 1 �co00 Zccn cn w p w T I LU w •� �w0 OWwrn LLJw Y 0=) � W d7�mJ Q LIJ o�r_ a a_ �MW c_J=� mUX J O NE H O COw M W C/) Key Plan: Scales: Sverdrup Project No.: 22196390 Drawing Title: LEGEND, GENERAL NOTES AND ABBREVIATIONS Date: 03/19/99 22-MAR-1999 1Ee44 dtkisomb poA2219639E\700cadd\7E3elect\39EeEElw.dgn * PROVIDE RCPT WITH 26401 BOX AND 26402 STRAIGHT ADAPTER PLATE * FIELD VERIFY EXACT LENGTH. Designed By: SACB Drawing No.: Drawn By. SACB Checked By. DNR E001 TO UTILITY TRANSFORMER Sverdrup D C I I I I O \ I # I I ^ I rJ � � w I IY I # 0 # V) I � U U I \\ I � I � 0 SWITCH RATING FUSE RATING MAIN DISTRIBUTION PANEL, MDP, 3000AMP, 208/12OV, 3 PHASE, 4 WIRES (TYPICAL) (TYPICAL) - - - - T - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -, ' 1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14a 14b 15a 15b 16 17 18a 18b 19a 19b 3000 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -------------------------------------------------- ---- ---------------- � m- -r- --t-- -t-- -r- -,- -�-- -t-- -t-- yI -T-- -r- -r- -,- --Y-- -r- -r- -1- -�-- -r- -r- --t- -t-- -�-- I I I I ' 400 ' 600 ' 600 400 ,�00 ' 200 / 200 200 200 ,' 200 200 �' 200 ' 100 ' 100 100 ' 100 ' 200 �' 200 100 100 100 �'100 ( r r , � r r � I ' 1 (3000) 1 -�� ' -I, -I� -�, ' -I, -', I _I� _1- ' _1- _1- -1- I -1- ' -I, I ' I I I _I, r� -', r� r� rI -�, r� F� r� r� -1, r� r� rI r� rI r� I I r � (300) ' (600) r ; (600) 1 (300) (200) ' (175) r (175) (200) (200) ' 1 050 (100) ' (125) SPACE ' (100) ' (100) (100) i ' (100) i ' (150) ' (150) 1 (100) i i (100) (75) 1 i (100) I I I , J ,_ i I I I ,_ , '_ I I I I _ J - i I_ I _ I ' L J L'J L, L1J LIJ L'J L ' L-- - - - - -' 0 I I - I ' - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -'- ' - - - - - - - - - - - - -L - - - - - - - - - - - -'- - - - - - - - - - - -'- - - - - - - - - - - -1- - - - - - - - - - - - ' 1 1 I I I I 1 I 1 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -I- - - - - - - - - - - - , - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -,- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -I- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -,- - - - - - - - - - -I- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - T - - - - - - 1 CD I CD I CD 1 p l I I I 1 I I I 1 I I I I I I I I I \ U I I , C(-D, CD I I CDI CDI #' I I 00 I 1 CD I 00 00 I I I I I I I # # I # C7 I # I ' CDI , I 1 I I I "' I I ' I I CD I I C.D —' _DI _D # , 00d- # Cfl I ' ' C9 I CO 1 # I 1 I I ' I I # I I # I '# I I # # I I 1 I I I I 1 N cD U I � I i U I U I U I U I I I I I I I CD U I I U C� C D U I I Y I I d I CD I I 00 I 00 I 00 00 I U I I E I O I O i , 0 1 # I # I O, # � 1 # I -N ' # I # I # , I I U 1 -N I 00 00 -N 1 16 I I Ln I I I I # ' # #C)i � I I N I I I � I I , # , I I N I I I 1 #� U I U, U, I I U, UI, U, i <zr I - 1 I I - I ' � I I � � I I �--- CAI I N I N I N N I N I B C 1 I I ' , (N , ' ' C D_ L AB , I PANEL J 100 I I I I I 7 � � ' � � ' � � C� I I I 1 ' N3R ' I i _ _ I ' 39.8 KVA ' 39.8 KVA O I 1120/208V' 1 1 0) 18.8 KVA ,------I---1------1--- ,---L--, ,--�---I ,------,---1--, ,---1--, ---' ----'--- ' -- # I I 30,4W. ,- - - - , ,- - - - - -, I ,- - - - - -, I PANEL ' IPANEL I PANEL I I PANEL PANEL PANEL PANEL PANEL PANEL � I I- - -- - I I - PANEL PANEL LPANEL ICI IZI IKI IGI IFI PANELI IHI I IDI IAI ICDI AC-#5 'AB' AC-#2 p 120/208VI - - -- 120/208V' ,120/20V;120/208V; I120/208VI 120/208V ;120/208V' 120/208V, '1' PANEL 120/208V, 120/208VII II I I I I 1------ 1 1------ 1 I I I I I I I I I I I , I , I ' , I 130,4W. I , 30,4W. I 130,4W. I 30,4W. I 30,4W. I /7 �{ �{ 1 30,4W. I 1 , I I I , , I I i I I I 30,4W. I I 30,4W. I 30,4W. I I I (� , 30,4W. I I 30,4W. I - I ; I I � � 30,4W. . I 4 � 30,4W. I I I I I I I I 30,4W. I _ J L _ _ _ _ _ J L _ _ _ _ _ J ` L _ _ � _ _ _ _ J ` I_ _ I JA I I I I I I 1 - - - - - - - - - - J -- - - -; 1 L, �---- -J I L I L L � �-,-- J - ;120/208V; �-----J � �-----J TO EXISTING r- I TO EMS ;'_ ; L I D-1 I,% ; I I 1 130,4W. I TOr--- - - - - -� TO EMS RELAY I C-1 Z-1 Z-2 I CONTROL G-1 F-1 B-1 A-1 A-2 , _ - _ _ _ J MOMENTARY SWITCH CONTROL SEE SHEET T402 1 1 STATION IN MANAGER SEE SHEET T402 I OFFICE (REFER TO 1 I 1 DRAWING E301) I I I I O I I ' I I'------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - - - - -- SWITCH I I I I I I I ' I I LOCK -OUT ', 3 GENERATOR ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------, I I•I •I MDP SHUNT RIP PUSH BUTTON II I r -------------------------------------------------- PANEL REF, 'B', 600A, 208/12OV, 3 PHASE, 4 WIRES 25,000 I.A.C. PANEL REF, _'A', 600A,_208/120V, 3_PHASE, 4_ WIRES 25,000 I.A.C. ' ,- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -I- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - I - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - ' I I 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 ' I - - - - - - - - - - - F --- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - ♦ - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - t - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - T - - - I , - - -�- - - - - - - - - - - -------�--------- - - - - - - - - - ►- - - - -� - - - - �' - - - - - - - - • - - - - - - - - t - - - - - - - - � - - - - - - - - ---� )225 ,. 60 1.60 70 1.'100 '60 ,I\ 60 '\"150 I�.'100 '901_'150 1 175 I SPACE SPACE SPACE SPACE SPACEI� SPACE I I ' ' 1 I I ' I 1 I - - - - L---- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - ' - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 1 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -I- - - - - - - - -I- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -' I 1 I I I I 1 I I 1 I I I 1 I I U I I CD I , CD (-D I 1 ' I I I CD ' � I CD # ( ' I Q0 I I Cfl I , Q0 I CD # 0 , # i # I 00 # I I C)I' 0 1 i �i i , EMERGENCY I \ \ # I \ I B co # i � I # # I ,� # \ # I I I I I I I N N I I 113.5 KVA 1 ' 21.2 KVA i 23.4 KVA 62.9 KVA i 47.9 KVA ' PANEL ' TRI TRI ' TRI ' TRI ' MATE MATE 1 MATE MATE 120/208V; ' #7 #4 #5 #6 30,4W. A LINE STYLE KEY: - - - - - - DASHED LINES SPECIFIES EQUIPMENT EXISTING TO REMAIN, SOLID LINES SPECIFIES NEW/REWORKED EQUIPMENT. SHEET NOTES: OPROVIDE NEW 120V COIL ELECTRICALLY OPERATED AND MECHANICALLY HELD. SEE E701, E702 AND E703 FOR CONTACTOR CHARACTERISTICS. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL INSTALL AND CONNECT COMPLETELY WITH EMS SYSTEM. ALL CONTACTORS SHALL MATCH PANELBOARDS BRAND MANUFACTURER. 2OINSTALL POWER DISTRIBUTION BLOCK (SQUARE D PART# LBC365208 CLASS 9080) IN 2 X12 X6 JUNCTION BOX. 3OELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL TEST EXISTING MDP SHUNT TRIP AND REPAIR OR REPLACE IT AS REQUIRED TO GUARANTEE CORRECT EQUIPMENT OPERATION. COORDINATE WITH PUBLIX REPRESENTATIVE. 4ONEW EQUIPMENT FURNISHED BY OWNER, INSTALLED, WIRED AND CONNECTED BY ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR, OELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR TO FIELD VERIFY EXISTING GENERATOR OUTPUT OVERCURRENT PROTECTION, IF NO OVERCURRENT PROTECTION IS EXISTING, ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH AND INSTALL NEW 240 V, 125A, SQUARE D, TYPE 02 CIRCUIT BREAKER INTO GENERATOR CONTROL PANEL. COORDINATE WITH GENERATOR MANUFACTURER, 66 ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE AN ISOLATED GROUND BUS. 7OELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH AND INSTALL NEW PANELBOARD, SEE PANELBOARD SCHEDULE FOR REQUIRED TYPE, SIZE, RATING, CIRCUIT BREAKERS AND ANY OTHERS REQUIREMENTS. 8OELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL REPLACE EXISTING FUSES AND SWITCHES WITH NEW DUAL ELEMENT, TIME DELAYED, CURRENT LIMITING FUSES. SIZE AS INDICATED. #, I I A_T_S_ E _'_ SYSTEM A.T.S. EA b; OPTIONAL 100A; 100A 3P 3P O STANDBY I - - - - - - - - - 2"C- - - - ; 4#1/0,1#6G, 1#2 IG 11/4'C- 4#1,1#8G,1#8 IG 6 SYSTEM I I I I I I I I I io O I I I I I I I PANEL - PANEL ' T: IEI I I I I IEAI I I 1 1 ,120/208V, � , ,120/208V, (90 126.5 KVA (90) i21.5 KVA I I I # I I I ' 13.5 KVA I 44.1 KVA I i 135.3 KVA I , I, I, 138.2 KVA N3R I , I N3R I �{ I 30,4W. I , (7 NI I I 30,4W. I , o I I I DUO PANEL TRI PANEL I TRI I I I I I T - - J CDI \ I � - - T- - - J Q0` I H.W.H. MATE I I I ITI I I 1 I MATE I I I INI I I AC-#4 I I AC-#3 I MATE #1 ' 120/208V #2 ' 120/208V' #3 �'' N 00 I 30,4W. 30,4W. : I ' Q0I I I ' # TO EMS - I I CONTROL 1 ��- SEE SHEET T402 - -- OCONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY EXISTING CONNECTIONS AND PROVIDE NEW CONNECTIONS AS NECESSARY TO SHUT DOWN GENERATOR POWER TO BUILDING UPON ACTUATION OF GENERATOR LOCKOUT SWITCH, PANEL 5 'LB' ' I I I 120/208V 30,4W. I 30 KW i'���ii----- - - - - - � x F (40) EMERGENCY GENERATOR 2 GENERAL NOTES: SVERDR UP FACILITIES, INC. Florida Corporate License #AA C001291 5750 Major Boulevard, Suite 500, Orlando, Florida 32819-7946 (407) 903-5001 Fax (407) 903-5150 ELECTRICAL ENGINEER OF RECORD NAME: DAVID N. RODGERS, P.E. REGISTRATION: FLORIDA REG. #PE0053695 Seal Revision: - .I Date: By: Description: t— N co = LO cco o 00 0 `r' zM U) w J LL r LU •� z 00 � QLU0 Oww0) LU 0�11- Y U) Cl� LLJ 0 LJJ C) Q oC (/j w r_ Z 0 MwJ2 4:1z 5; < a_J� SE QoCUX 0 Q 0 J w 0C� HOMLLJ U U)Hr_N Key Plan: Scales: A. REFER TO DWG E401 FOR SWITCHGEAR AND PANELBOARD LOCATION, I Sverdrup Project No.: 22196390 B. FOR E.M.S. CONDUIT AND WIRES REFER TO DRAWING T402. C. THE PHASE, NEUTRAL AND GROUNDING CONDUCTORS SHALL BE CHECKED BY CONTRACTOR, VERIFYING THAT THE EXISTING FEEDERS MATCH WITH THE FEEDERS INDICATED IN THIS DRAWING, EVEN IF THESE CONDUCTORS ARE EXISTING. D. IMPORTANT: ALL THE RACEWAYS AND JUNCTION BOXES FOR WIRING RUNS SHALL BE FIRMLY BONDED TO GROUND ACCORDING WITH THE NEC TABLE NUM 250-94 AND SHALL BE CONTINOUS FROM A SOURCE TO THE END. Drawing Title: SINGLE LINE DIAGRAM Date: 03/19/99 22-MAR-1999 10045 atkisomb po\221963gV\700,-ddd\7C3elect\390el0tw.dgn E. ALL BREAKERS AND SWITCHES ARE 3 POLE UON. Designed By: SACB Drawn By: SACB Checked By: DNR Drawing No.: E101 ' ' -- --- --- Sverdrup DEMOLITION NOTES SVERDRUPFACILITIES, INC . Florida Corporate License #AA C001291 5750 Major Boulevard, Suite 500, Orlando, Florida 32819-7946 REMOVE 2X4 TROFFERS FOR NEW CEILING. REPLACE WITH FIXTURES AS (407) 903-5001 Fax (407) 903-5150 ---___ K — — — -- — — — - — — --- - — — — —- — - — - —_ --—-—----—- — - — - —- - —-- — - — - -- - -----------_ - — - —_ - - - --— - — - — -— --- ——-—-—- — - — - —- - — - — -— - —- - SHOWN ON E301. EXISTING CONDUIT AND WIRING SHALL REMAIN INTACT ---I I I I f - - - _ _ _ _ 13 �2 REMOVE LIGHT FIXTURES AND RETAIN CONDUIT AND WIRE FOR NEW FIXTURES. REFER TO E301, 1 ELECTRICAL ENGINEER OF RECORD 1 j j 03 REMOVE AND RELOCATE EXISTING LIGHTING FIXTURE. REFER E301 FOR NEW LOCATION 1 O 7 11 NAME: DAVID N. RODGERS, P.E. 11 71 Z _ — _ - - — - - - — _ _I — — — — — — _ — — - ® REMOVE SOFFIT FIXTURES RETAIN SWITCH, CONDUIT AND WIRES AND REPLACE AS REGISTRATION: FLORIDA REG. #PE0053695 — - — INDICATED ON E301. 1 I I_— _ _ = 1 10 6 11 j 1 = _ _ _ _I j ( REMOVE LIGHT SWITCH AND REPLACE AS SHOWN ON E301. Seal II REMOVE LIGHT SWITCH(ES), CONDUIT AND WIRING FROM THIS LOCATION 13 1 1 II FOR NEW CONSTRUCTION. — — — — — — — — — - —- -- ----- --- — — — — — — — --—-—-— - — - — -— -_- - — - — -— — - - - - - - -- -- - ---— - — - — -— - — - — - I II j 7 REMOVE EXISTING COOLER /FREEZER LIGHTING FIXTURES AND FIXTURES IN PLENUM j I ;; SPACES ABOVE REFRIGERATED CASES FOR ONE -FOR -ONE CHANGE OUT WITH NEW 1 FIXTURE. MAINTAIN CONTINUITY OF CIRCUIT AND SWITCHING,COORDINATE WITH ---- I 2 a T �, 8 C00 D E TH E301. " I 7 j ® TEMPORARILY REMOVE LIGHTING FIXTURES FROM THIS LOCATION TO ALLOW CEILING f) I 1 7 , II I MODIFICATION AS INDICATED ON ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS. REMOVE CONDUIT WIRE SWITCH(ES) AND LIGHTING FIXTURES FROM DEMOLISHED 17 COOLER, FREEZER. ' 7 Revision: 8 8 10 REMOVE FIXTURES) TO ALLOW FOR NEW CONSTRUCTION, PROVIDE JUNCTION BOX 1 j j 1 T CONTINUITY OF CIRCUITING RELOCATE Date: By: Description: AT FIXTURE LOCATION TO MAN AIN CONT N 1 - _ _ FIXTURE(S) AS INDICATED ON SHEET E301. -- — — — +- -- — — — — — — --------- _ ---- ---- —- — — — ------ v i I 11 r�=---------__-----7-------- - - - — �- — --- — -T - — — — - -- — — — — — — -- — — 1� O X it -III _ — — � L ,' `, J � _ _ _ - - - - - _I I _ - - _ _ _ _ _ _i � ij1 iii %�' `� � REMOVE FIXTURES) TO ALLOW FOR NEW CONSTRUCTION PROVIDE JUNCTION BO —------ - - - - �' 1 AT FIXTURE LOCATION TO MANTAIN CONTINUITY OF CIRCUITING. REFER TO E301 18 FOR NEW LIGHTING LAYOUT. ------------------------ / / — 12 REMOVE EXISTING FLUORESCENT FIXTURES AN ESCE U ES D TRACK LIGHTING RETAIN CONDUIT 4 - - - - I- - - - - - - - - - - /i' / 1 �� �� AND WIRE FOR REUSE. —_—_-----_— — —------- ------ -------------� - --Ili-- - - - - - - - - - — -- - - — — — —_= -1 =_ __ ==--=------r1-- 12 - �� 3 � III III III III I'i I I I II I I' \\/' I i II i L � \�J ' `� 13 REMOVE EXIT LIGHTS FOR REPLACEMENT WITH NEW FIXTURE RETAIN CONDUIT ul �u_ —J— =—T—===�======_�— -- _ ----I---- —/ ----- — J �— --1— -- _-- --— -L--------�— — {r - - _� - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - J- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - — - — - �- � — — — —'— — — — � 1 AND WIRE FOR RECONNECTION TO EXISTING CIRCUIT. REFER TO DWG E301. I I I 11 13 1 \\ _ _ _ _ _ _ - - _ _ 7 / I1 14 REMOVE EXIT LIGHTS, CONDUIT AND WIRE FROM THIS LOCATION 4 14 15 REMOVE 8 FOOT FLUORESCENT FIXTURE FROM CIRCUIT H-14, REFER TO E301 FOR NEW CIRCUIT. :T__J1 \ = �-- = _ _ / L16 REMOVE EXISTING LIGHTING FIXTURES. —j— — — - 13 j T J - - J - - - - - - - - J - - - - - - - - J 17 REMOVE SINGLE -GANG SWITCH BOX AND REPLACE BY A 3-GANG BOX FOR 20 l�l NEW DESIGN. MAINTAIN CONTINUITY OF EXISTING SWITCH REFER TO E301. 1 j 20 13 1 L - - II TEMPORARILY REMOVE TROFFER(S) FROM THIS LOCATION TO ALLOW 11 j j j RELOCATION OF EXISTING COIL AS INDICATED ON E501. T� 19 REMOVE TRACK LIGHTING, CONDUIT AND WIRE FROM THIS LOCATION. F --i -- - - -- - -- - - -- I -- - - - -- - - - -'7 - - - -- - --- - - - - -- - -- - --- -- - - - - - - - - -- - --- -- -- - - - - ----- - - - - -- - - - -- - - -- --------- - - -� -- - - - - -- - -- - - - - -- �; 1 - 1 j 14 20 RECIRCUIT EXISTING CIRCUITS AB- 18, 20, 31, 33 AND 35 TO NEW CIRCUIT AS SHOWN -I 11 ON DWG E301. 1 1 1 I 11 1 L Ir I I 1 1 I I I I I �'II--I I 20 1 1 11 v 111---------- - - -I-y 11 1 v 5 11 1 11 4 I I 1 11 1 •� � 16 1 j 1 N E — — — — --- — — -- -- — -- — — — - - - — — — — --- —------ ------ -- — ---- — ------------- —---------------- ------ --------------------- 1 ------------- - - �_--------I--- ' I — — -- — — ------ - --z--------------------- — ---- — ------ ----- - -- — — — — ------ - ------ - ------ ----- - - - - - ---- r ---- -- - - - 1i 1 1 i I 10 20 I 11 j 1 I 11 I 1 I I 1 I I j 11 1 I 1 j I I I 1 j i 1 I 11 I 7 I 4 I I 11 O 1 1 11 I b B I I I 1 1 11 I � 1 11 I I Ilj I 1 I� I 7 11 4 1 11 N = I i 11 � 1 11 1 � 11 j GENERAL DEMOLITION NOTES N co O M 00 r'T 2-7 CIO - — 1 — — - - - — — - — — - - - - — - — - — - — - - - —....... — — — — ....... - — - — — — — — — — — - — — - — - — - — - — - — - - — — - — - - - — - — - T - - - — - — — — - — _ — — — — — — 1 — - A. CONTRACTOR SHALL MAKE PRELIMINARY SITE VISIT AND VERIFY THE MAGNITUDE x w 0 u_ 7 w 1 0 1 — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — J AND SCOPE OF THE PROJECT BEFORE BIDDING. �� U z o � Q j 5 11 19 j 1 j L -- -- - --- 1 _ C� r -D J - - 1 20 j B. CONTRACTOR SHALL DISCONNECT AND REMOVE ALL ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT O cn g 0 � `L- 1 1 11 1 20 j / 1 DEVICES AND PANELBOARDS AND LIGHTING FIXTURES AS INDICATED. w LU `1 " LJJo m J _ —____ _ ______� 1 1 / --- ~(n Z MWJJ C. MANY EXISTING CIRCUITS / HOMERUNS MAY BE REROUTED TO NEW BREAKERS < w p Z* > Q AND PANELS. CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY CIRCUITING. p I— C = w z CD >- -- r 1 -------r---- -- / I � -� D. ALL EQUIPMENT REMOVED SHALL NOT BE REUSED WITHOUT WRITTEN APPROVAL O Q O J O co w v�I—r�N I FROM OWNER REPRESENTATIVE. U � m � _ _ _ I _ _ _ _ _ _ _ j — 1 / - - - - - - E ALL EQUIPMENT REMOVED SHALL BE TURNED OVER TO OWNER REPRESENTATIVE -------------------------------------------I j // 1 j AND SHALL REMAIN PROPERTY OF THE OWNER. 1 1 'I 20 - - - - - 20 11 1 1 I 1 1 -- __ _= J= i li i L 11 11 --1 I I I ', j 1// � � Key Plan: PLAN NORTH F. ALL LIGHT FIXTURES TO BE REUSE SHALL BE REPAIR AND CLEAN. 4 -- - - III ----1- - r- 1 1 r- I. r_ r r-I,I r Ir I I 11 I / N -I-- + TRUE NORTH 7] I 1 I-1, `t- 1 1 -- 1 --- --r fi ---- -- -1-1-- ---- r / -- Scales: — — — j 4 �---T T---T �---� �----�—T---T—r-1-1—T—�----� I 1 �---------- '� T F I — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — J - I -- -- 1 ---J --_ ---J --_ --_ --_ --- _J —------- F -- -- - 1 II II 13-- 9 II A 11 1 ! 1 1 / -- - - - -� O O / 0 4' 8' 16' 24' - _ _ / - -- -i---- L---- - 1 I I 1 _---------J I 1 1 11 1 Sverdrup Project No.: 22196390 I 1 1 1 Drawing Title: I 0 LIGHTING A, --------- - ----- - ---- - - --- _ _ _ -- - --- - _ : _ - --- ------------- - - ------------------------------ - - - - - _ :: - - - - - ---------------- -------- DEMOLITION PLAN I I I 13 I Date: 03/19/99 Designed By: SACB Drawing No.: I I Drawn By. SACB Checked By: DNR E201 22-MAR-1999 10a45 dtkisomb p.\22196390\700cddd\703elect\390e201w.dgn 0 C t, A 1 7 q UP I -- - — - — -— - — -— - - - - - —- - - - - - - - - ---—-— - — - — -— -—-—- — - — - —-—-— - — - — -— --—- —- — - — - —- - — - —- ---— - ----— - —--—-- - — - — - — -- — — -- I I I 1 0 - M P I I I I ---—-—-— - — - — -— - - — — — — — — — — — — — - - —_ - - - - — — EC AB BC CD H K L E-- — - — — — — —�--- - - O. - - -CS - - - T _ _ I II _ II � II I I II I PANEL "M'' PANEL ''G'' H-- 1 — — — — - — - —--—- q - — - — -— - -- -- — — — — --- — — — — --- — — — — - - -- --—-— - — - — -— -- — - - - - -- - — — - — i I � II i �u LL JL1 ❑ O O ❑ O O / - -- , L,' 12 i I I El - I I,-- t ' II I -� ❑ I �L- In--- 9 Ll 1 \ �11-- -- ---— - - - - -- I -------- -- - - — - — - — - — - — - — - _3 I V _4 77 , -- - - - - ---- - - - - -- / 5 5 / ` V �� ❑ 01 El /4 --- -- -- - ----- ---L- - 1--- - -- — 4 5 EXISTING , � 1 \ \ / I I STAIR 1 14 1 \ " / / UP I \ \ I 5 11 1 5 11 1 5 11 1 I \ I I I \ / / I �__________________________— -------------------- ---- --- I I II I I I I II EXISTING UNDER FLOOR DUCT 1 _ SHAII REMAIN I � i 1 I I I I I 1 II I I _ _ - -t - - - - - - - - - - �� - - - - - - - - -; I I I I II i �-I,r-I I I I I I II I 1 I I I I I I � 10 I I I,I I I I I I I II I I I I,I I I I I II I I I III I � II I 01 ------------ y I I ICI I , I I I I I I I II I I --------------�---- I I 10 I I I �I \� 10 II I ' I I I I I I I I E - - -- — — — — — — — --- — — - -- - — — — — — — — — --- ----------- — ------ -- - -- — — — — — — — ---- — — — — - - - - - - - — — I -- - — - ----- - - ------- -- -, 10 EXISTING UNDER N/ FLOOR DUCT I I I I I -I_-� - - -- - - -- - -z---- - - - - -- --- - - - - -- - -- - - - - - - - - - - - -- - - - - -- - - - - - - - - - ------ - - - - -- - - - - - - - - -- 7 -- — — `�' I i 1� 10 I 1 � I ---------- ---- ---- -- -- — —------- — — — — --- 1 � � A B C D i —II --------- — — 14 ---- ---- I-- ----- ---- ----- -- ----- ---- ----- —� ---- --_= I — =I—====— _____—= II = � I I 3 O I I I I I I ADJACENT RETAIL STORE I - J I . J / I I III --I Ili I I ' - I II r-I I II i II I I II -- L_i E_ I I I I I i I I I I I I I I I I 1 I II I I I I I I -II I — iT- II II II II I I , II I I I I II I L I 1 �I I� I 11 I II I II I / — ADJACENT I RETAIL // L---L---� —--� STORE I' I EXISTING J. BOX TO REMAIN. I EXISTING UNDER FLOOR DUCT TO REMAIN. ------q— — — — — — /// --- L------�' F--- q — —I — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — - - - - - - - - - - - - -1 // r----+----I- - - - i i 11 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I 1 I I I 6 r 6 6 I ' - - - - - - / I� _ __ -� --� ---� ---L -- II 1 // 1 - - - TO PANE EA 2 --- -- � , B--- - --J ` __ -- ------ - - - - -- - - - - -- -- - - - -- - - I I I ;I I i I I I I i I I I I I I I I q- I- -------------- ------ ------------- ------ - i DN w z � � 22-MAR-1999 10-46 atk=mb poA22196390\7 0cadd\703elect\39Oe2O2w,dgn AND PANLJ AT MEZZANINE - I I I I II _q - - J TO EXISThN� --- - -- - -- T--- MEZZANIN --------- ------------------ - - _- - ----- 0 I U P � 13 � I �I II I -- I L I 13 A I O O II II II III I � II - - 1 UP TO EXISTING MEZZANINE I I I I I iI L I - - - ---- - - - - -- - - -------- - - - - -- DN z ❑ �< cn Q , IX 0 DEMOLITION NOTES: 01 REMOVE EXISTING RECEPTACLES AND/OR SWITCH DISCONNECTS, SEE DWG. E401 FOR NEW OR REMAINING WIRING, DEVICES AND/OR CIRCUITS. �2 DISCONNECT FREEZER FOR REPLACEMENT, RETAIN CONTROL CONDUIT PATHS FOR NEW INSTALLATION, 30 DISCONNECT EXISTING FAN ON ROOF. REMOVE ALL EXISTING DISCONNECT SWITCHES, RELAYS, CONDUIT, PILOT LIGHTS, AND WIRES ASSOCIATED WITH THE REMOVED FAN. ® DISCONNECT FAN ON ROOF. LEAVE ALL ASSOCIATED CONDUIT AND WIRE IN PLACE. CONNECT NEW FAN AS INDICATED ON DWG E402. DISCONNECT CASES AS REQUIRED FOR REMOVAL BY OTHERS AS INDICATED ON DWG E501. DISCONNECT EXISTING CIRCUITS, REWORK EXISTINGS CIRCUITS AND PENETRATIONS TO ENTIRE CHECK-OUT AREA, TO MEET NEW REGISTER LAYOUT AS SHOWN ON DWGS. E401 AND T401. �7 DISCONNECT AND REMOVE EXISTING CIRCUITS AND DEVICES TO COMPACTOR; SEE E401 FOR NEW ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS. ® REWORK EXISTING CIRCUITS, CONNECT NEW RECEPTACLES AS INDICATED ON DRAWING E401. DISCONNECT EXISTING ICE MACHINE FOR NEW FLOOR DRAIN. RECONNECT IN THE SAME PLACE AND CIRCUITRY AFTER THE WORK HAS BEEN COMPLETED, LEAVE EXISTING WIRING. 10 DISCONNECT CASES AS REQUIRED TO BE REFURBISHED, AS INDICATED ON DWG E501. 11 REMOVE BRANCH WIRING IN UNDERFLOOR RACEWAY FEEDING CASES. RECIRCUIT NEW CASES AS SHOWN ON DWG E501. 12 ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL DISCONNECT EXISTING COMPRESSOR ON ROOF AS INDICATED ON DRAWING R-2. COORDINATE WITH PUBLIX REPRESENTATIVE. 13 REMOVE EXISTING RECEPTACLES AND TELEPHONE OUTLETS PER DRAWINGS E401 AND T401. 14 ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL DISCONNECT EXISTING CONDENSERS ON ROOF AS INDICATED ON SHEET E402, COORDINATE WITH PUBLIX REPRESENTATIVE. GENERAL NOTES: A. CONTRACTOR SHALL DISCONNECT AND REMOVE ALL ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT, DEVICES AND PANELBOARDS AS INDICATED. B. CONTRACTOR SHALL MAKE PRELIMINARY SITE VISIT AND VERIFY THE MAGNITUDE OF SCOPE OF THE PROJECT BEFORE BIDDING. C. ALL EQUIPMENT REMOVED SHALL NOT BE REUSED WITHOUT WRITTEN APPROVAL FROM OWNER REPRESENTATIVE. D. ALL EQUIPMENT REMOVED SHALL BE TURNED OVER TO OWNER REPRESENTATIVE AND SHALL REMAIN PROPERTY OF THE OWNER. E. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL IDENTIFY AND VERIFY ALL THE CIRCUITS ON SITE AND MAKE CHANGES ACCORDING TO THE ARCHITECTURAL DEMOLITION SCOPE OF WORK. F. REFER TO DRAWING E101 (ONE LINE DIAGRAM) FOR EXISTING PANELS TO REMAIN AND THE EXISTING PANELS TO BE DEMOLISHED OR REWORKED. Sverdrup SVERDRUP FACILITIES, INC. Florida Corporate License #AA C001291 5750 Major Boulevard, Suite 500, Orlando, Florida 32819-7946 (407) 903-5001 Fax (407) 903-5150 ELECTRICAL ENGINEER OF RECORD NAME: DAVID N. RODGERS, P.E. REGISTRATION: FLORIDA REG. #PE0053695 Seal Revision: Date: By: Description: N coco = ~ co co 0� 2-7M W J W I W W z 00 = Q L.L owg0 L J 0 azL LJ0 gW C:) mJ mS m ED w O Q� O � 0 = LU2, Er QOt O J 0��� H 0 M W (3 LL m � cJ) H r, IV Key Plan: PLAN NORTH N TRUE NORTH Scales: 0 4' 8' 16' 24' �I/$" = 1' - O I I Sverdrup Project No.: 22196390 Drawing Title: POWER DEMOLITION PLAN Date: 03/19/99 Designed By: SACB Drawing No.: Drawn By: SACB Checked By. DNR E202 - 2 3 4 1 6 TIE TO 5 6 8 9 SHEET NOTES: Sverdrup EF 14 2#12, 1412G,, C. I SVERDRUPFACILITIES, INC. 4 BOTTLEI J I ELECTRIC BALER O REFER TO DETAIL B3 ON SHEET E801 Florida Corporate License #AA C001291 124 LOUNGE 10 9 E Q U I P M E 5 750 Major Boulevard, Suite 500, Orlando, Florida 32819- 7946 I I 1 , 123 119 115 O REFER TO E601 FOR BUSRUN ELECTRICAL DEVICES AND CIRCUITRY (407) 903-5001 Fax (407) 903-5150 - --—-—-—-—-—-—-—-—-—-— - — - — -— -- -- — — — — — — --- — ---- — - - - - -- — ------ ----- - - - — —------------- ------ — — --- --- — — — — — -- — — — ----1----- 3O NEW LOCATION OF EXISTING FIXTURES AFTER COIL HAS BEEN V V G G MDP 1 RELOCATED, EXTEND CONDUIT AND WIRING AS REQUIRED V H-12b H-12 yALLE#41 JANITOR EL TRIC EQUIPMENT ROOM 11R 12 12 V BCTjL2Fa .A ANIT 1 5 EX1 BALER ROOM 11P 4 PROVIDE AND INSTALL NEW FIXTURE TYPE ''V'' IN PLENUM SPACES ABOVE ELECTRICAL ENGINEER OF RECORD O REFRIGERATED CASES. RECONNECT TO EXISTING CIRCUIT AND SWITCHING. NAME: DAVID N. RODGERS, P.E. I �I 12 O 12a 12b 12c ' O EC AB BC CD H K L E 1 EXTEND EXISTING CIRCUITS AS REQUIRED. REGISTRATION. FLORIDA REG. #PE0053695 J--- - - - - -- -- -- X E-10 ASSOCIATEI'S E-10 X II II CORRIDOR 1 II II II 55 EXISTING/REMAINING LIGHT SWITCH(ES). V — — — 1 MEAT OFFICE LOUNGE EF-130 Q N 5 M I i — — -- Seal 1 I I CORRIDOR 121 14 7 116 11 X 6 RECEIVIKIQE-10 128 II PANEL "M" PANEL "G" O CIRCUIT H-12 CONTINUES TO NEW AXIAL FAN IN WALL, FOR REFERENCE AREA " D H — — —--FIEUETVINq- 1100--------------- — — - —- - — - —- - - —- -- — — - - —- - 6 — — — — — — = — - — a -- — -- - -- — — — — — — -- --- — — — — — - - SEE DWG E401, 77� I G G , MEAT AND RECEIVING 12 1 H-6d H- DELI SUPPLY I G G 11 AR " gg" V 7 PROVIDE CONDUIT AND WIRE TO TIE INTO EXISTING CIRCUITING. I MEAT PPEY 125 _ RECEIVING "B" 114 O � V -a H2 V � 1 O V _ I 1 F- H-6C 125 INAEL#2 O, O G G 12 1 4 1122 ISOCIA WOM N 7 _ �MEN � 18 INSTALL NEW EMERGENCY LIGHTING.t# �H 6b160 H-6a O 1 I 12 HALL 2 LOUNGE 118 I � l PRODUCE 1 O 122B 9 NEW LOCATION OF FIXTURES. EXTEND NEW CONDUIT AND WIRE AS 3121 1 O j G 919 QQMWO CROOd 131 G 15 MEAT C 0 12 I I 0 12 SHOWN. (ALSO SEE NOTE 1p IN THIS PLAN). - - I _ II I O 1 O H 5a E-1131 O H 5a O H 5aV MEAT CUTTING f���M 126V _ DELI PEP I DEP 0 D LINT HEN j 10 PROVIDE JUNCTION BOX WHERE DEMOLISHED LIGHT FIXTURE HAD EXISTED O Revision: II \ 112 11 11 111 (IF REQUIRED) AND EXTEND CONDUIT AND WIRE TO MAINTAIN CONTINUITY Date: By: Description: 0 O O O OF CIRCUIT. PANEL F 0 0 0 V — --- — - — — -- - 1 G —G G7-- — — — — — — — — --- — — — j— — — — — --- — — -- - - - �— _—= - — — -- —�O_ 11 -� -- — - --- -- — — --- — -- - 1 \ 11 EXISTING H-5 H-5a XX L =� — — i _ J MEAT WRAP 1 / 1 \ EX S NG TROFFERS SHOWN FOR LOCATION PURPOSES AFTER CEILING HAS 4 O �� D-24b MEAT PACKAGING ROOM 127 127 / \ ��— — — — — — — — — — — \ \ V BEEN REPLACED. EXTEND CONDUIT AND WIRING AS REQUIRED. 4 3 12� - // // G C LI SALES G �I 01 12 12 PROVIDE NEW FIXTURES IN EXISTING COOLERS/FREEZERS AS SHOWN. EXACT �5 H 7 / \ — O / \ O 12 NUMBER OF FIXTURES SHALL BE FIELD VERIFIED. LIGHT FIXTURE CIRCUITING CD-22 -7113 CD-22 Z-7 v v I �I— �T Hz H O SHOWN ON REFRIGERATION DWG, E501. EXISTING SWITCHES (NOT SHOWN) 4 ��3'�24b =_ --- JJ--------- __-- _______ --__--__—__ // v v SHALL REMAIN. 13 -7a— -- ��—_--_ ___= —__ _____ -- — —// DELI SALES 113===—I,== L=1a —— __= VIL 7 0 �\ G G G G /� , 13 NEW CEILING OPENING FOR LIGHTING FIXTURES SHALL BE MADE BY GENERAL O CONTRACTOR FOR REFERENCE SEE DRAWING A501 D-1�4 7 1 \ \ Z-7 CD-22 Z-7 CD-22/ / L_1 I SEA�g \�-7 \ / // 4 4 14 CIRCUIT CONTINUES TO NEW FAN IN CEILING. FOR REFERENCE SEE DWG E401. 11 PROVIDE NEW 3 GANG BOX AND RECONECT EXISTING LIGHT SWITCH(ES). 1 1 TIE T / — — E 10 E-10 — — — — — — — — — - E-10 16 CIRCUIT CONTINUES TO NEW FAN IN ROOF. FOR REFERENCE SEE DWG E402 r i X� E_8 R �I E-10 17 JUNCTION BOX SHOWN FOR REFERENCE PURPOSES FROM DWG E501. REFER 1 PRODU'5 AREA 132 -� - - - - Q- - SALES �r� I� O II 12, 12 N.L TO REFRIGERATION DRAWING E501 FOR HOMERUN FOR COOLER/FREEZER 11 132 i' K Z-18,20 22 1 R — LIGHT(S). c— - — — - - - — -�-— — -- --1, — --��-- - k— --— - — - — -— — -- - - — — -- - - — -- - -— - — - — -— — - —- -- - - —- -- - — — ~-� -- - — -— —-—-—-— - — - — -- — -— Eg— -- --- - rt �I 12 12 J -- — — — — — — ---- -- ----- ---- --- 11 N . I Ii i L� 1 I 1 1 I L_1 1 j1 Z 137 4 1 I II I 1 I I II 1 4 I GROCERY 1 1 Q- 4b 1 1 II STORAGE 110 1 d 11 II I I I I I I I 1 • 1 11 �I x 11 1 11 GROCERY l 11 STORAGE C • a 1 I I I I I I 110 1 •� TRAINI 4 L-1 f- 133A Deb\\ 13 4 DAIRY I --- -- - ---------- -- ---1 ----- --- ----- -- ----- - - - ---- — ----- — GROCERY ----- —--------- ------ ---------�a3A --- 1I--------- - �� - - - - -DACES - - - 0 + - C G �� — — II a =01 11 0 D-20 1 I 1 D- 1---— - — - — -— — -— - -Z1 -- - — -— _ 1 - - - -- - — -— — - —- - — — — --- - — -— - - — - — -— -- - — - — -— — - —- -- —-— - — - — -— -- -- - — -— - — - — -—-—-— - — - — -— r—-—-—-— - — - — -— - — - —- G � I I I I G D _� BAKERY I BA T 13 4 I I STORAGE D 2 1 j 1 II 133 A B C D I 1 = I 1 I 5 I DI 4b 1 I I I I I SCULLERYEID 11 FROZEN 134 1 E 8 FOODS 1 1 4 1 L 1 1 G I 11 138 1 I I 11 0D I1 0 B 1 II 1 1 D- DV cv = I 12 '1 I I I I o � ' O I Ico m I � Z M O D 1 O D I ---- II I _ w J o o Q C- - V — - — -— - 1j -- - —- - -- - - - - -d-------- — - — -— - — —------- -- — — ----- -- - — -—-— - — - — -— -- - — - —- - — -— - — -— --- - — - —- — — u7 p w i � 0 I L I w ao w 1 12 G G QIi 4b Z-14,16 / •� z co Q O �E 8 OD it L— � d i o 1 1 // ��' O w Y" cn O cl --_ - G w I I L = - - - --- - — - - 1 /, to O o Q g z M UJ II CHECKOUT / O o� w r- O � D-1a II 135 I� J II 102 / / � �vo O E_ z = w z (D > O G 4HI Z 14 Z 14 Z 16 Z 16 4 PHARMACY I 1 /,/ �vo a- J W O� o 0 G II �D I Z_1 102A j // O O O Q p w H O cN w O D-1a I / U U- m ��'�N G II CHECKOUT 102 / GENERAL NOTES• �I �D-3 1 -- - ------------------ ----- ' L---------------- ---------------------------- --- —� —--------------- // <o '�' ------------- - ----------------- 1----- - - - -- G I1 i1 Z-14 Z-14 Z16 Z-16 J // ti �vo j A. EXISTING CIRCUITING IS NOT SHOWN EXCEPT FOR CLARITY. NEW CIRCUITS D-31 ',1 JJ J I / `° � o ARE NOTED AT FIXTURE'S LOCATION INDICATED BY FIXTURE'S DESIGNATION Key Plan: v FOLLOWED BY THE PANEL AND CIRCUIT NUMBER. PLAN NORTH I LW I I.I �, � 11 Z_1 (Z-1Z 1 1E-24 I I I I I I I II 1 // �'�o O IG �/ O N I JJ / 1 _ D-3 j l it JJ JJ E 2 I Z=3 /, O �� �, `� 1 # 1 - - - - - - - - - - 1 '� B. ALL CIRCUITS SHALL BE 12 UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. ALL RUNS ;1- - - Z 116-------1 1 E-24 Z-1 I �I 1 OVER 100 FT SHALL BE MINIMUM #10 AWG UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. I I G Z-14---- , Z=14---------- i;--Z=1fi---- I I TRUE NORTH O D-I it JJ J 1 3 j 1 Z I CD 26 // SSA AL Y �vo C. ALL CONDUIT SHALL BE MINIMUM 4''C. UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. BAKERY G 1 1 �, c� Scales: II Z-1 E-24--— ----I I — WORKROOM j E-8 I � I� ;BAKERY SALE � 24a — — I � _ _ _ — — _ _I L_ — — I I � /j � o ``' 109 O . ® SI 36 17 JJ JJ / D. ALL NEW EXIT LIGHTS SHOWN SHALL BE CONNECTED TO EXISTING EXIT 135 1 / LIGHT CIRCUIT. U.O.N. D-lb G I1-1-- -- Z-14---- Z-1 --- --I--�T6------ Z--- - 1 CD-16 OD-31,1 1 II Z-1 Z-1 1 ti BAKERY 11 i� ��o O O E ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL CLEAN AND REPAIR FIXTURES INDICATED G it UNISEX SALES II / O AS RELOCATED PRIOR TO REUSE. CUSTOMER I �'�I �Z' S � I I ACCESSIBLE I I I CCESS BLE O D-3 1,I 136 1 TIE TO VESTIBULE I T TIE TO 1 EB-6 1 VE If RESTROOM SERVICE i I EB-6 /// c��y �ti ��o I F. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY LOCATIONS OF ALL T-12 LAMPS G _______________i i_______________ —_I _ ____! 105A 10 107,A 107 1 , O O IN THE BUILDING AND WHERE FOUND REPLACE LAMPS AND BALLASTS A - - ---- I - I I I I X EB-6 � / / I o 4� a� �6� 24' D- _ _ _ _ _ — — � _ _ = EB-6 X I I 1 I I I / / WITH T-8 / ELECTRONIC BALLAST COMBINATIONS. D-24a _ _ _ 30 3 I/ B -- - - - - - - - - - - - -- - - - - -- - -===_=== = - - - - -- -_ --- =- - - =__== _== -== === ==I =====__ -- --- --- --------------- - - - --- o --tea — \ TIE TO ST B-1a TIE TO 17, 4 EB-6 V� 31a05 A 1 C _ER EB-6 G tB GG JA-3a SERVICE 107 G G G Sverdrup Project No.. 22196390 _X O JA-23 -1 JA-23 O JA-23 1�5 ,E�I�f3ANC EB 1 O JA-23 XDrawing Title: '�NCE VESTI � 10k�RANC EB- 1 TIEA1TG ENT 9I f SVT I 101-B EB-6 D CAS- E BOOKEEPING-108 EB-6 101B EB-6 j VESTIBULE 1 4 EB_ ROOM- 6 0 I 1 101A X EB-6 i LINE WEIGHT KEY LIGHTING PLAN A----------------- - ---- — -- — — — — — —_— — — STAIRS — — —----------- -- — --- -- -------- — — — —-------- -- -- -- -- - - ---------- --- WOMEN MEN NEW DEVICES AS SHOWN 105 104 CASH ROOM BOOKEEPING 108 1 �� �O EXISTING - SHOWN FOR REFERENCE 1 106 Date: 03/19/99 V 0 0 0 0 0 RELOCATED FIXTURE Designed By: SACB Drawing No.: f 4 p I I Drawn By: SACB Checked By: DNR E301 22-MAR-1999 10047 atkisomb pe\22196390\700cddd\703elect\390e301w.dgn ;C 3#6,1#10G, %q"C 2#12,1#12G, %4''C 1 2 3 4 u�,u,�,• _--__ 6 8 g SHEET NOTES: Sverdrup TO ING CIRCUIT H 12 SEE E301 SVERDRUPFACILITIES, INC. j EF-14 FAN WALL MOUNTED Florida Corporate License #A,4 C001291 TO LIGHTING CIRCUIT H-2 SEE E301 5 750 Major Boulevard, Suite 500, Orlando, Florida 32819-7946 j FLEX. CONTROLS Ci�DUIT I 1 ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR TO INSTALL 4 PLASTIC CHASE WITH 11#14 %4"C I SS BASE PLATE (EDWARDS MANUFACTURING ITEM # 227-10007). (407) 903-5001 Fax (407) 903-5150 - - _ - - - - - - - - 1 60 - - J EF-13 FAN CEILING FAN 1 - _ _ - - - _ _ _ - - - - - CHASE AND BASE FURNISHED BY CONTRACTOR. ROUTE CORD I I II I 1 0 INTO PLASTIC CHASE AND THROUGH BOTTOM OF CASES TO 27 25 ,GFI 0 M P EQUIPMENT. REFER TO B5/E801 FOR DETAIL. j ! I 9 � 27 80 I 19 GFI I, ATS ��� O V ELECTRICAL ENGINES F I +48 12 60 I RECONNECT 0 � I 20 GONDOLA LIGHTING FIXTURES PROVIDED BY OWNER VERIFY EXACT ENGINEER RECORD O (50) T QUANTITY AND LOCATION WITH OWNER. NAME: DAVID N. RODGERS P.E. I EXISTING EC AB BC CD H K L E 3 CIRCUIT TO BE INSTALLED WITH AN ISOLATED GROUND CONDUCTOR REGISTRATION: FLORIDA REG. #PE0053695 -- - - ! -- - - - - -'-- --- - - - - -- - - 25 - - - -CIRCUIT L-291 - - - - - - ------!-- - -- - - -- - ----- -- Ll 0 (TYPICAL FOR THIS RECEPTACLE TYPE). 1 ! ! L-35 Seal L-31,33 L-25,27 ! ! 19 3#6, 1#10G 1"C ! j 4 FOR CEILING PENDANT MOUNTED RECEPTACLES IN THIS AREA 0 j PANEL "M" PA EL "G" i SEE DETAIL B1 ON DWG E801 D H - --- - -- - - - - --- t- - - - - -- - -- I - - - - - - - - - - - - - -- - -- ----- - - - - -- - - - - - - - - - - -- --- -- - - - - - - --- - - --- - - - - - - -- 33 ' j ! 33 1 1 5 CONNECT NEW RECEPTACLES TO EXISTING CIRCUITS AS INDICATED, - RECONNECT T GFI GFI O EC 140 K-30,32 I UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. EXISTING CIRCUIT j \� 31 31 L-15,17,19 15 L 40 - ~ IG 3 1 6 INSTALL NEW WIRING 2#10, 1#12G FOR CIRCUITS K 31,33 RECONNECT TO L-1416,18 # # 3 EXISTING CIRCUIT H-13,1� H-21,23 IG 12, 1 G,�q C REUSE, IF POSSIBLE, EXISTING UNDERGROUND CONDUITS 3 % 1 EC-1,3 1 2#12, 1#12G,%4'!'C �� 70 ROUTE CORD THROUGH BOTTOM OF CASE OR DISPLAY COUNTER 3 1 L-281 L- 14 �-32 L- 2 , AS REQUIRED. COORDINATE WITH OWNER REPRESENTATIVE. H-27 I +72 EB-9 � ,- - II I - I K-7 9,11 13 \10 L!_34---- L-36 ---- ! -- Revision: O5 1 IG IG -38 1 80 INSTALL 9#10, 2#10G FROM PANEL "D'' TO WALKER DUCT FOR CIRCUITS Date: By: Description: IG 11 PANEL "F' 13 1347 8,6,13,17,14,26 (CIRCUITS 6,14,26, VIA CONTACTOR D-1). REWORK G- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 13 # # 3 �, j EC-7 K-14 i 1 7 IG I � EC-11 6 12, 1 12G,Yq C KT12 EC-13 O RECONNECT FIRE ALARM PANEL TO EXISTING CIRCUIT E-9. I I 3 EC-5 1 1 1#10, 1#121G, 1#12G,%4''C. 3 -31,3 K-35 10 INSTALL NEW WIRING 4#10 1#10G TO L-34 36 38. ' I ' 0 1 --- 7 i --- K_10 � I I ❑ t 11 NEW COMPACTOR INSTALLED BY OWNER, CONNECTED BY ELECTRICAL 6 O RECEPTACLES ON BOTTOM OF O t CONTRACTOR. CONTROL PANEL TO BE FURNISHED BY OWNER, INSTALLED CASE AT 6'' AFF (TYPICAL) BY ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR, DISCONNECT SWITCHES TO BE FURNISHED G-23 2#12, 1#12G,Y4"C I AND INSTALLED BY ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. I I I I I 1 ! 12 ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION WITH FIRE ALARM 1 0 REPRESENTATIVE. r F-30,3 ,34 F-22 F-24 I G-23 I ______ _ --- - ------------- - --I---- ---- F FEED THROUGH COUNTER AS DIRECTED BY COUNTER MANUFACTURER. - - - - - - - - - - - - - - i 14 CONDUIT AND BOX FOR NEW RECEPTACLE SHALL BE CONCEALED 1 ! 2 2 2 IN WALL, NO EXPOSED CONDUIT SHALL BE ACCEPTED. INSTALL 3 '' CONDUIT WITH 6#12 1#10G TO PANEL 1'' CIRCUITS 28 30 32 42. F- - Z-23 1 16 INSTALL 1" CONDUIT WITH 3#6, 1#10G, TO PANEL "C" CIRCUITS 23,25,27. C - -- - --- - - - - -- - - --- - --I- - - - - - - - - -- - - - - - - - - - - -- - - - - - - - -- D-26 D-26 -------- - - - - - - �6�-T4 �14 - - ------------- ----- - - -I - -- 1 17 RECONNECT EXISTING GAS OVEN CONTROL WIRES (4#12, 1#12G) TO PANEL 0 I C CIRCUIT 19. OD-81 j RECEPTACLE MOUNTED I 18 ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL EXTEND ALL CIRCUITS FROM OLD ON TOP OF1 REFRIGERATION D-6 D-14 D-14 1 D-26 D-26 CHECKSTAND LOCATIONS TO NEW LOCATIONS. CONTRACTOR SHALL CASE (TYPI(AL FOR ONE). PROVIIDE ALL FLOOR PENETRATIONS, TERRAllO SLEEVES/BUSHINGS, AND NEW WALKERDUCT PENETRATIONS. CONTRACTOR SHALL SEAL OFF PREVIOUS - j WALKERDUCT PENETRATIONS. COORDINATE EXACT LOCATIONS OF THE NEW q CHECKSTANDS WITH ARCHITECTURAL. D-26 D-26 D-6 D-14 D-14 1 19 CHANGE EXISTING RECEPTACLE TO TYPE GFI (SEE ELECTRICAL SYMBOL • 0 j I I LEGEND DWG E001). V x FOR FUTURE USE, 1 20 INSTALL 4#10, 1#10G TO PANEL ''J'' CIRCUITS 8,10,12. a FOR F T RE USE D-26 D 26 D 6 D-14 D-14 F R FU URE USE • I I r EX STING WAL CT XISTING WALKER D CT /� j DAPTOR RUN 2#10 #10G TO DUPLEX I D-26 D-26 D-6 D-14 D-14 i �� I E- - -- - -- -- -- - - - - - - -- - -- - -- -- - - -- - - - -- ---- - ------ - -- - - -- - ----- - -- --- -- -- - - - - - - - -- - CAP-T-ACL -IN- / ----- - - - - -- - - - - -- F R FUTURE USE WITH LAST 18'' FLEX 1 � TYPICAL). I I I I �-I - --------- --- - -z - - -- ------------- - - - - -- - -- - - - -- ---- ---- - - ---- - -1- - - ----- ------ -i- --- C-2,4,6 L ` Z j 8 p-6 D-14 J D-26 D-6 D-14 D-26 D-26 J D-6 D-14 D-6 D-14 D-14 J D-26 Ll j+48" E-27 = _______- -_ _ _ __ __- -__� - ____ - -__� _ ____ ____ - -____- ---___ I A B C it FOR FUTUREUSE I ' 3#4, 1 C +7211 FUTURE USE p-2 D-26 D-14 D-14 1#8G 10011 I N3R, C-33 D-6 C-20,22 m 1 B TO EF-13 _ _ _ _ _ ON ROOF I D 2 D 26 D 6 D 14 D 14 SEE DWG E402 I I j C 30,32,34 N = co 4 - - co O M O D-13 D-26 D 26 p-6 D 14 D 14 a_ co co z m v - - --- -- - - - - CIO -- - - -- - - - - - - - --- - - --- - - - - - - - -- - - -- - - - - - - - - - - - -- - - - - --- - - - - - 1 - -- w � C1 Q Q - C - 1 15,17 3#10 1#10G 3/4 "C. /� U oz °C > , • U_ Qw0 L- - r �J OWg� dZw _ 1 Y U)Otri Z2 IG EB-g 1 ! D-17 D-13 D-17 D-13 j D-17 Q g z m� m EXISTING 2'' j D� w r` > Q j 3 EA-12,20 -13615 ! UNDERGROUND j 0 - � _ '-'-' z D-16 1 Z-9,11 3 TYP CONDUIT ! U x J O N C-21,42 ` 4#12, %4 C 4#10, 1#10G,3/4 "C. O EXISTING TRIPLE #2 1 0 Q 0 w _ O C 4 w 1 U) -nIV 1#12G WALK R DUCT SYSTEM 0 U_ m �- 3 EA-17 4 IG IG 1 42 12 1 J i I / I I Key Plan: J 3#12, /4''C 16 13 1 9 PNL "EA" j +108 J 1 1#12G 7 (TYPI AL) 1 ! IG 18 18 j PLAN NORTH 0 N �, I 2 18 Z-1719 16 IG EA-5 __ _____-__� EA EA- - - - - 1=I - I - - - J�7 J-9 J-11 GENERAL NOTES: C-1416 16 17 EA-19 J-3 J-4 J-6 TRUE NORTH o j J11 �'J-5 EA-2 EA- G EA-6 G EA17 G EA-9 EA-11 G A. ALL CIRCUITS SHALL BE #12 UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. ALL RUNS Scales: I I Sca es LOCATED AT j J O 14 3#10, %4"C IG ! OVER 100 FT SHALL BE MINIMUM #10 AWG UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED, TOP OF OVEN1 1#10G EXISTING 2" ! ! 3 „ 0 17 9 ��i UNDERGROUND NL "J" 1 B. ALL CONDUIT SHALL BE MINIMUM /4 UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. 7 (TYPICAL) - ❑ CONDUIT. JA-10,12 ! C. WHERE ISOLATED GROUND IS INDICATED, INSTALL A #12 GREEN W/YELLOW CONNECT TO ISPLAY CASE LIGHT STRIPE INSULATED CONDUCTOR (#10 OVER 100 FT. U 0 N.) IN ADDITION T 1 3#12, %4''C 3 FEED THROUGH• WALL SWITCH EA-10, 8� 3 TYP GREEN GROUND CONDUCTOR, ALSO, SEE DWG'S E701, E702 FOR CIRCUITS OWITH axW2x o 1#12G E-29 ISOLATED GROUND REQUIREMENTS. q FREEZER 60 16 7 13 4811 O I O IG IG ❑ J D. UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED ALL OUTSIDE SAFETY SWITCHES ARE NEMA 3R, 0 4' 8' 161 24' HEAVY DUTY AMPERE RATING AS NOTED. 00 10 EB_� ! E. REFER TO DWG Al/E602 FOR PANEL "J" AND "EA" LOCATION. ip-I I JA-33 Sverdrup Project No.: 22196390 GFI JA-31 3 I IG I Drawing Title: GFI JA- E I JA-33 3 POWER 12 8 10 8 ----------- -- -- - - - - - ---- - - _==----- - - --- -- - - -------- - -- - ------------------ - - -- ---------------_---- - ------------------------------------- PLAN 19 EA-18 JA-8L) - - 1 0 I I 20 Date: 03/19/99 Designed By: SACS Drawing No.. Drawn By: SACBI I Checked By. DNR E401 22-MAR-1999 M48 atkisomb pe\2,-19639C\700cddd\703elect\39De4C1wodgn rl 1 2 3 4 5 6 8 9 I I I I I I i I I I i I I i — — — - ---- -- —�I--_ - — -— - - - - - --—-—-—-—-—-—-—-—-— �—-—-—-—-—-—- — - — - —--—-—-—-—-—--- — - — - —- I- -—- — - — - —- - - --—-—-—-—-—-— - — - — -— —I---- -- I i I EXISTING EXHAUST 3# 4/0, I1#4G, 21/2" C FAN, F-4, ON ROOF EXISTING EXHAUST FAN, F-7, ON ROOF I I I H— — — — --- — - -- —--t------- - ------ - - - — -— - - - - — ---- - r - - --- - -- ---- - --- - - I- ---- - - - _ — — --- — — — — — — - _ -- — — — — — — — — —------- — — -- - - l TM-7 j EXISTING EXHAUS I - 00 j FAN, F-5, ON ROOF SF-15 I I I � DM-4 I I TM-5 TM-6 3#10 1#10G 3 '' C I I WP I PANEL Q I I I I I G —-—- — - — - —--— - — - — -— - — -F — - -- — --- — - - - — — - --- — — — — — — — — — --- — — --- — — — — — --- I- - — - — - — - — - — - — - — - — - — -— --—-—-—-— - — --I- - - - — - —- - L--212---—-—-—-—-— - — - — - — --- j EXISTING WIREWAY '� j 2#12,1#12G, Y4" C �I�EL DEC 'B' I TO EXISTING RELAY CABINET _ (REFER TO DWG. E401) I I I ; � I EXISTING EXHAUST FAN, F-6, ON ROOF TO REMAIN ; � I ; i I ; I 30 30 30 (30) (30) (30) j N3R N3R N3R I C — — — — — — — -------------------------------------------------- - — -— — - — - —- - - ----—-—-— - — - — -—-—L— - — - — -— - - - ----------------- — —I— — — — — — — — — — — — — - —- - — — -I- - j I I I I, I II I I I I I I I I I I I I I I j I I I I j I j ------ I I _______ � I I, EXISTING EXISTING AC-1 0 j WP AC-2 ON ROOF I GFI ON ROOF ' ------------------------- '------------------- - - ---' - L - PANEL REF. 'A' 3#10, 1#10G, Y4'C - - - --- - -- -- - - - - -- -- - - -- - - - ------- - - - - ------------------------r- - - -- - - - - -- -------- - - - - ------------ - - - - -- -------------------1-------------------- - - - - -- - - - - - EXISTING 30 (30)FWP AC-3 N3R GFI I I I I I ON ROOF TM-3 0000 ________� 2#10, 1#10G, YQ"C I WP 30 � ' I I I I GFI'-------- PANEL 'T' (30) N-3 N3R TM-2 O O 0 2#12, 1#12G, 3/4"C i I I 3#10, 1#10G, Y4'C B 30 I I PANEL 'N' (30) j N3R DM-1 0 0 0 0 0 3#10 1#10G 3 "C j - - - - - - - -- - - - - - ----- - - - - - ---------- - - - - -- -- - - - - -- - - - - -- - - - --------- - - - - -- - - -- -! - ------------------------------ - - - - -- ----- EF-12 O1 / ON ROOF EXISTING WIREWAY WP I 'I i I I TO MANUAL MOTOR 2#10, 1-10;G, 74 j STARTER,REFER TO DRAWING E401 2#12, 1#12G, Y4"C j N-3 I I i I SF-16 � I I 2 I I i O EXISTING EXHAUST / 1 I FAN F-1 ON ROOF O WP 100 j / _ \ 13#3, 1#8G, 1 I/2"C (70) - N3R ----- AC-4 O 2#12, 1#12G, Y4"C GFI I ON ROOF TO CIRCUIT C-29 NEW AC-5 N-3 ON ROOF i WP j GFI A ! 2#10, 1#10G, Y4"C I I I —-------- ------------------ ----------- ---- — — ---------------------I EXISTING EXHAUST- - - -- - -------------------------------------- - - - - -- — --- -- - ---- ------ - —----- IF FAN, F-8, ON ROOF I I I I - --- - - - - -- ---- - - - - -- - - -- - - - -_----------------------- - - - - -- ----------------- - - - - -- - - -- - - - -- - -- - - - - - - - ----- - - - - -- - - - - - - - -- ---- - - - - -- - -- - - - - -- ` I I z u I I 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 ffJi SHEET NOTES: 1ONEW EQUIPMENT PROVIDED BY OTHERS CONNECTED BY ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED, ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE DISCONNECT SWITCH. OTO MDP SPACE 419a. FOR REFERENCE SEE SHEET E101. GENERAL NOTES: A. ALL CIRCUITS SHALL BE #12 AWG UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. ALL RUNS OVER 100 FT SHALL BE MINIMUM #10 AWG UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED, B. ALL CONDUIT SHALL BE Y4" UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. C. REFER TO DRAWING E401 FOR PANELBOARD LOCATION, D. UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED ALL SAFETY SWITCHES ON ROOF SHALL BE NEMA 3R, HEAVY DUTY. Sverdrup SVERDRUP FACILITIES, INC. Florida Corporate License #AA C001291 5750 Major Boulevard, Suite 500, Orlando, Florida 32819-7946 (407) 903-5001 Fax (407) 903-5150 ELECTRICAL ENGINEER OF RECORD NAME: DAVID N. RODGERS, P.E. REGISTRATION: FLORIDA REG. #PE0053695 Seal Revision: Date: By: Description: D N N = I—o00 �' D- oL0 ZcM 07 W 0 J LL I LU •� LU 9 Z CO awo LL LL OWwo) 0 r J 1 d=� L0gw 3: ��mJ D Ir w rl: 0 0 0- F- J_ d- a_ �zC7�- Q p< U X J W O N HOc�w U m � �Hr`N Key Plan: PLAN NORTH N ..( D _ TRUE NORTH Scales: 0 4' 8' 16' 24' Sverdrup Project No.: 22196390 Drawing Title: ROOF POWER PLAN Date: 03/19/99 Designed By: SACB Drawn By: SACB Checked By: DNR Drawing No.: E402,1"_ V 22-MAR-1999 10.48 atkisomb pe\22196390\700cadd\703elect\39Oe402w.dgn Sverdrup SHEET NOTES S VERDR UP FA CILITIES, INC. (1) 4/C #18 Florida Corporate License #AA C001291 TO DM #4 1 5750 Major Boulevard, Suite 500, Orlando, Florida 32819-7946 (1) 4/C #18 ! O ALL LIGHTING CIRCUITS FOR THE REFRIGERATED CASES # 1 SHALL BE VIA THE LIGHTING CONTACTORS LOCATED IN (407) 903-5001 Fax (407) 903-5150 K —-- — - — - —--—-—-—- — - — - —- -- TO DM 2 — -- — -- - - — -— - - - - - - —- - — - — -— — — - —- 1 - --— - - — - — -— ---—-—-— - — - — -—---—-—- — - — - —- — — — —-— - — - — -— -- - -- ---- - - — - —- THE VICINITY OF THE ASSOCIATED PANELBOARD(S). II THE CONTACTORS SHALL BE CONTROLLED BY THE EMS I C., # SYSTEM. THE CONTACTORS SHALL BE 20A,120V COILS, (1) 4/C 18 ELECTRICALLY OPERATED, MECHANICALLY HELD.J 22 23 24 4TO TM #6 ! ELECTRICAL ENGINEER OF RECORD OCASE(S) ARE BEING REFURBISHED.00 I ' ONAME: DAVID N. RODGERS, P.E. �J --—-—-— - — - — -— - — -— - —- ! - — - — -— -- !— -- --- ——-— - — - — -— — -- — — I- -- — — -- - - — — ----! ---- - - - — - — — — --- --- REGISTRATION: FLORIDA REG. #PE0053695 O THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE ALL # I, � NECESSARY RECEPTACLES AND PLUGS FOR THE j ! ! 18 TO TM #5 ! CONNECTION OF THE EVAPORATOR FANS IN ALL WALK-IN Seal COOLERS AND FREEZERS PER OWNER DIRECTION. D I I i � � 4� ALL WALK-IN CHICKEN AND MEAT COOLERS AND FREEZERS 25 (1) 2 C#18 V SHALL HAVE SOLENOIDS AND DOOR SWITCHES TO SHUT (1) 2/C #18 32 DOWN THE REFRIGERANT COILS AND TO CUT OFF THE (1) 4/C #18 20 ! 1 ! REFRIGERANT. THE SOLENOIDS AND DOOR SWITCHES # TO TM 3 1 4 O 21 TO DM #4 1 1 130 SHALL BE PROVIDED BY THE REFRIGERATION CONTRACTOR O AN J I I D WIRED BY THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. 18 (1) 2/C # (1) 4/C #18 - � 1 () 2/C 8 TO TM #3 TO TM #5 J 4 P 38 5 ROUTE ELECTRICAL CIRCUITS VIA THE EXISTING WALKER TO # 5 O I � DUCT SYSTEM, ❑ o ❑ ❑ 2 ! TO PNL �' Ta _P� 0 - - - 1 (1) 2/C#18 1 Revision: _ _ _ 6O REFER TO DRAWING E801 DETAIL A4 FOR THE INSTALLATION 1 � T O T M #6 � Date: By: Description: - ! J 4'1 1#12G - - - - - 30 - 5#12,1#12G 1 (W/C #18 OF THE CEILING MOUNTED COOLING COILS. 1 TO TM _ 6 _ 1 TO TM #3 5 J 1 J33 64/C#18-1 (3) 4/C OT L H P FT L H 1 ,� P (1) � 10#14 TO TM � � I — X F oo - - EXIST TO BE TO TM#5 4#14 TO PNL F � D CD (1) 2/C#18 J Cc O # ❑ O TO' TM 5 �, RELOCATED TO TM #5 6#12, 2#12G � ❑ 0 29 0 2,�� �, (1) 2/C#18 TO PNL G 1 TO TM#6 2,1#12G 127 28 s,c� CAB L (1) 2/C#18 1 J I ��F Q 6 TO TM#5 �Q TO PNL A FT H L DT P R R FT H L DT FT DT R P L L FT H DT R FT L H P DT R EI L H DT R FT P FT AFT o� 1 4#12, 1 #12G O # ��� # Qaoo� # �o o�� # r\�(7)# r-_a'� # 36 ! "Roo ��"" (1) 2/C 18 LiL�L� N NLt1, Li- L� N LNi LNLiL- N N N TO PNL v 2 U U L.- L`L� C� Li LLLL �N 17 18 TO TM #3 zl_5 TO PNL F _ 4#12,1#12GI T H IL 4 O 35 J 3 13 4#12,1#12G 31 TO PNL F 5 I I TO PNL F = P 3#12,1#12G 1 3#12,1#12G 317 SLOPE UP (1) 4/C#18 1 20 FT �, ao TO DM#4 2/C#18 P N � SLOP J FT H PDT FT H P DT FT H PDT CD c v 5 FT H PDT P 2/C#18 �7N0 N�0 NLn� N o 00 20 O2 (1) 2/C #18 ! � `1`1U `l�� 5 TO PNL G 1 5 TO PNL G `� � (1) 4/C#18 (1) 4/C#18 5#121#12G O # I� # O (1) 2/C#18 3#12,1 12G 118 I � O � TO TM 3 TO DM#4 TO DM#4 (1) 4/C#18 TO PNL F TO TM#5 3#12, O SLOPE TO DM#4 1#12G �P �' (1) 2/C#18 +4�9 1 20 1 c- �- ---- - P -- - - - -- TO TM#3-- - TO PNL B - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -- - - -- - -- - - - - -- - -- - - -- - --- ---- - - - - -- - -- - - - - -- ---1 - 1 --- - V TO PNL B j co mmN LF 6#12,1#12G j J TO PNL B O I L r P 4#12,1#12G 2/C#18 _ 1 REFRIGERATION LEGEND I I' P I j 1 FT FAN CONNECTION 2 1 J J 1 I 2 48 FT B8 48 B8 FT L B10 1 © LIGHT CONNECTION t 16 1 P 2/C#18 TO P L# B B10 L H B12 B29 LT EL 2 2, 1 2 (4) 4/C #18 B12 H P 4/C#18 B37 DT 2 © TEMPERATURE PROBE CONNECTION TO PNL A # °T 1 DT 40O 2#12 1 #1 G TO DM 1 DT PT DT LIMIT CONTROL CONNECTION • _ 1 P 4/C#18 x J ANTI -CONDENSATE HEATER 9 0 1 j J 14 C • a � B29 FT O ® FAN CONTROL RELAY CONNECTION • 0 ��"� 15 ! 22 B39 L /fir FT 10 2 DTJ O REFRIGERATION SYSTEM NUMBER V 1 � I O 2/C#18 P CE - - - -- AFT - - - -- - - - - -- - 4/C#1 P 1 °T- 12 - - J - - - - Y1)-21 #TS - -- -- - --- -------- ------------------ - - ---------- - ---- - - J----------� - - �- - - - - C J J TO TM #3 B29 FT - D- - - - --y__ - -- _ - - - - - - -- - - - --- - - - - -- - - --- -- -- - - - -- ---- - - - - -- - - - - -- - - - - - --- - -- --- - - - - - - - -� - -- J Dr F#1 I 4/C#18 2/8 Dr 2 I 1 1 O I I 2 41 O I I 7 or DT (2) 2/C#18 J ! GENERAL NOTES•, 4/C#18 P I J 1 (1)4/C #18 J TO TM#6 1 1 A. ALL CIRCUITS SHALL BE 3 #12 AWG STRANDED UNLESS TO DM #2 1 OTHERWISE NOTED. ALL RUNS OVER 100 FEET SHALL BE I I DT 9 1 #1 AW MINIM ' J � D -I 0 G UM UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. 1 2 r J O # 3 B I DT P 4/C#18 2 2 2/C 18 P B. ALL CONDUIT SHALL BE /q UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. DT 13 O O ! J 6 11 I O C. ALL MUTI-CASE SYSTEMS WITH LIMIT CONTROLS SHALL J 2 HAVE THE "D7 CONNECTIONS WIRED IN SERIES. # 42 D N = (1) 2/C 18 1 (U 4/C #18 ! o TO TM#3 2 1 TO DM #1 1 D. ALL MULTI -CASE SYSTEMS WITH FAN CONTROL RELAYS N co L 2) 4/C #18 8 1 �PT 4/C#18 P SHALL HAVE THE R CONNECTIONS WIRED IN PARALLEL, F- cO co cM 00 #4/C#18 J r C -- -I �— — — -- --TO DM- 2-- - -- — -- - — — ----------- ------------- ---- -- — ------ — - — — — — — — — — — — — — — -- — - - - — -— --- — --I E. ALL 2/C #18 AND 4/C #18 SHALL HAVE AN OVERALL w � Lu SHIELD. Q — O (1) 2/C#5 •— z z Q w O 5 I (1) 4/C #18 0 TM#5 L - I TO DM #2 F. REFER TO DRAWING E301 FOR LIGHTING SPECIFICATIONS. 0 w g rn 0 =) 1 1 1 G. REFER TO DRAWING E402 FOR ROOF TOP COMPRESSOR w Y w 2� m 1 CO ESSOR � J -- - -- LOCATIONS. � o = � Q Z Co LU � W � � 0 w (1) 4/C #18 H. REFER TO DRAWING E802, DETAIL Al AND A2 FOR WALK-IN a- J w � o TD DM #2 j COOLERS DETAILS. 0 Q 0 w H O cc) w LL M _ ----------------- ' � J. REFER TO DRAWING E802, DETAIL A2 AND A3 FOR WALK-IN --- --- ' FREEZER DETAILS. I I I 1 K. UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED ALL FLOOR MOUNTED Key Plan: REFRIGERATION CASES, AND WALK-IN COOLERS AND PLAN NORTH FREEZERS ARE CONTRO LLED BY REMOTE COMPRESSORS . N -_- -___-- ______________- ___I__________ _-__ _____--_ ! I :EL. THE FOLLOWING ARE THE ONLY APPROVED I TRUE NORTH 4/C#18JP 11 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 MULTI -CONDUCTOR CABLES. NO SUBSTITUTIONS AREoo ALLOWED. 1 Scales: �� MANUFACTURER 2/C #18SH 4/C #18SH I �� � I I 2#12, 1#12G _ _ _ _ _ TO DM #1 ❑ , ----- - - ------ ,#------- ---- ----- - - -- - - - ---- i� j I ALPHA #24 1 # (1) 4/C 18 1 � _I ❑�� i I I I 2 C 2424C I TO DID '�,#1 '�, I J � BELDEN #8760 #9418 (DO' I TO PNL B g : �FA 2#12, 1 #12G EEC #1830B #1834B W DT 1 8X12 ,q FREE PDT �D� P r O M. EXISTING CIRCUITS AND WIRING SHOWN IN THIS DWG. SHALL J J J BE FIELD VERIFIED BY CONTRACTOR OR/IF THERE WERE ANY o 4' 8' 16' 24' g - - -- --- -- - --- --- - - - - - -- - - - - - - - - - -- -- - - - ---- - - - - -- - -- - - - -- - - - - - - ----- -- - - - - - -- -- -- DIFFERENCE CONTRACTOR MUST CHANGE THE CIRCUITS (1) 4/C # 3 2 (1) 4/C #18 TO DM #2 �2, 2 Ju TO DM #1 Sverdrup Project No.: 22196390 I -- Drawing Title: I I I REFRIGERATION PLAN q — -—— -— —- — —_ — — — — — —_— — — -—-— — — — — — —-—-—— — — — — — — — — — — -—-—- — — — — — — — _ — — —- —- — — — — -—- — -— -—-—❑-—-—-— ——-—-—-—-——-—-—-—- I Date: 03/19/99 I 1 Designed By: SACB Drawing No.: Drawn By: SACB i Checked By: DNR E501 } 22-MAR-1999 10049 atkisomb po\22196390\700cadd\703elect\390e5Clw.dgn A A A 1 f^ i n C 0 A KEY 3Y CONTRACTOR )UNTED Y END) CAT. # BF1-E10C-A-S-P JOINER CAT. # BUS1-***-A-S-P THIS SHEET FOR SPECIFIC CAT. #'S. (INDIVIDUALLY FUSED) SHEET NOTES' OPROVIDE AND INSTALL MOMENTARY SWITCH AT THIS LOCATION BACK TO EMS FOR CONTROL OF BUSRUN LIGHTING AT CONTACTOR, VIA LIGHTING CONTACTOR "Z-V OCOORDINATE WITH ENERGY MANAGEMENT PLAN, DRAWING T402, FOR WIRE SIZE, 4O SURFACE MOUNT BUSRUN TO UNDERSIDE OF EXISTING WOOD BEAMS IN BAKERY SALES. EACH RUN SHALL CONSIST OF: ONE - 10'' STARTER: CATALOG # BF1-E10C-A-S-P ONE - REDUCED T-2" JOINER: CATALOG # BUS1-038-A-S-P THREE - 10'-0" JOINER: CATALOG # BUS1-120-A-S-P. Sverdrup SVERDRUP FACILITIES, INC. Florida Corporate License #AA 0001291 5750 Major Boulevard, Suite 500, Orlando, Florida 32819- 7946 (407) 903-5001 Fax (407) 903-5150 ELECTRICAL ENGINEER OF RECORD NAME: DAVID N. RODGERS, P.E. REGISTRATION: FLORIDA REG. #PE0053695 Seal 3). Z-3 Revision: Date: By: Description: D N coco = co 00 aJ O `� Z M C W J I Lu rr w o co CrQ� L W L u Cn 3 J Q 0 w — g z Cowl= >Q� o�0= J w Wzc�� = o= O Q O w P-Oc+)w U � m � Cn I— r— N Key Plan: PLAN NORTH N TRUE NORTH Scales: 0 48' 16' 24' Sverdrup Project No.: 22196390 Drawing Title: BUSRUN-LAYOUT PARTIAL PLAN AND DETAILS ff 22-MAR-1999 10050 . nNi dtkisomb poA2219639O\700cddd\703elect\390e6D1w.dgn Date: 03/19/99 Designed By: SACB Drawn By: SACB Checked By: DNR Drawing No.: i E601 — COMMUNICATION PLAN SHEET NOTES: Sverdrup c f0i C A D1 E602 B MEZZANINE COMMUNICATIONS PLAN /41I = 11_011 B 4 6 'I I SEE SHEET T40111 FOR CONTINUATION I O -- KSU --- C C C PP AC — — — — — --- — — — — — --- — -- — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — - + 3 411 +34'' O ' 1 O 5O C O O 0 w TEL 'A'—J w +3411 EA JO -- -— ----- — — — — — ——————-——— — — — — —— -—— — — — — -— - —— - —— - — ---- ---— — — - — —— - a 4 6 I I I � I � I I a -- -- — — -- -- -- -- — -- -- -- — - — — — — — — — --- — -- -- — -- — - - EA J 1 3 i - -- o — — — — — - — — — -—-— - — - — -— - — - — -—-—-—-—- — - — - —- ——-—-—- — - — - —- - — MEZZANINE POWER AND LIGHTING DEMOLITION PLAN 1/4 '' = 11 _ 0', 4 6 I I I I I I EA J X EB-6 o o --- —7g — -- — — — — — — — — - --—-—- — - — - —- - — - —--—-—-—- — - — - —- --—-—-—-—-—-—-— - -- — -— — — — — — -- -- — — -— — — OPROVIDE AND INSTALL (1) OUTLET BOX TO BE WIRED IN %q" CONDUIT TO TEL 'A'. OINSTALL (1) LAN CABLE IN%q" CONDUIT FROM THE PEOPLE PLANNER CONCENTRATOR.LEAVE 8 FOOT LENGTH AT EACH END. OINSTALL (1) 2 PR. 4/C #22 AWG SHIELDED CABLE AND (1) LAN CABLE FROM THE PEOPLE PLANNER TO TEL 'A' IN 1" CONDUIT. LEAVE 8 FOOT LENGTH AT EACH END. OINSTALL (1) 2PR. 2/C #22 SHIELDED CABLE AND (1) LAN CABLE FROM THE ALTERNATE CONTROLLER TO THE CONCENTRATOR IN %q" CONDUIT. LEAVE 8 FOOT LENGTH AT EACH END. OINSTALL (1) 12/C #24 AWG SHIELDED CABLE, (1) 2PR 2/C #22 AWG SHIELDED CABLE AND (1) LAN CABLE IN 1 �/2'' CONDUIT FROM THE ALTERNATE CONTROLLER TO THE MODEM SECTION OF TEL 'A', VIA 6%6" JUNCTION BOX, FLUSH MOUNTED IN THE WALL ABOVE THE ALTERNATE CONTROLLER.LEAVE 8 FOOT LENGTH AT EACH END. COMMUNICATION GENERAL NOTES: A. REFER TO DRAWING T401 FOR CONTINUATION OF COMMUNICATIONS PLAN. LIGHTING AND POWER DEMOLITION PLAN SHEET NOTES: REMOVE EMERGENCY LIGHT SWITCH(ES) FROM THIS LOCATION. PROVIDE BLANK COVER PLATE. REMOVE "EXIT'' LIGHT FIXTURE, CONDUIT AND WIRING, O REMOVE EXIT LIGHTS FOR REPLACEMENT WITH NEW FIXTURE TYPE 'X', RETAIN CONDUIT AND WIRE FOR RECCONECTION TO EXISTING CIRCUIT. REFER TO DWG. E602 DETAIL Al. LIGHTING AND POWER DEMOLITION GENERAL NOTES: A. CONTRACTOR SHALL DISCONNECT AND REMOVE ALL ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT, DEVICES AND PANELBOARDS AS INDICATED. B. CONTRACTOR SHALL MAKE PRELIMINARY SITE VISIT AND VERIFY THE MAGNITUDE OF SCOPE OF THE PROJECT BEFORE BIDDING, C. ALL EQUIPMENT REMOVED SHALL NOT BE REUSED WITHOUT WRITTEN APPROVAL FROM OWNER REPRESENTATIVE. - — D. ALL EQUIPMENT REMOVED SHALL BE TURNED OVER TO OWNER REPRESENTATIVE AND SHALL REMAIN PROPERTY OF THE OWNER. E. IT IS THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR TO IDENTIFY AND VERIFY ALL THE CIRCUITS ON SITE AND TO MAKE CHANGES ACCORDING TO THE ARCHITECTURAL DEMOLITION SCOPE OF WORK, F. REFER TO DWG E202 FOR EXISTING PANEL EB LOCATION. LIGHTING AND POWER PLAN SHEET NOTES: LIGHTING AND POWER GENERAL NOTES: A. ALL CIRCUITS SHALL BE #12 UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. ALL RUNS OVER 100 FT SHALL BE MINIMUM #10 AWG UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. B. ALL CONDUIT SHALL BE MINIMUM %q" UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. C. WHERE ISOLATED GROUND IS INDICATED, INSTALL A #12 GREEN W/YELLOW STRIP INSULATED CONDUCTOR (#10 OVER 100 FT., UON.) IN ADDITION TO - — - — - — GREEN GROUND CONDUCTOR, ALSO, SEE SHEET E701, E702 FOR CIRCUITS WITH ISOLATED GROUND REQUIREMENTS. D. UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED ALL OUTSIDE SAFETY SWITCHES ARE NEMA 3R, HEAVY DUTY, AMPERE RATING AS NOTED. E. ALL NEW EXIT LIGHTS SHOWN SHALL BE CONNECTED TO EXISTING EXIT LIGHT CIRCUIT. SVERDRUP FACILITIES, INC. Florida Corporate License #AA C001291 5750 Major Boulevard, Suite 500, Orlando, Florida 32819-7946 (407) 903-5001 Fax (407) 903-5150 ELECTRICAL ENGINEER OF RECORD NAME: DAV(D N. RODGERS, P.E. REGISTRATION: FLORIDA REG. #PE0053695 Seal 9 �. W , 3/y 7 Revision: Date: By: Description: N 0 00 = � t� oo CIO� O `n 2-7M � w ; z I w1CO w z � L LL JO a�� owg� Y U) C) C/i .0 LLJ 0 w C:) rn�m I U w � z 0 c+3 w -I = �>a� a- CL Er i v x J 0��� H O p ULLm� Q w c� w Key Plan: PLAN NORTH N TRUE NORTH Scales: 0 2' 4' 8' 12' 1/11 _ 11_O11 Sverdrup Project No.: 22196390 Drawing Title: MEZZANINE PLAN I Al MEZZANINE POWER AND LIGHTING PLAN 22-MAR-1999 10a51 atkisomb peA22196390\700cddd\703e1ect\390e602w.dgn Date: 03/19/99 Designed By: SACB Drawing No.: Drawn By. SACB Checked By: DNR E602 Sverdrup a- I'� C I B I� 1 1 Z., mee,mlm., 1M., 1 1 • ,....' J. 1 1 �� � >•P♦,i,P,•�TiJ4•�••9v i �•wi •:Pi, •P�•erti ` .'£•h°�•°®°�•JO�JO�hObK'' JeaJ.rww� 1 • ®--©�-_®'"°7' =hh�3'.�••♦4h�4r��.'•�® ee♦.Aw.�� 1 1 1 1 P �J•P� wJJP�wJ•. ■ ■ • �°hTy♦� �y°id 1 1 ��`w�.���'��h1'.�:��e'rew�wJJ�®--� �--®•`'��,°P�'i$'�g���Aww�i6•'m� 1 / '� •V ,�•�'��w-,!.' "h•P•i•••w�P•P• w0i, ` 1 ` ��ihi;%•�°°3••OOww � .� � s?OaJO:J.w � ■ 1 • 1 ■ y��A,g°Jh®.•��•J°�h .ea:•shsR��C.'A"Sh°.J•9 1 1 1 i �'��i.J'si'phh J1•'•ww•®.P� ■ ■ C��°sy." J°�i1'i 1 °4•�•°'i' �w ��:to:J°w'.syi �awhww�:e'.9we_a_'ehhe_�. .J.bh�J•°w•yw•°�6°�S°JJ°1D°.•e ®��a��� '00 ME �wlerw��♦�wJwii+vJ�w•.-v ®iw�v��yJ� � 1 1 y, ...���eee • �• •6 ■ ■ � � .r. � 1 1 1 I I 'J1•♦1.Op!?��♦iiJJ••J��p`i •J h:•Zs r'.�0•••y.%O•:•j•:�i•.'�--®�--® ■ ■ 1 �'••�hhh•�°Jy°�'1�_.a•�w,+�Gh+vi•�e' •J ..4hw M•d•,.w wP 1 1 w�w� iJw6�,Jbe�iJ.' • ?h�.Jw.•p' yia'P♦°�P� ! i 1 11 1i1 . i 11 *CONTROLLED VIA EXTERNAL 30A, NEMA 1, 6 POLE CONTACTOR A-1 * *CONTROLLED VIA EXTERNAL 30A, NEMA 1, 6 POLE CONTACTOR A-2 Doi ■ 11• , 1 1 , HEIM.,. .. M H ► . PIM, N � e2e IN HIM _Q© El IN IN 101,11 ��� �e� ���e �NO ��b®h�J�e'9.. �♦w �3'n ` ■ �., 'P♦E" ��F����:ew� P �00� 1 ■ ! ' 1 • �i"hwJ� .w ���f°.�®fie • � ..•4s'.Jwe r.ew .°g��P ♦. a h.. 4hw� w� :vd�J.•2J0►.. �• �P � .f�J�. aivhh'• �yJJJw� ' � � � �T w'� " ! 1 �.�h°°�e�y0°�!yJhh�JhS°' ''•,��� •°w'r'��ig •�h9ueJ•'. J.Jw .S w! 1 ■ -_®� 1 ■ --®oti*hh°%�h°�JKK��•i:•i �iPhh•�V��PS�Ji aw�J.:•�E�OiO �♦0.�� 1 �giPi rih•7•he°'OP•' i ®wi wOi Jhhw�,r L ■ ■ IN 1 1 - 1 •� 1 -_®® i --wry '` IM 1 1 ■ ' ��hh�•! ��►h..w :®'�J f���°••i�• °�1va�-_®® ■ • 1 • --'9.w°hd.JJe��s° ,�v�♦°•�i s Pw" Owl• 1 ��hh��h3��•`J��'�S ■ 10 ��Jy %�� w.w.. ■ ■ • �r .a'.� Jh� e'.ae0 ■HIM - .w NO:74 N.117114 rwJ w� Mir I IN 1. I ::' :1 1 A A 1 1 1 11 • 1 1 1 1 11 • 1 1 1 1' 11 11 1 I 111 * ENTIRE PANEL CONTROLLED VIA CONTACTOR 'AB' T it � 1 • ' M== 11111:4mr-LIff. N11 In N".1 101 ' 1 " rho ♦ . �.'��.�®-_Q©--� 1 I • ► . .' � i 1 • �'� �Ee Mm=1=-_©0-- J J A I ;'�ha �w:ewJ°Je 1 • � �w i / 1 mm HIM 1• 11111111211111°heh?®-_� E .���'IJ. ac 1 I■ 1 vw�w w . w. . P , P P•! ` • `':'.k:�h:�:►e::� w�,�4wwoJ��l�h'°A•♦����p�•��•y'�pOJi, 1 ■ --�®-- 1 ■ 'gi�'0 ♦�•hv�.���•����Oy�i 'ev.:•w.'aZPwh•♦�.d6°M • w•i•'J I,°• '•i, hit, w. w;..y�.e' w a•� ,yrwo •.y..-oy.: h -.:Ja�ae� �.y3°'?JJ��eh�.�--®�- 1 '.9.sh�.�.s?"�.EI�OJe.�h�°•��•`' t huh, ♦E�•P- 0. • I' P �jJO w 9 � �OJ.• 1 MEN °•J• 11 vw� w° L•y Milli ��ew`he�•.�JSe_•L�:ae®�-_®®--�:�:?O_s.A:e.��.�e�°4�:G. 1 • � ii♦3J��O�vJ .S•44Y.Ji2�f4-w.ww• O�' �';.•.w w�°: �.eh.�'�� °1h°'•ice Ahi1:.e°h°.h•®9�Jwh�.Jw°�-_®® NO 01 IN IN h�♦�ww�� �:PB_ h♦•�J�`� �°�ww'•A� 1 9�Oi�iJJww"S"�♦JPJ•e��h�6 a•_♦O°w�'w�a..�'e_Bd��•� ;�'ry 'e`•• vi'Rf•,'- 1 , , • • � I 1 / 1 , , I ; I � • I 1 � / i 1�1 . 1 � 1 � 1 1�1 • 1 � 1 � 1' 11 1� 1 1� •I • 1 1 1 •I • *CONTROLLED VIA EXTERNAL 30A, NEMA 1, 12 POLE CONTACTOR B-1 * * ■ I I , 1�1 1 ' • I 'g� :�� 4, .. .I I I 1 1 ■ ■ ■I ` ' • :4, ear � w+es�Fh:�s � ►, .�wJ�.. P•�6v°.'•��•••;F, rw'v0••wPJ-P� r��J" P•' �0•h�•ewp' Spa y �J N •i'.�°°ih 1 • a�p�w� 0 >w"�,•ti'p��:•hh .='e..KSiJ:eV KhKv,J�h. �:A°rJJ::•wS®--� :hJ•o�°OJ�°h°' ■ 1 ©--® ■ 1 • • . v ,ai' .� h �i a�w�w�Js••'. � "Ti � � 1 � .•whw•.n r- vJ❖ o�'PJ�ewJ w•'°O•1.� 1110 NO El IN 'hh•J ��h�•'�� � ■ ■ 11 ®'t w ��` 1 --®�-- 1 1100VON � ■ 1 ■ �i�♦�:PM�•i eBT:• . • . . v- o�P a �w .h e �ww�,w� r�•e�.•°.Jw� P,P•P� 7 L::w�w�w� ,w wQ♦�R 9w•��Jd•9.9 �•:•h��•� .�i3.•.w� ' ` ■ '�°���.�!ws- 1 --®m-- 1 ate.,®��J�,�,.- . , . vvPePK•;Jf�vJ. .��a�. 1.. h. ..•w•y_w M JO'�'y�"•.eehl�i` S. ♦.w°•°wR�.a°�.•.S.Ow•.� 11111419.111 IN �p4P: fOs ; 'Jy : _e•°eS:�: '♦hw°g' wh'': ,$i •hews Avd��.0'�.�'j' �3:ewr .4�'w•J°J.�. TOTALS (IN KVA): 5.56 5.76 4.22 TOTALS (IN KVA): 5.02 3.5 5.06 TOTAL PHASE A� 10.6 TOTAL PHASE B: 9.3 TOTAL PHASE C: 9.3 TOTAL CONNECTED LOAD: 29.20 TOTAL DEMAND LOAD: 29.20 DEMAND FACTOR: 100 TOTAL CONNECTED AMPS: 81.05 TOTAL DEMAND AMPS: 81.05 ENTIRE PANEL CONTROLLED VIA CONTACTOR 'BC' i 1: 1 1 1 1 '■ 1 HIM ON P ♦� ®I -_©0--��' • I 1 :1 1 I •1 � J ��6�SJ�s 1 -_mu- - 1 ®..®h• 1 .s.9Jw.� �611 ENE �,L�J 9wL 1 •1 --GIMI N 1�PIJ�Jh�Jf®INE _ �i• hBJ•iri` y�•Ai Jey''°.tixy'sa'►.5: phew ♦•°h h� hd �'h�'s�i �•�S•:h, NNE ' �J� •°°e Hyva:• �� �J°°�o��i'•' r:e�'hh8�i•?•6 PARIS NNE om '♦w.�h'�'I�Jw�:y��°�i°°�i' w4�Pi•®��P•�w��;P r v � ��b�G�wtiS.���--®�- �•d••���-e...io♦♦.ii 1 a�i �. 9��Jw,pL� 1 •J•.�J�•h� �� y-ffi•�e.�i ' ��•. AtrF-.'_��°♦�.he�® i ' --®�-- i ' '.e•�:J.t��♦•°�.���� i I; 1 1 1 HIM- EMMENE 1 I ; 8°y �J�s'Y �•h°J� i dee•�ie2s •. 50 1.0FM 1.0 I I J 141142120/1P 1.2 PROOF BOX CONTROL TOTALS (IN KVA)* 12.4 12.9 13.5 TOTALS (IN KVA): 14.0 1114.0 13.0 TOTAL PHASE A: 26.3 TOTAL PHASE B: 26.8 TOTAL PHASE C: 26.5 TOTAL CONNECTED KVA: 79.7 TOTAL DEMAND KVA: 79.7 DEMAND FACTOR: 100 TOTAL CONNECTED AMPS: 221.1 TOTAL DEMAND AMPS: 2211 '1 1 1 1 ! i '1NMI 11 1 1 :1�� 11211108114 IN IN W a �,J�®•Jwyi ew. m ede w �.a'e�w.w :.sue.. -- M IN w�vivJ. wh3+e.�ehexeh° •i �' •� , ��111111111 IN 11111 1 .wwwet.whBwea®®--a 1 It 1•• 1 ®-- 1 �° Iro • 1 wJwhw Peew•Pi.•,' a�i ♦°O:ee a•M JJi�� 1 ��'��°-P'��� 1 • 1 ' --®®-- 1 � ice® 1 • ,v�90ww.fw.•'l..vPi � ' �.9PJ �'�.`P s•'. �!� S°O°J S'A�ieSJM �ap•v°J�i TOTALS (IN KVA)*. 14.3615-0013,821 TOTALS (IN KVA): 15.2513.4615.301 TOTAL PHASE A: 9 61 TOTAL PHASE B: 8.46 TOTAL PHASE C: 9.12 TOTAL CONNECTED LOAD: 27.19 TOTAL DEMAND LOAD: 27.19 DEMAND FACTOR: 100 TOTAL CONNECTED AMPS' 75.47 TOTAL DEMAND AMPS: 75.47 * ENTIRE PANEL CONTROLLED VIA CONTACTOR 'CD' GENERAL NOTES: A. GENERAL NOTES APPLICABLE FOR DRAWINGS E701, E702, AND E703, B. ALL PANEL SCHEDULES ARE BASED ON AVAILABLE INFORMATION SHOWN ON EXISTING AS BUILT PANEL SCHEDULES DRAWINGS, IT IS RESPONSIBILITY OF THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY ALL THE CIRCUITS ON SITE AND MAKE CHANGES TO INSURE THE CONTINUITY AND CORRECT OPERATION OF ALL ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE AND INSTALL UPDATED COMPLETE PANEL SCHEDULES FOR ALL PANELS. C. CONTRACTOR SHALL REPLACE, REMOVE OR ADD CIRCUIT BREAKERS TO THE EXISTING PANELBOARDS AS REQUIRED. + Kly, Wor-Ayx 4 a Lf` I = 01 a &1 10 Ill.,' 1 111 ■ ' .AlHIM., wi'"L EVIL -so MINPUIL FBI r 7 �yy "y�:9 � B:°Jw♦d°wh°d3ehehw•'.E .J. o. 3 p..�eA a a•� ?�eee°hwi "vyvEvvy-sa♦3J�J:'�'i �wg♦yv��°°iv q J 10 .Ow-53wh.J�•.�i � v�.•vJ� ��� h ���oww eP•♦w y. 3h��• e �eee:e I .y v� ah hJ � I • r-e- h.� a� a�e.w•m.� P�°q`�.-. . 1 � PJ�B�h w ■ P •:`o'dh� � TOTALS (IN KVA): 16.5516.6214.321 TOTALS (IN KVA): 13,5213.5015.951 TOTAL PHASE A: 1KT1 TOTAL PHASE B 10.1 TOTAL PHASE C= 10,3 TOTAL CONNECTED LOAD: 30.5 TOTAL DEMAND LOAD: 30.5 DEMAND FACTOR: 100 TOTAL CONNECTED AMPS: 84.5 TOTAL DEMAND AMPS: 84.5 DENOTES CIRCUIT VIA 3 POLE LIGHTING CONTACTOR 'D-1' 0.1� , ' 1 1 �Jp••�J�r•�"h�i a'w�' �ih���hh°'J•J♦1pi � O` ■ 1 1 l yOr'SY4• a �♦1 •J �N :I:JOv�' J O �"♦� .�•ih@ ha�14. h!a0♦°i9 .'+...wh..t:w0. >.w rA�� ���sa•°'e�'i°2�� ' _ •d.P°�•6ws!w�.i S•'a�Jt�°❖� " 11 �J��.'aij����°°�J♦� 1.� 1 -_�®-- 1 �$���y�� 1 1 1 1 1 1' �h• s � h $ a J$ 010 ME TOTALS (IN KVA): 14.1 14.0 13.4 J TOTALS (IN KVA): 12.7 11.8 1 I.LJ TOTAL PHASE A: 6.8 TOTAL PHASE B� 5.8 TOTAL PHASE TOTAL CONNECTED LOAD: 17.1 TOTAL DEMAND LOAD: 17.1 DEMAND FACTOR: 100 TOTAL CONNECTED AMPS: 47,4 TOTAL DEMAND AMPS: 47.4 * DENOTES ISOLATED GROUND CIRCUIT + PROVIDE CIRCUIT BREAKER WITH HANDLE LOCK '1 , , / 1 I ���J�r��Oiw' �•� 1 I ■ 1 I �J°°w,a9�dJ�30� 1111 iiiiiiiii I 1 P.w �:E r'Y••iI �� ��h�iPp� ram•?�' •w � w' J dr wC IFUNKIIIIIII w P �•w4•: �� P ���� a�ww w0•; ■ 1 • O t0••° owhJa°�4w. ■ ■ '9i� ■ 1 ■ w •P P• w w 0 SS ww [' wJ"�i ��e �S4hQ•wh.. � r'i• •� ..s�a,��s wJ��i ` '9�.°'i•'ir:'°2�-'..��•.�.75�--®®--��'�•J�w��a�Ow°vw`p•� � J ah �. ■ .. h P wJ�r- �' J t• Pwry; y-wa aJJiJ•a���i'wi � �wJ O° � Pf♦�4NEW :wpP•iC�wF�1'�y�J3"�h�••`� •���is!ii��hJi•Ji• '.•J�s hSO. y. h°.wJw.E • I • • I I ��wQ�•.�ih'w�O' ��h'•��OOs°w°Oh°i4� 1 w w� rP•wwP. wJi•• w•• 1� 1 1� •: 1� 1 � 1� •: "1 1 1� 1 '1 1 * DENOTES ISOLATED GROUND CIRCUIT * SVERDRUP FACILITIES, INC. Florida Corporate License #AA C001291 150 Major Boulevard, Suite 500, Orlando, Florida 32819-7946 (407) 903-5001 Fax (407) 903-5150 ELECTRICAL ENGINEER OF RECORD NAME: DAVID N. RODGERS, P.E. REGISTRATION: FLORIDA REG. #PE0053695 Seal -3/Z }/99 Revision: Date: By: Description: • X C• D 2 0 0 DCD N = CY) 00LL Z M C J Q I..V Q •� w UzzW LLLL Q gr 00 ago �JJ O 0 W � O) d�� LLJ CIUJ LLJ � � pip J J_ LU D w r� OjJ= O �ZT - X = w wzC¢7� 0�CN� OQOW U U)F- t/� H r` N Key Plan: Scales: Sverdrup Project No.: 22196390 Drawing Title: PANEL SHEDULES Date: 03/19/99 Designed By: SACB Drawn By: SACB Checked By: DNR Drawing No.: E701 22-MAR-1999 10.51 atkisomb peA22196390\700cadd\703elect\39De701w.dgn Sverdrup 0 1 C I'M A I 120/208 VOLTS EQUAL TO SQUARE 3 PHASE, 4 WIRE PANEL " EB 11 TYPE NQOD, FLUSH 60 AMP , M.L.O. A.I.C. EXISTING LOAD DESCRIPTION A0;0 B KVA Co KVA TRIP/POLE WIRE/COND. CKT NO. WIRE/COND. TRIP/POLE A0 B0 KVA CO KVA LOAD DESCRIPTION 1ST FLOOR LIGHTING 1,68 M 20/1P 1 2 20/1P SPARE 2ND FLOOR LIGHTING 0.9 11 20/1P 3 4 20/1P 0.300 SECURITY CAB. STAIRWELL LIGHTS MM 0.6 20/1P 5 6 20/1P MW0.60 EXIT LIGHTING TRANS FIRE EXIT ALARM 0.1 NN 20/1P 7 8 20/1P 0.30M PEOPLE PLANER TIME CLOCK 0.36 20/1P 9 10 20/1P 0.60 5 TEL . CAB. SPACE 11 12 20/1P 0.60 TEL . CAB. TOTALS (IN KVA): 1.8 11.3 1 0.61 TOTALS (IN KVA): 0.3 TOTAL PHASE A: 2.1 TOTAL PHASE B: 2.2 TOTAL PHASE C: 1.8 TOTAL CONNECTED LOAD: 6.0 TOTAL DEMAND LOAD: 6.0 DEMAND FACTOR: 100 TOTAL CONNECTED AMPS: 16.8 TOTAL DEMAND AMPS: 16.8 PROVIDE ISOLATED GROUND BUS DENOTES ISOLATED GROUND CIRCUIT 120/208 1 i 1 SQUARE 1 PHASE,' TYPE NQOD, 11M.L.O. A.I.C. 1A1 DESCRIPTION ,' +�',�,�,1A1 \ DESCRIPTION PRODUCE 1 ate`. " 1 -_�©_- 1 1 •��s.1 �' �� ■ PR161UCE SCALE 'p-o o.:`., ,.�.�jo:•-� r�JJJ�• �I.� ��✓O�O♦•per•' 111 ' ' a��'J°°Jr♦`'ePy 1 1 s'��•'J6r�.s� ■ 3'�O`� '��`��J;�',��'' ■ ■ TOTALS (IN KVA): 10.5 10.2 10.2 1 TOTALS (IN KVA): 10.9 10,6 10.6 TOTAL PHASE A: 1.4 TOTAL PHASE B: 0.8 TOTAL PHASE C: F078 TOTAL CONNECTED LOAD: 3.1 TOTAL DEMAND LOAD: 3.1 DEMAND FACTOR: 100 TOTAL CONNECTED AMPS: 8.5 TOTAL DEMAND AMPS: 8.5 PROVIDE ISOLATED GROUND BUS DENOTES ISOLATED GROUND CIRCUIT 120/208 1 1 1 SQUARE 1 PHASE,PANEL" TYPE NQOD, 100 AMP MLO ' .I.C.: EXISTING LOAD DESCRIPTION LOAD DESCRIPTION COOLER 21 LIGHTING 114-1 117g� FREEZER 25 LIGHTING FREEZER 23 LIGHTING CASE 127 �-AN COOLER 24 LIGHTING CASE 28 HEAT O �®ee�L_.Z•iee .. �►A � . O���JJ��J4 _ eS..•R�.s CASE RECEPTACLE CASE RECEPTACLE ���I a�m i:� �Jp�OJm•�i' �O�O♦•i CASE 29 HEAT CASE I I M Jy♦''♦' 1 I M 1 ' --®®--®W 1•• M ♦•per♦ CASE 'ECEPTACLE CASE RECEPTACLE 35-HEAT ,CASE CASE 134 FAN CASE 134 HEAT ••J •y oOJi• 1 I 0 p�•:, .'•J E I • I 1\ I a SPARE 20/1P 31 32 0.60 mil SPARE 20/1P 33 34 0.60 SPARE 20/1P 35 36 20/1P MW0.33 CASE 27 LIGHTING SPARE M 20/1P 37 38 20/1P 0.33 CASE 27 LIGHTING CASE 28 LIGHTING 0.15 20/1P 39 40 20/1P 0 SPARE CASE 29 LIGHTING M, 0.23 20/1P 1 1 41 1 42 1 1 11 N SPACE TOTALS (IN KVA): 1.78 TOTAL PHASE A: 4.01 TOTAL CONNECTED TOTAL CONNECTED 1.61 1.79 TOTAL PHASE B: 3 69 LOAD: 11.74 TOTAL AMPS: 32.59 TOTAL TOTALS (IN KVA): 2.23 2.08 2.25 TOTAL PHASE C: 4.04 DEMAND LOAD: 11.74 DEMAND FACTOR: 100 DEMAND AMPS: 32.59 * CONTROLLED VIA EXTERNAL 30A, NEMA 1, 8 POLE CONTACTOR F-1 t 120/208 1 1 1 SQUARE 1 PHASE,- PANEL" TYPE NQOD, 11 AMP MLO A.I.C. LOAD DESCRIPTION LOAD DESCRIPTION iCASE 30 HEAT ,A47CGOLER 33 LIGHTING C*#LER 32 LIGHTING COOLER COOLER1WSW ,P♦�JJJmJ�.�:i��•D�� �s � ■ ■ i�J��.io�•♦���•�040p��p♦?�� I CASE 37 l 3-8 FAN MIS ROOM, 38 LIGHTING �mJd'ama CASE RECEPTACLE �=1011 RECEPTACLE CASE 31 LIGHTING CASE 30 LIGHTING M" --®®--®®§:Jw!�..r•:�M CASE 39 LIGHTING CASE 31 LIGHTINGr ♦ m•J�'iQ �•i��J•�i �. �VJ�mPP • �♦ v�7�!CASE 39 LIGHTING CONTROLFOR CONTACTOR L*&900M:CASE a r�'��e•S.Ja. m4Aoc 40 LIGHTING CASE 42 LIGHTING �4 PJ7v�1` �`i�D♦� �ICJ� CASE 40 LIGHTING 130 LIGHTING 3 CASE 41 LIGHTING TOTALS (IN KV TOTALCASE 1 . TOTAL - ; TOTAL1 1 1A1: 22.37 TOTAL DEMAND 1A1 DEMAND 1' 11 TOTAL1 D AMPS: iq 1" 1` 1 1• 19 * CONTROLLED VIA EXTERNAL 30A, NEMA 1, 12 POLE CONTACTOR G-1 120/208 1 1 1 SQUARE 1 PHASE, 4 WIRE PANEL" NQOD,SURFACE 11 AMP MLO , .I.C.: EXISTING LOAD DESCRIPTION 1: rJ; RI 16 MM I Mki 0 1 M1 'LOAD DESCRIPTION PRODUCE WORK LIGHTING DELI LIGHTING AND EF -14 BACK ROOM LTG 00. It'Pp� �� ; 4gv♦.8♦3p WORK LIGHTING , 6.1111,16-111 MEAT PACKING LTG MEAT CUTTING ROOM LTG PRODUCEPRODUCE ��: 1 � �:��� 1 �� i �J♦♦�t=ire 1 ' �.� P�411UCE RECEPT LIGHTING AND EF-15 ■■11 ■ I ••2J� s�� • ���;-�- s 1 ■ ®� 1 ■ 11E;� � +'ate &a� �RECEPTACLE J•y ■ • ■ 11101,151 01,151 WA I 1111, MIA RECEPTACLE mmmI RECEPTACLE SCISSORS LIFT rr�z. ELECTRIC WATER COOLER , I m WEN PRODUCEWORK WRAP 016, 1, we " 10 RECEPTACLE 10 111 ELECT. STORAGE DOORS 1 •� 0010111 / I I I 1 A 40'���`i I■ IDISPOSAL i 'i' 1 � �J�• ��,Y� ���4 1 TOTALS (IN KVA): 10.9 10.7 11.3 TOTALS (IN KVA)� 11.3 11.9 11.6 TOTAL PHASE A: 22.1 TOTAL PHASE B: 22.6 TOTAL PHASE TOTAL CONNECTED LOAD' 67.6 TOTAL DEMAND LOAD: 67.6 DEMAND FACTOR: 100 TOTAL CONNECTED AMPS: 187.6 TOTAL DEMAND AMPS: 187.6 120/208 1 1 1 SQUARE 1 PHASE,- WIRE PANEL 111 11M.L.O. , .I.C.: EXISTING LOAD DESC CHECKOUT MOTOR #1 CHECKOUT MOTOR #4 11141 m- - MOTOR #3 CHECKOUT MOTOR #6 CHECKOUTCHECKOUT ! 1R #7 ALTERNATE CONTROLLER CHECKOUT1 114 �� 1• Lod 1 --��--�`©A►.MASTER CONTROLLE CHECKOUT MOTOR #9 CASH ROOM RECEPTACLE ■' ■ M 0 111111d 1 ■ -_mm-- 1 ■ 1 : l�` " MiRECEPTACLE RECEPTACLE RECEPTACLE 1 • 1 ■ %�'�iaRECEPTACLE mood _I V-3 AND V-4 CONTROL P" v� MEN � ♦♦♦v m� r;�-��aAA�7 •�r�,o� ;q�• sue•: �rr��v o TOTALS (IN KVA): 11.4 11.7 11.3 1 TOTALS (IN KVA)* 9.1 10.1 8.1 TOTAL PHASE A: 10.5 TOTAL PHASE B:11.8 TOTAL PHASE TOTAL CONNECTED LOAD: 31.7 TOTAL DEMAND LOAD: 31.7 DEMAND FACTOR: 100 TOTAL CONNECTED AMPS: 88.1 TOTAL DEMAND AMPS: 88.1 120/208 VOLTS EQUAL TO :SQARE D 3 PHASE, 4 WIRE PANEL 11 JA 11 TYPE : NQOD, FLUSH 100 AMP , MLO A.I.C.: EXISTING LOAD DESCRIPTION KVA B�! KVA Cl KVAKVA TRIP/POLE WIRE/COND. CKT NO. WIRE/COND. TRIP/POLEAO B0 C-0 KVA LOAD DESCRIPTION LIGHTING 1.0 20/1P 1 2 20/1P 0.8 RECEPTACLE LIGHTING 1.0 20/1P 3 4 20/1P 0.8 RECEPTACLE RECEPTACLE 0.8 20/1P 5 6 20/1P 0.18 OFFICE RECEPTACLE RECEPTACLE 0.8 M 2011P 1 7 8 1 20/1P 0.36MIJ OFFICE RECEPTACLE VENDING MACHINE 1.0 20/1P 9 10 20/1P 1.0 CUST. SERV. DISP, COUNTER VENDING MACHINE MM 1.0 20/1P 11 12 20/1P 1.0 ICUST. SERV, DISP. COUNTER ELECTRIC WATER COOLER 0.8 IMM 20/1P 13 14 20/1P SPARE ELEC. OPER. DOORS 0.9 20/1P 15 16 20/1P 0.75 ATM ELEC. OPER. DOORS 0.9 20/1P 17 18 20/2P SPARE RECEPTACLE 0.8 20/1P 19 20 RECEPTACLE 0.8 20/1P 21 22 20/1P NO.8 RECEPTACLE ENTRANCE LIGHTING 0.65 20/1P 23 24 20/1P Ml 0.9 ATM SIGN LIGHTING OUTSIDE RECEPTACLE 0.8 20/1P 25 26 20/1P 1.0 AQUA VEND OUTSIDE RECEPTACLE 0.8 20/1P 27 28 20/1P SPARE RECEPTACLE 0.8 20/1P 29 30 20/1P SPARE RECEPTACLE 0,g 20/1P 31 32 30/2P MUM SPARE RECEPTACLE 0.8 20/1P 33 34 m LIGHTING 001.1 20/1P 35 36 Is N SPACE SPARE NM 20/1P 37 38 SPACE SPACE 39 40 SPACE SPACE 11m, 41 1 421 SPACE TOTALS (IN KVA): 5.0 05.30 5.2 q TOTALS (IN KVA): 2.16 3.35 2.0 TOTAL PHASE A: 7.16 TOTAL PHASE B: 8 65 TOTAL PHASE C: 7.33 TOTAL CONNECTED LOAD: 23.14 TOTAL DEMAND LOAD: 23.14 DEMAND FACTOR: 100 TOTAL CONNECTED AMPS: 64.23 TOTAL DEMAND AMPS: 64.23 120/208 VOLTS EQUAL TO SQUARE D 3 PHASE, 4 WIRE PANEL 11 K TYPE NQOD, SURFACE 150 AMP , M.L.O. A.I.C. EXISTING LOAD DESCRIPTION AO B4O KVA COTRIP/POLE KVA WIRE/COND. CKT NO. WIRE/COND. TRIP/POLE AO B4O KVA Cif KVA LOAD DESCRIPTION MEAT SAW #1 0.78 20/3P 1 2 20/3P 0,78 JJf= MEAT SAW #2 0.78m 3 4 0.78 0.78 5 6 11 NW0,78 FISH REF.OSIA-4 1.40 MM 20/1P 7 8 20/1P 1,20 Ma CUTTING ROOM RECEPT FISH REF.OSIA-4 1.40 20/1P 9 10 30/1P 2.20 MEAT WRAP DUCT FISH REF. OSIA-4 1.40 20/1P 11 12 20/1P 1.90 MEAT WRAP DUCT FISH WRAP 0.66 &OEM 20/1P 13 14 20/1P 0,60 EM MEAT SLICER GRINDER 2.40 40/3P 15 16 20/1P 1.20 MEAT WRAP DUCT 2.40 17 18 20/2P 0.84 GRINDER Jr 2.40 19 20 0.84 CONTACTOR CONTROL 0.12 20/1P 21 22 20/1P 0.80 CUTTING ROOM RECEPT CHICKEN CUTTER 1.20 20/1P 23 24 20/1P SPARE MEAT TENDERIZER 0.80 20/3P 25 26 20/1P 0,80 UC PUMPS 1,4 5 0.80 27 28 20/1P 0.80 UC PUMPS 2,3 0.80 29 30 20/2P 0,78 BLAST CHILLER SERVICE ALTO SHAM 2.80 M 30/2P 31 32 0.78 M2.80m 33 34 1 N SPACE BEVERAGE CENTER 1.20 20/1P 35 36 SPACE SPACE 37 38 SPACE SPACE 39 40 SPACE SPACE 41 42 SPACE TOTALS (IN KVA): 8.84 8.30 7.78 TOTALS (IN KVA): 5.00 5.78 4.30 TOTAL PHASE A: 3 g TOTAL PHASE B: 4.1 TOTAL PHASE C: 2.1 TOTAL CONNECTED LOAD: 40,00 TOTAL DEMAND LOAD: 40.00 DEMAND FACTOR: 100 TOTAL CONNECTED AMPS: 111.03 TOTAL DEMAND AMPS: 111.03 120/208 1 1 1 SQUARE 1 3 PHASE, 4 WIRE *PANEL" L TYPE :NQOD,SURFACE 11M.L.O. , LOAD DESCRIPTION LOAD DESCRIPTION �<s• egdoc wed ■ v�a.J•yyr� ®wOUTSIDE LIGHTING DELI RECEPTACLE RECEPTACLE I., NINE �1 " • 1 o�DELI RECEPTACLE -SCISSORS LIFT 1.20 9 10 20/1P 1.20 LOUNGE RECEPTACLE 20 11 11 12 20/1P 0.72 RECEPTACLE RECEPTACLE 0.96 20/1P 13 14 60/3P 4.00 ROTISSERIE COMPACTOR 3.84 60/3P 15 1 16 4.00 W03.84 1 17 1 18 J =04.00 3.84 19 1 20 20/1P 0.60 FAN F-5 1 1 � t 111' � ! ■ � 1. ���`s� a ��1 .1 1 ' --®®-_ 1 .'����OJS•♦lp�p 1 • • 1 ■ , ■ ■ ■ ���� �� �%:sue,► ram" O�•� �P� 90mJ, y�. oOmJ�.' 3 ':'09' �'aO�,e`i1�.♦'e.������--®®-- 1 ■ :�♦,.a••$a °��...JO�fs 1 • I 1 PIE MACHINE 1J I 1 1 1 •��.ti� .J�a ■ 3,200 1 39 40 20/1P 1.20 LAROSA REFRIG MM3.20 41 42 20/1P 0.96 DELI WRAPPER TOTALS (IN KVA): 11.5 11.90 1.85 TOTALS (IN KVA): 7.60 9.40 8.44 TOTAL PHASE A: 9,12 TOTAL PHASE B: 21.3 TOTAL PHASE C: F073 TOTAL CONNECTED LOAD: 60,71 TOTAL DEMAND LOAD: 60.71 DEMAND FACTOR: 100 TOTAL CONNECTED AMPS: 168,51 TOTAL DEMAND AMPS: 168.51 * DENOTES CIRCUIT BREAKER WITH 120 V. SHUNT TRIP COIL, SVERDRUP FACILITIES, INC. Florida Corporate License #AA C001291 5750 Major Boulevard, Suite 500, Orlando, Florida 32819-7946 (407) 903-5001 Fax (407) 903-5150 ELECTRICAL ENGINEER OF RECORD NAME: DAVID N. RODGERS, P.E. REGISTRATION: FLORIDA REG. #PE0053695 Seal Revision: Date: By: Description: • X C • D a r �I Mae D tn N CD = e- co co oo O LO Z co x U_ w J W � I Q w W 0 Z 00 � Q LL_ LL 00UJ LU d�� Q CE (n w Z O M W_ J = >QCE Cr J U x CL J m 0(C=N)C 0Q0W C-) � Co I-OMw cn I- r� N Key Plan: Scales: Sverdrup Project No.: 22196390 Drawing Title: PANEL SCHEDULES 22-MAR-1999 10052 dtkisomb p-\22196390\700cadd\703elect\390e702w.dgn Date: 03/19/99 Designed By: SACB Drawn By: SACB Checked By: DNR Drawing No.: E702 J r., B A 120/208 VOLTS EQUAL1 : SIEMENS 3 PHASE, 4 WIRE )vPANEL 11 m TYPE CDP-7, FLUSH 11 LOAD DESCRIPTION 1 0 1 r/1 \ A �l \ ■ • • 1 1 1 ® 1 1 ■ • ■ 1 1 �, ■ // \ ,161Y./ 'LOAD DESCRIPTION EXISTING EQUIPMENT � �`i• ��J❖ .�O��J.�.,••w��"�•��i.: ��-• -a I 1 � • • / ■ g�J�r moo: .4.������w,A��•i� 1 r4�G: ��1�✓I 9 J°��w��7 � s ee❖: DELI RECEPTACLE DELI RECEPTACLE EXISTING EQUIPMENT 9 .9a•:'� 1 ■ -_� • _- 1 ' CssO�Ne.80 I Imo. DELI RECEPTACLE �. ■ / �o.A•+�°���:s�.•--_®®---ate. �M-3.Ov�°2 ■ I TOTALS (IN KVA): 16.1216,1213.84TOTALS (IN KVA): 110.3110.3110.3 TOTAL PHASE A: 16.4 TOTAL PHASE B: 6.4 TOTAL PHASE C: 14.16 TOTAL CONNECTED LOAD: 47.0 TOTAL DEMAND LOAD: 47.0 DEMAND FACTOR: 100 TOTAL CONNECTED AMPS: 130.6 TOTAL DEMAND AMPS: 130.6 * MAIN CIRCUIT BREAKER WITH A 120V SHUNT TRIP COIL 120/208 LTS EQUAL TO : SQUARE D 3 PHASE, 40WIRE PANEL" N TYPE : QOD, SURFACE 60 AMP , MLO A.I.C.: EXISTING LOAD DESCRIPTION AO B0 KVA CoTRIP/POLE KVA WIRE/COND. CKT NO. WIRE/COND. TRIP/POLE KVA 130 KVA CO KVA LOAD DESCRIPTION LIGHTING 1.08 20/1P 1 2 20/1P 0.24Mffn FAN F-9 RECEPTACLE 0.6 20/1P 3 4 20/1P 0.12 PANEL 'T' CONTACTOR RECEPTACLE 0.72 20/1P 5 6 20/1P 0.7 RECEPTACLE SPARE 20/1P 7 8 20/1P Ml SPARE SPARE 9 10 SPACE SPARE 11 12 SPACE TOTALS (IN KVA): 1.08 0.60 0.72 TOTALS (IN KVA): 0.24 0.12 0.70 TOTAL PHASE A: 1.32 TOTAL PHASE B: 0.72 TOTAL PHASE C: 1.42 TOTAL CONNECTED LOAD: 3.46 TOTAL DEMAND LOAD: 3.46 DEMAND FACTOR: 100 TOTAL CONNECTED AMPS: 9.60 TOTAL DEMAND AMPS: 9.60 120/208 VOLTS EQUAL TO SQUARE D 3 PHASE, 4 WIRE PANEL �� Q �� TYPE : NQOD, SURFACE 60 AMP , MLO A.I.C.: EXISTING LOAD DESCRIPTION A0 B0 KVA Co KVA TRIP/POLE WIRE/COND. CKT NO. WIRE/COND. TRIP/POLE A0 BB KVA CO KVA LOAD DESCRIPTION LIGHTING 1.08 20/1P 1 2 20/1P 0.725MM RECEPTACLE RECEPTACLE 0.6 20/1P 3 4 1 20/1P 0.7251 RECEPTACLE SPARE 20/1P 5 6 20/1P MOO.48 FAN F-10 TOTALS (IN KVA) 1.08 0.60 0.001 TOTALS (IN KVA): 0.72 0.72 0.48 TOTAL PHASE A: 1.80 TOTAL PHASE B: 1 32 TOTAL PHASE C: 0.48 TOTAL CONNECTED LOAD: 3.60 TOTAL DEMAND LOAD: 3.60 DEMAND FACTOR: 100 TOTAL CONNECTED AMPS: 9.99 TOTAL DEMAND AMPS: 9.99 120/208 VOLTS EQUAL1 SQUARE 1 3 PHASE, 4 WIRE *PANEL T TYPE:NQOD, SURFACE •1 AMP, MB A.I.C. EXISTING LOAD DESCRIPTION "TA LOAD DESCRIPTION ■ ,'3:�.•3.J°OpO�'J�S��R i i 1 ■ --®�-- 1 ■ ,• �6�:i'°�°'�ap�.�'� ■ LETTER HOPING LETTER IS A PLE LETTER ASSURE ■ rJ °J�' °40 JC' ■ ■ �.•JJ1iS°J� �� dy6 ■ FRONT CANOPY LTG FRONT CANOPY LTG ■ ' ■ems.•'♦. 1 ■ -_��-- 1 ■°�.:`J2� ENTRANCE III �\ S�vwG•��-���®®��---- TOTALS (IN KVA): 13.3613.3612.16 J TOTALS (IN KVA): h.92 11.92 12.64] TOTAL PHASE A: 5.28 TOTAL PHASE B: 5.28 TOTAL PHASE TOTAL CONNECTED LOAD: 15.36 TOTAL DEMAND LOAD* 15.36 DEMAND FACTOR: 100 TOTAL CONNECTED AMPS: 42.64 TOTAL DEMAND AMPS: 42.64 * ENTIRE PANEL CONTROLLED VIA CONTACTOR T. NEW PANEL 120/208 VOLTS11 z EQUAL TO SQUARE 1 3 PHASE, 4 WIRE PANEL TYPE: NQOB, SURFACE 11M.L.O. 10,000 LOAD DESCRIPTION HI M Co �TRIP/POLE IR i .19.1 LOAD DESCRIPTION PHARMACY LIGHTING mo BAKERY BUSRUN LIGHTING SPECIALTY SALES LTG. BAKERY BUSRUN LIGHTING ICUST.SERV,SHED ROOF BAKERY BUSRUN POWER DELI SALES LIGHTING 'IPHARMACY RECEPTACLE �HARMACY RECEPTACLE DECORATIVE FLORA BAKERY REF. CAKE WME, BAKERY SALES LIGHTING BAKERY REF.CAKE BAKERY SALES LIGHTING CENTER SALES LTG. ■ ■ ■EF.CAKE • ■ • ■ • ♦ .CENTER SALES ■ ■TACLE .�G'O';°a.'•�.i . GpwJv . ■ o�p-.-�•I'i A•p•' fCENTER J :RrNdO.G-.; SALES lFLORAL RECEPTACLE TOTALS (IN KVA): 15.11 14.5114.11 1 TOTALS (IN KVA): 14.7814.8 15.3 1 TOTAL PHASE A: Fg.g TOTAL PHASE B: 9 3 TOTAL PHASE TOTAL CONNECTED LOAD: 28.6 TOTAL DEMAND LOAD. 28.6 DEMAND FACTOR: 100 TOTAL CONNECTED AMPS: 79.4 TOTAL DEMAND AMPS: 79.4 PROVIDE EQUIPMENT GROUND BUS * DENOTES CIRCUIT VIA 60 AMP, NEMA 1, 2-POLE LIGHTING CONTACTOR 'Z-1' * * DENOTES CIRCUIT VIA 30 AMP, NEMA 1, 10-POLE LIGHTING CONTACTOR 7-2' 120/208 VOLTS EQUAL TO : SQUARE D 3 PHASE, 4 WIRE PANEL 11 REF A TYPE : I -LINE, SURFACE 600 AMP, MLO A.I.C.: EXISTING LOAD DESCRIPTION KVA B0 KVA Co KVA TRIP/POLE WIRE/COND. CKT NO. WIRE/COND. TRIP/POLE AO B0C-0 KVA KVA LOAD DESCRIPTION HOT WATER HEATER 6.0 60/3P 150/3P 15.8 DUO -MATE #1 6.0 1 2 15.8 6.0 1 15.8 PANEL T 5.28 60/3P 150/3P 10.9 TRI-MATE #2 5.28 3 4 10.9 4.8C i T 10.9 PANEL N 1.32 IMM 100/3P 175/3P 10.8 TRI-MATE #3 0.72 5 6 10.8 1.42 1 J W010.8 A/C #4 7.1 90/3P 90/3P 7.1 A/C #3 7.1 7 8 7.1 fflSPACE 7.1 7.1 SPACE MEX TOTALS (IN KVA)*. 119.7119.1 119.3 TOTALS (IN KVA): 144.6144.6144.6 TOTAL PHASE A: 64.3 TOTAL PHASE B: 63.7 TOTAL PHASE C: 63.9 TOTAL CONNECTED LOAD: 192.0 TOTAL DEMAND LOAD: 192.0 DEMAND FACTOR: 100 TOTAL CONNECTED AMPS: 532.8 TOTAL DEMAND AMPS: 532.8 120/208 VOLTS EQUAL1 SQUARE 1 3 PHASE, 4 WIRE PANEL REF B TYPE I -LINE, SURFACE •11 i A.I.C.: EXISTING LOAD DESCRIPTION LOAD DESCRIPTION HOT WATER HEATER 11 Ell ���"•'�'000��� �"�'s'�e♦���-_ ry _-��J �� .� �� ° �� o of ms. e : L1 'SPACE I offim I I I 9 1 10 I I I1 1 IMMMIP TOTALS (IN KVA): 135.8135.8135,81 TOTALS (IN KVA): 118.4117.9117.1 1 TOTAL PHASE A: 54.2 TOTAL PHASE B: 53.7 TOTAL PHASE C: 52.9 TOTAL CONNECTED LOAD' 160.8 TOTAL DEMAND LOAD: 160.8 DEMAND FACTOR: 100 TOTAL CONNECTED AMPS: 446.3 TOTAL DEMAND AMPS: 446.3 =vururup SVERDRUP FACILITIES, INC. Florida Corporate License #AA C001291 750 Major Boulevard, Suite 500, Orlando, Florida 32819-7946 (407) 903-5001 Fax (407) 903-5150 ELECTRICAL ENGINEER OF RECORD NAME: DAVID N. RODGERS, P.E. REGISTRATION., FLORIDA REG. #PE0053695 Seal Revision: Date: By: Description: V X C - CV ao = � c °0 O LO z c w�� w C= m •� w � Q- �w0 L.L O�wrn dew w ~ (U) w z M M LU w ti o >a� J a- J cc z _ O�'SN0- QaCUx O m w HOMw Key Plan: Scales: Sverdrup Project No.: 22196390 Drawing Title: PANEL SCHEDULES 22-MAR-1999 10052 dtkisomb pe\22196390\700cadd\703elect\39Pe703w.dgn Date: 03/19/99 Designed By: SACB Drawn By: SACB Checked By: DNR Drawing No.: E703 a FBI C BEAM CLAMP CEILING JOIST ALL THREAD ROD 4''X4'' J-BOX HUBBELL TWIST -LOCK MALE PLUG B CORD &, HUBBELL TWIST -LOCK FEMALE CONNECTOR AND 13' STO CORD. VERIFY W.PUBLIX REP. NUT & WASHER UNISTRUT # P1000 EMT CONDUIT CEILING BOARD -SS PLATE HUBBELL FLUSH TWIST -LOCK RECEPTACLE STRAIN RELIEF, KELLEMS CORD CONNECTOR GRIP TYPICAL PENDANT RECEPTACLE NTS 4''X4'' J-BOX I/2'' NIPPLE HUBBELL FLUSH TWIST -LOCK RECEPTACLE A HUBBELL TWIST -LOCK MALE PLUG CORD &, HUBBELL TWIST -LOCK FEMALE CONNECTOR RECPT. @ +T-0" VERIFY WITH PUBLIX REP, EMT CONDUIT SEE NOTE O FLEXIBLE CONDUIT. (6'-0'') SUPPORT PER NEC 350-18 FSA BOX HUBBELL WEATHERPROOF COVER PLATE INSULATED COMPOSITE CEILING SYSTEM STRAIN RELIEF, KELLEMS CORD CONNECTOR GRIP O NOTE: 4"x4'' SO,. MTL, WIREWAY WHINGED COVER AND, KNOCK OUTS AS REQUIRED WIREWAY TO BE RIGIDLY SUPPORTED FROM STRUCTURE ABOVE W/KINDORF CHANNEL. PENDANT RECEPTACLE Al FOR INSULATED CEILING E801 NOT TO SCALE a ---------- A-T T. E'------- --------------------------------------------- GENERATOR ------------------------ TB2 ' TEST TB1 CONTROL CABINET TEST SWITCHED B+ TRANSFER © B+ IN INHIBITER 0 ® STARTER SOLENOID RMT 4--------------- ------------------------- 7 B+ OUT (15 AMPS MAX.) B 3 ''- ------------------- - - - - -- 6 REMOTE START , - - 5o GROUND GROUND ® COMMON ALARM (4 AMPS MAX.) ----------------------------------------' 0 RUN DC STARTDISC. INPUT A.T.S. "EA" 2#14 %q"C 10 OVERSPEED INPUT Q � = Q TB2 ; � w � � III � TEST w V) z Cl-w � ------- - - - - -, F— w i— <n w TEST O7 ' zL'i III J z i — z CD z w z C) w w z TRANSFER © N N w z o z z GENERATOR 11J o _ _ ,1, , ,1 0 INHIBITER O---------------------------- o > > w w = �i;: w w ~ 3: 3: GROUND RMT 4-- J , +_ � ¢ o o= CD� a- Cnn C) 0 0 BATTERY N STUD m 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 BATTERY B* 3 ooO000OOOO00000 ;CHARGER - Q Q GROUND 10 ' GENERATOR SHUT DOWN =----------------------- KEY SWITCH i ----------------------- - - - - -- - -- -- ----- - - - - -- GENERATOR CONNECTION DETAIL !'-----t------ - - - - -- NTS 2#12, �q'1C NOTES - - - - - - 2#14 3/4 C CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY AVAILABLE VOLTAGE AT TERMINAL STRIP AND COORDINATE SOLENOID VALVE REQUIREMENTS WITH THE MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR. 2. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL FIELD WIRE CONNECTIONS IN DASHED LINE. WIRING DIAGRAM FOR EXHAUST FAN NTS NEUTRAL LINE F-5 F-6 SF-15, 24 CIRCUIT \IG) %EL "M'' C.B. SHUNT RIP COIL XISTING) ' NEUTRAL NEUTRAL 208V, 2P CIRCUIT REFERENCE ELECTRICAL ' I PLAN E401 o ------------ F-5, F-6 AND SF-15 CONTROL WIRING DIAGRAM NTS %2'' NIPPLE (SEAL CONDUIT INSIDE) FSA BOX 2 POLES HUBBELL KEYED SWITCH UNIT COOLER (UC) A4 IN DETAIL E801 J NTS EMT CONDUIT 4''X4'' J-BOX INSULATED COMPOSITE CEILING SYSTEM SUSPENDED CLG. UNIT COIL LIQ. TIGHT FLEX. CONNECTION HUBBELL TWIST -LOCK MALE PLUG POWER SUPPLY CORDS TO EQUIPMENT CI NOTE: 1. RELAY R2 TO BE ELECTRICALLY HELD CONTACTORS WITH 120V COIL, SQUARE D, CLASS 8910. 2. RELAY R2 TO BE MOUNTED IN 12''Wx12''Hx6''D SURFACE MOUNTED CABINET. POWER CORD CHASE NTS MOUNT TRACK FOR LIGHT FIXTURES IN SHED ROOF FRAMINI AS SHOWN. REFER TO DETAIL 131 FOR CEILING RECEPTACLE SUPPORT (TYPICAL) CEILING BOARD SS PLATE POWER CORD CHASE (BLACK) FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR, MFG BY EDWARDS MFG. CO. T "4, FL. (813) 626-3199 SHED ROOF TRACK LIGHT LOCATION NTS svercirup SVERDRUP FACILITIES, INC. Florida Corporate License #AA C001291 5750 Major Boulevard, Suite 500, Orlando, Florida 32819-7946 (407) 903-5001 Fax (407) 903-5150 ELECTRICAL ENGINEER OF RECORD NAME: DAVID N. RODGERS, P.E. REGISTRATION: FLORIDA REG. #PEO053695 Seal Revision: Date: By: Description: a) D N = �co00 z00 M W LJJ 00 Q 00 •� U Z Z co Q>O L_ �' J r J J OU)Jw0 d=) W UJ m Z Mw — ~0 0 >Q� D O d= w z C7 >- Qir x J O�N� 0 0 W H O coLLJ Key Plan: Scales: Sverdrup Project No.: 22196390 Drawing Title: DETAILS AND SCHEMATICS Date: 03/19/99 Designed By: SACB Drawn By. SACB Checked By: DNR Drawing No.: E801 22-MRR-1999 10053 dt"30mb poA22196390\700catd\T03elect\390e801w.dgn psi A JUNCTION BOX WITH INTERCONNECTING CONDUIT. JUNCTION BOX FURNISHED ON CASE BY CASE MANUF. (SEE REFRIGERATION DWG.) FLEXIBLE METAL CONDUIT BY ELEC.CONTRACTOR INCOMING CONDUITS FROM RESPECTIVE PANELBOARD VIEW 'A' 4'' SQ. JUNCTION BOX WITH INTERCONNECTING CONDUIT (SEE REFRIGERATION DWG.) FLEXIBLE METAL CONDUIT BY ELEC.CONTRACTOR JUNCTION BOX FURNISHED ON CASE BY CASE MANUF. VIEW 'D' C1 REFRIGERATED CASE RACEWAY LAYOUT E803 NOT TO SCALE J-BOX 1 - 4/C#18SH TO ROOF TOP UNIT ANTI SWEAT DOLOR SEE E501 FOR CONDUIT AND WIRE INCOMING CONDUITS FROM RESPECTIVE PANELBOARD 4" SQ, JUNCTION BOX WITH INTERCONNECTING CONDUIT (SEE REFRIGERATION DWG.) INCOMING CONDUITS FROM RESPECTIVE PANELBOARD VIEW 'B' FLEXIBLE METAL CONDUIT BY ELEC. CONTRACTOR (TYP.) JUNCTION BOX FURNISHED ON CASE BY CASE MANUF. NOTE: ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY AFTER INSTALLING CONDUIT TO REFRIGERATION CASES THAT THERE IS NO PASSAGE OF COLD AIR FROM CASE INTO CONDUIT SYSTEM. IF THE CONDITION EXISTS USE "DUX -SEAL" TO SEAL CONDUIT FEEDING CASE. 1-; 1/2" SEALTIGHT RC SOLENOID VALVE SEE E501 FOR CONDUIT AND WIRE 1. RUN CONDUIT ON TOP OF FREEZER AND COOLER. 2. FOR CONDUIT ENTRY INTO WALK-IN COOLER SEE PENETRATION DETAIL ON THIS SHEET. 3. SEE E301 FOR LIGHT FIXTURES LOCATION (LTG PLAN). 4, ALL WIRE JOINTS ARE TO BE MADE IN TOP J-BOX NOT INSIDE COOLER (SEE PENETRATION DETAIL ON THIS DWG), 5. DOOR SWITCH SUPPLIED AND MOUNTED BY REFRIGERATION CONTRACTOR AND WIRED BY ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. 'IC �—� SEE E501 FOR CONDUIT AND WIRE 1. RUN CONDUIT ON TOP OF COOLER. 2, FOR CONDUIT ENTRY INTO WALK-IN COOLER SEE PENETRATION DETAIL ON THIS SHEET. 3. SEE E301 FOR LIGHT FIXTURES LOCATION (LTG PLAN). 4. ALL WIRE JOINTS ARE TO BE MADE IN TOP J-BOX NOT INSIDE COOLER. (SEE PENETRATION DETAIL ON THIS DWG) 4'' SO. JUNCTION BOX WITH INTERCONNECTING CONDUIT (SEE REFRIGERATION DWG.) FLEXIBLE METAL CONDUIT BY ELEC.CONTRACTOR JUNCTION BOX FURNISHED ON CASE BY CASE MANUF. VIEW 'C' 4" SO. JUNCTION BOX WITH INTERCONNECTING CONDUIT (SEE REFRIGERATION DWG.) FLEXIBLE METAL CONDUIT BY ELEC.CONTRACTOR JUNCTION BOX FURNISHED ON CASE BY CASE MANUF. VIEW 'E' �/2'' SEAL TITE �____________- UNIT COIL I SOLENOID I F VALVE I I I TERMINAL STRIPY(::::�--CORD AND PLUG ELECTRICAL HEATER CIRCUIT FI MO�M/TM UNIT; FREEZER, AND CHICKEN COOLE R ER ONLY (REF E501) 2#12, 1#12G DOOR TO DM/TM UNIT SWITCH (REF E501) CEILING OF WALK- COOLER/FREEZER WEATHER rRvvr BOX/LTG FIXTURE, ETC. Sverdrup SVERDRUP FACILITIES, INC. Florida Corporate License #AA COO 1291 5750 Major Boulevard, Suite 500, Orlando, Florida 32819- 7946 (407) 903-5001 Fax (407) 903-5150 ELECTRICAL ENGINEER OF RECORD NAME: DAVID N. RODGERS, P.E. REGISTRATION: FLORIDA REG. #PE0053695 Seal Revision: Date: By: Description: • v x Ca 0 a) D N 00 = F- CO 00 0 Ln Z M C W -� W I Lumen W C� co DC �( DC CDz� � oJU-wgd�� O� W W z m J co W C/) w o O >Q� cc °CUx J O�Mw U 0 � f1 H r` N Key Plan: CH SQUARE Scales: ;TION BOX 1NDUIT SEAL > H SILICONE Sverdrup Project No.: 22196390 Drawing Title: REFRIGERATION SCHEDULES, DETAILS AND SCHEMATICS WALK-IN FREEZER AND Al MEAT/CHICKEN COOLER DETAIL E802 NOT TO SCALE 22-MAR-1999 10o54 5tkisomb poA22196390\70IOcddd\703elect\390e802w.dgn VA2 WALK-IN COOLER DETAIL E802 NOT TO SCALE _A3 WALK-IN FREEZER AND COOLER SCHEMATIC E802 J NOT TO SCALE _W4 PENETRATION DETAIL E802 % NOT TO SCALE Date: 03/19/99 Designed By: SACB Drawn By: SACB Checked By: DNR Drawing No.: E802 Sverdrup 1 2 3 4 5 8 9 SHEET NOTES SVERDR UP FACILITIES, INC. 1 ) Florida Corporate License #AA C001291 \ � ' ' � 1 5750 Major Boulevard, Suite 500, Orlando; Florida 32819-7946 1 - O PROVIDE AND INSTALL (1) OULET BOX TO BE WIRED IN 3/q" (407) 903-5001 Fax 903 5150 j 1 CONDUIT TO TEL 'A'. SEE SHEET E602 FOR TEL 'A''. -- - - - — — — — — - I -- — — — --- —- — - — - —- -- - -- - - -- - - - - - ---- - - -- — — -- — — — ----—-— - — - — -— - -% - — — — — O PROVIDE AND INSTALL (1) MODULAR TELEPHONE JACK TO BE WIRED L — — — — -L — —1 1 2 IN %q" CONDUIT TO TEL F. VERIFY LOCATION WITH PUBLIX O / � I REPRESENTATIVE, ELECTRICAL ENGINEER OF RECORD +48" +48 +42" 3 PROVIDE AND INSTALL (4) MODULAR TELEPHONE JACKS IN THE NAME: DAVID N. RODGERS, P.E. iF +48 O CUSTOMER SERVICE AREA WITH %q" CONDUIT AND PULL CORD TO TEL REGISTRATION: FLORIDA REG. #PE0053695 J— - - - — — — — - — - - - - — -L - — - — - — - — — — — - - — — — — — — — — - - - — - — — — — — - — - - - - - - - — - - — — — — — — — — — A'. (1-LOTTO, 1-TICKET MASTER 1- MONEY ORDER 1-FUTURE). DSD +4811 2 4 INSTALL (1) 2PR #22 AWG SHIELDED CABLE IN %q" CONDUIT Seal 1 1 O FROM THE MASTER TIME CLOCK TO THE PEOPLE PLANNER VIA O 1 1 1 — 1 TEL 'A'. DH - - - -- - - - rt -- ---- L=} - - - - - - - -- - - - - - - - - --- - - - - --- - - - - - - --- - - - - - - - - - - -- 1 5 5 PROVIDE AND INSTALL (1) 2 GANG BOX WITH 3 " CONDUIT T /q CO DU 0 TEL B . PUBLIX TO SUPPLY COMPONENTS AND WIRING FOR THE 1 I— 1 1 DIRECT STORE DELIVERY CALL BOX SYSTEM. +1811 O INSTALL (1) 12/C #24 AWG SHIELDED CABLE, (1) 2PR #22 ❑ 1 AWG AND (1) LAN CABLE IN 11/4" CONDUIT FROM THE 1 — — MASTER CONTROLLER TO THE MODEM SECTION OF TEL 'A',� 1 TEL 'B' ❑ ❑ 0 ❑ VIA 411/16 " x 411116 " JUNCTION BOX, FLUSH MOUNTED IN I 2 — WALL 18'' AFF. LEAVE 8 FOOT LENGTH AT EACH END. I TC 2 0 +481 1 Revision: 1 7 +4811 1 + 10--- --- --- Date: Description: O 48 7 - 7- - - PROVIDE AND INSTALL A CONNECTION P INT F R THE ELECTRONIC p , I � � 1 70 0 E ELEC ONIC 0 I I 7 I SCALES. THE CONNECTION POINT SHALL CONSIST OF A MODULAR - - - - - — O - - - -�- ----- — — — — — — - -- # — - — — - — Ly — — — — — — - - — — — - - - - - - — — — — PHONE JACK MOUNTED BELOW SCALE. PROVIDE (1) 2 PAIR 22 AWG 1 i J ❑ 21-4 +48 , ❑❑� I 13 IN fq" CONDUIT FROM THE MASTER SCALE TO ALL SCALES TO 7 COMPLETE THE LOOP. 1 1 8 PROVIDE AND INSTALL SINGLE GANG BOX WITH 1 " CONDUIT AND 0 /z 2 7 O 10 L - - PULL CORD UP TO THE AREA ABOVE CEILING IN THE STORE, TO I ❑ ❑ j BE USED FOR FUTURE DOOR BELL SYSTEM. TO ALTERNATE I CONTROLLER ❑ O THIS STEP IS TO BE COMPLETED PRIOR TO THE ''OFFICE CHANGE VIA TEL A OUT DATE. INSTALL 1 CONDUIT WITH PULL STRING TO THE MODEM SECTION OF TEL 'A'. I I I 10 INSTALL (1) 4/C #18 AWG SHIELDED CABLE IN %q" CONDUIT FROM j THE MASTER SCALE TO THE ALTERNATE CONTROLLER. CONTRACTOR 1 SHALL VERIFY THE LOCATION OF THE MASTER SCALE. � I I IF THE CEILING IS HIGHER THAN 11 FEET, INSTALL JUNCTION BOX IN THE WALL AT 10 FEET IF THE CEILING IS 11 FEET OR LOWER INSTALL JUNCTION BOX IN THE CEILING AT 2 FEET OF THE WALL. OREPULL COMMUNICATION WIRING FOR THE CHECK STAND(S). CABLE TO BE _T INSTALLED IN EXISTING FLOOR DUCT FROM THE CONCENTRATORS LOCATED j INSIDE THE TERMINAL ROOM AT MEZZ, COORDINATE WITH POWER — 1 — — — - — — — - — - — - — - — - — - - - - — — — - — - — — - — - — — - - - - - - - - - - — - — — — — — - - - - — - — - - - - - - — - — — — - — — — - - — — — — — - — — — -� - — — — INSTALLATION. (SEE SHEET E40U. FINAL TERMINATIONS WILL BE MADE PER 1 OWNER DIRECTION. —I 13 ROUTE CONDUCTORS FROM OVERHEAD THROUGH CHASE AND REWORK I TO EQUIPMENT CIRCUITS. II I I 1 14 INSTALL (2) 4/C #22 AWG SHIELDED CABLE IN %q" CONDUIT FROM THE BOTTLE AND CHECK CASH REGISTERS TO THE CONCENTRATORS VIA TEL 'A', COORDINATE WITH THE POWER �- — CONNECTION FOR THE CASH REGISTER. FINAL TERMINATIONS ARE TO BE MADE PER PUBLIX DIRECTION. 1 15 h O INSTALL (1) 12/C #24 AWG SHIELDED CABLE IN 1" CONDUIT FROM MASTER I THE CHECK CASH REGISTER TO THECONTROLLER IN T I CO OLLE HE CASH ROOM. V X I I I • .o I I 16 INSTALL (1) 2PR 4/C #22 AWG SHIELDED CABLE IN 3/q" CONDUIT � 0 •- 16 I ROUTED BETWEEN THE TIME CLOCKS IN THE STORE TO THE TIME I CLOCK IN CUSTOMER SERVICE AREA LEAVE 6 FEET LENGTH OF � CABLE AT EACH END. I I I - — - - 1 - - - —- ---1- -- — - - -- - - -- - - - — — - - — — - - — - 17 ITIO BEYCOCO COMPLETEDPRIOR OHPULL STRING ACT TO + ECHANGE E OUT" DATE.INSTALL OVER THE CASHT 4DUIWITH SAFE TO THE MODEM SECTION OF SOEL 'A'. v C I I I 18 INSTALL (1) 2PR #22 AWG SHIELDED CABLE IN %q" CONDUIT FROM — -- - —- - — — — - -- -- - --- ---_ ------ --— - — - — -—— - — - — -— — ------ — — — — — -- — — — — — — — -- - - - - ------ --- ------ ---- - - - — — - - �— - - O - - I THE PHARMACY CASH REGISTER TO THE CONCENTRATORS. LEAVE L- J 1 10 FOOT LENGTH OF CABLE AT EACH END, I I I i 1 19 INSTALL (1) LAN CABLE IN %q" CONDUIT FROM THE DSD STATION TO 0 THE MODEM SECTION OF TEL A LEAVE 8 FOOT LENGTH AT EACH END. 1 20 INSTALL (1) LAN CABLE IN %q" CONDUIT FROM THE PHARMACY COMPUTER 1 TO THE MODEM SECTION F T A AV 1 I 0 0 EL ,LE E O FEET LENGTH AT EACH I I 1 END. � I B I I 1 I I I I N = o 00 co o CO co Z M T LwJ C --co — - - — - —- - —- --- — - — - —- -—-— - — - — -— -- - - - - - - — — — — — — — — — — -- - - -------- — --- - - - - - -- — — — — — -- - - -—-—- — - — - —- -- - - Cn OLL W in 0 x Lu coCO LL L g T- I 0d 1 O Lu � C) T w 0 o m +48 1 U g z mLuTj T Of J= w DL 0 W o 0 �Q� 16 a- = C o z 18 OQOLu LU �OMw LL c0 Cn H r- N U �— O I I I I 7 - - - + I 13 1 1 18 20 Key Plan: PLAN NORTH I O � I I 1 11 - - - - - - - — — TRUE NORTH 12 2 GENERAL NOTES oo 1 � 12 2 3 4 12 00 I Scales: 1 A. ABBREVIATIONS ARE AS FOLLOWS: +4811 7 ❑ i AC - ALTERNATE CONTROLLER - -- - ❑ i C - CONCENTRATOR 1 15 KSU - MERIDIAN NORTHSTAR SYSTEM O _ MASTER 1 14 1 PP - PEOPLE PLANNER LLER +4811 1 1 4 g 9 11 O TC - TIME CLOCK A I I O +48" _ 11 ISP IN STORE PROCESSOR TO 0 3 +48 1 DSD - DIRECT STORE DELIVERY 0 4' 8' 16' 24' — -- - - ---------- - - ------------ — - - - - - - - - - - — - O - - - - - - - - - — - - — — — B B. UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED ALL CABLE IS SUPPLIED BY �8" I +48�� o + PUBLIX AND INSTALLED BY THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. 1 14 12 -0 Sverdrup Project No.: 22196390 _ Tc N ------ +4811 (� Drawing Title: +48, 1 +48" 1 +48" O 17 O 1 O COMMUNICATIONS , Mc � CO UNICATIONS A------------ - ---------- -- - ---- - - - ---- - - -= - - - - - -- - - - ------ - - - - ------ - - -------------- - - - - --- - -- ___-- - - - - - - - - ----------- -_--�- - PLAN I 1 A 0 TF 1 Date: 03/19/99 0 a 1 Designed By: SACB Drawing No.: 1 Drawn By: SACB Checked By: DNR T401 22-MAR-1999 10054 otkisomb poA22196390\700cadd\703elect\390t401w.dgn 0 C 0 n CD 2 F--------- 7- I 1 I I I <3 I I II I� 3 4 5 6 8 9 I 1 I I I I I I I 1 I - - - - - - - - - - - ❑ - - - - - I it - -- I I I - -------------------- - - - - -- - - - -- ----- 0 ❑ M P B,ALLR FRO] (1) 2/�-18SH(TEMP), %4"C ( RF� I� I �I--- - ❑I I I I I - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -- I I H - ❑ - - -- - ; RFCETVII��RE A❑3� fi - - z -- - - - - -01) LC#24SH-(COM-A),) "-_ -' - ---------- - - - - -- -- -- - I I' ---------------I O O (U 3/C#22SH(COM C), 3 "C 7 /4 II i i r 7y7MATE +96„ h DUO -MATE 4 TRI-MATE 6 (1)2/C#18SH(CONTROL), j RMC RMC RMC 01/ TRI-MATE 5 PANEL REF B I G----- - - - - - - -- ❑---- --------------------- - - - - ----------- - - - - -- - - - ------ 1 w BASER ROOM M l TE❑D H K L E j 1 7 3#14 %�" L C II PA M O 112 PANEL G 1 'I --�------------------------ --- --I- - -- - - - --I ❑LT! (11) 2/C#24SH(COM B), Y4''C 'I I I PANEL iQ (1) 2/C#24SH(ICOM D), %4"C 1 ' i I PAN�L F 3#14 Y4"C 12IDELI DEP 112 --- .I i � 1 1' EXISTING WIREDUCT I / / I I O O O 1 O 6 O 0 O O i 1 O (1) 2/C#24SH(COM B), %4"C O 0 4#14, 1#14G,%4"C 4#14, 1#14G,3/4"C .I (1) 3/C#22SH(COM C), I�/411C 4#14, 1#14G,%411C 1 1 1 I (1) 2/C#18SH(TEMP), Y411C II I I I I +96" 1 1+96n - ❑----- -------------------- ---------------------------------t-- ---------- --- - - - - - - ----------- - -- - - - - - -- -------------------------------- (1) 2/C#18SH(TEMP), %4"C i 13 ' I li i i i 1 it (1) 3/C#22SH(COM A), Y4''C I I I 1(1) 4/C#18SH (HSTAT),%4''C 1 ACK II i------------I/0--------- 1 I, I� I' II (1) 3/C#22SH %4"C E I --- 6#14 �/2"C I, EXIST. 1 5 I C I� AC-3 10 Z 4 ON ROOF I A -- B C I; EOLR _ 12 i ❑ U RACK 1 8 1/0 o I 1, 0) 2/C#18SH (TEMP), %4"C I 00� I, CL IwC:E C- 4--- --- - - ---- I +96''Te I (1)2/C#18SH(TEMP) V' 1 1 /4 C. BAKERY 11 it I WORKROOM 1 I� I 11,r----- -----1 (1) 2/C#18SH, %4"C TO EMSB PANEL 1 RACK EXIST. 11 8 1/0 AC-2 ------ ----------------- I I I ON ROOF ' ' 1 � EXIST 11 . .I ------------------------- 3#14,�/2 C 1 AC 1 -1----------------------------- - -------- - - - - -- -------- - - - - -- - - - - ---- --- --- - - - - Hsa- - - - - -- - L------ - - - - -- - - - - - PANEL REF A $ ❑96„ - - - - - - - ON ROOF - - 5#14, 1#14G,%4 C ;I - ----------------- -------------- --------------------------------------- ----------------------------------------- --------------------------------------- 'I 6 (1) 4/Cit #18SH (HST AT), %4"C 0 O 00 ❑ 4#14, 1#14G,y4''C it PANEL 'T' j I O O 0 ❑ j j (1) 2/C#18SH(TEMP), 3/4" - 4#14, 1#14G,%4''C j PANEL 'N' 1 ❑ ❑ ❑ 6 (1) 2/C#24SH(COM D), %411C ;I 1 +96� 3 I --- - -- - - -------- - -t- -- -- - ----------- - - - - -- - - -- I - - - ------------ - - - - -- - - - - -- -Ta - - - --- - - - --- - - - 1 'I I I I I I I I I I RACK 11 ------ 8 1/0 AC-4 ❑ NEW ON ROOF RACK AG-5---------- 8 I/O 1 ON ROOF -------- ----� ii I I (1)2/C418SH(TEMP),3/4''C. I EOLR -- ------ -- --1 - _ -__ l I _ _ - 1 I ----------- - ---- --- - - --- --- - --- - f--❑--❑- -� _Irc-1 -- - - ---- ------ I- - -- - - - - - - --❑- - - o -- - --- -- - - 0�96 T� - - - ❑ STOMER SERVICE ❑+48"(1) 2i/C#24SH(COM B) 3 ''C I I IO L I��� �� / + +9611 I 4 I ENTRANCE VESTIBULE 101- I ; I I ; I E I 2 I I ❑ ❑ I ------------------------------------- I I ----------- - - - - - - - - - --- - - �--- -- i I O SHEET NOTES: ❑CONTACTORS ARE NEAR PANELS. REFERENCE SHEET E701, E702, AND E703 FOR CONTACTOR DESCRIPTIONS AND SHEETS E301, E401, AND E501 FOR LOCATIONS. UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED ALL PANELS ARE ON THE MAIN FLOOR. ❑ JUNCTION BOX IS FOR FUTURE REFRIGERATION ALARM. ❑ALL THERMOSTAT/ HUMIDISTATS ARE LOCATED ON THE MAIN FLOOR, AND TO BE MOUNTED AT 48 TO BOTTOM OF DEVICE, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. ❑MOUNT PHOTOCELL ON MACHINE ROOM ROOF. VERIFY THE EXACT MOUNTING LOCATION WITH THE OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. ❑ REPLACE EXISTING HONEYWELL SYSTEM WITH NEW EMS SYSTEM PROVIDED BY OWNER. ❑THE CONTROL CONDUCTORS FROM THE CONDENSING UNIT TO REFRIGERATION UNITS SHALL BE RUN FROM EACH RMC TO THE RESPECTIVE CONDENSING FAN. ❑INSTALL 3#14, %4''C FROM EMSA TO EACH CONTACTOR FOR PANELS 11AB11 AND 11BC11. ❑ PANEL "T" IS LOCATED IN THE MACHINE ROOM (ON ROOF). ❑BUSRUN LIGHT SWITCH. SEE PARTIAL PLAN A1, SHEET E601 FOR EXACT LOCATION. 10 PANEL 'A' HAS (2) TWO EXTERNALLY 30 AMP, 3 POLE CONTACTOR. 11 REMOTE 8 1/0 CPC 810-3061 PROVIDED BY PUBLIX. INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR. 12 INSTALL 3#14,%4' C FROM EMSB TO EACH CONTACTORS FOR PANELS B, 11D111 T11) "Fit AND G. GENERAL EMS NOTES A. ALL EMS AND ANTI -SWEAT PANEL IS SUPPLIED BY OWNER, AND WIRED BY CONTRACTOR. B. THE FOLLOWING ARE THE ONLY APPROVED MULTI -CONDUCTOR CABLES. NO SUBSTITUTIONS ALLOWED. MANUFACTURER 2/C #18SH 4/C #18SH 3/C #22SH 2/C #24SH ALPHA #2421C #2424C #2403C #2400C BELDEN #8760 #9418 #8771 #8641 CAROL #C2526 #C2513 EEC #1830B #1834B C. MARK EACH END OF ALL CABLES AND WIRES USING DESIGNATED PLAN SYMBOLS AND LABELS. MARKERS SHALL BE PERMANENT STYLE. EVERYTHING MUST BE LABELED. EACH CABLE END SHALL BE 8 FT. LONG AFTER ENTERING TERMINATION CABINET. D. THE ELECTRICIAN IS TO PROVIDE WIRE CONNECTIONS ACCORDING TO THE FOLLOWING (THESE COLORS CANNOT BE SUBSTITUTED): CONTACTOR RED - LATCHED BLACK - UNLATCHED WHITE - COMMON V.A.V.'S RED - CLOCKWISE BLACK - COUNTER CLOCKWISE WHITE - COMMON HUMIDITY SENSOR RED POSITIVE GREEN - OUT BLACK - NEGATIVE & GROUND 4C SHIELDED CABLES BLACK & WHITE- TEMP PROBES RED & GREEN - DEFROST TERMINATION REVERSE AIR DEFROST YELLOW & ORANGE PHOTOCELL (SUPPLIED WIRE ACCORDING TO COLORS PROVIDED. BY PUBLIX.) E. ALL #14 AWG WIRING SHALL BE STRANDED, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE NOTED. F. ALL MULTI -CONDUCTOR CABLE IS LOW VOLTAGE. ALL #14 IS HIGH VOLTAGE, DO NOT MIX HIGH AND LOW VOLTAGE IN THE SAME CONDUIT. G. DO NOT SPLICE MULTI -CONDUCTOR CABLE. H. THE EMS SHALL BE INSTALLED AND OPERATED TWO WEEKS PRIOR TO START UP OF THE AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM. FAILURE TO COMPLETE EMS INSTALLATION WILL RESULT IN DELAY OF A/C START-UP. I. THIS DRAWING IS INTENDED AS A SCHEMATIC REPRESENTATION AND THE CONTRACTOR IS TO REFER TO DWGS E401, E402, E501 FOR EXACT REQUIREMENTS OF INDIVIDUAL SYSTEMS FOR CONDUCTOR QUANTITY AND CONDUIT RUNS. J. LEAVE 8 FT. LOOP OF MULTI -CONDUCTOR CABLE AT ALL REFRIGERATION RACKS AND A/C UNITS. K. ALL RMC'S SHALL BE FURNISHED BY OWNER AND INSTALLED BY THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. Sverdrup SVERDRUP FACILITIES, INC. Florida Corporate License #AA C001291 5750 Major Boulevard, Suite 500, Orlando, Florida 32819-7946 (407) 903-5001 Fax (407) 903-5150 ELECTRICAL ENGINEER OF RECORD NAME: DAVID N. RODGERS, P.E. REGISTRATION: FLORIDA REG. #PE0053695 Seal Revision: Date: By: Description: N0 = CY) co O L0 zM W 0 -� I wQ� - ❑❑ J J aZD� Y W o w m J J 7w o o>a� co m) O � 0 � wzCD7� QN U O J O�ICOw m F__�F-r U)U Key Plan: PLAN NORTH N .( D _ TRUE NORTH Scales: 0 4' 8' 16' 24' �/811 _ 11 - O I I Sverdrup Project No.: 22196390 Drawing Title: ENERGY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM PLAN Date: 03/19/99 Designed By: SACB Drawing No.: Drawn By: SACB Checked By: DNR T402 `?'=-MAP-1999 10055 ,jtkisomb o:A22196390\700codd\703eIect\390t402w.d9 a t I rm A I 2 "C '/2''C /2 C F --I - - -- -- -- -- - - ----- - - ------------- -- -------- -- -- - - - -- --�+------❑,�-- L/�- ------ I II 'I I i I II j I j FLORAE j li I 137 I I I i I I I I II � I I I II I I "C TO SHUT D WN IRC IT I--- --- - - --------- j I/211C j 3 EXISTING 0 9 I I --- --------------- -- — 1— — — I/21 I C I -- - —- E - -- — — — J-BOX • 1"C JAJFAB1 C I I I PRODUCE F, I ff=u — WORKROOM ! j ! AT CUTTING ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ L — 1"C j 1 I/211C 131 j ! 126 _ DELI PREP I/2„C ❑ DELI KI❑!HEN I I ! II 1 112 111 --- �� \ !❑ ❑ ❑ G— — --- — — -- — -- --- - - -- — — — --- — — --- — — — — — — — — — — — - -- 7— _— --- —_ —_ — ---- — — -- ------ ------ - - --------- L= _ _ = J ❑ i J ❑ MEAT WRAP ❑ / j =_ �\ — — — — - j — --- _ _ \ ---- — /i // DELI SALES \ 1 I / C --- --- IF / // 113 \ ❑ ❑❑ j BOTTLEI I ELECTRIC 1 ' EQUIPMENT BALER 124 ❑UN 0 I 0 4 123 ! 119 115 B I 1 -112 -- - -- - �— - — -— — — --- —o --- — - — - —- - — -— -- — -- C --- — — -- -- — — -- -- --- - -- — — — — — — — J JANITOR I j ! POWER j 2C HA #1 � I 120 I I V2"c SUPPLY A S /2 2"!A1 I Y2 G I/!„C j /2 G — E ---- — - — -- — -- - ---—- — - — - —- - — — - 4-- - - -- — - - ------------- - J J-BO • I ��, 1 j -- I/2C 1 C 1 C 1 C CO 1 C 1C ASS IS %2"C OFFIC ❑UNG W M 11 118 116 11 I/2"C RE ', 1"C I/ 11C 128 I/2'�C I/2' V211C 117 I I H-- - — -— — -- -- — �- — — — -- — — —---------- --- --- - — - — -— — — — — -- - - -- -= = -- — — -- — - - -- --- - - -- 1„C 130 1"C MEAT AND DELI SUPPLY I I j f v C 125 2 I / i/2"� I I I /2 ❑ ! ALL #2 I ❑ ❑ 111 ------ —---------------------- // \ E 1"C I II SEAFOOD I I 12 j \ \ / I/2 1 1 C I \ / �-- — — — — — — - ❑ 2C /2C PRODUCE "C SALES I/211C I/2 \ 1"� I/2"� C! XXI %2"� '/2"� C '/2"� j II 132 C C C C C I I I I I I 2 2 AC-2 j D D ON ROOF TRAINING j ��f7� 11. - I VIC I/2"C TO REMAIN ' I I � -4 A❑ E -- �� I __ _ j — -- —❑� --- — - ❑❑ L S 1 O 3 2 C TO SHUT j DOWN CIRCUIT j I J-BOX EXISTING �- 2_ D j AC-3 QI/2 C I - II OOF /2 II 01 I I I II I/2"C -------- --- - - - - -- FROZEN FOODS 138 I _I -_ j j I — — — -- — - — - - - - - D --1j/2 POWER BA Y SUPPL`S T � RAG 133 SCULLERY 134 I 1 I 1 I I I I 1 I I I 1 I 1 I t 1'�C � I 1 , I I I — 1 — — — — — — -- —1I -- - — - —- -- — — — — — 1 I/2 C I I I I j 0 IL=1 _ -- II 1 " ' I1 � /2 C I II __—_______________- II II I II I 11 III I, II j 11 I II II II 2 II � II I II j II it I I 11 III I II II ❑ I II II I II ❑I II II �� III II 1 ❑III I II I I II I BAKERY 1 �� II II WORKROOM j II 135 II � I I II 1 1 BAKERY ! 112 - - j SALES C 1 C /2 II ❑. j III 1' C 13 6 j Y2''JE I/2T I I I B-- — — --- — ---- — -- — -- - — — — --- -- -F- ! ! RT I I I I I I II I I I II I 1 "C TO SHUT I — DOWN CIRCUIT 11 SRO RAG I 0 I „ 10 I I I E--- - ------------ 1�--� 1 � � i C 2 2 � ❑— GROCERY �2 D D -- - — -— — - — - — -— — --- SAnS— - — - — -— — - — -— - — - — -— - — - —- R O - — -— -— - — -- EXISTING _ -- - — -— — - — -— — — — — — — -- --- - — -- — — -- — — �_❑ — — r — -- — —❑ -- -- ON ROOF j I I ' j DAIRY I � 103A I � ❑ I II I I I I I I I Ii I I I j I I II � 1 �I 1 II C-1 I I I 11 I I I II I I I V2"C �/ ---- -Vz�c I/2"G I/211 C I/211 C I/211G C C C CH OUT ! C I I PHARMACY j 102 j 102A j j - -----1-------�------------I ----- ------I F- —_ --- F-F- — — — — — I I II II II I� I ! II II I, II II I I II II II II W II II j II AC-5 ! I l l RO _ EXISTING %2"C TO SHUT AC-4 %2" TO SHUT OWN CIRCUIT ON DO CIRCUIT j ' -----1 I--- ---I 2 D 2 D �------ 0 ❑ i -' I I 3 - - - - -- i I C I I I UNISEX /2 1"C 1 1 ❑ /2„CAcc❑sIBL s❑Oc❑ 1 C '/2 C 1 /2 C /2 C 1 VESTIBULE RES OOM II j I 11 1, I �2"C I 11 2/2 C RT RT I/2"C —❑ --_ - _- = -_- - - -- --� - -------=- _ =- ❑ I/211 C ENTRANCE I/2C I/2''C VESTIBULE j 101A —RIL TO MEZZANINE • (SEE SHEET A— — — — — — -- — — — -- - — --- — — — — — - -- - Y402) I/211 C S I/2 " C I ` I/211 C S I/211 C K I I/2 11C - /2"� T MEN BOOKEEPING 104 CASH ROOM 108 106 • %2"C I/211 C n � I I/2"C ! V211C / I SPECIALTY SALES I j 1"C I 1"C 112 /2 c , C /2"C S I J-BO E — — — POWER K B JOJ 2"c I. SUPPLY C ENTRANCE 1 TO MEZZANTIBULE (SEE SHEET I/2"C Y402) 101B I - - - - ----- - - - - -- - - - - -- - - -- - -- - I I ! SHEET NOTES: 0 INSTALL BELL AT MINIMUM OF 96'' ABOVE FINISH GRADE OR FLOOR, BELL SHALL ACTIVATE UPON WATER FLOW VIA THE FIRE ALARM CONTROL PANEL (FACP). 22 INSTALL CONDUIT TO CONTACT ON ROOF HATCH DOOR. 33 DUCT SMOKE DETECTORS ARE SUPPLIED BY THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR, INSTALLED BY THE MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR AND WIRED BY THE ELECTRICAL/FIRE ALARM CONTRACTOR, GENERAL NOTES* A. REFER TO SHEET Y402 FOR THE FIRE ALARM/BURLARY LEGEND. B. ACTIVATION OF AN ANSUL SWITCH SHALL ACTUATE THE EXHAUST FAN TO ITS RESPECTIVE GREASE HOOD. C. COORDINATE ALL WALL MOUNTED DEVICES WITH THE OTHER TRADES. D. RETURN ANY EXISTING FIRE ALARM/BURGLARY EQUIPMENT NOT USED TO PUBLIX, E. ALL CONDUIT SHALL BE INSTALLED BY THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR WITH PULL STRINGS Sverdrup SVERDR UP FACILITIES, INC. Florida Corporate License #AA C001291 5750 Major Boulevard, Suite 500, Orlando, Florida 32819-7946 (407) 903-5001 Fax (407) 903-5150 ELECTRICAL ENGINEER OF RECORD NAME: DAVID N. RODGERS, P.E. PE0 REGISTRATION: FLORIDA REG. #053695 Seal Revision: Date: By: Description: • v x C •9 a Ohl (D N 0 co = �r I— co cn 0 0 MC J w Lo � �aJ�2-7 ���LLU o LLJ YWmw � QW C) C/)zM w r, o �I( W 44Z n J J cr: OSN� QOC�x p Q C) IL p m w I— HOcow U) Key Plan: PLAN NORTH N TRUE NORTH Scales: 0 4' 8' 16' 24' Sverdrup Project No.: 22196390 Drawing Title: FIRE/BURGLARY ALARM PLAN Date: 03/19/99 Designed By: SACB Drawing No.: Drawn By: SACB Checked By: DNR Y401 22-MAR-1999 10a56 atkisomb p.A22196390\7CDcddd\703eIect\390y401w.d9n Sverdrup C v B ►1 FIRE AND BURGLARY ALARM LEGEND SYMBOL DEVICES SUPPLIED INSTALLED FINAL BY BY CONNECTION BY Q FIRE ALARM CONTROL PANEL PUBLIX ELECTRICAL F.A.M.R. AUXILLIARY POWER SUPPLY. PUBLIX ELECTRICAL F.A.M.R. FIRE ALARM MANUAL PULL STATION INSTALLED 4" SQ. W/SINGLE GANG PUBLIX F.A.M.R. F.A.M.R. PLASTER RING BOX 48'' A.F,F. FIRE ALARM AUDIBLE/VISUAL NOTIFICATION DEVICE INSTALLED IN 4" SQ. 2/$" DEEP PUBLIX F.A.M.R. F.A,M.R. BOX AT 80" A.F.F. FIRE ALARM - RED ® INSTALLED IN 4" SO. 2 /$" DEEP PUBLIX F.A.M.R. F.A.M.R, BOX AT 80'' A.F.F. FIRE ALARM VISUAL NOTIFICATION DEVICE. WALL MOUNTED INSTALLED PUBLIX F.A.M.R. F.A.M.R. IN THE 4" SQ. 2 /8'' DEEP BOX AT 80'' A.F.F. SPRINKLER ALARM BELL B INSTALLED 4" SO. BOX 10'-0'' ABOVE PUBLIX F.A.M.R. F.A.M.R. FINISHED GRADE. FLOW SWITCH (NOTE: CONNECT BY SPRINKLER SPRINKLER F.A.M.R. FLEXIBLE CONDUIT FROM 4" SO. BOX) TAMPER SWITCH (NOTE: CONNECT BY SPRINKLER SPRINKLER F.A.M.R. FLEXIBLE CONDUIT FROM 4" SO. BOX) DUCT SMOKE DETECTOR - CONNECT O2 BY FLEXIBLE CONDUIT FROM 4" SO. PUBLIX MECHANICAL F.A.M.R. � BOX. (NOTE: VERIFY SIZE OF SAMPLING TUBE) KB KNOX BOX, AS REQUIRED BY THE PUBLIX F.A.M.R. F.A.M.R. LOCAL FIRE AUTHORITY CEILING MOUNTED SMOKE DETECTOR O2 INSTALLED IN 4" SO. 2 1/8'' DEEP PUBLIX F.A.M.R. F.A.M.R. BOX. Ax ANSUL SWITCH BY MECHANICAL F.A.M.R. OTHERS JUNCTION BOX - 12%12"x8" J-BOX MOUNTED AT (12'-0'' A.F,F. MAX, OR T-0" BELOW CEILING) ELECTRICAL ELECTRICAL ELECTRICAL REMOTE TEST BUTTON- MOUNTED RT IN 4" J.B. & SINGLE GANG PUBLIX F.A.M.R. F.A.M.R. PLASTER RING (T-0" A.F.F.) GAP DISTANCE DETECTOR EO VERIFY EXACT LOCATION AND PUBLIX F.A,M.R. F.A,M.R. MOUNTING WITH FAMR. IR MOTION DETECTOR INSTALLED IN 4" SQ. 2 /$" DEEP PUBLIX F.A.M.R. F.A,M.R. BOX, BURGLAR ALARM INTERIOR AUDIBLE SQ� NOTIFICATION DEVICE. INSTALL IN 4" PUBLIX F.A.M.R. F.A.M.R. SO. 2 /8" DEEP BOX. 0 OPERATORS KEYPAD/ ANNUNCIATOR. INSTALL IN 4" PUBLIX F.A.M.R. F.A.M.R. SO. 2 %$" DEEP BOX, *48'' AFF. ALARM EXTERIOR AUDIBLE HBURGLAR OD NOTIFICATION DEVICE. INSTALL IN 4" PUBLIX F.A.M.R. F.A.M.R. SO. 2 %8" DEEP BOX. FIRE ALARM VISUAL NOTIFICATION C DEVICE. CEILING MOUNTED INSTALLED PUBLIX F.A,M.R. F.A.M.R. IN THE 4" SQ. 2 /$" DEEP BOX. NOTES: I. ALL FIRE COMPONENTS SHALL BE COMPATABLE, U.L. LISTED AND LABELED FOR FIRE ALARM USED. 2. F.A.M.R. FIRE ALARM MANUFACTURER REPRESENTATIVE, 3. ALL CONDUIT AND JUNCTION BOXES TO ALL DEVICES SHOWN SHALL BE SUPPLIED AND INSTALLED BY ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR WITH PULL STRINGS. FAMR SHALL SUPPLY AND PULL ALL FIRE ALARM AND SECURITY SYSTEM CONDUCTORS, INSTALL COMPONENTS, MAKE CONNECTIONS AND TEST SYSTEM. 4, FIRE ALARM POWER CONNECTED TO DEDICATED, LOCKED AND LABELED 20 AMP BREAKER. PAINT BREAKER HANDLE RED. 5. FLOW SWITCH ACTIVATES HORN/STROBES, BELLS AND CENTRAL STATION ALARM. TAMPER SWITCH ACTIVATES SUPERVISORY INDICATION AT FIRE ALARM PANEL AND CENTRAL STATION. 6. SMOKE DETECTORS SHALL BE MOUNTED MINIMUM OF 3 FT. FROM AIR SUPPLY VENT AND LIGHTING FIXTURES, AND NOT DIRECTLY IN AIR FLOW. 7. THE PURPOSE OF DRAWINGS Y401 AND Y402 IS SOLELY TO FACILITATE THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR TO BID OR PRICE A RACEWAY AND OUTLET SYSTEM CLOSE TO THAT WHICH IS EXPECTED TO BE DESIGNED BY THE FIRE ALARM / SECURITY ENGINEER / DESIGNER AND TO PROVIDE THE FIRE ALARM / SECURITY ENGINEER / DESIGNER WITH CERTAIN DESIGN CRITERIA. THE FAMR SHALL MEET NFPA 70, NFPA 72, NFPA 90A, NFPA 101, ADA AND ALL LOCAL CODES AND ORDINANCES. A. THE FAMR SHALL SUBMIT SHOP DRAWINGS OF A DESIGNED FIRE ALARM AND SECURITY (BURGLARY) SYSTEM, SIGNED AND SEALED BY AN ELECTRICAL ENGINEER LICENSED BY THE STATE OF FLORIDA. THE SUBMITTED DESIGN SHALL ACCOMODATE THE CONDUIT AND DEVICES SHOWN ON DRAWING Y401 AND Y402 BUT MAY AUGMENT OR INCREASE THE QUANTITY AND/OR SIZE OF THE CONDUIT AND/OR DEVICES, IF REQUIRED TO MEET ANY OTHER REQUIRED CRITERIA. THE FAMR SHALL MEASURE AMBIENT SOUND LEVELS TO DETERMINE APPROPRIATE AUDIBLE ALARM INTENSITIES. B. BATTERY AND POWER SUPPLY CALCULATIONS SHALL BE SUBMITTED ALONG WITH VOLTAGE DROP AND CIRCUIT LOAD CALCULATIONS FOR NOTIFICATION CIRCUITS, C. INTENSITIES OF AUDIBLE AND VISUAL DEVICES AND MEASURED AMBIENT SOUND LEVELS SHALL BE NOTED ON THE SHOP DRAWINGS. D. A SYSTEM RISER DIAGRAM SHALL BE SUBMITTED ALONG WITH INDICATION OF ALL CONDUCTOR TYPES AND QUANTITIES, E. PROVIDE PRODUCT DATA SHEETS FOR ALL PRODUCTS REQUIRED BY THE DESIGN, THE SUBMITTAL SHALL BE PROVIDED TO THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR AND THROUGH F. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR. G. IF REQUIRED BY THE AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION, COMPLETE INFORMATION REGARDING THE SYSTEM SHALL BE SUBMITTED TO THE AUTHORITY FOR APPROVAL. H. IF REQUIRED BY PUBLIX OR IF ANY RACEWAYS OR OUTLETS ARE REQUIRED TO BE MODIFIED FROM THOSE SHOWN ON DRAWINGS Y401/Y402, THE FAMR SHALL SUBMIT ALL INFORMATION TO SVERDRUP FOR REVIEW, 7 1 TO FLOOR PLAN, SHEET Y401 i/211C Al/C 2 i/211C TO FLOOR PLAN, i C SHEET Y401 MEZZANINE FIRE/BURGLARY ALARM PLAN 1/4 0 1' - 0 11 SYNCHRONIZATION CIRCUIT FIRE ALARM NOTIFICATION CIRCUITS AUX. POWER SUPPLY FIRE ALARM NOTIFICATION TRIP CIRCUIT TELEPHONE FIRE ALARM RESETTABLE NOTIFICATION POWER CIRCUITS (SMOKE) SUPERVISION CIRCUIT FIRE ALARM CONTROL PANEL BURGLAR ALARM NOTIFICATION DEVICES ALARM DIAGRAM TO ADDITIONAL POWER SUPPLIES AS REQUIRED RESETTABLE POWER (SMOKE) INITIATION DEVICES SVERDRUP FACILITIES, INC. Florida Corporate License #AA C001291 5750 Major Boulevard, Suite 500, Orlando, Florida 32819-7946 (407) 903-5001 Fax (407) 903-5150 ELECTRICAL ENGINEER OF RECORD NAME: DAVID N. RODGERS, P.E. REGISTRATION: FLORIDA REG. #PE0053695 Seal Revision: Date: By: Description: • v x CoD a •� r �i 0 D = V) N0 00 O `n CY) 00 Z cM wJ� mow w o 00 woo ccaF= U- U Z g� � JO Owwa� d= =0 Dfrwr'- � Q g w O g � m J 44Z- O o v OLLmw � X = w � wzc�>- � O0Mw U � CnF-r�N Key Plan: PLAN NORTH N TRUE NORTH Scales: 0 2' 4' 8' 12' 1/4" - 1'-011 Sverdrup Project No.: 22196390 Drawing Title: FIRE/BURGLARY ALARM RISER AND LEGEND 2241AR-1999 10o57 atkisomb pe\22196390\700cadd\703elect\39Dy4O2w.dgn Date: 03/19/99 Designed By: SACB Drawn By: SACB Checked By: DNR Drawing No.: Y402 J fi7 '. n ' i C e I a, I I I I I I I 11 I I - - +L I II N I I O i 1" I -L -LI_ I I I- O I I 1 I I 11 I 7 -+-+'-+- 1 I 1 I ��-I-11- -�- I I 1 I 1 F---� 1 I-"*'' -L©-�1- '- I I , I I I I I ' I ' 3 1 I I - - - __ - - - , I I I I I ____I I G I I I I I I I I I I I I 1" 1n 11/q , 1" 1n - , - + - - - + - - - - - - -I- - - -I- " I - - - - - - - - 1 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -__T__ I I -1 _ r - r - T - 7 - - -I - -I - -I O O O O 1_ J O O O -1-Lr--- --- ------,--I- I L---1- ---- - - -_- _---=---J----I- -I---- , A 111 , 1 1 1 , ,, - I I I t -I- -1 - r -'- - r �- - - 1 - � r - - �- - - - -I - - - -1- -1- -I- I I ' I ' - I- _ ' I I I ' ' I I I I I I , 111211 I I I I ,1"I - -I- -I-r1---I--I-I--- -- I-rI------1----I- -I - - -- - Tt-t-fi-�--,---I--I _t 7PI 1 I 1 1 , , 1 - -- 1 --1--I --- -- - - -- - I ,1'1' I I I I , I I 1 I O I I I I I 1 8 1 I I I 1 I 1 I I I 1 8 1 , I I I I ' I I I I I I I' I I , I I I I I , I I I I I O I I I I O O 8 U U - I 1 1 n n 1- -t t it -----L---�--- ----1- r1----1--,-----�-------1----1- "-----a----t----I----I----I----I --- 1 --- ir--1----1----1---- --- 1 - tL-+-+--1---------I-r --+-tTfi-�- -�- J------------1--------' - I_ I- -' --- - --- - - - --- ' __ J----'-------'-' - - 1 I 1' --1- '--I--I- I--I--I--' - - - - - - - - - - - - - - r - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - J _ L L t - - - J J -1- -1- - - - - - - - - - - I - - - 1 - - - -I - - - - -I - - - I- - - - - I - J - _I _ - - _ I _ _ 1_ _ I_ _ L - L - _ _ 1 - - _ _ J _ _I _ - - -1- - - - I- - L _ L - _ _ 1 _ _ _ _ J _ _I _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ I_ _ L _ L _ _ _ 1 _ _ _ _ J _ _1 _ _ _ J I _ _ _ _ I_I - _ - L - - - 1 - - _ 1 - - J _I _ _ - - I _ 1 _ _ I_ 1 _ _ L _ - -, 1 - 1 - I I I I I I I I I I l I ' LL 8 I I I I I I I I I I © o I I I i t o I i I © I I i I © I I o I ,1 O I o I IGl I I O Gl 1 11 1 I I I I I 1--------I-- J- - - - - -- - 1---=---1---- L --- _ -------1----1---_ --- _ --- 1----I--- 11----1----L--- IC-J L - - -Il- LCJL-l-=-=-J--1--1--1----1-I-� --+1�------1-I-1--I-- ' I 1-1--1----I-I--� - -- � 1 I ---I ---- I , I n I----�---,------ r- - - -I -- � 1J _O IO ' ❑II ' 1 = _ =Li = I I 1 1 1 Ill '----I----I----I___-L_ _-__-- I*I I * I �I I/2 -1--------I--- n I ---I- - 1 1 1 I ' ' 1 ' , I ' ' I ' I I - - - - - - - - - - - - I 1 I I I I , ----1---- ----L- -----L _ 1 I 1 1------I--1--� I --�- I I, L--r I ' 4 I 4 I-I---=-�-LT1-1--I---1-1---I-- 1 ll - ----1---- - -- -- I- r--- --- - - - - I - - -;- 4 ii - - -a- F 1 1 10----------m-- -- ©-- fi I- - - 1 1 1 1" ` 1 „ 1 I , I I I ' I I ' I " I - J- , I , 1 1 1 I I 1 ' 1 1 I I I 1 I - -I- - 7- - -, -1 I I 1 F-- t _ J I , I I ' I- I- � � � �+ I I I 1 -1 -I -I - 1 I I I 1---t-t0- I I- O -I ' F--+ ' ' , , ' I I I I ; I I I O I I O I I O I 5 1 1 I I 11/2iil . -� 1- - - - T ----I--+--F----1-1--1 I I I I I _ ' I- � -� - - I I I I I -1- -1-- I 1 ii 1 1 1 3 1 I' ' 11 I I 1 I I 1 1" ' I I' I I' I I I' I I 1 1„ 0 101 1 1 1*1 I I I 1i1 I ' �i' I 1 1" 1 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I 1ii * I , , 1" , :4 ---L-+----�--I- m I I I I I I r- -- I I-I-r-r-r-rrT-7----1-,-1--I-- 1 1 , , I I I 1"1 1 I I I I I I I I I I I ' ; 1 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I _ L- 1- 1---I- -I I I I I I I I I I I I 1 I I I I I I 1 1 1II 'I OI I I OI ' 1 ii 1 1 i1 1 I I I 1 I I I _ 1_-!�� _-J �� ' ' �i = 1 ii I I . - - - . - k- - -I - - - -I- - - .�_ 1 +--- t----I----1----+----+-- _ I I I I I I I ----I--�-r- - - r - - - - - - - - - - - -,- - - - - - I I I I I I ' ' I I 1 I I I I I I 1 1 I/ „I 1 OI 6 O- -I 1; I I I I I I I I I I I I I I 1 I I I 1 I I I 1 1 1 I 1 Q 1 ::.. I I 1 I I I I I I ' I I I ' I I I I - _ I - - - 7 - , I , „ 1 ' ' „ I- I- I- - __ - J- - :.. '" , I I I I I 1 I I I I .�:.. •'. �� �'I I I - I I O I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I � I I � � i i 1 I I I I I I I I Al 1 1 1 I I 1 I I_ I I I- I O 1 I 1 I I I I 1 1 r I :••,, I -I --_------ - -- ' I_ - J I I I I I I I I I I j I I q 1 *1 .. -I --- I I I I I I I I I I- --- 1 , I 1 I 't 1 , I I I O I I I I I I , I I I , I I I j I Q 1 I 1 1 1 I I I I 1 11 I 1 4f�] ii .. I- - - 1- - 1 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -L , I I h � j I ' ' I- _ I_ - L - L - L - 1 _ 1 I 1 I I I I I, I I I I I I' I I© I 1 I+ 1 I I 4) I 1 I Q j I I i, n n i 3 , ' '-r-t- T 1 " 1 _ _ ' 01 �I I ' i 1 1 11 1 1 „ " I 1 1 _'� --i I- r - - 1- I--_ I_ _1 , I I I _ _I , I I I I I I , I I I , I I I j I 11 1 I O 1 6 1 Q' 1 I I I I I I I I I I I � � I' I .. \ 1 I I I----'-- , I I I I O--- I 01 1 �� -- 11-+-T-I-I-I-1--1--1--1--1y- - - - Li I I r-( I I I I I I I I I I I I 6 �- j 6 -------'� L -O , -----rI--1--I--I--T+T-r-T-7--1t--1--1--1--Ii I I I 1 I 1 I I I I 1 I ri- , I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I , I 1 I I I I ' I I I I -1--I--r- 1--1-t-rt-7-1-I--1--I--I--1-4-r-J--r-tL- � ------1----1--1--I--I--I--NI--t-t-tJ_t-1-----J- - - -- L--- I 1 1 I 1 --4- -- I ----I-- ' I I I I I I I � I I I I\ � �� I - 1-1- -1- -,- - � - L- �- t- I �- -1 1 L -1- - 1 1 1 1 I IL-1-_1--I -I JI-1-4- - I I-I--I--I- -I- - II I I- - +- I I I 0�1 I I IO�l I I 1 I -i*i 1 1 I L 1*1 I 1 1 f7** � I I I I I I nO1 1 1 1 I*�I I i *�1 IQF-: ' 1 I „ O II*I 1 I *' 1 I I I(*I I I I I@)I I I I ' I I I I I' I I I I I' I I I I' I I I' I 1 1 I 1 1 I I I I I I I I I I I I 11 I I I , I I I I III 1 1 II I I 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 I I 1 I I I 1 1 I I , , , I I I 11 ' I , I I I' -1- -t-7 i - 1 - --i-I--I--I- - I- - i- - - - + - i - ---I--I--I-i- l- - I- - - - i + - - - i-I--I - -I-i I-- -r- - + --rt--1--I 1-I--I--I--I-- -r- i- - + - - I- ill, 1 nIll -I - iI-- I- - I- -r-r- - i - ---I--I'-I--I--I-- - i O- 'r- -I -- t--1--L-�- -,---1-�--I-1-1--1--I- I- 1--�-+--J-- , I I I I I I I I I I I I I I ' I 1 1 1 I 1 1 1 1 1 I I I I 11 I 1 I, 1 ' I---1-- - 1' --1-1 - -L_1-1_ ' L-L-1-1'-i_J--1--I I, , 1 11 1� I Ir-1--I -1 ' ' II it I- I----1-_LI 1 1 t r- --- I 1- I---r- + 1-----L-LFL- -=-1- J- - - - -----I--�--+F+-+- I- - - - -I - -II - - - - -N-H- I I _ I I �--1-rl--I--I--1--�-+-- + ----1--F-1-- I 1 - -I -- 1 11 I I i 1 I I, I I I I I, I I I I , I I I I I, I I I I I, I I I I, I I I, I I I I I' ' I I I I I I I I I I I I I I, I ' OI i-1--I---- J-1-I--1-_I_-I- IA -IL - L -L -J- ' ' ' ' 11 I I I J O I I I I rJ©I I I I I Ou I I*d I I I i i I I 1 IJOI I I I ILI I 0� I *L I ' IL - - - -- =-I--It- 1--1-1-1--1-I-I--1-i-I--= - _ - I - J-I--1-1--l-I-I-I - I - - I1--1-----'-1----I-a-I-I-L-1--' J-J--1--1--1-1-I--L-1--L-1---L--I-'--I--1--I' 1 1 ' 1 ,I 1 1 , 1 1 I, 1 1 1 11 , T- -- ----- T I r--I--1- I--1-r1--1--=-L-L-L--T+---J---r-----=-r-- 1 1 1 I I I - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - I�' ��' �I �I �I i l ' ' i t I 'I ' ' �I 1 I' Or -�OI 01 II I 1t 11 l I i I I I I I 1 I I lOI I I I I I�I 1 IOI 1 I I©I I I 11 I I I I I, I I I I I I II I I I, I I' I I I I I I I, I I I I' I I I I I' I I I II I I I I I 1 1 1 I I 11 1 I I I , 1 1 1 I I I 1 1 1 -L +- - - I ' ' - - I' -- _ __I_ _I__I - 1 -It--1 1 1 J t -' ly ' --I _-_-r____ �_-I -iJ-_I__I___,_-_-- -, - �- 11 ~ I1 1 1 11 JI I' Ir I- I 1 1 +-1- 7 1 1F 1 1 -I L, I _1-I---1__I_--ILT- o It___1__II -+-�- ' -- I--'-1-I -I -I -1- ' I I I I I; I I I I I; I I I I I I F I*I I I I I I*I I I I IoL11' I I IpI I- oI Iol Io, Io I I I Ii*I I I I I I' I I I I' I I I, --- 1' 1 1 'L 1' I' 1 I 1' I 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 I' ' II 11 I I I I I' IL-11 I I I�-I' I I ''I--I--1 ' 1 I' 1 1 1 i I I i I.- L- -I--- -II- -J - +- 1------- - '--------- I----- t J------- 1- -i A - - - - - - -- -- - I---r --------------I---------------------I----------I-------- 1-- �--L-------L- '-1--I----1 _ I I rt - - - - _ r - T - T 7 - 7 - 1 - - -I f r - r - T T - 7 - - - - - - r - - - - - - - 7 - - - - 7 - - - - - T - - rl - - - 1 - I I I I ' 1 I I I ' I I I I I' I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I C I; -1--i -i-Ilii--I----J-'-1--I--I--I--I�-i - -i-T- : l [h 1 1 I I I I I I I 11 I I I 1 1 I I I I I IL-----r-I1 -_- +---y-I-1----I--I--IJ-r--r-r-t- I- t- _ -t--1-1J-1----1--I--�'---t-t-t1-F-1-1-I-I--1 I� I I *I - I I I I* I I I I I* I I I I ' I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Ir-- - - -r-r 11 =--a-1-1-,-1--I--I--I--1-1-r-I--t-t- �I I I I OHI I I I IOHI I I Ol-I I I I I�OI r-I--1--L-r1l --�--4-+-1-1--I--I--I--Iy-I--I--+-+- 4-- I-+-I--4--47-I--I--I--I---,-L-�--]----V 4--4---1-1--I 't---1--L-r1l -+-1---4-1-1--I--I--I--11-I-->--+-+- 11 I I I I I, I I I I I, I I I I, I I I, I I '1 I I I' I I I , I I I I I, I I I I , I I I I, I I I I I, I I I I, I I I , I I }-----4--1J�---- _-�-=-1-1--1--1--1--1-4-L-L-a--T- F=-T-1-=-J-J1-1--1--1--1--I-1-=-=-=-1+1-=-=-I-I--1 'L---1--L_+�' _ _ _1_J_,_I__I__I--I__I�_L_L_L-1_ , I I , , , , IL =-1_.Jt-I_�-II_-I-I__I-_I-_I 1J-I_- -I -I_ LI-1-IJ-I-_I I' I' 'I ----- -- t------- ---------------1---- Iol I *I I __I I*I I I I I*I I I I ' F L '+ T 1 ' I I I I I� I I I I �I I I O I 1 ©I I O I I I I O I ' I_ I ' I 1 1 I I ' I I I I I' I_ I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I r -1 I I L -' +- t 1 ' I � r l-+ I-1 I r I -' I I' I 1 ' I I I I I ' I I I I I' I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I t--I--L- -L 1L-t-7- 1--I ' 11 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I' 1 I I ' I 1 I I I ' I I I I I' I I I I I I 1 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I 1 } - - - 1- - - 1 = - + - r - - -1 -1-1 - I I I - 1-4 - J - L - L - I - F r - 1 - T - -1 - 7 - 7 -1 -1 - -I- -I- - I- - r-1- r - r - T - T + 7 - -i - -1 - I-1 - -I- I 1 I ' I I I I' I I I I I' I I I I I I 1 I I I I' I I I I 1 1 I I I I I I I I I I I O 1L_I--I--r-1I.1L_T7_1_I_-I-_I-_I__1-4_L-J-_r_T_ I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I L-1--1--r- JI-1-t-rt--1-1-1--1--I--I--1J-r-r- 1--rt- Lt-- _-t--t-1--IJ-I--I--I--I--I-I---t-+-+L-t-1-�-I-I--1 'I©' 1 I I* I 1 I I® I I I/ „ I I* I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I 1110 ,_-1-------TI-L-+- 1V2--1--11-I--I--r-1-- *I I I IOHI I I I I©HI I I 101-I I I I I-I©I - + -+- I --I , -(-r rC-I---I'-I--4-4--- r�- 4--4--4-�-1--,---�-�-_T-4--4--4-11 - I O 1 I 1 I I I 1-I----L-L-�1+-+-�--4--4t-1--I--I--I-- I I I I I I I I I I, I I I I, I I I ,I I I I I , I I I I I, I I I I , I I I I I, I I I I I, I I I I, I I I , I I I-1_-4 J-1-1--1--I--I--1-I-L-L-�-_-- FL - I-1-J-J-J1-1--1--1--I--1-I-L-L-1-1+J-J-J-1-1--1 I I 111 I© I I I I I I I I I I , 1 T I I, I I I I I, I I I I, I I I , I I I I I I, I I I I I, I I I I, I I I, I I 1 .:4��..,I I, I I I I I, I I I I I I, I I I I I, I I I I, I I I , I I . : .:'.... 1 -,-1- _ I_ _ I_ _ I_ _ I L I _ _ I _ I _ 1 _ _I J _1 _ _l _ _1_ _ I -,- I I I I 1 I _ I _ _I -,-I - _I �- - - „ , 1, 1 1 1 , 1 1, 1 1 1 I- - 1 , I , 1 , 1 I I I I I I I � I I I I I I I I I, I I I I, I I I, I I 3 1+ 1 I I I 01 1 © I , O l , I I I , I O 1 I I I I I I I I I 1 I I I I I I I-- I- - I- --,- I - I I I, I I I I 1 - - - - - - - - r- - - t - - - - - - - - 7 - - - - - - -'- - - , 1 I I - - I I I I I I I I I I - -I I I I, I I- �- � � I I I, I I 1 1 I' I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I, I I I I, I I I, I I 1 I 1 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I, I I I I, I I I, I I * I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I, I I I I, I I I, I I 1 ,-1 -1 - 7--+--7-1-1--1 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I, I I I I, I I I, I I 1 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I, I I I, I I „ 1 1 I I/K A . .... -2 " I I I I I I I I I I 1 I I I I I I I I I I, I I I I, I I I , I I -I-'-I--I--I--r-rLt--1-t-1-1-1J-I--I--I--I--1-,-I--t-t-t T- t-t-�-� 1--1 I I I I I I I' I I I I I I I I I I I I, I I I, I I, 1 I 1 1 O H I 1 O F, O .- I I I ,� O - , 10 I I, I I I I I, I I I I I, I I I I I, I I I I, I I I, I I -1-,-1--I--I----I-r+- _--4--4--4--a1-1--1--I--I--I-,-�-4--4--4r4--4-�-,-I--I 1 0 1 ' I 1, 1 1 1 1 I, I 1 I I I I, I I I I I, I I I I, I I I, I I O' , II , 1 , 1 1 , 1 , 1 , 1 , , ' �-I-I-I--1--I--L-LFL-I-I-J-J-Ji-1--1--1--=-1-I-=-=-=-1+=-J-J-I-1--1 ' ' I I, I I I I I, I I I I I I, I I I I I, I I I I, I I I, I I " '" I I, I I I I I, I I I I I, I I I I I, I I I I, I I I , I I IN \ 1 1 1 I I, I I I I I, I I I I I I, I I I I I, I I I I, I I I , I I -I-1-1--I LI__I_1_1_IJ-1--I--I--'---'-I-_-'-I1-_--'-'-1--' , ' ' 1 I, I I I I I, I T I I I I, I I I I I, I I I I, I I I , I I I�1 1 1 I I I I I I I I I I , I I I, I I I I�I 1 6 I I IO1 1 IO1 , I I I, 1©I I I I I I I I I I 'r I I I' I I I I I I I I I I I I I 4 I -I- rI_ " /1\ _111 � I 1-I- 1 I -I 1 1 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I' I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I , I I ,I, I I, I, �11 I ,� ©r I IDrI 1 Or' , I�I I I IOI 1 O, I I I - ' I- - 1- - FI -'-I- I- -'- -'- - - + - t T J -IV I I I I I I I I I I ' 1 1 1 1 I I 1 I 1' I I' I I I I I' I 1 I ' I I I I ' I I I ' I I - + + - 1 - 1 - -' - -I F -11 I- -1- -I- -'- - L' I - -' -'- -'- - I- - - L I I I I I 1 , I I I I I I I I I I 1 1 I 1' I 1 1 I I, I I' I I I I I' I 11 I I I I , I I I I I I I i I ' I I , I I I I I I I I I I -=1rt- I- - - - =L-I - - -- = I- - ,-I-1-1- -i- - r - r - r + T- - I 1' I I I I, I I I I I I I I I I *L1 I I I O I I I OL1 I I I I I I I I I 1 1 I I I , O I I I I I I I I I I = T+- I -J--- Ir---I--I-I --I I ,-1-'-1--I--�-F-+L+- I, 1 I I I I, I 1 I, , I I I I I I I I I , 1 I, I I, , I©I I I I +I 1, I I I I I, I 1 I I, , I, I I I I I, I - I +T-7- ---1F-1--1--1--�-I 1 I -1-1-1--I--J-L--LtT- I 1 I I I II 1 I I I I, I I I I I, I I I I I II 1 I I I I I, I I I I I, I I, I I I I, I 1 I, , I, I I I I I, I - r + - + - I - - -I L -1- -I- -'- - L - r- I- I 11-I- - 1- - 1_ - - I V _ - 1 I I I IJII 1 I I I I I, I I I I I, I *rI I I I l* I I Ori ' *I +I -4 - 1 ' I --I- -I I 01 I I I I I' I - t T - J - -1 - -I, -I- -I - F, ,-I-1-1- I I I„ I II I 1 I I I I I' I I I I I' 1 I I 1 11 12 I I I I 1 1 ++BRAA�ICH LI�IESI�---1----I------ - I' - -; -; - I I I (I' Y P�C A4) 11 I 1 I I 1 1 1 I' I I I I I' I I 1 I I I I I I I I* I I I 1 0 1 ' I I1I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I -___L - ---1--1L---1--I--I -I I I -I-,-1--1--r-r-rrT- I I I I I I I 1 I I I I I 1 I I I I I I I OL I I I I IO� 1 I 1 10' 1 ' I I I I I I I I I I I I II, I I 1 1 O I I I I I I I I I I --r-I--1--I--r-I I , -1-1-1--I----f--+t+- I I II, 1 1 I , I I I I I I I I I I, I I I I, I I I, I I O I I I I 10 1 +-I---1- I---1F-I--I--1 - --�_-I-1 I-I-I-1--1--I--L-�_r�_- I , I I I I I, I I I I, , I, I I I I I, I I I I I I I I I , I, I I I I I, I I I I I ; 1 I I I I , I, I I I I I, I - r + I - 1 - I - � - -1 L -I -I - -'- - L - rl I -1-1-I - 1- - 1- - L - I + _ - I I I I 1, I I I I, , I, I I I I I, I Or I 1©� I ' I IOrI ' I*I I I I IOI I 11 I I I O I I' I I I I I' I t + I - - 7 - -I - -I 1- -1- -I- -I- - - - +, ,-I-I-1- - I- - - I - I r I - I ' I i i I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I' I I I I I' I - + + - - - -i - -I - -I F -1- - I - - I- - I - LI ,- I - I - I - I 1 I I I I I I I I i I I I 1 I 1 11 I I I I 1 I I 1 i 1 1 I I 1 1 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I - 1 + - - - ILI 1 rt- i I I I- - - - I- - -I-,-I--1--I--r-rr7- O L I I * 1 I O L I ' , I I , I , O I I I I I I I I I I - i T+- , -J---IIr-I--1--I--r--I , -1-1-1--I--I--L-+-IF+- 1 , I 1 I I, I 1 I I, , 11 I I I I I I I , I I 1 I, I , , I* I I I I I© I 1, I 1 I 1, I 1 I, , I, I I I I 1, I +1-7- ---IF-I--1--I--I--I I I-1-,-I--I--L-J---Lr�-- 1 , I 1 I 1 I, I I 1 I 1, I, I I I I I, I 1, 1 I I, I 1 I, , I, I I I I I, I I I 1 , I 1 1 , I I I I I I I 1"I 1 + L 1-1 I I 1_ J I -}'----I--1--1--'I--I--I--L- 1 a 1- I----I--1-- I - -I_-' I 0,- I_, - I - -I- -I- - _ 1 +1- OI I 7-7- I I - -I -- I- - I- - I I _r-T T-7-1- 1 1 1--1--1 -TI r-T- I II-7 1 I I -I - - I I I -II r-T-7-1---.--I--I--I I I r-r-T-7-7- I 11 I I I--r- 1-T-T-T-7-_ _ T I- --I r I I , I I' I I I I I I I I I I I I' I I I I I I I I, I I I , I I I, I I I, I I I I' I I I' I I ' I I I I I 11 I I I r I I I ,IJ r 11 I Ih - -I JI I I' I I I ,IJ' I I 11 I I I I O 1 1 I I 1 O I - - - - I ' I ' ' Or, ,rOl r7O1 j7©I 1O1 1�01 Qr, I I*H I I I*d I I I NQI I I I I OrI I Or1 I Orl I IOI I I I IQI I I I IQrI I I I IQrI I I I I, I I I ,I I I I I, I I I I I, I I I I I I 11 I 11 I I II I I I I I 11 I I I II I I I II , I I I II I ` 1 L-I 1 I-1 -1-1- -I- -I- - rr1--t-t--t-1--11-1--1--I--I--1-1---1-t-t Ffi-1-1-,-1--1--I--I--1-,-I--t--t-t-t 1-1--1--1--I--I--Ir-r-t-t-t--t-11--1--1--1--I--I--Ir-N-I--t-tl-t-1-1-- I--1--1-JI--L-L--T-1-=-17---I----1--1-t---L-7- _- 1 I - I I, I I I I, I I I, I I I I I, I I I I I, I I I I I I 11 I I I' I I , I I I I I I 11 I I I II I I I I, I I I ,I I I I I I I I I 1, I I I 1 1 ' l I I I I I I I I 1 I I I 1 I' I 1 - I--+,-+- I I 11 I I 1 3" ©' ' 1 1 I I, r I I, I I I I, I I I, I I I I I, I I I I I, I I I I I I 11 I I I' I I , I I I I I I 11 I I I II I I I I, I I I ,I I I I I I I I I I I I 11 I ' 11 ' - t�-----I�-----I-T- L- +- +- r--------I---I--4 -� - - - i--4--I1---- +I- - I- -�- -+- - I------IL-------N-L-1-1-1= - - 1--1----1-----F--=-r- -�I- - I I, I I I I, I I I , I I I I I, I I I I I, I I I I I I II I I I' I I I I I I I I I I, I I I I I I I I I I I I I , I I I I I I I 1, 1 I I I I, 1 I- 1 , 1 1 � IOLI I I IOLI I I I ,JOI I I I F JOI I I I F J©I IOI I I� IJOI O4 OLi OLi F OI OL I I I Qy I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I _I_-I--L-L-L L_1_1_1J_J__I__I__IJ_I__L-L_L-L 1_1-A „J__I__I_ 1_____LI_L_L_I-1-1-J-J--1--IF_I__I__L -L-1 „1_1-J--I I I 1 I ' 3 7 r -r 1 I -� I -T- 7�-- -r - I- I " ,- -1-1- +--I--'-1-1--I--I--I--'I- - -1-1- 11---1--'--I--I--i-1- --I-'-''-1--1--1--I--I--IL- - --''-1-1--'--'L-'- J I-'-1- -1- -1J-I- - - - -- - - - - -I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I 11 I -I 1 1 1 I I I I I I I I1 I I I I I I I -1 II I -I--I- r-1-r-T-1-1-7- -I- -I- -r 1 + I I I I I I 1' II " ' I I I I T " - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - '1/2 ' I I ' 1 ' I I I I I ,- L-+I- +- I I I I I I ©' I I 1-L-L,-4-- „ I I, I I 11 I I -�--+' I I I O 1 if�a I I o I I I I I I o 1 I I o 1 I I 1 1 -1 rt-'-1--I--I- ' I I I -1 I- I--FI---r-r--r--r-�-7--I--I-I-I--I--I--r-I-rLr- I I I I 11 I I '1 I I I I I I I I I I I' I I ----1--1-1-1--I--r-T--rLrt- I I 1: I I I I I' I I I I 1' I t- ,---11--I- I I I I '-i * l I ' I I I I I I I h* I I I I I I I I I I I OII I I I I I I O l I I I I f- y© I I I I I' I I I I I O r1 I I I I I, I I I© r, I I I I I' I I I I O r I I I I I ' I I I I* I I I I I I 1 -1-1 - - - -I- -I- I ' I I I ' I I , I I -I- -t I- - � I I 11 I I I - F - + - I I I + - I I ,I I I + - 1 - -I - - - I 11 I I I, I -1-1-1- -I- I, I I j I I -j- - I- - r I j I I I I I I, I I - + - + - + - 4 T- -� - � - -I- I I I I, I I I I I, I -I--1-1-1- I I I, I I I I I, I - I- - I- - + - + r + I I I I, I I I I I, I - 4 - -1 - -i - -Ir -1- I I I 11 I I I I I I ' I I I -� -'-1 - -I - -1- -I- I ' I I I I I 11 I I I , I I -I- -1 I- - L I I , I I I I I I - L - L - I I I I L - I I ,I I I I ,I I I T - 11 - J - -1 - I 11 I I I, I I, I -1-1-1- -I- I, I I j I I I j I I -I- - 1- - r- I I I I I I I I, I I I I I I, I I - L - L - 1 - -1 t J - -1 - -1- I I I I, I I I I I, I I I I, I -1--1-1-1- I I I, I I I I I, I I I I I, I - I- - L - L - L + T I I I I, I I I I I, I I I I I, I - A - -I - -1 - -IF- -I- I I I I, I I I I I I I ' I I I -'j--1--1--1--1-11--1--= I I , I I I I , I I I I I I I - _ - I I _ -1-f- I 11 I I I 11 I I ----1-I-1--1--I--1I- I I, I I, I I I I I I I I I I I I I, I I I I I I, I I = -I- 1I- 1--1--I--I I I I, I I I I, I III-1--J-I I I I I, I I I I I, I - L I I I I I, I I I I 11 I - I' I I I 1 1 l O l I I 11 1 I I I I I O I I 1 I I 1 I 1 II I I OII I I I, I I* 1 I I I I I I � I I I I I, I I I � I I I I I, I I � I I I I I I I I I � I I I I I 111J1 I l O 11 I' I I I -' I I I I I I I I I I 'I I I I- 1 1 I I I 11 I II I I I I I I I I I 'I I I I_ I I 'I I I 11 I' I -' I' I I I I- -L I I I I I- I- I I' I I I I I r I I I I I' I I I I I' I I-' I I I' I I I I I' I r I I I I I' I I I I 1' I r I I I 1' I I I I I I I I I I - -I- - - - - I- I I I I I 'I I - - - f - - - 1- '1 I I I I - - - - 1 I I - - I I I I 11 I I - - + - - - - - 1 '1 I' I I' I - - 1- - - 1 1 I I 1 1 I I - - - - �- I I I I I I' I I I I I I' I I - - - - i- - - - - I I I' I I I I' I 1 _I I I I I' I I I I I' I - - - - L - I I I 1' I I I I I' I - - - - - - - - F- - - 1 I' I I I I' I I I I I I I I I I I I I 'I I I I ' I I I I I I I 11/2" I I I I I I I 11 I I I 11 I I I' I I' I I' I I I I I I I I I I I I I I' I I I I I I' I I I I I I' I I I' I I I I' I 1 I I I I' I I I I I' I ' I I I I' I I I I 1' I ' -,_1---I--I--I- ;I--rBR RANCH, I LNE -; - ----;-----�--; -i -r--r- --t -i--i--I--I--I-;-I--r--r-; --r - - --1--I; -I- 1 I-'* I I I I I I I I H©I I I I I (TYPICAL) I I I I*11 I I I I I I+ I I I I I - -IQ I I j I I I I QrI I I I I I I I I I I©rI I I I I, I I I IQrI I I I I I, I I I I QFI I I I I I I -1-1------I--I--I-7I--I--1--+-+-+-71---�--1-1-1--I--i--�-L , 11 I I I +--+-+-+r----I--I--I--I-,-1--I--I--+-+r+-4--4----Ir-I- , ❑I I , I I I I , I I I I , I I I I I 11 I I I 11 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I ,1 I I I ,I I I I 11 I I I, I I I I I I I I j I I j I lb I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I, I I I I, I I I I, I I I I I, I I I I I, I I I I I, I I I I 11 I I I I 11 I I I I I, I ❑I 1 -1J - � - -I- -I- -I- 4I- - L - L - L - L - L- - -11 - J - -1 - -1-1-1- -I- -I- - I- - I- I - J- - -L - 1 - J t J - J - -I- -I--1-1-1- - 1- - L - L - -I- F T - J - J - J - -IF- -1- I I I I I I ,J O I I I I 11 I I I 1J O 1 I I I I I I I 11 I I I OII I I I I I, I I* I I I I I I I - J Q I I I I I I I, I I I I I O L, I I I, I I I I I I I I I O L I I I I I I I, I I I D L I I I I I I 11 I I I Q I 1 =-I1--1--1--1--1-11--1--= I I I I I I , I I I I I 11 I I I 1 1 I -_-=-1-y- I I I I I I II =----1-,-------I--= I I I 'I I I I I' I I I I I I I -_ -_ - - L =---------,-1--I--= I I I, I I I I I I I I I 1 I I I I 1' I 1 -I' - I r I I I I I' I 1 _i__I - r - I- I- I I I I 1' 1 I , I I I I , I I I - - - - - - - - - I, I I I I I I I I I I 11 I I I I I I - - - - - - - I I ,I I I I , I I I I I I - - - - - I I I I I I - - I I I 'I I I I 'I - - + - - - - - I I I I I 'I I I I' ' - -I- - - I I I' I I I I I I - - - - - - - - I I I I I I I I I, I I I I I I I I I - - - - - - - - - - - - - I I I I, I I I I I I, I I ' I '_�_ - -i- - -I I I I I I I I' I I' I I I' - - - - - - - - I- - I I I I I I I I I' I I I I' I I 1 ' - - - - - - - - H - - I I I I I I I I ' I I , I I I I , I I I - I- I ,1 * 1 I I I I I I , I I I I I I I - �I -- I 1 ,1 * l I I I I I I I I - -+- I I I I - I '1 'I I I - - L - - - - - ©II I I I 11 I I ' ' I I - -I- - - I li: I I I I I I - - _ - - - - 1* 1 I I I I I I I I I I I I I, I I - - - - - - - - I I I* r, I I I I I I I I I ' I I 1' I - - - - -'- - I I O 11 I I I I I I I I I' I I I ' I - - - I - - - - L - Q r I I I I I I I I I 1' I I I I I' I --I - - - - - - L- - - * l I I I I , r-,-1--1--I--I--I- I , I I I I , 1I--r-r-r-t-rt-I-r--1--1-1-1--I--,--r-r--r-r-T--fib I I , I I I I I I 11 I I I I I I I I I I I -1--1--1--1--1-1-I--r-r-r--TrY-r-7-_1--Ir-I- I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I II I I I 11 I , I I I I , I I I -,�--1--I--I--I- I , I I I I I I I I I , I I I I , I I VI--f--I--+-+-+-+-- I I 11 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I 11 I I II I I --1--1-1-1--I--I--I-- I 11 I I I II I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I--+-+-+-+r-�--II--I--I--1-1-1---- I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I, I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I --+-+I-+--F--I-�--IH-1- I I I I I I I I I I I 11 I I I 11 I I I I 11 I , I , I I I -I -1-J - -1 - -I- -I- 11 I I 11 I -I- 1 I- - L I I - L - L - I -L - I 11 I I 1 - f - J - -I - I I I I I -1-1-1- -I- I I I I _I_ - I_ - - - I I I I I I I I I L - -L - -L - -1 + -a - --I - -1 I I I I I I I I - -1- -1-1- I- I I I I I I I I I I - I- - L - L _ L JL 1 - I I I II I I I 11 I 1 _ -a _ � _ _IL -I- I I I I I ,JOI 1 , 1 I I I 11 I ,JOI I I , 1 I I I I I I I 11 I I ©11 I I I 11 I I I I I I I * I 11 I I I OI I I I I I I I I I I©L, I I I I I I I I I I I I I IOLI I I I, I I I I I I I I I IOLI I I I I, I I I I 11 I I I lOy I I I I, I -' 1 - -1 - -1 - - I , 1 I I - - 1- -L l - 1- I I 11 I - 1 - _ - I _ - - t - 1 - -1 - 11 -1 -, - - - 1 1 - - - _ - L L - _ - 1 - L J - -1 - -1 I I I I I I I - - - - - - - I I I, I - I - - L - _ L J - I I I I, I _ - I - -I - -I F- -I - I I I 11 I I❑ 1 I I I I I I m 1 I I I I I I I III I I' I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I 11 I 11 I I I I r I I I I r I I I I I ii I 11 I - ,_ I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I 11 I I I I 11 I I I I � I I I I 11 I I I O I I I I I I O I 1 - © ' 1 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I 1 I I I I I I I 11 I I I I 11 I I I I � I I I I i I I I I' I I I I I I _ I II 1 I--t-tJt-_t-1--1--IJ-1--I--I--N- L_-T-+-4--1L-1--1--1--I--Il-I--F-=-t-t'-_t-1----I--li--I--I--I--I--�-t -I -I +I-I-I--1--1--I--I-I 1 �� N-11-t-+-t- t11 I IOF I I I IOF-: I I I I*r- 1 O�-4-1 1 1 1 ION I I I OFF I I I I * i I I I I©1� I I I I I I I I I I 1 I I ' I I© I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I i I I I I I 11 I I I I I I -L-LL_ I I' I I I I' I I I I' I I I I ' I I I' I I I I I' I I I I I' I I I I' I I I I i I I I I I I I I' I I I 1 I I I I I' I I I I' + 1 I--1--+--4--4--4--I-'-I--I--I--I--1-'-+--r-=-1-J I-1--1--1--1--1I -L - __ -I-4-- T'--+---I-- -- J I--1--Il--I--I--4------_T---1-'-I--I--I--I-- -r , ' 1 I 1 I I I I I I 1 I I I 1 f 11I I I 1 I I I I I , - I A 1 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I � I I I I � I I 1 6 I I I I I , 1 1 1' " , O ©---J O-� IOL' I I I OL' I I I I i I I I I I; I I I I I: I L� �:111: I 1 I I I 1 ©I ' I 4 1 L_L 1 1_1_J_J _I1_I__I__I__L L1-L_ -__1 _J _I _I__I__I__I_ _L_L_1-1 _J 1--I--r-r-r-T-Y-1 - 1 1 rJF L f I---'-I----L-r-J-+ I , I I I' I I I I I 1 '' 1 I ' I '' 1 I ' 0 1 1 1 O J 1" 1 I I I I I I I I I I 1 I I I I I 1 1 I' I- -I--I--I- - I I--Irk-T----I I I 1 I I I 1 I I ' II ii I I 1 I I 1 '144 I 1 I I I 1, 1 I I I I --I--I-L• F-}--+-+-4--A-J 1-I----I--11 I I I I I I I I I I I I I. �� I " ' I I I O I I I I I 1 I O' ' ' I ' 1 ' J 1n I, I I I I I I I, 1 I L-T-1i-1-JL --j--j--j--1--1-I-' --' ' ' I I I, I I I I I I I, 11 I 1 ,I, I I I I I I I I ' ' 1 1 I W I I'7 I I I I I I I I I 1 ,11 I, I 1 I I 1 1 - -1 - - I - I- 1- - 1- - - - I _ - + 1 - 1 I I I I I I 11 1 1 " 1 I I I -I--+1-+- „ I I I 1- I- - a-'- +- I ©' I I 1" I I I I II ' - ---------®- - -, II I--- +-----I--l----I- 1 1111 I n �1_ - - •.:y�L.--�--._-.J• •-. - l l I l , l -+ - - - -I - J - -I - - - - I- �� I i li i 2----------------I--- O I 1 L 1 1 3 1 1 1 1 - I -- I _ 1 --I 1----a_- I - - - - I- I O 1 I 1" 1 1" 1" 7- --I- -1-- - I -- - - - -T I I I I I I 1" 1 1 1" 1 II I I 1 1 I - - -- -its - y - -JOI-- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 1'' I I I -I - -' - -' - - '- ' I I I„ Z T__ ---I- l -11 I ' J O O O ' ' 1' ' 1 I©I I I I I�I' I ' ' I �� I 1 1 O -----------'--- - - ' O '2/2 - • - - - - - - - - - - - - - r - r - 7 7 - T I I I ,O 7- J- J L - J , 11/4" I [ : _:_ __ ' I/ 11 1 --- ---1�2-----Q--------------Q-------------E}-------------E}-------------E}------I------E}--------1----}-------------E}----------'---E}--------„-----E}----------,---------1-2---0----J 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 O 2 2 SHEET NOTES Sverdrup SVERDRUP FACILITIES, INC. O RELOCATE EXISTING PENDENT SPRINKLER AND REPLACE WITH NEW Florida Corporate License #AA C001291 PENDENT SPRINKLER AS SHOWN. 5750 Major Boulevard, Suite 500, Orlando, Florida 32819-7946 (407) 903-5001 Fax (407) 903-5150 OEXTEND OR CUT BACK EXISTING DROP DUE TO CEILING ELEVATION STALEY CONSULTING INCORPORATED CHANGE AND REPLACE WITH NEW PENDENT SPRINKLER. 498 PALM SPRINGS DRIVE, SUITE 370 ALTAMONTE SPRINGS, FL 32701 O INSTALL MECHANICAL TEE ONTO EXISTING BRANCH LINE AND ADD A NEW (407) 834-9962 Fax (407) 834-3370 PENDENT SPRINKLER AS SHOWN. FIRE PROTECTION ENGINEER OF RECORD . OINSTALL MECHANICAL TEE ONTO EXISTING BRANCH LINE AND ADD A NEW NAME: NEIL E STALEY, P.E. DRY PENDENT SPRINKLER AS SHOWN. REGISTRATION., FLORIDA REG. #PE0046710 5 RRAN L REMOVE EXISTING PENDENT SPRINKLER AND DROP, PLUG AT H IN . Seal B C E \6> ESCUTCHEON NEEDS TO BE REPLACED OEXISTING UPRIGHTS IN CONCEALED COMBUSTIBLE SPACE ABOVE CANOPY CEILING. INSTALL MECHANICAL TEE ONTO EXISTING CROSS MAIN AND ADD A ws"�� (; gO BRANCH LINE. INSTALL NEW DRY PENDENT SPRINKLERS AS SHOWN. Y/ � �, 1V1 9 /4' REMOVE EXISTING PENDENT SPRINKLER, DROP AND PARTIAL BRANCH LINE AS SHOWN. INSTALL NEW SPRINKLER RAN Revision: 10 LL E S LE BRANCH LINE DUE TO EXISTING SPRINKLER BRANCH LINE REMOVAL AS SHOWN. Date: By: Description: 11 EXTEND OR CUT BACK EXISTING DROP DUE TO CEILING ELEVATION CHANGE AND REPLACE WITH NEW PENDENT SPRINKLER IN SOFFIT AREA. NOTE: ALL EXISTING BRANCH LINES ARE TYPICAL (I 2'') (UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE). FIRE SPRINKLER DESIGN DENSITY THIS DESIGN DENSITY IS TO BE APPLIED TO NEW CONSTRUCTION SALES AREA: 0.20 GPM/SQ. FT. OVER THE MOST REMOTE 1500 SO. FT., 130 SO. FT. PER SPRINKLER MAXIMUM COVERAGE, 165" F. / " ORIFICE, WHITE RECESSED PENDENT WITH ESCUTCHEONS Tb MATCH X EXISTING AND 5.6 K FACTOR. V • D GROCERY STORAGE C 0.20 GPM/SQ. FT. OVER THE MOST R MOTE 1500 SQ. FT., a 130 SO. FT, PER SPRINKLER MAXIMUM COVERAGE, 286" F. I'/ " • ORIFICE, WHITE RECESSED PENDENT WITH ESCUTCHEONS T� MATCH EXISTING AND 5.6 K-FACTOR. r OTHER AREAS WHERE THE DENSITY AND TEMPERATURE RATING SHOULD W MATCH THAT USED IN GROCERY STORAGE AREAS INCLUDE: BAKERY MLMi WORKROOM, SCULLERY, BAKERY STORAGE, PRODUCE WORKROOM, RECEIVING, SEAFOOD DEPT, MEAT PACKAGING ROOM, MEAT CUTTING ROOM, BOTTLE a) ROOM, DELI KITCHEN, DELI PREP, ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT ROOM, NOO MEAT AND DELI SUPPLY AND BALER ROOM. FREEZER/COOLER AREAS SAME AS GROCERY STORAGE AREA EXCEPT CHROME0 DRY PENDENT SPRINKLERS SHOUILD BE USED. I E I QD D IN= 00 cr:3- Zo a"' 0 O z I` _ J r LLJ w c � LQ� LL(z^ owg� ��o a� w�gw �3:: I D�woO ��Q= FIRE SPRINKLER LEGEND OI- CD_ x J WzC9>_ o � o LU O U Q IL O w CO I- C)��N O EXISTING PENDENT SPRINKLER TO REMAIN. EXISTING PENDENT SPRINKLER TO BE RELOCATED, Key Plan: • RELOCATED AND/OR ADDED PENDENT SPRINKLER. PLAN NORTH EXISTING PENDENT SPRINKLER TO BE REMOVED. N RELOCATED AND/OR ADDED DRY PENDENT SPRINKLER, O EXISTING UPRIGHT PENDENT SPRINKLER TO REMAIN. - - - - EXISTING FIRE SPRINKLER PIPE TRUE NORTH HH/i/ EXISTING BRANCH LINE BEING REMOVED. NEW FIRE SPRINKLER PIPE Scales: / PIPE HANGER FIRE SPRINKLER RISER AND MAIN DRAIN b-- INSPECTOR'S TEST � FLUSHING CONNECTION --<FIRE DEPARTMENT CONNECTION ONOTE POINTS 0 4' 8' 16, 24' �I/8I, = 11 _ 01, Sverdrup Project No.: 22196390 Drawing Title: FIRE PROTECTION PLAN 7)'1-MAP-lggq C7=�Q m1P,P _ ?21g63g2 �iGcadd\712fp\390T--;31_w.dgn u i3 Date: 03/19/99 10 Designed By: NES Drawn By: WGL Checked By: WDP Drawing No.: F300 E Vol c r A EXISTING BRANCH LINE T ACOUSTICAL CEILING 1" GLOBE VALVE ALL THREAD ROD PIPE (SPECIFY SIZE & LENGTH) 1" ARM -OVER (LENGTHS VARY) C1\ FIRE SPRINKLER RELOCATION DETAIL F601 N.T.S. EXISTING INSPECTOR'S TEST DETAIL N.T.S. RELOCATED \)INKLER SION WING D ONE G EXISTING BRANCH LINE — ACOUSTICAL CEILING C21 FIRE SPRINKLER RELOCATION DETAIL F601 N.T.S. THIS DETAIL IS FOR A DRY PENDENT SPRINKLER _132_� 2 HOUR GYPSUM WALL F601 N.T.S. UL SYSTEM NUMBER W-L-2014 STEEL ANGLE IRON ALL -THREAD ROD SIZES 1. FOR PIPE UP TO 4" 3/8" ROD TO BE USED 2. FOR PIPE 6" & 8" 1/2" ROD TO BE USED 1" ARM -OVER (LENGTHS VARY) TEE WITH NIPPLE AND CAP V 1" DRY PENDENT SPRINKLER LAYERS OF 5/8'' TYPE "X" YPSUM WALL BOARD >TEEL PIPE UP TO 4" I.D, 5/4" MINIMUM ANNULUS 3 1/2" MAXIMUM ANNULUS 1 1/4'' OF CAULK SEALANT MINIMUM MINERAL WOOL BATT INSULATION 1 1/4" MIN, ON BOTH SIDES WIRE MESH OR STEEL SLEEVE TOP BEAM CLAMP ALL -THREAD ROD (LENGTHS VARY) SWIVEL HANGER RING FIRE SPRINKLER GENERAL NOTES I. DESIGN SHALL BE BASED ON NFPA 13 ORDINARY HAZARD GROUP 2, 2. ALL MATERIALS, FABRICATION AND INSTALLATION TO BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LATEST EDITION OF NFPA 13 AND ANY OTHER APPLICABLE CODES, 3. FIRE SPRINKLER CONTRACTOR SHALL VISIT THE SITE AND VERIFY ALL EXISTING CONDITIONS BEFORE ANY BIDDING, FABRICATION AND INSTALLATION HAS BEGUN. 4. FIRE SPRINKLER CONTRACTOR SHALL ALSO COORDINATE WORK WITH OTHER TRADES THAT MAY COME INTO CONFLICT BEFORE ANY INSTALLATION. 5. SPRINKLER HEADS SHALL BE AS FOLLOWS: PENDENT SPRINKLERS SHALL BE WHITE I/2'' ORIFICE WITH %2" THREADED OUTLET, 1650 F AND 5.6 K-FACTOR WITH WHITE RECESSED 2-PEICE DEEP ESCUTCHEONS EQUAL TO THE RELIABLE MODEL "G" SPRINKLER. U.N.O. UPRIGHT SPRINKLERS SHALL BE BRASS, %2" ORIFICE WITH I/2" THREADED OUTLET, 212° F AND 5.6 K-FACTOR EQUAL TO THE RELIABLE MODEL "G" SPRINKLER. THE FOLLOWING (3) MANUFACTURERS SHALL BE USED: A. CENTRAL SPRINKLER CORPORATION B. THE VIKING CORPORATION C. THE RELIABLE SPRINKLER CORPORATION, INC. 6. ALL CROSS MAIN PIPING TO BE SCHEDULE 10 BLACK PIPE. ALL BRANCH LINE PIPING TO BE SCHEDULE 40 BLACK THREADABLE PIPE. 7, ALL FITTINGS FOR SCHEDULE 10 PIPE TO BE WELDED, FLANGED AND/OR GROOVED. ALL FITTINGS FOR SCHEDULE 40 PIPE TO BE THREADED AND/OR GROOVED. 8. ALL NEW FIRE SPRINKLER COMPONENTS SHALL BE U.L. & F.M. APPROVED. 9. ALL EXISTING SPRINKLER BRANCH LINES AND CROSS MAINS TO REMAIN U.N.O. 10, ADJUST SPRINKLER DROPS WHERE APPLICABLE DUE TO NEW CEILING HEIGHT. 11, FIRE SPRINKLER CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR REMOVING ANY SPRINKLER HEADS AND DROPS NECESSARY FOR DEMOLITION OF ANY KIND. 12.FIRE SPRINKLER HEADS AND/OR ESCUTCHEONS THAT HAVE CORRODED SHALL BE REPLACED WITH NEW TO MATCH EXISTING. 13. ALL AREAS WHERE THE CEILING TILE IS TO BE REPLACED, A NEW WHITE RECESSED SPRINKLER HEAD SHOULD BE INSTALLED. BATT INSULATION 14' - 0" �( CEILING HEIGHT NEW SUSPENDED — CEILIND AND GRID 5/8'' GYPSUM BOARD ON 3 5/8'' STUDS �8' -3" BOT OF SOFFIT 01-011 TOP OF EXIST TERRAllO OSA SOFFIT SPRINKLER DETAIL N.T.S. NEW BRANCH LINE CONTINQUS STEEL BOTTOM TRACK 8I_8II CEILING HEIGHT NEW COOLER PANEL CEILNG NEW PENDENT SPRINKLER HEAD BELOW SOFFIT SVERDRUP FACILITIES, INC. Florida Corporate License #AA C001291 5750 Major Boulevard, Suite 500, Orlando, Florida 32819-7946 (407) 903-5001 Fax (407) 903-5150 STALEY CONSULTING INCORPORATED 498 PALM SPRINGS DRIVE, SUITE 370 ALTAMONTE SPRINGS, FL 32701 (407) 834-9962 Fax (407) 834-3370 FIRE PROTECTION ENGINEER OF RECORD NAME: NEIL E STALEY, P.E. REGISTRATION: FLORIDA REG. #PE0046710 Seal Revision: Date: By: Description: IL a) D co Nco = co co co 0 Z co X Cn L u Q L- I w W o z co gaEE <L� oWg� a�� Q UJ gW Z m3: t* 5; o iZ FZ J � = CL 1_y7 9 _ 0 ONLU O Q O w H O M w 0 LL co to Key Plan: Scales: Sverdrup Project No.: 22196390 Drawing Title: FIRE PROTECTION PLAN Al1 TRAPEZE HANGER DETAIL F601 N.T.S. 23-MAR-1999 07037 millereo peA22196390\700cadd\712fp\390f601w.dgn A2� BAR JOIST/BEAM HANGER DETAIL F601 l N.T.S. Date: 03/19/99 Designed By: NES Drawing No.: Drawn By. WGL Checked By: WDP F601 a 0 c c , REFURB 0 KEFURBNSHSED o V VIP-8 w ; ' ABANDON I I omc W EXISTING W PIT 04 verwrap 4 05U-4 05iA-4 lf-s elf -serve I full -serve full -serve 121-2- 12'-4- V-0. ( I i - — - — - — - — - — - — - — - — - — - — _ — _ — - — - — - EXISTING WATER HEATER TO REMAIN EXIST. HEAT RECLAIM TANK m m m NNxmm�'�mm NmNm��m^N TO REMAIN ! ul 0-MATE TKI-MATE TKI-MATE t4 I I , I 1 I I X I I I I 1 NEW CONDENSERS SEE SHEET R2 FOR DESCRIPTION IT, ETA '_T13f3-4,078TV WE 1 Ij49 cn i8_ NEW CONDENSE SEE SHEET R2 FOR DESCRIPTION MACHINE ROOM #1 HEAT RECLAIM - ALL HEAT RECLAIM TO REMAIN A5 EX15TING cirnPG OP 1A/nPIC A. RACKS 1. Refrigeration Contractor shall supply all refrigerants and oils to retrofit rocks to the now refrigerants listed on the 'R-2' sheet. 2. Refrigerant retrofits shall Comply to the Pubiix Refrigerant Retrofit Guide. 3. Refrigeration Contractor shall set and start all self-contained equipment, including Ice machines, furnished by Pubiix. B. BENCHES 1. Refrigeration Contractor to add cross steel to benches to allow condensers to be mounted. C. COOLER5 AND FREEZERS 1. Refrigeration Contractor shall install CPC probes in coolers and freezers. Probes are furnished by Publix. 2. Refrigeration Contractor shall install all new coolers and freezers as per the 'R-1' sheet. 3. Refrigeration Contractor shall install and pipe all evaporator coils, hand valves and ball valves in coolers and freezers. Valves supplied by Refrigeration Contractor. D. LINE5 1. Refrigeration Contractor shall use the existing refrigeration lines unless line change is noted on 'R-2' sheet. If existing line does not meet the recommended linesize shown on the 'R-2', then the Publix Refrigeration Coordinator and Contractor shall agree to change the line at a Separate price from the bid. 2. Re -insulate all low -temperature lines. 3. No refrigeration lines to be run over sales area without permission from Publix Refrigeration Representative. Approval must be received before lines are run overhead and lines must have drip pans below them. NOTE: AMOUNTS OF REFRIGERANT THIS PLAN COWLIE5 WITH ASHRAE STANDARD 15-1994 THE FOLLOWING ARE THE ALLOWABLE AMOUNTS OF REFRIGERANT PER STANDARD 15-1994 IN POUNDS ALLOWABLE AMOUNT L135. PER TOTAL CU. FT. ACTUAL W80 12549 1350 R22 7917 1800 ! Z CNn !C M H m In W mime - Z J U2LL LL Z Si ) L U � W 3 �W Cr. C3 81 T Z CL 05 CV W 0 W LL �t'.-. U X Z Ufa. a °x 0.8 .0 Q THESE CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS ARE THE PROPERTY OF PUBLIX SUPER MARKETS, INC. AND ARE NOT TO BE COPIED OR REUSED FOR ANY SPECIFIC BUILDING WITHOUT WRITTEN PERMISSION. TFSE pRAWINGS SHALL NOT BE DUPLICATED WITHOUT PRIOR WRITTEN PERMISSION OF PUBLIX SUPER MARKETS, INC. THE DESIGN INDICATED IN THESE CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS DOES: TO THE BEST OF MY KNOWLEDGE INFORMATION, AND BELIEF: COMPLY WITH THE APPLICABLE MINIMUM BUILDING CODES MAR 2 4 1999 N Z 0 Q U OQ I W _I F- =C>=:)(5 0 ! pr J U M W V) LL_ w Wa 3 J 0 IIr E--w.j OC/)>= 0' wXz>_ I zmoa � t-- N Z W K O F M-,.,an-igaa is=35 MQAAI E=\.,e.10\remodel\0390\0390crl.dgn REFRI�EF�ATION FL��R 0 a a SCALE: ,,8„ = 1'-0' 40M 1 R-1 of 3 F F,,,EFF,,IGEF,.,ATION INSTALLATION SPECIFICATIONS 1. GENERAL 1.1 DEFINITION OF TEKM5 1.1.1 'CONTRACTOR' SHALL MEAN THE REFRIGERATION INSTALLATION CONTRACTOR. 1.1.2 'OWNER' 15 PUBLIX SUPER MARKETS, INC. 1.1.3 'MANUFACTURER' SHALL MEAN THE COMPANY OR COMPANIES WHICH WILL SUPPLY VARIOUS EQUIPMENT SUCH AS MECHANICAL CENTERS, CASES, WEATHERPAC5, COILS, ETC. 1.1.4 "REFRIGERATION INSTALLATION" SHALL MEAN THE NECESSARY LABOR AND ALL PARTS AND ACCESSORIES NECESSARY TO COMPLETE THE WORK OUTLINED IN TH15 SPECIFICATION. 1.2 SCOPE OF WORK 1.2.1 THE SPECIFICATIONS ARE INTENDED TO COVER THE INSTALLATION OF MECHANICAL CENTERS, CONDENSERS, COILS, CASES, CONDENSING UNITS AND ALL OTHER FITTINGS, DEVICES AND ACCESSORIES REQUIRED TO COMPLETE THE REFRIGERATION SYSTEMS, AS SHOWN OR CALLED FOR ON THE REFRIGERATION PLANS AND SCHEDULES. 1.2.2 THE OM155ION FROM THESE SPECIFICATIONS OR FROM THE REFRIGERATION PLANS AND 5CHEDULE5 OF EXPRESS REFERENCE TO ANY PART5 NECESSARY FOR THE COMPLETE INSTALLATION 15 NOT TO BE CONSTRUED AS RELEA51NG THE CONTRACTOR FROM THE RESPONSIBILITY FOR FURNISHING SUCH PARTS. 1.2.3 FOR DETAILS OF INSTALLATION REFER TO THE REFRIGERATION PLAN, REFRIGERATION SCHEDULE, FLOOR PLAN, PLUMBING PLAN, ELECTRICAL PLAN, AIR CONDITIONING PLAN, MANUFACTURER'S INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS AND TO APPLICABLE CODES AND ORDINANCES. 1.2.4 NO ADDITIONAL PAYMENT OVER AND ABOVE THE CONTRACT PRICE WILL BE MADE UNLESS THE CONTRACTOR RECEIVES A WRITTEN ORDER BY THE OWNER OR His REPRESENTATIVE FOR THE ADDITION. 1.3 FEES, PERMITS, LICEN5E5 AND INSURANCE 1.3.1 ALL NECESSARY PERMITS AND LICEN5E5 INCIDENT TO THE WORK AND REQUIRED BY LOCAL ORDINANCE SHALL BE SECURED AND PAID FOR BY THE CONTRACTOR. ALL EQUIPMENT SHALL BE INSTALLED IN STRICT COMPLIANCE WITH ALL LOCAL BUILDING CODES AND ORDINANCES. 1.3.2 THE CONTRACTOR SHALL NOT COMMENCE WORK UNDER THE CONTRACT UNITIL HE HAS OBTAINED ALL INSURANCE REQUIRED HEREUNDER, AND HAS FILED CERTIFICATES TO THAT EFFECT WITH THE OWNER. 1.3.3 THE CONTRACTOR SHALL IDEMNIFY AND HOLD HARMLESS THE OWNER FOR ANY AND ALL CLAIMS, SUITS, LOSSES, DAMAGES, OK EXPENSES ON ACCOUNT OF BODILY INJURY, SICKNESS, DISEASE, DEATH, AND PROPERTY DAMAGE AS, A RESULT OF THE CONTRACTOR'S OPERATIONS, ACTS, OMISSIONS, NEGLECT OR MISCONDUCT IN CONNECTION WITH THI5 PROJECT. 1.4 THE FOLLOWING ITEMS WILL BE FURNISHED BY OWNER AND SET IN PLACE, INSTALLED AND CONNECTED BY THE CONTRACTOR, (EXCEPT FOR ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS WHICH SHALL BE MADE BY ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR ON THE JOB). THESE ITEMS MAY BE DESIGNATED OFCI (OWNER FURNISHED, CONTRACTOR INSTALLED) WHEN REFERENCED IN THE DOCUMENTS: PRE -MANUFACTURED MECHANICAL CENTERS. REFRIGERATED DISPLAY CASES. ALL SELF-CONTAINED REFRIGERATED EQUIPMENT. EVAPORATOR COILS FOR WALK-IN COOLERS AND FREEZERS. REMOTE CONDENSERS. MEAT CUTTING ROOM AND SEAFOOD CEILING. EVAPORATOR COILS FOR MEAT CUTTING ROOM AND SEAFOOD CEILING. 1.5 ALL WALK-IN COOLERS, FREEZERS, AND SHELVING WILL BE FURNISHED, SET IN PLACE AND INSTALLED BY OWNER AND CONNECTED BY CONTRACTOR, (EXCEPT FOR ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS WHICH WILL BE MADE BY ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR). 1.6 THE REFRIGERATION SYSTEM SHALL BE INSTALLED BY THE CONTRACTOR AS PER THE "Rl, K2 AND K3' SHEETS. ANY CHANGES SHALL BE BROUGHT TO THE ATTENTION OF THE FACILITY SERVICE REFRIGERATION COORDINATOR BEFORE IMPLEMENTATION OF THE CHANGE. 1.7 MATERAL APPROVAL 1.7.1 THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE PRODUCT 5PECIFICATION5 FOR MATERIALS THAT ARE DIFFERENT FROM THE PUBLIX APPROVED MATERIALS. SPECIFICATIONS SHALL BE SUBMITTED TO THE PUBLIX REFRIGERATION COORDINATOR OR THE REFRIGERATION DESIGN DEPARMENT FOR APPROVAL. 1.8 QUALITY A55URANCE 1.6.1 THE CONTRACTOR SHALL HAVE THE FOLLOWING CERTIFICATION AND PROPER TRAINING IN REFRIGERATION INSTALLATION AND SERVICE: STATE CERTIFICATION CERTIFICATION IN COMPLIANCE WITH EPA GUIDELINE5 TO HANDLE ALL REFRIGERANTS. MINIMUM OF 5 YEARS EXPERIENCE IN SUPERMARKET REFRIGERATION INSTALLATION AND SERVICE 1,8.2 THE LEAD PERSON SHALL HAVE THE FOLLOWING CERTIFICATION AND PROPER TRAINING IN REFRIGERATION INSTALLATION: CERTIFICATION REQUIRED BY LOCAL JURISDICTION. CERTIFICATION IN COMPLIANCE WITH EPA GUIDELINES t0 HANDLE ALL REFRIGERANTS. PROJECT MANAGEMENT TRAINING AND SKILLS MINIMUM OF 5 YEARS EXPERIENCE IN SUPERMARKET REFRIGERATION INSTALLATION. ALL NECESSARY TRADE SKILLS. 1.9 SCHEDULING 1.9.1 THE CONTRACTOR SHALL ATTEND ALL COORDINATION MEETINGS WITH THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR OF THE JOB, 1.9.2 THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR WILL SET THE PROJECT TIMELINE AND THE CONTRACTOR SHALL FOLLOW AND COORDINATE THE REFRIGERATION INSTALL WITH THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO ENSURE THE JOB 15 COMPLETED ON TIME. 1.9.3 CONTRACTOR SHALL ADHERE TO ALL RULES AND SCHEDULING OF THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR. IF ANY CONFLICTS, INTERFERENCE, OR DISCREPANCIES COME TO THE ATTENTION OF THE CONTRACTOR, HE SHALL NOTIFY THE DIV151ONAL FACILITY SERVICE REFRIGERATION COORDINATOR IMMEDIATELY BEFORE PROCEEDING ANY FURTHER WITH THE INSTALLATION. 1.9.4 REFRIGERATION INSTALLING TEAM AND PUBLIX REFRIGERATION COORDINATORS SHALL HAVE A PRE -JOB MEETING WHICH SHALL INCLUDE THE FOLLOWING AGENDA ITEMS: REVIEW PLANS AND 5PECIFICATION5 COORDINATE INSTALL SCHEDULE WITH THE GENERAL PROJECT JOB 51TE SAFETY QUALITY OF THE INSTALLATION ROOF AWARENESS FLOOR CARE EQUIPMENT CARE COMMON OMISSIONS PUNCH L15T PROCESS EVACUATION AND 5TART-UP PROCESS VARIOUS INSTALLATION METH005 QUESTION AND AN5WEK5 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING 1.10.1 THE CONTRACTOR: SHALL ACCEPT DELIVERY AND UNLOAD ALL OWNER FURNISHED CONTRACTOR INSTALLED EQUIPMENT AND MATERIAL. SHALL INSPECT EQUIPMENT AND REPORT ALL SHORTAGES OF PARTS UPON DELIVERY iN WRITING, AND SUBMIT TO THE PUBLIX FACILITY SERVICE REFRIGERATION COORDINATOR. SHALL REPORT ALL DAMAGED EQUIPMENT RECEIVED FROM MANUFACTURER IN WRITING AND SUBMIT TO THE FACILITY SERVICE REFRIGERATION COORDINATOR. FAILURE TO FOLLOW THI5 PROCESS MAY RESULT IN THE DAMAGE BEING THE CONTRACTORS RESPONSIBILITY. SHALL MANAGE ALL PARTS THAT BELONG TO THE RELATED REFRIGERATION EQUIPMENT THROUGHOUT THE LIFE OF THE INSTALLATION OF THE JOB. SHALL PROVIDE ON51TE SECURED STORAGE. SUCH AS, LOCKING TRAILER, FOR TOOLS, EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS NEEDED TO INSTALL THE REFRIGERATION EQUIPMENT. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR WILL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR THE JOD5ITE SECURITY. 1.11 PROJECT/SITE CONDITIONS 1.11.1 THE CONTRACTOR SHALL INSTALL ALL REFRIGERATED EQUIPMENT IN STRICT COMPLIANCE WITH THE LOCAL BUILDING CODES AND ORDINANCES. 1.12 WARRANTY 1.12.1 THE CONTRACTOR: SHALL CHARGE REFRIGERATION RACKS TO A LEVEL OF 10% At FULL OPERATION BEFORE WARRANTY WILL BEGIN. SHALL REPLACE ALL REFRIGERANT L05T iN THE FiRST FULL YEAR OF THE WARRANTY. SHALL PROVIDE EMERGENCY SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE AS DEFINED BY THE PUBLIX SERVICE AGREEMENT DURING THE WARRANTY PERIOD. SHALL WARRANTY THE INSTALLATION FROM THE DATE THE STORE OPENS FOR BUSINESS, FOR ONE FULL CALENDAR YEAR. SHALL NOT REPAIR OR REPLACE ANY EQUIPMENT THAT 15 RECEIVED DAMAGED FROM THE MANUFACTURER WITHOUT THE MANUFACTURERS' REPRESENTATIVES' APPROVAL. 1.12.2 THERE SHALL BE A WARRANTY WALK THROUGH, WHICH WILL INCLUDE THE CONTRACTOR, MANUFACTURER'S REPRESENTATIVE, AND A PUBLIX REFRIGERATION COORDINATOR, 15 DAYS SUBSEQUENT TO THE WARRANTY EXPIRING. 1.12.3 WARRANTY SHALL NOT EXPIRE UNTIL ALL ITEMS ON WARRANTY WALK THROUGH ARE COMPLETED. 2. PRODUCT 2.1. VALVES: 2.1.1 SUPERIOR VALVES ARE THE APPROVED BRAND FOR ALL VALVES USED DURING NEW CONSTRUCTION, REMODELS, ANDIOR RETROFITS. IF SUPERIOR VALVES ARE NOT AVAILABLE, THEN CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBSTITUTE WITH HENRY VALVES. 2.2. PIPE INSULATION SHALL BE AS FOLLOWS: 2.2.1 ALL PIPE INSULATION SHALL BE 25/50 RATED. LOW TEMPERATURE REFRIGERATION LINES SHALL BE INSULATED WITH 1" THICK WALL INSULATION. MEDIUM TEMPERATURE LIQUID LINES SHALL BE INSULATED WITH 1/2' THICK WALL INSULATION. 2.2.2 ALL HEAT RECLAIM LINES SHALL BE INSULATED WITH 1/2' THICK WALL INSULATION. 2.2.3 ALL CASE AND EVAPORATOR DRAIN5 SHALL BE INSULATED WITH 1/2" THICK INSULATION FROM COIL TO DRAIN. 2.2.41NSULATION EXPOSED TO OUTDOOR CONDITIONS AND SALES AREA SHALL BE PAINTED WITH TWO COATS OF ELA5TOMERIC PAINT PER MANUFACTURERS RECOMMENDED APPLICATION PROCESS. 2.2.51N5ULATION EXPOSED TO 5ALE5 AREA FOR PIPING TO ISLAND CASES SHALL NOT HAVE DUCT TAPE. 2.2.6 THE FOLLOWING ARE THE APPROVED INSULATION BRANDS: RUBATEX NP-77 15 THE PREFERRED INSULATION FOR ALL APPLICATIONS. IF RUBATEX NP-77 15 NOT AVAILABLE, THEN THE CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBSTITUTE WITH ONE OF THE FOLLOWING APROVED BRANDS: AKM5TKON AP ARMAFEX 25/50, PRECISION AIR AP ARMAFLEX. OR RUBATEX F5-180. 2.3. ALL REFRIGERATED CONDENSING UNITS AND DISPLAY CA5E5 ARE MANUFACTURED BY HILL/PHOENIX, AND SHALL BE OWNER FURNISHED, CONTRACTOR INSTALLED. 2.4. ALL BAKERY DISPLAY CASES ARE MANUFACTURED BY STRUCTURAL CONCEPTS AND SHALL BE OWNER FURNISHED, CONTRACTOR INSTALLED. 2.5. ALL WALK-iN COOLERS, FREEZERS, AND SHELVING ARE MANUFACTURED BY KY50R/NEEDHAM AND SHALL BE OWNER FURNISHED, OWNER INSTALLED ON NEW STORES AND OWNER FURNISHED CONTRACTOR INSTALLED ON REMODELS. 2.6. ALL EVAPOKATOR5 AND CONDENSERS ARE MANUFACTURED BY WITT AND SHALL BE OWNER FURNISHED, CONTRACTOR INSTALLED. 2.7. BRAZING ALLOYS: 2.7.1 BRAZED COPPER JOINTS SHALL BE BRAZED WITH AN ALLOY NOT LE55 THAN 15% SILVER CONTENT. THE FOLLOWING ALLOYS ARE APPROVED: 51LF05 15 51LVALOY 15 HARRI5 15 2.7.2 COPPER JOINTS BRAZED TO 131ZA55 OR STEEL SHALL BE MADE WITH A BRAZING ALLOY WITH A MINIMUM SILVER CONTENT OF 45%. 2.8. MATERIALS FURNISHED BY THE REFRIGERATION CONTRACTOR: REFRIGERATION GRADE COPPER PIPE FOR ALL PIPE RUNS (TYPE ACK). PVC PIPE SADDLES PIPE INSULATION INCLUDING GLUES. COPPER FITTINGS (LONG RADIUS TYPE) PIPE HANGER5 - ( 11/2' UNI5TRUT, 11/2' 5UPER5TKUT) GALVANIZED 3/g' THREADED RODS FOR PIPE HANGERS REFRIGERANT AND OIL AS PER 'K-2' SHEET, IN SEALED CONTAINERS, (MADE IN USA) ALL VALVES THAT ARE NOT INCLUDED IN THE MANUFACTURED EQUIPMENT (EXAMPLE - HEAT RECLAIM VALVES) PVC PIPE FOR CASE DRAIN CONNECTIONS, FITTINGS AND GLUE Vif' THICK VINYL TILE CUT 3"x 3' FOR 5HIM5 UNDER CASE HARDWARE WELDING SUPPLIES DRIP PANS CAULK NITROGEN DRAIN MATERIAL ALL OTHER MATERIALS NEEDED TO COMPLETE THE INSTALLATION. 3. EXECUTION 3.1 PROTECTION OF ROOF: 3.1.1 CONTRACTOR SHALL PROTECT THE ROOF FROM DAMAGE, PUNCTURES, CUTTING, BURNING AND OIL 5PiLL5 BY PLACING A 2' THICK FOAM BOARD WITH 1/2' PLYWOOD ON TOP OF FOAM, UNDER ALL EQUIPMENT SUCH AS, TANKS, PUMPS, WELDERS, TEMPORARY REFRIGERATION RACK5 AND OTHER EQUIPMENT THAT 15 NEEDED TO INSTALL THE REFRIGERATION UNITS. 3.1.2 CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE TRAINING AND INSTRUCTION TO THE INSTALLATION CREW ON PROPER CARE OF,KOOF. 3.1.3 CONTRACTOR SHALL MAKE EVERY EFFORT TO DISTRU13UTE THE WEIGHT OF TEMPORARY EQUIPMENT, TOOLS, AND REFRIGERANT TANK5 TO A ATE=AD5 W THE ROOF. 3.1.4 FAILURE TO PROTECT THE ROOF FROM DAMAGE CAUSED BY THE CONTACTORS EQUIPMENT, TOOLS AND OTHER TRADE RELATED TASK, MAY RESULT IN THE CONTRACTOR REPLACING THE ROOF AT THEIR EXPENSE. 3.2 INSTALLATION OF REFRIGERATION EQUIPMENT 3.2.1 SETTING CASES: 3.2.1.1 CASES SHALL BE SET STRAIGHT, LEVEL AND -PLUMB. USE ONLY ly6' THICK VINYL TILE 5HIM5 CUT TO 3'x 3" SQUARES. 3.2.1.2 CA5E5 SHALL NOT BE SLID ON FLOOR WHILE BEING SET. CONTRACTOR SHALL MAKE EVERY EFFORT TO PROTECT THE FLOOR FROM DAMAGE, STAINS, CHIPS, ETC. DURING CASE SETTING. 3.2.1.3 CASES SHALL BE SEALED WITH SILICONE ONLY AND LOCKED TOGETHER WHEN SET IN PLACE. 3.2.1.4 GLA55 FRONT CA5E5r5UCH AS, DELi CASES, SHALL BE ANCHORED TO FLOOR ON 4' CENTERS. 3.2.1.5 ALL DOLLIES AND PRYBAR5 SHALL HAVE RUBBER WHEELS WHEN BEING USED TO SET CA5E5 ON SALES FLOOR 3.2.2 REFRIGERATION PIPING: 3.2.2.1 PIPING 51ZE5 SHALL BE SHOWN ON THE REFRIGERATION SHEETS. WHERE (2)TWO OR MORE COILS ARE CONNECTED TO ONE SYSTEM, THE SUCTION LINE MAY BE REDUCED BY ONE 51ZE WHEN CONNECTING THE COILS. 3.2.2.2 PIPING SHALL NOT HAVE ANY 45 DEGREE ANGLES. ALL LINES MUST BE RUN HORIZONTAL OR PERPENDICULAR TO THE FIN15HED FLOOR. 3.2.2.3 HEAT RECLAIM PIPE SIZES ARE SHOWN ON THE REFRIGERATION SCHEDULE, AND SHALL BE INSTALLED BY THE REFRIGERATION CONTRACTOR. HEAT RECLAIM LINES SHALL BE RUN LEVEL AT ALL TiMES. 3.2.2.4 CONDEN5ER PIPING SHALL BE SLEEVED WITH PVC AT HANGER5 AND CLAMPED. 3.2.2.5 HORIZONTAL SUCTION LINES SHALL SLOPE 1/2" PER 10 FEET TOWARD THE COMPRESSOR. 3.2.3 BRAZING PROCEDURES 3.2.3.1 t0 ELIMINATE THE FORMATION OF COPPER OXIDE ON THE IN51DE OF THE TUBING, ALL AIR SHALL BE FLUSHED FROM THE LINES AND COMPONENTS BEFORE BRAZING AND A SLOW STREAM (2 CUBIC FEET PER HOUR) OF DRY NITROGEN MUST BE PA55ED THROUGH THE TUBING WHILE BRAZING. 3.2.3.2 SYSTEM SHALL BE FLUSHED WITH NITROGEN STARTING FROM THE CASE END OF PIPE TOWARD THE CONDENSING UNIT, BEFORE MAKING THE FINAL CONNECTION. 3.2.3.3 ANY PIPE FITTINGS, VALVES OR OTHER COMPONENTS BURNED OR EXPOSED TO EXCE551VE HEAT SHALL BE REMOVED AND REPLACED. 3.2.3.4 PIPES SHALL NOT BE CLEANED WITH SANDPAPER OR STEEL WOOL. PIPES SHALL ONLY BE CLEANED WITH THE PROPER CLOTH SUCH AS, EMORY CLOTH, OR EQUAL THAT 15 DESIGNED FOR THAT PURPOSE. 3.2.3.5 ALL PIPING SHALL BE REAMED AND DE -BURRED BEFORE BRAZING THE FINAL JOINT. 3.2.3.6PIPING INSTALLED WITHOUT NITROGEN FLOW, SHALL BE REPLACED AT THE CONTRACTOR'S EXPENSE. PUBLIX MAY TEST CUT (2) TWO SAMPLES PER RACK. 3.2.4 HANGER5 AND SUPPORTS: 3.2.4.1 ALL HORIZONTAL PIPE RUNS SHALL BE SUPPORTED AT 5'-0' INTERVALS EXCEPT AT COMPRESSOR. 3.2.4.2 ALL VERTICAL RISERS SHALL BE SUPPORTED AT 6-0' INTERVALS. 3.2.4.3 NO OTHER TRADE SHALL HANG, ATTACH. WELD OR LIE ON THE REFRIGERATION HANGERS. 3.2.4.4 ALL HANGER 5UPPORT5 SHALL HAVE DOUBLE NUTS ON BOTH BOTTOM AND TOP SIDE OF STRUT MATERIAL. 3.2.5 PIPE INSULATION: 3.2.5.1 ALL REFRIGERATION LINES SHALL BE INSULATED FROM EVAPORATOR TO SUCTION MANIFOLD. 3.2.5.2 ALL HEAT RECLAIM LINES SHALL BE INSULATED FROM HEAT RECLAIM COIL TO RACK 3.2.5.3 ALL INSULATION TO BE TAPED AND GLUED AS, PER MANUFACTURERS RECOMMENDED INSTALLATION PROCEDURE. AVOID STRETCHING OF PIPE INSULATION. 3.2.5.4 ALL INSULATED REFRIGERATION LINES, EXPOSED TO SUNLIGHT, SHALL BE PAINTED WITH 2 COATS OF WHITE PAINT, AS PER INSULATION MANUFACTURERS SPECIFICATIONS. 3.2.6 DRAIN5 3.2.6.1 ALL CASE DRAINS, SHALL BE INSTALLED AND INSULATED BY CONTRACTOR. 3.2.6.2 CASE DRAINS SHALL BE SCHEDULE 40 PVC, AND SHALL HAVE A RUNNING TRAP WHICH 15 SUPPLIED BY CASE MANUFACTURER. 3.2.6.3 ALL WALK-IN COOLERS AND FREEZER DRAINS AND TRAPS SHALL BE COPPER PIPE, INSTALLED AND INSULATED BY THE CONTRACTOR. 3.2.7 LUBRICATION: 3.2 7.1BEFORE ANY MOTORS AND/OR COMPRESSORS ARE TO BE OPERATED, THE LUBRICATION SHALL BE CHECKED AND OIL OR GREASE ADDED WHERE NECESSARY. 3.2.7.2 THE SYSTEM OIL LEVEL SHALL BE ADJUSTED TO THE FACTOKY'5 RECOMMENDATIONS. 3.3 PRESSURE TESTING THE SYSTEM CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTIFY THE FACILITY SERVICE REPRESENTATIVE 24 HOUR5 IN ADVANCE WHEN TWO OR MORE SYSTEMS WILL BE READY TO TEST. 3.3.1 THE FOLLOWING 15 THE APPROVED PRESSURE TEST PROCEDURE UPON COMPLETION OF THE REFRIGERATION CONNECTIONS: 3.3.1.1 SET ALL VALVES iN OPEN P051TiON 3.3.1.2 ALL JOINTS SHALL BE CAREFULLY TESTED FOR LEAKS WITH A HALIDE TORCH OR GE ELECTRONIC LEAK DETECTOR. 3.3.1.3 LEAKS SHALL BE MARKED AND REPAIRED. UPON COMPLETION OF REPAIR, REPEAT PRE55URE TEST AND NOTIFY FACILITY SERVICE REPRESENTATIVE FOR APPROVAL 3.3.1.4 ALL REFRIGERATION PIPING, CONDENSING UNITS, CONDENSERS, AND REHEAT COILS, AFTER COMPLETION OF INSTALLATION, SHALL BE PRESSURIZED WITH A MIXTURE OF REFRIGERANT AND NITROGEN TO 175 LB. OF PRESSURE PER 50. INCH, LEAK CHECKED AND MAINTAINED UNDER THAT PRESSURE FOR AT LEAST A 24 HOUR PERIOD, BEFORE EVACUATION PROCESS SHALL BEGIN. 3.4 EVACUATION: 3.4.1 ALL 5Y5TEM5 SHALL BE EVACUATED WITH AN APPROVED, MANUFACTURED VACUUM PUMP WITH A MINIMUM PUMP DISPLACEMENT OF 8 CFM. 3.4.2 ALL SYSTEMS SHALL BE EVACUATED (3) THREE TIMES. THE FIRST (2) TWO EVACUATIONS TO 500 MICRONS ABSOLUTE PRESSURE. THE FINAL EVACUATION SHALL BE BROUGHT DOWN TO 200 MICRONS ABSOLUTE PRESSURE. 3.4.3 THE FIRST (2) TWO EVACUATIONS SHALL BE BROKEN WITH DRY NITROGEN. 3.4.4THE FINAL EVACUATION SHALL BE BROKEN WITH REFRIGERANT CHARGED THROUGH A DRYER. A 20 CUBIC INCH DRYER SHALL BE USED FOR CHARGING 145 POUNDS OF REFRIGERANT. 3.4.5 ALL VACUUMS SHALL BE MEASURED WITH AN ELECTRONIC VACUUM GAUGE, OK OTHER SUITABLE VACUUM INDICATOR THAT CAN BE READ ACCURATELY BELOW 200 MICRONS. RECOMMENDED TYPES ARE 'TELEVAC' OK "AIK5ERCO". 3.4.6THE FINAL VACUUM SHALL BE PROVEN BY HOLDING IT AT LEAST ONE HOUR AT A MINIMUM OF 200 MICRONS AND NO RI5E OF MORE THAN 100 MICRONS TO EXCEED THE 200 MICRON MINIMUM FOR THAT HOUR. CERTIFICATION SHALL BE BY PUBLIX FACILITY SERVICE REFRIGERATION COORDINATOR. 3.5 CHARGING 3.5.1 AT THE CONCLU51ON OF THE THIRD EVACUATION, THE RACK SHALL BE CHARGED TO A LEVEL OF 40% WITH ALL COMPKE550R5 RUNNING AND HEAT RECLAIM IN OPERATION. THE REFRIGERANT SHALL BE CHARGED INTO THE SYSTEM THROUGH A DRYER AND A 3-WAY VALVE IN THE LIQUID LINE. 3.6 5TART-UP AND ADJUSTMENTS: 3.6.1 SUCTION FILTER CORES SHALL BE REMOVED AFTER UNITS HAVE BEEN RUNNING FOR (3) THREE WEEKS. 3.6.2UPON COMPLETION OF THE REFRIGERATION INSTALLATION, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL: CHECK ALL ELECTRICAL CIRCUITS SET PRESSURE CONTROLS SET TEMPERATURES SET DEFROST TIMES AND CONTROLS SET SUPERHEAT ON ALL EXPAN51ON VALVES ESTABLISH CORRECT REFRIGERANT LEVEL FOR EACH SYSTEM TAG ALL VALVES LABEL CA5E5 WITH SYSTEM NUMBERS MARK ALL CONTROLS PROVIDE SYSTEM 5TART-UP AND COMPLETE OPERATIONS CHECK OF ALL SYSTEM COMPONENTS. 3.63THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE A PERMANENT DATA SHEET FOR EACH RACK THAT SHALL INCLUDE BUT 15 NOT LIMITED TO THE FOLLOWING. REFRIGERANT AND WEIGHT OF CHARGE PRE55URE CONTROL SETTINGS DEFROST CONTROL SETTINGS TEMPERATURE SETTINGS SUPERHEAT SETTINGS DATA SHEET SHALL BE LOCATED IN MANUFACTURER'S DEDICATED POCKET IN CONTROL CABINETS. 3.7 CLEANING 3.7.1 THE CONTRACTOR SHALL ARRANGE FOR THE REMOVAL OF CRATING AND PACKING MATERIALS, AND SHALL LEAVE THE UNCRATING AREA, THE COMPRESSOR ROOMS AND MECHANICAL CENTERS CLEAN AND NEAT. CLEAN JOB SITE DAILY. 3.7.2 CONTRACTOR SHALL LEAVE ROOF CLEAN AND IN GOOD CONDITION. 3.7.3NO STORAGE IS ALLOWED IN MECHANICAL CENTERS AND WALK-IN COOLERS OR FREEZERS. 3.6 ORDER OF WORK 3.6.1 WALK-IN ARRIVAL (1) ONE WEEK - ALL WALK-IN5 ARE INSTALLED, COILS PREPIPED AND HUNG, SHELVING COMPLETE. 3.8.2 0) ONE WEEK PRIOR TO CASE ARRIVAL: ALL OVERHEAD PIPING SHALL BE 100% COMPLETE. ALL WALK-IN5 SHALL BE PIPED. ALL HEAT KECLIAM PIPING SHALL BE COMPLETE ALL CONDENSER PIPING SHALL BE COMPLETE. ALL SYSTEMS SHALL BE PRESSURIZED. 3.6.3AFTER CA5E5 ARRIVE: (1) ONE WEEK - ALL CA5E5 SHALL BE SET. (2) TWO WEEKS - ALL DRAINS, TRIM SHALL BE INSTALLED, AND PIPING IN PROGRESS. (3) THREE WEEKS - ALL CA5E5 SHALL BE PIPED, AND PRE55URE TESTING IN PROGRESS. (4) FOUR WEEKS - EVACUATIONS SHALL BE COMPLETED AND 5TART-UP IN PROGRESS. (5) FIVE WEEKS - ALL UNITS SHALL BE RUNNING AND ADJUSTMENTS COMPLETE. 3.6.45TORE OPENING: CONTRACTOR SHALL BE PRESENT AT THE STORE ONE CONTINUOUS WEEK BEFORE THE STORE OPENING DAY, AND ON THE DAY AFTER STORE OPENING. 3.6.5PUNCH LIST: PUNCH L15T SHALL BE COMPLETED BY STORE OPENING DATE. 3.8.6FiR5T YEAR SERVICE: THE REFRIGERATION CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR THE FIRST YEAR SERVICE OF THE STORE AS, PER DESCRIBED IN THE REFRIGERATION SERVICE AGREEMENT. REFRIGERATION CONTRACTOR SHALL NOT BE RESPONSIBLE FOR THE FIRST YEAR SERVICE ON THE HVAC UNITS. 3.6.7 PROJECT CL05E OUT REFRIGERATION CONTRACTOR AND PUBLIX REFRIGERATION COORDINATOR SHALL CONDUCT A PROJECT DEBRIEFING (1) ONE WEEK AFTER PROJECT i5 COMPLETE AND OPENED. AGENDA FOR THE DEBRIEFING SHALL CON515T OF, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE FOLLOWING ITEMS: PLAN AND SPECIFICATION ERRORS AND OMI5510N5 PROJECT COMPLICATIONS PUNCH L15T REVIEW TIMELINE REVIEW - COMPARISON OF THE PROJECTED TIMELINE AND ACTUAL TIMELINE OPPORTUNITIES FOR IMPROVEMENT PROJECT 5UCCE55 RATING EXTERIOR DESIGN CONDITIONS: 100 F AMBIENT INTERIOR DESIGN CONDITIONS: 75 F AMBIENT / 55RH POWER SUPPLY: 208/220 VOLT, 3 PH., 60 HZ. UNITS SYSTEMS COMPKE550K DE5CRIPTION C 3 O ELECTRICAL DATA RIU.LOADAMPs �� CONDEN5ER SELECTION W IOU 5Y5TEM DE5CKIPTION ppC� W,LOC X WY.. 1-- 0 O O ••• CASE SECT, DATA UN° SM DATA <g K Y.�.� uj �_W �,{ �SV OG WO In OG I yp1(7�, ht 54.� Z EXISTING DUO -MATE W/E5COKT IN MACHINE ROOM EXIST. (1) 2DA-0600 EXIST, (1) 3D6-0750 NEW (1) 3D5-1000 CAP. REQ'D: 14.4-25, 76.6-20 CAP. AVAI: 22.1-25, 85.0-20 110 TC 131.8 175 1-25.8 1-28.2 1-37.7 91.7 3ph � z �, x "' 3FAN 21.1 3ph 2-1.0 2.0 tph MFG."ND l" T.D.CONTRaL FAN 2 1 REFURB EX ICE CREAM CASES, 9 DRS ZERGC 14.4 -25 X 1 5 1 N G HP80 E X 1 5 T 1 N G WITT RCS- 041VE 21,1 9.5 3FAN BFFI-iT 4 NEW BAKERY FREEZER, 8'xlZx10' 6.0 -20 SDG-088LD EGLE-1ZP EF RMC W/EVAP HOT GAS Dt FIT 12 -230V - W80 115 1Vs Is% 9 REFURB EXIST FK FOOD CASES. 90R ZERGF 12.6 -15 X 1 5 I N G HP80 65 1% 1Va % Rim EXIST FR FOOD CASES, 1= ZERGF 14.0 -15 X 1 5 I N G HP80 105 1% 11b % 12 13 REFURB EXIST FK FOOD CASES, i= ZERGF KEFURB EXIST Fit FOOD CASES, iODR ZERGF 14.0 14.0 -15 -15 X 15 X 1 5 I N G 1 N G HP80 HP80 120 130 1% 1% 11b 1Vp alp % HIGH -SIDE UQ PIPING �' SIZE Lm sm t rH foo 48 REF11,0 £D FR FOOD CASES, 1ODK ZERGF 14.0 -15 RMC STD HOT GAS DT SORIT 12 15.6 6.0 16.0 HP60 125 1 1% 1Vs % lye ilia ilia ilia cV F-- CONVERT EXISTING DUO -MATE W/ESCORT IN MACHINE ROOM TO TRI-MATE EXIST. (1) 2DA-0600-%66i EXIST. (t) 3DB-0750 EXIST, (1) 3DB-0750 CAP. REQ'D: 74.5 -25 CAP. AYALz 85.9 -25 110 TC z u, x W z �„ x W z �, x uj z �, x- w 3FAN 3ph z ,�, W MFG. AND F.L.A. TA FAN 1 REFURS EX iCE CREAM CASES, 10 DRS ZER 16.0 -25 X 1 5 1 N G HP80 E X 15 T I N G WITT RCS- 041VE 21.1 CAP TUBES 3FAN 6FP1 3 REFURB EX FK BAKERY CASE, 4 DKS ZEKGC 6.4 -25 X 1 5 I N G W60 1 E X I SIT I N G No 6 EXISTING BAKERY FREEZER, 8'x10'x10' 6.9 -20 X 1 5 I N G HP80 E X 1 5 T I N G 22 EXISTING FROZEN FOOD FREEZER, 10 AV 11.6 -20 X 1 5 1 N G F�80 E X I S T I N G 7 6 REFURB EX FK FOOD CASE, 5 DRS ZERGF KERAM EX FK FOOD CASES, 10 DKS ZERGF 7.0 14.0 -15 -15 X 1 5 X 1 S 1 1 N G 1 N G I�80 W80 60 70 1� 1% 1% % HIGH-510E Ua. PIPING DIS. SIZE H.D.LGTH21.1 1* sm t 11 REFURB EX15T FR FOOD CASES, 9DR ZERGF 12.6 -15 1 X 1 5 1 1 N G HP80 110 1% 11b % ilia 11/8 1% 11/8 C� �-- EXISTING tRl-MATE IN MACHINE ROOM EXIST. (t) 20C-0500 EXIST. (1) 3DA-0750 EXIST. (1) 3DA-0750 CAPAC. REQ'D: 177.5 +20 CAPAC. AVAIL: 194.9 +20 - 110 TC z �, ,< w z ,� w z , W z , ,� uj 4FAN 27 6 3ph z ; Lu ""Fa' "� FL T.D."NCONTIZOL 14 1 REFURB BEVERAGE CASES, 36' 5DRK 47.3 +20 RMC NR TIMED OFF ORIT 20 33.3 6.3 1- R22 120 1 1% ' WITT RCS- 053YE 27.6 9.5 4FAN IOFPI 5 EXISTING BAKERY COOLER, 8'x8'x10' 5.1 +20 X 1 5 I N G R22 E X I S T I N G 16 REFURB EXIST PRODUCE CASES, 24' 3HLP 16.5 +20 X 1 5 1 N G R22 120 111e 7b % 17 REFURB EXIST PRODUCE CASE, 28' 3HLP 21.6 +20 X 1 5 1 N G R22 150 1% < > 76 % 20 EXISTING PRODUCE COOLER, 12'x18' 14.9 +25 X 1 5 I R22 E X I SIT I N G am HIGH -SIDE LxL PIPING M. 51ZE HD. � t LEWTH 19 REFUKB PRODUCE CASE, I W 12.0 +20 X 1 5 1 N G R22 150 ills BIB % 15 NEW JUICE CASES, 16 05D 23.9 +20 RMC NK TIMED OFFJOKITj112 1.92 3.0 - R22 75 1% 7b `�18 13J8 1318 13/8 13/8 18 REFURB EX PRODUCE CASES, 14' VP, (2)EVP 12.1 +20 X 1 5 1 N G R22 110 1Vg ' ' 118 KEFUKB EX PRODUCE CASES, 14' VP, (2)EYIP 12.1 +20 X 15 ING R22 95 1V8 � 49 EXISTING FLORAL CASE, 8' WORGEN 10.0 +20 X 1 5 1 N G K22 105 �18 % V2 __. �- EXISTING DUO -MATE IN MACHINE ROOM EXIST. (1) 2DB-0600 (1) 2DB-0600 - CAPAC. REQ'D: 39.9 -25 CAPAC. AVAIL: 47.0 -25 110 TC z `- x N] z x W z `- x w z x w 3FAN 21.1 3ph z x W "MODE F.L A. T.D.230y. F" ONTR ot 23 EXISTING ICE CREAM FREEZER, NxIO'x10' 6.9 -25 X 1 5 1 N G HP80 E X 1 5 T 1 N G WITT 04iVE 21.1 CAP TUBES 3FAN BFPI 25 EXISTING ME -At FREEZER, 14'x2O' 15.4 -25 X 1 5 I N G HP80 E X 1 5 T I N G 34 NEW FROZEN MEAT CASE, IZ ONIZ 4.4 -25 RMC STD HOT GAS DTFOK2 KIT - L0 2.03 W80 115 1% ' 134 NEW FROZEN MEAT CASE, 12' ONIZ 4.4 -25 RMC STD HOT GAS, DT 1.0 2.03 HP80 100 1Vg 35 37 NEW FROZEN MEAT CASE, 12' ONIZ NEW FROZEN MEAT CASE, 12' ONIZ 4.4 4.4 -25 -25 RMC RMC STD STD HOt GAS, HOT GAS D D - - 1.0 1.02 2.03HP80 2.03 W80 100EXIST. 135 ilb 0 HIGH-51DE LxL PIPING De. 51ZE H.D. HEAT 5RE t LENGTH 38 718 718 7/8 LSD t-- EXISTING TRI-MATE7WO.AND MACHINE ROOM EXIST. (1) 3DA-0750 NEW (1) 30E-1200 NEW (1) 305-1500 CAPAC. REQ'D: 217.6 +10 CAPAC. AVAIL: 247.2 +10 110 TC 225 z - ; - u, z - w 4FAN 3ph z �, - W 3OV TD. FAN 27 NEW MEAT CASES, 24' OHM 34.8 +10 RMC (2) HOT GAS OT ORit 15 5.6 2.56 1.66 R22 110 1% 1%IN 27.6 11 4FAN 1OFP1 21 EXISTING MEAT COOLER, 16'x20' 21.7 +20 X 15 ING K22 E X 15 T i N1-36.8186 26 REPLACE W/STUB FOR SY5 51 1-53.5 i-53.5 3PhS 51 NEW PRODUCE CASE, 103UM 12.4 -15 RMC N.R. TIMED OFF ORIT 12 0.7 2.0 0.38 R22 150 1% < > 36 NEW ISLAND DELI CASES, 36' 03UM 37.1 +15 RMC N.R. TIMED OFF OBIT 15 2.1 6.0 1.14 R22 135 1% 1% � HIGH -SIDE LKL PIPING as. SiZE N,D. HEAT lumm`t 39 REFURB EXIST DAIRY CA5E5, 24' 5lMRK 32.1 +15 X 15 ING R22 E X I S T I N G 42 Rum EXIST DAIRY CASE, 12' 5LMRK 16.1 +15 X 1 5 1 N G R22 E X 1 5 T I N G 13/8 13/8 i� l5b 130 REFURBISH EXISTING DELI CASE, 8' U 12.7 +15 X 1 5 1 N G R22 E X 1 5 T I N G JOBIT 32 EXISTING KITCHEN COOLER. 8'xl4' 7.9 +20 X 11 N G R22 E X 1 5 T I N G 31 KEFURB SPECIAL MEAT CASES, 32' 5LMRK 42.8 +15 RMC NiR TIMED OFF 15 29.7 5.6 - R22 175 1% 1% � �q �- EXISTING TRI-MATE IN MACHINE ROOM EXIST. (1) 3DA-0750 EXIST. (1) 3DA-0750 EXIST. (U 3DA-0750 CAPAC. : 161.8 +10 AVAIL: 186.0 +10 CAPAC. AVAIL 110 TC z x uj z x u, z x L, z x L„ 4FAN 27.6 3ph z _ x '< Lu AND MODELL" T.D. 28 NEW MEAT CASES,IV OM 6.8 +10 IRMC (2) HOT GAS OT ORIT 12 0. 1.2 10.50 R22 195 % ISig V2 WITT RC5- 053VE 27.6 10 4FAN IOFPI 30 NEW DELI CASES, IV O5A 4.6 +20 RMC N.R. TIMED OFF OBIT 12 2.68 2.04 1.94 R22 100 % V2 V2 24 EXISTING CHICKEN COOLER, 10'x16'x10' 12.8 +20 X I S I N G R22 E X 1 5 T I N G 38 EXISTING DAIRY COOLER, 10'x5Z 25.8 +20 X 1 5 I N G R22 E X 1 5 T I N G 40 REFURB DAIRY CASES, 24' 5LMRK 32.1 +15 X 1 5 1 N G R22 E X 1 5 T I N G HIGH -SIDE UO. PIPING DNS. SIZE HD. HEALTSa t �,TM 41 RUM DAIRY CASES, 24' 5LMKK 32.1 +15 X 1 5 1 N G R22 E X 15 T I N G 33 EXISTING DELI COOLER, 8 x12 7.0 +20 X 1 5 1 N G R22 165 V2 13/a 131a 13/a 1%127 MEAT CASES, 20' OHM 29.0 +10 RMC (2) HOT GAS DT 0RIT 12 4.72 2.2 1.39 R22 105 14% 1% 29 AT CASE, OHM ME8' 11.6 +10 RMC (1) HOT GAS DT 50KIT 12 1.92 0.9f 0.57 R22 80 i1b -�Ig �-- EXISTING DUO -MATE WEATHERPAC ON ROOF BENCH EXIST. (1) 2DD-0500 EXIST. (1) 2DD-0500 CAPAC. REQ'D: EXI5TING CAPAC. AVAIL: EXISTING 110 TC - ; x L" - �; x W - ; x W - ; x W - ; x W - ; - x W '" 'L A. T.D. AN CONTKOL 43 EXISTING MEAT CUTTINGIWRAPPNG ROOM X 15 I N G R22 E X 1 5 T I N G RE5LA MODEL LAKEL TO ME EXISTINC DD-340. ND FACILI SURE AND CONDENEEK Y 5ERVI ORDER 5 44 EXISTING MEAT CUTTiNG/WRAPPNG ROOM X 1 5 I N G R22 E X I S T I N G S 45 EXISTING SEAFOOD X 1 5 I N G R22 E X 1 5 T I N G ff HIGH-51DE ua. PIPING �'' 51ZE U. L*AT5 E � LENGTH E X 15 T I N G NOTE: MARKET CEILING 15 EXISTING * PIPING ADAPTER REQUIRED FOR 5UCTION STUB. 0 DIAMOND SHOWN IN PIPE SIZE SCHEDULE INDICATES A SYSTEM WHERE THE KT= ROOFTOP SUCTION RISER 15 TWO 51ZE5 SMALLER THAN THE HORIZONTAL SUCTION LINE. HIGH -SIDE PIPING 51ZE DATA LIQ.- INDICATES LIQUID LINE 51ZE FROM CONDENSER TO RECEIVER. 0I5. - INDICATE5 DISCHARGE LINE SIZE FROM COMPRESSOR TO CONDENSER. H.D. - INDICATE5 HORIZONTAL DISCHARGE LINE 51ZE. NOTES: 1. ALL COILS IN WALK-IN COOLERS AND FREEZERS SHALL BE HUNG WITH CLEARANCE BEHIND THE COIL (DISTANCE FROM BACK OF COIL TO WALL) EQUAL TO THE HEIGHT OF THE COIL. 2. ALL REFRIGERATION BENCHES FOR ROOF MOUNTED UNITS, SHALL HAVE A HEIGHT OF NOT MORE THAT 22" FROM THE TOP OF THE BENCH TO THE FIN15H ROOFING, AND A HEIGHT OF NOT LESS, THAN 12" FROM THE BOTTOM OF THE BENCH TO THE FIN15H ROOFING. 3. REFRIGERATION CONTRACTOR SHALL LEAVE ROOF CLEAN AND iN GOOD CONDITION. TAKE ALL PRECAUTIONS TO PROTECT ROOF. 4. ALL SELF-CONTAINED REFRIGERATED EQUIPMENT TO BE SERVICED BY THE REFRIGERATION CONTRACTOR. 5. WHEN ALL REFRIGERATION 15 COMPLETE, REFRIGERATION CONTRACTOR SHALL ADJUST ALL EXPANSION VALVES AND CONTROLS BEFORE WARRANTY 5TART5. 6. ALL REFRIGERATION LINES TO BE INSULATED TO SUCTION MANIFOLD. 7. ALL LINES INSULATED ON ROOF TO BE PAINTED TWO COATS WITH EXTERIOR ELA5TOMERIC "WHITE' PAINT. 8. ALL HANOVALVES TO BE SWEAT TYPE. NO FLANGE TYPE HANDVALVE5. ADD -ON CASES FROM WHS STOCK WAS 24' 5DRK ADD -ON CASE FROM WHS STOCK WAS 32' 3HLP WAS 20 3HLP WAS 32' 3HLP WAS 12' 50RK RELOCATED WAS 8' CIZF WAS 6' CIZF WAS 8' CIZF WAS 6' CiZF WAS 24' 3HLHMT ADD -ON CASE WAS 18' LCM WAS 24' 5LMRK WAS 24' LNWT WAS 24' ESM WAS 1Z 3HLHMT WAS 8' 3HLHMT ALL EVAPORATOR COiLS AND TXV ARE SELECTED AND SUPPLIED BY PUBLIX. HEAT RECLAIM VALVE INSTALLED ON UNIT5: EXISTING HEAD PRE55URE CONTROL VALVE INSTALLED ON UNITS: vZo ._ o� (A'' Wa�� U� U. � W d he-w� U� 0w Ea: 81 T WZ CL W N W Ed d ^ V LLL co Z 0 U rza 0 IZ.X a cr 0 °� U x 0- THESE CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS ARE THE PROPERTY OF PUBLIX SUPER MARKETS, INC. AND ARE NOT TO BE COPIED OR REUSED FOR ANY SPECIFIC BUILDING WITHOUT WRITTEN PERMISSION. THESE DRAWINGS SHALL NOT BE DUPLICATED WITHOUT PRIOR WRITTEN PERMISSION OF PUBLIX SUPER MARKETS, INC. THE DESIGN INDICATED IN THESE CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS DOES: TO THE BEST OF MY KNOWLEDGE INFORMATION, AND BELIEF: COMPLY WITH THE APPLICABLE MINIMUM BUILDING CODES 0 7 0 a 1 O Z W ir W a) a v rn c 0 a� L • • MAR 2 4 1999 J � W 0 mC)n 0 W W W tLo3c w F- W _J 0 0) 5 = W -' 3 = Z=0W ~N I 18-MAR-1999 15:33 XBAA1 E:\usr10\remodel\0390\0390or2.dgn SCHEDULE AND SPECS 40M 1 n of 3 PIPE CLAMP E— BAR J0157 • v SCREWED TO WALL `J 1/2' INSULATION PIPE HANGERS V Zo AT 5'-O' O.C. Q REFRIG. CONTK. TO FOAMc Lu ff HEAT RECLAIM OPENING IN INVERT TO BE 0 d A/C UNIT AFTER HEAT RE- INVERT RISER SIZE _Lo HEAT RECLAIM CLAIM LINES ARE PIPED. I W in co PIPING DRAIIN LONE FASTENED TO WALL PIPE HANGER TO BE INMATED LINE �/ • i= � � SPRAYED FOAM SADDLE 1'-0' MINIMUM ��% v Z LL AROUND HEAT RECLAIM SUCTION LINE BELow JOIST PIPING IN A/C UNIT SUCTION LINE Y �wz ,C wig ww CHECK VALVE NOTE: DO NOT CLAMP AND COMRE55 THE �� Y FACTORY �OO�Q� E� CUT-OFF TXV STABILITY O w INSTALLED G INSULATION. SUPPORT 15 USED FOR IL VALVE (TYP) CHECK VALVE AIR. FOAM INSULATION O FAN MOTORS �O FACTORY RECEIVER HEAT -X RISER SIZES AS U 0) INSTALLED (MTD. HORIZ.) SPECIFIED ON DIVER51ON ''r SHEET R-1,- VALVE t2"+ TRAP ON SUCTION LINE TRAP COMPRESSORS / METAL CHASE Iz f 3" DIA HOLE THRU / HEAL RECLAIM PIPES EVAPORATOR WALL FOAM AROUND Z TO BE INSTALLED IN WALK-IN PIPES f1I TRAP FREEZER / C/] O THROUGH PITCH PANS w 00 LO W/REFRIG. LINES 7/8 COPPER'/ M LIQUID LINE TO DRAIN LINE / C) cr3 N � BE SOLDERED TO 1/2 IN5ULAT1 NOTES 00 DRAIN LINE TRAP 1' AIR GAP 1) ORZ, OHM AND 05D CA5E5 TO I I H c NOTES: W/ 1/2 ' INSULATION COME PIPED UP THE REAR OF CASE. -� Z ci co .1-1 1) HEAT RECLAIM PIPING TO CONTRACTOR TO TIE PIPING TOGETHER X U 2) HAVE 1 T " INSULATION. N ULA INSTALLED HUB DRAIN AT CASE AS SHOWN, WHERE 2 CASES v VAL ARE ON ONE 5Y5TEM •� � w w IN THE FIELD ARE ONLY FOR NOTE: 2) PIPE HANGERS TO BE NO MORE THAN CDZ KACK5 THAT HANDLE AIC COIL SHOULD B6 E MOUNTED NO LESS " FROM PIPE INVERTS TRAP t0 BE w O HEAT RECLAIM AND HEAT THAN 12' FROM BACK WALL. RISER 51ZE U r�z _ RECLAIM TO TANK. U- J TYPOCAL DRAON POPONG D X w 9 HEAT O�E(�LAOI 1 POPONG DOAt�O�A(�il G'OO WALK-ON G'REEZZEO$$ ®�11JE0�1�'OOI�AL POPONG DOAOlO A( iil �} FOAM ONSULA' ION AT BACK OF CASE � DOUBLE BUSER DOAGRAM � TYPOCAL VERTOC�AL WALL CLAMP DETAIL °- O � FOR MUL40—DECK CASES0 m �-3 NT5 NT5 NT5 �-3 NT5 NT5 �-3 NTS U X INVERT TO BE RISER Q SIZE 1'-0' UNISTRUT FASTENED PVC PIPE REST GLUED TO TO TOP OF CASE WJ INSULATED REFRIGERATION 1/2 ' TEK 5C EW PIPE 4' oA -NOTE: TH15 15 TYPICAL FOR ALL (I I • PIPING ON TOP OF CASE. REDUCER FITTING 3l8 ' GALVANIZED ALL THREAD -NOTE: PAINT TO MATCH c = ALL WALL COLORS. TYPOCAL POPE SUPPORT z IINIsrRUT sucrloN I O ATT 5HO�ENTERS RS SIZE c O� -3 NTS E SELF -TAPPING TEK SCREWS T AT RISER HEIGHTS OF 1 SCREW 15'-0' 15'-0' OR MORE USE a � PANS A TRAP/INVERT TOGETHER COMBINATION. 1'-O' O.C. (SAME SIZE AS RISER) s,oHANDVALVE Z—: It RISER PIPE SUPPORT NI, �s o E d` SIZE LOOP PIPING TO RUNSADDLES 3 1 BOLr THROUGH PAN —DFo • �� e INSIDE CASE. USE WINUr vrl pa FASTEN METAL PLATE TO LOWER OF ND C IasloE AP � ��y,�a - MANUFACTURER'S SUPPORTS. I 4 EDGE OF CASE WITH 1/2 ' TEK SCREW 4r SUCTION SIZE NOTE: FITTED TRAPS SHALL BE SUCTION SIZE. ONE PIECE EVAPORATOR COL — FIELD PAN UNDER TRAPS f0 BE 6' I I I FIELD SHAPED TRAPS SHALL BE RISER SIZE. ANGLE BRACKET MTD. 0 5'-0' O/C THESE CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS c uwsTRUT 0 ' PAN15TO BE 18 GA. HOT DIPPED HANDVALVE ARE THE PROPERTY OF PUBLIX I W/ END CAP GALVANIZED SHEET METAL, TRAP TO CASE SUPER MARKETS, INC. AND ARE NOT TO BE COPIED OR REUSED BY REFRIGERATION i INSTALLED SIZE SUCTION FOR ANY SPECIFIC BUILDING BY REFRIGERATION CONTRACTOR SIZE = WITHOUT WRITTEN PERMISSION. .7 THESE DRAWINGS SHALL NOT BE �J 1��• MM 1I��99 ��J94 I1�� 1� I1 f� T� O EXPOSED f� �!e f� I1 �I1 �g ONLY TYPOCAL �1s If f� 1I t�1I M t� I� T�DUPLICATED WITHOUT PRIOR //`NftPOPE WAUYJl�31EW/ PA� DETAOL— ADIS.— lSln1P®SISD 1�I5015UU�J�#1 OuCltl. V U U PUI�AL�. TRAP AND UuCI V LSW U WRITTEN SUPERRMARKETS,INC. Ix 9© PRODUCE WALL (SASE LOOP POPONG 99 WALL MOUNTED POPE SUPPORT rl2 PAO�1�'ED METAL E©� (�O�E� —� NTS (�$•� NT5 -� NT5 -� NT5 �o (BY PUBLIX) NT5 THE DESIGN INDICATED IN THESE W • CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS DOES; TO THE BEST OF MY KNOWLEDGE, INFORMATION, AND BELIEF: COMPLY WITH THE APPLICABLE MINIMUM BUILDING CODES i l� ANGERS O.C. INVERT �1 INVERT \' HANGERS{�--- O 5'-0' O.C*----- I I I COLUMN I I � - ---- INVERT / I i - FALSE NOTE: INSULATION REMOVED AND REFRIGERATION LINES TO COLUMN CENTERLINE OF PIPES SHOWN FOR CLARIFICATION PURPOSES II BE CL05ELY STRAPPED TOGETHER TO COLUMN I I NOTE: IN5ULATION REMOVED AND SHOWN 51LICONE BOTH I I FORTERLINE CLARIFICATIONEPURPOSES 51DE5 OF WALL 1 1 ii g NOTE: INSULATION REMOVED AND x x, CENTERLINE OF PIPES SHOWN I I 1 11 R3 FOR CLARIFICATION PURP05E5 I I II 1�1 I I CRAP I C I g I I.•''"• I I R3 HANGERS • V-O' O.C. FAINTED �j TO CASE TO RACK THR FIVC PWALLIPE LEEVE UNISTRUT WIPVC PIPE REST i I + I INVERT BOX COVER ETAL x 0 5'-0' O.C. I I �� SEE DETAIL 12 z PIPE _ _ _ TRAP �'' -K SADDLE 15 I I FOAM AROUND - — - — - — - UNISTRUT W/PVC PIPE REST REFRIGERATION RUN PIPES ALONG PIPE HANGERS TO BE PIPE IN51DE SLEEVE / / / / roP of cAses SET AT 5'-0' O.C. TO FOLLOW SLOPE. x CASES MAR 16 1999 w v / CASE Ll 3 i TYPOCAL REI ROGERA40ON POPE SLOPE DETAOL 'TYPOCAL PVC POPE CHASE THRU WALL$ TYPOCAL 030C , 030P AND OOM CASE DETAOL NTS NT5 TYPOCAL OR Z CASE DETAIL W/ COLUMN TYPOCAL ORZZ CASE DETAOL NT5 NT5 NT5 Z HANGERS 0 5'-0' O.0 L INVERT HANGERS r / 0 5'-0' O.C. UQ NOTE: INSULATION REMOVED AND r \ O CENTERLINE OF PIPE SHOWN INVERTS I J O FOR CLARIFICATION PURPOSES NOTE: INSULATION REMOVED AND INVERTS _0 CENTERLINE OF PIPES SHOWN I W HANGER FOR CLARIFICATION PURP05ES PAINTED METAL Q O 0 5'-0' -` HANGERS NOTE: INSULATION REMOVED AND BOX COVER t2 * O l INVERT SEE DEO ♦'� J / ' I I O 5'-O` O.C. CENTERLINE OF PIPES SHOWN AIL R M FOR CLARIFICATION PURPOSES W � U LtJ C/) w CEILING / ' / ' I 1 — UNISTRUT W/PVC / ' / I I VERT 7 SUCTION AND � O � J COLUMN PIPE REST LIQUID LINE O ~ w J I / / 1 AINTED METAL (/) 0 5'-0' O.C. O _ PAINTED METAL - - BOX COVE 12 REFRIGERATION LINES TO / / BOX COVER MEtAL BOX COVER SEE DETAIL R3 a X BE INSULATED AND CLOSELY / SEE DETAIL R3 SEE DETAIL 12 NOTE: INSULATION REMOVED AND g I W J Z = STRAPPED TOGETHER TO II / " e R3 - CENTERLINE OF PIPES SHOWN R3 m COLUMN FOR CLARIFICATION PURPOSES Z = Q11 W / CL 30 51---O' O.C. ERS TRAP Z F— N J STRUT W/PVC PIPE REST 0 5'-O' O.C. O TRAPS TO RACK IV 15 OCT 98 ca 12 NOV 98 .2) 4 DEC 98 E� i x , (SASE DETAOL 40M � f • NT5 s y V2n TYPOCAL 05D CASE Dg4AOL W/ COLUMN TYPOCAL 03UM CASE DETAOL TYPOCAL OWOZ� (SASE DETAOL TYPOCAL OSA CASE DETAOL fic) E l� � � l� Q UV D l � !rJ 0 L r NTS NT5 NT5 NT5 r r 12-MAR-1999 14:22 XBAAI c:\usrlO\remodel\0390\0390or3.dgn